The Histories of Polybius_ Vol. 1 (of 2) Polybius 3399 downloads.pdf

616 pages · Make another flipbook

Page 1

Page 2

Page 3

The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Histories of Polybius, Vol.
1 (of 2)

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
will have to check the laws of the country where you are located
before using this eBook.

Title: The Histories of Polybius, Vol. 1 (of 2)

Author: Polybius

Contributor: Fridericus Hultsch

Translator: Evelyn S. Shuckburgh

Release date: November 8, 2013 [eBook #44125]
Most recently updated: October 23, 2024

Language: English

Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/44125

Credits: Produced by Delphine Lettau, Turgut Dincer and the Online
Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net

*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HISTORIES
OF POLYBIUS, VOL. 1 (OF 2) ***

Page 4

Transcriber’s note:

This book was published in two volumes, of which this is the first. The
second volume was released as Project Gutenberg ebook #44126,
available at http://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/44126. Where possible,
references to the second volume in the text are linked to the version at
Project Gutenberg.

Following entries in the Index in Vol. II. are erroneous, as there is no
Chapter 15 in Book XXXIV and no Chapter 59 in Book VI.:

Sallentini, a tribe in Calabria. 34, 15, Rhyncus, in Aetolia, 6, 59,
Morini, a Gallic tribe, 34, 15, Mauretania, 34, 15, Lugdunum, a town
in Gaul, 34, 15. and there are no references in the text related to these
entries.

Page 5

THE

HISTORIES OF POLYBIUS

TRANSLATED FROM THE TEXT OF F. HULTSCH

BY
EVELYN S. SHUCKBURGH, M.A.
LATE FELLOW OF EMMANUEL COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE

IN TWO VOLUMES
VOL. I

London
MACMILLAN AND CO.
AND NEW YORK
1889

All rights reserved

TO

Page 6

F. M. S.

IN GRATITUDE FOR MUCH PATIENT HELP

Page 7

Page 8

PREFACE

This is the first English translation of the complete works of Polybius as far
as they are now known. In attempting such a task I feel that I ought to state
distinctly the limits which I have proposed to myself in carrying it out. I
have desired to present to English readers a faithful copy of what Polybius
wrote, which should at the same time be a readable English book. I have not
been careful to follow the Greek idiom; and have not hesitated to break up
and curtail or enlarge his sentences, when I thought that, by doing so, I
could present his meaning in more idiomatic English. Polybius is not an
author likely to be studied for the sake of his Greek, except by a few
technical scholars; and the modern complexion of much of his thought
makes such a plan of translation both possible and desirable. How far I have
succeeded I must leave my readers to decide. Again, I have not undertaken
to write a commentary on Polybius, nor to discuss at length the many
questions of interest which arise from his text. Such an undertaking would
have required much more space than I was able to give: and happily, while
my translation was passing through the press, two books have appeared,
which will supply English students with much that I might have felt bound
to endeavour to give—the Achaean league by Mr. Capes, and the
sumptuous Oxford edition of extracts by Mr. Strachan-Davidson.
The translation is made from the text of Hultsch and follows his
arrangement of the fragments. If this causes some inconvenience to those
who use the older texts, I hope that such inconvenience will be minimised
by the full index which I have placed at the end of the second volume.
I have not, I repeat, undertaken to write a commentary. I propose rather to
give the materials for commentary to those who, for various reasons, do not
care to use the Greek of Polybius. I have therefore in the first five complete
books left him to speak for himself, with the minimum of notes which
seemed necessary for the understanding of his text. The case of the
fragments was different. In giving a translation of them I have tried, when
possible, to indicate the part of the history to which they belong, and to

Page 9

connect them by brief sketches of intermediate events, with full references
to those authors who supply the missing links.
Imperfect as the performance of such a task must, I fear, be, it has been one
of no ordinary labour, and has occupied every hour that could be spared
during several years of a not unlaborious life. And though I cannot hope to
have escaped errors, either of ignorance or human infirmity, I trust that I
may have produced what will be found of use to some historical students, in
giving them a fairly faithful representation of the works of an historian who
is, in fact, our sole authority for some most interesting portions of the
world’s history.
It remains to give a brief account of the gradual formation of the text of
Polybius, as we now have it.
The revival of interest in the study of Polybius was due to Pope Nicholas V
(1447-1455), the founder of the Vatican Library. Soon after his election he
seems to have urged Cardinal Perotti to undertake a Latin translation of the
five books then known to exist. When Perotti sent him his translation of the
first book, the Pope thus acknowledges it in a letter dated 28th August
1452:—1

“Primus Polybii liber, quem ad nos misisti, nuper a te de Graeca in Latinam
translatus, gratissimus etiam fuit et jucundissimus: quippe in ea
translatione nobis cumulatissime satisfacis. Tanta enim facilitate et
eloquentia transfers, ut Historia ipsa nunquam Graeca, sed prorsus Latina
semper fuisse videatur. Optimum igitur ingenium tuum valde commendamus
atque probamus, teque hortamur ut velis pro laude et gloria tua, et pro
voluptate nimia singulare opus inchoatum perficere, nec labori parcas.
Nam et rem ingenio et doctrina tua dignam, et nobis omnium gratissimam
efficies; qui laborum et studiorum tuorum aliquando memores erimus.... Tu
vero, si nobis rem gratam efficere cupis, nihil negligentiae committas in hoc
opere traducendo. Nihil enim nobis gratius efficere poteris. Librum primum
a vertice ad calcem legimus, in cujus translatione voluntati nostrae
amplissime satisfactum est.”

Page 10

On the 3d of January 1454 the Pope writes again to Perotti thanking him for
the third book; and in a letter to Torelli, dated 13th November 1453, Perotti
says that he had finished his translation of Polybius in the preceding
September. This translation was first printed in 1473. The Greek text was
not printed till 1530, when an edition of the first five books in Greek, along
with Perotti’s translation, was published at the Hague, opera Vincentii
Obsopaei, dedicated to George, Marquess of Brandenburg. Perotti’s
translation was again printed at Basle in 1549, accompanied by a Latin
translation of the fragments of books 6 to 17 by Wolfgang Musculus, and
reprinted at the Hague in 1598.
The chief fragments of Polybius fall into two classes; (1) those made by
some unknown epitomator, who Casaubon even supposed might be Marcus
Brutus, who, according to Plutarch, was engaged in this work in his tent the
night before the battle of Pharsalus. The printing of these began with two
insignificant fragments on the battle between the Rhodians and Attalus
against Philip, Paris, 1536; and another de re navali, Basle, 1537. These
fragments have continually accumulated by fresh discoveries. (2) The other
class of fragments are those made by the order of Constantinus
Porphyrogenitus (911-959), among similar ones from other historians,
which were to be digested under fifty-three heads or tituli; one of which
(the 27th) has come down to us, discovered in the sixteenth century,
containing the selecta de legationibus; and another (the 50th) de virtute et
vitio. The printing of the first of these begins with the edition of Fulvius
Ursinus, published at Antwerp in 1582. This was supplemented in 1634
(Paris) by an edition by Valesius of excerpta ex collectaneis Constantini
Augusti Porphyrogeneti. The first edition of something like a complete text
of Polybius, containing the five entire books, the excerptae legationes, and
fragments of the other books, was that of Isaac Casaubon, Paris, 1609, fo. It
was accompanied by a new and very brilliant Latin translation, and a
preface which has been famous among such works. It contains also a Latin
translation of Aeneas Tacticus. Altogether it is a splendid book. Some
additional annotationes of Casaubon’s were published after his death in
1617, Paris.2 Other editions followed; that of Gronovius, Amsterdam, 1670:
of Ernesti, Leipsic, 1764, containing Casaubon’s translation more or less
emended, and additional fragments. But the next important step in the
bibliography of Polybius was the publication of the great edition of

Page 11

Schweighaeuser, Leipsic, 1789-1795, in nine volumes, with a new Latin
translation,—founded, however, to a great extent on Casaubon,—a new
recension of the text, and still farther additions to the fragments;
accompanied also by an excellent Lexicon and Onomasticon. This great
work has been the foundation from which all modern commentaries on
Polybius must spring. Considerable additions to the fragments, collected
from MSS. in the Vatican by Cardinal Mai, were published in 1827 at
Rome. The chief modern texts are those of Bekker, 1844; Duebner (with
Latin translation), 1839 and 1865; Dindorf, 1866-1868, 1882 (Teubner). A
new recension of the five books and all the known fragments—founded on
a collation of some twelve MSS. and all previous editions, as well as all the
numerous works of importance on our Author that have appeared in
Germany and elsewhere—was published by F. Hultsch, Berlin, 1867-1872,
in four volumes. This must now be considered the standard text. A second
edition of the first volume appeared in 1888, but after that part of my
translation had passed through the press.
Of English translations the earliest was by Ch. Watson, 1568, of the first
five books. It is entitled The Hystories of the most famous Cronographer
Polybios; Discoursing of the warres betwixt the Romanes and
Carthaginenses, a rich and goodly work, conteining holsome counsels and
wonderful devices against the inconstances of fickle Fortune. Englished by
C[hristopher] W[atson] whereunto is annexed an Abstract, compendiously
coarcted out of the life and worthy Acts perpetrate by oure puissant Prince
King Henry the fift. London, Imprinted by Henry Byneman for Tho. Hacket,
1568, 8vo. See Herbert’s Ames, p. 895. Another translation of the five books
was published by Edward Grimestone, London, 1634, of which a second
and third edition appeared in 1648 and 1673. A translation of the Mercenary
War from the first book was made by Sir Walter Raleigh, and published
after his death in 1647 (London, 4to). Next, a new translation of the five
books was published in London, 1693 (2 vols. 8vo), by Sir H[enry]
S[hears], with a preface by Dryden. In 1741 (London, 4to) appeared “A
fragment of the 6th book containing a dissertation on government,
translated from the Greek of Polybius, with notes, etc., by A Gentleman.”
This was followed by the first English translation, which contained any part
of the fragments, as well as the five books, by the Rev. James Hampton,
London, 4to, 1756-1761, which between that date and 1823 (2 vols.,

Page 12

Oxford) went through at least seven editions. Lastly, a translation of
Polybius’s account of Hannibal’s passage of the Alps is appended by
Messrs. Church and Brodribb to their translation of Livy, 21-22. There is a
German translation by A. Haakh and Kraz, Stuttgart, 1858-1875. And a
French translation by J. A. C. Buchon, Paris, 1842, Orléans, 1875. For the
numerous German essays and dissertations on the text, and particular
questions arising from the history, I must refer my readers to Engelmann’s
Bibliotheca. In England such studies are rare. Mr. Strachan-Davidson
published an essay on Polybius in Hellenica; and his edition of extracts of
the text (Oxford, 1888) contains several dissertations of value. Mr. Capes
(London, 1888) has published an edition of extracts referring to the
Achaean league, with an introductory essay on the author and his work.
And a very admirable article on Polybius appears in the recent edition of the
Encyclopædia Britannica by Mr. H. F. Pelham. There is also a good paper
on Polybius in the Quarterly Review for 1879, No. 296. Criticisms on
Polybius, and estimates of his value as an historian, will be found in
Thirlwall’s History of Greece, vol. viii.; Arnold’s History of Rome;
Mommsen’s History of Rome, book iv. c. xiii.; Freeman’s History of
Federal Government and Essays; Bunbury’s Ancient Geography, vol. ii. p.
16; Law’s Alps of Hannibal. For the Roman side of his history, besides the
works mentioned by Mr. Strachan-Davidson, a good list of the literature on
the 2d Punic war is given by Mr. W. T. Arnold in his edition of Dr. Arnold’s
history of that period [London, Macmillan, 1886].
Finally, I have to express my warm thanks to Dr. Warre, Head Master of
Eton, for aiding me with his unique knowledge of ancient and modern
tactics in clearing up many points very puzzling to a civilian. To Mr. W.
Chawner, Fellow and Tutor of Emmanuel College, for reading part of the
translation in proof, and making valuable corrections and suggestions. And
to Professor Ridgway, of Queen’s College, Cork, for corrections in the
geographical fragments of book 34.

Page 13

CONTENTS

pages
Introduction xvii-lx
Books I to IX 1-602

Page 14

INTRODUCTION

I. POLYBIUS

Fortune cast the life of Polybius in stirring times. His special claim to our
admiration is that he understood the importance in the history of the world
of the changes which were passing under his eyes, and exerted himself to
trace the events which immediately preceded them, and from which they
sprang, while it was yet possible to see and question surviving participators
in them; to examine places, before they had lost all marks of the great
events of which they had been the scene; and records or monuments before
time had cast a doubt upon their meaning or authenticity. Nor is this
ordinary praise. Men are apt to turn their eyes upon the past, as holding all
that is worthy of contemplation, while they fail to take note of history “in
the making,” or to grasp the importance of the transactions of their own day.
But as every year has its decisive influence on the years which succeed it,
the greatest benefactor of posterity is the man who understands and records
events as they pass with care and sincerity. Laborious compilation, from the
study and comparison of ancient records and monuments, has its value: it
may often be all that it is possible to obtain; it may not unfrequently even
serve to correct statements of contemporaries which have been deformed by
carelessness or coloured by prejudice. But the best compilation is infinitely
inferior in interest and instructiveness to the barest report of a
contemporary. And when such a man is also an eye-witness of much that he
relates; when he knew and conversed with many of the chief actors in the
great events which he records; when again he tells us of transactions so
remote in time, that all written documents have necessarily perished, and
those in more durable bronze and stone all but followed in their train, then
indeed the interest rises to the highest pitch. Like Herodotus and
Thucydides, then, Polybius tells us of his own times, and of the generations
immediately preceding them. It is true that the part of his work which has
survived in a complete form deals with a period before his own day, just as
the greater part of the history of Herodotus does, but in the larger part of the
fragments he is writing with even more complete personal knowledge than
Thucydides. He had, again, neither the faculty for story-telling possessed by

Page 15

Herodotus nor the literary and dramatic force of Thucydides. The language
which he spoke and wrote had lost the magic of style; had lost the lucidity
and grace of Sophocles, and the rugged vigour and terseness of Thucydides.
Nor had he apparently acquired any of those artifices which, while they
sometimes weary us in the later rhetoricians, yet generally serve to make
their writings the easiest and pleasantest of reading. Equally remote again is
his style from the elaborate and involved manner of Plutarch, with its huge
compound words built up of intricate sentences, more like difficult German
than Greek. Polybius had no tricks of this sort;3 but his style lacks logical
order and clearness. It seems rather the language of a man of affairs, who
had had neither leisure to study style, nor taste to read widely with a view to
literature as such. But after all it is Greek, and Greek that still retained its
marvellous adaptability to every purpose, to every shade of thought, and
every form of literature. Nor is his style in the purely narrative parts of his
work wanting in a certain force, derived from singleness and directness of
purpose. He “speaks right on,” and turns neither to the right hand nor the
left. It is when he reflects and argues and moralises, that his want of literary
skill sometimes makes him difficult and involved; and though the thought is
essentially just, and his point of view wonderfully modern, we continually
feel the want of that nameless charm which the Greeks called χάρις.
His bent for historical composition was fortunately encouraged by the
circumstances of his life, which gave Polybius special opportunities of
satisfying his curiosity and completing his knowledge. Not only was he the
son of a man who had held the highest office in the league, and so must
have heard the politics and history of Achaia discussed from his earliest
youth; not only from early manhood was he himself in the thick of political
business; but he knew the sovereigns of Egypt and Pergamus, of Macedonia
and Syria, and the Roman generals who conquered the latter. He had visited
a Roman camp and witnessed its practical arrangements and discipline. And
his enforced residence of sixteen years in Italy and Rome was, by the good
fortune of his introduction to Aemilius Paullus and his sons, turned into an
opportunity of unrivalled advantage for studying the laws, military
discipline, and character of the imperial people whose world conquest he
chronicles. Unlike his fellow-exiles, he did not allow his depressing
circumstances to numb his faculties, exasperate his temper, or deaden his
curiosity. He won the confidence of the leading men at Rome; and seems,

Page 16

while pushing on his inquiries with untiring vigour, to have used his
influence for the benefit of his countrymen, and of all Greek subjects of
Rome.
But, like so many of the writers of antiquity, he has had no one to perform
for him the service he had done for others in rescuing their achievements
and the particulars of their career from oblivion. Of the many testimonia
collected by Schweighaeuser and others from ancient writers, scarcely one
gives us any details or anecdotes of the writer, whose work they briefly
describe or praise. We are reduced as usual to pick out from his own
writings the scattered allusions or statements which help us to picture his
character and career.
Polybius of Megalopolis was the son of Lycortas, the friend and partisan of
Philopoemen, who had served the Achaean league in several capacities: as
Birth of Polybius. ambassador to Rome in b.c. 189, along with Diophanes,
on the question of the war with Sparta,4 and to Ptolemy
Epiphanes in b.c. 186, 5 and finally as Strategus in b.c. 184-183. Of the year
of his birth we cannot be certain. He tells us that he was elected to go on
embassy from the league to Ptolemy Epiphanes in the year of the death of
that monarch (b.c. 181), although he was below the legal age.6 But we do
not know for certain what that age was; although it seems likely that it was
thirty, that apparently being the age at which a member of the league
exercised his full privileges.7 But assuming this, we do not know how much
under that age he was. Two years previously (b.c. 183) he had carried the
urn at Philopoemen’s funeral. This was an office usually performed by quite
young men (νεανίσκοι)8, probably not much over twenty years old. As we
know that he lived to write a history of the Numantine war, which ended
9 10
b.c. 133 , and that he was eighty-two at the time of his death , we shall
not, I think, be probably far wrong if we place his birth in b.c. 203 and his
death in b.c. 121 as Casaubon does, who notes that the latter is just sixteen
years before the birth of Cicero. But though this is a good working
hypothesis, it is very far from being a demonstrated fact.
Between b.c. 181-168 he was closely allied with his father in politics; and if
we wish to have any conception of what he was doing, it is necessary to
form some idea of the state of parties in the Peloponnese at the time.

Page 17

The crowning achievement of Philopoemen’s career had been the uniting of
Sparta to the Achaean league, after the murder of the tyrant Nabis by the
Aetolians who had come to Sparta as his allies (b.c. 192). In b.c. 191 the
Achaeans were allowed to add Messene and Elis to their league, as a reward
for their services to Rome in the war against Antiochus. The Aetolian
league, the chief enemy and opponent of Achaia, was reduced to a state of
humble dependence on Rome in b.c. 189, after the defeat of Antiochus at
Thermopylae (b.c. 191) and the Aetolian war (b.c. 191-189). From b.c. 190
then begins the time during which Polybius says that the “name of the
Achaeans became the universal one for all the inhabitants of the
Peloponnese” (2, 42). But though Sparta was included in the league she was
always a restive and dissatisfied member; and the people of Elis and
Messene, who were not very willing members either, were told by
Flamininus that if they had any reason to complain of the federal
government they were to appeal to him.11 Now, by a treaty of alliance with
Rome, decreed at Sikyon in b.c. 198, it was provided that Rome should
receive no envoys from separate states of the league, but only from the
league itself.12 Flamininus, therefore, if he said what Livy reports him to
have said, was violating this treaty. And this will be a good instance to
illustrate the divisions of parties existing during the period of Polybius’s
active political life (b.c. 181-169). We have seen that in b.c. 198 the
Achaean league became an ally of Rome as a complete and independent
state; that this state was consolidated by the addition of Sparta (192) and
Elis and Messene (191) so as to embrace the whole of the Peloponnese; that
its chief enemy in Greece, the Aetolian league, was rendered powerless in
b.c. 189. The Macedonian influence in the Peloponnese had been abolished
after the battle of Cynoscephalae (197) by the proclamation of Greek
freedom by Flamininus (196). But all this seeming liberty and growth in
power really depended upon the favour of Rome, and was continually
endangered not only by the appeals to the Senate from separate states in the
league, who conceived themselves wronged, but by treasonable
representations of her own envoys, who preferred a party triumph to the
welfare and independence of their country13. In these circumstances, there
were naturally differences of opinion as to the proper attitude for the league
government to assume towards a state, which was nominally an equal ally,
but really an absolute master. There was one party who were for
submissively carrying out the will of the Roman officers who from time to

Page 18

time visited the Peloponnese; and for conciliating the Senate by displaying
a perpetual readiness to carry out its wishes, without putting forward in any
way the rights which the treaty of 198 had secured to them. The leaders of
this party, in the time of Philopoemen, were Aristaenos and Diophanes. The
other party, headed till his death by Philopoemen, equally admitting that the
Roman government could not be safely defied, were yet for aiming at
preserving their country’s independence by strictly carrying out the terms of
the Roman alliance, and respectfully but firmly resisting any encroachment
upon those terms by the officers representing the Roman government. On
Philopoemen’s death (b.c. 183) Lycortas, who had been his most devoted
follower, took, along with Archon, the lead of the party which were for
carrying out his policy; while Callicrates became the most prominent of the
Romanising party. Lycortas was supported by his son Polybius when about
b.c. 181 he began to take part in politics. Polybius seems always to have
consistently maintained this policy. His view seems to have been that
Rome, having crushed Philip and Antiochus, was necessarily the supreme
power. The Greeks must recognise facts; must avoid offending Rome; but
must do so by keeping to a position of strict legality, maintaining their
rights, and neither flattering nor defying the victorious Commonwealth. He
believed that the Romans meant fairly by Greece, and that Greek freedom
was safe in their hands14. But the straightforward policy of the Senate, if it
was ever sincere, was altered by the traitor Callicrates in b.c. 179; who,
being sent to Rome to oppose what the league thought the unconstitutional
restitution of certain Spartan exiles, advised the Senate to use the
Romanising party in each state to secure a direct control in Achaia15. Acting
on this insidious advice, the Roman government began to view with
suspicion the legal and independent attitude of the other party, and to
believe or affect to believe that they were enemies of the Roman
supremacy. Lycortas, Archon, and Polybius, finding themselves the objects
of suspicion, not less dangerous because undeserved, to the Roman
government, appear to have adopted an attitude of reserve, abstaining from
taking an active or prominent part in the business of the assemblies. This,
however, did not succeed in averting Roman jealousy; and the
commissioners, Gaius Popilius and Gnaeus Octavius, who visited the
Peloponnese in b.c. 169, gave out that those who held aloof were as
displeasing to the Senate as those who openly opposed it. They were said to
have resolved on formally impeaching the three statesmen before the

Page 19

Achaean assembly as being enemies of Rome; but when the assembly met
at Aegium, they had failed to obtain any reasonable handle against them,
and contented themselves with a speech of general exhortation.16 This was
during the war with Perseus, when the Romans kept a vigilant eye on all
parts of Greece, and closely inquired which politicians in the several states
ventured to display the least sympathy with the Macedonian king, or were
believed to secretly nourish any wish for his success. It speaks strongly both
for the independent spirit still surviving in the league, as well as for the
character of Archon and Polybius, that they were elected, apparently in the
same assembly, the one Strategus and the other Hipparch for the year
17
b.c. 169-168. In this office Polybius doubtless hoped to carry out the
principles and discipline of Philopoemen, under whom he had probably
served in the cavalry, and whose management of this branch of the service
he had at any rate minutely studied.18 But there was little occasion for the
use of the Achaean cavalry in his year. Being sent on a mission to Q.
Marcius Philippus at Heracleia to offer the league’s assistance in the war
with Perseus, when their help was declined, he remained behind after the
other ambassadors had returned, to witness the campaign.19 After spending
some time in the Roman camp, he was sent by Q. Marcius to prevent the
Achaeans from consenting to supply five thousand men to Appius Claudius
Cento in Epirus. This was a matter of considerable delicacy. He had to
choose between offending one or the other powerful Roman. But he
conducted the affair with prudence, and on the lines he had always laid
down, those, namely, of strict legality. He found the Achaean assembly in
session at Sicyon; and he carried his point by representing that the demand
of Appius Claudius did not bear on the face of it the order of the Senate,
without which they were prohibited from supplying the requisitions of
Roman commanders.20 He thus did not betray that he was acting on the
instigation of Quintus Marcius, and put himself and the league in an attitude
of loyalty toward the Senate.21 In the same cautious spirit he avoided
another complication. Certain complimentary statues or inscriptions had
been put up in various cities of the league in honour of Eumenes, king of
Pergamus, and on some offence arising had been taken down. This seems to
have annoyed Eumenes exceedingly; and Polybius persuaded the people
that it had been ordered by Sosigenes and Diopeithes, as judges, from
feelings of personal spite, and without any act of Eumenes unfriendly to the

Page 20

league. He carried his point, and thus avoided offending a king who at that
time was on very friendly terms with Rome.22 But while thus minded to
avoid unnecessary offence, Polybius and his party were in favour of
strengthening the league by alliances which could be entered upon with
safety. Egypt at this time was under the joint government of two Ptolemies,
Philometor and Physcon, who were being threatened with an invasion by
Antiochus Epiphanes. The friendship of the league with the kings of Egypt
had been of long standing, as far back as the time of Aratus; and though that
friendship had been afterwards interrupted by the Macedonian policy of
Aratus, just before his death the father of these kings had presented the
league with ten ships and a sum of money. The two kings now sent to beg
for aid; and asked that Lycortas should come as commander-in-chief, and
Polybius as hipparch. Lycortas and Polybius were in favour of supplying
the assistance asked.23 But the measure was opposed by Callicrates and his
partisans, on the specious ground that their whole efforts should be directed
to aid the Romans against Perseus. Lycortas and Polybius replied that the
Romans did not require their help; and that they were bound, by gratitude,
as well as by treaty, to help the Ptolemies. They carried with them the
popular feeling: but Callicrates outwitted them by obtaining a dispatch from
Q. Marcius, urging the league to join the senate in effecting a reconciliation
between Antiochus and the kings of Egypt. Polybius gave in, and advised
compliance. Ambassadors were appointed to aid in the pacification; and the
envoys from Alexandria were obliged to depart without effecting their
object. They contented themselves with handing in to the magistrates the
Royal letters, in which Lycortas and Polybius were invited by name to come
to Alexandria.24
Careful, however, as he had ever been to avoid giving just offence to Rome,
b.c. 167. he and his party had long been marked by the Senate as
opponents of that more complete interference in the
details of Achaean politics which it wished to exercise. This was partly
owing to the machinations of Callicrates; but it was also the result of the
deliberate policy of the Senate: and it was doubtless helped by the report of
every Roman officer who had found himself thwarted by the appeal to
legality, under the influence of the party in the league with which Polybius
was connected.25 Accordingly, soon after the final defeat of Perseus by
Aemilius Paulus in b.c. 168, and the consequent dismemberment of

Page 21

Macedonia, the Senate proceeded to execute its vengeance upon those
citizens in every state in Greece who were believed to have been opposed to
the Roman interests. The commissioners entrusted with the settlement and
division of Macedonia were directed to hold an inquiry into this matter also.
From every city the extreme partisans of Rome were summoned to assist
them, men who were only too ready to sacrifice their political opponents to
the vengeance of the power to which they had long been paying a servile
and treacherous court. From Boeotia came Mnasippus; from Acarnania,
Chremes; from Epirus, Charops and Nicias; from Aetolia, Lyciscus and
Tisippus; and from Achaia, Callicrates, Agesias, and Philippus.26 Instigated
by these advisers, the commissioners ordered the supposed covert enemies
of Rome in the several states to proceed to Italy to take their trial. To Achaia
two commissioners, Gaius Claudius and Gnaeus Domitius, were sent. An
Achaean assembly being summoned to meet them, they announced that
there were certain men of influence in the league who had helped Perseus
by money and other support. They required that a vote should be passed
condemning them all to death; and said that, when that was done, they
would publish the names. Such a monstrous perversion of justice was too
much for the assembly, who refused to vote until they knew the names. The
commissioners then said that all the Strategi who had been in office since
the beginning of the war were involved. One of them, Xeno, came forward,
declared his innocence, and asserted that he was ready to plead his cause
before any tribunal, Achaean or Roman. Upon this the commissioners
required that all the accused persons should go to Rome. A list of one
thousand names was drawn up, under the guidance of Callicrates, of those
who were at once to proceed to Italy27 (b.c. 167). The court of inquiry,
before which they were to appear, was never held. They were not allowed
even to stay in Rome, but were quartered in various cities of Italy, which
were made responsible for their safe custody: and there they remained until
b.c. 151, when such of them as were still alive, numbering then somewhat
less than three hundred, were contemptuously allowed to return.28 Among
these detenus was Polybius. We do not hear that Lycortas was also one,
from which it has been with some probability supposed that he was dead.
More fortunate than the rest, Polybius was allowed to remain at Rome. He
had made, it seems, the acquaintance of Aemilius Paulus and his two sons
in Macedonia, and during the tour of Aemelius through Greece after the
Macedonian war.29 And on their return to Italy he was allowed by their

Page 22

influence to remain in Rome; and, acting as tutor to the two boys,30 became
well acquainted with all the best society in the city. The charming account
which he gives31 of the mutual affection existing between him and the
younger son of Aemilius (by adoption now called Publius Scipio Africanus
Aemilianus) bears all the marks of sincerity, and is highly to the credit of
both. To it we may add the anecdote of Plutarch, that “Scipio, in observance
of the precept of Polybius, endeavoured never to leave the forum without
having made a close friend of some one he met there.”
But much as he owed to the friendship of the sons of Aemilius, he owed it
also to his own energy and cheerful vigour that these sixteen years of exile
were not lost time in his life. He employed them, not in fruitless indulgence
in homesickness, or in gloomy brooding over his wrongs, but in a careful
and industrious study of the history and institutions of the people among
whom he was compelled to reside32; in ingratiating himself with those
members of the Senate who he thought might be useful to his countrymen;
and in forming and maturing his judgment as to the course of policy they
ought to pursue. Nor was he without means of gratifying lighter tastes. He
was an active sportsman: and the boar-hunting in the district of Laurentum
not only diverted his attention from the distressing circumstances of his
exile, and kept his body in vigorous health, but obtained for him the
acquaintance of many men of rank and influence. Thus for instance his
intimacy with the Syrian prince Demetrius, afterwards king Demetrius
Soter, was made in the hunting-field33: and the value which this young man
attached to his advice and support is some measure of the opinion
entertained generally of his wisdom, moderation, and good judgment. We
have no further details of his life in Rome; but we have what is better,—its
fruits, in the luminous account of its polity, the constitution of its army, and
the aims of its statesmen.
At last the time came when he was once more free to visit his own country,
b.c. 151. Release of the or to extend his knowledge by visiting the countries
detenus. which he wished to describe. After repeated
applications to the Senate by embassies from Achaia, made without avail, in
b.c. 151 Polybius appeared in person to plead the cause before the Fathers.
There was now, it was thought, no reason for retaining these unfortunate
men. The original thousand had shrunk to less than three hundred; middle-

Page 23

aged men had become in sixteen years old and decrepit; they had lost
connexions and influence in the Peloponnese; they had learnt by bitter
experience the impossibility of resisting the power of Rome, and were no
longer likely to venture on organising any opposition. Their longer
detention could only be a measure of vengeance, and useless vengeance.
Still the debate in the Senate was long and doubtful, until it was brought to
a conclusion by the contemptuous exclamation of Cato: “Are we to sit here
all day discussing whether some old Greek dotards are to be buried by
Italian or Achaean undertakers?” Polybius, elated by a concession thus
ungraciously accorded, wished to enter the Senate once more with a further
request for a restitution of their property in Achaia. But Cato bluntly bade
him “remember Ulysses, who wanted to go back into the cave of the
Cyclops to fetch his cap and belt.”34
Polybius seems to have returned to the Peloponnese at once, and to have
Coss. L. Marcius remained there until b.c. 149, when he was suddenly
Censornius, Manius summoned to serve the government whose enforced
Manilius, b.c. 149.
Polybius sent for to guest he had been so long. It was the year in which the
Lilybaeum. Senate had determined to commence their proceedings
against Carthage, which were not to be stayed until she
was levelled with the ground. In b.c. 150 the victory of Massanissa had
restored the oligarchs, who had been superseded by the popular anti-Roman
party in Carthage. These men hastened to make every possible offer of
submission to Rome. The Senate had made up its mind for war; and yet did
not at once say so. After demanding that full satisfaction should be made to
Massanissa, it next decreed that the Carthaginians must at once give three
hundred of their noblest youths as hostages to the Roman consuls Manilius
and Censorinus, who had sailed to Lilybaeum with secret orders to let no
concession induce them to stop the war until Carthage was destroyed.35
There was naturally some hesitation in obeying this demand at Carthage;
for the hostages were to be given to the Romans absolutely without any
terms, and without any security. They felt that it was practically a surrender
of their city. To overcome this hesitation Manilius sent for Polybius,
perhaps because he had known and respected him at Rome, and believed
that he could trust him; perhaps because his well-known opinion, as to the
safety in trusting the Roman fides, might make him a useful agent. But also
probably because he was known to many influential Carthaginians, and

Page 24

perhaps spoke their language.36 He started for Lilybaeum at once. But when
he reached Corcyra he was met with the news that the hostages had been
given up to the consul: he thought, therefore, that the chance of war was at
an end, and he returned to the Peloponnese.37
He must soon have learnt his mistake. The Consul, in accordance with his
secret instructions,—first to secure the arms in Carthage, and then to insist
on the destruction of the town,—gradually let the wretched people know the
extent of the submission required of them. These outrageous demands
resulted in the Carthaginians taking the desperate resolution of standing a
siege. Censorinus and his colleague accordingly began operations; but they
were not capable of so great an undertaking. The eyes of the whole army
were turned upon Scipio Aemilianus, who was serving as a military tribune.
The siege lingered through the summer of b.c. 148 without any result; and
when in the autumn Scipio left for Rome, to stand for the Aedileship, he
started amidst loud expressions of hope that he might return as Consul,
though below the legal age.38
The loss of so much of Polybius’s narrative at this point leaves us uncertain
when he arrived in Africa: but as he met and conversed with Massanissa,39
who died in b.c. 148, it seems likely that he did join the army after all in
b.c. 149. At any rate he was in Scipio’s train in b.c. 147-146, when he was
in chief command of the army, first as consul, and then as proconsul;
advised him on sundry points in the formation of his siege works; stood by
his side when Carthage was burning; and heard him, as he watched the
dreadful sight, utter with tearful eyes the foreboding of what might one day
befall Rome.40 Scipio is also said to have supplied him with ships for an
exploring expedition round the coast of Africa;41 and it seems most likely
that this was in his year of consulship (147), as after the fall of Carthage
Polybius went home.
The destruction of Carthage took place in the spring of b.c. 146. When
Scipio went back to celebrate his triumph, Polybius seems to have returned
to the Peloponnese, there to witness another act of vengeance on the part of
Rome, and to do what he could to lighten the blow to his countrymen, and
to preserve the fragments of their shattered liberties.

Page 25

Among the restored Achaean exiles were Diaeus, Damocritus, Alcamenes,
Theodectes, and Archicrates. They had returned with feelings embittered by
their exile; and without any of the experience of active life, which might
have taught them to subordinate their private thirst for revenge to the safety
of their country. Callicrates died in b.c. 148, and Diaeus was Strategus in
b.c. 149-148, 147-146. The appearance of the pseudo-Philip (Andriscus) in
Macedonia, and the continued resistance of Carthage during his first year of
office (148), encouraged him perhaps to venture on a course, and to
recommend the people to adopt a policy, on which he would otherwise not
have ventured. Troubles arising out of a disgraceful money transaction
between the Spartan Menalchidas, Achaean Strategus, and the Oropians,
who had bribed him to aid them against the Athenians, had led to a violent
quarrel with Callicrates, who threatened to impeach him for treason to the
league in the course of an embassy to Rome. To save himself he gave half
the Oropian money to Diaeus, his successor as Strategus (b.c. 149-148).
This led to a popular clamour against Diaeus: who, to save himself, falsely
reported that the Senate had granted the Achaeans leave to try and condemn
certain Spartans for the offence of occupying a disputed territory. Sparta
was prepared to resist in arms, and a war seemed to be on the point of
breaking out. Callicrates and Diaeus, however, were sent early in b.c. 148 to
place the Achaean case before the Senate, while the Spartans sent
Menalchidas. Callicrates died on the road. The Senate heard, therefore, the
two sides from Diaeus and Menalchidas, and answered that they would
send commissioners to inquire into the case. The commissioners, however,
were slow in coming; so that both Diaeus and Menalchidas had time to
misrepresent the Senate’s answer to their respective peoples. The Achaeans
believed that they had full leave to proceed according to the league law
against the Spartans; the Spartans believed that they had permission to
b.c. 148. break off from the league. Once more, therefore, war
was on the point of breaking out.42 Just at this time Q.
Caecilius Metellus was in Macedonia with an army to crush Andriscus. He
was sending some commissioners to Asia, and ordered them to visit the
Peloponnese on their way and give a friendly warning. It was neglected,
and the Spartans sustained a defeat, which irritated them without crushing
their revolt. When Diaeus succeeded Damocritus as Strategus in b.c. 147,
b.c. 147. he answered a second embassy from Metellus by a
promise not to take any hostile steps until the Roman

Page 26

commissioners arrived. But he irritated the Spartans by putting garrisons
into some forts which commanded Laconia; and they actually elected
Menalchidas as a Strategus in opposition to Diaeus. But finding that he had
no chance of success Menalchidas poisoned himself.43

Then followed the riot at Corinth.44 Marcus Aurelius Orestes at the head of
a commission arrived at last at Corinth, and there informed the magistrates
in council that the league must give up Argos, Corinth, and Sparta. The
magistrates hastily summoned an assembly and announced the message
from the Senate; a furious riot followed, every man in Corinth suspected of
being a Spartan was seized and thrown into prison; the very residence of the
Roman commissioners was not able to afford such persons any protection,
and even the persons of Orestes and his colleagues were in imminent
danger.
Some months afterwards a second commission arrived headed by Sextus
Julius Caesar, and demanded, without any express menace, that the authors
of the riot should be given up. The demand was evaded; and when Caesar
returned to Rome with his report, war was at once declared.
The new Strategus, elected in the autumn of b.c. 147, was Critolaus. He was
b.c. 147-146. a bitter anti-Romanist like Diaeus: and these statesmen
and their party fancied that the Romans, having already
two wars on hand, at Carthage and in Spain, would make any sacrifice to
keep peace with Achaia. They had not indeed openly declined the demands
of Sextus, but, to use Polybius’s expressive phrase, “they accepted with the
left hand what the Romans offered with the right.”45 While pretending to be
preparing to submit their case to the Senate, they were collecting an army
from the cities of the league. Inspired with an inexplicable infatuation,
which does not deserve the name of courage, Critolaus even advanced
northwards towards Thermopylae, as if he could with his petty force bar the
road to the Romans and free Greece. He was encouraged, it was said, by a
party at Thebes which had suffered from Rome for its Macedonising policy.
But, rash as the march was, it was managed with at least equal imprudence.
Instead of occupying Thermopylae, they stopped short of it to besiege
Trachinian Heracleia, an old Spartan colony,46 which refused to join the
league. While engaged in this, Critolaus heard that Metellus (who wished to
anticipate his successor Mummius) was on the march from Macedonia. He

Page 27

beat a hasty retreat to Scarpheia in Locris,47 which was on the road leading
to Elateia and the south; here he was overtaken and defeated with
considerable slaughter. Critolaus appears not to have fallen on the field; but
he was never seen again. He was either lost in some marshes over which he
attempted to escape, as Pausanias suggests, or poisoned himself, as Livy
says. Diaeus, as his predecessor, became Strategus, and was elected for the
following year also. Diaeus exerted himself to collect troops for the defence
of Corinth, nominally as being at war with Sparta. He succeeded in getting
as many as fourteen thousand infantry and six hundred cavalry, consisting
partly of citizens and partly of slaves; and sent four thousand picked men
under Alcamenes to hold Megara, while he himself occupied Corinth. When
Metellus approached, however, this outpost at Megara hastily retreated into
Corinth. Metellus took up his position in the Isthmus, and offered the
Achaeans the fairest terms. Diaeus, however, induced them to reject all
offers; and Metellus was kept some time encamped before Corinth.
It was now late in the spring of b.c. 146, and the new Consul, Lucius
b.c. 146. Arrival of Mummius, arrived at the Roman camp. He at once sent
Mummius. Metellus back to Macedonia, and quietly awaited the
arrival of fresh troops, which he had sent for from Crete and Pergamum, as
well as from Italy.48 He eventually had an army of about thirty thousand
men, nearly double of the Greek army in Corinth. Nothing apparently was
done till the late summer, or autumn. But then the final catastrophe was
rapid and complete. The Roman officers regarded the Achaean force with
such contempt, that they did not take proper precautions, so that Diaeus
won a slight advantage against one of the Roman outposts. Flushed with
this success, he drew out for a pitched battle, in which he was totally
defeated. He made his way to Megalopolis, where, after killing his wife, he
poisoned himself.
Thus by a series of imprudent measures, which Polybius denounces, but
was not at home to oppose, the Achaean league had drifted into downright
war with Rome; and, almost without a struggle, had fallen helplessly at her
feet, forced to accept whatever her mercy or contempt might grant. Mercy,
however, was to be preceded by stern punishment. Corinth was given up to
plunder and to fire, and Polybius returned from Africa in time to witness
it.49 The destruction or deportation of works of art, of pictures, statues, and

Page 28

Polybius saves some costly furniture, he could not prevent; but he spoke a
statues of nationalsuccessful word to preserve the statues of Philopoemen
interest.
in the various cities from destruction; and also begged
successfully for the restoration of some of the Eponymous hero Achaeus,
and of Philopoemen and Aratus, which had already been transported as far
as Acarnania on their way to Italy.50 He also dissuaded his friends from
rushing to take their share in the plunder by purchasing the confiscated
goods of Diaeus, which were put to auction and could be bought at low
rates; and he refused to accept any of them himself.51
The settlement of the territories of the league was put into the hands of a
commission of ten men who were sent out after the sack of Corinth; while
The new settlement of Mummius, after seeing that such towns in the
the Peloponnese, Peloponnese as had joined in the war were deprived of
b.c. 146-145.
their fortifications and arms, and after inflicting
punishment upon other towns in Greece which had shown active sympathy
with Perseus, especially Thebes and Chalcis, returned home to celebrate his
triumph, which was adorned with marble and bronze statues and pictures
from Corinth.52 The commissioners who had been sent out to make a final
settlement of Greece, or Achaia, as it was henceforth to be called in official
language, settled the general plan in conjunction with Mummius; but the
commissioners continued their labours for six months, at the end of which
time they departed, leaving Polybius to settle with each town the details of
their local legislation. The general principles which the commissioners laid
down were first, the entire abolition of all the leagues, and consequently of
the league assemblies; each town, with its surrounding district, which had
once formed a canton in the league, was to be separate and independent: its
magistrates, secondly, were to be selected according to a fixed assessment
of property, the old equality or democracy being abolished: thirdly, no
member of one canton might own property in another: fourthly, the
Boeotians were ordered to pay a heavy compensation to the Heracleots and
Euboeans, and the Achaeans to the Spartans: lastly, a fixed tribute to Rome
was imposed on all states in Greece.53 Some of these measures were in a
few years’ time relaxed, the fines were mitigated, the rule against inter-
possession of property was abolished, and the league assemblies were again
allowed for certain local purposes. But this was the end of the league as a
free federation. It is often said that “Greece was now reduced to the form of

Page 29

a Roman province under the name of Achaia.” This is true in a sense, and
yet is misleading. Achaia did not become a province like the other
provinces, yearly allotted to a proconsul or propraetor or legatus, until the
time of Augustus. Such direct interference from a Roman magistrate as was
thought necessary was left to the governor of Macedonia.54 Yet in a certain
sense Achaia was treated as a separate entity, and had a “formula,” or
constitution, founded on the separate local laws which the commissioners
found existing, or imposed, with the help of Polybius, on the several states;
it paid tribute like other provinces, and was in fact, though called free,
subject to Rome.
Polybius performed his task of visiting the various towns in the
Peloponnese, explaining when necessary the meaning of the new
arrangements, and advising them, when they had to make others for
themselves, so much to the satisfaction of every one, that there was a
universal feeling that he had been a benefactor to his country, and had made
the best of their situation that could be made. Statues of him are mentioned
by Pausanias in several places in the Peloponnese: in Mantinea55 and at
Megalopolis,56 with an inscription in elegiacs to the effect that “he had
travelled over every land and sea; was an ally of the Romans, and mitigated
their wrath against Greece.” Another in the temple of Persephone, near
Acacesium,57 under which was a legend stating that “Greece would not
have erred at all if she had obeyed Polybius; and that when she did err, he
alone proved of any help to her.” There were others also at Pallantium,58
Tegea,59 and Olympia.60
In these services to his country Polybius was occupied in b.c. 145. Of his
life after that we have no detailed record. He is believed to have visited
Scipio while engaged on the siege of Numantia (b.c. 134-132), on which he
wrote a separate treatise.61 We know also that he visited Alexandria in the
reign of Ptolemy Physcon (b.c. 146-117), and expressed his contempt for
the state of the people and their rulers.62 These years must have been also
much occupied with the extension of his history, which he originally
intended should end with the fall of the Macedonian kingdom (b.c. 168),63
but which was afterwards continued to the fall of Carthage and Greece
(b.c. 146);64 for even if the history had been completed up to its originally
intended limit, and the notice of extension afterwards inserted, there still

Page 30

was enough to do to occupy some years of a busy life; especially as he
seems to have carried out his principle that an historian ought to be a
traveller, visiting the localities of which he speaks, and testing by personal
inspection the possibility of the military evolutions which he undertakes to
describe. His travels appear certainly to have embraced the greater part of
Gaul, and it even seems possible from one passage that he visited Britain.65
His explorations on the African coast were doubtless extensive, and he
appears to have visited Phoenicia, Cilicia, and Asia Minor. We hear of him
at Sardis, though we cannot fix the date of the visit.66 Lastly, Lucian tells us
that, “returning from the country, he had a fall from his horse, from the
effects of which he died at the age of eighty-two.” No place is given, and no
clue which may help us to be certain of the date.67 Polybius, besides the
general history, had written a treatise on Tactics,68 a panegyric on
Philopoemen,69 a history of the Numantine war,70 and perhaps a treatise on
public speaking (δημηγορία).71

§ 2.—THE SOURCES OF POLYBIUS’S HISTORY

Polybius always maintains that the study of documents is only one, and not
the most important, element in the equipment of an historian. The best is
personal experience and personal inquiry.
Of the sources of his own history, then, the first and best may be set down
Personal knowledge. as knowledge acquired by being actually present at
great events, such as the destruction of Carthage and the
sack of Corinth; visits to the Roman army in camp; assisting at actual
debates in his own country; personal knowledge of and service under men
of the first position in Achaia; personal visits to famous localities; voyages
and tours undertaken for the definite object of inspection and inquiry; and,
lastly, seeing and questioning the survivors of great battles, or the men who
had played a leading part in conspicuous political transactions.
From his earliest youth Polybius had enjoyed some special advantages in
these respects. As he himself says, “the events in Greece fell within his own
generation, or that immediately preceding his own,—and he therefore could
relate what he had seen, or what he had heard from eye-witnesses” (4, 2).
And of the later period he “was not only an eye-witness, but in some cases

Page 31

an actor, and in others the chief actor” (3, 4). When he was probably under
twenty we hear of his being present at an important interview between
Philopoemen and Archon;72 and his election as hipparch in b.c. 169, soon
after he reached the legal age, was in consequence of his having thrown
himself with vigour into the practical working of the cavalry under
Philopoemen. In regard to Roman history and polity, we have Cicero’s
testimony that he was bonus auctor in primis,73 and more particularly in
regard to chronology, quo nemo fuit in exquirendis temporibus diligentius.74
Nor is this praise undeserved, as is shown by his energy in pushing minute
and personal inquiries. Thus he learnt the details of the Hannibalic war from
some of the survivors of those actually engaged; visited the localities, and
made the pass of the Alps used by Hannibal;75 studied and transcribed the
stele or bronze tablet placed by Hannibal on the Lacinian promontory;76
travelled through Libya, Spain, Gaul, and the seas which washed their
shores (perhaps even as far as Britain), in order to give a true account of
them.77 Conversed with Massanissa on the character of the Carthaginians,
as well as with many of the Carthaginians themselves.78 Carefully observed
Carthagena.79 Inspected the records at Rhodes,80 and the Archives at
Rome;81 and studied and transcribed the treaties preserved there.82 Visited
Sardis,83 Alexandria,84 and Locri Epizephyrii.85 To this, which is by no
means an exhaustive account of his travels and inquiries, may be added the
fact that his intimacy with the younger Africanus, grandson by adoption and
nephew by marriage of the elder Scipio, must have placed at his disposal a
considerable mass of information contained in the family archives of the
Scipios, as to the Hannibalian war, and especially as to the campaigns in
Spain.86
Such were some of the means by which Polybius was enabled to obtain
accurate and trustworthy information.
It remains to inquire how far Polybius availed himself of the writings of
Use of previous writers others. He looks upon the study of books as an
by Polybius. important part of an historian’s work, but, as we have
seen, not the most important. His practice appears to have been
conformable to his theory. The greater part of his information he gained
from personal observation and personal inquiry. Nevertheless, some of his

Page 32

history must have been learnt from books, and very little of it could have
been entirely independent of them. Still, as far as we have the means of
judging from the fragments of his work that have come down to us, his
obligations to his predecessors are not as extensive as that of most of those
who wrote after him; nor is the number of those to whom he refers great.87

The Punic wars. Of his preliminary sketch contained in books 1 and 2,
the first book, containing the account of the first Punic
war and the Mercenary war, appears to have been derived mainly from the
writings of Fabius Pictor (b. circ. b.c. 260), and Philinus of Agrigentum
(contemporary and secretary of Hannibal). He complains that they were
violent partisans, the one of Rome, the other of Carthage.88 But by
comparing the two, and checking both by documents and inscriptions at
Rome, he, no doubt, found sufficient material for his purpose.
The second book contains an account of the origin of the war between
Illyrians and Gauls. Rome and Illyricum; of the Gallic or Celtic wars from
the earliest times; and a sketch of Achaean history to
the end of the Cleomenic war. The first two of these must have been
compiled with great labour from various public documents and family
Achaia. records, as well as in part from Pictor. The sketch of
Achaean history rested mainly, as far as it depends on
books, on the Memoirs of Aratus; while he studied only to refute the
writings of Phylarchus the panegyrist of Cleomenes. He complains of the
partiality of Phylarchus: but in this part of the history it was perhaps
inevitable that his own views should have been coloured by the prejudices
and prepossessions of a politician, and one who had been closely connected
from boyhood with the patriotic Achaean party, led by Philopoemen, which
was ever at enmity with all that Cleomenes did his utmost to establish.
For his account of Sicilian affairs he had studied the works of Timaeus of
Sicilian history. Tauromenium. Although he accuses him bitterly, and at
excessive length,89 of all the faults of which an
historian can be guilty, he yet confesses that he found in his books much
that was of assistance to him90 in regard both to Magna Graecia and Sicily;
for which he also consulted the writings of Aristotle, especially it appears
the now lost works on Polities (πολιτείαι), and Founding of Cities (κτίσεις).
The severity of his criticism of Timaeus is supported by later authors. He

Page 33

was nicknamed ἐπιτίμαιος, in allusion to the petulance of his criticism of
others;91 and Plutarch attacks him for his perversion of truth and his foolish
and self-satisfied attempts to rival the best of the ancient writers, and to
diminish the credit of the most famous philosophers.92

Greek history. As far as we possess his writings, we find little trace in
Polybius of a reference to the earliest historians.
Herodotus is not mentioned, though there may be some indications of
acquaintance with his work;93 nor the Sicilian Philistus who flourished
about b.c. 430. Thucydides is mentioned once, and Xenophon three times.
Polybius was engaged in the history of a definite period, and had not much
occasion to refer to earlier times; and perhaps the epitomator, in extracting
what seemed of value, chose those parts especially where he was the sole or
best authority.
For the early history of Macedonia, he seems to have relied mostly on two
Macedonia. pupils of Isocrates, Ephorus of Cumae and Theopompus
of Chios; though the malignity of the latter deprived his
authority of much weight.94 He also studied the work of Alexander’s friend
and victim, Callisthenes; and vehemently assailed his veracity, as others
have done. More important to him perhaps were the writings of his own
contemporaries, the Rhodians Antisthenes and Zeno; though he detects
them in some inaccuracies, which in the case of Zeno he took the trouble to
correct: and of Demetrius of Phalerum, whose writings he seems to have
greatly admired.
For the contemporary history of Egypt and Syria he seems to have trusted
Egypt and Syria. principally to personal inquiry. He expressly (2, 37)
declines entering on the early history of Egypt on the
ground of its having been fully done by others (referring, perhaps, to
Herodotus, Manetho, and Ptolemy of Megalopolis). For the Seleucid
dynasty of Syria he quotes no authorities.
On no subject does Polybius seem to have read so widely as on geography:
Geography. doubtless as preparing himself not only for writing, but
for being able to travel with the knowledge and
intelligence necessary to enable him to observe rightly. He had studied
minutely and criticised freely the writings of Dicaearchus, Pytheas,

Page 34

Eudoxus, and Eratosthenes. He was quick to detect fallacies in these
writers, and to reject their dogmatising on the possibilities of nature; yet he
does not seem to have had in an eminent degree the topographical faculty,
or the power of giving a graphic picture of a locality. Modern research has
tended rather to strengthen than weaken our belief in the accuracy of his
descriptions, as in the case of Carthagena and the site of the battle of
Cannae; still it cannot be asserted that he is to be classed high in the list of
topographers, whether scientific or picturesque.

General Literature.He appears to have been fairly well acquainted with the
poets; but his occasions for quoting them, as far as we
have his work, are not very frequent. He seems to have known his Homer,
as every Greek was bound to do. He quotes the Cypria of Stasinus, who,
according to tradition, was son-in-law of Homer; Hesiod, Simonides of
Ceos, Pindar, Euripides, and Epicharmus of Cos. He quotes or refers to
Plato, whom he appears chiefly to have studied for his political theories;
and certain technical writers, such as Aeneas Tacticus, and Cleoxenos and
Democlitus, inventors of a new system of telegraphy, if they wrote it rather
than taught it practically.
Even allowing for the loss of so great a part of his work, the list of authors
is not a long one: and it suggests the remark, which his style as well as his
own professions tend to confirm, that he was not primarily a man of letters,
but a man of affairs and action, who loved the stir of political agitation, and
unbent his mind by the excitement of travel and the chase. Nothing moves
his contempt more than the idea of Timaeus living peaceably for fifty years
at Athens, holding aloof from all active life, and poring over the books in
the Athenian libraries as a preparation for writing history; which, according
to him, can only be worth reading when it springs, not from rummaging
Record offices, but from taking a personal share in the political strife of the
day; studying military tactics in the camp and field; witnessing battles;
questioning the actors in great events; and visiting the sites of battles, the
cities and lands which are to be described.

§ 3. THE ACHAEAN LEAGUE95

To the student of politics the history of Greece is chiefly interesting as
offering examples of numerous small states enjoying complete local

Page 35

autonomy, yet retaining a feeling of a larger nationality founded in a
community of blood, language, and religion; a community, that is, in the
sense that, fundamentally united in these three particulars, they yet
acknowledged variations even in them, which distinguished without entirely
separating them. From some points of view the experiment may be regarded
as having been successful. From others it was a signal failure. Local
jealousies and mutual provocations not only continually set city against city,
clan against clan, but perpetually suggested invitations sent by one city, or
even one party in a city, to foreign potentates or peoples to interfere in their
behalf against another city or party, which they hated or feared, but were
too weak to resist. Thus we find the Persians, Macedonians, Syrians, and
Romans successively induced to interfere in Greek politics with the
assurance that there were always some states, or some party in each state,
who would welcome them. From time to time men of larger views had
conceived the idea of creating a united Empire of Hellas, which might
present an unbroken front to the foreigner. From time to time philosophers
had preached the impossibility of combining complete local independence
with the idea of a strong and vigorous nationality. But the true solution of
the problem had never been successfully hit upon: and after various
abortive attempts at combination, Greece was left, a helpless collection of
disjointed fragments, to fall under the intrigues of Macedonia and Rome.
The Achaean league was not the first attempt at such a formation; though it
was the first that ever arrived at anything like a complete scheme of
federalism (unless the Aetolian preceded it); and was in many respects a
fresh departure in Hellenic policy, and the first experiment in federation
which seemed to contain the elements of success. From the earliest times
certain Greek states had combined more or less closely, or loosely, for
certain specific purposes. Such were the various Amphictyonies, and
especially the Amphictyonic league of Thermopylae and Delphi. The object
of these was primarily religious: the worship of a particular deity, the care
of a particular temple; the first condition of membership being therefore
community of blood. But though this was the origin of their being, there
were elements in their constitution which might have developed into some
form of federalism, had it not been for the centrifugal forces that always
tended to keep Greek states apart. Thus we can conceive the idea of the
Pylagorae from the various states gradually giving rise to the notion of a

Page 36

central parliament of elected representatives; and the sphere of its activity
gradually extending to matters purely political, beginning with those which
were on the borderland of religion and politics. And, indeed, the action of
the great Amphictyonic league at times seemed to be approaching this.96
But the forces tending to decentralisation were always the stronger: and
though the league continued to exist for many centuries, it became less and
less political, and less and less influential in Greece. So too with other
combinations in Greece. The community (τὸ κοινὸν) of the Ionians,
beginning with a common meeting for worship at the Panionium, on one
memorable occasion at least seemed for a brief space to promise to develop
into a federation for mutual succour and defence. In the Ionian revolt in
b.c. 500, the deputies (πρόβουλοι) of the Ionian states met and determined
to combine against the enemy; they even went so far as to appoint a
common general or admiral. But the instinct of separation was too strong; at
the first touch of difficulty and hardship the union was resolved into its
elements.97
The constitution of the Boeotian league was somewhat more regular and
permanent. The Boeotarchs appear to have met at regular intervals, and now
and again to have succeeded in mustering a national levy. There were also
four regularly constituted “Senates” to control them, though we know
nothing of their constitution.98 But the league had come to nothing; partly
from the resistance of the towns to the overweening pretensions of Thebes,
and later from the severity of the treatment experienced by it at the hands of
Alexander and his successors.
Thessaly, again, was a loose confederacy of towns or cantons, in which
certain great families, such as the Aleuadae and Scopadae, held the
direction of their local affairs; or some tyrannus, as Alexander of Pherae,
obtained sovereign powers. Still, for certain purposes, a connexion was
acknowledged, and a Tagus of Thessaly was appointed, with the power of
summoning a general levy of men. For a short time prior to the Roman
conquest these officers appear to have gained additional importance; but
Thessaly never was united enough to be of importance, in spite of its
famous cavalry, even among Greek nations, far less to be capable of
presenting a firm front to the foreigner.

Page 37

One other early attempt at forming something like a Panhellenic union
ought to be noticed. When the Persian invasion of b.c. 480 was threatening,
deputies (πρόβουλοι) met at the Isthmus, sat there in council for some
months, and endeavoured to unite Greece against the foreigner.99 But the
one expedition which was sent solely by their instigation proved a
failure.100 And when the danger was over, principally by the combined
exertion of Athens and Sparta, this council seems to have died a natural
death. Still for a time it acted as a supreme parliament of Greece, and
assumed the power to punish with fine or death those Greeks who had
medised.101
Besides these rudimentary leagues, which might, but did not, issue in some
form of Panhellenic government, there were periods in Greek history in
which the Hegemone of one state did something towards presenting the
appearance of union. Thus Polycrates of Samos seemed at one time to be
likely to succeed in forming a great Ionian Empire. And in continental
Greece, before the Persian wars, we find Sparta occupying the position of
an acknowledged court of reference in international questions,102—a
position in which she probably had been preceded by Argos. And after those
wars, by means of the confederacy of Delos, formed at first for one specific
purpose—that of keeping the Aegean free of the Persians—Athens
gradually rose to the position of an imperial city, claiming active control
over the external politics of a considerable portion of Greece and nearly all
the islands (b.c. 478-404). But this proved after all but a passing episode in
Greek history. Athens perhaps misused her power; and Sparta took up the
task with great professions, but in a spirit even less acceptable to the Greek
world than that of Athens; and by the peace of Antalcidas (b.c. 387) the
issue of the hundred years’ struggle with Persia left one of the fairest
portions of Hellas permanently separated from the main body. Asiatic
Greece never became Hellenic again. The fall of the Persian empire before
the invasion of Alexander for a while reunited it to a semi-Greek power; but
Alexander’s death left it a prey to warring tyrants. It lost its prosperity and
its commerce; and whatever else it became, it was never independent, or
really Hellenic again.
For a few years more Sparta and then Thebes assumed to be head of
Greece, but the Macedonian supremacy secured at Chaeronea (b.c. 338),

Page 38

still more fully after the abortive Lamian war (b.c. 323), left Greece only a
nominal freedom, again and again assured to it by various Macedonian
monarchs, but really held only on sufferance. The country seemed to settle
down without farther struggle into political insignificance. The games and
festivals went on, and there was still some high talk of Hellenic glories. But
one after another of the towns submitted to receive Macedonian garrisons
and governors; and Athens, once the brilliant leader in national aspirations,
practically abandoned politics, and was content to enjoy a reputation partly
founded on her past, and partly on the fame of the philosophers who still
taught in her gardens and porches, and attracted young men from all parts
of the world to listen to their discourses, and to sharpen their wits by the
acute if not very useful discussions which they promoted.103 Sparta, far
from retaining her old ascendency, had been losing with it her ancient
constitution, which had been the foundation of her glory, as well perhaps as
in some respects the source of her weakness; and for good or evil had
ceased to count for much in Hellenic politics.
In the midst of this general collapse two portions of the Hellenic race
gradually formed or recovered some sort of united government, which
enabled them to play a conspicuous part in the later history of Greece, and
which was essentially different from any of the combinations of earlier
times of which I have been speaking. These were the Aetolians and
Achaeans.
With regard to the former our information is exceedingly scanty. They were
Aetolian league. said to have been an emigration from Elis originally;104
but they were little known to the rest of Greece. Strange stories were told of
them, of their savage mode of life, their scarcely intelligible language, their
feeding on raw flesh, and their fierceness as soldiers. They were said to live
in open villages, widely removed from each other, and without effective
means of combination for mutual protection. Their piracies, which were
chiefly directed to the coasts of Messenia, caused the Messenians to seize
the opportunity of Demosthenes being in their neighbourhood in b.c. 426,
with a considerable Athenian army, to persuade him to invade the Aetolians,
who were always on the look-out to attack Naupactus, a town which the
Athenians had held since b.c. 455,105 and which was naturally an object of
envy to them as commanding the entrance to the Corinthian gulf. But when

Page 39

Demosthenes attempted the invasion, he found to his cost that the Aetolians
knew how to combine, and he had to retire beaten with severe loss.106 The
separate tribes in Aetolia seem soon afterwards to have had, if they had not
already, some form of central government; for we find them negotiating
with Agesilaus in b.c. 390, with the same object of obtaining Naupactus,107
when the Athenians had lost it, and it had fallen into the hands of the
Locrians.108 The Aetolians appear to have gradually increased in
importance: for we find Philip making terms with them and giving them the
coveted Naupactus in b.c. 341, which had at some time previous come into
the possession of the Achaeans.109 But their most conspicuous achievement,
which caused them to take a position of importance in Greece, was their
brilliant defeat of the invading Gauls at Delphi in b.c. 279.110 By this time
their federal constitution must in some shape have been formed. The people
elected a Strategus in a general meeting, usually held at Thermus, at the
autumn equinox, to which apparently all Aetolians were at liberty to come,
and at which questions of peace and war and external politics generally
were brought forward; though meanwhile the Strategus appears to have had
the right of declaring and carrying on war as he chose. There was also a
hipparch and a secretary (21, 22); and a senate called Apocleti (20, 1); and a
body called Synedri (C. I. G. 2350), which seem to have been judicial, and
another called Nomographi (13, 1, C. I. G. 3046), who were apparently an
occasional board for legislation. They produced some writers, but their
works are lost. Accordingly, as Professor Mahaffy observes, “we know
them entirely from their enemies.” Still the acknowledged principle on
which they acted, ἄγειν λάφυρον ἀπὸ λαφύρου111—that is, that where spoils
were going, whether from friend or foe, they were justified in taking a part,
speaks for itself, and is enough to stamp them as at least dangerous and
unpleasant neighbours.

Achaean league. The Achaeans have a different and more interesting
history.
The original Achaean league consisted of a federation of twelve cities and
their respective territory (μέρος): Pellene, Aegira, Aegae, Bura, Helice,
Aegium, Rhypes, Patrae, Pharae, Olenus, Dyme, Tritaea.112 This league was
of great antiquity, but we know nothing of its history, or how it differed
from other leagues, such as I have already mentioned, in adding political to

Page 40

religious unity. In b.c. 454 it submitted to Athens; but was restored to its
original position in the same year on the signing of the thirty years’ truce
between Sparta and Athens;113 and though the Athenians demanded that
their authority over it should be restored to them in b.c. 425, when they had
caught the Spartan army at Sphacteria, no change appears to have been
made.114 Thucydides certainly seems to speak of it, not as entirely free, but
as in some special manner subject to the supremacy of Sparta. Polybius,
however, claims for them, at an early period, a peculiar and honourable
place in Greek politics, as being distinguished for probity and honour. Thus
they were chosen as arbitrators in the intestine of Magna Graecia (about
b.c. 400-390); and again, after the battle of Leuctra (b.c. 371) to mediate
between Sparta and Thebes.115 They must therefore, between b.c. 425-390,
have obtained a virtual independence. They shared, however, in the
universal decline of Hellenic activity during the Macedonian period (b.c.
359 to about b.c. 285), and Polybius complains that they were
systematically depressed by the intrigues of Sparta and Macedonia; both
which powers took care to prevent any Achaean of promising ability from
attaining influence in the Peloponnese.116 The same influence was exerted
to estrange the Achaean cities from each other. They were garrisoned by
Macedonian troops, or fell under the power of tyrants; and to all appearance
the league had fared as other such combinations had fared before, and had
been resolved into its original elements.
But the tradition of the old union did not die out entirely. Eight of the old
Revival of the league, cities still existed in a state of more or less vigour.
b.c. 284-280. Olenus and Helice had long ago disappeared by
encroachments of the sea (before b.c. 371), and their places had not been
filled up by others. Two other towns, Rhypes and Aegae, had from various
causes ceased to be inhabited, and their places had been taken in the league
(before the dissolution) by Leontium and Caryneia. There were therefore
ten cities which had once known the advantages and disadvantages of some
sort of federal union; as well as the misfortunes which attached to disunion,
aggravated by constant interference from without.
The first step in an attempt to resuscitate the league was taken in the 124th
Olympiad (b.c. 284-280). Macedonia was at the time weakened by the
troubles of a disputed succession: Pyrrhus was absorbed in his futile Italian

Page 41

b.c. 284. First union of expedition: a change in the sovereign of Egypt opened a
Dyme, Patrae, Tritaea, way to a possible change of policy at Alexandria: and
Pharae.
the death of Lysimachus gave the monarchs something
else to do than to trouble themselves about the Peloponnese. At this period
four of the Achaean towns, Dyme, Patrae, Tritaea, and Pharae, formed a
Adherence of Aegium, league for mutual help. This proving, after a trial of five
b.c. 279. years, to have some stability, it was joined by Aegium,
from which the Macedonian garrison was expelled. At intervals, of which
we are not informed, this was again joined by Bura and Caryneia. These
b.c. 279-255. seven cities continued to constitute the entire league for
twenty-five years; the federal magistrates consisting of
two Strategi, elected by each city in turns, and a secretary. As to the doings
of the league during this period we are entirely in the dark. The next step
Margos of Caryneia first that we hear of is the abolition of the dual presidency
sole Strategus, b.c. 255. and the election of Margos of Caryneia as sole
Strategus. We are not told the reasons of the change; but it is clear that a
divided command might often give room for delay, when delay was fatal;
and for the conflict of local interests, where the interests of the community
should be the paramount consideration. At any rate the change was made:
and Margos, who had been a loyal servant of the league, was the first sole
Strategus. His immediate successors we do not know. The next fact in the
history of the league was the adherence of Sicyon, a powerful town and the
first of any, not in the number of the old Achaean federation, to join. This
therefore was a great step in the direction of extending the federation over
the Peloponnese; and it was the work of the man destined to do much in
moulding the league into the shape in which it attained its greatest
effectiveness, Aratus of Sicyon. He found it weak; its cities poor and
insignificant; with no aid from rich soil or good harbourage to increase its
wealth or property;117 he left it, not indeed free from serious dangers and
difficulties,—in part the result of his own policy in calling in the aid of the
Macedonians, in part created by the persistent hostility of Aetolia and
Sparta,—but yet possessed of great vitality, and fast becoming the most
powerful and influential of all the Greek governments; although at no time
can it be spoken of as Panhellenic without very considerable exaggeration.
Aratus had been brought up in exile at Argos, after the murder of his father
Cleinias (b.c. 271); and, when twenty years of age, by a gallant and
romantic adventure, had driven out the tyrant Nicocles from Sicyon

Page 42

(b.c. 251). He became the chief magistrate of his native town, which he
induced to join the Achaean league, thus causing, as I have said, the league
to take its first step towards embracing all the Peloponnese. It seems that for
five years Aratus remained chief magistrate of Sicyon, but a private citizen
of the league. In b.c. 245 (though of the exact year we have no positive
information), he appears to have been first elected Strategus of the league.
But it was not until his second year of office, b.c. 243-242, that he began
putting in practice the policy which he proposed to himself,—the expulsion
of the Macedonian garrisons and the despots from the cities of the
Peloponnese, with the view of their joining the league. He began with the
Acrocorinthus. Corinth, freed from the foreign garrison, joined the league,
and was followed soon after by Megara118 (b.c. 240). From this time Aratus
was Strategus of the league in alternate years to the time of his death, the
federal law not allowing two consecutive years of office.119
The death of Antigonus Gonatas (b.c. 239) led to a new departure. Hitherto
the Aetolians had been in league with the Macedonians to vex and harry the
Achaeans. The two leagues now made peace, and the Aetolians aided the
Achaeans in their resistance to Gonatas’s successor, Demetrius (b.c. 239-
229). Still the despots in many of the Peloponnesian towns held out,
trusting to the support of Demetrius. When he died (b.c. 229) there was a
general movement among them to abdicate and join their cities to the
league. Lydiades of Megalopolis had done so during Demetrius’s lifetime;
and now Aristomachus of Argos, Xeno of Hermione, and Cleonymus of
Phlius did the same. The rapid extension of the Achaean league, however,
could not fail to excite the jealousy of the Aetolians, to whose league
belonged certain Arcadian cities such as Mantinea, Tegea, and Orchomenus.
These they imagined to be threatened by the policy of Aratus, which was
apt to proceed on the line that even a forcible attachment of a
Peloponnesian town to the league was in reality a liberation of its people
from a constraining power. The Spartan jealousy was aroused by the same
fear. And then, as Polybius puts it, the Aetolians connived at the extension
of Spartan power, even at the expense of cities in league with themselves, in
order to strengthen Cleomenes in his attitude of opposition to the
Achaeans.120 Aratus, however, resolved to wait for some definite act of
hostility before moving. This was supplied by Cleomenes building a fort
(the Athenaeum) at Belbina, in the territory of Megalopolis, a league city.

Page 43

Cleomenic war, b.c. 227- Upon this the league necessarily proclaimed war with
221. Sparta. Thus does Polybius, a warm friend of the
league, state the case in its behalf. The league, he argues, had been growing
by the voluntary adherence of independent towns: it had shown no sign of
an intention to attack Laconian territory, or towns in league with Aetolia:
while Cleomenes had committed an act of wanton aggression and
provocation by building a hostile fort in its territory. But what the other side
had to say may be gathered from Plutarch’s life of Cleomenes, founded
principally on the work of Phylarchus the panegyrist of Cleomenes.121 Here
the case is put very differently. Aratus, according to him, had made up his
mind that a union of the Peloponnesus was the one thing necessary for the
safety of the league. In a great measure he had been already successful; but
the parts which still stood aloof were Elis, Laconia, and the cities of Arcadia
which were under the influence of Sparta.122 He therefore harassed these
last by every means in his power; and the erection or fortification of the
Athenaeum at Belbina by Cleomenes was in truth only a measure of
necessary defence. Aratus, indeed, held that some of these Arcadian cities
had been unfairly seized by Cleomenes, with the connivance of the
Aetolians;123 but to this Cleomenes might reply that, if the league claimed
the right of extending its connexion with the assent, often extorted, of the
various cities annexed, the same right could not justly be denied to himself.
b.c. 226-221. A series of military operations took place during the
next five years, in which Cleomenes nearly always got
the better of Aratus; who, able and courageous in plots and surprises, was
timid and ineffective in the field. The one important blow struck by Aratus,
that of seizing Mantinea, was afterwards nullified by a counter-occupation
of it by the Lacedaemonians; and in spite of troubles at home, caused by his
great scheme of reform, Cleomenes was by b.c. 224 in so superior a
position that he could with dignity propose terms to the league. He asked to
be elected Strategus, therefore.124 At first sight this seemed a means of
effecting the desired union of the Peloponnese; and as such the Achaeans
were inclined to accept the proposal. Aratus, however, exerted all his
influence to defeat the measure: and, in spite of all his failures, his services
to the league enabled him to convince his countrymen that they should
reject the offer; and he was himself elected Strategus for the twelfth time in
the spring of b.c. 223. Aratus has been loudly condemned for allowing a
selfish jealousy to override his care for the true interests of his country, in

Page 44

thus refusing a prospect of a united Achaia, in which some one besides
himself should be the leading man.125 But I think there is something to be
said on the other side. What Aratus had been working for with a passionate
eagerness was a union of free democratic states. Cleomenes, in spite of his
liberal reforms at home, was a Spartan to the back bone. Aratus would have
no manner of doubt that a league, with Sparta supreme in it, would
inevitably become a Spartan kingdom. The forces of Sparta would be used
to crush dissenting cities; and soon to put down the free institution which
would always be disliked and feared by the Spartan government. Security
from Macedonian influence, if it were really obtained,—and that was far
from certain,—would be dearly purchased at the price of submission to
Spartan tyranny, which would be more galling and oppressive in proportion
as it was nearer and more unremitting. With these views Aratus began to
turn his eyes to the Macedonian court, as the only possible means of
resisting the encroaching policy of Cleomenes. The character of Antigonus
Doson, who was then administering Macedonia, gave some encouragement
to hope for honest and honourable conduct on his part; and after some
hesitation Aratus took the final step of asking for his aid.126 I do not expect
to carry the assent of many readers when I express the opinion that he was
right; and that the Greek policy towards Macedonia had been from the first
a grievous error,—fostered originally by the patriotic eloquence of
Demosthenes, and continued ever since by that ineradicable sentiment for
local autonomy which makes Greek history so interesting, but inevitably
tended to the political annihilation of Greece. Had some modus vivendi
been found with the series of very able sovereigns who ruled Macedonia, a
strong Greek nation might have been the result, with a central government
able to hold its own even in the face of the great “cloud in the West,” which
was surely overshadowing Greek freedom. But this was not to be. The taste
for local freedom was too strong; and showed itself by constant appeals to
an outside power against neighbours, which yet the very men who appealed
to it would not recognise or obey. The Greeks had to learn that nations
cannot, any more than individuals, eat their cake and have it too. Local
autonomy, and the complete liberty of every state to war with its neighbours
as it chooses, and of every one to speak and act as he pleases, have their
charms; but they are not compatible with a united resistance to a great
centralised and law-abiding power. And all the eloquence of all the Greek
orators rolled into one could not make up for the lack of unity, or enable the

Page 45

distracted Greeks to raise an army which might stand before a volley of
Roman pila or a charge of Roman legionaries.
The help asked of Antigonus Doson was given with fatal readiness; but it
had to be purchased by the admission of a Macedonian garrison into the
Acrocorinthus, one of those “fetters of Greece,” the recovery of which had
been among Aratus’s earliest and most glorious triumphs. The battle of
Sellasia (b.c. 221) settled the question of Spartan influence. Cleomenes fled
to Alexandria and never returned. Sparta was not enslaved by Antigonus;
who on the contrary professed to restore her ancient constitution,—
probably meaning that the Ephoralty destroyed by Cleomenes was to be
reconstituted, and the exiles banished by him recalled. Practically she was
left a prey to a series of unscrupulous tyrants who one after the other
managed to obtain absolute power, Lycurgus (b.c. 220-210), Machanidas,
b.c. 210-207; Nabis, b.c. 207-192; who, though differing in their home
administrations, all agreed in using the enmity of the Aetolians in order to
harass and oppress the Achaeans in every possible way.

b.c. 213. Death of Aratus died in b.c. 213. The last seven years of his life
Aratus. were embittered by much ill success in his struggles
with the Aetolians; and by seeing Philip V., of whose presence in the
Peloponnese he was the main cause, after rendering some brilliant services
to the league, both in the Peloponnese and the invasion of Aetolia, develop
some of the worst vices of the tyrant; and he believed himself, whether
rightly or wrongly, to be poisoned by Philip’s order: “This is the reward,”
he said to an attendant when he felt himself dying, “of my friendship for
Philip.”127
The history of the league after his death followed the same course for some
years. The war with the Aetolians went on, sometimes slackly, sometimes
vigorously, as Philip V. was or was not diverted by contests with his
barbarian neighbours, or by schemes for joining the Carthaginian assaults
upon the Roman power.
The next phase of vigorous action on the part of the league is that which
b.c. 208-183, corresponds with the career of Philopoemen, who had
Philopoemen. already shown his energy and skill at the battle of
Sellasia. He was elected Hipparch in b.c. 210, and Strategus in b.c. 209. In

Page 46

his first office he did much to reorganise the Achaean cavalry and restore
them to some discipline,128 and he extended this as Strategus to the whole
army.129 His life’s work, however, was the defeating and either killing or
confining to their frontier the tyrants of Sparta. But while he was absent
from the country after b.c. 200 a new element appeared in the Peloponnese.
In 197 the battle of Cynoscephalae put an end for ever to Macedonian
influence, and Flamininus proclaimed the liberty of all Greece in b.c. 195 at
b.c. 195-194. the Nemean festival. But Nabis was not deposed; he
was secured in his power by a treaty with Rome; and
when Philopoemen returned from Crete (b.c. 193), he found a fresh war on
the point of breaking out owing to intrigues between that tyrant and the
b.c. 193. Aetolians. They suggested, and he eagerly undertook to
make, an attempt to recover the maritime towns of
which he had been deprived by the Roman settlement.130Nabis at once
193-192. attacked Gythium: and seemed on the point of taking it
and the whole of the coast towns, which would thus
have been lost to the league. Philopoemen, now again Strategus (b.c. 192),
failed to relieve Gythium; but by a skilful piece of generalship inflicted so
severe a defeat on Nabis, as he was returning to Sparta, that he did not
venture on further movements beyond Laconia; and shortly afterwards was
assassinated by some Aetolians whom he had summoned to his aid.
But the comparative peace in the Peloponnese was again broken in b.c. 189
189-187. by the Spartans seizing a maritime town called Las; the
object being to relieve themselves of the restraint which
shut them from the sea, and the possible attacks of the exiles who had been
banished by Nabis, and who were always watching an opportunity to effect
their return. Philopoemen (Strategus both 189 and 188 b.c.) led an army to
the Laconian frontier in the spring of b.c. 188, and after the execution of
eighty Spartans, who had been surrendered on account of the seizure of Las,
and of the murder of thirty citizens who were supposed to have Achaean
proclivities—Sparta submitted to his demand to raze the fortifications,
dismiss the mercenaries, send away the new citizens enrolled by the tyrants,
and abolish the Lycurgean laws, accepting the Achaean institutions instead.
This was afterwards supplemented by a demand for the restoration of the
exiles banished by the tyrants. Such of the new citizens (three thousand) as

Page 47

did not leave the country by the day named were seized and sold as
slaves.131
Sparta was now part of the Achaean league, which at this time reached its
b.c. 188. highest point of power; and its alliance was solicited by
the most powerful princes of the east. It is this period
188-183. which Polybius seems to have in mind in his description
of the league at its best, as embracing the whole of the
Lycortas Strategus, Peloponnese.132was in this third period of the existence
b.c. 184-182.
of the renewed league that his father Lycortas came to
the front, and he himself at an early age began taking part in politics.
But the terms imposed on Sparta were essentially violent and unjust, and, as
it turned out, impolitic. Cowed into submission, she proved a thorn in the
side of the league. The exiles continually appealed to Rome; and after
Philopoemen’s death (b.c. 183) the affairs of the league began more and
more to come before the Roman Senate. As usual, traitors were at hand
ready to sell their country for the sake of the triumph of their party; and
b.c. 179. Callicrates, sent to Rome to plead the cause of the
league,133 employed the opportunity to support himself
and his party by advising the Senate to give support to “the Romanisers” in
every state. This Polybius regards as the beginning of the decline of the
league. And the party of moderation, to which he and his father Lycortas
belonged, and which wished to assert the dignity and legal rights of their
country while offering no provocation to the Romans, were eventually
included under the sweeping decree which caused them, to the number of a
thousand, to be deported to Italy. We have already seen, in tracing the life of
Polybius, how the poor remnants of these exiles returned in b.c. 151,
embittered against Rome, and having learnt nothing and forgotten nothing.
And how the old quarrels were renewed, until an armed interference of
Rome was brought upon them; and how the victory of Mummius at Corinth
(b.c. 146), and the consequent settlement of the commissioners, finally
dissolved the league into separate cantons, nominally autonomous, but
really entirely subject to Rome.134
The constitution of the league presents many points of interest to the
student of politics, and has been elaborately discussed by more than one

Page 48

English scholar. I shall content myself here with pointing out some of the
main features as they are mentioned by Polybius.135
The league was a federation of free towns, all retaining full local autonomy
of some form or other of democracy, which for certain purposes were under
federal laws and federal magistrates, elected in a federal assembly which all
citizens of the league towns might if they chose attend. All towns of the
league also used the same standards in coinage and weights and measures
(2, 37). The assembly of the league (σύνοδος) met for election of the chief
magistrate in May of each year, at first always at Aegium, but later at the
other towns of the league in turn (29, 23); and a second time in the
autumn.136 And besides these annual meetings, the Strategus, acting with
his council of magistrates, could summon a meeting at any time for three
days (e.g. at Sicyon, 23, 17); and on one occasion we find the assembly
delegating its powers to the armed levy of league troops, who for the nonce
were to act as an assembly (4, 7). Side by side with this general assembly
was a council (βουλή), the functions and powers of which we cannot clearly
ascertain. It seems to have acted as representing the general assembly in
foreign affairs (4, 26; 22, 12); and, being a working committee of the whole
assembly, it sometimes happened that when an assembly was summoned on
some subject which did not rouse popular interest, it practically was the
assembly (29, 24). Its numbers have been assumed to be one hundred and
twenty, from the fact that Eumenes offered them a present of one hundred
and twenty talents, the interest of which was to pay their expenses. But this,
after all, is not a certain deduction (22, 10).
The officers of the league were: First, a President or Strategus who kept the
seal of the league (4, 7), ordered the levy of federal troops, and commanded
it in the field. He also summoned the assemblies, and brought the business
to be done before them, which was in the form of a proposal to be accepted
or rejected, not amended. He was not chairman of the assembly, but like an
English minister or a Roman consul brought on the proposals. He was
assisted by a kind of cabinet of ten magistrates from the several towns, who
were called Demiurgi (δημιουργοὶ 23, 5).137 This was their technical name:
but Polybius also speaks of them under the more general appellation of οἱ
ἄρχοντες (5, 1), οἱ συνάρχοντες (23, 16), αἱ ἀρχαὶ (22, 13), αἱ συναρχίαι
(27, 2). Whether the number ten had reference to the ten old towns of the

Page 49

league or not, it was not increased with the number of the towns; and,
though we are not informed how they were elected, it seems reasonable to
suppose that they were freely selected without reference to the towns from
which they came, as the Strategus himself was. There was also a vice-
president, or hypo-strategus, whose position was, I think, wholly military.
He did not rule in absence of the Strategus, or succeed him in case of death,
that being reserved for the Strategus of the previous year; but he took a
certain command in war next the Strategus (5, 94; 4, 59). Besides these we
hear of a Hipparch to command the league cavalry (5, 95; 7, 10, 22), an
office which seems to have been regarded as stepping-stone to that of
Strategus. This proved a bad arrangement, as its holder was tempted to seek
popularity by winking at derelictions of duty among the cavalry who were
voters.138 There was also a Navarch to command the regular squadron of
federal ships (5, 94), who does not seem to have been so important a
person. There are also mentioned certain judges (δίκασται) to administer the
federal law. We hear of them, however, performing duties closely bordering
on politics; for they decided whether certain honorary inscriptions, statues,
or other marks of respect to king Eumenes should be allowed to remain in
the Achaean cities (28, 7).
The Strategus, on the order of the assembly, raised the federal army (4, 7).
The number of men raised differed according to circumstances. A fairly full
levy seems to have been five thousand infantry and five hundred cavalry (4,
15). But the league also used mercenaries to a great extent. And we hear of
one army which was to consist of eight thousand mercenary infantry, with
five hundred mercenary cavalry; and in this case the Achaean levy was only
to be three thousand infantry, with three hundred cavalry (5, 91).
The pay of the mercenaries and other league expenses were provided for by
an εἰσφορά or contribution from all the states (5, 31, 91). The contributing
towns appear to have been able to recover their payments as an
indemnification for damage which the federal forces had failed to avert (4,
60).
The regular federal squadron of ships for guarding the sea-coasts appears to
have consisted of ten triremes (2, 9; δεκαναία μακρῶν πλοίων 22, 10).

Page 50

Such was the organisation of the Federal Government. It was in form purely
democratic, all members of thirty years old being eligible for office, as well
as possessing a vote in the assemblies. But a mass assembly where the
members are widely scattered inevitably becomes oligarchic. Only the well-
to-do and the energetic will be able or will care to come a long journey to
attend. And as the votes in the assembly were given by towns, it must often
have happened that the votes of many towns were decided by a very small
number of their citizens who were there. No doubt, in times of great
excitement, the attendance would be large and the vote a popular one. But
the general policy of the league must have been directed by a small number
of energetic men, who made politics their profession and could afford to do
so.

ROMAN CAMP FOR TWO LEGIONS

CONTAINING 4,068,289 SQUARE FEET

Page 51

P*. Praetorium.
T T’. Tents of the Tribuni Militum of two legions.
E E’. Equites of two legions.
P P’. Principes ” ”
H H’. Hastati ” ”
T T’. Triarii ” ”
ES ES’. Equites of Socii of two legions.
PS PS’. Pedites ” ” ”
PE PE’. Equites of the Praetorian Cohort of two legions.
PP PP’. Pedites ” ” ” ”
EP EP’. Pedites extraordinarii of two legions.
EE EE’. Equites ” ”
Q. Quaestorium.
F. Forum or market-place.
V V’. Foreigners or volunteers.

Page 52

Page 53

THE HISTORIES OF POLYBIUS

Page 54

BOOK I

1. Had the praise of History been passed over by former Chroniclers it
Introduction. The would perhaps have been incumbent upon me to urge
importance and the choice and special study of records of this sort, as
magnitude of the subject.
the readiest means men can have of correcting their
knowledge of the past. But my predecessors have not been sparing in this
respect. They have all begun and ended, so to speak, by enlarging on this
theme: asserting again and again that the study of History is in the truest
sense an education, and a training for political life; and that the most
instructive, or rather the only, method of learning to bear with dignity the
vicissitudes of fortune is to recall the catastrophes of others. It is evident,
therefore, that no one need think it his duty to repeat what has been said by
many, and said well. Least of all myself: for the surprising nature of the
events which I have undertaken to relate is in itself sufficient to challenge
and stimulate the attention of every one, old or young, to the study of my
work. Can any one be so indifferent or idle as not to care to know by what
means, and under what kind of polity, almost the whole inhabited world
was conquered and brought under the dominion of the single city of Rome,
and that too within a period of not quite fifty-three years? Or who again can
b.c. 219-167. be so completely absorbed in other subjects of
contemplation or study, as to think any of them superior
in importance to the accurate understanding of an event for which the past
affords no precedent.
2. We shall best show how marvellous and vast our subject is by comparing
Immensity of the Roman the most famous Empires which preceded, and which
Empire shown by have been the favourite themes of historians, and
comparison with Persia,
Sparta, Macedonia. 1.
measuring them with the superior greatness of Rome.
Persia. There are but three that deserve even to be so compared
and measured: and they are these. The Persians for a
certain length of time were possessed of a great empire and dominion. But
2. Sparta. b.c. 405-394. every time they ventured beyond the limits of Asia, they
found not only their empire, but their own existence
also in danger. The Lacedaemonians, after contending for supremacy in

Page 55

Greece for many generations, when they did get it, held it without dispute
3. Macedonia. for barely twelve years. The Macedonians obtained
dominion in Europe from the lands bordering on the
Adriatic to the Danube,—which after all is but a small fraction of this
continent,—and, by the destruction of the Persian Empire, they afterwards
added to that the dominion of Asia. And yet, though they had the credit of
having made themselves masters of a larger number of countries and states
than any people had ever done, they still left the greater half of the
inhabited world in the hands of others. They never so much as thought of
attempting Sicily, Sardinia, or Libya: and as to Europe, to speak the plain
truth, they never even knew of the most warlike tribes of the West. The
Roman conquest, on the other hand, was not partial. Nearly the whole
inhabited world was reduced by them to obedience: and they left behind
them an empire not to be paralleled in the past or rivalled in the future.
Students will gain from my narrative a clearer view of the whole story, and
of the numerous and important advantages which such exact record of
events offers.
3. My History begins in the 140th Olympiad. The events from which it
b.c. 220-217. The starts are these. In Greece, what is called the Social
History starts from the war: the first waged by Philip, son of Demetrius and
140th Olympiad, when
the tendency towards
father of Perseus, in league with the Achaeans against
unity first shows itself. the Aetolians. In Asia, the war for the possession of
Coele-Syria which Antiochus and Ptolemy Philopator
carried on against each other. In Italy, Libya, and their neighbourhood, the
conflict between Rome and Carthage, generally called the Hannibalian war.
My work thus begins where that of Aratus of Sicyon leaves off. Now up to
this time the world’s history had been, so to speak, a series of disconnected
transactions, as widely separated in their origin and results as in their
localities. But from this time forth History becomes a connected whole: the
affairs of Italy and Libya are involved with those of Asia and Greece, and
the tendency of all is to unity. This is why I have fixed upon this era as the
starting-point of my work. For it was their victory over the Carthaginians in
this war, and their conviction that thereby the most difficult and most
essential step towards universal empire had been taken, which encouraged
the Romans for the first time to stretch out their hands upon the rest, and to
cross with an army into Greece and Asia.

Page 56

Now, had the states that were rivals for universal empire been familiarly
A sketch of their known to us, no reference perhaps to their previous
previous history history would have been necessary, to show the purpose
necessary to explain the
success of the Romans.
and the forces with which they approached an
undertaking of this nature and magnitude. But the fact
is that the majority of the Greeks have no knowledge of the previous
constitution, power, or achievements either of Rome or Carthage. I
therefore concluded that it was necessary to prefix this and the next book to
my History. I was anxious that no one, when fairly embarked upon my
actual narrative, should feel at a loss, and have to ask what were the designs
entertained by the Romans, or the forces and means at their disposal, that
they entered upon those undertakings, which did in fact lead to their
becoming masters of land and sea everywhere in our part of the world. I
wished, on the contrary, that these books of mine, and the prefatory sketch
which they contained, might make it clear that the resources they started
with justified their original idea, and sufficiently explained their final
success in grasping universal empire and dominion.
4. There is this analogy between the plan of my History and the marvellous
The need of a spirit of the age with which I have to deal. Just as
comprehensive view of Fortune made almost all the affairs of the world incline
history as well as a close
study of an epoch.
in one direction, and forced them to converge upon one
and the same point; so it is my task as an historian to
put before my readers a compendious view of the part played by Fortune in
bringing about the general catastrophe. It was this peculiarity which
originally challenged my attention, and determined me on undertaking this
work. And combined with this was the fact that no writer of our time has
undertaken a general history. Had any one done so my ambition in this
direction would have been much diminished. But, in point of fact, I notice
that by far the greater number of historians concern themselves with
isolated wars and the incidents that accompany them: while as to a general
and comprehensive scheme of events, their date, origin, and catastrophe, no
one as far as I know has undertaken to examine it. I thought it, therefore,
distinctly my duty neither to pass by myself, nor allow any one else to pass
by, without full study, a characteristic specimen of the dealings of Fortune
at once brilliant and instructive in the highest degree. For fruitful as Fortune
is in change, and constantly as she is producing dramas in the life of men,

Page 57

yet never assuredly before this did she work such a marvel, or act such a
drama, as that which we have witnessed. And of this we cannot obtain a
comprehensive view from writers of mere episodes. It would be as absurd
to expect to do so as for a man to imagine that he has learnt the shape of the
whole world, its entire arrangement and order, because he has visited one
after the other the most famous cities in it; or perhaps merely examined
them in separate pictures. That would be indeed absurd: and it has always
seemed to me that men, who are persuaded that they get a competent view
of universal from episodical history, are very like persons who should see
the limbs of some body, which had once been living and beautiful, scattered
and remote; and should imagine that to be quite as good as actually
beholding the activity and beauty of the living creature itself. But if some
one could there and then reconstruct the animal once more, in the perfection
of its beauty and the charm of its vitality, and could display it to the same
people, they would beyond doubt confess that they had been far from
conceiving the truth, and had been little better than dreamers. For indeed
some idea of a whole may be got from a part, but an accurate knowledge
and clear comprehension cannot. Wherefore we must conclude that
episodical history contributes exceedingly little to the familiar knowledge
and secure grasp of universal history. While it is only by the combination
and comparison of the separate parts of the whole,—by observing their
likeness and their difference,—that a man can attain his object: can obtain a
view at once clear and complete; and thus secure both the profit and the
delight of History.
5. I shall adopt as the starting-point of this book the first occasion on which
b.c. 264-261. I begin my the Romans crossed the sea from Italy. This is just
preliminary account in where the History of Timaeus left off; and it falls in the
the 129th Olympiad, and
with the circumstances
129th Olympiad. I shall accordingly have to describe
which took the Romans what the state of their affairs in Italy was, how long that
to Sicily. settlement had lasted, and on what resources they
reckoned, when they resolved to invade Sicily. For this was the first place
outside Italy in which they set foot. The precise cause of their thus crossing
I must state without comment; for if I let one cause lead me back to another,
my point of departure will always elude my grasp, and I shall never arrive
at the view of my subject which I wish to present. As to dates, then, I must
fix on some era agreed upon and recognised by all: and as to events, one

Page 58

that admits of distinctly separate treatment; even though I may be obliged to
go back some short way in point of time, and take a summary review of the
intermediate transactions. For if the facts with which one starts are
unknown, or even open to controversy, all that comes after will fail of
approval and belief. But opinion being once formed on that point, and a
general assent obtained, all the succeeding narrative becomes intelligible.
6. It was in the nineteenth year after the sea-fight at Aegospotami, and the
b.c. 387-386. The rise of sixteenth before the battle at Leuctra; the year in which
the Roman dominion the Lacedaemonians made what is called the Peace of
may be traced from the
retirement of the Gauls
Antalcidas with the King of Persia; the year in which
from the city. From that the elder Dionysius was besieging Rhegium after
time one nation after beating the Italian Greeks on the River Elleporus; and
another in Italy fell into
their hands. in which the Gauls took Rome itself by storm and were
occupying the whole of it except the Capitol. With these
Gauls the Romans made a treaty and settlement which they were content to
accept: and having thus become beyond all expectation once more masters
of their own country, they made a start in their career of expansion; and in
the succeeding period engaged in various wars with their neighbours. First,
The Latini. by dint of valour, and the good fortune which attended
them in the field, they mastered all the Latini; then they
The Etruscans, Gauls, went to war with the Etruscans; then with the Celts; and
and Samnites. next with the Samnites, who lived on the eastern and
northern frontiers of Latium. Some time after this the Tarentines insulted
the ambassadors of Rome, and, in fear of the consequences, invited and
Pyrrhus, b.c. 280. obtained the assistance of Pyrrhus. This happened in the
year before the Gauls invaded Greece, some of whom
perished near Delphi, while others crossed into Asia. Then it was that the
Romans—having reduced the Etruscans and Samnites to obedience, and
conquered the Italian Celts in many battles—attempted for the first time the
Southern Italy. reduction of the rest of Italy. The nations for whose
possessions they were about to fight they affected to
regard, not in the light of foreigners, but as already for the most part
belonging and pertaining to themselves. The experience gained from their
contests with the Samnites and the Celts had served as a genuine training in
Pyrrhus finally quits the art of war. Accordingly, they entered upon the war
Italy, b.c. 274. with spirit, drove Pyrrhus from Italy, and then

Page 59

undertook to fight with and subdue those who had taken part with him.
They succeeded everywhere to a marvel, and reduced to obedience all the
tribes inhabiting Italy except the Celts; after which they undertook to
besiege some of their own citizens, who at that time were occupying
Rhegium.
7. For misfortunes befell Messene and Rhegium, the cities built on either
The story of the side of the Strait, peculiar in their nature and alike in
Mamertines at Messene, their circumstances.
and the Roman garrison
at Rhegium, Dio. Not long before the period we are now describing some
Cassius fr.
Campanian mercenaries of Agathocles, having for some
time cast greedy eyes upon Messene, owing to its beauty and wealth, no
sooner got an opportunity than they made a treacherous attempt upon that
1. Messene. city. They entered the town under guise of friendship,
and, having once got possession of it, they drove out
Agathocles died, some of the citizens and put others to the sword. This
b.c. 289. done, they seized promiscuously the wives and children
of the dispossessed citizens, each keeping those which fortune had assigned
him at the very moment of the lawless deed. All other property and the land
they took possession of by a subsequent division and retained.
The speed with which they became masters of a fair territory and city found
2. Rhegium, Livy Ep. 12. ready imitators of their conduct. The people of
Rhegium, when Pyrrhus was crossing to Italy, felt a
double anxiety. They were dismayed at the thought of his approach, and at
the same time were afraid of the Carthaginians as being masters of the sea.
Pyrrhus in Sicily, They accordingly asked and obtained a force from
b.c. 278-275. Rome to guard and support them. The garrison, four
thousand in number, under the command of a Campanian named Decius
Jubellius, entered the city, and for a time preserved it, as well as their own
faith. But at last, conceiving the idea of imitating the Mamertines, and
having at the same time obtained their co-operation, they broke faith with
the people of Rhegium, enamoured of the pleasant site of the town and the
private wealth of the citizens, and seized the city after having, in imitation
of the Mamertines, first driven out some of the people and put others to the
sword. Now, though the Romans were much annoyed at this transaction,
they could take no active steps, because they were deeply engaged in the

Page 60

wars I have mentioned above. But having got free from them they invested
b.c. 271. C. Quintus and besieged the troops. They presently took the place
Claudius, L. Genucius and killed the greater number in the assault,—for the
Clepsina, Coss.
men resisted desperately, knowing what must follow,—
but took more than three hundred alive. These were sent to Rome, and there
the Consuls brought them into the forum, where they were scourged and
beheaded according to custom: for they wished as far as they could to
vindicate their good faith in the eyes of the allies. The territory and town
they at once handed over to the people of Rhegium.
8. But the Mamertines (for this was the name which the Campanians gave
Effect of the fall of the themselves after they became masters of Messene), as
rebellious garrison of long as they enjoyed the alliance of the Roman captors
Rhegium on the
Mamertines.
of Rhegium, not only exercised absolute control over
their own town and district undisturbed, but about the
neighbouring territory also gave no little trouble to the Carthaginians and
Syracusans, and levied tribute from many parts of Sicily. But when they
were deprived of this support, the captors of Rhegium being now invested
and besieged, they were themselves promptly forced back into the town
again by the Syracusans, under circumstances which I will now detail.
Not long before this the military forces of the Syracusans had quarrelled
with the citizens, and while stationed near Merganè elected commanders
The rise of Hiero. He is from their own body. These were Artemidorus and
elected General by the Hiero, the latter of whom afterwards became King of
army, b.c. 275-274.
Syracuse. At this time he was quite a young man, but
had a certain natural aptitude for kingcraft and the politic conduct of affairs.
Having taken over the command, and having by means of some of his
connexions made his way into the city, he got his political opponents into
his hands; but conducted the government with such mildness, and in so
lofty a spirit, that the Syracusans, though by no means usually acquiescing
in the election of officers by the soldiers, did on this occasion unanimously
approve of Hiero as their general. His first step made it evident to close
observers that his hopes soared above the position of a mere general.
9. He noticed that among the Syracusans the despatch of troops, and of
magistrates in command of them, was always the signal for revolutionary
movements of some sort or another. He knew, too, that of all the citizens

Page 61

Secures support of Leptines enjoyed the highest position and credit, and
Leptines by marrying his that among the common people especially he was by far
daughter.
the most influential man existing. He accordingly
contracted a relationship by marriage with him, that he might have a
representative of his interests left at home at such times as he should be
himself bound to go abroad with the troops for a campaign. After marrying
the daughter of this man, his next step was in regard to the old mercenaries.
His device for getting rid He observed that they were disaffected and mutinous:
of mutinous mercenaries. and he accordingly led out an expedition, with the
ostensible purpose of attacking the foreigners who were in occupation of
Messene. He pitched a camp against the enemy near Centuripa, and drew
Fiume Salso. up his line resting on the River Cyamosorus. But the
cavalry and infantry, which consisted of citizens, he
kept together under his personal command at some distance, on pretence of
intending to attack the enemy on another quarter: the mercenaries he thrust
to the front and allowed them to be completely cut to pieces by the
foreigners; while he seized the moment of their rout to affect a safe retreat
for himself and the citizens into Syracuse. This stroke of policy was skilful
and successful. He had got rid of the mutinous and seditious element in the
army; and after enlisting on his own account a sufficient body of
mercenaries, he thenceforth carried on the business of the government in
Hiero next attacks the security. But seeing that the Mamertines were
Mamertines and defeats encouraged by their success to greater confidence and
them near Mylae,
b.c. 268.
recklessness in their excursions, he fully armed and
energetically drilled the citizen levies, led them out, and
engaged the enemy on the Mylaean plain near the River Longanus. He
inflicted a severe defeat upon them: took their leaders prisoners: put a
complete end to their audacious proceedings: and on his return to Syracuse
was himself greeted by all the allies with the title of King.
10. Thus were the Mamertines first deprived of support from Rhegium, and
then subjected, from causes which I have just stated, to a complete defeat
Some of the conquered on their own account. Thereupon some of them betook
Mamertines appeal to themselves to the protection of the Carthaginians, and
Rome for help.
were for putting themselves and their citadel into their
hands; while others set about sending an embassy to Rome to offer a
surrender of their city, and to beg assistance on the ground of the ties of

Page 62

race which united them. The Romans were long in doubt. The inconsistency
of sending such aid seemed manifest. A little while ago they had put some
of their own citizens to death, with the extreme penalties of the law, for
having broken faith with the people of Rhegium: and now so soon
The motives of the afterwards to assist the Mamertines, who had done
Romans in acceding to precisely the same to Messene as well as Rhegium,
this prayer,—jealousy of
the growing power of
involved a breach of equity very hard to justify. But
Carthage. while fully alive to these points, they yet saw that
Carthaginian aggrandisement was not confined to
Libya, but had embraced many districts in Iberia as well; and that Carthage
was, besides, mistress of all the islands in the Sardinian and Tyrrhenian
seas: they were beginning, therefore, to be exceedingly anxious lest, if the
Carthaginians became masters of Sicily also, they should find them very
dangerous and formidable neighbours, surrounding them as they would on
every side, and occupying a position which commanded all the coasts of
Italy. Now it was clear that, if the Mamertines did not obtain the assistance
they asked for, the Carthaginians would very soon reduce Sicily. For should
they avail themselves of the voluntary offer of Messene and become
masters of it, they were certain before long to crush Syracuse also, since
they were already lords of nearly the whole of the rest of Sicily. The
Romans saw all this, and felt that it was absolutely necessary not to let
Messene slip, or allow the Carthaginians to secure what would be like a
bridge to enable them to cross into Italy.
11. In spite of protracted deliberations, the conflict of motives proved too
The Senate shirk the strong, after all, to allow of the Senate coming to any
responsibility of decision; for the inconsistency of aiding the Messenians
decision. The people
vote for helping the
appeared to them to be evenly balanced by the
Mamertines. advantages to be gained by doing so. The people,
however, had suffered much from the previous wars,
and wanted some means of repairing the losses which they had sustained in
every department. Besides these national advantages to be gained by the
war, the military commanders suggested that individually they would get
manifest and important benefits from it. They accordingly voted in favour
b.c. 264. Appius of giving the aid. The decree having thus been passed
Claudius Caudex. M. by the people, they elected one of the consuls, Appius
Fulvius Flaccus, Coss.
Claudius, to the command, and sent him out with

Page 63

instructions to cross to Messene and relieve the Mamertines. These latter
managed, between threats and false representations, to oust the
Carthaginian commander who was already in possession of the citadel,
invited Appius in, and offered to deliver the city into his hands. The
Carthaginians crucified their commander for what they considered to be his
cowardice and folly in thus losing the citadel; stationed their fleet near
Pelorus; their land forces at a place called Synes; and laid vigorous siege to
Hiero joins Carthage in Messene. Now at this juncture Hiero, thinking it a
laying siege to the favourable opportunity for totally expelling from Sicily
Mamertines in Messene.
Appius comes to the
the foreigners who were in occupation of Messene,
relief of the besieged, made a treaty with the Carthaginians. Having done this,
b.c. 264. he started from Syracuse upon an expedition against
that city. He pitched his camp on the opposite side to the Carthaginians,
near what was called the Chalcidian Mount, whereby the garrison were cut
off from that way out as well as from the other. The Roman Consul Appius,
for his part, gallantly crossed the strait by night and got into Messene. But
he found that the enemy had completely surrounded the town and were
vigorously pressing on the attack; and he concluded on reflection that the
siege could bring him neither credit nor security so long as the enemy
commanded land as well as sea. He accordingly first endeavoured to relieve
the Mamertines from the contest altogether by sending embassies to both of
After vain attempts at the attacking forces. Neither of them received his
negotiation, Appius proposals, and at last, from sheer necessity, he made up
determines to attack
Hiero.
his mind to hazard an engagement, and that he would
begin with the Syracusans. So he led out his forces and
drew them up for the fight: nor was the Syracusan backward in accepting
the challenge, but descended simultaneously to give him battle. After a
Hiero is defeated, and prolonged struggle, Appius got the better of the enemy,
returns to Syracuse. and chased the opposing forces right up to their
entrenchments. The result of this was that Appius, after stripping the dead,
retired into Messene again, while Hiero, with a foreboding of the final
result, only waited for nightfall to beat a hasty retreat to Syracuse.
12. Next morning, when Appius was assured of their flight, his confidence
was strengthened, and he made up his mind to attack the Carthaginians
Encouraged by this without delay. Accordingly, he issued orders to the
success, he attacks and soldiers to despatch their preparations early, and at

Page 64

drives off the daybreak commenced his sally. Having succeeded in
Carthaginians.
engaging the enemy, he killed a large number of them,
and forced the rest to fly precipitately to the neighbouring towns. These
successes sufficed to raise the siege of Messene: and thenceforth he scoured
the territory of Syracuse and her allies with impunity, and laid it waste
without finding any one to dispute the possession of the open country with
him; and finally he sat down before Syracuse itself and laid siege to it.
Such was the nature and motive of the first warlike expedition of the
Such preliminary Romans beyond the shores of Italy; and this was the
sketches are necessary period at which it took place. I thought this expedition
for clearness, and my
readers must not be
the most suitable starting-point for my whole narrative,
surprised if I follow the and accordingly adopted it as a basis; though I have
same system in the case made a rapid survey of some anterior events, that in
of other towns.
setting forth its causes no point should be left obscure. I
thought it necessary, if we were to get an adequate and comprehensive view
of their present supreme position, to trace clearly how and when the
Romans, after the disaster which they sustained in the loss of their own city,
began their upward career; and how and when, once more, after possessing
themselves of Italy, they conceived the idea of attempting conquests
external to it. This must account in future parts of my work for my taking,
when treating of the most important states, a preliminary survey of their
previous history. In doing so my object will be to secure such a vantage-
ground as will enable us to see with clearness from what origin, at what
period, and in what circumstances they severally started and arrived at their
present position. This is exactly what I have just done with regard to the
Romans.
13. It is time to have done with these explanations, and to come to my
subject, after a brief and summary statement of the events of which my
Subjects of the two first introductory books are to treat. Of these the first in
books of the Histories. order of time are those which befell the Romans and
1. War in Sicily or first
Punic War, b.c. 264-241.
Carthaginians in their war for the possession of Sicily.
2. The Mercenary or Next comes the Libyan or Mercenary war; immediately
“inexpiable” war, following on which are the Carthaginian achievements
b.c. 240-237.
3. Carthaginian in Spain, first under Hamilcar, and then under
movements in Spain, Hasdrubal. In the course of these events, again,
b.c. 241-218. occurred the first expedition of the Romans into Illyria

Page 65

4. Illyrian war, b.c. 229- and the Greek side of Europe; and, besides that, their
228.
5. Gallic war, b.c. 225- struggles within Italy with the Celts. In Greece at the
221. same time the war called after Cleomenes was in full
6. Cleomenic war, action. With this war I design to conclude my prefatory
b.c. 227-221.
sketch and my second book.
To enter into minute details of these events is unnecessary, and would be of
no advantage to my readers. It is not part of my plan to write a history of
them: my sole object is to recapitulate them in a summary manner by way
of introduction to the narrative I have in hand. I will, therefore, touch
lightly upon the leading events of this period in a comprehensive sketch,
and will endeavour to make the end of it dovetail with the commencement
of my main history. In this way the narrative will acquire a continuity; and I
shall be shown to have had good reason for touching on points already
treated by others: while by such an arrangement the studiously inclined will
find the approach to the story which has to be told made intelligible and
The first Punic war easy for them. I shall, however, endeavour to describe
deserves more detailed with somewhat more care the first war which arose
treatment, as furnishing a
better basis for
between the Romans and Carthaginians for the
comparing Rome and possession of Sicily. For it would not be easy to
Carthage than mention any war that lasted longer than this one; nor
subsequent wars.
one in which the preparations made were on a larger
scale, or the efforts made more sustained, or the actual engagements more
numerous, or the reverses sustained on either side more signal. Moreover,
the two states themselves were at the precise period of their history when
their institutions were as yet in their original integrity, their fortunes still at
a moderate level, and their forces on an equal footing. So that those who
wish to gain a fair view of the national characteristics and resources of the
two had better base their comparison upon this war rather than upon those
which came after.
14. But it was not these considerations only which induced me to undertake
This is rendered more the history of this war. I was influenced quite as much
necessary by the partisan by the fact that Philinus and Fabius, who have the
misrepresentations of
Philinus and Fabius
reputation of writing with the most complete knowledge
Pictor. about it, have given us an inadequate representation of
the truth. Now, judging from their lives and principles, I
do not suppose that these writers have intentionally stated what was false;

Page 66

but I think that they are much in the same state of mind as men in love.
Partisanship and complete prepossession made Philinus think that all the
actions of the Carthaginians were characterised by wisdom, honour, and
courage: those of the Romans by the reverse. Fabius thought the exact
opposite. Now in other relations of life one would hesitate to exclude such
warmth of sentiment: for a good man ought to be loyal to his friends and
patriotic to his country; ought to be at one with his friends in their hatreds
and likings. But directly a man assumes the moral attitude of an historian he
ought to forget all considerations of that kind. There will be many occasions
on which he will be bound to speak well of his enemies, and even to praise
them in the highest terms if the facts demand it: and on the other hand many
occasions on which it will be his duty to criticise and denounce his own
side, however dear to him, if their errors of conduct suggest that course. For
as a living creature is rendered wholly useless if deprived of its eyes, so if
you take truth from History what is left is but an idle unprofitable tale.
Therefore, one must not shrink either from blaming one’s friends or
praising one’s enemies; nor be afraid of finding fault with and commending
the same persons at different times. For it is impossible that men engaged in
public affairs should always be right, and unlikely that they should always
be wrong. Holding ourselves, therefore, entirely aloof from the actors, we
must as historians make statements and pronounce judgment in accordance
with the actions themselves.
15. The writers whom I have named exemplify the truth of these remarks.
Philinus’s Philinus, for instance, commencing the narrative with
misrepresentations. his second book, says that the “Carthaginians and
Syracusans engaged in the war and sat down before Messene; that the
Romans arriving by sea entered the town, and immediately sallied out from
it to attack the Syracusans; but that after suffering severely in the
engagement they retired into Messene; and that on a second occasion,
having issued forth to attack the Carthaginians, they not only suffered
severely but lost a considerable number of their men captured by the
enemy.” But while making this statement, he represents Hiero as so
destitute of sense as, after this engagement, not only to have promptly burnt
his stockade and tents and fled under cover of night to Syracuse, but to have
abandoned all the forts which had been established to overawe the
Messenian territory. Similarly he asserts that “the Carthaginians

Page 67

immediately after their battle evacuated their entrenchment and dispersed
into various towns, without venturing any longer even to dispute the
possession of the open country; and that, accordingly, their leaders seeing
that their troops were utterly demoralised determined in consideration not to
risk a battle: that the Romans followed them, and not only laid waste the
territory of the Carthaginians and Syracusans, but actually sat down before
Syracuse itself and began to lay siege to it.” These statements appear to me
to be full of glaring inconsistency, and to call for no refutation at all. The
very men whom he describes to begin with as besieging Messene, and as
victorious in the engagements, he afterwards represents as running away,
abandoning the open country, and utterly demoralised: while those whom
he starts by saying were defeated and besieged, he concludes by describing
as engaging in a pursuit, as promptly seizing the open places, and finally as
besieging Syracuse. Nothing can reconcile these statements. It is
impossible. Either his initial statement, or his account of the subsequent
events, must be false. In point of fact the latter part of his story is the true
one. The Syracusans and Carthaginians did abandon the open country, and
the Romans did immediately afterwards commence a siege of Syracuse and
of Echetla, which lies in the district between the Syracusan and
Carthaginian pales. For the rest it must necessarily be acknowledged that
the first part of his account is false; and that whereas the Romans were
victorious in the engagements under Messene, they have been represented
by this historian as defeated. Through the whole of this work we shall find
Philinus acting in a similar spirit: and much the same may be said of Fabius,
as I shall show when the several points arise.
I have now said what was proper on the subject of this digression.
Returning to the matter in hand I will endeavour by a continuous narrative
of moderate dimensions to guide my readers to a true knowledge of this
war.
16. When news came to Rome of the successes of Appius and his legions,
b.c. 264. the people elected Manius Otacilius and Manius
Valerius Consuls, and despatched their whole army to
(Continuing from chap. Sicily, and both Consuls in command. Now the Romans
xii.), b.c. 263, Manius have in all, as distinct from allies, four legions of
Valerius Maximus,
Manius Otacilius
Roman citizens, which they enrol every year, each of
Crassus, Coss. The which consists of four thousand infantry and three

Page 68

Consuls with four hundred cavalry: and on their arrival most of the cities
legions are sent to Sicily.
A general move of the revolted from Syracuse as well as from Carthage, and
Sicilian cities to join joined the Romans. And when he saw the terror and
them. Hiero submits. dismay of the Sicilians, and compared with them the
number and crushing strength of the legions of Rome, Hiero began, from a
review of all these points, to conclude that the prospects of the Romans
were brighter than those of the Carthaginians. Inclining therefore from these
considerations to the side of the former, he began sending messages to the
Consuls, proposing peace and friendship with them. The Romans accepted
his offer, their chief motive being the consideration of provisions: for as the
Carthaginians had command of the sea, they were afraid of being cut off at
every point from their supplies, warned by the fact that the legions which
had previously crossed had run very short in that respect. They therefore
gladly accepted Hiero’s offers of friendship, supposing that he would be of
signal service to them in this particular. The king engaged to restore his
prisoners without ransom, and to pay besides an indemnity of a hundred
talents of silver. The treaty being arranged on these terms, the Romans
thenceforth regarded the Syracusans as friends and allies: while King Hiero,
having thus placed himself under the protection of the Romans, never failed
to supply their needs in times of difficulty; and for the rest of his life
reigned securely in Syracuse, devoting his energies to gaining the gratitude
and good opinion of the Greeks. And in point of fact no monarch ever
acquired a greater reputation, or enjoyed for a longer period the fruits of his
prudent policy in private as well as in public affairs.
17. When the text of this treaty reached Rome, and the people had approved
The Carthaginians and confirmed the terms made with Hiero, the Roman
alarmed at Hiero’s government thereupon decided not to send all their
defection make great
efforts to increase their
forces, as they had intended doing, but only two
army in Sicily. legions. For they thought that the gravity of the war was
lessened by the adhesion of the king, and at the same
time that the army would thus be better off for provisions. But when the
Carthaginian government saw that Hiero had become their enemy, and that
the Romans were taking a more decided part in Sicilian politics, they
conceived that they must have a more formidable force to enable them to
confront their enemy and maintain their own interests in Sicily.
They select Agrigentum Accordingly, they enlisted mercenaries from over sea—
as their headquarters.

Page 69

a large number of Ligurians and Celts, and a still larger number of Iberians
—and despatched them to Sicily. And perceiving that Agrigentum
possessed the greatest natural advantages as a place of arms, and was the
most powerful city in their province, they collected their supplies and their
forces into it, deciding to use this city as their headquarters for the war.
On the Roman side a change of commanders had now taken place. The
b.c. 262. Consuls who made the treaty with Hiero had gone
home, and their successors, Lucius Postumius and
Quintus Mamilius, were come to Sicily with their legions. Observing the
The new Consuls, Lucius measure which the Carthaginians were taking, and the
Postumius Megellus and forces they were concentrating at Agrigentum, they
Quintus Mamilius
Vitulus, determined to
made up their minds to take that matter in hand and
lay siege to Agrigentum. strike a bold blow. Accordingly they suspended every
other department of the war, and bearing down upon
Agrigentum itself with their whole army, attacked it in force; pitched their
camp within a distance of eight stades from the city; and confined the
The Carthaginians make Carthaginians within the walls. Now it was just harvest-
an unsuccessful sally. time, and the siege was evidently destined to be a long
one: the soldiers, therefore, went out to collect the corn with greater
hardihood than they ought to have done. Accordingly the Carthaginians,
seeing the enemy scattered about the fields, sallied out and attacked the
harvesting-parties. They easily routed these; and then one portion of them
made a rush to destroy the Roman entrenchment, the other to attack the
pickets. But the peculiarity of their institutions saved the Roman fortunes,
as it had often done before. Among them it is death for a man to desert his
post, or to fly from his station on any pretext whatever. Accordingly on this,
as on other occasions, they gallantly held their ground against opponents
many times their own number; and though they lost many of their own men,
they killed still more of the enemy, and at last outflanked the foes just as
they were on the point of demolishing the palisade of the camp. Some they
put to the sword, and the rest they pursued with slaughter into the city.
18. The result was that thenceforth the Carthaginians were somewhat less
forward in making such attacks, and the Romans more cautious in foraging.
Finding that the Carthaginians would not come out to meet them at close
quarters any more, the Roman generals divided their forces: with one

Page 70

The Romans form two division they occupied the ground round the temple of
strongly-entrenched Asclepius outside the town; with the other they
camps.
encamped in the outskirts of the city on the side which
looks towards Heracleia. The space between the camps on either side of the
city they secured by two trenches,—the inner one to protect themselves
against sallies from the city, the outer as a precaution against attacks from
without, and to intercept those persons or supplies which always make their
way surreptitiously into cities that are sustaining a siege. The spaces
between the trenches uniting the camps they secured by pickets, taking care
in their disposition to strengthen the several accessible points. As for food
and other war material, the other allied cities all joined in collecting and
bringing these to Herbesus for them: and thus they supplied themselves in
abundance with necessaries, by continually getting provisions living and
dead from this town, which was conveniently near. For about five months
then they remained in the same position, without being able to obtain any
decided advantage over each other beyond the casualties which occurred in
the skirmishes. But the Carthaginians were beginning to be hard pressed by
hunger, owing to the number of men shut up in the city, who amounted to
no less than fifty thousand: and Hannibal, who had been appointed
commander of the besieged forces, beginning by this time to be seriously
alarmed at the state of things, kept perpetually sending messages to
Carthage explaining their critical state, and begging for assistance.
A relief comes from Thereupon the Carthaginian government put on board
Carthage to Agrigentum. ship the fresh troops and elephants which they had
collected, and despatched them to Sicily, with orders to join the other
commander Hanno. This officer collected all his war material and forces
into Heracleia, and as a first step possessed himself by a stratagem of
Hanno seizes Herbesus. Herbesus, thus depriving the enemy of their provisions
and supply of necessaries. The result of this was that the
Romans found themselves in the position of besieged as much as in that of
besiegers; for they were reduced by short supplies of food and scarcity of
necessaries to such a condition that they more than once contemplated
The Romans faithfully raising the siege. And they would have done so at last
supported by Hiero. had not Hiero, by using every effort and contrivance
imaginable, succeeded in keeping them supplied with what satisfied, to a
tolerable extent, their most pressing wants. This was Hanno’s first step. His
next was as follows.

Page 71

19. He saw that the Romans were reduced by disease and want, owing to an
epidemic that had broken out among them, and he believed that his own
forces were strong enough to give them battle: he accordingly collected his
Hanno tempts the elephants, of which he had about fifty, and the whole of
Roman cavalry out and the rest of his army, and advanced at a rapid pace from
defeats them.
Heracleia; having previously issued orders to the
Numidian cavalry to precede him, and to endeavour, when they came near
the enemies’ stockade, to provoke them and draw their cavalry out; and,
having done so, to wheel round and retire until they met him. The
Numidians did as they were ordered, and advanced up to one of the camps.
Immediately the Roman cavalry poured out and boldly charged the
Numidians: the Libyans retired, according to their orders, until they reached
Hanno’s division: then they wheeled round; surrounded, and repeatedly
charged the enemy; killed a great number of them, and chased the rest up to
their stockade. After this affair Hanno’s force encamped over against the
Romans, having seized the hill called Torus, at a distance of about a mile
After two months, and a quarter from their opponents. For two months
Hanno is forced to try to they remained in position without any decisive action,
relieve Agrigentum,
though skirmishes took place daily. But as Hannibal all
this time kept signalling and sending messages from the town to Hanno,—
telling him that his men were impatient of the famine, and that many were
even deserting to the enemy owing to the distress for food,—the
Carthaginian general determined to risk a battle, the Romans being equally
but is defeated in a ready, for the reasons I have mentioned. So both parties
pitched battle, and his advanced into the space between the camps and
army cut to pieces.
engaged. The battle lasted a long time, but at last the
Romans turned the advanced guard of Carthaginian mercenaries. The latter
fell back upon the elephants and the other divisions posted in their rear; and
thus the whole Punic army was thrown into confusion. The retreat became
general: the larger number of the men were killed, while some effected their
escape into Heracleia; and the Romans became masters of most of the
elephants and all the baggage. Now night came on, and the victors, partly
from joy at their success, partly from fatigue, kept their watches somewhat
Hannibal escapes by more carelessly than usual; accordingly Hannibal,
night; and the Romans having given up hope of holding out, made up his mind
enter and plunder
Agrigentum.
that this state of things afforded him a good opportunity
of escape. He started about midnight from the town

Page 72

with his mercenary troops, and having choked up the trenches with baskets
stuffed full of chaff, led off his force in safety, without being detected by
the enemy. When day dawned the Romans discovered what had happened,
and indeed for a short time were engaged with Hannibal’s rear; but
eventually they all made for the town gates. There they found no one to
oppose them: they therefore threw themselves into the town, plundered it,
and secured a large number of captives, besides a great booty of every sort
and description.
20. Great was the joy of the Roman Senate when the news of what had
This success inspires the taken place at Agrigentum arrived. Their ideas too were
Senate with the idea of so raised that they no longer confined themselves to
expelling the
Carthaginians from
their original designs. They were not content with
Sicily. having saved the Mamertines, nor with the advantages
gained in the course of the war; but conceived the idea
that it was possible to expel the Carthaginians entirely from the island, and
that if that were done their own power would receive a great increase: they
accordingly engaged in this policy and directed their whole thoughts to this
subject. As to their land forces they saw that things were going on as well as
b.c. 261. they could wish. For the Consuls elected in succession
to those who had besieged Agrigentum, Lucius Valerius
Flaccus and Titus Otacilius Crassus, appeared to be managing the Sicilian
business as well as circumstances admitted. Yet so long as the Carthaginians
were in undisturbed command of the sea, the balance of success could not
incline decisively in their favour. For instance, in the period which
followed, though they were now in possession of Agrigentum, and though
consequently many of the inland towns joined the Romans from dread of
their land forces, yet a still larger number of seaboard towns held aloof from
them in terror of the Carthaginian fleet. Seeing therefore that it was ever
more and more the case that the balance of success oscillated from one side
to the other from these causes; and, moreover, that while Italy was
repeatedly ravaged by the naval force, Libya remained permanently
uninjured; they became eager to get upon the sea and meet the
Carthaginians there.
It was this branch of the subject that more than anything else induced me to
give an account of this war at somewhat greater length than I otherwise
should have done. I was unwilling that a first step of this kind should be

Page 73

unknown,—namely how, and when, and why the Romans first started a
navy.
It was, then, because they saw that the war they had undertaken lingered to
The Romans boldly a weary length, that they first thought of getting a fleet
determine to build ships built, consisting of a hundred quinqueremes and twenty
and meet the
Carthaginians at sea.
triremes. But one part of their undertaking caused them
much difficulty. Their shipbuilders were entirely
unacquainted with the construction of quinqueremes, because no one in
Italy had at that time employed vessels of that description. There could be
no more signal proof of the courage, or rather the extraordinary audacity of
the Roman enterprise. Not only had they no resources for it of reasonable
sufficiency; but without any resources for it at all, and without having ever
entertained an idea of naval war,—for it was the first time they had thought
of it,—they nevertheless handled the enterprise with such extraordinary
audacity, that, without so much as a preliminary trial, they took upon
themselves there and then to meet the Carthaginians at sea, on which they
had for generations held undisputed supremacy. Proof of what I say, and of
their surprising audacity, may be found in this. When they first took in hand
to send troops across to Messene they not only had no decked vessels but
no war-ships at all, not so much as a single galley: but they borrowed
quinqueremes and triremes from Tarentum and Locri, and even from Elea
and Neapolis; and having thus collected a fleet, boldly sent their men across
A Carthaginian ship used upon it. It was on this occasion that, the Carthaginians
as a model. having put to sea in the Strait to attack them, a decked
vessel of theirs charged so furiously that it ran aground, and falling into the
hands of the Romans served them as a model on which they constructed
their whole fleet. And if this had not happened it is clear that they would
have been completely hindered from carrying out their design by want of
constructive knowledge.
21. Meanwhile, however, those who were charged with the shipbuilding
were busied with the construction of the vessels; while others collected
crews and were engaged in teaching them to row on dry land: which they
contrived to do in the following manner. They made the men sit on rower’s
benches on dry land, in the same order as they would sit on the benches in
actual vessels: in the midst of them they stationed the Celeustes, and trained
them to get back and draw in their hands all together in time, and then to

Page 74

swing forward and throw them out again, and to begin and cease these
movements at the word of the Celeustes. By the time these preparations
were completed the ships were built. They therefore launched them, and,
after a brief preliminary practice of real sea-rowing, started on their
coasting voyage along the shore of Italy, in accordance with the Consul’s
b.c. 260. Cn. Cornelius order. For Gnaeus Cornelius Scipio, who had been
Scipio Asina, C. Duilius, appointed by the Roman people a few days before to
Coss.
command the fleet, after giving the ship captains orders
that as soon as they had fitted out the fleet they should sail to the Straits,
had put to sea himself with seventeen ships and sailed in advance to
Messene; for he was very eager to secure all pressing necessaries for the
naval force. While there some negotiation was suggested to him for the
Cornelius captured with surrender of the town of Lipara. Snatching at the
the loss of his ships. prospect somewhat too eagerly, he sailed with the
above-mentioned ships and anchored off the town. But having been
informed in Panormus of what had taken place, the Carthaginian general
Hannibal despatched Boōdes, a member of the Senate, with a squadron of
twenty ships. He accomplished the voyage at night and shut up Gnaeus and
his men within the harbour. When day dawned the crews made for the shore
and ran away, while Gnaeus, in utter dismay, and not knowing in the least
what to do, eventually surrendered to the enemy. The Carthaginians having
thus possessed themselves of the ships as well as the commander of their
The rest of the Roman enemies, started to rejoin Hannibal. Yet a few days
fleet arrive and nearly afterwards, though the disaster of Gnaeus was so signal
capture Hannibal.
and recent, Hannibal himself was within an ace of
falling into the same glaring mistake. For having been informed that the
Roman fleet in its voyage along the coast of Italy was close at hand, he
conceived a wish to get a clear view of the enemy’s number and disposition.
He accordingly set sail with fifty ships, and just as he was rounding the
“Italian Headland” he fell in with the enemy, who were sailing in good
order and disposition. He lost most of his ships, and with the rest effected
his own escape in a manner beyond hope or expectation.
22. When the Romans had neared the coasts of Sicily and learnt the disaster
which had befallen Gnaeus, their first step was to send for Gaius Duilius,
who was in command of the land forces. Until he should come they stayed
where they were; but at the same time, hearing that the enemy’s fleet was

Page 75

no great way off, they busied themselves with preparations for a sea-fight.
Now their ships were badly fitted out and not easy to manage, and so some
one suggested to them as likely to serve their turn in a fight the construction
The “corvi” or of what were afterwards called “crows.” Their
#8220;crows” for mechanism was this. A round pole was placed in the
boarding.
prow, about twenty-four feet high, and with a diameter
of four palms. The pole itself had a pulley on the top, and a gangway made
with cross planks nailed together, four feet wide and thirty-six feet long,
was made to swing round it. Now the hole in the gangway was oval shaped,
and went round the pole twelve feet from one end of the gangway, which
had also a wooden railing running down each side of it to the height of a
man’s knee. At the extremity of this gangway was fastened an iron spike
like a miller’s pestle, sharpened at its lower end and fitted with a ring at its
upper end. The whole thing looked like the machines for braising corn. To
this ring the rope was fastened with which, when the ships collided, they
hauled up the “crows,” by means of the pulley at the top of the pole, and
dropped them down upon the deck of the enemy’s ship, sometimes over the
prow, sometimes swinging them round when the ships collided broadsides.
And as soon as the “crows” were fixed in the planks of the decks and
grappled the ships together, if the ships were alongside of each other, the
men leaped on board anywhere along the side, but if they were prow to
prow, they used the “crow” itself for boarding, and advanced over it two
abreast. The first two protected their front by holding up before them their
shields, while those who came after them secured their sides by placing the
rims of their shields upon the top of the railing. Such were the preparations
which they made; and having completed them they watched an opportunity
of engaging at sea.
23. As for Gaius Duilius, he no sooner heard of the disaster which had
Victory of Duilius at befallen the commander of the navy than handing over
Mylae, b.c. 260. his legions to the military Tribunes he transferred
himself to the fleet. There he learnt that the enemy was plundering the
territory of Mylae, and at once sailed to attack him with the whole fleet. No
sooner did the Carthaginians sight him than with joy and alacrity they put to
sea with a hundred and thirty sail, feeling supreme contempt for the Roman
ignorance of seamanship. Accordingly they all sailed with their prows
directed straight at their enemy: they did not think the engagement worth

Page 76

even the trouble of ranging their ships in any order, but advanced as though
to seize a booty exposed for their acceptance. Their commander was that
same Hannibal who had withdrawn his forces from Agrigentum by a secret
night movement, and he was on board a galley with seven banks of oars
which had once belonged to King Pyrrhus. When they neared the enemy,
and saw the “crows” raised aloft on the prows of the several ships, the
Carthaginians were for a time in a state of perplexity; for they were quite
strangers to such contrivances as these engines. Feeling, however, a
complete contempt for their opponents, those on board the ships that were
in the van of the squadron charged without flinching. But as soon as they
came to close quarters their ships were invariably tightly grappled by these
machines; the enemy boarded by means of the “crows,” and engaged them
on their decks; and in the end some of the Carthaginians were cut down,
while others surrendered in bewildered terror at the battle in which they
found themselves engaged, which eventually became exactly like a land
fight. The result was that they lost the first thirty ships engaged, crews and
all. Among them was captured the commander’s ship also, though Hannibal
himself by an unexpected piece of luck and an act of great daring effected
his escape in the ship’s boat. The rest of the Carthaginian squadron were
sailing up with the view of charging; but as they were coming near they saw
what had happened to the ships which were sailing in the front, and
accordingly sheered off and avoided the blows of the engines. Yet trusting
to their speed, they managed by a manœuvre to sail round and charge the
enemy, some on their broadside and others on their stern, expecting by that
method to avoid danger. But the engines swung round to meet them in
every direction, and dropped down upon them so infallibly, that no ships
could come to close quarters without being grappled. Eventually the
Carthaginians turned and fled, bewildered at the novelty of the occurrence,
and with a loss of fifty ships.
24. Having in this unlooked-for manner made good their maritime hopes
the Romans were doubly encouraged in their enthusiasm for the war. For
Further operations in the present they put in upon the coast of Sicily, raised
Sicily. the siege of Segesta when it was reduced to the last
Segesta and Macella.
extremity, and on their way back from Segesta carried
the town Macella by assault. But Hamilcar, the
Hamilcar. commander of the Carthaginian land forces happened,

Page 77

after the naval battle, to be informed as he lay encamped near Panormus
that the allies were engaged in a dispute with the Romans about the post of
honour in the battles: and ascertaining that the allies were encamped by
themselves between Paropus and Himeraean Thermae, he made a sudden
attack in force as they were in the act of moving camp and killed almost
Hannibal in Sardinia. four thousand of them. After this action Hannibal sailed
across to Carthage with such ships as he had left; and
thence before very long crossed to Sardinia, with a reinforcement of ships,
and accompanied by some of those whose reputation as naval commanders
stood high. But before very long he was blockaded in a certain harbour by
the Romans, and lost a large number of ships; and was thereupon
summarily arrested by the surviving Carthaginians and crucified. This came
about because the first thing the Romans did upon getting a navy was to try
to become masters of Sardinia.
During the next year the Roman legions in Sicily did nothing worthy of
b.c. 259. mention. In the next, after the arrival of the new
Consuls, Aulus Atilius and Gaius Sulpicius, they started
to attack Panormus because the Carthaginian forces were wintering there.
b.c. 258. Coss. A. Atilius The Consuls advanced close up to the city with their
Calatinus, G. Sulpicius, whole force, and drew up in order of battle. But the
Paterculus.
enemy refusing to come out to meet them, they
marched away and attacked the town of Hippana. This they carried by
assault: but though they also took Myttistratum it was only after it had stood
Hippana and a lengthened siege owing to the strength of its situation.
Myttistratum. It was at this time, too, that they recovered Camarina,
which had revolted a short time previously. They threw up works against it,
Camarina. and captured it after making a breach in its walls. They
treated Henna, and sundry other strong places which
had been in the hands of the Carthaginians, in the same way; and when they
had finished these operations they undertook to lay siege to Lipara.
25. Next year Gaius Atilius, the Consul, happened to be at anchor off
Tyndaris, when he observed the Carthaginian fleet sailing by in a straggling
Coss. C. Atilius Regulus, manner. He passed the word to the crews of his own
Cn. Cornelius, Blasio II. ships to follow the advanced squadron, and started
b.c. 257.
himself before the rest with ten ships of equal sailing
Fighting off Tyndaris. powers. When the Carthaginians became aware that

Page 78

while some of the enemy were still embarking, others were already putting
out to sea, and that the advanced squadron were considerably ahead of the
rest, they stood round and went to meet them. They succeeded in
surrounding and destroying all of them except the Consul’s ship, and that
they all but captured with its crew. This last, however, by the perfection of
its rowers and its consequent speed, effected a desperate escape. Meanwhile
the remaining ships of the Romans were sailing up and gradually drawing
close together. Having got into line, they charged the enemy, took ten ships
with their crews, and sunk eight. The rest of the Carthaginian ships retired
to the Liparean Islands.
The result of this battle was that both sides concluded that they were now
fairly matched, and accordingly made more systematic efforts to secure a
Winter of b.c. 257-256. naval force, and to dispute the supremacy at sea. While
these things were going on, the land forces effected
nothing worth recording; but wasted all their time in such petty operations
as chance threw in their way. Therefore, after making the preparations I
b.c. 256. Coss. L. have mentioned for the approaching summer, the
Manlius, Vulso Longus, Romans, with three hundred and thirty decked ships of
M. Atilius Regulus II.
(Suff.)
war, touched at Messene; thence put to sea, keeping
Sicily on their right; and after doubling the headland
Pachynus passed on to Ecnomus, because the land force was also in that
district. The Carthaginians on their part put to sea again with three hundred
and fifty decked ships, touched at Lilybaeum, and thence dropped anchor at
Heracleia Minoa.
26. Now it was the purpose of the Romans to sail across to Libya and
Preparations for the transfer the war there, in order that the Carthaginians
Battle of Ecnomus. might find the danger affecting themselves and their
own country rather than Sicily. But the Carthaginians were determined to
prevent this. They knew that Libya was easily invaded, and that the
invaders if they once effected a landing would meet with little resistance
from the inhabitants; and they therefore made up their minds not to allow it,
and were eager rather to bring the matter to a decisive issue by a battle at
sea. The one side was determined to cross, the other to prevent their
crossing; and their enthusiastic rivalry gave promise of a desperate struggle.
The preparations of the Romans were made to suit either contingency, an
engagement at sea or a disembarkation on the enemy’s soil. Accordingly

Page 79

they picked out the best hands from the land army and divided the whole
force which they meant to take on board into four divisions. Each division
Roman forces. 330 ships, had alternative titles; the first was called the “First
with average of 420 men Legion” or the “First Squadron,”—and so on with the
(300 rowers + 120
marines) = 138,600 men.
others. The fourth had a third title besides. They were
called “Triarii,” on the analogy of land armies. The total
number of men thus making up the naval force amounted to nearly one
hundred and forty thousand, reckoning each ship as carrying three hundred
rowers and one hundred and twenty soldiers. The Carthaginians, on the
other hand, made their preparations almost exclusively with a view to a
Carthaginian numbers, naval engagement. Their numbers, if we reckon by the
150,000 men. number of their ships, were over one hundred and fifty
thousand men. The mere recital of these figures must, I should imagine,
strike any one with astonishment at the magnitude of the struggle, and the
vast resources of the contending states. An actual view of them itself could
hardly be more impressive than the bare statement of the number of men
and ships.

The Roman order at Now the Romans had two facts to consider: First, that
Ecnomus. circumstances compelled them to face the open sea;
and, secondly, that their enemies had the advantage of fast sailing vessels.
They therefore took every precaution for keeping their line unbroken and
difficult to attack. They had only two ships with six banks of oars, those,
namely, on which the Consuls Marcus Atilius and Lucius Manlius
respectively were sailing. These they stationed side by side in front and in a
line with each other. Behind each of these they stationed ships one behind
the other in single file—the first squadron behind the one, and the second
squadron behind the other. These were so arranged that, as each ship came
to its place, the two files diverged farther and farther from each other; the
vessels being also stationed one behind the other with their prows inclining
outwards. Having thus arranged the first and second squadrons in single file
so as to form a wedge, they stationed the third division in a single line at its
base; so that the whole finally presented the appearance of a triangle.
Behind this base they stationed the horse-transports, attaching them by
towing-ropes to the ships of the third squadron. And to the rear of them they
placed the fourth squadron, called the Triarii, in a single line, so extended as
to overlap the line in front of them at both extremities. When these

Page 80

dispositions were complete the general appearance was that of a beak or
wedge, the apex of which was open, the base compact and strong; while the
whole was easy to work and serviceable, and at the same time difficult to
break up.
27. Meanwhile the Carthaginian commanders had briefly addressed their
The disposition of the men. They pointed out to them that victory in this battle
Carthaginian fleet. would ensure the war in the future being confined to the
question of the possession of Sicily; while if they were beaten they would
have hereafter to fight for their native land and for all that they held dear.
With these words they passed the word to embark. The order was obeyed
with universal enthusiasm, for what had been said brought home to them
the issues at stake; and they put to sea in the full fervour of excited
gallantry, which might well have struck terror into all who saw it. When
their commanders saw the arrangement of the enemies’ ships they adapted
their own to match it. Three-fourths of their force they posted in a single
line, extending their right wing towards the open sea with a view of
outflanking their opponents, and placing their ships with prows facing the
enemy; while the other fourth part was posted to form a left wing of the
whole, the vessels being at right angles to the others and close to the shore.
The two Carthaginian commanders were Hanno and Hamilcar. The former
ch. 19. was the general who had been defeated in the
engagement at Agrigentum. He now commanded the
right wing, supported by beaked vessels for charging, and the fastest sailing
ch. 25. quinqueremes for outflanking, the enemy. The latter,
who had been in the engagement off Tyndaris, had
charge of the left wing. This officer, occupying the central position of the
entire line, on this occasion employed a stratagem which I will now
The battle. describe. The battle began by the Romans charging the
centre of the Carthaginians, because they observed that
it was weakened by their great extension. The ships in the Carthaginian
centre, in accordance with their orders, at once turned and fled with a view
of breaking up the Roman close order. They began to retire with all speed,
and the Romans pursued them with exultation. The consequence was that,
while the first and second Roman squadrons were pressing the flying
enemy, the third and fourth “legions” had become detached and were left
behind,—the former because they had to tow the horse-transports, and the

Page 81

“Triarii” because they kept their station with them and helped them to form
a reserve. But when the Carthaginians thought that they had drawn the first
and second squadron a sufficient distance from the main body a signal was
hoisted on board Hamilcar’s ship, and they all simultaneously swung their
ships round and engaged their pursuers. The contest was a severe one. The
Carthaginians had a great superiority in the rapidity with which they
manœuvred their ships. They darted out from their line and rowed round the
enemy: they approached them with ease, and retired with despatch. But the
Romans, no less than the Carthaginians, had their reasons for entertaining
hopes of victory: for when the vessels got locked together the contest
became one of sheer strength: their engines, the “crows,” grappled all that
once came to close quarters: and, finally, both the Consuls were present in
person and were witnesses of their behaviour in battle.
28. This was the state of affairs on the centre. But meanwhile Hanno with
the right wing, which had held aloof when the first encounter took place,
crossing the open sea, charged the ships of the Triarii and caused them great
difficulty and embarrassment: while those of the Carthaginians who had
been posted near the land manœuvred into line, and getting their ships
straight, charged the men who were towing the horse-transports. These
latter let go the towing-ropes, grappled with the enemy, and kept up a
desperate struggle.
So that the engagement was in three separate divisions, or rather there were
three sea-fights going on at wide intervals from each other. Now in these
Three separate battles. three engagements the opposing parties were in each
case fairly matched, thanks to the original disposition of
the ships, and therefore the victory was in each case closely contested.
However the result in the several cases was very much what was to be
expected where forces were so equal. The first to engage were the first to
First with Hamilcar’s separate: for Hamilcar’s division at last were
squadron. overpowered and fled. But while Lucius was engaged in
securing his prizes, Marcus observing the struggle in which the Triarii and
horse-transports were involved, went with all speed to their assistance,
taking with him all the ships of the second squadron which were
Second squadron under undamaged. As soon as he had reached and engaged
Regulus. Hanno’s division, the Triarii quickly picked up courage,
though they were then getting much the worst of it, and returned with

Page 82

renewed spirits to the fight. It was now the turn for the Carthaginians to be
in difficulties. They were charged in front and on the rear, and found to their
surprise that they were being surrounded by the relieving squadron. They at
once gave way and retreated in the direction of the open sea.
While this was going on, Lucius, who was sailing back to rejoin his
colleague, observed that the third squadron had got wedged in by the
Third squadron relieved Carthaginians close in shore. Accordingly he and
by Regulus and Manlius. Marcus, who had by this time secured the safety of the
transports and Triarii, started together to relieve their imperilled comrades,
who were now sustaining something very like a blockade. And the fact is
that they would long before this have been utterly destroyed had not the
Carthaginians been afraid of the “crows,” and confined themselves to
surrounding and penning them in close to land, without attempting to
charge for fear of being caught by the grappling-irons. The Consuls came
up rapidly, and surrounding the Carthaginians captured fifty of their ships
with their crews, while some few of them managed to slip away and escape
by keeping close to the shore.
Such was the result of the separate engagements. But the general upshot of
General result. the whole battle was in favour of the Romans. Twenty-
four of their vessels were destroyed; over thirty of the
Carthaginians. Not a single Roman ship was captured with its crew; sixty-
four of the Carthaginians were so taken.
29. After the battle the Romans took in a fresh supply of victual, repaired
and refitted the ships they had captured, bestowed upon the crews the
attention which they had deserved by their victory, and then put to sea with
a view of continuing their voyage to Libya. Their leading ships made the
shore just under the headland called the Hermaeum, which is the extreme
point on the east of the Gulf of Carthage, and runs out into the open sea in
the direction of Sicily. There they waited for the rest of the ships to come
up, and having got the entire fleet together coasted along until they came to
Siege of Aspis. (Clupea.) the city called Aspis. Here they disembarked, beached
their ships, dug a trench, and constructed a stockade
round them; and on the inhabitants of the city refusing to submit without
compulsion, they set to work to besiege the town. Presently those of the
Carthaginians who had survived the sea-fight came to land also; and feeling

Page 83

sure that the enemy, in the flush of their victory, intended to sail straight
against Carthage itself, they began by keeping a chain of advanced guards
at outlying points to protect the capital with their military and naval forces.
But when they ascertained that the Romans had disembarked without
resistance and were engaged in besieging Aspis, they gave up the idea of
watching for the descent of the fleet; but concentrated their forces, and
devoted themselves to the protection of the capital and its environs.
Meanwhile the Romans had taken Aspis, had placed in it a garrison to hold
it and its territory, and had besides sent home to Rome to announce the
Aspis taken. events which had taken place and to ask for instructions
as to the future,—what they were to do, and what
arrangements they were to make. Having done this they made active
preparations for a general advance and set about plundering the country.
They met with no opposition in this: they destroyed numerous dwelling
houses of remarkably fine construction, possessed themselves of a great
number of cattle; and captured more than twenty thousand slaves whom
they took to their ships. In the midst of these proceedings the messengers
arrived from Rome with orders that one Consul was to remain with an
adequate force, the other was to bring the fleet to Rome. Accordingly
M. Atilius Regulus Marcus was left behind with forty ships, fifteen
remains in Africa, winter thousand infantry, and five hundred cavalry; while
of b.c. 256-255.
Lucius put the crowd of captives on board, and having
embarked his men, sailed along the coast of Sicily without encountering
any danger, and reached Rome.
30. The Carthaginians now saw that their enemies contemplated a
lengthened occupation of the country. They therefore proceeded first of all
to elect two of their own citizens, Hasdrubal son of Hanno, and Bostarus, to
the office of general; and next sent to Heracleia a pressing summons to
Hamilcar. He obeyed immediately, and arrived at Carthage with five
hundred cavalry and five thousand infantry. He was forthwith appointed
general in conjunction with the other two, and entered into consultation
with Hasdrubal and his colleague as to the measures necessary to be taken
in the present crisis. They decided to defend the country and not to allow it
to be devastated without resistance.

Page 84

A few days afterwards Marcus sallied forth on one of his marauding
expeditions. Such towns as were unwalled he carried by assault and
b.c. 256-255. The plundered, and such as were walled he besieged.
operations of Regulus in Among others he came to the considerable town of
Libya.
Adys, and having placed his troops round it was
beginning with all speed to raise siege works. The Carthaginians were both
eager to relieve the town and determined to dispute the possession of the
open country. They therefore led out their army; but their operations were
not skilfully conducted. They indeed seized and encamped upon a piece of
rising ground which commanded the enemy; but it was unsuitable to
themselves. Their best hopes rested on their cavalry and their elephants, and
yet they abandoned the level plain and cooped themselves up in a position
at once steep and difficult of access. The enemy, as might have been
expected, were not slow to take advantage of this mistake. The Roman
commanders were skilful enough to understand that the best and most
formidable part of the forces opposed to them was rendered useless by the
nature of the ground. They did not therefore wait for them to come down to
the plain and offer battle, but choosing the time which suited themselves,
began at daybreak a forward movement on both sides of the hill. In the
Defeat of the battle which followed the Carthaginians could not use
Carthaginians near Adys. their cavalry or elephants at all; but their mercenary
troops made a really gallant and spirited sally. They even forced the first
division of the Romans to give way and fly: but they advanced too far, and
were surrounded and routed by the division which was advancing from the
other direction. This was immediately followed by the whole force being
dislodged from their encampment. The elephants and cavalry as soon as
they gained level ground made good their retreat without loss; but the
infantry were pursued by the Romans. The latter however soon desisted
from the pursuit. They presently returned, dismantled the enemy’s
entrenchment, and destroyed the stockade; and from thenceforth overran the
whole country-side and sacked the towns without opposition.
Among others they seized the town called Tunes. This place had many
natural advantages for expeditions such as those in which they were
Tunes. engaged, and was so situated as to form a convenient
base of operations against the capital and its immediate
neighbourhood. They accordingly fixed their headquarters in it.

Page 85

31. The Carthaginians were now indeed in evil case. It was not long since
they had sustained a disaster at sea: and now they had met with one on land,
Distress at Carthage, not from any failure of courage on the part of their
which is heightened by soldiers, but from the incompetency of their
an inroad of Numidians.
commanders. Simultaneously with these misfortunes,
they were suffering from an inroad of the Numidians, who were doing even
more damage to the country than the Romans. The terror which they
inspired drove the country folk to flock for safety into the city; and the city
itself had to face a serious famine as well as a panic, the former from the
numbers that crowded into it, the latter from the hourly expectation of a
Spring of b.c. 255. siege. But Regulus had different views. The double
Regulus proposes harsh defeat sustained by the Carthaginians, by land as well
terms.
as by sea, convinced him that the capture of Carthage
was a question of a very short time; and he was in a state of great anxiety
lest his successor in the Consulship should arrive from Rome in time to rob
him of the glory of the achievement. He therefore invited the Carthaginians
to make terms. They were only too glad of the proposal, and sent their
leading citizens to meet him. The meeting took place: but the
commissioners could not bring their minds to entertain his proposals; they
were so severe that it was almost more than they could bear to listen to
them at all. Regulus regarded himself as practically master of the city, and
considered that they ought to regard any concession on his part as a matter
The terms rejected. of favour and pure grace. The Carthaginians on the
other hand concluded that nothing worse could be
imposed on them if they suffered capture than was now enjoined. They
therefore returned home without accepting the offers of Regulus, and
extremely exasperated by his unreasonable harshness. When the
Carthaginian Senate heard the conditions offered by the Roman general,
though they had almost relinquished every hope of safety, they came to the
gallant and noble resolution that they would brave anything, that they
would try every possible means and endure every extremity, rather than
submit to terms so dishonourable and so unworthy of their past history.

Page 86

32. Now it happened that just about this time one of their recruiting agents,
who had some time before been despatched to Greece, arrived home. He
Arrival of the Spartan brought a large number of men with him, and among
Xanthippus in Carthage. them a certain Lacedaemonian named Xanthippus, a
man trained in the Spartan discipline, and of large experience in war. When
this man was informed of their defeat, and of how it had taken place, and
when he had reviewed the military resources still left to the Carthaginians,
and the number of their cavalry and elephants, he did not take long to come
to a decided conclusion. He expressed his opinion to his friends that the
Carthaginians had owed their defeat, not to the superiority of the Romans,
but to the unskilfulness of their own commanders. The dangerous state of
their affairs caused the words of Xanthippus to get abroad quickly among
the people and to reach the ears of the generals; and the men in authority
determined to summon and question him. He appeared, and laid his views
before the magistrates; in which he showed to what they owed their present
disasters, and that if they would take his advice and keep to the flat parts of
the country alike in marching, encamping, and giving battle, they would be
able with perfect ease to secure safety for themselves and to defeat their
opponents in the field. The generals accepted the suggestion, resolved to
follow his advice, and there and then put their forces at his command.
Among the multitude the observation of Xanthippus was passed from
mouth to mouth, and gave rise, as was to be expected, to a good deal of
popular rumour and sanguine talk. This was confirmed when he had once
handled the troops. The way in which he got them into order when he had
led them outside the town; the skill with which he manœuvred the separate
detachments, and passed the word of command down the ranks in due
conformity to the rules of tactics, at once impressed every one with the
contrast to the blundering of their former generals. The multitude expressed
their approbation by loud cheers, and were for engaging the enemy without
delay, convinced that no harm could happen to them as long as Xanthippus
was their leader. The generals took advantage of this circumstance, and of
the extraordinary recovery which they saw had taken place in the spirits of
the people. They addressed them some exhortations befitting the occasion,
and after a few days’ delay got their forces on foot and started. Their army
consisted of twelve thousand infantry, four thousand cavalry, and nearly a
hundred elephants.

Page 87

33. The Romans at once noticed a change. They saw that the Carthaginians
The new strategy of the chose level country for their line of march, and flat
Carthaginians. places for their encampments. This novelty puzzled and
rather alarmed them, yet their prevailing feeling was an eager desire to
come to close quarters with the enemy. They therefore advanced to a
position about ten stades from them and employed the first day in pitching a
camp there. Next day, while the chief officers of the Carthaginians were
discussing in a council of war what dispositions were called for, and what
line of strategy they were to adopt, the common soldiers, in their eagerness
for the engagement, collected in groups, shouted out the name of
Xanthippus, and showed that their opinion was in favour of an immediate
forward movement. Influenced by the evident enthusiasm and eagerness of
the army, and by the appeals of Xanthippus that they should not let the
opportunity slip, the generals gave orders to the men to get ready, and
resigned to Xanthippus the entire direction of affairs, with full authority to
act as he thought most advantageous. He at once acted upon this authority.
The dispositions for the He ordered out the elephants, and placed them in a
battle. single line in front of the whole army. The heavy
phalanx of the Carthaginians he stationed at a moderate interval in the rear
of these. He divided the mercenaries into three corps. One he stationed on
the right wing; while the other two, which consisted of the most active, he
placed with the cavalry on both wings. When the Romans saw that the
enemy were drawn up to offer them battle they readily advanced to accept
it. They were however alarmed at the elephants, and made special
arrangements with a view to resist their charge. They stationed the velites in
the van, and behind them the legionaries, many maniples deep, while they
divided the cavalry between the two wings. Their line of battle was thus less
extended than usual, but deeper. And though they had thereby made a
sufficient provision against the elephants, yet being far out-numbered in
cavalry, their provision in that part of the field was altogether inadequate.
At length both sides had made their dispositions according to their
respective plans of operation, and had placed their several men in the posts
assigned to them: and now they were standing drawn up in order, and were
each of them watching for the right moment for beginning the attack.
34. No sooner had Xanthippus given the order to the men on the elephants
The battle. to advance and disperse the lines in front of them, and

Page 88

to his cavalry to outflank both wings and charge the enemy, than the Roman
army—clashing their shields and spears together after their usual custom,
and simultaneously raising their battle-cry—charged the enemy. The Roman
cavalry being far out-numbered by the Carthaginians were soon in full
retreat on both wings. But the fortune of the several divisions of the infantry
was various. Those stationed on the left wing—partly because they could
avoid the elephants and partly because they thought contemptuously of the
mercenaries—charged the right wing of the Carthaginians, succeeded in
driving them from their ground, and pursued them as far as their
entrenchment. Those stationed in front of the elephants were less fortunate.
The maniples in front were thrown into utter confusion by the crushing
weight of the animals: knocked down and trampled upon by them they
perished in heaps upon the field; yet owing to its great depth the main body
The Romans are beaten remained for a time unbroken. But it was not for long.
and annihilated. The maniples on the rear found themselves outflanked
by the cavalry, and were forced to face round and resist them: those on the
other hand who forced their way to the front through the elephants, and had
now those beasts on their rear, found themselves confronted by the phalanx
of Carthaginians, which had not yet been in action and was still in close
unbroken order, and so were cut to pieces. This was followed by a general
rout. Most of the Romans were trampled to death by the enormous weight
of the elephants; the rest were shot down in their ranks by the numerous
cavalry: and there were only a very few who attempted to save themselves
by flight. But the flatness of the country was unfavourable to escape in this
manner. Some of the fugitives were destroyed by the elephants and cavalry;
Regulus made prisoner. while only those who fled with the general Regulus,
amounting perhaps to five hundred, were after a short
pursuit made prisoners with him to a man.
On the Carthaginian side there fell about eight hundred of the mercenaries,
those namely who had been stationed opposite the left wing of the Romans.
On the part of the Romans about two thousand survived. These were those
whom I have already described as having chased the Carthaginian right
wing to their entrenchment, and who were thus not involved in the general
engagement. The rest were entirely destroyed with the exception of those
who fled with Regulus. The surviving maniples escaped with considerable
difficulty to the town of Aspis. The Carthaginians stripped the dead, and

Page 89

taking with them the Roman general and the rest of their prisoners, returned
to the capital in a high state of exultation at the turn their affairs had now
taken.
35. This event conveys many useful lessons to a thoughtful observer. Above
all, the disaster of Regulus gives the clearest possible warning that no one
should feel too confident of the favours of Fortune, especially in the hour of
Eurip. fr. success. Here we see one, who a short time before
refused all pity or consideration to the fallen, brought
incontinently to beg them for his own life. Again, we are taught the truth of
that saying of Euripides—
One wise man’s skill is worth a world in arms.

For it was one man, one brain, that defeated the numbers which were
believed to be invincible and able to accomplish anything; and restored to
confidence a whole city that was unmistakably and utterly ruined, and the
spirits of its army which had sunk to the lowest depths of despair. I record
these things in the hope of benefiting my readers. There are two roads to
reformation for mankind—one through misfortunes of their own, the other
through those of others: the former is the most unmistakable, the latter the
less painful. One should never therefore voluntarily choose the former, for it
makes reformation a matter of great difficulty and danger; but we should
always look out for the latter, for thereby we can without hurt to ourselves
gain a clear view of the best course to pursue. It is this which forces us to
consider that the knowledge gained from the study of true history is the best
of all educations for practical life. For it is history, and history alone, which,
without involving us in actual danger, will mature our judgment and prepare
us to take right views, whatever may be the crisis or the posture of affairs.
36. To return to our narrative. Having obtained this complete success the
Xanthippus quits Carthaginians indulged in every sign of exultation.
Carthage. Thanksgivings were poured out to God, and joyful
congratulations interchanged among themselves. But Xanthippus, by whose
means such a happy change had been brought about and such an impulse
been given to the fortunes of Carthage, did not remain there long, but took
ship for home again. In this he showed his wisdom and discernment. For it
is the nature of extraordinary and conspicuous achievements to exasperate

Page 90

jealousies and envenom slander; against which a native may perhaps stand
with the support of kinsfolk and friends, but a foreigner when exposed to
one or the other of them is inevitably overpowered before long and put in
danger. There is however another account sometimes given of the departure
of Xanthippus, which I will endeavour at a more suitable opportunity to set
forth.
Upon this unlooked-for catastrophe in the Libyan campaign, the Roman
The Romans prepare a government at once set to work to fit out a fleet to take
fleet to relieve their off the men who were still surviving there; while the
beaten army.
Carthaginians followed up their success by sitting down
before Aspis, and besieging it, being anxious to get the survivors of the
battle into their hands. But failing to capture the place, owing to the
gallantry and determined courage of these men, they eventually raised the
siege. When they heard that the Romans were preparing their fleet, and
were intending to sail once more against Libya, they set about shipbuilding
also, partly repairing old vessels and partly constructing new. Before very
long they had manned and launched two hundred ships, and were on the
b.c. 255. Coss. Ser. watch for the coming of their enemies. By the
Fulvius Paetinus beginning of the summer the Romans had launched
Nobilior, M. Aemilius
Paullus.
three hundred and fifty vessels. They put them under
the command of the Consuls Marcus Aemilius and
Servius Fulvius, and despatched them. This fleet coasted along Sicily; made
for Libya; and having fallen in with the Carthaginian squadron off
Hermaeum, at once charged and easily turned them to flight; captured a
hundred and fourteen with their crews, and having taken on board their men
who had maintained themselves in Libya, started from Aspis on their return
voyage to Sicily.
37. The passage was effected in safety, and the coast of Camarina was
reached: but there they experienced so terrible a storm, and suffered so
The fleet is lost in a dreadfully, as almost to beggar description. The disaster
storm. was indeed extreme: for out of their three hundred and
sixty-four vessels eighty only remained. The rest were either swamped or
driven by the surf upon the rocks and headlands, where they went to pieces
and filled all the seaboard with corpses and wreckage. No greater
catastrophe is to be found in all history as befalling a fleet at one time. And
for this Fortune was not so much to blame as the commanders themselves.

Page 91

They had been warned again and again by the pilots not to steer along the
southern coast of Sicily facing the Libyan sea, because it was exposed and
yielded no safe anchorage; and because, of the two dangerous
Between June 28 and constellations, one had not yet set and the other was on
July 26. the point of rising (for their voyage fell between the
rising of Orion and that of the Dog Star). Yet they attended to none of these
warnings; but, intoxicated by their recent success, were anxious to capture
certain cities as they coasted along, and in pursuance of this idea
thoughtlessly exposed themselves to the full fury of the open sea. As far as
these particular men were concerned, the disaster which they brought upon
themselves in the pursuit of trivial advantages convinced them of the folly
of their conduct. But it is a peculiarity of the Roman people as a whole to
treat everything as a question of main strength; to consider that they must of
course accomplish whatever they have proposed to themselves; and that
nothing is impossible that they have once determined upon. The result of
such self-confidence is that in many things they do succeed, while in some
few they conspicuously fail, and especially at sea. On land it is against men
only and their works that they have to direct their efforts: and as the forces
against which they exert their strength do not differ intrinsically from their
own, as a general rule they succeed; while their failures are exceptional and
rare. But to contend with the sea and sky is to fight against a force
immeasurably superior to their own: and when they trust to an exertion of
sheer strength in such a contest the disasters which they meet with are
signal. This is what they experienced on the present occasion: they have
often experienced it since; and will continue to do so, as long as they
maintain their headstrong and foolhardy notion that any season of the year
admits of sailing as well as marching.
38. When the Carthaginians heard of the destruction which had befallen the
Roman fleet, they made up their minds that as their late victory had made
them a match for their enemy on land, so now the Roman catastrophe had
made them a match for him at sea. Accordingly they devoted themselves
with still greater eagerness than before to their naval and military
The Carthaginians renew preparations. And first, they lost no time in despatching
operations in Sicily. Hasdrubal to Sicily, and with him not only the soldiers
that they had already collected, but those also whom they had recalled from
Heracleia; and along with them they sent also a hundred and forty

Page 92

elephants. And next, after despatching him, they began fitting out two
hundred ships and making all other preparations necessary for a naval
expedition. Hasdrubal reached Lilybaeum safely, and immediately set to
work to train his elephants and drill his men, and showed his intention of
striking a blow for the possession of the open country.
The Roman government, when they heard of this from the survivors of the
wreck on their arrival home, felt it to be a grievous misfortune; but being
absolutely resolved not to give in, they determined once more to put two
hundred and twenty vessels on the stocks and build afresh. These were
b.c. 254. Coss. Gn. finished in three months, an almost incredibly short
Cornelius Scipio Asina time, and the new Consuls Aulus Atilius and Gnaeus
II., Aulus Atilius,
Calatinus II.
Cornelius fitted out the fleet and put to sea. As they
passed through the straits they took up from Messene
those of the vessels which had been saved from the wreck; and having thus
arrived with three hundred ships off Panormus, which is the strongest town
of all the Carthaginian province in Sicily, they began to besiege it. They
threw up works in two distinct places, and after other necessary
preparations brought up their battering rams. The tower next the sea was
destroyed with ease, and the soldiers forced their way in through the breach:
and so what is called the New Town was carried by assault; while what is
called the Old Town being placed by this event in imminent danger, its
inhabitants made haste to surrender it. Having thus made themselves
masters of the place, the army sailed back to Rome, leaving a garrison in
the town.
39. But next summer the new Consuls Gnaeus Servilius and Gaius
Sempronius put again to sea with their full strength, and after touching at
b.c. 253. Coss. Gn. Sicily started thence for Libya. There, as they coasted
Servilius Caepio, G. along the shore, they made a great number of descents
Sempronius Blaesus.
upon the country without accomplishing anything of
importance in any of them. At length they came to the island of the
Lotophagi called Mēnix, which is not far from the Lesser Syrtis. There,
from ignorance of the waters, they ran upon some shallows; the tide
receded, their ships went aground, and they were in extreme peril. However,
after a while the tide unexpectedly flowed back again, and by dint of
throwing overboard all their heavy goods they just managed to float the
ships. After this their return voyage was more like a flight than anything

Page 93

else. When they reached Sicily and had made the promontory of Lilybaeum
they cast anchor at Panormus. Thence they weighed anchor for Rome, and
rashly ventured upon the open sea-line as the shortest; but while on their
voyage they once more encountered so terrible a storm that they lost more
than a hundred and fifty ships.
The Romans after this misfortune, though they are eminently persistent in
b.c. 252. carrying out their undertakings, yet owing to the
severity and frequency of their disasters, now yielded to
the force of circumstances and refrained from constructing another fleet. All
the hopes still left to them they rested upon their land forces: and,
b.c. 251. Coss. Lucius accordingly, they despatched the Consuls Lucius
Caecilius Metellus, G. Caecilius and Gaius Furius with their legions to Sicily;
Furius Pacilus.
but they only manned sixty ships to carry provisions for
the legions. The fortunes of the Carthaginians had in their turn considerably
improved owing to the catastrophes I have described. They now
commanded the sea without let or hindrance, since the Romans had
abandoned it; while in their land forces their hopes were high. Nor was it
unreasonable that it should be so. The account of the battle of Libya had
reached the ears of the Romans: they had heard that the elephants had
broken their ranks and had killed the large part of those that fell: and they
were in such terror of them, that though during two years running after that
time they had on many occasions, in the territory either of Lilybaeum or
Selinus, found themselves in order of battle within five or six stades of the
enemy, they never plucked up courage to begin an attack, or in fact to come
down upon level ground at all, all because of their fear of an elephant
b.c. 252-251. charge. And in these two seasons all they did was to
reduce Therma and Lipara by siege, keeping close all
the while to mountainous districts and such as were difficult to cross. The
timidity and want of confidence thus displayed by their land forces induced
the Roman government to change their minds and once more to attempt
b.c. 250. success at sea. Accordingly, in the second consulship of
Caius Atilius and Lucius Manlius, we find them
ordering fifty ships to be built, enrolling sailors and energetically collecting
a naval armament.
40. Meanwhile Hasdrubal noticed the terror displayed by the Romans
whenever they had lately found themselves in the presence of the enemy.

Page 94

b.c. 251. He learnt also that one of the Consuls had departed and
gone to Italy, and that Caecilius was lingering in
Skirmishing at Panormus with the other half of the army, with the view
Panormus. of protecting the corn-crops of the allies just then ripe
for the harvest. He therefore got his troops in motion, marched out, and
encamped on the frontier of the territory of Panormus. Caecilius saw well
enough that the enemy had become supremely confident, and he was
anxious to draw him on; he therefore kept his men within the walls.
Hasdrubal imagined that Caecilius dared not come out to give him battle.
Elated with this idea, he pushed boldly forward with his whole army and
marched over the pass into the territory of Panormus. But though he was
destroying all the standing crops up to the very walls of the town, Caecilius
was not shaken from his resolution, but kept persistently to it, until he had
induced him to cross the river which lay between him and the town. But no
sooner had the Carthaginians got their elephants and men across, than
Caecilius commenced sending out his light-armed troops to harass them,
until he had forced them to get their whole army into fighting order. When
he saw that everything was happening as he designed it, he placed some of
his light troops to line the wall and moat, with instructions that if the
elephants came within range they should pour volleys of their missiles upon
them; but that whenever they found themselves being forced from their
ground by them, they should retreat into the moat, rush out of it again, and
hurl darts at the elephants which happened to be nearest. At the same time
he gave orders to the armourers in the market-place to carry the missiles
and heap them up outside at the foot of the wall. Meanwhile he took up his
own position with his maniples at the gate which was opposite the enemy’s
left wing, and kept despatching detachment after detachment to reinforce
his skirmishers. The engagement commenced by them becoming more and
more general, a feeling of emulation took possession of the officers in
charge of the elephants. They wished to distinguish themselves in the eyes
of Hasdrubal, and they desired that the credit of the victory should be theirs:
they therefore, with one accord, charged the advanced skirmishing parties
of the enemy, routed them with ease, and pursued them up to the moat. But
no sooner did the elephants thus come to close quarters than they were
wounded by the archers on the wall, and overwhelmed with volleys of pila
and javelins which poured thick and fast upon them from the men stationed
on the outer edge of the moat, and who had not yet been engaged,—and

Page 95

thus, studded all over with darts, and wounded past all bearing, they soon
got beyond control. They turned and bore down upon their own masters,
trampling men to death, and throwing their own lines into utter disorder and
confusion. When Caecilius saw this he led out his men with promptitude.
His troops were fresh; the enemy were in disorder; and he charged them
diagonally on the flank: the result was that he inflicted a severe defeat upon
them, killed a large number, and forced the rest into precipitate flight. Of
the elephants he captured ten along with their Indian riders: the rest which
had thrown their Indians he managed to drive into a herd after the battle,
and secured every one of them. This achievement gained him the credit on
all hands of having substantially benefited the Roman cause, by once more
restoring confidence to the army, and giving them the command of the open
country.
41. The announcement of this success at Rome was received with extreme
delight; not so much at the blow inflicted on the enemy by the loss of their
elephants, as at the confidence inspired in their own troops by a victory
over these animals. With their confidence thus restored, the Roman
government recurred to their original plan of sending out the Consuls upon
this service with a fleet and naval forces; for they were eager, by all means
in their power, to put a period to the war. Accordingly, in the fourteenth year
of the war, the supplies necessary for the despatch of the expedition were
got ready, and the Consuls set sail for Sicily with two hundred ships. They
b.c. 250. C. Caecilius dropped anchor at Lilybaeum; and the army having met
Regulus II., L. Manlius them there, they began to besiege it by sea and land.
Vulso II.
Their view was that if they could obtain possession of
this town they would have no difficulty in transferring the seat of war to
Libya. The Carthaginian leaders were of the same opinion, and entirely
agreed with the Roman view of the value of the place. They accordingly
subordinated everything else to this; devoted themselves to the relief of the
place at all hazards; and resolved to retain this town at any sacrifice: for
now that the Romans were masters of all the rest of Sicily, except Drepana,
it was the only foothold they had left in the island.
To understand my story a knowledge of the topography of the district is
necessary. I will therefore endeavour in a few words to convey a
comprehension to my readers of its geographical position and its peculiar
advantages.

Page 96

42. Sicily, then, lies towards Southern Italy very much in the same relative
position as the Peloponnese does to the rest of Greece. The only difference
is that the one is an island, the other a peninsula; and consequently in the
former case there is no communication except by sea, in the latter there is a
land communication also. The shape of Sicily is a triangle, of which the
several angles are represented by promontories: that to the south jutting out
into the Sicilian Sea is called Pachynus; that which looks to the north forms
the western extremity of the Straits of Messene and is about twelve stades
from Italy, its name is Pelorus; while the third projects in the direction of
Libya itself, and is conveniently situated opposite the promontories which
cover Carthage, at a distance of about a thousand stades: it looks somewhat
south of due west, dividing the Libyan from the Sardinian Sea, and is called
Lilybaeum. On this last there is a city of the same name. It was this city that
the Romans were now besieging. It was exceedingly strongly fortified: for
besides its walls there was a deep ditch running all round it, and on the side
of the sea it was protected by lagoons, to steer through which into the
harbour was a task requiring much skill and practice.
The Romans made two camps, one on each side of the town, and connected
Siege of Lilybaeum, them with a ditch, stockade, and wall. Having done this,
b.c. 250. they began the assault by advancing their siege-works
in the direction of the tower nearest the sea, which commands a view of the
Libyan main. They did this gradually, always adding something to what
they had already constructed; and thus bit by bit pushed their works forward
and extended them laterally, till at last they had brought down not only this
tower, but the six next to it also; and at the same time began battering all the
others with battering-rams. The siege was carried on with vigour and terrific
energy: every day some of the towers were shaken and others reduced to
ruins; every day too the siege-works advanced farther and farther, and more
and more towards the heart of the city. And though there were in the town,
besides the ordinary inhabitants, as many as ten thousand hired soldiers, the
consternation and despondency became overwhelming. Yet their
commander Himilco omitted no measure within his power. As fast as the
enemy demolished a fortification he threw up a new one; he also
countermined them, and reduced the assailants to straits of no ordinary
difficulty. Moreover, he made daily sallies, attempted to carry or throw fire
into the siege-works, and with this end in view fought many desperate

Page 97

engagements by night as well as by day: so determined was the fighting in
these struggles, that sometimes the number of the dead was greater than it
ordinarily is in a pitched battle.
43. But about this time some of the officers of highest rank in the
Attempted treason in mercenary army discussed among themselves a project
Lilybaeum. for surrendering the town to the Romans, being fully
persuaded that the men under their command would obey their orders. They
got out of the city at night, went to the enemy’s camp, and held a parley
with the Roman commander on the subject. But Alexon the Achaean, who
on a former occasion had saved Agrigentum from destruction when the
mercenary troops of Syracuse made a plot to betray it, was on this occasion
once more the first to detect this treason, and to report it to the general of
the Carthaginians. The latter no sooner heard it than he at once summoned a
meeting of those officers who were still in their quarters; and exhorted them
to loyalty with prayers and promises of liberal bounties and favours, if they
would only remain faithful to him, and not join in the treason of the officers
who had left the town. They received his speech with enthusiasm, and were
there and then commissioned by him, some to go to the Celts accompanied
by Hannibal, who was the son of the Hannibal killed in Sardinia, and who
had a previous acquaintance with that people gained in the expedition
against them; others to fetch the rest of the mercenary troops, accompanied
by Alexon, because he was liked and trusted by them. These officers then
proceeded to summon a meeting of their men and address them. They
pledged their own credit for the bounties promised them severally by the
General, and without difficulty persuaded the men to remain staunch. The
result was that when the officers, who had joined in the secret mission,
returned to the walls and tried to address their men, and communicate the
terms offered by the Romans, so far from finding any adherents, they could
not even obtain a hearing, but were driven from the wall with volleys of
stones and darts. But this treason among their mercenaries constituted a
serious danger: the Carthaginians had a narrow escape from absolute ruin,
and they owed their preservation from it to that same Alexon whose fidelity
had on a former occasion preserved for Agrigentum her territory,
constitution, and freedom.
44. Meanwhile the Carthaginians at home knew nothing of what was going
on. But they could calculate the requirements of a besieged garrison; and

Page 98

Hannibal relieves they accordingly filled fifty vessels with soldiers,
Lilybaeum. furnished their commander Hannibal, a son of
Hamilcar, and an officer and prime favourite of Adherbal’s, with
instructions suitable to the business in hand, and despatched him with all
speed: charging him to be guilty of no delay, to omit no opportunity, and to
shrink from no attempt however venturesome to relieve the besieged. He
put to sea with his ten thousand men, and dropped anchor at the islands
called Aegusae, which lie in the course between Lilybaeum and Carthage,
and there looked out for an opportunity of making Lilybaeum. At last a
strong breeze sprang up in exactly the right quarter: he crowded all sail and
bore down before the wind right upon the entrance of the harbour, with his
men upon the decks fully armed and ready for battle. Partly from
astonishment at this sudden appearance, partly from dread of being carried
along with the enemy by the violence of the gale into the harbour of their
opponents, the Romans did not venture to obstruct the entrance of the
reinforcement; but stood out at sea overpowered with amazement at the
audacity of the enemy.
The town population crowded to the walls, in an agony of anxiety as to
what would happen, no less than in an excess of joy at the unlooked-for
appearance of hope, and cheered on the crews as they sailed into the
harbour, with clapping hands and cries of gladness. To sail into the harbour
was an achievement of great danger; but Hannibal accomplished it
gallantly, and, dropping anchor there, safely disembarked his soldiers. The
exultation of all who were in the city was not caused so much by the
presence of the reinforcement, though they had thereby gained a strong
revival of hope, and a large addition to their strength, as by the fact that the
Romans had not dared to intercept the course of the Carthaginians.
45. Himilco, the general in command at Lilybaeum, now saw that both
A sally from Lilybaeum. divisions of his troops were in high spirits and eager for
service,—the original garrison owing to the presence of
the reinforcement, the newly arrived because they had as yet had no
experience of the hardships of the situation. He wished to take advantage of
the excited feelings of both parties, before they cooled, in order to organise
an attempt to set fire to the works of the besiegers. He therefore summoned
the whole army to a meeting, and dwelt upon the themes suitable to the
occasion at somewhat greater length than usual. He raised their zeal to an

Page 99

enthusiastic height by the magnitude of his promises for individual acts of
courage, and by declaring the favours and rewards which awaited them as
an army at the hands of the Carthaginians. His speech was received with
lively marks of satisfaction; and the men with loud shouts bade him delay
no more, but lead them into the field. For the present, however, he
contented himself with thanking them and expressing his delight at their
excellent spirit, and bidding them go early to rest and obey their officers,
dismissed them. But shortly afterwards he summoned the officers; assigned
to them severally the posts best calculated for the success of the
undertaking; communicated to them the watchword and the exact moment
the movement was to be made; and issued orders to the commanders to be
at the posts assigned with their men at the morning watch. His orders were
punctually obeyed: and at daybreak he led out his forces and made attempts
upon the siege-works at several points. But the Romans had not been blind
to what was coming, and were neither idle nor unprepared. Wherever help
was required it was promptly rendered; and at every point they made a stout
resistance to the enemy. Before long there was fighting all along the line,
and an obstinate struggle round the entire circuit of the wall; for the sallying
party were not less than twenty thousand strong, and their opponents more
numerous still. The contest was all the hotter from the fact that the men
were not fighting in their regular ranks, but indiscriminately, and as their
own judgment directed; the result of which was that a spirit of personal
emulation arose among the combatants, because, though the numbers
engaged were so great, there was a series of single combats between man
and man, or company and company. However, it was at the siege-works
themselves that the shouting was loudest and the throng of combatants the
densest. At these troops had been massed deliberately for attack and
defence. The assailants strove their utmost to dislodge the defenders, the
defenders exerted all their courage to hold their ground and not yield an
inch to the assailants,—and with such emulation and fury on both sides, that
they ended by falling at their posts rather than yield. But there were others
mingled with these, carrying torchwood and tow and fire, who made a
simultaneous attack upon the battering-rams at every point: hurling these
fiery missiles against them with such audacity, that the Romans were
reduced to the last extremity of danger, being quite unable to overpower the
attack of the enemy. But the general of the Carthaginians, seeing that he
It fails. was losing large numbers in the engagement, without

Page 100

being able to gain the object of the sortie, which was to take the siege-
works, ordered his trumpeters to sound a recall. So the Romans, after
coming within an ace of losing all their siege-gear, finally kept possession
of the works, and were able to maintain them all without dispute.
46. After this affair Hannibal eluded the enemy’s watch, and sailed out of
the harbour by night with his ships to Drepana, to join the Carthaginian
Commander-in-Chief, Adherbal. Drepana is about one hundred and twenty
stades from Lilybaeum, and was always an object of special care to the
Carthaginians from the convenience of its position and the excellence of its
harbour.
Now the Carthaginian government were anxious to learn the state of affairs
at Lilybaeum, but could not do so because the garrison was strictly
Hannibal the Rhodian blockaded, and the Romans were exceedingly vigilant.
offers to run the In this difficulty a nobleman, called Hannibal the
blockade.
Rhodian, came to them, and offered to run the
blockade, to see what was going on in Lilybaeum with his own eyes, and to
report. The offer delighted them, but they did not believe in the possibility
of its fulfilment with the Roman fleet lying at the very entrance of the
channel. However, the man fitted out his own private vessel and put to sea.
He first crossed to one of the islands lying off Lilybaeum. Next day he
obtained a wind in the right quarter, and about ten o’clock in the morning
actually sailed into the harbour in the full view of the enemy, who looked
on with amazement at his audacity. Next day he lost no time in setting about
a return voyage. The Roman Consul had determined on taking extra
precautions for watching the sea near the channel: with this view he had
during the night got ready his ten fastest-sailing vessels, and taking up a
position on shore close to the harbour mouth, was watching with his own
eyes what would happen. The whole army was watching also; while the
ships on both sides of the mouth of the channel got as close to the shallows
as it was possible to approach, and there rested with their oars out, and
ready to run down and capture the ship that was about to sail out. The
Rhodian, on his side, attempted no concealment. He put boldly to sea, and
so confounded the enemy by his audacity, and the speed of his vessel, that
he not only sailed out without receiving any damage to ship or crew,
scudding along the bows of the enemy as though they were fixed in their
places, but even brought his ship to, after running a short way ahead, and,

Page 101

with his oars out and ready, seemed to challenge the foe to a contest. When
none of them ventured to put out to attack him, because of the speed of his
rowing, he sailed away: having thus with his one ship successfully defied
the entire fleet of the enemy. From this time he frequently performed the
same feat, and proved exceedingly serviceable both to the government at
Carthage and the besieged garrison. To the former by informing them from
time to time of what was pressingly necessary; and to the latter by inspiring
them with confidence, and dismaying the Romans by his audacity.
47. What contributed most to encourage him to a repetition of the feat was
the fact that by frequent experience he had marked out the course for
himself by clear land marks. As soon as he had crossed the open sea, and
was coming into sight, he used to steer as though he were coming from
Italy, keeping the seaward tower exactly on his bows, in such a way as to be
in a line with the city towers which faced towards Libya; and this is the
only possible course to hit the mouth of the channel with the wind astern.
His example is followed The successful boldness of the Rhodian inspired several
by others. of those who were acquainted with these waters to
make similar attempts. The Romans felt themselves to be in a great
difficulty; and what was taking place determined them to attempt blocking
up the mouth of the harbour. The greater part of the attempted work was a
failure: the sea was too deep, and none of the material which they threw
into it would hold, or in fact keep in the least compact. The breakers and the
force of the current dislodged and scattered everything that was thrown in,
before it could even reach the bottom. But there was one point where the
water was shallow, at which a mole was with infinite labour made to hold
together; and upon it a vessel with four banks of oars and of unusually fine
build stuck fast as it was making the outward passage at night, and thus fell
The Rhodian is at length into the hands of the enemy. The Romans took
captured. possession of it, manned it with a picked crew, and used
it for keeping a look out for all who should try to enter the harbour, and
especially for the Rhodian. He had sailed in, as it happened, that very night,
and was afterwards putting out to sea again in his usual open manner. He
was, however, startled to see the four-banked vessel put out to sea again
simultaneously with himself. He recognised what ship it was, and his first
impulse was to escape her by his superior speed. But finding himself getting
overhauled by the excellence of her rowers, he was finally compelled to

Page 102

bring to and engage at close quarters. But in a struggle of marines he was at
a complete disadvantage: the enemy were superior in numbers, and their
soldiers were picked men; and he was made prisoner. The possession of this
ship of superior build enabled the Romans, by equipping her with whatever
was wanted for the service she had to perform, to intercept all who were
adventurous enough to try running the blockade of Lilybaeum.
48. Meanwhile, the besieged were energetically carrying on counterworks,
having abandoned the hope of damaging or destroying the constructions of
A storm having damaged the enemy. But in the midst of these proceedings a
the siege-works, the storm of wind, of such tremendous violence and fury,
Lilybaeans succeed in
burning them.
blew upon the machinery of the engines, that it wrecked
the pent-houses, and carried away by its force the
towers erected to cover them. Some of the Greek mercenaries perceived the
advantage such a state of things offered for the destruction of the siege-
works, and communicated their idea to the commander. He caught at the
suggestion, and lost no time in making every preparation suitable to the
undertaking. Then the young men mustered at three several points, and
threw lighted brands into the enemy’s works. The length of time during
which these works had been standing made them exactly in the proper state
to catch fire easily; and when to this was added a violent wind, blowing
right upon the engines and towers, the natural result was that the spreading
of the fire became rapid and destructive; while all attempts on the Roman
side to master it, and rescue their works, had to be abandoned as difficult or
wholly impracticable. Those who tried to come to the rescue were so
appalled at the scene, that they could neither fully grasp nor clearly see
what was going on. Flames, sparks, and volumes of smoke blew right in
their faces and blinded them; and not a few dropped down and perished
without ever getting near enough to attempt to combat the fire. The same
circumstances, which caused these overwhelming difficulties to the
besiegers, favoured those who were throwing the fire-brands in exactly the
same proportion. Everything that could obscure their vision or hurt them
was blown clean away and carried into the faces of the enemy; while their
being able to see the intervening space enabled the shooters to take a good
aim at those of the enemy who came to the rescue, and the throwers of the
fire-brands to lodge them at the proper places for the destruction of the
works. The violence of the wind, too, contributed to the deadly effect of the

Page 103

missiles by increasing the force of their blows. Eventually the destruction
was so complete, that the foundations of the siege-towers and the blocks of
the battering-rams were rendered unusable by the fire. In spite of this
disaster, though they gave up the idea of assaulting the place any longer by
means of their works, the Romans still persisted. They surrounded the town
with a ditch and stockade, threw up an additional wall to secure their own
encampment, and left the completion of their purpose to time. Nor were the
besieged less determined. They repaired the part of their walls which had
been thrown down, and prepared to endure the siege with good courage.
49. When the announcement of these events at Rome was followed by
The Roman army is reiterated tidings that the larger part of the crews of the
reinforced. fleet had been destroyed, either at the works, or in the
general conduct of the siege, the Roman government set zealously to work
to enlist sailors; and, having collected as many as ten thousand, sent them to
Sicily. They crossed the straits, and reached the camp on foot; and when
they had joined, Publius Claudius, the Consul, assembled his tribunes, and
said that it was just the time to sail to the attack of Drepana with the whole
b.c. 249. Coss. P. squadron: for that Adherbal,139 who was in command
Claudius Pulcher, L. there, was quite unprepared for such an event, because
Junius Pullus.
he as yet knew nothing of the new crews having
arrived; and was fully persuaded that their fleet could not sail, owing to
their loss of men in the siege. His proposition met with a ready assent from
the council of officers, and he immediately set about getting his men on
board, the old crews as well as those who had recently joined. As for
marines, he selected the best men from the whole army, who were ready
enough to join an expedition which involved so short a voyage and so
Claudius sails to attack immediate and certain an advantage. Having completed
Drepana. these preparations, he set sail about midnight, without
being detected by the enemy; and for the first part of the day he sailed in
close order, keeping the land on his right. By daybreak the leading ships
could be seen coming towards Drepana; and at the first sight of them
Adherbal was overwhelmed with surprise. He quickly recovered his self-
possession however: and, fully appreciating the significance of the enemy’s
attack, he determined to try every manœuvre, and hazard every danger,
rather than allow himself and his men to be shut up in the blockade which
threatened them. He lost no time in collecting his rowing-crews upon the

Page 104

beach, and summoning the mercenary soldiers who were in the town by
proclamation. When the muster had taken place, he endeavoured to impress
upon them in a few words what good hopes of victory they had, if they
were bold enough to fight at sea; and what hardships they would have to
endure in a blockade, if they hesitated from any fear of danger and played
the coward. The men showed a ready enthusiasm for the sea-fight, and
demanded with shouts that he would lead them to it without delay. He
thanked them, praised their zeal, and gave the order to embark with all
speed, to keep their eyes upon his ship, and follow in its wake. Having
made these instructions clear as quickly as he could, he got under weigh
himself first, and guided his fleet close under the rocks, on the opposite side
of the harbour to that by which the enemy were entering.
50. When the Consul Publius saw, to his surprise, that the enemy, so far
Unexpected resistance of from giving in or being dismayed at his approach, were
Adherbal. The Roman determined upon fighting him at sea: while of his own
fleet checked.
ships some were already within the harbour, others just
in the very entrance channel, and others still on their way towards it; he at
once issued orders to all the ships to turn round and make the best of their
way out again. The result of this was that, as some of the ships were in the
harbour, and others at the entrance, they fouled each other when they began
reversing their course; and not only did a great confusion arise among the
men, but the ships got their oars broken also in the collisions which
occurred. However, the captains exerted themselves to get the ships into
line close under the shore, as they successively cleared the harbour, and
with their prows directed towards the enemy. Publius himself was originally
bringing up the rear of the entire squadron; but he now, while the movement
was actually in execution, turned towards the open sea and transferred
himself to a position on the left wing of the fleet. At the same moment
Adherbal succeeded in outflanking the left of his opponents with five
vessels furnished with charging beaks. He turned his own ship with its prow
towards the enemy, and brought to. As each of the others came up, and fell
into line with him, he sent orders to them by his staff officers to do the same
as he had done. Thus they all fell in and formed a complete line. The signal
which had been agreed upon before was given, and an advance was begun,
which was made at first without disarranging the line. The Romans were
still close in-shore, waiting for the coming out of their ships from the

Page 105

harbour; and this proximity to the land proved of infinite disadvantage to
them in the engagement.
51. And now the fleets were within a short distance of each other: the
The battle. signals were raised from the ships of the respective
commanders; the charge was made; and ship grappled
with ship. At first the engagement was evenly balanced, because each fleet
had the pick of their land forces serving as marines on board. But as it went
on the many advantages which, taking it as a whole, the Carthaginians
possessed, gave them a continually increasing superiority. Owing to the
better construction of their ships they had much the advantage in point of
speed, while their position with the open sea behind them materially
contributed to their success, by giving them freer space for their
manœuvres. Were any of them hard pressed by the enemy? Their speed
secured them a sure escape, and a wide expanse of water was open to their
flight. There they would swing round and attack the leading ships which
were pursuing them: sometimes rowing round them and charging their
broadsides, at other times running alongside them as they lurched
awkwardly round, from the weight of the vessels and the unskilfulness of
the crews. In this way they were charging perpetually, and managed to sink
a large number of the ships. Or was one of their number in danger? They
were ready to come to the rescue, being out of danger themselves, and
being able to effect a movement to right or left, by steering along the sterns
of their own ships and through the open sea unmolested. The case of the
The Romans beaten. Romans was exactly the reverse. If any of them were
hard pressed, there was nowhere for them to retreat, for
they were fighting close to the shore; and any ship of theirs that was hard
driven by the enemy either backed into shallow water and stuck fast, or ran
ashore and was stranded. Moreover, that most effective of all manœuvres in
sea fights,—sailing through the enemy’s line and appearing on their stern
while they are engaged with others,—was rendered impossible for them,
owing to the bulk of their vessels; and still more so by the unskilfulness of
their crews. Nor, again, were they able to bring help from behind to those
who wanted it, because they were hemmed in so close to the shore that
there was not the smallest space left in which those who wished to render
such help might move. When the Consul saw how ill things were going for
him all along the line; when he saw some of his ships sticking fast in the

Page 106

shallows, and others cast ashore; he took to flight. Thirty other ships which
happened to be near him followed him as he sailed from the left, and
coasted along the shore. But the remaining vessels, which amounted to
ninety-three, the Carthaginians captured with their crews, except in the case
of those who ran their ships ashore and got away.
52. The result of this sea fight gave Adherbal a high reputation at Carthage;
for his success was looked upon as wholly due to himself, and his own
foresight and courage: while at Rome Publius fell into great disrepute, and
was loudly censured as having acted without due caution or calculation, and
as having during his administration, as far as a single man could, involved
Rome in serious disasters. He was accordingly some time afterwards
brought to trial, was heavily fined, and exposed to considerable danger. Not
that the Romans gave way in consequence of these events. On the contrary,
The Romans not they omitted nothing that was within their power to do,
discouraged send the and continued resolute to prosecute the campaign. It
Consul L. Junius with a
large supply of
was now the time for the Consular elections: as soon as
provisions in 800 they were over and two Consuls appointed; one of
transports, convoyed by them, Lucius Junius,140 was immediately sent to convey
60 ships of war to
Lilybaeum. corn to the besiegers of Lilybaeum, and other
provisions and supplies necessary for the army, sixty
ships being also manned to convoy them. Upon his arrival at Messene,
Junius took over such ships as he found there to meet him, whether from the
army or from the other parts of Sicily, and coasted along with all speed to
Syracuse, with a hundred and twenty ships, and his supplies on board about
eight hundred transports. Arrived there, he handed over to the Quaestors
half his transports and some of his war-ships, and sent them off, being very
anxious that what the army needed should reach them promptly. He
remained at Syracuse himself, waiting for such of his ships as had not yet
arrived from Messene, and collecting additional supplies of corn from the
allies in the central districts of the island.
53. Meanwhile Adherbal sent the prisoners he had taken in the sea fight,
and the captured vessels, to Carthage; and giving Carthalo his colleague
thirty vessels, in addition to the seventy in command of which he had come,
despatched him with instructions to make a sudden attack upon the enemy’s
ships that were at anchor off Lilybaeum, capture all he could, and set fire to
the rest. In obedience to these instructions Carthalo accomplished his

Page 107

Carthalo tries to passage just before daybreak, fired some of the vessels,
and towed off others. Great was the commotion at the
intercept the transports.
quarters of the Romans. For as they hurried to the rescue of the ships, the
attention of Himilco, the commander of the garrison, was aroused by their
shouts; and as the day was now beginning to break, he could see what was
happening, and despatched the mercenary troops who were in the town.
Thus the Romans found themselves surrounded by danger on every side,
and fell into a state of consternation more than usually profound and
serious. The Carthaginian admiral contented himself with either towing off
or breaking up some few of their vessels, and shortly afterwards coasted
along under the pretence of making for Heracleia: though he was really
lying in wait, with the view of intercepting those who were coming by sea
to the Roman army. When his look-out men brought him word that a
considerable number of vessels of all sorts were bearing down upon him,
and were now getting close, he stood out to sea and started to meet them:
for the success just obtained over the Romans inspired him with such
contempt for them, that he was eager to come to an engagement. The
vessels in question were those which had been despatched in advance under
the charge of the Quaestors from Syracuse. And they too had warning of
their danger. Light boats were accustomed to sail in advance of a squadron,
and these announced the approach of the enemy to the Quaestors; who
being convinced that they were not strong enough to stand a battle at sea,
dropped anchor under a small fortified town which was subject to Rome,
and which, though it had no regular harbour, yet possessed roadsteads, and
headlands projecting from the mainland, and surrounding the roadsteads, so
as to form a convenient refuge. There they disembarked; and having set up
some catapults and ballistae, which they got from the town, awaited the
approach of the enemy. When the Carthaginians arrived, their first idea was
to blockade them: for they supposed that the men would be terrified and
retreat to the fortified town, leaving them to take possession of the vessels
without resistance. Their expectations, however, were not fulfilled; and
finding that the men on the contrary resisted with spirit, and that the
situation of the spot presented many difficulties of every description, they
sailed away again after towing off some few of the transports laden with
provisions, and retired to a certain river, in which they anchored and kept a
look out for the enemy to renew their voyage.

Page 108

54. In complete ignorance of what had happened to his advanced squadron,
the Consul, who had remained behind at Syracuse, after completing all he
meant to do there, put to sea; and, after rounding Pachynus, was proceeding
on his voyage to Lilybaeum. The appearance of the enemy was once more
signalled to the Carthaginian admiral by his look-out men, and he at once
put out to sea, with the view of engaging them as far as possible away from
their comrades. Junius saw the Carthaginian fleet from a considerable
distance, and observing their great numbers did not dare to engage them,
and yet found it impossible to avoid them by flight because they were now
too close. He therefore steered towards land, and anchored under a rocky
and altogether dangerous part of the shore; for he judged it better to run all
risks rather than allow his squadron, with all its men, to fall into the hands
of the enemy. The Carthaginian admiral saw what he had done; and
determined that it was unadvisable for him to engage the enemy, or bring
his ships near such a dangerous place. He therefore made for a certain
headland between the two squadrons of the enemy, and there kept a look
out upon both with equal vigilance. Presently, however, the weather became
rough, and there was an appearance of an unusually dangerous disturbance
setting in from the sea. The Carthaginian pilots, from their knowledge of the
particular localities, and of seamanship generally, foresaw what was
coming; and persuaded Carthalo to avoid the storm and round the
promontory of Pachynus.141 He had the good sense to take their advice: and
The Roman fleet is accordingly these men, with great exertions and
wrecked. extreme difficulty, did get round the promontory and
anchored in safety; while the Romans, being exposed to the storm in places
entirely destitute of harbours, suffered such complete destruction, that not
one of the wrecks even was left in a state available for use. Both of their
squadrons in fact were completely disabled to a degree past belief.
55. This occurrence caused the Carthaginian interests to look up again and
The Romans abandon their hopes to revive. But the Romans, though they had
the sea. met with partial misfortunes before, had never suffered
a naval disaster so complete and final. They, in fact, abandoned the sea, and
confined themselves to holding the country; while the Carthaginians
remained masters of the sea, without wholly despairing of the land.
Great and general was the dismay both at Rome and in the camp at
Lilybaeum. Yet they did not abandon their determination of starving out that

Page 109

Lucius Junius perseveres town. The Roman government did not allow their
in the siege. b.c. 248. disasters to prevent their sending provisions into the
camp overland; and the besiegers kept up the investment as strictly as they
possibly could. Lucius Junius joined the camp after the shipwreck, and,
being in a state of great distress at what had happened, was all eagerness to
strike some new and effective blow, and thus repair the disaster which had
befallen him. Accordingly he took the first slight opening that offered to
Eryx. surprise and seize Eryx; and became master both of the
temple of Aphrodite and of the city. This is a mountain
close to the sea-coast on that side of Sicily which looks towards Italy,
between Drepana and Panormus, but nearer to Drepana of the two. It is by
far the greatest mountain in Sicily next to Aetna; and on its summit, which
is flat, stands the temple of Erycinian Aphrodite, confessedly the most
splendid of all the temples in Sicily for its wealth and general magnificence.
The town stands immediately below the summit, and is approached by a
very long and steep ascent. Lucius seized both town and temple; and
established a garrison both upon the summit and at the foot of the road to it
from Drepana. He kept a strict guard at both points, but more especially at
the foot of the ascent, believing that by so doing he should secure
possession of the whole mountain as well as the town.
56. Next year, the eighteenth of the war, the Carthaginians appointed
Hamilcar Barcas general, and put the management of the fleet in his hands.
b.c. 247. He took over the command, and started to ravage the
Italian coast. After devastating the districts of Locri,
and the rest of Bruttium, he sailed away with his whole fleet to the coast of
Occupation of Hercte by Panormus and seized on a place called Hercte, which
Hamilcar. lies between Eryx and Panormus on the coast, and is
reputed the best situation in the district for a safe and permanent camp. For
it is a mountain rising sheer on every side, standing out above the
surrounding country to a considerable height. The table-land on its summit
has a circumference of not less than a hundred stades, within which the soil
is rich in pasture and suitable for agriculture; the sea-breezes render it
healthy; and it is entirely free from all dangerous animals. On the side
which looks towards the sea, as well as that which faces the central part of
the island, it is enclosed by inaccessible precipices; while the spaces
between them require only slight fortifications, and of no great extent, to

Page 110

make them secure. There is in it also an eminence, which serves at once as
an acropolis and as a convenient tower of observation, commanding the
surrounding district. It also commands a harbour conveniently situated for
the passage from Drepana and Lilybaeum to Italy, in which there is always
abundant depth of water; finally, it can only be reached by three ways—two
from the land side, one from the sea, all of them difficult. Here Hamilcar
entrenched himself. It was a bold measure: but he had no city which he
could count upon as friendly, and no other hope on which he could rely; and
though by so doing he placed himself in the very midst of the enemy, he
nevertheless managed to involve the Romans in many struggles and
dangers. To begin with, he would start from this place and ravage the
seaboard of Italy as far as Cumae; and again on shore, when the Romans
had pitched a camp to overawe him, in front of the city of Panormus, within
about five stades of him, he harassed them in every sort of way, and forced
b.c. 247-244. them to engage in numerous skirmishes, for the space
of nearly three years. Of these combats it is impossible
to give a detailed account in writing.
57. It is like the case of two boxers, eminent alike for their courage and
their physical condition, engaged in a formal contest for the prize. As the
match goes on, blow after blow is interchanged without intermission; but to
anticipate, or keep account of every feint or every blow delivered is
impossible for combatants and spectators alike. Still one may conceive a
sufficiently distinct idea of the affair by taking into account the general
activity of the men, the ambition actuating each side, and the amount of
their experience, strength, and courage. The same may be said of these two
generals. No writer could set down, and no reader would endure the
wearisome and profitless task of reading, a detailed statement of the
transactions of every day; why they were undertaken, and how they were
carried out. For every day had its ambuscade on one side or the other, its
attack, or assault. A general assertion in regard to the men, combined with
the actual result of their mutual determination to conquer, will give a far
better idea of the facts. It may be said then, generally, that nothing was left
untried,—whether it be stratagems which could be learnt from history, or
plans suggested by the necessities of the hour and the immediate
circumstances of the case, or undertakings depending upon an adventurous
spirit and a reckless daring. The matter, however, for several reasons, could

Page 111

not be brought to a decisive issue. In the first place, the forces on either side
were evenly matched: and in the second place, while the camps were in the
case of both equally impregnable, the space which separated the two was
very small. The result of this was that skirmishes between detached parties
on both sides were always going on during the day, and yet nothing decisive
occurred. For though the men actually engaged in such skirmishes from
time to time were cut to pieces, it did not affect the main body. They had
only to wheel round to find themselves out of the reach of danger behind
their own defences. Once there, they could face about and again engage the
enemy.
58. Presently however Fortune, acting like a good umpire in the games,
transferred them by a bold stroke from the locality just described, and the
Siege of Eryx, b.c. 244. contest in which they were engaged, to a struggle of
greater danger and a locality of narrower dimensions.
The Romans, as we have said, were in occupation of the summit of Eryx,
and had a guard stationed at its foot. But Hamilcar managed to seize the
town which lay between these two spots. There ensued a siege of the
Romans who were on the summit, supported by them with extraordinary
hardihood and adventurous daring: while the Carthaginians, finding
themselves between two hostile armies, and their supplies brought to them
with difficulty, because they were in communication with the sea at only
one point and by one road, yet held out with a determination that passes
belief. Every contrivance which skill or force could sustain did they put in
use against each other, as before; every imaginable privation was submitted
to; surprises and pitched battles were alike tried: and finally they left the
combat a drawn one, not, as Fabius says, from utter weakness and misery,
but like men still unbroken and unconquered. The fact is that before either
party had got completely the better of the other, though they had maintained
b.c. 243-242. the conflict for another two years, the war happened to
be decided in quite a different manner.
Such was the state of affairs at Eryx and with the forces employed there.
The obstinate persistence The two nations engaged were like well-bred game-
of the Romans and cocks that fight to their last gasp. You may see them
Carthaginians.
often, when too weak to use their wings, yet full of
pluck to the end, and striking again and again. Finally, chance brings them

Page 112

the opportunity of once more grappling, and they hold on until one or other
of them drops down dead.
59. So it was with the Romans and Carthaginians. They were worn out by
the labours of the war; the perpetual succession of hard fought struggles
was at last driving them to despair; their strength had become paralysed,
and their resources reduced almost to extinction by war-taxes and expenses
extending over so many years. And yet the Romans did not give in. For the
last five years indeed they had entirely abandoned the sea, partly because of
the disasters they had sustained there, and partly because they felt confident
of deciding the war by means of their land forces; but they now determined
for the third time to make trial of their fortune in naval warfare. They saw
that their operations were not succeeding according to their calculations,
mainly owing to the obstinate gallantry of the Carthaginian general. They
therefore adopted this resolution from a conviction that by this means alone,
if their design were but well directed, would they be able to bring the war to
a successful conclusion. In their first attempt they had been compelled to
abandon the sea by disasters arising from sheer bad luck; in their second by
the loss of the naval battle off Drepana. This third attempt was successful:
they shut off the Carthaginian forces at Eryx from getting their supplies by
sea, and eventually put a period to the whole war. Nevertheless it was
The Romans once more essentially an effort of despair. The treasury was empty,
fit out a fleet. and would not supply the funds necessary for the
undertaking, which were, however, obtained by the patriotism and
generosity of the leading citizens. They undertook singly, or by two or three
combining, according to their means, to supply a quinquereme fully fitted
out, on the understanding that they were to be repaid if the expedition was
successful. By these means a fleet of two hundred quinqueremes were
quickly prepared, built on the model of the ship of the Rhodian. Gaius
b.c. 242. Coss. C. Lutatius was then appointed to the command, and
Lutatius Catulus, A. despatched at the beginning of the summer. His
Postumius Albinus.
appearance on the coasts of Sicily was a surprise: the
whole of the Carthaginian fleet had gone home; and he took possession
both of the harbour near Drepana, and the roadsteads near Lilybaeum. He
then threw up works round the city on Drepana, and made other
preparations for besieging it. And while he pushed on these operations with
all his might, he did not at the same time lose sight of the approach of the

Page 113

Carthaginian fleet. He kept in mind the original idea of this expedition, that
it was by a victory at sea alone that the result of the whole war could be
decided. He did not, therefore, allow the time to be wasted or unemployed.
He practised and drilled his crews every day in the manœuvres which they
would be called upon to perform; and by his attention to discipline
generally brought his sailors in a very short time to the condition of trained
athletes for the contest before them.
60. That the Romans should have a fleet afloat once more, and be again
bidding for the mastery at sea, was a contingency wholly unexpected by the
The Carthaginians send Carthaginians. They at once set about fitting out their
Hanno with a fleet. ships, loaded them with corn and other provisions, and
despatched their fleet: determined that their troops round Eryx should not
run short of necessary provisions. Hanno, who was appointed to command
the fleet, put to sea and arrived at the island called Holy Isle. He was eager
as soon as possible, if he could escape the observation of the enemy, to get
across to Eryx; disembark his stores; and having thus lightened his ships,
take on board as marines those of the mercenary troops who were suitable
to the service, and Barcas with them; and not to engage the enemy until he
had thus reinforced himself. But Lutatius was informed of the arrival of
Hanno’s squadron, and correctly interpreted their design. He at once took
on board the best soldiers of his army, and crossed to the Island of Aegusa,
which lies directly opposite Lilybaeum. There he addressed his forces some
words suitable to the occasion, and gave full instructions to the pilots, with
the understanding that a battle was to be fought on the morrow. At daybreak
10th March b.c. 241. A the next morning Lutatius found that a strong breeze
strong breeze is blowing. had sprung up on the stern of the enemy, and that an
advance towards them in the teeth of it would be difficult for his ships. The
sea too was rough and boisterous: and for a while he could not make up his
mind what he had better do in the circumstances. Finally, however, he was
decided by the following considerations. If he boarded the enemy’s fleet
during the continuance of the storm, he would only have to contend with
Hanno, and the levies of sailors which he had on board, before they could
be reinforced by the troops, and with ships which were still heavily laden
with stores: but if he waited for calm weather, and allowed the enemy to get
across and unite with their land forces, he would then have to contend with
ships lightened of their burden, and therefore in a more navigable condition,

Page 114

and against the picked men of the land forces; and what was more
formidable than anything else, against the determined bravery of Hamilcar.
He made up his mind, therefore, not to let the present opportunity slip; and
Lutatius however when he saw the enemy’s ships crowding sail, he put to
decides to fight. sea with all speed. The rowers, from their excellent
physical condition, found no difficulty in overcoming the heavy sea, and
Lutatius soon got his fleet into single line with prows directed to the foe.
61. When the Carthaginians saw that the Romans were intercepting their
The battle of Aegusa. passage across, they lowered their masts, and after
some words of mutual exhortation had been uttered in
the several ships, closed with their opponents. But the respective state of
equipment of the two sides was exactly the converse of what it had been in
the battle off Drepana; and the result of the battle was, therefore, naturally
reversed also. The Romans had reformed their mode of shipbuilding, and
had eased their vessels of all freight, except the provisions necessary for the
battle: while their rowers having been thoroughly trained and got well
together, performed their office in an altogether superior manner, and were
backed up by marines who, being picked men from the legions, were all but
invincible. The case with the Carthaginians was exactly the reverse. Their
ships were heavily laden and therefore unmanageable in the engagement;
while their rowers were entirely untrained, and merely put on board for the
emergency; and such marines as they had were raw recruits, who had never
had any previous experience of any difficult or dangerous service. The fact
is that the Carthaginian government never expected that the Romans would
again attempt to dispute the supremacy at sea: they had, therefore, in
contempt for them, neglected their navy. The result was that, as soon as they
closed, their manifold disadvantages quickly decided the battle against
Victory of the Romans. them. They had fifty ships sunk, and seventy taken with
their crews. The rest set their sails, and running before
the wind, which luckily for them suddenly veered round at the nick of time
to help them, got away again to Holy Isle. The Roman Consul sailed back to
Lilybaeum to join the army, and there occupied himself in making
arrangements for the ships and men which he had captured; which was a
business of considerable magnitude, for the prisoners made in the battle
amounted to little short of ten thousand.

Page 115

62. As far as strength of feeling and desire for victory were concerned, this
unexpected reverse did not diminish the readiness of the Carthaginians to
carry on the war; but when they came to reckon up their resources they
Barcas makes terms. were at a complete standstill. On the one hand, they
could not any longer send supplies to their forces in
Sicily, because the enemy commanded the sea: on the other, to abandon
and, as it were, to betray these, left them without men and without leaders
to carry on the war. They therefore sent a despatch to Barcas with all speed,
leaving the decision of the whole matter in his hands. Nor was their
confidence misplaced. He acted the part of a gallant general and a sensible
man. As long as there was any reasonable hope of success in the business he
had in hand, nothing was too adventurous or too dangerous for him to
attempt; and if any general ever did so, he put every chance of victory to the
fullest proof. But when all his endeavours miscarried, and no reasonable
expectation was left of saving his troops, he yielded to the inevitable, and
sent ambassadors to treat of peace and terms of accommodation. And in this
he showed great good sense and practical ability; for it is quite as much the
duty of a leader to be able to see when it is time to give in, as when it is the
time to win a victory. Lutatius was ready enough to listen to the proposal,
because he was fully aware that the resources of Rome were at the lowest
ebb from the strain of the war; and eventually it was his fortune to put an
end to the contest by a treaty of which I here give the terms. “Friendship is
The treaty, b.c. 242. established between the Carthaginians and Romans on
the following terms, provided always that they are
ratified by the Roman people. The Carthaginians shall evacuate the whole
of Sicily: they shall not make war upon Hiero, nor bear arms against the
Syracusans or their allies. The Carthaginians shall give up to the Romans
all prisoners without ransom. The Carthaginians shall pay to the Romans in
twenty years 2200 Euboic talents of silver.”142
63. When this treaty was sent to Rome the people refused to accept it, but
sent ten commissioners to examine into the business. Upon their arrival
they made no change in the general terms of the treaty, but they introduced
some slight alterations in the direction of increased severity towards
Carthage. Thus they reduced the time allowed for the payment of the
indemnity by one half; they added a thousand talents to the sum demanded;

Page 116

and extended the evacuation of Sicily to all islands lying between Sicily and
Italy.
Such were the conditions on which the war was ended, after lasting twenty-
Greatness of the war. four years continuously. It was at once the longest, most
continuous, and most severely contested war known to
us in history. Apart from the other battles fought and the preparations made,
which I have described in my previous chapters, there were two sea fights,
in one of which the combined numbers of the two fleets exceeded five
hundred quinqueremes, in the other nearly approached seven hundred. In
the course of the war, counting what were destroyed by shipwreck, the
Romans lost seven hundred quinqueremes, the Carthaginians five hundred.
Those therefore who have spoken with wonder of the sea-battles of an
Antigonus, a Ptolemy, or a Demetrius, and the greatness of their fleets,
would we may well believe have been overwhelmed with astonishment at
the hugeness of these proportions if they had had to tell the story of this
war.143 If, further, we take into consideration the superior size of the
quinqueremes, compared with the triremes employed by the Persians
against the Greeks, and again by the Athenians and Lacedaemonians in their
wars with each other, we shall find that never in the whole history of the
world have such enormous forces contended for mastery at sea.
These considerations will establish my original observation, and show the
falseness of the opinion entertained by certain Greeks. It was not by mere
chance or without knowing what they were doing that the Romans struck
their bold stroke for universal supremacy and dominion, and justified their
boldness by its success. No: it was the natural result of discipline gained in
the stern school of difficulty and danger.
64. And no doubt the question does naturally arise here as to why they find
it impossible in our days to man so many ships, or take the sea with such
large fleets, though masters of the world, and possessing a superiority over
others many times as great as before. The explanation of this difficulty will
be clearly understood when we come to the description of their civil
constitution. I look upon this description as a most important part of my
work, and one demanding close attention on the part of my readers. For the
subject is calculated to afford pleasure in the contemplation, and is up to
this time so to speak absolutely unknown, thanks to historians, some of

Page 117

whom have been ignorant, while others have given so confused an account
of it as to be practically useless. For the present it suffices to say that, as far
as the late war was concerned, the two nations were closely matched in the
character of the designs they entertained, as well as in the lofty courage
they showed in prosecuting them: and this is especially true of the eager
ambition displayed on either side to secure the supremacy. But in the
individual gallantry of their men the Romans had decidedly the advantage;
while we must credit the Carthaginians with the best general of the day both
for genius and daring. I mean Hamilcar Barcas, own father of Rome’s
future enemy Hannibal.
65. The confirmation of this peace was followed by events which involved
both nations in a struggle of an identical or similar nature. At Rome the late
war was succeeded by a social war against the Faliscans, which, however,
they brought to a speedy and successful termination by the capture of
War between Rome and Falerii after only a few days’ siege. The Carthaginians
Falerii. were not so fortunate. Just about the same time they
found themselves confronted by three enemies at once, their own
mercenaries, the Numidians, and such Libyans as joined the former in their
The mercenary war, revolt. And this war proved to be neither insignificant
b.c. 241. nor contemptible. It exposed them to frequent and
terrible alarms; and, finally, it became a question to them not merely of a
loss of territory, but of their own bare existence, and of the safety of the
very walls and buildings of their city. There are many reasons that make it
worth while to dwell upon the history of this war: yet I must give only a
summary account of it, in accordance with the original plan of this work.
The nature and peculiar ferocity of the struggle, which has been generally
called the “truceless war,” may be best learnt from its incidents. It conveys
two important lessons: it most conspicuously shows those who employ
mercenaries what dangers they should foresee and provide against; and
secondly, it teaches how wide the distinction is between the character of
troops composed of a confused mass of uncivilised tribes, and of those
which have had the benefit of education, the habits of social life, and the
restraints of law. But what is of most importance to us is, that we may trace
from the actual events of this period the causes which led to the war
between Rome and Carthage in the time of Hannibal. These causes have not
only been a subject of dispute among historians, but still continue to be so

Page 118

among those who were actually engaged; it is therefore a matter of
importance to enable students to form an opinion on this matter as nearly as
possible in accordance with the truth.
66. The course of events at Carthage subsequent to the peace was as
Evacuation of Sicily. follows: As soon as possible after it was finally ratified
Barcas withdrew the troops at Eryx to Lilybaeum, and
then immediately laid down his command. Gesco, who was commandant of
the town, proceeded to transport the soldiers into Libya. But foreseeing
what was likely to happen, he very prudently embarked them in
detachments, and did not send them all in one voyage. His object was to
gain time for the Carthaginian government; so that one detachment should
come to shore, receive the pay due to them, and depart from Carthage to
their own country, before the next detachment was brought across and
joined them. In accordance with this idea Gesco began the transportation of
the troops. But the Government—partly because the recent expenses had
reduced their finances to a low ebb, partly because they felt certain that, if
they collected the whole force and entertained them in Carthage, they
would be able to persuade the mercenaries to accept something less than the
whole pay due to them—did not dismiss the detachments as they landed,
but kept them massed in the city. But when this resulted in the commission
of many acts of lawlessness by night and day, they began to feel uneasy at
their numbers and their growing licentiousness; and required the officers,
until such time as arrangements for discharging their pay should have been
made, and the rest of the army should have arrived, to withdraw with all
The mercenaries sent to their men to a certain town called Sicca, receiving each
Sicca. a piece of gold for their immediate necessities. As far as
quitting the city was concerned they were ready enough to obey; but they
desired to leave their heavy baggage there as before, on the ground that they
would soon have to return to the city for their wages. But the Carthaginian
government were in terror lest, considering the length of their absence and
their natural desire for the society of wives or children, they would either
not quit the city at all; or, if they did, would be sure to be enticed by these
feelings to return, and that thus there would be no decrease of outrages in
the city. Accordingly they forced them to take their baggage with them: but
it was sorely against the will of the men, and roused strong feelings of
animosity among them. These mercenaries being forced to retire to Sicca,

Page 119

lived there as they chose without any restraint upon their lawlessness. For
they had obtained two things the most demoralising for hired forces, and
which in a word are in themselves the all-sufficient source and origin of
mutinies,—relaxation of discipline and want of employment.144 For lack of
something better to do, some of them began calculating, always to their
own advantage, the amount of pay owing to them; and thus making out the
total to be many times more than was really due, they gave out that this was
the amount which they ought to demand from the Carthaginians. Moreover
they all began to call to mind the promises made to them by the generals in
their harangues, delivered on various occasions of special danger, and to
entertain high hopes and great expectations of the amount of compensation
which awaited them. The natural result followed.
67. When the whole army had mustered at Sicca, and Hanno, now
The beginning of the appointed general in Libya, far from satisfying these
outbreak, b.c. 241. hopes and the promises they had received, talked on the
contrary of the burden of the taxes and the embarrassment of the public
finances; and actually endeavoured to obtain from them an abatement even
from the amount of pay acknowledged to be due to them; excited and
mutinous feelings at once began to manifest themselves. There were
constant conferences hastily got together, sometimes in separate
nationalities, sometimes of the whole army; and there being no unity of race
or language among them, the whole camp became a babel of confusion, a
scene of inarticulate tumult, and a veritable revel of misrule. For the
Carthaginians being always accustomed to employ mercenary troops of
miscellaneous nationalities, in securing that an army should consist of
several different races, act wisely as far as the prevention of any rapid
combinations for mutiny, or difficulty on the part of the commanders in
overawing insubordination, are concerned: but the policy utterly breaks
down when an outburst of anger, or popular delusion, or internal dissension,
has actually occurred; for it makes it impossible for the commander to
soothe excited feelings, to remove misapprehensions, or to show the
ignorant their error. Armies in such a state are not usually content with mere
human wickedness; they end by assuming the ferocity of wild beasts and
the vindictiveness of insanity.
This is just what happened in this case. There were in the army Iberians and
Celts, men from Liguria and the Balearic Islands, and a considerable

Page 120

number of half-bred Greeks, mostly deserters and slaves; while the main
body consisted of Libyans. Consequently it was impossible to collect and
address them en masse, or to approach them with this view by any means
whatever. There was no help for it: the general could not possibly know
their several languages; and to make a speech four or five times on the same
subject, by the mouths of several interpreters, was almost more impossible,
if I may say so, than that. The only alternative was for him to address his
entreaties and exhortations to the soldiers through their officers. And this
Hanno continually endeavoured to do. But there was the same difficulty
with them. Sometimes they failed to understand what he said: at others they
received his words with expressions of approval to his face, and yet from
error or malice reported them in a contrary sense to the common soldiers.
The result was a general scene of uncertainty, mistrust, and
misunderstanding. And to crown all, they took it into their heads that the
Carthaginian government had a design in thus sending Hanno to them: that
they purposely did not send the generals who were acquainted with the
services they had rendered in Sicily, and who had been the authors of the
promises made to them; but had sent the one man who had not been present
at any of these transactions. Whether that were so or not, they finally broke
off all negotiations with Hanno; conceived a violent mistrust of their several
commanders; and in a furious outburst of anger with the Carthaginians
started towards the city, and pitched their camp about a hundred and twenty
stades from Carthage, at the town of Tunes, to the number of over twenty
thousand.
68. The Carthaginians saw their folly when it was too late. It was a grave
mistake to have collected so large a number of mercenaries into one place
The mercenaries at without any warlike force of their own citizens to fall
Tunes. back upon: but it was a still graver mistake to have
delivered up to them their children and wives, with their heavy baggage to
boot; which they might have retained as hostages, and thus have had greater
security for concerting their own measures, and more power of ensuring
obedience to their orders. However, being thoroughly alarmed at the action
of the men in regard to their encampment, they went to every length in their
eagerness to pacify their anger. They sent them supplies of provisions in
Attempts to pacify them. rich abundance, to be purchased exactly on their own
terms, and at their own price. Members of the Senate

Page 121

were despatched, one after the other, to treat with them; and they were
promised that whatever they demanded should be conceded if it were within
the bounds of possibility. Day by day the ideas of the mercenaries rose
higher. For their contempt became supreme when they saw the dismay and
The demands of the excitement in Carthage; their confidence in themselves
mercenaries. was profound; and their engagements with the Roman
legions in Sicily had convinced them, that not only was it impossible for the
Carthaginians to face them in the field, but that it would be difficult to find
any nation in the world who could. Therefore, when the Carthaginians
conceded the point of their pay, they made a further claim for the value of
the horses they had lost. When this too was conceded, they said that they
ought to receive the value of the rations of corn due to them from a long
time previous, reckoned at the highest price reached during the war. And in
short, the ill-disposed and mutinous among them being numerous, they
always found out some new demand which made it impossible to come to
terms. Upon the Carthaginian government, however, pledging themselves to
the full extent of their powers, they eventually agreed to refer the matter to
the arbitration of some one of the generals who had been actually engaged
in Sicily. Now they were displeased with Hamilcar Barcas, who was one of
those under whom they had fought in Sicily, because they thought that their
present unfavourable position was attributable chiefly to him. They thought
The dispute referred to this from the fact that he never came to them as an
the arbitration of Gesco. ambassador, and had, as was believed, voluntarily
resigned his command. But towards Gesco their feelings were altogether
friendly. He had, as they thought, taken every possible precaution for their
interests, and especially in the arrangements for their conveyance to Libya.
Accordingly they referred the dispute to the arbitration of the latter.
69. Gesco came to Tunes by sea, bringing the money with him. There he
held a meeting first of the officers, and then of the men, according to their
nationalities; rebuked them for their past behaviour, and endeavoured to
convince them as to their duty in the present: but most of all he dwelt upon
their obligation in the future to show themselves well-disposed towards the
people whose pay they had been so long enjoying. Finally, he proceeded to
discharge the arrears of pay, taking each nationality separately. But there
Spendius. was a certain Campanian in the army, a runaway
Roman slave named Spendius, a man of extraordinary

Page 122

physical strength and reckless courage in the field. Alarmed lest his master
should recover possession of him, and he should be put to death with
torture, in accordance with the laws of Rome, this man exerted himself to
the utmost in word and deed to break off the arrangement with the
Carthaginians. He was seconded by a Libyan called Mathōs, who was not a
Mathōs. slave but free, and had actually served in the campaign.
But he had been one of the most active agitators in the
late disturbances: and being in terror of punishment for the past, he now
gave in his adhesion to the party of Spendius; and taking the Libyans aside,
suggested to them that, when the men of other races had received their pay,
and taken their departure to their several countries, the Carthaginians would
wreak upon them the full weight of the resentment which they had, in
common with themselves, incurred; and would look upon their punishment
as a means of striking terror into all the inhabitants of Libya. It did not take
long to rouse the men by such arguments, nor were they at a loss for a
pretext, however insignificant. In discharging the pay, Gesco postponed the
Spendius and Mathōs payment of the valuations of rations and horses. This
cause an outbreak. was enough: the men at once hurried to make a
meeting; Spendius and Mathōs delivered violent invectives against Gesco
and the Carthaginians; their words were received with every sign of
approval; no one else could get a hearing; whoever did attempt to speak was
promptly stoned to death, without the assembly so much as waiting to
ascertain whether he intended to support the party of Spendius or no.
A considerable number of privates as well as officers were killed in this
manner in the various émeutes which took place; and from the constant
repetition of this act of violence the whole army learnt the meaning of the
βάλλε. word “throw,” although there was not another word
which was intelligible to them all in common. The most
usual occasion for this to happen was when they collected in crowds
flushed with wine after their midday meal. On such occasions, if only some
one started the cry “throw,” such volleys were poured in from every side,
and with such rapidity, that it was impossible for any one to escape who
once ventured to stand forward to address them. The result was that soon no
one had the courage to offer them any counsel at all; and they accordingly
appointed Mathōs and Spendius as theirō commanders.

Page 123

70. This complete disorganisation and disorder did not escape the
observation of Gesco. But his chief anxiety was to secure the safety of his
country; and seeing clearly that, if these men were driven to exasperation,
the Carthaginians would be in danger of total destruction, he exerted
himself with desperate courage and persistence: sometimes summoning
their officers, sometimes calling a meeting of the men according to their
nationalities and remonstrating with them. But on one occasion the Libyans,
not having received their wages as soon as they considered that they ought
to have been paid to them, approached Gesco himself with some insolence.
Gesco and his staff With the idea of rebuking their precipitancy he refused
seized and thrown into to produce the pay, and bade them “go and ask their
chains.
general Mathōs for it.” This so enraged them, that
without a moment’s delay they first made a raid upon the money that was
kept in readiness, and then arrested Gesco and the Carthaginians with him.
Mathōs and Spendius thought that the speediest way to secure an outbreak
of war was for the men to commit some outrage upon the sanctity of law
and in violation of their engagements. They therefore co-operated with the
mass of the men in their reckless outrages; plundered the baggage of the
Carthaginians along with their money; manacled Gesco and his staff with
every mark of insolent violence, and committed them into custody.
Thenceforth they were at open war with Carthage, having bound themselves
together by oaths which were at once impious and contrary to the principles
universally received among mankind.
This was the origin and beginning of the mercenary, or, as it is also called,
b.c. 240. the Libyan war. Mathōs lost no time after this outrage in
sending emissaries to the various cities in Libya, urging
them to assert their freedom, and begging them to come to their aid and join
them in their undertaking. The appeal was successful: nearly all the cities in
Libya readily listened to the proposal that they should revolt against
Carthage, and were soon zealously engaged in sending them supplies and
reinforcements. They therefore divided themselves into two parties; one of
which laid siege to Utica, the other to Hippo Zarytus, because these two
cities refused to participate in the revolt.
71. Three things must be noticed in regard to the Carthaginians. First,
among them the means of life of private persons are supplied by the
produce of the land; secondly, all public expenses for war material and

Page 124

stores are discharged from the tribute paid by the people of Libya; and
thirdly, it is their regular custom to carry on war by means of mercenary
troops. At this moment they not only found themselves unexpectedly
deprived of all these resources at once, but saw each one of them actually
Despair at Carthage. employed against themselves. Such an unlooked-for
event naturally reduced them to a state of great
discouragement and despair. After the long agony of the Sicilian war they
were in hopes, when the peace was ratified, that they might obtain some
breathing space and some period of settled content. The very reverse was
now befalling them. They were confronted by an outbreak of war still more
difficult and formidable. In the former they were disputing with Rome for
the possession of Sicily: but this was a domestic war, and the issue at stake
was the bare existence of themselves and their country. Besides, the many
battles in which they had been engaged at sea had naturally left them ill
supplied with arms, sailors, and vessels. They had no store of provisions
ready, and no expectation whatever of external assistance from friends or
allies. They were indeed now thoroughly taught the difference between a
foreign war, carried on beyond the seas, and a domestic insurrection and
disturbance.
72. And for these overpowering miseries they had themselves to thank more
than any one else. During the late war they had availed themselves of what
they regarded as a reasonable pretext for exercising their supremacy over
the inhabitants of Libya with excessive harshness. They had exacted half of
all agricultural produce; had doubled the tribute of the towns; and, in
levying these contributions, had refused to show any grace or indulgence
whatever to those who were in embarrassed circumstances. Their
admiration and rewards were reserved, not for those generals who treated
the people with mildness and humanity, but exclusively for those who like
Hanno secured them the most abundant supplies and war material, though
at the cost of the harshest treatment of the provincials.
These people therefore needed no urging to revolt: a single messenger
Revolt of the country sufficed. The women, who up to this time had passively
people. looked on while their husbands and fathers were being
led off to prison for the non-payment of the taxes, now bound themselves
by an oath in their several towns that they would conceal nothing that they
possessed; and, stripping off their ornaments, unreservedly contributed

Page 125

them to furnish pay for the soldiers. They thus put such large means into the
hands of Mathōs and Spendius, that they not only discharged the arrears due
to the mercenaries, which they had promised them as an inducement to
mutiny, but remained well supplied for future needs. A striking illustration
of the fact that true policy does not regard only the immediate necessities of
the hour, but must ever look still more keenly to the future.
73. No such considerations, however, prevented the Carthaginians in their
Hanno’s management of hour of distress from appointing Hanno general;
the war. because he had the credit of having on a former
occasion reduced the city called Hecatompylos, in Libya, to obedience.
They also set about collecting mercenaries; arming their own citizens who
were of military age; training and drilling the city cavalry; and refitting
what were left of their ships, triremes, penteconters, and the largest of the
pinnaces. Meanwhile Mathōs, being joined by as many as seventy thousand
Libyans, distributed these fresh troops between the two forces which were
besieging Utica and Hippo Zarytus, and carried on those sieges without let
or hindrance. At the same time they kept firm possession of the
encampment at Tunes, and had thus shut out the Carthaginians from the
whole of outer Libya. For Carthage itself stands on a projecting peninsula in
a gulf, nearly surrounded by the sea and in part also by a lake. The isthmus
that connects it with Libya is three miles broad: upon one side of this
isthmus, in the direction of the open sea and at no great distance, stands the
city of Utica, and on the other stands Tunes, upon the shore of the lake. The
mercenaries occupied both these points, and having thus cut off the
Carthaginians from the open country, proceeded to take measures against
Utica itself. They made frequent excursions up to the town wall, sometimes
by day and sometimes by night, and were continually throwing the citizens
into a state of alarm and absolute panic.
74. Hanno, however, was busying himself with some success in providing
defences. In this department of a general’s duty he showed considerable
ability; but he was quite a different man at the head of a sally in force: he
was not sagacious in his use of opportunities, and managed the whole
business with neither skill nor promptitude. It was thus that his first
Fails to relieve Utica. expedition miscarried when he went to relieve Utica.
The number of his elephants, of which he had as many
as a hundred, struck terror into the enemy; yet he made so poor a use of this

Page 126

advantage that, instead of turning it into a complete victory, he very nearly
brought the besieged, as well as himself, to utter destruction. He brought
from Carthage catapults and darts, and in fact all the apparatus for a siege;
and having encamped outside Utica undertook an assault upon the enemy’s
entrenchment. The elephants forced their way into the camp, and the enemy,
unable to withstand their weight and the fury of their attack, entirely
evacuated the position. They lost a large number from wounds inflicted by
the elephants’ tusks; while the survivors made their way to a certain hill,
which was a kind of natural fortification thickly covered with trees, and
there halted, relying upon the strength of the position. But Hanno,
accustomed to fight with Numidians and Libyans, who, once turned, never
stay their flight till they are two days removed from the scene of the action,
imagined that he had already put an end to the war and had gained a
complete victory. He therefore troubled himself no more about his men, or
about the camp generally, but went inside the town and occupied himself
with his own personal comfort. But the mercenaries, who had fled in a body
on to the hill, had been trained in the daring tactics of Barcas, and
accustomed from their experience in the Sicilian warfare to retreat and
return again to the attack many times in the same day. They now saw that
the general had left his army and gone into the town, and that the soldiers,
owing to their victory, were behaving carelessly, and in fact slipping out of
the camp in various directions: they accordingly got themselves into order
and made an assault upon the camp; killed a large number of the men;
forced the rest to fly ignominiously to the protection of the city walls and
gates; and possessed themselves of all the baggage and apparatus belonging
to the besieged, which Hanno had brought outside the town in addition to
his own, and thus put into the hands of the enemy.
But this was not the only instance of his incompetence. A few days
afterwards, near a place called Gorza, he came right upon the enemy, who
Hanno’s continued ill lay encamped there, and had two opportunities of
success. securing a victory by pitched battles; and two more by
surprising them, as they changed quarters close to where he was. But in
both cases he let the opportunities slip for want of care and proper
calculation.
75. The Carthaginians, therefore, when they saw his mismanagement of the
campaign, once more placed Hamilcar Barcas at the head of affairs; and

Page 127

despatched him to the war as commander-in-chief, with
Hamilcar Barcas takes
the command. seventy elephants, the newly-collected mercenaries, and
the deserters from the enemy; and along with them the cavalry and infantry
enrolled from the citizens themselves, amounting in all to ten thousand
men. His appearance from the first produced an immediate impression. The
expedition was unexpected; and he was thus able, by the dismay which it
produced, to lower the courage of the enemy. He succeeded in raising the
siege of Utica, and showed himself worthy of his former achievements, and
of the confidence felt in him by the people. What he accomplished on this
service was this.
A chain of hills runs along the isthmus connecting Carthage with the
mainland, which are difficult of access, and are crossed by artificial passes
into the mainland; of these hills Mathōs had occupied all the available
points and posted guards there. Besides these there is a river called Macaras
(Bagradas), which at certain points interrupts the passage of travellers from
He gets his men across the city to the mainland, and though for the most part
the Macaras. impassable, owing to the strength of its stream, is only
crossed by one bridge. This means of egress also Mathōs was guarding
securely, and had built a town on it. The result was that, to say nothing of
the Carthaginians entering the mainland with an army, it was rendered
exceedingly difficult even for private individuals, who might wish to make
their way through, to elude the vigilance of the enemy. This did not escape
the observation and care of Hamilcar; and while revolving every means and
every chance of putting an end to this difficulty about a passage, he at
length hit upon the following. He observed that where the river discharges
itself into the sea its mouth got silted up in certain positions of the wind,
and that then the passage over the river at its mouth became like that over a
marsh. He accordingly got everything ready in the camp for the expedition,
without telling any one what he was going to do; and then watched for this
state of things to occur. When the right moment arrived, he started under
cover of night; and by daybreak had, without being observed by any one,
got his army across this place, to the surprise of the citizens of Utica as well
as of the enemy. Marching across the plain, he led his men straight against
the enemy who were guarding the bridge.
76. When he understood what had taken place Spendius advanced into the
plain to meet Hamilcar. The force from the city at the bridge amounted to

Page 128

ten thousand men; that from before Utica to more than fifteen thousand
men; both of which now advanced to support each other. When they had
And defeats Spendius. effected a junction they imagined that they had the
Carthaginians in a trap, and therefore with mutual
words of exhortation passed the order to engage, and at once commenced.
Hamilcar was marching with his elephants in front, his cavalry and light
troops next, while his heavy armed hoplites brought up the rear. But when
he saw the precipitation of the enemy’s attack, he passed the word to his
men to turn to the rear. His instructions were that the troops in front should,
after thus turning to the rear, retire with all speed: while he again wheeled to
the right about what had been originally his rear divisions, and got them
into line successively so as to face the enemy. The Libyans and mercenaries
mistook the object of this movement, and imagined that the Carthaginians
were panic-stricken and in full retreat. Thereupon they broke from their
ranks and, rushing forward, began a vigorous hand to hand struggle. When,
however, they found that the cavalry had wheeled round again, and were
drawn up close to the hoplites, and that the rest of the army also was being
brought up, surprise filled the Libyans with panic; they immediately turned
and began a retreat as precipitate and disorderly as their advance. In the
blind flight which followed some of them ran foul of their own rear-guard,
who were still advancing, and caused their own destruction or that of their
comrades; but the greater part were trampled to death by the cavalry and
elephants who immediately charged. As many as six thousand of the
Libyans and foreign troops were killed, and about two thousand taken
prisoners. The rest made good their escape, either to the town on the bridge
or to the camp near Utica. After this victory Hamilcar followed close upon
the heels of the enemy, carried the town on the bridge by assault, the enemy
there abandoning it and flying to Tunes, and then proceeded to scour the
rest of the district: some of the towns submitting, while the greater number
he had to reduce by force. And thus he revived in the breasts of the
Carthaginians some little spirit and courage, or at least rescued them from
the state of absolute despair into which they had fallen.
77. Meanwhile Mathōs himself was continuing the siege of Hippo Zarytus,
and he now counselled Autaritus, the leader of the Gauls, and Spendius to
stick close to the skirts of the enemy, avoiding the plains, because the
Mathōs harasses enemy were strong in cavalry and elephants, but
Hamilcar’s march.

Page 129

marching parallel with them on the slopes of the mountains, and attacking
them whenever they saw them in any difficulty. While suggesting these
tactics, he at the same time sent messengers to the Numidians and Libyans,
entreating them to come to their aid, and not to let slip the opportunity of
securing their own freedom. Accordingly, Spendius took with him a force of
six thousand men, selected from each of the several nationalities at Tunes,
and started, keeping along a line of hills parallel to the Carthaginians.
Besides these six thousand he had two thousand Gauls under Autaritus, who
were all that were left of the original number, the rest having deserted to the
Romans during the period of the occupation of Eryx. Now it happened that,
just when Hamilcar had taken up a position in a certain plain which was
surrounded on all sides by mountains, the reinforcements of Numidians and
Libyans joined Spendius. The Carthaginians, therefore, suddenly found a
Libyan encampment right on their front, another of Numidians on their rear,
and that of Spendius on their flank; and it seemed impossible to escape
from the danger which thus menaced them on every side.
78. But there was at that time a certain Narávas, a Numidian of high rank
and warlike spirit, who entertained an ancestral feeling of affection for the
Hamilcar is joined by the Carthaginians, rendered especially warm at that time by
Numidian Narávas. admiration for Hamilcar. He now thought that he had an
excellent opportunity for an interview and association with that general; and
accordingly came to the Carthaginian quarters with a body of a hundred
Numidians, and boldly approaching the out-works, remained there waving
his hand. Wondering what his object could be Hamilcar sent a horseman to
see; to whom Narávas said that he wished for an interview with the general.
The Carthaginian leader still showing hesitation and incredulity, Narávas
committed his horse and javelins to the care of his guards, and boldly came
into the camp unarmed. His fearlessness made a profound impression not
unmixed with surprise. No further objection, however, was made to his
presence, and the desired interview was accorded; in which he declared his
goodwill to the Carthaginians generally, and his especial desire to be friends
with Barcas. “This was the motive of his presence,” he said; “he was come
with the full intention of taking his place by his side and of faithfully
sharing all his actions and undertakings.” Hamilcar, on hearing these words,
was so immensely charmed by the young man’s courage in coming, and his
honest simplicity in the interview, that he not only consented to accept his

Page 130

co-operation, but promised also with an oath that he would give him his
daughter in marriage if he kept faith with Carthage to the end. The
agreement having been thus made, Narávas came with his division of
Numidians, numbering two thousand. Thus reinforced Hamilcar offered the
enemy battle; which Spendius, having joined forces with the Libyans,
Again defeats Spendius. accepted; and descending into the plain engaged the
Carthaginians. In the severe battle which followed
Hamilcar’s army was victorious: a result which he owed partly to the
excellent behaviour of the elephants, but particularly to the brilliant services
rendered by Narávas. Autaritus and Spendius managed to escape; but of the
rest as many as ten thousand were killed and four thousand taken prisoners.
When the victory was complete, Hamilcar gave permission to those of the
prisoners who chose to enlist in his army, and furnished them with arms
from the spoils of the enemy’s slain: those who did not choose to accept this
offer he summoned to a meeting and harangued them. He told them that the
crimes committed by them up to that moment were pardoned, and they were
permitted to go their several ways, wheresoever they chose, but on
condition that none of them bore arms against Carthage again: if any one of
them were ever caught so doing, he warned them distinctly that he would
meet with no mercy.
79. This conspiracy of Mathōs and Spendius caused an outbreak about this
same time in another quarter. For the mercenaries who were in garrison in
Mutiny in Sardinia. Sardinia, inspired by their example, attacked the
Carthaginians in the island; beleaguered Bostarus, the
commander of the foreign contingent, in the citadel; and finally put him and
his compatriots to the sword. The Carthaginians thereupon sent another
army into the island under Hanno. But the men deserted to the mutineers;
who then seized Hanno and crucified him, and exercising all their ingenuity
in the invention of tortures racked to death every Carthaginian in the island.
Having got the towns into their power, they thenceforth kept forcible
possession of the island; until they quarrelled with the natives and were
driven by them into Italy. This was the way in which Carthage lost Sardinia,
an island of first rate importance from its size, the number of its inhabitants,
and its natural products. But as many have described it at great length, I do
not think that I need repeat statements about which there is no manner of
dispute.

Page 131

To return to Libya. The indulgence shown by Hamilcar to the captives
b.c. 239. Plan of alarmed Mathōs and Spendius and Autaritus the Gaul.
Spendius for doing away They were afraid that conciliatory treatment of this sort
with the good impression
made by the leniency of
would induce the Libyans, and the main body of the
Barcas. mercenaries, to embrace with eagerness the impunity
thus displayed before their eyes. They consulted
together, therefore, how they might by some new act of infamy inflame to
the highest pitch of fury the feelings of their men against the Carthaginians.
They finally determined upon the following plan. They summoned a
meeting of the soldiers; and when it was assembled, they introduced a
bearer of a despatch which they represented to have been sent by their
fellow conspirators in Sardinia. The despatch warned them to keep a careful
watch over Gesco and all his fellow prisoners (whom, as has been stated,
they had treacherously seized in Tunes), as certain persons in the camp were
secretly negotiating with the Carthaginians for their release. Taking this as
his text, Spendius commenced by urging the men not to put any trust in the
indulgence shown by the Carthaginian general to the prisoners of war,
“For,” said he, “it is with no intention of saving their lives that he adopted
this course in regard to the prisoners; his aim was, by releasing them, to get
us into his power, that punishment might not be confined to some of us, but
might fall on all at once.” He went on to urge them to be on their guard, lest
by letting Gesco’s party go they should teach their enemies to despise them;
and should also do great practical damage to their own interests, by
suffering a man to escape who was an excellent general, and likely to be a
most formidable enemy to themselves. Before he had finished this speech
another courier arrived, pretending to have been sent by the garrison at
Tunes, and bearing a despatch containing warnings similar to that from
Sardinia.
80. It was now the turn of Autaritus the Gaul. “Your only hope,” he said, “of
safety is to reject all hopes which rest on the Carthaginians. So long as any
man clings to the idea of indulgence at their hands, he cannot possibly be a
genuine ally of yours. Never trust, never listen, never attend to anyone,
unless he recommend unrelenting hostility and implacable hatred towards
the Carthaginians: all who speak on the other side regard as traitors and
enemies.” After this preface, he gave it as his advice that they should put to
death with torture both Gesco and those who had been seized with him, as

Page 132

well as the Carthaginian prisoners of war who had been captured since.
Now this Autaritus was the most effective speaker of any, because he could
make himself understood to a large number of those present at a meeting.
For, owing to his length of service, he knew how to speak Phoenician; and
Phoenician was the language in which the largest number of men, thanks to
the length of the late war, could listen to with satisfaction. Accordingly his
speech was received with acclamation, and he stood down amidst loud
applause. But when many came forward from the several nationalities at the
same time; and, moved by Gesco’s former kindnesses to themselves, would
have deprecated at least the infliction of torture, not a word of what they
said was understood: partly because many were speaking at the same time,
and partly because each spoke in his own language. But when at length it
was disclosed that what they meant was to dissuade the infliction of torture,
upon one of those present shouting out “Throw!” they promptly stoned to
death all who had come forward to speak; and their relations buried their
Murder of Gesco. bodies, which were crushed into shapeless masses as
though by the feet of elephants. Still they at least were
buried. But the followers of Spendius now seized Gesco and his fellow
prisoners, numbering about seven hundred, led them outside the stockade,
and having made them march a short distance from the camp, first cut off
their hands, beginning with Gesco, the man whom a short while before they
had selected out of all Carthage as their benefactor and had chosen as
arbitrator in their controversy. When they had cut off their hands, they
proceeded to lop off the extremities of the unhappy men, and having thus
mutilated them and broken their legs, they threw them still alive into a
trench.
81. When news of this dreadful affair reached the Carthaginians, they were
powerless indeed to do anything, but they were filled with horror; and in a
transport of agony despatched messengers to Hamilcar and the second
general Hanno, entreating them to rally to their aid and avenge the unhappy
victims; and at the same time they sent heralds to the authors of this crime
to negotiate for the recovery of the dead bodies. But the latter sternly
refused; and warned the messengers to send neither herald nor ambassador
to them again; for the same punishment which had just befallen Gesco
awaited all who came. And for the future they passed a resolution, which
they encouraged each other to observe, to put every Carthaginian whom

Page 133

they caught to death with torture; and that whenever they captured one of
their auxiliaries they would cut off his hands and send him back to
Carthage. And this resolution they exactly and persistently carried out. Such
horrors justify the remark that it is not only the bodies of men, and the
ulcers and imposthumes which are bred in them, that grow to a fatal and
completely incurable state of inflammation, but their souls also most of all.
For as in the case of ulcers, sometimes medical treatment on the one hand
only serves to irritate them and make them spread more rapidly, while if, on
the other hand, the medical treatment is stopped, having nothing to check
their natural destructiveness, they gradually destroy the substance on which
they feed; just so at times it happens that similar plague spots and gangrenes
fasten upon men’s souls; and when this is so, no wild beast can be more
wicked or more cruel than a man. To men in such a frame of mind if you
show indulgence or kindness, they regard it as a cover for trickery and
sinister designs, and only become more suspicious and more inflamed
against the authors of it; while if you retaliate, their passions are aroused to
a kind of dreadful rivalry, and then there is no crime too monstrous or too
cruel for them to commit. The upshot with these men was, that their
feelings became so brutalised that they lost the instincts of humanity: which
we must ascribe in the first place, and to the greatest extent, to uncivilised
habits and a wretchedly bad early training; but many other things
contributed to this result, and among them we must reckon as most
important the acts of violence and rapacity committed by their leaders, sins
which at that time were prevalent among the whole mercenary body, but
especially so with their leaders.
82. Alarmed by the recklessness displayed by the enemy, Hamilcar
summoned Hanno to join him, being convinced that a consolidation of the
two armies would give him the best chance of putting an end to the whole
war. Such of the enemy as he took in the field he put to execution on the
spot, while those who were made prisoners and brought to him he threw to
the elephants to be trampled to death; for he now made up his mind that the
Quarrels of Hanno and only possibility of finishing the war was to entirely
Hamilcar. destroy the enemy. But just as the Carthaginians were
beginning to entertain brighter hopes in regard to the war, a reverse as
complete as it was unexpected brought their fortunes to the lowest ebb. For
these two generals, when they had joined forces, quarrelled so bitterly with

Page 134

each other, that they not only omitted to take advantage of chances against
the enemy, but by their mutual animosity gave the enemy many
opportunities against themselves. Finding this to be the case, the
Carthaginian government sent out instructions that one of the generals was
to retire, the other to remain, and that the army itself was to decide which of
them it should be. This was one cause of the reverse in the fortunes of
Carthage at this time. Another, which was almost contemporaneous, was
this. Their chief hope of furnishing the army with provisions and other
necessaries rested upon the supplies that were being brought from a place to
which they give the name of Emporiae: but as these supplies were on their
way, they were overtaken by a storm at sea and entirely destroyed. This was
all the more fatal because Sardinia was lost to them at the time, as we have
seen, and that island had always been of the greatest service to them in
difficulties of this sort. But the worst blow of all was the revolt of the cities
Revolt of Hippo Zarytus of Hippo Zarytus and Utica, the only cities in all Libya
and Utica. that had been faithful to them, not only in the present
war, but also at the time of the invasion of Agathocles, as well as that of the
Romans. To both these latter they had offered a gallant resistance; and, in
short, had never at any time adopted any policy hostile to Carthage. But
now they were not satisfied with simply revolting to the Libyans, without
any reason to allege for their conduct. With all the bitterness of turncoats,
they suddenly paraded an ostentatious friendship and fidelity to them, and
gave practical expression to implacable rage and hatred towards the
Carthaginians. They killed every man of the force which had come from
Carthage to their aid, as well as its commander, and threw the bodies from
the wall. They surrendered their town to the Libyans, while they even
refused the request of the Carthaginians to be allowed to bury the corpses of
their unfortunate soldiers. Mathōs and Spendius were so elated by these
events that they were emboldened to attempt Carthage itself. But Barcas
had now got Hannibal as his coadjutor, who had been sent by the citizens to
the army in the place of Hanno,—recalled in accordance with the sentence
of the army, which the government had left to their discretion in reference
to the disputes that arose between the two generals. Accompanied,
therefore, by this Hannibal and by Narávas, Hamilcar scoured the country
to intercept the supplies of Mathōs and Spendius, receiving his most
efficient support in this, as in other things, from the Numidian Narávas.

Page 135

83. Such being the position of their forces in the field, the Carthaginians,
finding themselves hemmed in on every side, were compelled to have
recourse to the help of the free states in alliance with them.145 Now Hiero,
of Syracuse, had during this war been all along exceedingly anxious to do
everything which the Carthaginians asked him; and at this point of it was
Hiero of Syracuse. more forward to do so than ever, from a conviction that
it was for his interest, with a view alike to his own
sovereignty and to his friendship with Rome, that Carthage should not
perish, and so leave the superior power to work its own will without
resistance. And his reasoning was entirely sound and prudent. It is never
right to permit such a state of things; nor to help any one to build up so
preponderating a power as to make resistance to it impossible, however just
the cause. Not that the Romans themselves had failed to observe the
Friendly disposition of obligations of the treaty, or were showing any failure of
Rome. friendly dispositions; though at first a question had
arisen between the two powers, from the following circumstance. At the
beginning of the war, certain persons sailing from Italy with provisions for
the mutineers, the Carthaginians captured them and forced them to land in
their own harbour; and presently had as many as five hundred such persons
in their prisons. This caused considerable annoyance at Rome: but, after
sending ambassadors to Carthage and recovering possession of the men by
diplomatic means, the Romans were so much gratified that, by way of
returning the favour, they restored the prisoners made in the Sicilian war
whom they still retained; and from that time forth responded cheerfully and
generously to all requests made to them. They allowed their merchants to
export to Carthage whatever from time to time was wanted, and prohibited
those who were exporting to the mutineers. When, subsequently, the
mercenaries in Sardinia, having revolted from Carthage, invited their
interference on the island, they did not respond to the invitation; nor when
the people of Utica offered them their submission did they accept it, but
kept strictly to the engagements contained in the treaty.
84. The assistance thus obtained from these allies encouraged the
Carthaginians to maintain their resistance: while Mathōs and Spendius
found themselves quite as much in the position of besieged as in that of
besiegers; for Hamilcar’s force reduced them to such distress for provisions
that they were at last compelled to raise the siege. However, after a short

Page 136

b.c. 238. Hamilcar, with interval, they managed to muster the most effective of
assistance from Sicily, the mercenaries and Libyans, to the number in all of
surrounds Mathōs and
Spendius.
fifty thousand, among whom, besides others, was
Zarzas the Libyan, with his division, and commenced
once more to watch and follow on the flank of Hamilcar’s march. Their
method was to keep away from the level country, for fear of the elephants
and the cavalry of Narávas; but to seize in advance of him all points of
vantage, whether it were rising ground or narrow pass. In these operations
they showed themselves quite a match for their opponents in the fury of
their assault and the gallantry of their attempts; but their ignorance of
military tactics frequently placed them at a disadvantage. It was, in fact, a
real and practical illustration of the difference between scientific and
unscientific warfare: between the art of a general and the mechanical
movements of a soldier. Like a good draught-player, by isolating and
surrounding them, he destroyed large numbers in detail without coming to a
general engagement at all; and in movements of more importance he cut off
many without resistance by enticing them into ambushes; while he threw
others into utter dismay by suddenly appearing where they least expected
him, sometimes by day and sometimes by night: and all whom he took alive
he threw to the elephants. Finally, he managed unexpectedly to beleaguer
them on ground highly unfavourable to them and convenient for his own
force; and reduced them to such a pitch of distress that, neither venturing to
risk an engagement nor being able to run away, because they were entirely
surrounded by a trench and stockade, they were at last compelled by
starvation to feed on each other: a fitting retribution at the hands of
Providence for their violation of all laws human and divine in their conduct
to their enemies. To sally forth to an engagement they did not dare, for
certain defeat stared them in the face, and they knew what vengeance
awaited them if they were taken; and as to making terms, it never occurred
to them to mention it, they were conscious that they had gone too far for
that. They still hoped for the arrival of relief from Tunes, of which their
officers assured them, and accordingly shrank from no suffering however
terrible.
85. But when they had used up for food the captives in this horrible manner,
and then the bodies of their slaves, and still no one came to their relief from
Tunes, their sufferings became too dreadful to bear; and the common

Page 137

soldiers broke out into open threats of violence against their officers.
Thereupon Autaritus, Zarzas, and Spendius decided to put themselves into
the hands of the enemy and to hold a parley with Hamilcar, and try to make
terms. They accordingly sent a herald and obtained permission for the
despatch of an embassy. It consisted of ten ambassadors, who, on their
Spendius and Autaritus arrival at the Carthaginian camp, concluded an
fall into the hands of agreement with Hamilcar on these terms: “The
Hamilcar.
Carthaginians may select any ten men they choose from
the enemy, and allow the rest to depart with one tunic a-piece.” No sooner
had these terms been agreed to, than Hamilcar said at once that he selected,
according to the terms of the agreement, the ten ambassadors themselves.
The Carthaginians thus got possession of Autaritus, Spendius, and the other
most conspicuous officers. The Libyans saw that their officers were
arrested, and not knowing the terms of the treaty, believed that some perfidy
was being practised against them, and accordingly flew to seize their arms.
Hamilcar thereupon surrounded them with his elephants and his entire
force, and destroyed them to a man. This slaughter, by which more than
forty thousand perished, took place near a place called the Saw, so named
from its shape resembling that tool.
86. This achievement of Hamilcar revived the hopes of the Carthaginians
who had been in absolute despair: while he, in conjunction with Narávas
Siege of Mathōs in and Hannibal, employed himself in traversing the
Tunes. country and visiting the cities. His victory secured the
submission of the Libyans; and when they had come in, and the greater
number of the towns had been reduced to obedience, he and his colleagues
advanced to attack Tunes, and commenced besieging Mathōs. Hannibal
pitched his camp on the side of the town nearest to Carthage, and Hamilcar
on the opposite side. When this was done they brought the captives taken
from the army of Spendius and crucified them in the sight of the enemy. But
observing that Hannibal was conducting his command with negligence and
Defeat and death of over-confidence, Mathōs assaulted the ramparts, killed
Hannibal. many of the Carthaginians, and drove the entire army
from the camp. All the baggage fell into the hands of the enemy, and
Hannibal himself was made a prisoner. They at once took him up to the
cross on which Spendius was hanging, and after the infliction of exquisite
tortures, took down the latter’s body and fastened Hannibal, still living, to

Page 138

his cross; and then slaughtered thirty Carthaginians of the highest rank
round the corpse of Spendius. It seemed as though Fortune designed a
competition in cruelty, giving either side alternately the opportunity of
outdoing the other in mutual vengeance. Owing to the distance of the two
camps from each other it was late before Barcas discovered the attack made
from the town; nor, when he had discovered it, could he even then go to the
rescue with the necessary speed, because the intervening country was
rugged and difficult. He therefore broke up his camp, and leaving Tunes
marched down the bank of the river Macaras, and pitched his camp close to
its mouth and to the sea.
87. This unexpected reverse reduced the Carthaginians once more to a
By a final effort the melancholy state of despair. But though their recent
Carthaginians raise a elation of spirit was followed so closely by this
reinforcement for
Hamilcar.
depression, they did not fail to do what they could for
their own preservation. They selected thirty members of
the Senate; with them they associated Hanno, who had some time ago been
recalled; and, arming all that were left of military age in the city, despatched
them to Barcas, with the feeling that they were now making their supreme
effort. They strictly charged the members of the Senate to use every effort
to reconcile the two generals Hamilcar and Hanno, and to make them forget
their old quarrel and act harmoniously, in view of the imminence of the
danger. Accordingly, after the employment of many various arguments, they
induced the generals to meet; and Hanno and Barcas were compelled to
give in and yield to their representations. The result was that they ever
afterwards co-operated with each other so cordially, that Mathōs found
himself continually worsted in the numerous skirmishes which took place
round the town called Leptis, as well as certain other towns; and at last
became eager to bring the matter to the decision of a general engagement, a
desire in which the Carthaginians also shared in an equal degree. Both sides
therefore having determined upon this course: they summoned all their
allies to join them in confronting the peril, and collected the garrisons
stationed in the various towns, conscious that they were about to stake their
all on the hazard. All being ready on either side for the conflict, they gave
Mathōs beaten and each other battle by mutual consent, both sides being
captured. drawn up in full military array. When victory declared
itself on the side of the Carthaginians, the larger number of the Libyans

Page 139

perished on the field; and the rest, having escaped to a certain town,
surrendered shortly afterwards; while Mathōs himself was taken prisoner by
his enemies.
88. Most places in Libya submitted to Carthage after this battle. But the
Reduction of Hippo and towns of Hippo and Utica still held out, feeling that
Utica, b.c. 238. they had no reasonable grounds for obtaining terms,
because their original acts of hostility left them no place for mercy or
pardon. So true is it that even in such outbreaks, however criminal in
themselves, it is of inestimable advantage to be moderate, and to refrain
from wanton acts which commit their perpetrator beyond all power of
forgiveness. Nor did their attitude of defiance help these cities. Hanno
invested one and Barcas the other, and quickly reduced them to accept
whatever terms the Carthaginians might determine.
The war with the Libyans had indeed reduced Carthage to dreadful danger;
but its termination enabled her not only to re-establish her authority over
Libya, but also to inflict condign punishment upon the authors of the revolt.
For the last act in the drama was performed by the young men conducting a
b.c. 241-238. triumphal procession through the town, and finally
inflicting every kind of torture upon Mathōs. For three
years and about four months did the mercenaries maintain a war against the
Carthaginians which far surpassed any that I ever heard of for cruelty and
inhumanity.
And about the same time the Romans took in hand a naval expedition to
Sardinia upon the request of the mercenaries who had deserted from that
The Romans interfere in island and come to Italy; and when the Carthaginians
Sardinia. expressed indignation at this, on the ground that the
lordship over Sardinia more properly belonged to them, and were preparing
to take measures against those who caused the revolt of the island, the
Romans voted to declare war against them, on the pretence that they were
making warlike preparations, not against Sardinia, but against themselves.
The Carthaginians, however, having just had an almost miraculous escape
from annihilation in the recent war, were in every respect disabled from
renewing their quarrel with the Romans. They therefore yielded to the
necessities of the hour, and not only abandoned Sardinia, but paid the

Page 140

Romans twelve hundred talents into the bargain, that they might not be
obliged to undertake the war for the present.

Page 141

BOOK II

1. In the previous book I have described how the Romans, having subdued
Recapitulation of the all Italy, began to aim at foreign dominion; how they
subjects treated in Book crossed to Sicily, and the reasons of the war which they
I.
entered into against the Carthaginians for the possession
of that island. Next I stated at what period they began the formation of a
navy; and what befell both the one side and the other up to the end of the
war; the consequence of which was that the Carthaginians entirely
evacuated Sicily, and the Romans took possession of the whole island,
except such parts as were still under the rule of Hiero. Following these
events I endeavoured to describe how the mutiny of the mercenaries against
Carthage, in what is called the Libyan War, burst out; the lengths to which
the shocking outrages in it went; its surprises and extraordinary incidents,
until its conclusion, and the final triumph of Carthage. I must now relate the
events which immediately succeeded these, touching summarily upon each
in accordance with my original plan.
As soon as they had brought the Libyan war to a conclusion the
b.c. 238, Hamilcar and Carthaginian government collected an army and
his son Hannibal sent to despatched it under the command of Hamilcar to Iberia.
Spain.
This general took over the command of the troops, and
with his son Hannibal, then nine years old, crossing by the Pillars of
Hercules, set about recovering the Carthaginian possessions in Iberia. He
b.c. 238-229. spent nine years in Iberia, and after reducing many
Iberian tribes by war or diplomacy to obedience to
Carthage he died in a manner worthy of his great achievements; for he lost
his life in a battle against the most warlike and powerful tribes, in which he
showed a conspicuous and even reckless personal gallantry. The
Carthaginians appointed his son-in-law Hasdrubal to succeed him, who was
at the time in command of the fleet.
2. It was at this same period that the Romans for the first time crossed to
Illyricum. Illyricum and that part of Europe with an army. The
history of this expedition must not be treated as

Page 142

immaterial; but must be carefully studied by those who wish to understand
clearly the story I have undertaken to tell, and to trace the progress and
consolidation of the Roman Empire.
Agron, king of the Illyrians, was the son of Pleuratus, and possessed the
b.c. 233-232. most powerful force, both by land and sea, of any of the
kings who had reigned in Illyria before him. By a bribe
received from Demetrius he was induced to promise help to the
Medionians, who were at that time being besieged by the Aetolians, who,
Siege of Medion in being unable to persuade the Medionians to join their
Acarnania. league, had determined to reduce the city by force.
They accordingly levied their full army, pitched their camp under the walls
of the city, and kept up a continuous blockade, using every means to force
their way in, and every kind of siege-machine. But when the time of the
annual election of their Strategus drew near, the besieged being now in
great distress, and seeming likely every day to surrender, the existing
Strategus made an appeal to the Aetolians. He argued that as he had had
during his term of office all the suffering and the danger, it was but fair that
when they got possession of the town he should have the apportioning of
the spoil, and the privilege of inscribing his name on such arms as should be
preserved for dedication. This was resisted by some, and especially by those
who were candidates for the office, who urged upon the Assembly not to
prejudge this matter, but to leave it open for fortune to determine who was
to be invested with this honour; and, finally, the Aetolians decided that
whoever was general when the city was taken should share the apportioning
of the spoils, and the honour of inscribing the arms, with his predecessor.
3. The decision was come to on the day before the election of a new
Strategus, and the transference of the command had, according to the
Aetolian custom, to take place. But on that very night a hundred galleys
The Illyrians relieve with five thousand Illyrians on board, sailed up to land
Medion. near Medion. Having dropped anchor at daybreak, they
effected a disembarkation with secrecy and despatch; they then formed in
the order customary in their country, and advanced in their several
companies against the Aetolian lines. These last were overwhelmed with
astonishment at the unexpected nature and boldness of the move; but they
had long been inspired with overweening self-confidence, and having full
reliance in their own forces were far from being dismayed. They drew up

Page 143

the greater part of their hoplites and cavalry in front of their lines on the
level ground, and with a portion of their cavalry and their light infantry they
hastened to occupy some rising ground in front of their camp, which nature
had made easily defensible. A single charge, however, of the Illyrians,
whose numbers and close order gave them irresistible weight, served to
dislodge the light-armed troops, and forced the cavalry who were on the
ground with them to retire to the hoplites. But the Illyrians, being on the
higher ground, and charging down from it upon the Aetolian troops formed
up on the plain, routed them without difficulty; the Medionians at the same
time making a diversion in their favour by sallying out of the town and
charging the Aetolians. Thus, after killing a great number, and taking a still
greater number prisoners, and becoming masters also of their arms and
baggage, the Illyrians, having carried out the orders of their king, conveyed
their baggage and the rest of the booty to their boats, and immediately set
sail for their own country.
4. This was a most unexpected relief to the Medionians. They met in public
assembly and deliberated on the whole business, and especially as to the
inscribing the arms reserved for dedication. They decided, in mockery of
the Aetolian decree, that the inscription should contain the name of the
Aetolian commander on the day of battle, and of the candidates for
succession to his office. And indeed Fortune seems, in what happened to
them, to have designed a display of her power to the rest of mankind. The
very thing which these men were in momentary expectation of undergoing
at the hands of their enemies, she put it in their power to inflict upon those
enemies, and all within a very brief interval. The unexpected disaster of the
Aetolians, too, may teach all the world not to calculate on the future as
though it were the actually existent, and not to reckon securely on what may
still turn out quite otherwise, but to allow a certain margin to the
unexpected. And as this is true everywhere and to every man, so is it
especially true in war.
When his galleys returned, and he heard from his officers the events of the
Death of Agron, who is expedition, King Agron was so beside himself with joy
succeeded by his wife at the idea of having conquered the Aetolians, whose
Teuta, b.c. 231.
confidence in their own prowess had been extreme,
that, giving himself over to excessive drinking and other similar
indulgences, he was attacked by a pleurisy of which in a few days he died.

Page 144

His wife Teuta succeeded him on the throne; and managed the various
details of administration by means of friends whom she could trust. But her
woman’s head had been turned by the success just related, and she fixed her
gaze upon that, and had no eyes for anything going on outside the country.
Her first measure was to grant letters of marque to privateers, authorising
them to plunder all whom they fell in with; and she next collected a fleet
and military force as large as the former one, and despatched them with
general instructions to the leaders to regard every land as belonging to an
enemy.
5. Their first attack was to be upon the coast of Elis and Messenia, which
had been from time immemorial the scene of the raids of the Illyrians. For
Teuta’s piratical fleet, owing to the length of their seaboard, and to the fact
b.c. 230. that their most powerful cities were inland, troops
raised to resist them had a great way to go, and were long in coming to the
spot where the Illyrian pirates landed; who accordingly overran those
districts, and swept them clean without having anything to fear. However,
when this fleet was off Phoenice in Epirus they landed to get supplies.
Takes Phoenice in There they fell in with some Gauls, who to the number
Epirus. of eight hundred were stationed at Phoenice, being in
the pay of the Epirotes; and contracted with them to betray the town into
their hands. Having made this bargain, they disembarked and took the town
and everything in it at the first blow, the Gauls within the walls acting in
collusion with them. When this news was known, the Epirotes raised a
general levy and came in haste to the rescue. Arriving in the neighbourhood
of Phoenice, they pitched their camp so as to have the river which flows
past Phoenice between them and the enemy, tearing up the planks of the
bridge over it for security. But news being brought them that Scerdilaidas
with five thousand Illyrians was marching overland by way of the pass near
Antigoneia, they detached some of their forces to guard that town; while the
main body gave themselves over to an unrestrained indulgence in all the
luxuries which the country could supply; and among other signs of
demoralisation they neglected the necessary precaution of posting sentries
and night pickets. The division of their forces, as well as the careless
conduct of the remainder, did not escape the observation of the Illyrians;
who, sallying out at night, and replacing the planks on the bridge, crossed
the river safely, and having secured a strong position, remained there

Page 145

quietly for the rest of the night. At daybreak both armies drew up their
forces in front of the town and engaged. In this battle the Epirotes were
decidedly worsted: a large number of them fell, still more were taken
prisoners, and the rest fled in the direction of the country of the Atintanes.
6. Having met with this reverse, and having lost all the hopes which they
The Aetolian and had cherished, the Epirotes turned to the despatch of
Achaean leagues send a ambassadors to the Aetolians and Achaeans, earnestly
force to the relief of the
Epirotes. A truce is
begging for their assistance. Moved by pity for their
made. The Illyrians misfortunes, these nations consented; and an army of
depart. relief sent out by them arrived at Helicranum.
Meanwhile the Illyrians who had occupied Phoenice, having effected a
junction with Scerdilaidas, advanced with him to this place, and, taking up a
position opposite to this army of relief, wished at first to give it battle. But
they were embarrassed by the unfavourable nature of the ground; and just
then a despatch was received from Teuta, ordering their instant return,
because certain Illyrians had revolted to the Dardani. Accordingly, after
merely stopping to plunder Epirus, they made a truce with the inhabitants,
by which they undertook to deliver up all freemen, and the city of Phoenice,
for a fixed ransom. They then took the slaves they had captured and the rest
of their booty to their galleys, and some of them sailed away; while those
who were with Scerdilaidas retired by land through the pass at Antigoneia,
after inspiring no small or ordinary terror in the minds of the Greeks who
lived along the coast. For seeing the most securely placed and powerful city
of Epirus thus unexpectedly reduced to slavery, they one and all began
henceforth to feel anxious, not merely as in former times for their property
in the open country, but for the safety of their own persons and cities.
The Epirotes were thus unexpectedly preserved: but so far from trying to
retaliate on those who had wronged them, or expressing gratitude to those
who had come to their relief, they sent ambassadors in conjunction with the
Acarnanians to Queen Teuta, and made a treaty with the Illyrians, in virtue
of which they engaged henceforth to co-operate with them and against the
Achaean and Aetolian leagues. All which proceedings showed conclusively
the levity of their conduct towards men who had stood their friends, as well
as an originally short-sighted policy in regard to their own interests.

Page 146

7. That men, in the infirmity of human nature, should fall into misfortunes
which defy calculation, is the fault not of the sufferers but of Fortune, and
of those who do the wrong; but that they should from mere levity, and with
their eyes open, thrust themselves upon the most serious disasters is without
dispute the fault of the victims themselves. Therefore it is that pity and
sympathy and assistance await those whose failure is due to Fortune:
reproach and rebuke from all men of sense those who have only their own
folly to thank for it.
It is the latter that the Epirotes now richly deserved at the hands of the
Greeks. For in the first place, who in his senses, knowing the common
report as to the character of the Gauls, would not have hesitated to trust to
The career of a body of them a city so rich, and offering so many opportunities
Gallic mercenaries, for treason? And again, who would not have been on his
guard against the bad character of this particular body of them? For they
had originally been driven from their native country by an outburst of
popular indignation at an act of treachery done by them to their own
kinsfolk and relations. Then having been received by the Carthaginians,
because of the exigencies of the war in which the latter were engaged, and
at Agrigentum, being drafted into Agrigentum to garrison it (being at
the time more than three thousand strong), they seized
the opportunity of a dispute as to pay, arising between the soldiers and their
generals, to plunder the city; and again being brought by the Carthaginians
at Eryx. into Eryx to perform the same duty, they first
endeavoured to betray the city and those who were shut
up in it with them to the Romans who were besieging it; and when they
failed in that treason, they deserted in a body to the enemy: whose trust they
also betrayed by plundering the temple of Aphrodite in Eryx. Thoroughly
convinced, therefore, of their abominable character, as soon as they had
made peace with Carthage the Romans made it their first business to disarm
them, put them on board ship, and forbid them ever to enter any part of
Disarmed by the Italy. These were the men whom the Epirotes made the
Romans. protectors of their democracy and the guardians of their
laws! To such men as these they entrusted their most wealthy city! How
then can it be denied that they were the cause of their own misfortunes?
My object, in commenting on the blind folly of the Epirotes, is to point out
that it is never wise to introduce a foreign garrison, especially of barbarians,

Page 147

which is too strong to be controlled.
8. To return to the Illyrians. From time immemorial they had oppressed and
Illyrian pirates. pillaged vessels sailing from Italy: and now while their
fleet was engaged at Phoenice a considerable number of
them, separating from the main body, committed acts of piracy on a number
The Romans interfere, of Italian merchants: some they merely plundered,
b.c. 230. others they murdered, and a great many they carried off
alive into captivity. Now, though complaints against the Illyrians had
reached the Roman government in times past, they had always been
neglected; but now when more and more persons approached the Senate on
this subject, they appointed two ambassadors, Gaius and Lucius
Coruncanius, to go to Illyricum and investigate the matter. But on the
arrival of her galleys from Epirus, the enormous quantity and beauty of the
spoils which they brought home (for Phoenice was by far the wealthiest city
in Epirus at that time), so fired the imagination of Queen Teuta, that she was
doubly eager to carry on the predatory warfare on the coasts of Greece. At
the moment, however, she was stopped by the rebellion at home; but it had
not taken her long to put down the revolt in Illyria, and she was engaged in
besieging Issa, the last town which held out, when just at that very time the
Roman ambassadors arrived. A time was fixed for their audience, and they
proceeded to discuss the injuries which their citizens had sustained.
Queen Teuta’s reception Throughout the interview, however, Teuta listened with
of the Roman legates. an insolent and disdainful air; and when they had
finished their speech, she replied that she would endeavour to take care that
no injury should be inflicted on Roman citizens by Illyrian officials; but that
it was not the custom for the sovereigns of Illyria to hinder private persons
from taking booty at sea. Angered by these words, the younger of the two
ambassadors used a plainness of speech which, though thoroughly to the
point, was rather ill-timed. “The Romans,” he said, “O Teuta, have a most
excellent custom of using the State for the punishment of private wrongs
and the redress of private grievances: and we will endeavour, God willing,
before long to compel you to improve the relations between the sovereign
and the subject in Illyria.” The queen received this plain speaking with
womanish passion and unreasoning anger. So enraged was she at the speech
A Roman legate that, in despite of the conventions universally observed
assassinated. among mankind, she despatched some men after the

Page 148

ambassadors, as they were sailing home, to kill the one who had used this
plainness. Upon this being reported at Rome the people were highly
incensed at the queen’s violation of the law of nations, and at once set about
preparations for war, enrolling legions and collecting a fleet.
9. When the season for sailing was come Teuta sent out a larger fleet of
b.c. 229. Another galleys than ever against the Greek shores, some of
piratical fleet sent out by which sailed straight to Corcyra; while a portion of
Teuta.
them put into the harbour of Epidamnus on the pretext
of taking in victual and water, but really to attack the town. The
Their treacherous attack Epidamnians received them without suspicion and
on Epidamnus, which is without taking any precautions. Entering the town
repulsed.
therefore clothed merely in their tunics, as though they
were only come to fetch water, but with swords concealed in the water
vessels, they slew the guards stationed at the gates, and in a brief space
were masters of the gate-tower. Being energetically supported by a
reinforcement from the ships, which came quickly up in accordance with a
pre-arrangement, they got possession of the greater part of the walls without
difficulty. But though the citizens were taken off their guard they made a
determined and desperate resistance, and the Illyrians after maintaining
their ground for some time were eventually driven out of the town. So the
Epidamnians on this occasion went near to lose their city by their
carelessness; but by the courage which they displayed they saved
themselves from actual damage while receiving a useful lesson for the
future. The Illyrians who had engaged in this enterprise made haste to put to
Attack on Corcyra. sea, and, rejoining the advanced squadron, put in at
Corcyra: there, to the terror of the inhabitants, they
disembarked and set about besieging the town. Dismayed and despairing of
The Corcyreans appeal their safety, the Corcyreans, acting in conjunction with
to the Aetolian and the people of Apollonia and Epidamnus, sent off envoys
Achaean leagues.
to the Achaean and Aetolian leagues, begging for
instant help, and entreating them not to allow of their being deprived of
their homes by the Illyrians. The petition was accepted, and the Achaean
and Aetolian leagues combined to send aid. The ten decked ships of war
belonging to the Achaeans were manned, and having been fitted out in a
few days, set sail for Corcyra in hopes of raising the siege.

Page 149

10. But the Illyrians obtained a reinforcement of seven decked ships from
the Acarnanians, in virtue of their treaty with that people, and, putting to
sea, engaged the Achaean fleet off the islands called Paxi. The Acarnanian
and Achaean ships fought without victory declaring for either, and without
Defeat of the Achaean receiving any further damage than having some of their
ships. crew wounded. But the Illyrians lashed their galleys
four together, and, caring nothing for any damage that might happen to
them, grappled with the enemy by throwing their galleys athwart their
prows and encouraging them to charge; when the enemies’ prows struck
them, and got entangled by the lashed-together galleys getting hitched on to
their forward gear, the Illyrians leaped upon the decks of the Achaean ships
and captured them by the superior number of their armed men. In this way
they took four triremes, and sunk one quinquereme with all hands, on board
of which Margos of Caryneia was sailing, who had all his life served the
Achaean league with complete integrity. The vessels engaged with the
Acarnanians, seeing the triumphant success of the Illyrians, and trusting to
their own speed, hoisted their sails to the wind and effected their voyage
home without further disaster. The Illyrians, on the other hand, filled with
self-confidence by their success, continued their siege of the town in high
spirits, and without putting themselves to any unnecessary trouble; while
Corcyra submits. the Corcyreans, reduced to despair of safety by what
had happened, after sustaining the siege for a short time
longer, made terms with the Illyrians, consenting to receive a garrison, and
with it Demetrius of Pharos. After this had been settled, the Illyrian
admirals put to sea again; and, having arrived at Epidamnus, once more set
about besieging that town.
11. In this same season one of the Consuls, Gnaeus Fulvius, started from
Rome with two hundred ships, and the other Consul, Aulus Postumius, with
b.c. 229. The Roman the land forces. The plan of Gnaeus was to sail direct to
Consuls, with fleet and Corcyra, because he supposed that he should find the
army, start to punish the
Illyrians.
result of the siege still undecided. But when he found
that he was too late for that, he determined nevertheless
to sail to the island because he wished to know the exact facts as to what
had happened there, and to test the sincerity of the overtures that had been
Demetrius of Pharos. made by Demetrius. For Demetrius, being in disgrace
with Teuta, and afraid of what she might do to him, had

Page 150

been sending messages to Rome, offering to put the city and everything else
of which he was in charge into their hands. Delighted at the appearance of
the Romans, the Corcyreans not only surrendered the garrison to them, with
Corcyra becomes a the consent of Demetrius, but committed themselves
“friend of Rome.” also unconditionally to the Roman protection; believing
that this was their only security in the future against the piratical incursions
of the Illyrians. So the Romans, having admitted the Corcyreans into the
number of the friends of Rome, sailed for Apollonia, with Demetrius to act
as their guide for the rest of the campaign. At the same time the other
Aulus Postumius. Consul, Aulus Postumius, conveyed his army across
from Brundisium, consisting of twenty thousand
infantry and about two thousand horse. This army, as well as the fleet under
Gnaeus Fulvius, being directed upon Apollonia, which at once put itself
under Roman protection, both forces were again put in motion on news
being brought that Epidamnus was being besieged by the enemy. No sooner
did the Illyrians learn the approach of the Romans than they hurriedly broke
up the siege and fled. The Romans, taking the Epidamnians under their
protection, advanced into the interior of Illyricum, subduing the Ardiaei as
The Roman settlement of they went. They were met on their march by envoys
Illyricum. from many tribes: those of the Partheni offered an
unconditional surrender, as also did those of the Atintanes. Both were
accepted: and the Roman army proceeded towards Issa, which was being
besieged by Illyrian troops. On their arrival, they forced the enemy to raise
the siege, and received the Issaeans also under their protection. Besides, as
the fleet coasted along, they took certain Illyrian cities by storm; among
which was Nutria, where they lost not only a large number of soldiers, but
some of the Military Tribunes also and the Quaestor. But they captured
twenty of the galleys which were conveying the plunder from the country.
Of the Illyrian troops engaged in blockading Issa, those that belonged to
Pharos were left unharmed, as a favour to Demetrius; while all the rest
scattered and fled to Arbo. Teuta herself, with a very few attendants,
escaped to Rhizon, a small town very strongly fortified, and situated on the
river of the same name. Having accomplished all this, and having placed
the greater part of Illyria under Demetrius, and invested him with a wide
dominion, the Consuls retired to Epidamnus with their fleet and army.

Page 151

12. Then Gnaeus Fulvius sailed back to Rome with the larger part of the
naval and military forces, while Postumius, staying behind and collecting
forty vessels and a legion from the cities in that district, wintered there to
guard the Ardiaei and other tribes that had committed themselves to the
b.c. 228. Teuta submits. protection of Rome. Just before spring in the next year,
Teuta sent envoys to Rome and concluded a treaty; in
virtue of which she consented to pay a fixed tribute, and to abandon all
Illyricum, with the exception of some few districts: and what affected
Greece more than anything, she agreed not to sail beyond Lissus with more
than two galleys, and those unarmed. When this arrangement had been
concluded, Postumius sent legates to the Aetolian and Achaean leagues,
who on their arrival first explained the reasons for the war and the Roman
invasion; and then stated what had been accomplished in it, and read the
treaty which had been made with the Illyrians. The envoys then returned to
Corcyra after receiving the thanks of both leagues: for they had freed
Greece by this treaty from a very serious cause for alarm, the fact being that
the Illyrians were not the enemies of this or that people, but the common
enemies of all alike.
Such were the circumstances of the first armed interference of the Romans
in Illyricum and that part of Europe, and their first diplomatic relations with
Greece; and such too were the motives which suggested them. But having
thus begun, the Romans immediately afterwards sent envoys to Corinth and
Athens. And it was then that the Corinthians first admitted Romans to take
part in the Isthmian games.
13. We must now return to Hasdrubal in Iberia. He had during this period
been conducting his command with ability and success, and had not only
given in general a great impulse to the Carthaginian interests there, but in
Hasdrubal in Spain. The particular had greatly strengthened them by the
founding of New fortification of the town, variously called Carthage, and
Carthage, b.c. 228.
New Town, the situation of which was exceedingly
convenient for operations in Libya as well as in Iberia. I shall take a more
suitable opportunity of speaking of the site of this town, and pointing out
the advantages offered by it to both countries: I must at present speak of the
impression made by Hasdrubal’s policy at Rome. Seeing him strengthening
the Carthaginian influence in Spain, and rendering it continually more
formidable, the Romans were anxious to interfere in the politics of that

Page 152

country. They discovered, as they thought, that they had allowed their
suspicions to be lulled to sleep, and had meanwhile given the Carthaginians
the opportunity of consolidating their power. They did not venture,
however, at the moment to impose conditions or make war on them,
because they were in almost daily dread of an attack from the Celts. They
Dread of the Gauls. determined therefore to mollify Hasdrubal by gentle
measures, and so to leave themselves free to attack the
Celts first and try conclusions with them: for they were convinced that, with
such enemies on their flank, they would not only be unable to keep their
hold over the rest of Italy, but even to reckon on safety in their own city.
Treaty with Hasdrubal. Accordingly, while sending envoys to Hasdrubal, and
making a treaty with him by which the Carthaginians,
without saying anything of the rest of Iberia, engaged not to cross the Iber
in arms, they pushed on the war with the Celts in Italy.
14. This war itself I shall treat only summarily, to avoid breaking the thread
of my history; but I must go back somewhat in point of time, and refer to
the period at which these tribes originally occupied their districts in Italy.
For the story I think is worth knowing for its own sake, and must absolutely
be kept in mind, if we wish to understand what tribes and districts they were
on which Hannibal relied to assist him in his bold design of destroying the
Roman dominion. I will first describe the country in which they live, its
nature, and its relation to the rest of Italy; for if we clearly understand its
peculiarities, geographical and natural, we shall be better able to grasp the
salient points in the history of the war.
Italy, taken as a whole, is a triangle, of which the eastern side is bounded by
The Geography of Italy. the Ionian Sea and the Adriatic Gulf, its southern and
western sides by the Sicilian and Tyrrhenian seas; these
two sides converge to form the apex of the triangle, which is represented by
the southern promontory of Italy called Cocinthus, and which separates the
Ionian from the Sicilian Sea.146 The third side, or base of this triangle, is on
the north, and is formed by the chain of the Alps stretching right across the
country, beginning at Marseilles and the coast of the Sardinian Sea, and
with no break in its continuity until within a short distance of the head of
the Adriatic. To the south of this range, which I said we must regard as the
base of the triangle, are the most northerly plains of Italy, the largest and
most fertile of any with which I am acquainted in all Europe. This is the

Page 153

district with which we are at present concerned. Taken as a whole, it too
forms a triangle, the apex of which is the point where the Apennines and
Col di Tenda. Alps converge, above Marseilles, and not far from the
coast of the Sardinian Sea. The northern side of this
triangle is formed by the Alps, extending for 2200 stades; the southern by
the Apennines, extending 3600; and the base is the seaboard of the Adriatic,
from the town of Sena to the head of the gulf, a distance of more than 2500
stades. The total length of the three sides will thus be nearly 10,000 stades.
15. The yield of corn in this district is so abundant that wheat is often sold
Gallia Cis-Alpina. at four obols a Sicilian medimnus, barley at two, or a
metretes of wine for an equal measure of barley. The
quantity of panic and millet produced is extraordinary; and the amount of
acorns grown in the oak forests scattered about the country may be gathered
from the fact that, though nowhere are more pigs slaughtered than in Italy,
for sacrifices as well as for family use, and for feeding the army, by far the
most important supply is from these plains. The cheapness and abundance
of all articles of food may also be clearly shown from the fact that travellers
in these parts, when stopping at inns, do not bargain for particular articles,
but simply ask what the charge is per head for board. And for the most part
the innkeepers are content to supply their guests with every necessary at a
charge rarely exceeding half an as (that is, the fourth part of an obol)147 a
day each. Of the numbers, stature, and personal beauty of the inhabitants,
and still more of their bravery in war, we shall be able to satisfy ourselves
from the facts of their history.
16. Such parts of both slopes of the Alps as are not too rocky or too
precipitous are inhabited by different tribes; those on the north towards the
The Alps. Rhone by the Gauls, called Transalpine; those towards
the Italian plains by the Taurisci and Agones and a
number of other barbarous tribes. The name Transalpine is not tribal, but
local, from the Latin proposition trans, “across.” The summits of the Alps,
from their rugged character, and the great depth of eternal snow, are entirely
The Apennines. uninhabited. Both slopes of the Apennines, towards the
Tuscan Sea and towards the plains, are inhabited by the
Ligurians, from above Marseilles and the junction with the Alps to Pisae on
the coast, the first city on the west of Etruria, and inland to Arretium. Next
to them come the Etruscans; and next on both slopes the Umbrians. The

Page 154

distance between the Apennines and the Adriatic averages about five
hundred stades; and when it leaves the northern plains the chain verges to
the right, and goes entirely through the middle of the rest of Italy, as far as
the Sicilian Sea. The remaining portion of this triangle, namely the plain
along the sea coast, extends as far as the town of Sena. The Padus,
The Po. celebrated by the poets under the name of Eridanus,
rises in the Alps near the apex of the triangle, and flows
down to the plains with a southerly course; but after reaching the plains, it
turns to the east, and flowing through them discharges itself by two mouths
into the Adriatic. The larger part of the plain is thus cut off by it, and lies
between this river and the Alps to the head of the Adriatic. In body of water
it is second to no river in Italy, because the mountain streams, descending
from the Alps and Apennines to the plain, one and all flow into it on both
sides; and its stream is at its height and beauty about the time of the rising
15th July. of the Dog Star, because it is then swollen by the
melting snows on those mountains. It is navigable for
nearly two thousand stades up stream, the ships entering by the mouth
called Olana; for though it is a single main stream to begin with, it branches
off into two at the place called Trigoboli, of which streams the northern is
called the Padoa, the southern the Olana. At the mouth of the latter there is a
harbour affording as safe anchorage as any in the Adriatic. The whole river
is called by the country folk the Bodencus. As to the other stories current in
Greece about this river,—I mean Phaethon and his fall, and the tears of the
poplars and the black clothes of the inhabitants along this stream, which
they are said to wear at this day as mourning for Phaethon,—all such tragic
incidents I omit for the present, as not being suitable to the kind of work I
have in hand; but I shall return to them at some other more fitting
opportunity, particularly because Timaeus has shown a strange ignorance of
this district.
17. To continue my description. These plains were anciently inhabited by
Etruscans,148 at the same period as what are called the Phlegraean plains
Gauls expel Etruscans round Capua and Nola; which latter, however, have
from the valley of the enjoyed the highest reputation, because they lay in a
Po.
great many people’s way and so got known. In speaking
then of the history of the Etruscan Empire, we should not refer to the
district occupied by them at the present time, but to these northern plains,

Page 155

and to what they did when they inhabited them. Their chief intercourse was
with the Celts, because they occupied the adjoining districts; who, envying
the beauty of their lands, seized some slight pretext to gather a great host
and expel the Etruscans from the valley of the Padus, which they at once
took possession of themselves. First, the country near the source of the
Padus was occupied by the Laevi and Lebecii; after them the Insubres
settled in the country, the largest tribe of all; and next them, along the bank
of the river, the Cenomani. But the district along the shore of the Adriatic
was held by another very ancient tribe called Venĕti, in customs and dress
nearly allied to Celts, but using quite a different language, about whom the
tragic poets have written a great many wonderful tales. South of the Padus,
in the Apennine district, first beginning from the west, the Ananes, and next
them the Boii settled. Next them, on the coast of the Adriatic, the Lingones;
and south of these, still on the sea-coast, the Senones. These are the most
important tribes that took possession of this part of the country. They lived
Their character. in open villages, and without any permanent buildings.
As they made their beds of straw or leaves, and fed on
meat, and followed no pursuits but those of war and agriculture, they lived
simple lives without being acquainted with any science or art whatever.
Each man’s property, moreover, consisted in cattle and gold; as they were
the only things that could be easily carried with them, when they wandered
from place to place, and changed their dwelling as their fancy directed.
They made a great point, however, of friendship: for the man who had the
largest number of clients or companions in his wanderings, was looked
upon as the most formidable and powerful member of the tribe.149
18. In the early times of their settlement they did not merely subdue the
territory which they occupied, but rendered also many of the neighbouring
peoples subject to them, whom they overawed by their audacity. Some time
afterwards they conquered the Romans in battle, and pursuing the flying
legions, in three days after the battle occupied Rome itself with the
exception of the Capitol. But a circumstance intervened which recalled
Battle of the Allia, 18th them home, an invasion, that is to say, of their territory
July, b.c. 390. by the Venĕti. Accordingly they made terms with the
Romans, handed back the city, and returned to their own land; and
subsequently were occupied with domestic wars. Some of the tribes, also,
who dwelt on the Alps, comparing their own barren districts with the rich

Page 156

territory occupied by the others, were continually making raids upon them,
Latin war, b.c. 349-340. and collecting their forces to attack them. This gave the
Romans time to recover their strength, and to come to
b.c. 360. terms with the people of Latium. When, thirty years
after the capture of the city, the Celts came again as far
b.c. 348. as Alba, the Romans were taken by surprise; and having
had no intelligence of the intended invasion, nor time to
collect the forces of the Socii, did not venture to give them battle. But when
another invasion in great force took place twelve years later, they did get
previous intelligence of it; and, having mustered their allies, sallied forth to
meet them with great spirit, being eager to engage them and fight a decisive
battle. But the Gauls were dismayed at their approach; and, being besides
weakened by internal feuds, retreated homewards as soon as night fell, with
b.c. 334. all the appearance of a regular flight. After this alarm
they kept quiet for thirteen years; at the end of which
period, seeing that the power of the Romans was growing formidable, they
made a peace and a definite treaty with them.
19. They abided by this treaty for thirty years: but at that time, alarmed by a
threatening movement on the part of the Transalpine tribes, and fearing that
b.c. 299. a dangerous war was imminent, they diverted the attack
of the invading horde from themselves by presents and
appeals to their ties of kindred, but incited them to attack the Romans,
joining in the expedition themselves. They directed their march through
Etruria, and were joined by the Etruscans; and the combined armies, after
taking a great quantity of booty, got safely back from the Roman territory.
But when they got home, they quarrelled about the division of the spoil, and
in the end destroyed most of it, as well as the flower of their own force.
This is the way of the Gauls when they have appropriated their neighbours’
property; and it mostly arises from brutal drunkenness, and intemperate
b.c. 297. feeding. In the fourth year after this, the Samnites and
Gauls made a league, gave the Romans battle in the
neighbourhood of Camerium, and slew a large number. Incensed at this
defeat, the Romans marched out a few days afterwards, and with two
Consular armies engaged the enemy in the territory of Sentinum; and,
having killed the greater number of them, forced the survivors to retreat in
b.c. 283. hot haste each to his own land. Again, after another

Page 157

interval of ten years, the Gauls besieged Arretium with a great army, and the
Romans went to the assistance of the town, and were beaten in an
engagement under its walls. The Praetor Lucius150 having fallen in this
battle, Manius Curius was appointed in his place. The ambassadors, sent by
him to the Gauls to treat for the prisoners, were treacherously murdered by
them. At this the Romans, in high wrath, sent an expedition against them,
which was met by the tribe called the Senones. In a pitched battle the army
of the Senones were cut to pieces, and the rest of the tribe expelled from the
country; into which the Romans sent the first colony which they ever
Sena Gallica. planted in Gaul—namely, the town of Sena, so called
from the tribe of Gauls which formerly occupied it.
This is the town which I mentioned before as lying on the coast at the
extremity of the plains of the Padus.
20. Seeing the expulsion of the Senones, and fearing the same fate for
themselves, the Boii made a general levy, summoned the Etruscans to join
them, and set out to war. They mustered their forces near the lacus
Vadimonis, and there gave the Romans battle; in which the Etruscans
indeed suffered a loss of more than half their men, while scarcely any of the
b.c. 282. Boii escaped. But yet in the very next year the same
two nations joined forces once more; and arming even
those of them who had only just reached manhood, gave the Romans battle
again; and it was not until they had been utterly defeated in this engagement
that they humbled themselves so far as to send ambassadors to Rome and
make a treaty.151
These events took place in the third year before Pyrrhus crossed into Italy,
and in the fifth before the destruction of the Gauls at Delphi. For at this
period fortune seems to have plagued the Gauls with a kind of epidemic of
war. But the Romans gained two most important advantages from these
events. First, their constant defeats at the hands of the Gauls had inured
them to the worst that could befall them; and so, when they had to fight
with Pyrrhus, they came to the contest like trained and experienced
gladiators. And in the second place, they had crushed the insolence of the
Gauls just in time to allow them to give an undivided attention, first to the
war with Pyrrhus for the possession of Italy, and then to the war with
Carthage for the supremacy in Sicily.

Page 158

21. After these defeats the Gauls maintained an unbroken peace with Rome
for forty-five years. But when the generation which had witnessed the
actual struggle had passed away, and a younger generation of men had
taken their places, filled with unreflecting hardihood, and who had neither
experienced nor seen any suffering or reverse, they began, as was natural, to
b.c. 236. disturb the settlement; and on the one hand to let trifling
causes exasperate them against Rome, and on the other
to invite the Alpine Gauls to join the fray. At first these intrigues were
carried on by their chiefs without the knowledge of the tribesmen; and
accordingly, when an armed host of Transalpine Gauls arrived at Ariminum,
the Boii were suspicious; and forming a conspiracy against their own
leaders, as well as against the new-comers, they put their own two kings
Atis and Galatus to death, and cut each other to pieces in a pitched battle.
Just then the Romans, alarmed at the threatened invasion, had despatched
an army; but learning that the Gauls had committed this act of self-
destruction, it returned home again. In the fifth year after this alarm, in the
Consulship of Marcus Aemilius Lepidus, the Romans divided among their
citizens the territory of Picenum, from which they had ejected the Senones
b.c. 232. when they conquered them: a democratic measure
introduced by Gaius Flaminius, and a policy which we
must pronounce to have been the first step in the demoralisation of the
people, as well as the cause of the next Gallic war. For many of the Gauls,
and especially the Boii whose lands were coterminous with the Roman
territory, entered upon that war from the conviction that the object of Rome
in her wars with them was no longer supremacy and empire over them, but
their total expulsion and destruction.
22. Accordingly the two most extensive tribes, the Insubres and Boii, joined
in the despatch of messengers to the tribes living about the Alps and on the
b.c. 231. Rhone, who from a word which means “serving for
hire,” are called Gaesatae. To their kings Concolitanus
and Aneroetes they offered a large sum of gold on the spot; and, for the
future, pointed out to them the greatness of the wealth of Rome, and all the
riches of which they would become possessed, if they took it. In these
attempts to inflame their cupidity and induce them to join the expedition
against Rome they easily succeeded. For they added to the above arguments
pledges of their own alliance; and reminded them of the campaign of their

Page 159

own ancestors in which they had seized Rome itself, and had been masters
of all it contained, as well as the city itself, for seven months; and had at
last evacuated it of their own free will, and restored it by an act of free
grace, returning unconquered and scatheless with the booty to their own
land. These arguments made the leaders so eager for the expedition, that
there never at any other time came from that part of Gaul a larger host, or
one consisting of more notable warriors. Meanwhile, the Romans, informed
of what was coming, partly by report and partly by conjecture, were in such
a state of constant alarm and excitement, that they hurriedly enrolled
legions, collected supplies, and sent out their forces to the frontier, as
though the enemy were already in their territory, before the Gauls had
stirred from their own lands.
It was this movement of the Gauls that, more than anything else, helped the
Carthaginians to consolidate their power in Iberia. For the Romans, as I
have said, looked upon the Celtic question as the more pressing one of the
two, as being so near home; and were forced to wink at what was going on
in Iberia, in their anxiety to settle it satisfactorily first. Having, therefore,
put their relations with the Carthaginians on a safe footing by the treaty
with Hasdrubal, which I spoke of a short time back,152 they gave an
undivided attention to the Celtic war, convinced that their interest
demanded that a decisive battle should be fought with them.
23. The Gaesatae, then, having collected their forces, crossed the Alps and
descended into the valley of the Padus with a formidable army, furnished
b. c. 225. Coss. L. with a variety of armour, in the eighth year after the
Aemilius Papus. C. distribution of the lands of Picenum. The Insubres and
Atilius Regulus.
Boii remained loyal to the agreement they had made
with them: but the Venĕti and Cenomani being induced by embassies from
Rome to take the Roman side, the Celtic kings were obliged to leave a
portion of their forces behind, to guard against an invasion of their territory
by those tribes. They themselves, with their main army, consisting of one
hundred and fifty thousand foot, and twenty thousand horse and chariots,
struck camp and started on their march, which was to be through Etruria, in
high spirits. As soon as it was known at Rome that the Celts had crossed the
Alps, one of the Consuls, Lucius Aemilius Papus, was sent with an army to
Ariminum to guard against the passage of the enemy, and one of the
Praetors into Etruria: for the other Consul, Gaius Atilius Regulus, happened

Page 160

to be in Sardinia with his legions. There was universal terror in Rome, for
the danger threatening them was believed to be great and formidable. And
naturally so: for the old fear of the Gauls had never been eradicated from
their minds. No one thought of anything else: they were incessantly
occupied in mustering the legions, or enrolling new ones, and in ordering
up such of the allies as were ready for service. The proper magistrates were
ordered to give in lists of all citizens of military age; that it might at once be
known to what the total of the available forces amounted. And such stores
of corn, and darts, and other military equipments were collected as no one
could remember on any former occasion. From every side assistance was
eagerly rendered; for the inhabitants of Italy, in their terror at the Gallic
invasion, no longer thought of the matter as a question of alliance with
Rome, or of the war as undertaken to support Roman supremacy, but each
people regarded it as a danger menacing themselves and their own city and
territory. The response to the Roman appeal therefore was prompt.
24. But in order that we may learn from actual facts how great the power
The Roman resources. was which Hannibal subsequently ventured to attack,
and what a mighty empire he faced when he succeeded
in inflicting upon the Roman people the most severe disasters, I must now
state the amount of the forces they could at that time bring into the field.
The two Consuls had marched out with four legions, each consisting of five
thousand two hundred infantry and three hundred cavalry. Besides this there
were with each Consul allies to the number of thirty thousand infantry and
two thousand cavalry. Of Sabines and Etruscans too, there had come to
Rome, for that special occasion, four thousand horse and more than fifty
thousand foot. These were formed into an army and sent in advance into
Etruria, under the command of one of the Praetors. Moreover, the Umbrians
and Sarsinatae, hill tribes of the Apennine district, were collected to the
number of twenty thousand; and with them were twenty thousand Venĕti
and Cenomani. These were stationed on the frontier of the Gallic territory,
that they might divert the attention of the invaders, by making an incursion
into the territory of the Boii. These were the forces guarding the frontier. In
Rome itself, ready as a reserve in case of the accidents of war, there
remained twenty thousand foot and three thousand horse of citizens, and
thirty thousand foot and two thousand horse of the allies. Lists of men for
service had also been returned, of Latins eighty thousand foot and five

Page 161

thousand horse; of Samnites seventy thousand foot and seven thousand
horse; of Iapygians and Messapians together fifty thousand foot and sixteen
thousand horse; and of Lucanians thirty thousand foot and three thousand
horse; of Marsi, and Marrucini, and Ferentani, and Vestini, twenty thousand
foot and four thousand horse. And besides these, there were in reserve in
Sicily and Tarentum two legions, each of which consisted of about four
thousand two hundred foot, and two hundred horse. Of the Romans and
Campanians the total of those put on the roll was two hundred and fifty
thousand foot and twenty-three thousand horse; so that the grand total of the
forces actually defending Rome was over 150,000 foot, 6000 cavalry:153
and of the men able to bear arms, Romans and allies, over 700,000 foot and
70,000 horse; while Hannibal, when he invaded Italy, had less than twenty
thousand to put against this immense force.
25. There will be another opportunity of treating the subject in greater
The Gauls enter Etruria. detail; for the present I must return to the Celts. Having
entered Etruria, they began their march through the
country, devastating it as they chose, and without any opposition; and
finally directed their course against Rome itself. But when they were
encamped under the walls of Clusium, which is three days’ march from
Rome, news was brought them that the Roman forces, which were on duty
in Etruria, were following on their rear and were close upon them; upon
which they turned back to meet them, eager to offer them battle. The two
The Praetor’s army armies came in sight of each other about sunset, and
defeated at Clusium. encamped for the night a short distance apart. But when
night fell, the Celts lit their watch fires; and leaving their cavalry on the
ground, with instructions that, as soon as daylight made them visible to the
enemy, they should follow by the same route, they made a secret retreat
along the road to Faesulae, and took up their position there; that they might
be joined by their own cavalry, and might disconcert the attack of the
enemy. Accordingly, when at daybreak the Romans saw that the cavalry
were alone, they believed that the Celts had fled, and hastened in pursuit of
the retreating horse; but when they approached the spot where the enemy
were stationed, the Celts suddenly left their position and fell upon them.
The struggle was at first maintained with fury on both sides: but the courage
and superior numbers of the Celts eventually gave them the victory. No less
than six thousand Romans fell: while the rest fled, most of whom made

Page 162

their way to a certain strongly fortified height, and there remained. The first
impulse of the Celts was to besiege them: but they were worn out by their
previous night march, and all the suffering and fatigue of the day; leaving
therefore a detachment of cavalry to keep guard round the hill, they
hastened to procure rest and refreshment, resolving to besiege the fugitives
next day unless they voluntarily surrendered.
26. But meanwhile Lucius Aemilius, who had been stationed on the coast of
On the arrival of the Adriatic at Ariminum, having been informed that the
Aemilius the Gauls Gauls had entered Etruria and were approaching Rome,
retire.
set off to the rescue; and after a rapid march appeared
on the ground just at the critical moment. He pitched his camp close to the
enemy; and the fugitives on the hill, seeing his watch fires, and
understanding what had happened, quickly recovered their courage and sent
some of their men unarmed to make their way through the forest and tell the
Consul what had happened. This news left the Consul as he thought no
alternative but to fight. He therefore ordered the Tribunes to lead out the
infantry at daybreak, while he, taking command of the cavalry, led the way
towards the hill. The Gallic chieftains too had seen his watch fires, and
understood that the enemy was come; and at once held council of war. The
advice of King Aneroestes was, “that seeing the amount of booty they had
taken,—an incalculable quantity indeed of captives, cattle, and other spoil,
—they had better not run the risk of another general engagement, but return
home in safety; and having disposed of this booty, and freed themselves
from its incumbrance, return, if they thought good, to make another
determined attack upon Rome.” Having resolved to follow the advice of
Aneroestes in the present juncture, the chiefs broke up their night council,
and before daybreak struck camp, and marched through Etruria by the road
which follows the coast of the Ligurian bay. While Lucius, having taken off
the remnant of the army from the hill, and combined it with his own forces,
determined that it would not be by any means advantageous to offer the
enemy regular battle; but that it was better to dog their footsteps, watching
for favourable times and places at which to inflict damage upon them, or
wrest some of their booty from their hands.
27. Just at that time the Consul Gaius Atilius had crossed from Sardinia, and
Atilius landing at Pisa having landed at Pisae was on his way to Rome; and
intercepts the march of therefore he and the enemy were advancing to meet

Page 163

the Gauls. each other. When the Celts were at Telamon in Etruria,
their advanced guard fell in with that of Gaius, and the men being made
prisoners informed the Consul in answer to questions of what had taken
place; and told him that both the armies were in the neighbourhood: that of
the Celts, namely, and that of Lucius close upon their rear. Though
somewhat disturbed at the events which he thus learnt, Gaius regarded the
situation as a hopeful one, when he considered that the Celts were on the
road between two hostile armies. He therefore ordered the Tribunes to
martial the legions and to advance at the ordinary pace, and in line as far as
the breadth of the ground permitted; while he himself having surveyed a
piece of rising ground which commanded the road, and under which the
Celts must march, took his cavalry with him and hurried on to seize the
eminence, and so begin the battle in person; convinced that by these means
he would get the principal credit of the action for himself. At first the Celts
not knowing anything about the presence of Gaius Atilius, but supposing
from what was taking place, that the cavalry of Aemilius had outmarched
them in the night, and were seizing the points of vantage in the van of their
route, immediately detached some cavalry and light armed infantry to
dispute the possession of this eminence. But having shortly afterwards
learnt the truth about the presence of Gaius from a prisoner who was
brought in, they hurriedly got their infantry into position, and drew them up
so as to face two opposite ways, some, that is, to the front and others to the
rear. For they knew that one army was following on their rear; and they
expected from the intelligence which had reached them, and from what they
saw actually occurring, that they would have to meet another on their front.
28. Aemilius had heard of the landing of the legions at Pisae, but had not
expected them to be already so far on their road; but the contest at the
eminence proved to him that the two armies were quite close. He
The battle of the horse. accordingly despatched his horse at once to support the
Atilius falls. struggle for the possession of the hill, while he
marshalled his foot in their usual order, and advanced to attack the enemy
who barred his way. The Celts had stationed the Alpine tribe of the
Gaesatae to face their enemies on the rear, and behind them the Insubres; on
their front they had placed the Taurisci, and the Cispadane tribe of the Boii,
facing the legions of Gaius. Their waggons and chariots they placed on the
extremity of either wing, while the booty they massed upon one of the hills

Page 164

that skirted the road, under the protection of a guard. The army of the Celts
was thus double-faced, and their mode of marshalling their forces was
effective as well as calculated to inspire terror. The Insubres and Boii were
clothed in their breeches and light cloaks; but the Gaesatae from vanity and
bravado threw these garments away, and fell in in front of the army naked,
with nothing but their arms; believing that, as the ground was in parts
encumbered with brambles, which might possibly catch in their clothes and
impede the use of their weapons, they would be more effective in this state.
At first the only actual fighting was that for the possession of the hill: and
the numbers of the cavalry, from all three armies, that had joined in the
struggle made it a conspicuous sight to all. In the midst of it the Consul
Gaius fell, fighting with reckless bravery in the thick of the battle, and his
head was brought to the king of the Celts. The Roman cavalry, however,
continued the struggle with spirit, and finally won the position and
overpowered their opponents. Then the foot also came to close quarters.
29. It was surely a peculiar and surprising battle to witness, and scarcely
less so to hear described. A battle, to begin with, in which three distinct
armies were engaged, must have presented a strange and unusual
appearance, and must have been fought under strange and unusual
conditions. Again, it must have seemed to a spectator open to question,
whether the position of the Gauls were the most dangerous conceivable,
from being between two attacking forces; or the most favourable, as
enabling them to meet both armies at once, while their own two divisions
afforded each other a mutual support: and, above all, as putting retreat out
of the question, or any hope of safety except in victory. For this is the
peculiar advantage of having an army facing in two opposite directions. The
Romans, on the other hand, while encouraged by having got their enemy
between two of their own armies, were at the same time dismayed by the
ornaments and clamour of the Celtic host. For there were among them such
innumerable horns and trumpets, which were being blown simultaneously
in all parts of their army, and their cries were so loud and piercing, that the
noise seemed not to come merely from trumpets and human voices, but
from the whole country-side at once. Not less terrifying was the appearance
and rapid movement of the naked warriors in the van, which indicated men
in the prime of their strength and beauty: while all the warriors in the front
ranks were richly adorned with gold necklaces and bracelets. These sights

Page 165

certainly dismayed the Romans; still the hope they gave of a profitable
victory redoubled their eagerness for the battle.
30. When the men who were armed with the pilum advanced in front of the
legions, in accordance with the regular method of Roman warfare, and
The infantry engage. hurled their pila in rapid and effective volleys, the inner
ranks of the Celts found their jerkins and leather
breeches of great service; but to the naked men in the front ranks this
unexpected mode of attack caused great distress and discomfiture. For the
Gallic shields not being big enough to cover the man, the larger the naked
body the more certainty was there of the pilum hitting. And at last, not
being able to retaliate, because the pilum-throwers were out of reach, and
their weapons kept pouring in, some of them, in the extremity of their
distress and helplessness, threw themselves with desperate courage and
reckless violence upon the enemy, and thus met a voluntary death; while
others gave ground step by step towards their own friends, whom they
threw into confusion by this manifest acknowledgment of their panic. Thus
the courage of the Gaesatae had broken down before the preliminary attack
of the pilum. But when the throwers of it had rejoined their ranks, and the
whole Roman line charged, the Insubres, Boii, and Taurisci received the
attack, and maintained a desperate hand-to-hand fight. Though almost cut to
pieces, they held their ground with unabated courage, in spite of the fact
that man for man, as well as collectively, they were inferior to the Romans
in point of arms. The shields and swords of the latter were proved to be
manifestly superior for defence and attack, for the Gallic sword can only
deliver a cut, but cannot thrust. And when, besides, the Roman horse
charged down from the high ground on their flank, and attacked them
vigorously, the infantry of the Celts were cut to pieces on the field, while
their horse turned and fled.
31. Forty thousand of them were slain, and quite ten thousand taken
Aemilius returns home. prisoners, among whom was one of their kings,
Concolitanus: the other king, Aneroestes, fled with a
few followers; joined a few of his people in escaping to a place of security;
and there put an end to his own life and that of his friends. Lucius Aemilius,
the surviving Consul, collected the spoils of the slain and sent them to
Rome, and restored the property taken by the Gauls to its owners. Then
taking command of the legions, he marched along the frontier of Liguria,

Page 166

and made a raid upon the territory of the Boii; and having satisfied the
desires of the legions with plunder, returned with his forces to Rome in a
few days’ march. There he adorned the Capitol with the captured standards
and necklaces, which are gold chains worn by the Gauls round their necks;
but the rest of the spoils, and the captives, he converted to the benefit of his
own estate and to the adornment of his triumph.
Thus was the most formidable Celtic invasion repelled, which had been
regarded by all Italians, and especially by the Romans, as a danger of the
utmost gravity. The victory inspired the Romans with a hope that they
might be able to entirely expel the Celts from the valley of the Padus: and
b.c. 224. accordingly the Consuls of the next year, Quintus
Fulvius Flaccus and Titus Manlius Torquatus, were both
sent out with their legions, and military preparations on a large scale,
against them. By a rapid attack they terrified the Boii into making
submission to Rome; but the campaign had no other practical effect,
because, during the rest of it, there was a season of excessive rains, and an
outbreak of pestilence in the army.
32. The Consuls of the next year, however, Publius Furius Philus and Caius
b.c. 223. Flaminius, once more invaded the Celtic lands,
marching through the territory of the Anamares, who
live not far from Placentia.154 Having secured the friendship of this tribe,
they crossed into the country of the Insubres, near the confluence of the
Adua and Padus. They suffered some annoyance from the enemy, as they
were crossing the river, and as they were pitching their camp; and after
remaining for a short time, they made terms with the Insubres and left their
country. After a circuitous march of several days, they crossed the River
Clusius, and came into the territory of the Cenomani. As these people were
allies of Rome, they reinforced the army with some of their men, which
then descended once more from the Alpine regions into the plains belonging
to the Insubres, and began laying waste their land and plundering their
houses. The Insubrian chiefs, seeing that nothing could change the
determination of the Romans to destroy them, determined that they had
better try their fortune by a great and decisive battle. They therefore
mustered all their forces, took down from the temple of Minerva the golden
standards, which are called “the immovables,” and having made other
necessary preparations, in high spirits and formidable array, encamped

Page 167

opposite to their enemies to the number of fifty thousand. Seeing
themselves thus out-numbered, the Romans at first determined to avail
themselves of the forces of the allied Celtic tribes; but when they reflected
on the fickle character of the Gauls, and that they were about to fight with
an enemy of the same race as these auxiliary troops, they hesitated to
associate such men with themselves, at a crisis of such danger, and in an
action of such importance. However, they finally decided to do this. They
themselves stayed on the side of the river next the enemy: and sending the
Celtic contingent to the other side, they pulled up the bridges; which at once
precluded any fear of danger from them, and left themselves no hope of
safety except in victory; the impassable river being thus in their rear. These
dispositions made, they were ready to engage.
33. The Romans are thought to have shown uncommon skill in this battle;
the Tribunes instructing the troops how they were to conduct themselves
Battle with the Insubres. both collectively and individually. They had learned
from former engagements that Gallic tribes were always
most formidable at the first onslaught, before their courage was at all
damped by a check; and that the swords with which they were furnished, as
I have mentioned before, could only give one downward cut with any
effect, but that after this the edges got so turned and the blade so bent, that
unless they had time to straighten them with their foot against the ground,
they could not deliver a second blow. The Tribunes accordingly gave out
the spears of the Triarii, who are the last of the three ranks, to the first
ranks, or Hastati: and ordering the men to use their swords only, after their
spears were done with, they charged the Celts full in front. When the Celts
had rendered their swords useless by the first blows delivered on the spears,
the Romans closed with them, and rendered them quite helpless, by
preventing them from raising their hands to strike with their swords, which
is their peculiar and only stroke, because their blade has no point. The
Romans, on the contrary, having excellent points to their swords, used them
not to cut but to thrust: and by thus repeatedly hitting the breasts and faces
of the enemy, they eventually killed the greater number of them. And this
was due to the foresight of the Tribunes: for the Consul Flaminius is
thought to have made a strategic mistake in his arrangements for this battle.
By drawing up his men along the very brink of the river, he rendered
impossible a manœuvre characteristic of Roman tactics, because he left the

Page 168

lines no room for their deliberate retrograde movements; for if, in the
course of the battle, the men had been forced ever so little from their
ground, they would have been obliged by this blunder of their leader to
throw themselves into the river. However, the valour of the soldiers secured
them a brilliant victory, as I have said, and they returned to Rome with
abundance of booty of every kind, and of trophies stripped from the enemy.
34. Next year, upon embassies coming from the Celts, desiring peace and
b.c. 222. Attack on the making unlimited offers of submission, the new
Insubres. Consuls, Marcus Claudius Marcellus and Gnaeus
Cornelius Scipio Calvus, were urgent that no peace should be granted them.
Thus frustrated, they determined to try a last chance, and once more took
active measures to hire thirty thousand Gaesatae,—the Gallic tribe which
lives on the Rhone. Having obtained these, they held themselves in
readiness, and waited for the attack of their enemies. At the beginning of
spring the Consuls assumed command of their forces, and marched them
into the territory of the Insubres; and there encamped under the walls of the
city of Acerrae, which lies between the Padus and the Alps, and laid siege to
it. The Insubres, being unable to render any assistance, because all the
positions of vantage had been seized by the enemy first, and being yet very
anxious to break up the siege of Acerrae, detached a portion of their forces
to affect a diversion by crossing the Padus and laying siege to Clastidium.
Intelligence of this movement being brought to the Consuls, Marcus
Claudius, taking with him his cavalry and some light infantry, made a
forced march to relieve the besieged inhabitants. When the Celts heard of
his approach, they raised the siege; and, marching out to meet him, offered
him battle. At first they held their ground against a furious charge of cavalry
which the Roman Consul launched at them; but when they presently found
themselves surrounded by the enemy on their rear and flank, unable to
maintain the fight any longer, they fled before the cavalry; and many of
them were driven into the river, and were swept away by the stream, though
the larger number were cut down by their enemies. Acerrae also, richly
stored with corn, fell into the hands of the Romans: the Gauls having
evacuated it, and retired to Mediolanum, which is the most commanding
position in the territory of the Insubres. Gnaeus followed them closely, and
suddenly appeared at Mediolanum. The Gauls at first did not stir; but upon
his starting on his return march to Acerrae, they sallied out, and having

Page 169

boldly attacked his rear, killed a good many men, and even drove a part of it
into flight; until Gnaeus recalled some of his vanguard, and urged them to
stand and engage the enemy. The Roman soldiers obeyed orders, and
offered a vigorous resistance to the attacking party. The Celts, encouraged
by their success, held their ground for a certain time with some gallantry,
but before long turned and fled to the neighbouring mountains. Gnaeus
followed them, wasting the country as he went, and took Mediolanum by
assault. At this the chiefs of the Insubres, despairing of safety, made a
complete and absolute submission to Rome.
35. Such was the end of the Celtic war: which, for the desperate
determination and boldness of the enemy, for the obstinacy of the battles
fought, and for the number of those who fell and of those who were
engaged, is second to none recorded in history, but which, regarded as a
specimen of scientific strategy, is utterly contemptible. The Gauls showed
no power of planning or carrying out a campaign, and in everything they
did were swayed by impulse rather than by sober calculation. As I have
seen these tribes, after a short struggle, entirely ejected from the valley of
the Padus, with the exception of some few localities lying close to the Alps,
I thought I ought not to let their original attack upon Italy pass unrecorded,
any more than their subsequent attempts, or their final ejectment: for it is
the function of the historian to record and transmit to posterity such
episodes in the drama of Fortune; that our posterity may not from ignorance
of the past be unreasonably dismayed at the sudden and unexpected
invasions of these barbarians, but may reflect how short-lived and easily
damped the spirit of this race is; and so may stand to their defence, and try
every possible means before yielding an inch to them. I think, for instance,
that those who have recorded for our information the invasion of Greece by
b.c. 480. the Persians, and of Delphi by the Gauls, have
b.c. 279. contributed materially to the struggles made for the
common freedom of Greece. For a superiority in supplies, arms, or
numbers, would scarcely deter any one from putting the last possible hope
to the test, in a struggle for the integrity and the safety of his city and its
territory, if he had before his eyes the surprising result of those expeditions;
and remembered how many myriads of men, what daring confidence, and
what immense armaments were baffled by the skill and ability of
opponents, who conducted their measures under the dictates of reason and

Page 170

sober calculation. And as an invasion of Gauls has been a source of alarm to
Greece in our day, as well as in ancient times, I thought it worth while to
give a summary sketch of their doings from the earliest times.
36. Our narrative now returns to Hasdrubal, whom we left in command of
Death of Hasdrubal in the Carthaginian forces in Iberia. After eight years
Spain, b.c. 221. See command in that country, he was assassinated in his
chap. 13.
own house at night by a certain Celt in revenge for
some private wrong. Before his death he had done much to strengthen the
Carthaginian power in Iberia, not so much by military achievements, as by
the friendly relations which he maintained with the native princes. Now that
Succession of Hannibal he was dead, the Carthaginians invested Hannibal with
to the command in the command in Iberia, in spite of his youth, because of
Spain. His hostility to
Rome.
the ability in the conduct of affairs, and the daring spirit
which he had displayed. He had no sooner assumed the
command, than he nourished a fixed resolve to make war on Rome; nor was
it long before he carried out this resolution. From that time forth there were
constant suspicions and causes of offence arising between the Carthaginians
and Romans. And no wonder: for the Carthaginians were meditating
revenge for their defeats in Sicily; and the Romans were made distrustful
from a knowledge of their designs. These things made it clear to every one
of correct judgment that before long a war between these two nations was
inevitable.

Page 171

37. At the same period the Achaean league and King Philip, with their
allies, were entering upon the war with the Aetolian league, which is called
Social war, b.c. 220-217. the Social war. Now this was the point at which I
proposed to begin my general history; and as I have
brought the account of the affairs of Sicily and Libya, and those which
immediately followed, in a continuous narrative, up to the date of the
beginning of the Social and Second Punic, generally called the Hannibalic,
wars, it will be proper to leave this branch of my subject for a while, and to
take up the history of events in Greece, that I may start upon my full and
detailed narrative, after bringing the prefatory sketch of the history of the
several countries to the same point of time. For since I have not undertaken,
as previous writers have done, to write the history of particular peoples,
such as the Greeks or Persians, but the history of all known parts of the
world at once, because there was something in the state of our own times
which made such a plan peculiarly feasible,—of which I shall speak more at
length hereafter,—it will be proper, before entering on my main subject, to
touch briefly on the state of the most important of the recognised nations of
the world.
Of Asia and Egypt I need not speak before the time at which my history
commences. The previous history of these countries has been written by a
number of historians already, and is known to all the world; nor in our days
has any change specially remarkable or unprecedented occurred to them
The progress of the demanding a reference to their past. But in regard to the
Achaean league. Achaean league, and the royal family of Macedonia, it
will be in harmony with my design to go somewhat farther back: for the
latter has become entirely extinct; while the Achaeans, as I have stated
before, have in our time made extraordinary progress in material prosperity
and internal unity. For though many statesmen had tried in past times to
induce the Peloponnesians to join in a league for the common interests of
all, and had always failed, because every one was working to secure his
own power rather than the freedom of the whole; yet in our day this policy
has made such progress, and been carried out with such completeness, that
not only is there in the Peloponnese a community of interests such as exists
between allies or friends, but an absolute identity of laws, weights,
measures, and currency.155 All the States have the same magistrates, senate,
and judges. Nor is there any difference between the entire Peloponnese and

Page 172

a single city, except in the fact that its inhabitants are not included within
the same wall; in other respects, both as a whole and in their individual
cities, there is a nearly absolute assimilation of institutions.
38. It will be useful to ascertain, to begin with, how it came to pass that the
name of the Achaeans became the universal one for all the inhabitants of the
The origin of the name Peloponnese. For the original bearers of this ancestral
as embracing all the name have no superiority over others, either in the size
Peloponnese.
of their territory and cities, or in wealth, or in the
prowess of their men. For they are a long way off being superior to the
Arcadians and Lacedaemonians in number of inhabitants and extent of
territory; nor can these latter nations be said to yield the first place in
warlike courage to any Greek people whatever. Whence then comes it that
these nations, with the rest of the inhabitants of the Peloponnese, have been
content to adopt the constitution and the name of the Achaeans? To speak of
chance in such a matter would not be to offer any adequate solution of the
question, and would be a mere idle evasion. A cause must be sought; for
without a cause nothing, expected or unexpected, can be accomplished. The
cause then, in my opinion, was this. Nowhere could be found a more
unalloyed and deliberately established system of equality and absolute
freedom, and, in a word, of democracy, than among the Achaeans. This
constitution found many of the Peloponnesians ready enough to adopt it of
their own accord: many were brought to share in it by persuasion and
argument: some, though acting under compulsion at first, were quickly
brought to acquiesce in its benefits; for none of the original members had
any special privilege reserved for them, but equal rights were given to all
comers: the object aimed at was therefore quickly attained by the two most
unfailing expedients of equality and fraternity. This then must be looked
upon as the source and original cause of Peloponnesian unity and
consequent prosperity.
That this was the original principle on which the Achaeans acted in forming
their constitution might be demonstrated by many proofs; but for the
present purpose it will be sufficient to allege one or two in confirmation of
my assertion.
39. And first: When the burning of the Pythagorean clubs in Magna Grecia
was followed by great constitutional disturbances, as was natural on the

Page 173

sudden disappearance of the leading men in each state; and the Greek cities
in that part of Italy became the scene of murder, revolutionary warfare, and
every kind of confusion; deputations were sent from most parts of Greece to
endeavour to bring about some settlement of these disorders.156 But the
disturbed states preferred the intervention of the Achaeans above all others,
and showed the greatest confidence in them, in regard to the measures to be
adopted for removing the evils that oppressed them. Nor was this the only
occasion on which they displayed this preference. For shortly afterwards
there was a general movement among them to adopt the model of the
Achaean constitution. The first states to move in the matter were Croton,
Sybaris, and Caulonia, who began by erecting a common temple to Zeus
Homorios,157 and a place in which to hold their meetings and common
Ζεύς ὁμάριος or ἀμάριος councils. They then adopted the laws and customs of
the Achaeans, and determined to conduct their
constitution according to their principles; but finding themselves hampered
b.c. 405-367. by the tyranny of Dionysius of Syracuse, and also by
the encroachment of the neighbouring barbarians, they
were forced much against their will to abandon them. Again, later on, when
the Lacedaemonians met with their unexpected reverse at Leuctra, and the
Thebans as unexpectedly claimed the hegemony in Greece, a feeling of
b.c. 371. uncertainty prevailed throughout the country, and
especially among the Lacedaemonians and Thebans
themselves, because the former refused to allow that they were beaten, the
latter felt hardly certain that they had conquered. On this occasion, once
more, the Achaeans were the people selected by the two parties, out of all
Greece, to act as arbitrators on the points in dispute. And this could not
have been from any special view of their power, for at that time they were
perhaps the weakest state in Greece; it was rather from a conviction of their
good faith and high principles, in regard to which there was but one opinion
universally entertained. At that period of their history, however, they
possessed only the elements of success; success itself, and material
increase, were barred by the fact that they had not yet been able to produce
a leader worthy of the occasion. Whenever any man had given indications
of such ability, he was systematically thrust into the background and
hampered, at one time by the Lacedaemonian government, and at another,
still more effectually, by that of Macedonia.

Page 174

40. When at length, however, the country did obtain leaders of sufficient
ability, it quickly manifested its intrinsic excellence by the accomplishment
of that most glorious achievement,-—the union of the Peloponnese. The
originator of this policy in the first instance was Aratus of Sicyon; its active
promotion and consummation was due to Philopoemen of Megalopolis;
while Lycortas and his party must be looked upon as the authors of the
permanence which it enjoyed. The actual achievements of these several
statesmen I shall narrate in their proper places: but while deferring a more
detailed account of the other two, I think it will be right to briefly record
here, as well as in a future portion of my work, the political measures of
Aratus, because he has left a record of them himself in an admirably honest
and lucid book of commentaries.
I think the easiest method for myself, and most intelligible to my readers,
will be to start from the period of the restoration of the Achaean league and
federation, after its disintegration into separate states by the Macedonian
kings: from which time it has enjoyed an unbroken progress towards the
state of completion which now exists, and of which I have already spoken
at some length.
41. The period I mean is the 124th Olympiad. In this occurred the first
league of Patrae and Dyme, and the deaths of Ptolemy son of Lagus,
124th Olympiad, Lysimachus, Seleucus, Ptolemy Ceraunus. In the period
b.c. 284-280. before this the state of Achaia was as follows. It was
ruled by kings from the time of Tisamenus, son of Orestes, who, being
expelled from Sparta on the return of the Heraclidae, formed a kingdom in
Achaia. The last of this royal line to maintain his power was Ogyges, whose
sons so alienated the people by their unconstitutional and tyrannical
government, that a revolution took place and a democracy was established.
First Achaean league. In the period subsequent to this, up to the time of the
establishment of the supreme authority of Alexander
and Philip, their fortunes were subject to various fluctuations, but they
always endeavoured to maintain intact in their league a democratical form
of government, as I have already stated. This league consisted of twelve
cities, all of them still surviving, with the exception of Olenus, and Helice
which was engulfed by the sea before the battle of Leuctra. The other ten
b.c. 371. were Patrae, Dyme, Pharae, Tritaea, Leontium, Aegium,
Aegeira, Pellene, Bura, Caryneia. In the period

Page 175

b.c. 323-284. immediately succeeding Alexander, and before the
above-named 124th Olympiad, these cities, chiefly
through the instrumentality of the Macedonian kings, became so estranged
and ill-disposed to each other, and so divided and opposed in their interests,
that some of them had to submit to the presence of foreign garrisons, sent
first by Demetrius and Cassander, and afterwards by Antigonus Gonatas,
while others even fell under the power of Tyrants; for no one set up more of
such absolute rulers in the Greek states than this last-named king.
But about the 124th Olympiad, as I have said, a change of sentiment
b.c. 284-280, Second prevailed among the Achaean cities, and they began
Achaean league. again to form a league. This was just at the time of
Pyrrhus’s invasion of Italy. The first to take this step were the peoples of
Dyme, Patrae, Tritaea, and Pharae. And as they thus formed the nucleus of
the league, we find no column extant recording the compact between these
cities. But about five years afterwards the people of Aegium expelled their
foreign garrison and joined the league; next, the people of Bura put their
tyrant to death and did the same; simultaneously, the state of Caryneia was
restored to the league. For Iseas, the then tyrant of Caryneia, when he saw
the expulsion of the garrison from Aegium, and the death of the despot in
Bura at the hands of Margos and the Achaeans, and when he saw that he
was himself on the point of being attacked on all sides, voluntarily laid
down his office; and having obtained a guarantee for his personal safety
from the Achaeans, formally gave in the adhesion of his city to the league.
42. My object in thus going back in point of time was, first, to show clearly
at what epoch the Achaeans entered into the second league, which exists at
this day, and which were the first members of the original league to do so;
and, secondly, that the continuity of the policy pursued by the Achaeans
might rest, not on my word only, but on the evidence of the actual facts. It
was in virtue of this policy,—by holding out the bait of equality and
freedom, and by invariably making war upon and crushing those who on
their own account, or with the support of the kings, enslaved any of the
states within their borders, that they finally accomplished the design which
they had deliberately adopted, in some cases by their own unaided efforts,
and in others by the help of their allies. For in fact whatever was effected in
this direction, by the help of these allies in after times, must be put down to
the credit of the deliberately adopted policy of the Achaeans themselves.

Page 176

They acted indeed jointly with others in many honourable undertakings, and
in none more so than with the Romans: yet in no instance can they be said
to have aimed at obtaining from their success any advantage for a particular
state. In return for the zealous assistance rendered by them to their allies,
they bargained for nothing but the freedom of each state and the union of
the Peloponnese. But this will be more clearly seen from the record of their
actual proceedings.
43. For the first twenty-five years of the league between the cities I have
mentioned, a secretary and two strategi for the whole union were elected by
each city in turn. But after this period they determined to appoint one
strategus only,158 and put the entire management of the affairs of the union
in his hands. The first to obtain this honour was Margos of Caryneia. In the
b.c. 255-254. Margos. fourth year after this man’s tenure of the office, Aratus
of Sicyon caused his city to join the league, which, by
b.c. 251-250. Aratus.
his energy and courage, he had, when only twenty years
of age, delivered from the yoke of its tyrant. In the eighth year again after
b.c. 243-242. this, Aratus, being elected strategus for the second time,
laid a plot to seize the Acrocorinthus, then held by
Antigonus; and by his success freed the inhabitants of the Peloponnese from
a source of serious alarm: and having thus liberated Corinth he caused it to
Victory of Lutatius off join the league. In his same term of office he got
the insulae Aegates, Megara into his hands, and caused it to join also. These
b.c. 241.
events occurred in the year before the decisive defeat of
the Carthaginians, in consequence of which they evacuated Sicily and
consented for the first time to pay tribute to Rome.
Having made this remarkable progress in his design in so short a time,
Aratus continued thenceforth in the position of leader of the Achaean
league, and in the consistent direction of his whole policy to one single end;
which was to expel Macedonians from the Peloponnese, to depose the
despots, and to establish in each state the common freedom which their
ancestors had enjoyed before them. So long, therefore, as Antigonus
Antigonus Gonatas, Gonatas was alive, he maintained a continual
b.c. 283-239. opposition to his interference, as well as to the
encroaching spirit of the Aetolians, and in both cases with signal skill and
success; although their presumption and contempt for justice had risen to

Page 177

such a pitch, that they had actually made a formal compact with each other
for the disruption of the Achaeans.
44. After the death of Antigonus, however, the Achaeans made terms with
the Aetolians, and joined them energetically in the war against Demetrius;
and, in place of the feelings of estrangement and hostility, there gradually
grew up a sentiment of brotherhood and affection between the two peoples.
Upon the death of Demetrius, after a reign of only ten years, just about the
Demetrius, b.c. 239-229. time of the first invasion of Illyricum by the Romans,
the Achaeans had a most excellent opportunity of
establishing the policy which they had all along maintained. For the despots
in the Peloponnese were in despair at the death of Demetrius. It was the loss
to them of their chief supporter and paymaster. And now Aratus was for
ever impressing upon them that they ought to abdicate, holding out rewards
and honours for those of them who consented, and threatening those who
refused with still greater vengeance from the Achaeans. There was therefore
a general movement among them to voluntarily restore their several states
to freedom and to join the league. I ought however to say that Ludiades of
Megalopolis, in the lifetime of Demetrius, of his own deliberate choice, and
foreseeing with great shrewdness and good sense what was going to
happen, had abdicated his sovereignty and become a citizen of the national
league. His example was followed by Aristomachus, tyrant of Argos, Xeno
of Hermione, and Cleonymus of Phlius, who all likewise abdicated and
joined the democratic league.
45. But the increased power and national advancement which these events
brought to the Achaeans excited the envy of the Aetolians; who, besides
The Aetolians and their natural inclination to unjust and selfish
Antigonus Doson, aggrandisement, were inspired with the hope of
b.c. 229-220.
breaking up the union of Achaean states, as they had
before succeeded in partitioning those of Acarnania with Alexander,159 and
had planned to do those of Achaia with Antigonus Gonatas. Instigated once
more by similar expectations, they had now the assurance to enter into
communication and close alliance at once with Antigonus (at that time
ruling Macedonia as guardian of the young King Philip), and with
Cleomenes, King of Sparta. They saw that Antigonus had undisputed
possession of the throne of Macedonia, while he was an open and avowed
enemy of the Achaeans owing to the surprise of the Acrocorinthus; and they

Page 178

supposed that if they could get the Lacedaemonians to join them in their
hostility to the league, they would easily subdue it, by selecting a
favourable opportunity for their attack, and securing that it should be
assaulted on all sides at once. And they would in all probability have
succeeded, but that they had left out the most important element in the
calculation, namely, that in Aratus they had to reckon with an opponent to
their plans of ability equal to almost any emergency. Accordingly, when
they attempted this violent and unjust interference in Achaia, so far from
succeeding in any of their devices, they, on the contrary, strengthened
Aratus, the then president of the league, as well as the league itself. So
consummate was the ability with which he foiled their plan and reduced
them to impotence. The manner in which this was done will be made clear
in what I am about to relate.
46. There could be no doubt of the policy of the Aetolians. They were
The Aetolians intrigue ashamed indeed to attack the Achaeans openly, because
with Cleomenes, King of they could not ignore their recent obligations to them in
Sparta, b.c. 229-227.
the war with Demetrius: but they were plotting with the
Lacedaemonians; and showed their jealousy of the Achaeans by not only
conniving at the treacherous attack of Cleomenes upon Tegea, Mantinea,
and Orchomenus (cities not only in alliance with them, but actually
members of their league), but by confirming his occupation of those places.
In old times they had thought almost any excuse good enough to justify an
appeal to arms against those who, after all, had done them no wrong: yet
they now allowed themselves to be treated with such treachery, and
submitted without remonstrance to the loss of the most important towns,
solely with the view of creating in Cleomenes a formidable antagonist to
the Achaeans. These facts were not lost upon Aratus and the other officers
of the league: and they resolved that, without taking the initiative in going
to war with any one, they would resist the attempts of the Lacedaemonians.
Such was their determination, and for a time they persisted in it: but
immediately afterwards Cleomenes began to build the hostile fort in the
territory of Megalopolis, called the Athenaeum,160 and showed an
undisguised and bitter hostility. Aratus and his colleagues accordingly
summoned a meeting of the league, and it was decided to proclaim war
openly against Sparta.

Page 179

47. This was the origin of what is called the Cleomenic war. At first the
Achaeans were for depending on their own resources for facing the
Cleomenes, b.c. 227- Lacedaemonians. They looked upon it as more
221. honourable not to look to others for preservation, but to
guard their own territory and cities themselves; and at the same time the
remembrances of his former services made them desirous of keeping up
their friendship with Ptolemy,161 and averse from the appearance of seeking
aid elsewhere. But when the war had lasted some time; and Cleomenes had
revolutionised the constitution of his country, and had turned its
constitutional monarchy into a despotism; and, moreover, was conducting
Aratus applies to the war with extraordinary skill and boldness: seeing
Antigonus Doson. clearly what would happen, and fearing the reckless
audacity of the Aetolians, Aratus determined that his first duty was to be
well beforehand in frustrating their plans. He satisfied himself that
Antigonus was a man of activity and practical ability, with some
pretensions to the character of a man of honour; he however knew perfectly
well that kings look on no man as a friend or foe from personal
considerations, but ever measure friendships and enmities solely by the
standard of expediency. He, therefore, conceived the idea of addressing
himself to this monarch, and entering into friendly relations with him,
taking occasion to point out to him the certain result of his present policy.
But to act openly in this matter he thought inexpedient for several reasons.
By doing so he would not only incur the opposition of Cleomenes and the
Aetolians, but would cause consternation among the Achaeans themselves,
because his appeal to their enemies would give the impression that he had
abandoned all the hopes he once had in them. This was the very last idea he
desired should go abroad; and he therefore determined to conduct this
intrigue in secrecy.
The result of this was that he was often compelled to speak and act towards
the public in a sense contrary to his true sentiments, that he might conceal
his real design by suggesting one of an exactly opposite nature. For which
reason there are some particulars which he did not even commit to his own
commentaries.
48. It did not escape the observation of Aratus that the people of
Megalopolis would be more ready than others to seek the protection of
Antigonus, and the hopes of safety offered by Macedonia; for their

Page 180

neighbourhood to Sparta exposed them to attack before the other states;
while they were unable to get the help which they ought to have, because
the Achaeans were themselves hard pressed and in great difficulties.
Besides they had special reasons for entertaining feelings of affection
Philip II. in the towards the royal family of Macedonia, founded on the
Peloponnese, b.c. 338. favours received in the time of Philip, son of Amyntas.
He therefore imparted his general design under pledge of secrecy to
Nicophanes and Cercidas of Megalopolis, who were family friends of his
own and of a character suited to the undertaking; and by their means
experienced no difficulty in inducing the people of Megalopolis to send
envoys to the league, to advise that an application for help should be made
to Antigonus. Nicophanes and Cercidas were themselves selected to go on
this mission to the league, and thence, if their view was accepted, to
Antigonus. The league consented to allow the people of Megalopolis to
send the mission; and accordingly Nicophanes lost no time in obtaining an
interview with the king. About the interests of his own country he spoke
briefly and summarily, confining himself to the most necessary statements;
the greater part of his speech was, in accordance with the directions of
Aratus, concerned with the national question.
49. The points suggested by Aratus for the envoy to dwell on were “the
scope and object of the understanding between the Aetolians and
The message to Cleomenes, and the necessity of caution on the part
Antigonus Doson. primarily of the Achaeans, but still more even on that of
Antigonus himself: first, because the Achaeans plainly could not resist the
attack of both; and, secondly, because if the Aetolians and Cleomenes
conquered them, any man of sense could easily see that they would not be
satisfied or stop there. For the encroaching spirit of the Aetolians, far from
being content to be confined by the boundaries of the Peloponnese, would
find even those of Greece too narrow for them. Again, the ambition of
Cleomenes was at present directed to the supremacy in the Peloponnese: but
this obtained, he would promptly aim at that of all Greece, in which it
would be impossible for him to succeed without first crushing the
government of Macedonia. They were, therefore, to urge him to consider,
with a view to the future, which of the two courses would be the more to his
own interests,—to fight for supremacy in Greece in conjunction with the
Achaeans and Boeotians against Cleomenes in the Peloponnese; or to

Page 181

abandon the most powerful race, and to stake the Macedonian empire on a
battle in Thessaly, against a combined force of Aetolians and Boeotians,
with the Achaeans and Lacedaemonians to boot. If the Aetolians, from
regard to the goodwill shown them by the Achaeans in the time of
Demetrius, were to pretend to be anxious to keep the peace as they were at
present doing, they were to assert that the Achaeans were ready to engage
Cleomenes by themselves; and if fortune declared in their favour they
would want no assistance from any one: but if fortune went against them,
and the Aetolians joined in the attack, they begged him to watch the course
of events, that he might not let things go too far, but might aid the
Peloponnesians while they were still capable of being saved. He had no
need to be anxious about the good faith or gratitude of the Achaeans: when
the time for action came, Aratus pledged himself to find guarantees which
would be satisfactory to both parties; and similarly would himself indicate
the moment at which the aid should be given.”
50. These arguments seemed to Antigonus to have been put by Aratus with
equal sincerity and ability: and after listening to them, he eagerly took the
first necessary step by writing a letter to the people of Megalopolis with an
offer of assistance, on condition that such a measure should receive the
consent of the Achaeans. When Nicophanes and Cercidas returned home
and delivered this despatch from the king, reporting at the same time his
other expressions of goodwill and zeal in the cause, the spirits of the people
of Megalopolis were greatly elated; and they were all eagerness to attend
the meeting of the league, and urge that measures should be taken to secure
the alliance of Antigonus, and to put the management of the war in his
Aratus wishes to do hands with all despatch. Aratus learnt privately from
without the king if Nicophanes the king’s feelings towards the league and
possible.
towards himself; and was delighted that his plan had not
failed, and that he had not found the king completely alienated from
himself, as the Aetolians hoped he would be. He regarded it also as
eminently favourable to his policy, that the people of Megalopolis were so
eager to use the Achaean league as the channel of communication with
Antigonus. For his first object was if possible to do without this assistance;
but if he were compelled to have recourse to it, he wished that the invitation
should not be sent through himself personally, but that it should rather come
from the Achaeans as a nation. For he feared that, if the king came, and

Page 182

conquered Cleomenes and the Lacedaemonians in the war, and should then
adopt any policy hostile to the interests of the national constitution, he
would have himself by general consent to bear the blame of the result:
while Antigonus would be justified, by the injury which had been inflicted
on the royal house of Macedonia in the matter of the Acrocorinthus.
Accordingly when Megalopolitan envoys appeared in the national council,
and showed the royal despatch, and further declared the general friendly
disposition of the king, and added an appeal to the congress to secure the
king’s alliance without delay; and when also the sense of the meeting was
clearly shown to be in favour of taking this course, Aratus rose, and, after
setting forth the king’s zeal, and complimenting the meeting upon their
readiness to act in the matter, he proceeded to urge upon them in a long
speech that “They should try if possible to preserve their cities and territory
by their own efforts, for that nothing could be more honourable or more
expedient than that: but that, if it turned out that fortune declared against
them in this effort, they might then have recourse to the assistance of their
friends; but not until they had tried all their own resources to the uttermost.”
This speech was received with general applause: and it was decided to take
no fresh departure at present, and to endeavour to bring the existing war to a
conclusion unaided.
51. But when Ptolemy, despairing of retaining the league’s friendship,
Euergetes jealous of the began to furnish Cleomenes with supplies,—which he
Macedonian policy of did with a view of setting him up as a foil to Antigonus,
Aratus, helps
Cleomenes.
thinking the Lacedaemonians offered him better hopes
than the Achaeans of being able to thwart the policy of
the Macedonian kings; and when the Achaeans themselves had suffered
three defeats,—one at Lycaeum in an engagement with Cleomenes whom
they had met on a march; and again in a pitched battle at Ladocaea in the
territory of Megalopolis, in which Lydiades fell; and a third time decisively
at a place called Hecatomboeum in the territory of Dyme where their whole
forces had been engaged,—after these misfortunes, no further delay was
possible, and they were compelled by the force of circumstances to appeal
unanimously to Antigonus. Thereupon Aratus sent his son to Antigonus, and
ratified the terms of the subvention. The great difficulty was this: it was
believed to be certain that the king would send no assistance, except on the
condition of the restoration of the Acrocorinthus, and of having the city of

Page 183

Corinth put into his hands as a base of operations in this war; and on the
other hand it seemed impossible that the Achaeans should venture to put the
Corinthians in the king’s power against their own consent. The final
determination of the matter was accordingly postponed, that they might
investigate the question of the securities to be given to the king.
52. Meanwhile, on the strength of the dismay caused by his successes,
Cleomenes was making an unopposed progress through the cities, winning
The Achaeans offer to some by persuasion and others by threats. In this way,
surrender the he got possession of Caphyae, Pellene, Pheneus, Argos,
Acrocorinthus to
Antigonus.
Phlius, Cleonae, Epidaurus, Hermione, Troezen, and
last of all Corinth, while he personally commanded a
siege of Sicyon. But this in reality relieved the Achaeans from a very grave
difficulty. For the Corinthians by ordering Aratus, as Strategus of the
league, and the Achaeans to evacuate the town, and by sending messages to
Cleomenes inviting his presence, gave the Achaeans a ground of action and
a reasonable pretext for moving. Aratus was quick to take advantage of this;
and, as the Achaeans were in actual possession of the Acrocorinthus, he
made his peace with the royal family of Macedonia by offering it to
Antigonus; and at the same time gave thus a sufficient guarantee for
friendship in the future, and further secured Antigonus a base of operations
for the war with Sparta.
Upon learning of this compact between the league and Antigonus,
Cleomenes prepares to Cleomenes raised the siege of Sicyon and pitched his
resist. camp near the Isthmus; and, having thrown up a line of
fortification uniting the Acrocorinthus with the mountain called the “Ass’s
Back,” began from this time to expect with confidence the empire of the
Peloponnese. But Antigonus had made his preparations long in advance, in
accordance with the suggestion of Aratus, and was only waiting for the right
Antigonus comes to the moment to act. And now the news which he received
Isthmus, b.c. 224. convinced him that the entrance of Cleomenes into
Thessaly, at the head of an army, was only a question of a very few days: he
accordingly despatched envoys to Aratus and the league to conclude the
terms of the treaty162 and marched to the Isthmus with his army by way of
Euboea. He took this route because the Aetolians, after trying other
expedients for preventing Antigonus bringing this aid, now forbade his

Page 184

marching south of Thermopylae with an army, threatening that, if he did,
they would offer armed opposition to his passage.
53. Thus Antigonus and Cleomenes were encamped face to face: the former
desirous of effecting an entrance into the Peloponnese, Cleomenes
determined to prevent him.
Meanwhile the Achaeans, in spite of their severe disasters, did not abandon
their purpose or give up all hopes of retrieving their fortunes. They gave
The Achaeans seize Aristotle of Argos assistance when he headed a rising
Argos. against the Cleomenic faction; and, under the command
of Timoxenus the Strategus, surprised and seized Argos. And this must be
regarded as the chief cause of the improvement which took place in their
fortunes; for this reverse checked the ardour of Cleomenes and damped the
courage of his soldiers in advance, as was clearly shown by what took place
afterwards. For though Cleomenes had already possession of more
advantageous posts, and was in the enjoyment of more abundant supplies
than Antigonus, and was at the same time inspired with superior courage
and ambition: yet, as soon as he was informed that Argos was in the hands
of the Achaeans, he at once drew back, abandoned all these advantages, and
retreated from the Isthmus with every appearance of precipitation, in terror
of being completely surrounded by his enemies. At first he retired upon
Argos, and for a time made some attempt to regain the town. But the
Achaeans offered a gallant resistance; and the Argives themselves were
stirred up to do the same by remorse for having admitted him before: and
so, having failed in this attempt also, he marched back to Sparta by way of
Mantinea.
54. On his part, Antigonus advanced without any casualty into the
Antigonus receives the Peloponnese, and took over the Acrocorinthus; and,
Acrocorinthus. without wasting time there, pushed on in his enterprise
and entered Argos. He only stayed there long enough to compliment the
Argives on their conduct, and to provide for the security of the city; and
then immediately starting again directed his march towards Arcadia; and
after ejecting the garrisons from the posts which had been fortified by
Cleomenes in the territories of Aegys and Belmina, and, putting those
strongholds in the hands of the people of Megalopolis, he went to Aegium
to attend the meeting of the Achaean league. There he made a statement of

Page 185

his own proceedings, and consulted with the meeting as to the measures to
be taken in the future. He was appointed commander-in-chief of the allied
army, and went into winter quarters at Sicyon and Corinth.
At the approach of spring he broke up his camp and got on the march. On
b.c. 223. Recovery of the third day he arrived at Tegea, and being joined there
Tegea. by the Achaean forces, he proceeded to regularly invest
the city. But the vigour displayed by the Macedonians in conducting the
siege, and especially in the digging of mines, soon reduced the Tegeans to
despair, and they accordingly surrendered. After taking the proper measures
for securing the town, Antigonus proceeded to extend his expedition. He
Skirmish with now marched with all speed into Laconia; and having
Cleomenes. found Cleomenes in position on the frontier, he was
trying to bring him to an engagement, and was harassing him with
skirmishing attacks, when news was brought to him by his scouts that the
Capture of Orchomenus garrison of Orchomenus had started to join Cleomenes.
and Mantinea. He at once broke up his camp, hurried thither, and
carried the town by assault. Having done that, he next invested Mantinea
and began to besiege it. This town also being soon terrified into surrender
by the Macedonians, he started again along the road to Heraea and
and Heraea and Telphusa. These towns, too, being secured by the
Telphusa. voluntary surrender of their inhabitants, as the winter
was by this time approaching, he went again to Aegium to attend the
meeting of the league. His Macedonian soldiers he sent away to winter at
home, while he himself remained to confer with the Achaeans on the
existing state of affairs.
55. But Cleomenes was on the alert. He saw that the Macedonians in the
army of Antigonus had been sent home; and that the king and his
mercenaries in Aegium were three days’ march from Megalopolis; and this
latter town he well knew to be difficult to guard, owing to its great extent,
and the sparseness of its inhabitants; and, moreover, that it was just then
being kept with even greater carelessness than usual, owing to Antigonus
being in the country; and what was more important than anything else, he
knew that the larger number of its men of military age had fallen at the
battles of Lycaeum and Ladoceia. There happened to be residing in
Megalopolis some Messenian exiles; by whose help he managed, under
cover of night, to get within the walls without being detected. When day

Page 186

broke he had a narrow escape from being ejected, if not from absolute
destruction, through the valour of the citizens. This had been his fortune
three months before, when he had made his way into the city by the region
which is called the Cōlaeum: but on this occasion, by the superiority of his
force, and the seizure in advance of the strongest positions in the town, he
succeeded in effecting his purpose. He eventually ejected the inhabitants,
and took entire possession of the city; which, once in his power, he
dismantled in so savage and ruthless a manner as to preclude the least hope
that it might ever be restored. The reason of his acting in this manner was, I
believe, that Megalopolis and Stymphalus were the only towns in which,
during the vicissitudes of that period, he never succeeded in obtaining a
single partisan, or inducing a single citizen to turn traitor. For the passion
for liberty and the loyalty of the Clitorians had been stained by the baseness
of one man, Thearces; whom the Clitorians, with some reason, denied to be
a native of their city, asserting that he had been foisted in from
Orchomenus, and was the offspring of one of the foreign garrison there.
56. For the history of the same period, with which we are now engaged,
163
Digression (to ch. 63) on there are two authorities, Aratus and Phylarchus,
the misstatements of whose opinions are opposed in many points and their
Phylarchus.
statements contradictory. I think, therefore, it will be
advantageous, or rather necessary, since I follow Aratus in my account of
the Cleomenic war, to go into the question; and not by any neglect on my
part to suffer misstatements in historical writings to enjoy an authority
equal to that of truth. The fact is that the latter of these two writers has,
throughout the whole of his history, made statements at random and without
discrimination. It is not, however, necessary for me to criticise him on other
points on the present occasion, or to call him to strict account concerning
them; but such of his statements as relate to the period which I have now in
hand, that is the Cleomenic war, these I must thoroughly sift. They will be
quite sufficient to enable us to form a judgment on the general spirit and
ability with which he approaches historical writing. It was his object to
bring into prominence the cruelty of Antigonus and the Macedonians, as
Mantinea. well as that of Aratus and the Achaeans; and he
accordingly asserts that, when Mantinea fell into their
hands, it was cruelly treated; and that the most ancient and important of all
the Arcadian towns was involved in calamities so terrible as to move all

Page 187

Greece to horror and tears. And being eager to stir the hearts of his readers
to pity, and to enlist their sympathies by his story, he talks of women
embracing, tearing their hair, and exposing their breasts; and again of the
tears and lamentations of men and women, led off into captivity along with
their children and aged parents. And this he does again and again
throughout his whole history, by way of bringing the terrible scene vividly
before his readers. I say nothing of the unworthiness and unmanliness of the
course he has adopted: let us only inquire what is essential and to the
purpose in history. Surely an historian’s object should not be to amaze his
readers by a series of thrilling anecdotes; nor should he aim at producing
speeches which might have been delivered, nor study dramatic propriety in
details like a writer of tragedy: but his function is above all to record with
fidelity what was actually said or done, however commonplace it may be.
For the purposes of history and of the drama are not the same, but widely
opposed to each other. In the former the object is to strike and delight by
words as true to nature as possible; in the latter to instruct and convince by
genuine words and deeds; in the former the effect is meant to be temporary,
in the latter permanent. In the former, again, the power of carrying an
audience is the chief excellence, because the object is to create illusion; but
in the latter the thing of primary importance is truth, because the object is to
benefit the learner. And apart from these considerations, Phylarchus, in
most of the catastrophes which he relates, omits to suggest the causes which
gave rise to them, or the course of events which led up to them: and without
knowing these, it is impossible to feel the due indignation or pity at
anything which occurs. For instance, everybody looks upon it as an outrage
that the free should be struck: still, if a man provokes it by an act of
violence, he is considered to have got no more than he deserved; and, where
it is done for correction and discipline, those who strike free men are
deemed worthy of honour and gratitude. Again, the killing of a fellow-
citizen is regarded as a heinous crime, deserving the severest penalties: and
yet it is notorious that the man who kills a thief, or his wife’s paramour, is
held guiltless; while he who kills a traitor or tyrant in every country
receives honours and pre-eminence. And so in everything our final
judgment does not depend upon the mere things done, but upon their causes
and the views of the actors, according as these differ.

Page 188

57. Now the people of Mantinea had in the first instance abandoned the
league, and voluntarily submitted, first to the Aetolians, and afterwards to
b.c. 227. Cleomenes. Being therefore, in accordance with this
policy, members of the Lacedaemonian community, in
the fourth year before the coming of Antigonus, their city was forcibly
taken possession of by the Achaeans owing to the skilful plotting of Aratus.
But on that occasion, so far from being subjected to any severity for their
act of treason, it became a matter of general remark how promptly the
feelings of the conquerors and the conquered underwent a revolution. As
soon as he had got possession of the town, Aratus issued orders to his own
men that no one was to lay a finger on anything that did not belong to him;
and then, having summoned the Mantineans to a meeting, he bade them be
of good cheer, and stay in their own houses; for that, as long as they
remained members of the league, their safety was secured. On their part, the
Mantineans, surprised at this unlooked-for prospect of safety, immediately
experienced a universal revulsion of feeling. The very men against whom
they had a little while before been engaged in a war, in which they had seen
many of their kinsfolk killed, and no small number grievously wounded,
they now received into their houses, and entertained as their guests,
interchanging every imaginable kindness with them. And naturally so. For I
believe that there never were men who met with more kindly foes, or came
out of a struggle with what seemed the most dreadful disasters more
scatheless, than did the Mantineans, owing to the humanity of Aratus and
the Achaeans towards them.
58. But they still saw certain dangers ahead from intestine disorders, and
the hostile designs of the Aetolians and Lacedaemonians; they
subsequently, therefore, sent envoys to the league asking for a guard for
their town. The request was granted: and three hundred of the league army
were selected by lot to form it. These men on whom the lot fell started for
Mantinea; and, abandoning their native cities and their callings in life,
remained there to protect the lives and liberties of the citizens. Besides
them, the league despatched two hundred mercenaries, who joined the
Achaean guard in protecting the established constitution. But this state of
things did not last long: an insurrection broke out in the town, and the
Mantineans called in the aid of the Lacedaemonians; delivered the city into
their hands; and put to death the garrison sent by the league. It would not be

Page 189

easy to mention a grosser or blacker act of treachery. Even if they resolved
to utterly set at nought the gratitude they owed to, and the friendship they
had formed with, the league; they ought at least to have spared these men,
and to have let every one of them depart under some terms or another: for
this much it is the custom by the law of nations to grant even to foreign
enemies. But in order to satisfy Cleomenes and the Lacedaemonians of their
fidelity in the policy of the hour, they deliberately, and in violation of
international law, consummated a crime of the most impious description. To
slaughter and wreak vengeance on the men who had just before taken their
city, and refrained from doing them the least harm, and who were at that
very moment engaged in protecting their lives and liberties,—can anything
be imagined more detestable? What punishment can be conceived to
correspond with its enormity? If one suggests that they would be rightly
served by being sold into slavery, with their wives and children, as soon as
they were beaten in war; it may be answered that this much is only what, by
the laws of warfare, awaits even those who have been guilty of no special
act of impiety. They deserved therefore to meet with a punishment even
more complete and heavy than they did; so that, even if what Phylarchus
mentions did happen to them, there was no reason for the pity of Greece
being bestowed on them: praise and approval rather were due to those who
exacted vengeance for their impious crime. But since, as a matter of fact,
nothing worse befel the Mantineans than the plunder of their property and
the selling of their free citizens into slavery, this historian, for the mere sake
of a sensational story, has not only told a pure lie, but an improbable lie. His
wilful ignorance also was so supreme, that he was unable to compare with
this alleged cruelty of the Achaeans the conduct of the same people in the
case of Tegea, which they took by force at the same period, and yet did no
injury to its inhabitants. And yet, if the natural cruelty of the perpetrators
was the sole cause of the severity to Mantinea, it is to be presumed that
Tegea would have been treated in the same way. But if their treatment of
Mantinea was an exception to that of every other town, the necessary
inference is that the cause for their anger was exceptional also.
59. Again Phylarchus says that Aristomachus the Argive, a man of a most
Aristomachus. distinguished family, who had been despot of Argos, as
his fathers had been before him, upon falling into the
hands of Antigonus and the league “was hurried off to Cenchreae and there

Page 190

racked to death,—an unparalleled instance of injustice and cruelty.” But in
this matter also our author preserves his peculiar method. He makes up a
story about certain cries of this man, when he was on the rack, being heard
through the night by the neighbours: “some of whom,” he says, “rushed to
the house in their horror, or incredulity, or indignation at the outrage.” As
for the sensational story, let it pass; I have said enough on that point. But I
must express my opinion that, even if Aristomachus had committed no
crime against the Achaeans besides, yet his whole life and his treason to his
own country deserved the heaviest possible punishment. And in order,
forsooth, to enhance this man’s reputation, and move his reader’s
sympathies for his sufferings, our historian remarks that he had not only
been a tyrant himself, but that his fathers had been so before him. It would
not be easy to bring a graver or more bitter charge against a man than this:
for the mere word “tyrant” involves the idea of everything that is wickedest,
and includes every injustice and crime possible to mankind. And if
Aristomachus endured the most terrible tortures, as Phylarchus says, he yet
would not have been sufficiently punished for the crime of one day, in
which, when Aratus had effected an entrance into Argos with the Achaean
soldiers,—and after supporting the most severe struggles and dangers for
the freedom of its citizens, had eventually been driven out, because the
party within who were in league with him had not ventured to stir, for fear
of the tyrant,—Aristomachus availed himself of the pretext of their
complicity with the irruption of the Achaeans to put to the rack and execute
eighty of the leading citizens, who were perfectly innocent, in the presence
of their relations. I pass by the history of his whole life and the crimes of his
ancestors; for that would be too long a story.
60. But this shows that we ought not to be indignant if a man reaps as he
has sown; but rather if he is allowed to end his days in peace, without
experiencing such retribution at all. Nor ought we to accuse Antigonus or
Aratus of crime, for having racked and put to death a tyrant whom they had
captured in war: to have killed and wreaked vengeance on whom, even in
time of peace, would have brought praise and honour to the doers from all
right-minded persons.
But when, in addition to these crimes, he was guilty also of treachery to the
league, what shall we say that he deserved? The facts of the case are these.
He abdicated his sovereignty of Argos shortly before, finding himself in

Page 191

difficulties, owing to the state of affairs brought on by the death of
Demetrius. He was, however, protected by the clemency and generosity of
the league; and, much to his own surprise, was left unmolested. For the
Achaean government not only secured him an indemnity for all crimes
committed by him while despot, but admitted him as a member of the
league, and invested him with the highest office in it,—that, namely, of
Commander-in-Chief and Strategus.164 All these favours he immediately
forgot, as soon as his hopes were a little raised by the Cleomenic war; and
at a crisis of the utmost importance he withdrew his native city, as well as
his own personal adhesion, from the league, and attached them to its
enemies. For such an act of treason what he deserved was not to be racked
under cover of night at Cenchreae, and then put to death, as Phylarchus
says: he ought to have been taken from city to city in the Peloponnese, and
to have ended his life only after exemplary torture in each of them. And yet
the only severity that this guilty wretch had to endure was to be drowned in
the sea by order of the officers at Cenchreae.
61. There is another illustration of this writer’s manner to be found in his
Megalopolis. treatment of the cases of Mantinea and Megalopolis.
The misfortunes of the former he has depicted with his
usual exaggeration and picturesqueness: apparently from the notion, that it
is the peculiar function of an historian to select for special mention only
such actions as are conspicuously bad. But about the noble conduct of the
Megalopolitans at that same period he has not said a word: as though it
were the province of history to deal with crimes rather than with instances
of just and noble conduct; or as though his readers would be less improved
by the record of what is great and worthy of imitation, than by that of such
deeds as are base and fit only to be avoided. For instance, he has told us
clearly enough how Cleomenes took the town, preserved it from damage,
and forthwith sent couriers to the Megalopolitans in Messene with a
despatch, offering them the safe enjoyment of their country if they would
throw in their lot with him;—and his object in telling all this is to enhance
the magnanimity and moderation of Cleomenes towards his enemies. Nay,
he has gone farther, and told us how the people of Megalopolis would not
allow the letter to be read to the end, and were not far from stoning the
bearers of it. Thus much he does tell us. But the sequel to this, so
appropriate to an historian,—the commendation, I mean, and honourable

Page 192

mention of their noble conduct,—this he has altogether left out. And yet he
had an opportunity ready to his hand. For if we view with approval the
conduct of a people who merely by their declarations and votes support a
war in behalf of friends and allies; while to those who go so far as to endure
the devastation of their territory, and a siege of their town, we give not only
praise but active gratitude: what must be our estimate of the people of
Megalopolis? Must it not be of the most exalted character? First of all, they
allowed their territory to be at the mercy of Cleomenes, and then consented
to be entirely deprived of their city, rather than be false to the league: and,
finally, in spite of an unexpected chance of recovering it, they deliberately
preferred the loss of their territory, the tombs of their ancestors, their
temples, their homes and property, of everything in fact which men value
most, to forfeiting their faith to their allies. No nobler action has ever been,
or ever will be performed; none to which an historian could better draw his
reader’s attention. For what could be a higher incentive to good faith, or the
maintenance of frank and permanent relations between states? But of all
this Phylarchus says not a word, being, as it seems to me, entirely blind as
to all that is noblest and best suited to be the theme of an historian.
62. He does, however, state in the course of his narrative that, from the
spoils of Megalopolis, six thousand talents fell to the Lacedaemonians, of
and its wealth. which two thousand, according to custom, were given
to Cleomenes. This shows, to begin with, an astounding
ignorance of the ordinary facts as to the resources of Greece: a knowledge
which above all others should be possessed by historians. I am not of course
now speaking of the period in which the Peloponnese had been ruined by
the Macedonian kings, and still more completely by a long continuance of
intestine struggles; but of our own times, in which it is believed, by the
establishment of its unity, to be enjoying the highest prosperity of which it
is capable. Still even at this period, if you could collect all the movable
property of the whole Peloponnese (leaving out the value of slaves), it
would be impossible to get so large a sum of money together. That I speak
on good grounds and not at random will appear from the following fact.
Every one has read that when the Athenians, in conjunction with the
b.c. 378. Thebans, entered upon the war with the
Lacedaemonians, and despatched an army of twenty
thousand men, and manned a hundred triremes, they resolved to supply the

Page 193

expenses of the war by the assessment of a property tax; and accordingly
had a valuation taken, not only of the whole land of Attica and the houses in
it, but of all other property: but yet the value returned fell short of six
thousand talents by two hundred and fifty; which will show that what I have
just said about the Peloponnese is not far wide of the mark. But at this
period the most exaggerated estimate could scarcely give more than three
hundred talents, as coming from Megalopolis itself; for it is acknowledged
that most of the inhabitants, free and slaves, escaped to Messene. But the
strongest confirmation of my words is the case of Mantinea, which, as he
himself observes, was second to no Arcadian city in wealth and numbers.
Though it was surrendered after a siege, so that no one could escape, and no
property could without great difficulty be concealed; yet the value of the
whole spoil of the town, including the price of the captives sold, amounted
at this same period to only three hundred talents.
63. But a more astonishing misstatement remains to be remarked. In the
Ptolemy Euergetes and course of his history of this war, Phylarchus asserts
Cleomenes. “that about ten days before the battle an ambassador
came from Ptolemy announcing to Cleomenes, that the king declined to
continue to support him with supplies, and advised him to make terms with
Antigonus. And that when this message had been delivered to Cleomenes,
he made up his mind that he had better put his fortune to the supreme test as
soon as possible, before his forces learnt about this message, because he
could not hope to provide the soldiers’ pay from his own resources.” But if
he had at that very time become the master of six thousand talents, he
would have been better supplied than Ptolemy himself. And as for war with
Antigonus, if he had become master of only three hundred talents, he would
have been able to continue it without any difficulty. But the writer states
two inconsistent propositions—that Cleomenes depended wholly on
Ptolemy for money: and that he at the same time had become master of that
enormous sum. Is this not irrational, and grossly careless besides? I might
mention many instances of a similar kind, not only in his account of this
period, but throughout his whole work; but I think for my present purpose
enough has been said.
64. Megalopolis having fallen, then, Antigonus spent the winter at Argos.
But at the approach of spring Cleomenes collected his army, addressed a
suitable exhortation to them, and led them into the Argive territory. Most

Page 194

b.c. 222. Cleomenes people thought this a hazardous and foolhardy step,
invades Argos. because the places at which the frontier was crossed
were strongly fortified; but those who were capable of judging regarded the
measure as at once safe and prudent. For seeing that Antigonus had
dismissed his forces, he reckoned on two things,—there would be no one to
resist him, and therefore he would run no risk; and when the Argives found
that their territory was being laid waste up to their walls, they would be
certain to be roused to anger and to lay the blame upon Antigonus:
therefore, if on the one hand Antigonus, unable to bear the complaints of the
populace, were to sally forth and give him battle with his present forces,
Cleomenes felt sure of an easy victory; but if on the other hand Antigonus
refused to alter his plans, and kept persistently aloof, he believed that he
would be able to effect a safe retreat home, after succeeding by this
expedition in terrifying his enemies and inspiring his own forces with
courage. And this was the actual result. For as the devastation of the country
went on, crowds began to collect and abuse Antigonus: but like a wise
general and king, he refused to allow any consideration to outweigh that of
sound strategy, and persisted in remaining inactive. Accordingly
Cleomenes, in pursuance of his plan, having terrified his enemies and
inspired courage in his own army for the coming struggle, returned home
unmolested.
65. Summer having now come, and the Macedonian and Achaean soldiers
having assembled from their winter quarters, Antigonus moved his army,
The summer campaign. along with his allies, into Laconia. The main force
The army of Antigonus. consisted of ten thousand Macedonians for the phalanx,
three thousand light armed, and three hundred cavalry. With these were a
thousand Agraei; the same number of Gauls; three thousand mercenary
infantry, and three hundred cavalry; picked troops of the Achaeans, three
thousand infantry and three hundred cavalry; and a thousand
Megalopolitans armed in the Macedonian manner, under the command of
Cercidas of Megalopolis. Of the allies there were two thousand infantry,
and two hundred cavalry, from Boeotia; a thousand infantry and fifty
cavalry from Epirus; the same number from Acarnania; and sixteen hundred
from Illyria, under the command of Demetrius of Pharos. The whole
amounted to twenty-eight thousand infantry and twelve hundred cavalry.

Page 195

Cleomenes had expected the attack, and had secured the passes into the
The position of country by posting garrisons, digging trenches, and
Cleomenes at Sellasia. felling trees; while he took up position at a place called
Sellasia, with an army amounting to twenty thousand, having calculated
that the invading forces would take that direction: which turned out to be
the case. This pass lies between two hills, called respectively Evas and
Olympus, and the road to Sparta follows the course of the river Oenus.
Cleomenes strengthened both these hills by lines of fortification, consisting
of trench and palisade. On Evas he posted the perioeci and allies, under the
command of his brother Eucleidas; while he himself held Olympus with the
Lacedaemonians and mercenaries. On the level ground along the river he
stationed his cavalry, with a division of his mercenaries, on both sides of the
road. When Antigonus arrived, he saw at once the strength of the position,
and the skill with which Cleomenes had selected the different branches of
his army to occupy the points of vantage, so that the whole aspect of the
position was like that of skilled soldiers drawn up ready for a charge. For no
preparation for attack or defence had been omitted; but everything was in
order, either for offering battle with effect, or for holding an almost
unassailable position.
66. The sight of these preparations decided Antigonus not to make an
immediate attack upon the position, or rashly hazard an engagement. He
pitched his camp a short distance from it, covering his front by the stream
called Gorgylus, and there remained for some days; informing himself by
reconnaissances of the peculiarities of the ground and the character of the
troops, and at the same time endeavouring by feigned movements to elicit
the intentions of the enemy. But he could never find an unguarded point, or
one where the troops were not entirely on the alert, for Cleomenes was
always ready at a moment’s notice to be at any point that was attacked. He
therefore gave up all thoughts of attacking the position; and finally an
understanding was come to between him and Cleomenes to bring the matter
to the decision of battle. And, indeed, Fortune had there brought into
competition two commanders equally endowed by nature with military
skill. To face the division of the enemy on Evas Antigonus stationed his
Macedonian hoplites with brazen shields, and the Illyrians, drawn up in
alternate lines, under the command of Alexander, son of Acmetus, and
Demetrius of Pharos, respectively. Behind them he placed the Acarnanians

Page 196

and Cretans, and behind them again were two thousand Achaeans to act as a
reserve. His cavalry, on the banks of the river Oenous, were posted opposite
the enemy’s cavalry, under the command of Alexander, and flanked by a
thousand Achaean infantry and the same number of Megalopolitans.
Antigonus himself determined to lead his mercenaries and Macedonian
troops in person against the division on Olympus commanded by
Cleomenes. Owing to the narrowness of the ground, the Macedonians were
arranged in a double phalanx, one close behind the other, while the
mercenaries were placed in front of them. It was arranged that the Illyrians,
who had bivouacked in full order during the previous night along the river
Gorgylus, close to the foot of Evas, were to begin their assault on the hill
when they saw a flag of linen raised from the direction of Olympus; and
that the Megalopolitans and cavalry should do the same when the king
raised a scarlet flag.
67. The moment for beginning the battle had come: the signal was given to
the Illyrians, and the word passed by the officers to their men to do their
duty, and in a moment they started into view of the enemy and began
Battle of Sellasia. assaulting the hill. But the light-armed troops who were
stationed with Cleomenes’s cavalry, observing that the
Achaean lines were not covered by any other troops behind them, charged
them on the rear; and thus reduced the division while endeavouring to carry
the hill of Evas to a state of great peril,—being met as they were on their
Philopoemen’s presence front by Eucleidas from the top of the hill, and being
of mind. charged and vigorously attacked by the light-armed
mercenaries on their rear. It was at this point that Philopoemen of
Megalopolis, with a clear understanding of the situation and a foresight of
what would happen, vainly endeavoured to point out the certain result to his
superior officers. They disregarded him for his want of experience in
command and his extreme youth; and, accordingly he acted for himself, and
cheering on the men of his own city, made a vigorous charge on the enemy.
This effected a diversion; for the light-armed mercenaries, who were
engaged in harassing the rear of the party ascending Evas, hearing the
shouting and seeing the cavalry engaged, abandoned their attack upon this
party and hurried back to their original position to render assistance to the
cavalry. The result was that the division of Illyrians, Macedonians, and the
rest who were advancing with them, no longer had their attention diverted

Page 197

by an attack upon their rear, and so continued their advance upon the enemy
with high spirits and renewed confidence. And this afterwards caused it to
be acknowledged that to Philopoemen was due the honour of the success
against Eucleidas.
68. It is clear that Antigonus at any rate entertained that opinion, for after
the battle he asked Alexander, the commander of the cavalry, with the view
of convicting him of his shortcoming, “Why he had engaged before the
signal was given?” And upon Alexander answering that “He had not done
so, but that a young officer from Megalopolis had presumed to anticipate
the signal, contrary to his wish:” Antigonus replied, “That young man acted
like a good general in grasping the situation; you, general, were the
youngster.”
What Eucleidas ought to have done, when he saw the enemy’s lines
advancing, was to have rushed down at once upon them; thrown their ranks
into disorder; and then retired himself, step by step, to continually higher
ground into a safe position: for by thus breaking them up and depriving
them, to begin with, of the advantages of their peculiar armour and
disposition, he would have secured the victory by the superiority of his
position. But he did the very opposite of all this, and thereby forfeited the
advantages of the ground. As though victory were assured, he kept his
original position on the summit of the hill, with the view of catching the
enemy at as great an elevation as possible, that their flight might be all the
longer over steep and precipitous ground. The result, as might have been
Defeat of Eucleidas. anticipated, was exactly the reverse. For he left himself
no place of retreat, and by allowing the enemy to reach
his position, unharmed and in unbroken order, he was placed at the
disadvantage of having to give them battle on the very summit of the hill;
and so, as soon as he was forced by the weight of their heavy armour and
their close order to give any ground, it was immediately occupied by the
Illyrians; while his own men were obliged to take lower ground, because
they had no space for manœuvring on the top. The result was not long in
arriving: they suffered a repulse, which the difficult and precipitous nature
of the ground over which they had to retire turned into a disastrous flight.
69. Simultaneously with these events the cavalry engagement was also
being brought to a decision; in which all the Achaean cavalry, and

Page 198

especially Philopoemen, fought with conspicuous gallantry, for to them it
was a contest for freedom. Philopoemen himself had his horse killed under
him, and while fighting accordingly on foot received a severe wound
Defeat of Cleomenes. through both his thighs. Meanwhile the two kings on
the other hill Olympus began by bringing their light-
armed troops and mercenaries into action, of which each of them had five
thousand. Both the kings and their entire armies had a full view of this
action, which was fought with great gallantry on both sides: the charges
taking place sometimes in detachments, and at other times along the whole
line, and an eager emulation being displayed between the several ranks, and
even between in dividuals. But when Cleomenes saw that his brother’s
division was retreating, and that the cavalry in the low ground were on the
point of doing the same, alarmed at the prospect of an attack at all points at
once, he was compelled to demolish the palisade in his front, and to lead
out his whole force in line by one side of his position. A recall was sounded
on the bugle for the light-armed troops of both sides, who were on the
ground between the two armies: and the phalanxes shouting their war cries,
and with spears couched, charged each other. Then a fierce struggle arose:
the Macedonians sometimes slowly giving ground and yielding to the
superior courage of the soldiers of Sparta, and at another time the
Lacedaemonians being forced to give way before the overpowering weight
of the Macedonian phalanx. At length Antigonus ordered a charge in close
order and in double phalanx; the enormous weight of this peculiar
formation proved sufficient to finally dislodge the Lacedaemonians from
their strongholds, and they fled in disorder and suffering severely as they
went. Cleomenes himself, with a guard of cavalry, effected his retreat to
Sparta: but the same night he went down to Gythium, where all preparations
for crossing the sea had been made long before in case of mishap, and with
his friends sailed to Alexandria.
70. Having surprised and taken Sparta, Antigonus treated the citizens with
magnanimity and humanity; and after re-establishing their ancient
constitution, he left the town in a few days, on receiving intelligence that
the Illyrians had invaded Macedonia and were laying waste the country.
This was an instance of the fantastic way in which Fortune decides the most
important matters. For if Cleomenes had only put off the battle for a few

Page 199

days, or if when he returned to Sparta he had only held out for a brief space
of time, he would have saved his crown.
As it was, Antigonus after going to Tegea and restoring its constitution,
arrived on the second day at Argos, at the very time of the Nemean games.
Death of Antigonus Having at this assembly received every mark of
Doson, b.c. 220. immortal honour and glory at the hands of the Achaean
community, as well as of the several states, he made all haste to reach
Macedonia. He found the Illyrians still in the country, and forced them to
give him battle, in which, though he proved entirely successful, he exerted
himself to such a pitch in shouting encouragement to his men, that he
ruptured a bloodvessel, and fell into an illness which terminated shortly in
his death. He was a great loss to the Greeks, whom he had inspired with
good hopes, not only by his support in the field, but still more by his
character and good principles. He left the kingdom of Macedonia to Philip,
son of Demetrius.
71. My reason for writing about this war at such length, was the
advisability, or rather necessity, in view of the general purpose of my
history, of making clear the relations existing between Macedonia and
Greece at a time which coincides with the period of which I am about to
treat.
Just about the same time, by the death of Euergetes, Ptolemy Philopator
succeeded to the throne of Egypt. At the same period died Seleucus, son of
that Seleucus who had the double surnames of Callinicus and Pogon: he
was succeeded on the throne of Syria by his brother Antiochus. The deaths
of these three sovereigns—Antigonus, Ptolemy, and Seleucus—fell in the
b.c. 284-280. b.c. 224- same Olympiad, as was the case with the three
220. immediate successors to Alexander the Great,—
Seleucus, Ptolemy, and Lysimachus,—for the latter all died in the 124th
Olympiad, and the former in the 139th.
I may now fitly close this book. I have completed the introduction and laid
the foundation on which my history must rest. I have shown when, how,
and why the Romans, after becoming supreme in Italy, began to aim at
dominion outside of it, and to dispute with the Carthaginians the dominion
of the sea. I have at the same time explained the state of Greece,

Page 200

Macedonia, and Carthage at this epoch. I have now arrived at the period
which I originally marked out,—that namely in which the Greeks were on
the point of beginning the Social, the Romans the Hannibalic war, and the
kings in Asia the war for the possession of Coele-Syria. The termination
therefore of the wars just described, and the death of the princes engaged in
them, forms a natural period to this book.

Page 201

BOOK III

1. I stated in my first book that my work was to start from the Social war,
the Hannibalian war, and the war for the possession of Coele-Syria. In the
same book I stated my reasons for devoting my first two books to a sketch
of the period preceding those events. I will now, after a few prefatory
remarks as to the scope of my own work, address myself to giving a
complete account of these wars, the causes which led to them, and which
account for the proportions to which they attained.
The one aim and object, then, of all that I have undertaken to write is to
show how, when, and why all the known parts of the world fell under the
A summary of the work dominion of Rome. Now as this great event admits of
from b.c. 220 to being exactly dated as to its beginning, duration, and
b.c. 168.
final accomplishment, I think it will be advantageous to
give, by way of preface, a summary statement of the most important phases
in it between the beginning and the end. For I think I shall thus best secure
to the student an adequate idea of my whole plan, for as the comprehension
of the whole is a help to the understanding of details, and the knowledge of
details of great service to the clear conception of the whole; believing that
the best and clearest knowledge is that which is obtained from a
combination of these, I will preface my whole history by a brief summary
of its contents.
I have already described its scope and limits. As to its several parts, the first
consists of the above mentioned wars, while the conclusion or closing scene
is the fall of the Macedonian monarchy. The time included between these
limits is fifty-three years, and never has an equal space embraced events of
b.c. 220-216. such magnitude and importance. In describing them I
shall start from the 140th Olympiad and shall arrange
my exposition in the following order:
2. First I shall indicate the causes of the Punic or Hannibalian war: and shall
1. The cause and course have to describe how the Carthaginians entered Italy;
of the Hannibalian war. broke up the Roman power there; made the Romans

Page 202

tremble for their safety and the very soil of their country; and contrary to all
calculation acquired a good prospect of surprising Rome itself.
I shall next try to make it clear how in the same period Philip of Macedon,
2. Macedonian treaty after finishing his war with the Aetolians, and
with Carthage, b.c. 216. subsequently settling the affairs of Greece, entered
upon a design of forming an offensive and defensive alliance with Carthage.
Then I shall tell how Antiochus and Ptolemy Philopator first quarrelled and
3. Syrian war, b.c. 218. finally went to war with each other for the possession of
Coele-Syria.
Next how the Rhodians and Prusias went to war with the Byzantines, and
4. Byzantine war, compelled them to desist from exacting dues from ships
b.c. 220. sailing into the Pontus.
At this point I shall pause in my narrative to introduce a disquisition upon
First digression on the the Roman Constitution, in which I shall show that its
Roman Constitution. peculiar character contributed largely to their success,
not only in reducing all Italy to their authority, and in acquiring a
supremacy over the Iberians and Gauls besides, but also at last, after their
conquest of Carthage, to their conceiving the idea of universal dominion.

Second on Hiero of Along with this I shall introduce another digression on
Syracuse. the fall of Hiero of Syracuse.
After these digressions will come the disturbances in Egypt; how, after the
5. The attempted death of King Ptolemy, Antiochus and Philip entered
partition of the into a compact for the partition of the dominions of that
dominions of Ptolemy
Epiphanes, b.c. 204.
monarch’s infant son. I shall describe their treacherous
dealings, Philip laying hands upon the islands of the
Aegean, and Caria and Samos, Antiochus upon Coele-Syria and Phoenicia.
3. Next, after a summary recapitulation of the proceedings of the
6. War with Philip, Carthaginians and Romans in Iberia, Libya, and Sicily, I
b.c. 201-197. shall, following the changes of events, shift the scene of
my story entirely to Greece. Here I shall first describe the naval battles of
Attalus and the Rhodians against Philip; and the war between Philip and
Rome, the persons engaged, its circumstances, and result.

Page 203

Next to this I shall have to record the wrath of the Aetolians, in
consequence of which they invited the aid of Antiochus, and thereby gave
7. Asiatic war, b.c. 192- rise to what is called the Asiatic war against Rome and
191. the Achaean league. Having stated the causes of this
war, and described the crossing of Antiochus into Europe, I shall have to
show first in what manner he was driven from Greece; secondly, how, being
defeated in the war, he was forced to cede all his territory west of Taurus;
and thirdly, how the Romans, after crushing the insolence of the Gauls,
secured undisputed possession of Asia, and freed all the nations on the west
of Taurus from the fear of barbarian inroads and the lawless violence of the
Gauls.
Next, after reviewing the disasters of the Aetolians and Cephallenians, I
8. Gallic wars of shall pass to the wars waged by Eumenes against
Eumenes and Prusias. Prusias and the Gauls; as well as that carried on in
alliance with Ariarathes against Pharnaces.
Finally, after speaking of the unity and settlement of the Peloponnese, and
of the growth of the commonwealth of Rhodes, I shall add a summary of
9. Union of the my whole work, concluding by an account of the
Peloponnese. Antiochus expedition of Antiochus Epiphanes against Egypt; of
Epiphanes in Egypt. Fall
of the Macedonian
the war against Perseus; and the destruction of the
monarchy, b.c. 188-168. Macedonian monarchy. Throughout the whole narrative
it will be shown how the policy adopted by the Romans
in one after another of these cases, as they arose, led to their eventual
conquest of the whole world.
4. And if our judgment of individuals and constitutions, for praise or blame,
could be adequately formed from a simple consideration of their successes
or defeats, I must necessarily have stopped at this point, and have
concluded my history as soon as I reached these last events in accordance
with my original plan. For at this point the fifty-three years were coming to
an end, and the progress of the Roman power had arrived at its
consummation. And, besides, by this time the acknowledgment had been
extorted from all that the supremacy of Rome must be accepted, and her
The plan extended to commands obeyed. But in truth, judgments of either
embrace the period from side founded on the bare facts of success or failure in
b.c. 168-146.
the field are by no means final. It has often happened

Page 204

that what seemed the most signal successes have, from ill management,
brought the most crushing disasters in their train; while not unfrequently the
most terrible calamities, sustained with spirit, have been turned to actual
advantage. I am bound, therefore, to add to my statement of facts a
discussion on the subsequent policy of the conquerors, and their
administration of their universal dominion: and again on the various
feelings and opinions entertained by other nations towards their rulers. And
I must also describe the tastes and aims of the several nations, whether in
their private lives or public policy. The present generation will learn from
this whether they should shun or seek the rule of Rome; and future
generations will be taught whether to praise and imitate, or to decry it. The
usefulness of my history, whether for the present or the future, will mainly
lie in this. For the end of a policy should not be, in the eyes either of the
actors or their historians, simply to conquer others and bring all into
subjection. Nor does any man of sense go to war with his neighbours for the
mere purpose of mastering his opponents; nor go to sea for the mere sake of
the voyage; nor engage in professions and trades for the sole purpose of
learning them. In all these cases the objects are invariably the pleasure,
honour, or profit which are the results of the several employments.
Accordingly the object of this work shall be to ascertain exactly what the
position of the several states was, after the universal conquest by which
they fell under the power of Rome, until the commotions and disturbances
which broke out at a later period. These I designed to make the starting-
point of what may almost be called a new work, partly because of the
greatness and surprising nature of the events themselves, but chiefly
because, in the case of most of them, I was not only an eye-witness, but in
some cases one of the actors, and in others the chief director.
5. The events I refer to are the wars of Rome against the Celtiberians and
A new departure; the Vaccaei; those of Carthage against Massinissa, king of
breaking-up of the Libya; and those of Attalus and Prusias in Asia. Then
arrangement made after
the fall of Macedonia.
also Ariarathes, King of Cappadocia, having been
Wars of Carthage against ejected from his throne by Orophernes through the
Massinissa; and of Rome agency of King Demetrius, recovered his ancestral
against the Celtiberians,
b.c. 155-150; and against
power by the help of Attalus; while Demetrius, son of
Carthage (3d Punic war, Seleucus, after twelve years’ possession of the throne of
b.c. 149-146). Syria, was deprived of it, and of his life at the same

Page 205

time, by a combination of the other kings against him. Then it was, too, that
the Romans restored to their country those Greeks who had been charged
with guilt in the matter of the war with Perseus, after formally acquitting
them of the crimes alleged against them. Not long afterwards the same
people turned their hands against Carthage: at first with the intention of
forcing its removal to some other spot, but finally, for reasons to be
afterwards stated, with the resolution of utterly destroying it.
Contemporaneous with this came the renunciation by the Macedonians of
their friendship to Rome, and by the Lacedaemonians of their membership
of the Achaean league, to which the disaster that befell all Greece alike
owed its beginning and end.
This is my purpose: but its fulfilment must depend upon whether Fortune
protracts my life to the necessary length. I am persuaded, however, that,
even if the common human destiny does overtake me, this theme will not be
allowed to lie idle for want of competent men to handle it; for there are
many besides myself who will readily undertake its completion. But having
given the heads of the most remarkable events, with the object of enabling
the reader to grasp the general scope of my history as well as the
arrangement of its several parts, I must now, remembering my original plan,
go back to the point at which my history starts.
6. Some historians of the Hannibalian war, when they wish to point out to
The origin of the 2d us the causes of this contest between Rome and
Punic war; Carthage, allege first the siege of Saguntum by the
Carthaginians, and, secondly, their breach of treaty by crossing the river
called by the natives the Iber. But though I should call these the first actions
b.c. 334, in the war, I cannot admit them to be its causes. One
b.c. 192, might just as well say that the
crossing of Alexander the Great
into Asia was the cause of the Persian war, and the descent of Antiochus
upon Demetrias the cause of his war with Rome. In neither would it be a
probable or true statement. In the first case, this action of Alexander’s could
not be called the cause of a war, for which both he and his father Philip in
his lifetime had made elaborate preparations: and in the second case, we
know that the Aetolian league had done the same, with a view to a war with
Rome, before Antiochus came upon the scene. Such definitions are only
worthy of men who cannot distinguish between a first overt act and a cause

Page 206

or pretext; and who do not perceive that a cause is the first in a series of
events of which such an overt act is the last. I shall therefore regard the first
attempt to put into execution what had already been determined as a
“beginning,” but I shall look for “causes” in the motives which suggested
such action and the policy which dictated it; for it is by these, and the
calculations to which they give rise, that men are led to decide upon a
particular line of conduct. The soundness of this method will be proved by
the following considerations. The true causes and origin of the invasion of
Persia by Alexander are patent to everybody. They were, first, the return
b.c. 401-400, march of the Greeks under Xenophon through the
country from the upper Satrapies; in the course of
which, though throughout Asia all the populations were hostile, not a single
b.c. 396-394, barbarian ventured to face them: secondly, the invasion
of Asia by the Spartan king Agesilaus, in which, though
he was obliged by troubles in Greece to return in the middle of his
expedition without effecting his object, he yet found no resistance of any
importance or adequacy. It was these circumstances which convinced Philip
of the cowardice and inefficiency of the Persians; and comparing them with
his own high state of efficiency for war, and that of his Macedonian
subjects, and placing before his eyes the splendour of the rewards to be
gained by such a war, and the popularity which it would bring him in
Greece, he seized on the pretext of avenging the injuries done by Persia to
Greece, and determined with great eagerness to undertake this war; and was
in fact at the time of his death engaged in making every kind of preparation
for it.
Here we have the cause and the pretext of the Persian war. Alexander’s
expedition into Asia was the first action in it.
7. So too of the war of Antiochus with Rome. The cause was evidently the
and of the war with exasperation of the Aetolians, who, thinking that they
Antiochus. had been slighted in a number of instances at the end of
the war with Philip, not only called in the aid of Antiochus, but resolved to
go to every extremity in satisfying the anger which the events of that time
had aroused in them. This was the cause. As for the pretext, it was the
liberation of Greece, which they went from city to city with Antiochus
proclaiming, without regard to reason or truth; while the first act in the war
was the descent of Antiochus upon Demetrias.

Page 207

My object in enlarging upon this distinction is not to attack the historians in
question, but to rectify the ideas of the studious. A physician can do no
good to the sick who does not know the causes of their ailments; nor can a
statesman do any good who is unable to conceive the manner, cause, and
source of the events with which he has from time to time to deal. Surely the
former could not be expected to institute a suitable system of treatment for
the body; nor the latter to grapple with the exigencies of the situation,
without possessing this knowledge of its elements. There is nothing,
therefore, which we ought to be more alive to, and to seek for, than the
causes of every event which occurs. For the most important results are often
produced by trifles; and it is invariably easier to apply remedial measures at
the beginning, before things have got beyond the stage of conception and
intention.
8. Now the Roman annalist Fabius asserts that the cause of the Hannibalian
The credibility of Fabius war, besides the injury inflicted upon Saguntum, was
Pictor. the encroaching and ambitious spirit of Hasdrubal.
“Having secured great power in Iberia, he returned to Libya with the design
of destroying the constitution and reducing Carthage to a despotism. But the
leading statesmen, getting timely warning of his intention, banded
themselves together and successfully opposed him. Suspecting this
Hasdrubal retired from Libya, and thenceforth governed Iberia entirely at
his own will without taking any account whatever of the Carthaginian
Senate. This policy had had in Hannibal from his earliest youth a zealous
supporter and imitator; and when he succeeded to the command in Iberia he
continued it: and accordingly, even in the case of this war with Rome, was
acting on his own authority and contrary to the wish of the Carthaginians;
for none of the men of note in Carthage approved of his attack upon
Saguntum.” This is the statement of Fabius, who goes on to say, that “after
the capture of that city an embassy arrived in Carthage from Rome
demanding that Hannibal should be given up on pain of a declaration of
war.”
Now what answer could Fabius have given if we had put the following
question to him? “What better chance or opportunity could the
Carthaginians have had of combining justice and interest? According to
your own account they disliked the proceeding of Hannibal: why did they
not submit to the demands of Rome by surrendering the author of the

Page 208

injury; and thus get rid of the common enemy of the state without the
odium of doing it themselves, and secure the safety of their territory by
ridding themselves of the threatened war—all of which they could have
effected by merely passing a decree?” If this question were put, I say, it
would admit of no answer. The fact is that, so far from doing anything of
the sort, they maintained the war in accordance with Hannibal’s policy for
seventeen years; and refused to make terms until, at the end of a most
determined struggle, they found their own city and persons in imminent
danger of destruction.
9. I do not allude to Fabius and his annals from any fear of their wearing
such an air of probability in themselves as to gain any credit,—for the fact
is that his assertions are so contrary to reason, that it does not need any
argument of mine to help his readers to perceive it,—but I wished to warn
those who take up his books not to be misled by the authority of his name,
but to be guided by facts. For there is a certain class of readers in whose
eyes the personality of the writer is of more account than what he says.
They look to the fact that Fabius was a contemporary and a member of the
Senate, and assume without more ado that everything he says may be
trusted. My view, however, is that we ought not to hold the authority of this
writer lightly: yet at the same time that we should not regard it as all-
sufficient; but in reading his writings should test them by a reference to the
facts themselves.
This is a digression from my immediate subject, which is the war between
The Hannibalian or 2nd Carthage and Rome. The cause of this war we must
Punic war. First cause. reckon to be the exasperation of Hamilcar, surnamed
Barcas, the father of Hannibal. The result of the war in Sicily had not
broken the spirit of that commander. He regarded himself as unconquered;
for the troops at Eryx which he commanded were still sound and
undismayed: and though he yielded so far as to make a treaty, it was a
concession to the exigencies of the times brought on by the defeat of the
Carthaginians at sea. But he never relaxed in his determined purpose of
revenge; and, had it not been for the mutiny of the mercenaries at Carthage,
he would at once have sought and made another occasion for bringing about
a war, as far as he was able to do so: as it was, he was preoccupied by the
domestic war, and had to give his attention entirely to that.

Page 209

10. When the Romans, at the conclusion of this mercenary war, proclaimed
war with Carthage, the latter at first was inclined to resist at all hazards,
b.c. 238. Bk. i. ch. 88. because the goodness of her cause gave her hopes of
Second cause. victory,—as I have shown in my former book, without
which it would be impossible to understand adequately either this or what is
to follow. The Romans, however, would not listen to anything: and the
Carthaginians therefore yielded to the force of circumstances; and though
feeling bitterly aggrieved, yet being quite unable to do anything, evacuated
Sardinia, and consented to pay a sum of twelve hundred talents, in addition
to the former indemnity paid them, on condition of avoiding the war at that
time. This is the second and the most important cause of the subsequent
war. For Hamilcar, having this public grievance in addition to his private
feelings of anger, as soon as he had secured his country’s safety by reducing
the rebellious mercenaries, set at once about securing the Carthaginian
power in Iberia with the intention of using it as a base of operations against
Third cause. Rome. So that I record as a third cause of the war the
Carthaginian success in Iberia: for it was the confidence
inspired by their forces there which encouraged them to embark upon it. It
would be easy to adduce other facts to show that Hamilcar, though he had
been dead ten years at its commencement, largely contributed to bring about
the second Punic war, but what I am about to say will be sufficient to
establish the fact.
11. When, after his final defeat by the Romans, Hannibal had at last quitted
Hannibal’s oath. his country and was staying at the court of Antiochus,
the warlike attitude of the Aetolian league induced the
Romans to send ambassadors to Antiochus, that they might be informed of
the king’s intentions. These ambassadors found that Antiochus was inclined
to the Aetolian alliance, and was eager for war with Rome; they accordingly
b.c. 195. paid great court to Hannibal with a view of bringing
him into suspicion with the king. And in this they
entirely succeeded. As time went on the king became ever more and more
suspicious of Hannibal, until at length an opportunity occurred for an
explanation of the alienation that had been thus secretly growing up
between them. Hannibal then defended himself at great length, but without
b.c. 238. success, until at last he made the following statement:
“When my father was about to go on his Iberian

Page 210

expedition I was nine years old: and as he was offering the sacrifice to Zeus
I stood near the altar. The sacrifice successfully performed, my father
poured the libation and went through the usual ritual. He then bade all the
other worshippers stand a little back, and calling me to him asked me
affectionately whether I wished to go with him on his expedition. Upon my
eagerly assenting, and begging with boyish enthusiasm to be allowed to go,
he took me by the right hand and led me up to the altar, and bade me lay my
hand upon the victim and swear that I would never be friends with Rome.
So long, then, Antiochus, as your policy is one of hostility to Rome, you
may feel quite secure of having in me a most thorough-going supporter. But
if ever you make terms or friendship with her, then you need not wait for
any slander to make you distrust me and be on your guard against me; for
there is nothing in my power that I would not do against her.”
12. Antiochus listened to this story, and being convinced that it was told
with genuine feeling and sincerity, gave up all his suspicions. And we, too,
must regard this as an unquestionable proof of the animosity of Hamilcar
and of the aim of his general policy; which, indeed, is also proved by facts.
For he inspired his son-in-law Hasdrubal and his son Hannibal with a
bitterness of resentment against Rome which nothing could surpass.
Hasdrubal, indeed, was prevented by death from showing the full extent of
his purpose; but time gave Hannibal abundant opportunity to manifest the
hatred of Rome which he had inherited from his father.
The most important thing, then, for statesmen to observe is the motives of
those who lay aside old enmities or form new friendships; and to ascertain
when their consent to treaties is a mere concession to the necessities of the
hour, and when it is the indication of a real consciousness of defeat. In the
former case they must be on their guard against such people lying in wait
for an opportunity; while in the latter they may unhesitatingly impose
whatever injunctions are necessary, in full reliance on the genuineness of
their feelings whether as subjects or friends. So much for the causes of the
war. I will now relate the first actions in it.
13. The Carthaginians were highly incensed by their loss of Sicily, but their
resentment was heightened still more, as I have said, by the transaction as to
Sardinia, and by the addition recently made to their tribute. Accordingly,
when the greater part of Iberia had fallen into their power, they were on the

Page 211

alert to seize any opportunity that presented itself of retaliating upon Rome.
At the death of Hasdrubal, to whom they had committed the command in
Iberia after the death of Hamilcar, they waited at first to ascertain the
Death of Hamilcar, feelings of the army; but when news came from thence
b.c. 229. that the troops had elected Hannibal as commander-in-
chief, a popular assembly was at once held, and the choice of the army
confirmed by a unanimous vote. As soon as he had taken over the
Death of Hasdrubal, command, Hannibal set out to subdue the tribe of the
b.c. 221. Olcades; and, having arrived before their most
formidable city Althaea, he pitched his camp under its walls; and by a series
of energetic and formidable assaults succeeded before long in taking it: by
which the rest of the tribe were overawed into submission to Carthage.
Having imposed a contribution upon the towns, and thus become possessed
of a large sum of money, he went to the New Town to winter. There, by a
liberal treatment of the forces under his command, giving them an
instalment of their pay at once and promising the rest, he established an
excellent feeling towards himself in the army, as well as great hopes for the
future.
14. Next summer he set out on another expedition against the Vaccaei, in
b.c. 220. Hannibal which he took Salmantica by assault, but only
attacks the Vaccaei. succeeded in storming Arbucala, owing to the size of
the town and the number and valour of its inhabitants, after a laborious
siege. After this he suddenly found himself in a position of very great
danger on his return march: being set upon by the Carpesii, the strongest
tribe in those parts, who were joined also by neighbouring tribes, incited
principally by refugees of the Olcades, but roused also to great wrath by
those who escaped from Salmantica. If the Carthaginians had been
compelled to give these people regular battle, there can be no doubt that
they would have been defeated: but as it was, Hannibal, with admirable
skill and caution, slowly retreated until he had put the Tagus between
himself and the enemy; and thus giving battle at the crossing of the stream,
supported by it and the elephants, of which he had about forty, he gained, to
every one’s surprise, a complete success. For when the barbarians attempted
to force a crossing at several points of the river at once, the greater number
of them were killed as they left the water by the elephants, who marched up
and down along the brink of the river and caught them as they were coming

Page 212

out. Many of them also were killed in the river itself by the cavalry, because
the horses were better able than the men to stand against the stream, and
also because the cavalry were fighting on higher ground than the infantry
which they were attacking. At length Hannibal turned the tables on the
enemy, and, recrossing the river, attacked and put to flight their whole army,
to the number of more than a hundred thousand men. After the defeat of this
host, no one south of the Iber rashly ventured to face him except the people
of Saguntum. From that town Hannibal tried his best to keep aloof; because,
acting on the suggestions and advice of his father Hamilcar, he did not wish
to give the Romans an avowed pretext for war until he had thoroughly
secured the rest of the country.
15. But the people of Saguntum kept sending ambassadors to Rome, partly
Saguntum appeals to because they foresaw what was coming, and trembled
Rome. Winter of b.c. for their own existence, and partly that the Romans
220-219.
might be kept fully aware of the growing power of the
Carthaginians in Iberia. For a long time the Romans disregarded their
words: but now they sent out some commissioners to see what was going
on. Just at that time Hannibal had finished the conquests which he intended
for that season, and was going into winter quarters at the New Town again,
which was in a way the chief glory and capital town of the Carthaginians in
Iberia. He found there the embassy from Rome, granted them an interview,
and listened to the message with which they were charged. It was a strong
injunction to him to leave Saguntum alone, as being under the protection of
Rome; and not to cross the Iber, in accordance with the agreement come to
in the time of Hasdrubal. To this Hannibal answered with all the heat of
Hannibal’s defiance. youth, inflamed by martial ardour, recent success, and
his long-standing hatred of Rome. He charged the
Romans with having a short time before, when on some political
disturbances arising in the town they had been chosen to act as arbitrators,
seized the opportunity to put some of the leading citizens to death; and he
declared that the Carthaginians would not allow the Saguntines to be thus
treacherously dealt with, for it was the traditional policy of Carthage to
protect all persons so wronged. At the same time he sent home for
instructions as to what he was to do “in view of the fact that the Saguntines
were injuring certain of their subject allies.” And altogether he was in a
state of unreasoning anger and violent exasperation, which prevented him

Page 213

from availing himself of the real causes for war, and made him take refuge
in pretexts which would not admit of justification, after the manner of men
whose passions master all considerations of equity. How much better it
would have been to demand of Rome the restoration of Sardinia, and the
remission of the tribute, which she had taken an unfair opportunity to
impose on pain of a declaration of war. As it was, he said not a word of the
real cause, but alleged the fictitious one of the matter of Saguntum; and so
got the credit of beginning the war, not only in defiance of reason, but still
more in defiance of justice. The Roman ambassadors, finding that there
must undoubtedly be a war, sailed to Carthage to enter the same protest
before the people there. They expected, however, that they would have to
fight not in Italy, but in Iberia, and that they would have Saguntum as a base
of operations.
16. Wherefore the Senate, by way of preparing to undertake this business,
Illyrian war, b.c. 219. and foreseeing that the war would be severe and
protracted, and at a long distance from the mother
country, determined to make Illyria safe. For it happened that, just at this
time, Demetrius of Pharos was sacking and subduing to his authority the
cities of Illyria which were subject to Rome, and had sailed beyond Lissus,
in violation of the treaty, with fifty galleys, and had ravaged many of the
Cyclades. For he had quite forgotten the former kindnesses done him by
Rome, and had conceived a contempt for its power, when he saw it
threatened first by the Gauls and then by Carthage; and he now rested all
his hopes on the royal family of Macedonia, because he had fought on the
side of Antigonus, and shared with him the dangers of the war against
Cleomenes. These transactions attracted the observation of the Romans;
who, seeing that the royal house of Macedonia was in a flourishing
condition, were very anxious to secure the country east of Italy, feeling
convinced that they would have ample time to correct the rash folly of the
Illyrians, and rebuke and chastise the ingratitude and temerity of Demetrius.
But they were deceived in their calculations. For Hannibal anticipated their
measures by the capture of Saguntum: the result of which was that the war
b.c. 219. Coss. M. Livius took place not in Iberia, but close to Rome itself, and in
Salinator L. Aemilius various parts throughout all Italy. However, with these
Paullus.
ideas fixed in their minds, the Romans despatched

Page 214

Lucius Aemilius just before summer to conduct the Illyrian campaign in the
first year of the 140th Olympiad.
17. But Hannibal had started from New Carthage and was leading his army
Hannibal besieges straight against Saguntum. This city is situated on the
Saguntum. seaward foot of the mountain chain on which the
frontiers of Iberia and Celtiberia converge, and is about seven stades from
the sea. The district cultivated by its inhabitants is exceedingly productive,
and has a soil superior to any in all Iberia. Under the walls of this town
Hannibal pitched his camp and set energetically to work on the siege,
foreseeing many advantages that would accrue if he could take it. Of these
the first was that he would thereby disappoint the Romans in their
expectation of making Iberia the seat of war: a second was that he would
thereby strike a general terror, which would render the already obedient
tribes more submissive, and the still independent ones more cautious of
offending him: but the greatest advantage of all was that thereby he would
be able to push on his advance, without leaving an enemy on his rear.
Besides these advantages, he calculated that the possession of this city
would secure him abundant supplies for his expedition, and create an
enthusiasm in the troops excited by individual acquisitions of booty; while
he would conciliate the goodwill of those who remained at Carthage by the
spoils which would be sent home. With these ideas he pressed on the siege
with energy: sometimes setting an example to his soldiers by personally
sharing in the fatigues of throwing up the siege works; and sometimes
cheering on his men and recklessly exposing himself to danger.
After a siege extending to the eighth month, in the course of which he
Fall of Saguntum. endured every kind of suffering and anxiety, he finally
succeeded in taking the town. An immense booty in
money, slaves, and property fell into his hands, which he disposed of in
accordance with his original design. The money he reserved for the needs of
his projected expedition; the slaves were distributed according to merit
among his men; while the property was at once sent entire to Carthage. The
result answered his expectations: the army was rendered more eager for
action; the home populace more ready to grant whatever he asked; and he
himself was enabled, by the possession of such abundant means, to carry
out many measures that were of service to his expedition.

Page 215

18. While this was taking place, Demetrius, discovering the intentions of
Rome, threw a sufficient garrison into Dimale and victualled it in
Illyrian war, b.c. 219. proportion. In the other towns he put those who were
opposed to him to death, and placed the chief power in
the hands of his own partisans; and selecting six thousand of the bravest of
his subjects, quartered them in Pharos. When the Consul arrived in Illyria
with his army, he found the enemies of Rome confident in the strength of
Dimale and the elaborate preparations in it, and encouraged to resistance by
their belief in its impregnability; he determined, therefore, to attack that
town first, in order to strike terror into the enemy. Accordingly, after
addressing an exhortation to the several officers of the legions, and
throwing up siege works at several points, he began the siege in form. In
seven days he took the town by assault, which so dismayed the enemy, that
envoys immediately appeared from all the towns, surrendering themselves
unconditionally to the protection of Rome. The Consul accepted their
submission: and after imposing such conditions as appeared suitable to the
several cases, he sailed to Pharos to attack Demetrius himself. Being
informed that the city there was strongly fortified, thronged with excellent
soldiers, and well-furnished with provisions and all other munitions of war,
he began to entertain misgivings that the siege would be long and difficult;
and therefore, with a view to these difficulties, he adopted on the spur of the
moment the following stratagem. He crossed to the island by night with his
whole army. The greater part of it he disembarked at a spot where the
ground was well-wooded and low; while with only twenty ships he sailed at
daybreak to the harbour nearest the town. The smallness of the number of
the ships moved only the contempt of Demetrius when he saw them, and he
immediately marched out of the town down to the harbour to oppose the
landing of the enemy.
19. A violent struggle at once began: and, as it went on, division after
Capture of Pharos. division of the troops in the city came down to support
him, until at length the whole force had poured out to
take part in the engagement. The Romans who had landed in the night
arrived at the critical moment, after a march by an obscure route; and
seizing a strong position on some rising ground between the city and the
harbour, efficiently cut off from the city the troops that had sallied out.
When Demetrius became aware of what had taken place, he desisted from

Page 216

opposing the disembarkation; and having rallied his men and addressed the
ranks, he put them in motion, with the resolution of fighting a pitched battle
with the troops on the hill. When the Romans saw the Illyrian advance
being made in good order and with great spirit, they formed their ranks and
charged furiously. At the same moment the Roman troops which had just
effected their landing, seeing what was going on, charged the enemy on the
rear, who being thus attacked on both sides, were thrown into great disorder
and confusion. The result was that, finding both his van and his rear in
difficulties, Demetrius fled. Some of his men retreated towards the city; but
most of them escaped by bye-paths into various parts of the island.
Demetrius himself made his way to some galleys which he kept at anchor at
a solitary point on the coast, with a view to every contingency; and going
on board, he sailed away at nightfall, and arrived unexpectedly at the court
of King Philip, where he passed the remainder of his life:—a man whose
undoubted boldness and courage were unsupported by either prudence or
judgment. His end was of a piece with the whole tenor of his life; for while
endeavouring at the instigation of Philip to seize Messene, he exposed
himself during the battle with a careless rashness which cost him his life; of
which I shall speak in detail when I come to that period.
The Consul Aemilius having thus taken Pharos at a blow, levelled the city
to the ground; and then having become master of all Illyria, and having
ordered all its affairs as he thought right, returned towards the end of the
summer to Rome, where he celebrated a triumph amid expressions of
unmixed approval; for people considered that he had managed this business
with great prudence and even greater courage.
20. But when news came to Rome of the fall of Saguntum, there was indeed
Indignation at Rome at no debate on the question of war, as some historians
the fall of Saguntum. assert; who even add the speeches delivered on either
side. But nothing could be more ridiculous. For is it conceivable that the
Romans should have a year before proclaimed war with the Carthaginians
in the event of their entering the territory of Saguntum, and yet, when the
city itself had been taken, should have debated whether they should go to
war or no? Just as absurd are the wonderful statements that the senators put
on mourning, and that the fathers introduced their sons above twelve years
old into the Senate House, who, being admitted to the debate, refrained
from divulging any of its secrets even to their nearest relations. All this is as

Page 217

improbable as it is untrue; unless we are to believe that Fortune, among its
other bounties, granted the Romans the privilege of being men of the world
from their cradles. I need not waste any more words upon such
compositions as those of Chaereas and Sosilus;165 which, in my judgment,
are more like the gossip of the barber’s shop and the pavement than history.
The truth is that, when the Romans heard of the disaster at Saguntum, they
Envoys sent to Carthage at once elected envoys, whom they despatched in all
to demand surrender of haste to Carthage with the offer of two alternatives, one
Hannibal.
of which appeared to the Carthaginians to involve
disgrace as well as injury if they accepted it, while the other was the
beginning of a great struggle and of great dangers. For one of these
alternatives was the surrender of Hannibal and his staff to Rome, the other
was war. When the Roman envoys arrived and declared their message to the
Senate, the choice proposed to them between these alternatives was listened
to by the Carthaginians with indignation. Still they selected the most
capable of their number to state their case, which was grounded on the
following pleas.
21. Passing over the treaty made with Hasdrubal, as not having ever been
made, and, if it had, as not being binding on them because made without
their consent (and on this point they quoted the precedent of the Romans
themselves, who in the Sicilian war repudiated the terms agreed upon and
accepted by Lutatius, as having been made without their consent)—passing
over this, they pressed with all the vehemence they could, throughout the
discussion, the last treaty made in the Sicilian war; in which they affirmed
that there was no clause relating to Iberia, but one expressly providing
security for the allies of both parties to the treaty. Now, they pointed out that
the Saguntines at that time were not allies of Rome, and therefore were not
protected by the clause. To prove their point, they read the treaty more than
once aloud. On this occasion the Roman envoys contented themselves with
the reply that, while Saguntum was intact, the matter in dispute admitted of
pleadings and of a discussion on its merits; but that, that city having been
treacherously seized, they had only two alternatives,—either to deliver the
persons guilty of the act, and thereby make it clear that they had no share in
their crime, and that it was done without their consent; or, if they were not
willing to do that, and avowed their complicity in it, to take the
consequences.

Page 218

The question of treaties between Rome and Carthage was referred to in
general terms in the course of this debate: but I think a more particular
examination of it will be useful both to practical statesmen, who require to
know the exact truth of the matter, in order to avoid mistakes in any critical
deliberation; and to historical students, that they may not be led astray by
the ignorance or partisan bias of historians; but may have before them a
conspectus, acknowledged to be accurate, of the various compacts which
have been made between Rome and Carthage from the earliest times to our
own day.
22. The first treaty between Rome and Carthage was made in the year of
Treaties between Rome Lucius Junius Brutus and Marcus Horatius, the first
and Carthage. Consuls appointed after the expulsion of the kings, by
which men also the temple of Jupiter Capitolinus was consecrated. This was
twenty-eight years before the invasion of Greece by Xerxes. Of this treaty I
The first treaty, b.c. 509- append a translation, as accurate as I could make it,—
508. for the fact is that the ancient language differs so much
from that at present in use, that the best scholars among the Romans
themselves have great difficulty in interpreting some points in it, even after
much study. The treaty is as follows:—
“There shall be friendship between the Romans and their allies, and the
Carthaginians and their allies, on these conditions:
“Neither the Romans nor their allies are to sail beyond the Fair Promontory,
unless driven by stress of weather or the fear of enemies. If any one of them
be driven ashore he shall not buy or take aught for himself save what is
needful for the repair of his ship and the service of the gods, and he shall
depart within five days.
“Men landing for traffic shall strike no bargain save in the presence of a
herald or town-clerk. Whatever is sold in the presence of these, let the price
be secured to the seller on the credit of the state—that is to say, if such sale
be in Libya or Sardinia.
“If any Roman comes to the Carthaginian province in Sicily he shall enjoy
all rights enjoyed by others. The Carthaginians shall do no injury to the
people of Ardea, Antium, Laurentium, Circeii, Tarracina, nor any other
people of the Latins that are subject to Rome.

Page 219

“From those townships even which are not subject to Rome166 they shall
hold their hands; and if they take one shall deliver it unharmed to the
Romans. They shall build no fort in Latium; and if they enter the district in
arms, they shall not stay a night therein.”
23. The “Fair Promontory” here referred to is that which lies immediately to
the north of Carthage; south of which the Carthaginians stipulated that the
Romans should not sail with ships of war, because, as I imagine, they did
not wish them to be acquainted with the coast near Byzacium, or the lesser
Syrtis, which places they call Emporia, owing to the productiveness of the
district. The treaty then goes on to say that, if any one of them is driven
thither by stress of weather or fear of an enemy, and stands in need of
anything for the worship of the gods and the repair of his vessel, this and no
more he may take; and all those who have come to anchor there must
necessarily depart within five days. To Carthage, and all the country on the
Carthaginian side of the Fair Promontory in Libya, to Sardinia, and the
Carthaginian province of Sicily, the treaty allows the Romans to sail for
mercantile purposes; and the Carthaginians engage their public credit that
such persons shall enjoy absolute security.
It is clear from this treaty that the Carthaginians speak of Sardinia and
Libya as belonging to them entirely; but, on the other hand, make a
distinction in the case of Sicily, and only stipulate for that part of it which is
subject to Carthage. Similarly, the Romans also only stipulate concerning
Latium; the rest of Italy they do not mention, as not being under their
authority.
24. After this treaty there was a second, in which we find that the
Second treaty, b.c. 306 Carthaginians have included the Tyrians and the
(?). township of Utica in addition to their former territory;
and to the Fair Promontory Mastia and Tarseium are added, as the points
east of which the Romans are not to make marauding expeditions or found a
city. The treaty is as follows: “There shall be friendship between the
Romans and their allies, and the Carthaginians, Tyrians, and township of
Utica, on these terms: The Romans shall not maraud, nor traffic, nor found
a city east of the Fair Promontory, Mastia, Tarseium. If the Carthaginians
take any city in Latium which is not subject to Rome, they may keep the
prisoners and the goods, but shall deliver up the town. If the Carthaginians

Page 220

take any folk, between whom and Rome a peace has been made in writing,
though they be not subject to them, they shall not bring them into any
harbours of the Romans; if such an one be so brought ashore, and any
Roman lay claim to him,167 he shall be released. In like manner shall the
Romans be bound towards the Carthaginians.
“If a Roman take water or provisions from any district within the
jurisdiction of Carthage, he shall not injure, while so doing, any between
whom and Carthage there is peace and friendship. Neither shall a
Carthaginian in like case. If any one shall do so, he shall not be punished by
private vengeance, but such action shall be a public misdemeanour.
“In Sardinia and Libya no Roman shall traffic nor found a city; he shall do
no more than take in provisions and refit his ship. If a storm drive him upon
those coasts, he shall depart within five days.
“In the Carthaginian province of Sicily and in Carthage he may transact
business and sell whatsoever it is lawful for a citizen to do. In like manner
also may a Carthaginian at Rome.”
Once more in this treaty we may notice that the Carthaginians emphasise
the fact of their entire possession of Libya and Sardinia, and prohibit any
attempt of the Romans to land in them at all; and on the other hand, in the
case of Sicily, they clearly distinguish their own province in it. So, too, the
Romans, in regard to Latium, stipulate that the Carthaginians shall do no
wrong to Ardea, Antium, Circeii, Tarracina, all of which are on the seaboard
of Latium, to which alone the treaty refers.
25. A third treaty again was made by Rome at the time of the invasion of
Third treaty, b.c. 279. Pyrrhus into Sicily, before the Carthaginians undertook
the war for the possession of Sicily. This treaty contains
the same provisions as the two earlier treaties with these additional clauses:
—
“If they make a treaty of alliance with Pyrrhus, the Romans or
Carthaginians shall make it on such terms as not to preclude the one giving
aid to the other, if that one’s territory is attacked.

Page 221

“If one or the other stand in need of help, the Carthaginians shall supply the
ships, whether for transport or war; but each people shall supply the pay for
its own men employed on them.
“The Carthaginians shall also give aid by sea to the Romans if need be; but
no one shall compel the crews to disembark against their will.”
Provision was also made for swearing to these treaties. In the case of the
first, the Carthaginians were to swear by the gods of their ancestors, the
Romans by Jupiter Lapis, in accordance with an ancient custom; in the case
of the last treaty, by Mars and Quirinus.
The form of swearing by Jupiter Lapis was this. The commissioner for
swearing to the treaty took a stone in his hand, and, having taken the oath in
the name of his country, added these words, “If I abide by this oath may he
bless me; but if I do otherwise in thought or act, may all others be kept safe
each in his own country, under his own laws, in enjoyment of his own
goods, household gods, and tombs,—may I alone be cast out, even as this
stone is now.” And having uttered these words he throws the stone from his
hand.
26. Seeing that such treaties exist and are preserved to this day, engraved on
Misstatement of brass in the treasury of the Aediles in the temple of
Philinus. Jupiter Capitolinus, the historian Philinus certainly does
give us some reason to be surprised at him. Not at his ignorance of their
existence: for even in our own day those Romans and Carthaginians, whose
age placed them nearest to the times, and who had the reputation of taking
the greatest interest in public affairs, were unaware of it. But what is
surprising is, that he should have ventured on a statement exactly opposite:
“That there was a treaty between Rome and Carthage, in virtue of which the
Romans were bound to keep away from the whole of Sicily, the
Carthaginians from the whole of Italy; and that the Romans broke the treaty
and their oath when they first crossed over to Sicily.” Whereas there does
not exist, nor ever has existed, any such written compact at all. Yet this
assertion he makes in so many words in his second book. I referred to this
in the preface of my work, but reserved a more detailed discussion of it to
this place; which was necessary, because the assertion of Philinus has
misled a considerable number of people on this point. I have nothing to say

Page 222

if a man chooses to attack the Romans for crossing into Sicily, on the
grounds of their having taken the Mamertines into alliance at all; or in
having thus acted in answer to their request, after these men’s treachery to
Rhegium as well as Messene: but if any one supposes that in so crossing
they broke oaths or treaties, he is manifestly ignorant of the truth.
27. At the end of the first Punic war another treaty was made, of which the
Fourth treaty, b.c. 241. chief provisions were these: “The Carthaginians shall
evacuate Sicily and all islands lying between Italy and
Sicily.
“The allies of neither of the parties to the treaty shall be attacked by the
other.
“Neither party shall impose any contribution, nor erect any public building,
nor enlist soldiers in the dominions of the other, nor make any compact of
friendship with the allies of the other.
“The Carthaginians shall within ten years pay to the Romans two-thousand
two-hundred talents, and a thousand on the spot; and shall restore all
prisoners, without ransom, to the Romans.”
Afterwards, at the end of the Mercenary war in Africa, the Romans went so
Fifth treaty, b.c. 238. far as to pass a decree for war with Carthage, but
eventually made a treaty to the following effect: “The
Carthaginians shall evacuate Sardinia, and pay an additional twelve
hundred talents.”
Finally, in addition to these treaties, came that negotiated with Hasdrubal in
Sixth treaty, b.c. 228. Iberia, in which it was stipulated that “the Carthaginians
should not cross the Iber with arms.”
Such were the mutual obligations established between Rome and Carthage
from the earliest times to that of Hannibal.
28. As we find then that the Roman invasion of Sicily was not in
contravention of their oaths, so we must acknowledge in the case of the
No excuse for the second proclamation of war, in consequence of which
Roman claim on the treaty for the evacuation of Sardinia was made, that
Sardinia.
it is impossible to find any reasonable pretext or ground

Page 223

for the Roman action. The Carthaginians were beyond question compelled
by the necessities of their position, contrary to all justice, to evacuate
Sardinia, and to pay this enormous sum of money. For as to the allegation
of the Romans, that they had during the Mercenary war been guilty of acts
of hostility to ships sailing from Rome,—that was barred by their own act
in restoring, without ransom, the Carthaginian prisoners, in gratitude for
similar conduct on the part of Carthage to Romans who had landed on their
shores; a transaction which I have spoken of at length in my previous
book.168
These facts established, it remains to decide by a thorough investigation to
which of the two nations the origin of the Hannibalian war is to be imputed.
29. I have explained the pleas advanced by the Carthaginians; I must now
state what is alleged on the contrary by the Romans. For though it is true
that in this particular interview, owing to their anger at the fall of Saguntum,
they did not use these arguments, yet they were appealed to on many
The Roman Case. occasions, and by many of their citizens. First, they
argued that the treaty of Hasdrubal could not be
ignored, as the Carthaginians had the assurance to do: for it did not contain
the clause, which that of Lutatius did, making its validity conditional on its
ratification by the people of Rome; but Hasdrubal made the agreement
absolutely and authoritatively that “the Carthaginians should not cross the
Iber in arms.”
Next they alleged that the clause in the treaty respecting Sicily, which by
their own admission stipulated that “the allies of neither party should be
attacked by the other,” did not refer to then existing allies only, as the
Carthaginians interpreted it; for in that case a clause would have been
added, disabling either from making new alliances in addition to those
already existing, or excluding allies, taken subsequently to the making of
the treaty, from its benefits. But since neither of these provisions was made,
it was plain that both the then existing allies, and all those taken
subsequently on either side, were entitled to reciprocal security. And this
was only reasonable. For it was not likely that they would have made a
treaty depriving them of the power, when opportunity offered, of taking on
such friends or allies as seemed to their interest; nor, again, if they had
taken any such under their protection, was it to be supposed that they would

Page 224

allow them to be injured by any persons whatever. But, in fact, the main
thing present in the minds of both parties to the treaty was, that they should
mutually agree to abstain from attacking each other’s allies, and on no
account admit into alliance with themselves the allies of the other: and it
was to subsequent allies that this particular clause applied, “Neither shall
enlist soldiers, or impose contributions on the provinces or allies of the
other; and all shall be alike secure of attack from the other side.”
30. These things being so, they argued that it was beyond controversy that
Saguntum had accepted the protection of Rome, several years before the
time of Hannibal. The strongest proof of this, and one which would not be
contested by the Carthaginians themselves, was that, when political
disturbances broke out at Saguntum, the people chose the Romans, and not
the Carthaginians, as arbitrators to settle the dispute and restore their
constitution, although the latter were close at hand and were already
established in Iberia.
I conclude, then, that if the destruction of Saguntum is to be regarded as the
cause of this war, the Carthaginians must be acknowledged to be in the
Mutual provocation. wrong, both in view of the treaty of Lutatius, which
secured immunity from attack for the allies of both
parties, and in view of the treaty of Hasdrubal, which disabled the
Carthaginians from passing the Iber with arms.169 If on the other hand the
taking Sardinia from them, and imposing the heavy money fine which
accompanied it, are to be regarded as the causes, we must certainly
acknowledge that the Carthaginians had good reason for undertaking the
Hannibalian war: for as they had only yielded to the pressure of
circumstances, so they seized a favourable turn in those circumstances to
revenge themselves on their injurers.
31. Some uncritical readers may perhaps say that such minute discussion on
points of this kind is unnecessary. And if any man were entirely self-
sufficing in every event, I might allow that the accurate knowledge of the
past, though a graceful accomplishment, was perhaps not essential: but as
long as it is not in mere mortals to say this, either in public or private
affairs,—seeing that no man of sense, even if he is prosperous for the
moment, will ever reckon with certainty on the future,—then I say that such
knowledge is essential, and not merely graceful. For take the three

Page 225

commonest cases. Suppose, first, a statesman to be attacked either in his
own person or in that of his country: or, secondly, suppose him to be
anxious for a forward policy and to anticipate the attack of an enemy: or,
lastly, suppose him to desire to maintain the status quo. In all these cases it
is history alone that can supply him with precedents, and teach him how, in
the first case, to find supporters and allies; in the second, to incite co-
operation; and in the third, to give vigour to the conservative forces which
tend to maintain, as he desires, the existing state of things. In the case of
contemporaries, it is difficult to obtain an insight into their purposes;
because, as their words and actions are dictated by a desire of
accommodating themselves to the necessity of the hour, and of keeping up
appearances, the truth is too often obscured. Whereas the transactions of the
past admit of being tested by naked fact; and accordingly display without
disguise the motives and purposes of the several persons engaged; and teach
us from what sort of people to expect favour, active kindness, and
assistance, or the reverse. They give us also many opportunities of
distinguishing who would be likely to pity us, feel indignation at our
wrongs, and defend our cause,—a power that contributes very greatly to
national as well as individual security. Neither the writer nor the reader of
history, therefore, should confine his attention to a bare statement of facts:
he must take into account all that preceded, accompanied, or followed them.
For if you take from history all explanation of cause, principle, and motive,
and of the adaptation of the means to the end, what is left is a mere
panorama without being instructive; and, though it may please for the
moment, has no abiding value.
32. Another mistake is to look upon my history as difficult to obtain or
master, because of the number and size of the books. Compare it in these
particulars with the various writings of the episodical historians. Is it not
much easier to purchase and read my forty books, which are as it were all in
one piece, and so to follow with a comprehensive glance the events in Italy,
Sicily, and Libya from the time of Pyrrhus to the fall of Carthage, and those
in the rest of the world from the flight of Cleomenes of Sparta,
continuously, to the battle between the Achaeans and Romans at the
Isthmus? To say nothing of the fact that the compositions of these historians
are many times as numerous as mine, it is impossible for their readers to get
any certain information from them: first, because most of them differ in

Page 226

their account of the same transactions; and secondly, because they omit
contemporary history,—the comparative review of which would put a very
different complexion upon events to that derived from isolated treatment,—
and are unable to touch upon the most decisive events at all. For, indeed, the
most important parts of history are those which treat the events which
follow or accompany a certain course of conduct, and pre-eminently so
those which treat of causes. For instance, we see that the war with
Antiochus took its rise from that with Philip; that with Philip from the
Hannibalian; and the Hannibalian from the Sicilian war: and though
between these wars there were numerous events of various character, they
all converged upon the same consummation. Such a comprehensive view
may be obtained from universal history, but not from the histories of
particular wars, such as those with Perseus or Philip; unless we fondly
imagine that, by reading the accounts contained in them of the pitched
battles, we gain a knowledge of the conduct and plan of the whole war. This
of course is not the case; and in the present instance I hope that there will be
as wide a difference between my history and such episodical compositions,
as between real learning and mere listening.

33. To resume the story of the Carthaginians and the Roman deputies.170 To
Answer of Fabius. See the arguments of the former the ambassadors made no
Livy, 21, 18. answer, except that the senior among them, in the
presence of the assembly, pointed to the folds of his toga and said that in
them he carried peace and war, and that he would bring out and leave with
them whichever they bade him. The Carthaginian Suffete171 bade him bring
out whichever of the two he chose: and upon the Roman saying that it
should be war, a majority of the senators cried out in answer that they
accepted it. It was on these terms that the Senate and the Roman
ambassadors parted.
Meanwhile Hannibal, upon going into winter quarters at New Carthage,
first of all dismissed the Iberians to their various cities, with the view of
their being prepared and vigorous for the next campaign. Secondly, he
Winter of 219-218 instructed his brother Hasdrubal in the management of
b.c. Hannibal’s his government in Iberia, and of the preparations to be
arrangements for the
coming campaign.
made against Rome, in case he himself should be
separated from him. Thirdly, he took precautions for the
security of Libya, by selecting with prudent skill certain soldiers from the

Page 227

home army to come over to Iberia, and certain from the Iberian army to go
to Libya; by which interchange he secured cordial feeling of confidence
between the two armies. The Iberians sent to Libya were the Thersitae, the
Mastiani, as well as the Oretes and Olcades, mustering together twelve
hundred cavalry and thirteen thousand eight hundred and fifty foot. Besides
these there were eight hundred and seventy slingers from the Balearic Isles,
whose name, as that of the islands they inhabit, is derived from the word
ballein, “to throw,” because of their peculiar skill with the sling. Most of
these troops he ordered to be stationed at Metagonia in Libya, and the rest
in Carthage itself. And from the cities in the district of Metagonia he sent
four thousand foot also into Carthage, to serve at once as hostages for the
fidelity of their country, and as an additional guard for the city. With his
brother Hasdrubal in Iberia he left fifty quinqueremes, two quadriremes,
and five triremes, thirty-two of the quinqueremes being furnished with
crews, and all five of the triremes; also cavalry consisting of four hundred
and fifty Libyophenicians and Libyans, three hundred Lergetae, eighteen
hundred Numidians of the Massolian, Massaesylian, Maccoeian, and
Maurian tribes, who dwell by the ocean; with eleven thousand eight
hundred and fifty Libyans, three hundred Ligures, five hundred of the
Balearic Islanders, and twenty-one elephants.
The accuracy of this enumeration of Hannibal’s Iberian establishment need
The inscription recording excite no surprise, though it is such as a commander
these facts. himself would have some difficulty in displaying; nor
ought I to be condemned at once of imitating the specious falsehoods of
historians: for the fact is that I myself found on Lacinium172 a bronze tablet,
which Hannibal had caused to be inscribed with these particulars when he
was in Italy; and holding it to be an entirely trustworthy authority for such
facts, I did not hesitate to follow it.
34. Though Hannibal had taken every precaution for the security of Libya
and Iberia, he yet waited for the messengers whom he expected to arrive
from the Celts. He had thoroughly acquainted himself with the fertility and
populousness of the districts at the foot of the Alps and in the valley of the
Padus, as well as with the warlike courage of the men; but most important
of all, with their hostile feelings to Rome derived from the previous war,
which I described in my last book, with the express purpose of enabling my
readers to follow my narrative. He therefore reckoned very much on the

Page 228

chance of their co-operation; and was careful to send messages to the chiefs
of the Celts, whether dwelling actually on the Alps or on the Italian side of
them, with unlimited promises; because he believed that he would be able
to confine the war against Rome to Italy, if he could make his way through
the intervening difficulties to these parts, and avail himself of the active
alliance of the Celts. When his messengers returned with a report that the
Celts were ready to help him and all eagerness for his approach; and that
the passage of the Alps, though laborious and difficult, was not, however,
impossible, he collected his forces from their winter quarters at the
approach of spring. Just before receiving this report he had learnt the
circumstances attending the Roman embassy at Carthage. Encouraged by
the assurance thus given him, that he would be supported by the popular
sentiment at home, he no longer disguised from his army that the object of
the forthcoming campaign was Rome; and tried to inspire them with
courage for the undertaking. He explained to them how the Romans had
demanded the surrender of himself and all the officers of the army: and
pointed out the fertility of the country to which they were going, and the
goodwill and active alliance which the Celts were prepared to offer them.
When the crowd of soldiers showed an enthusiastic readiness to accompany
him, he dismissed the assembly, after thanking them, and naming the day on
which he intended to march.
35. These measures satisfactorily accomplished while he was in winter
b.c. 218. Hannibal quarters, and the security of Libya and Iberia being
breaks up his winter sufficiently provided for; when the appointed day
quarters and starts for
Italy.
arrived, Hannibal got his army in motion, which
consisted of ninety thousand infantry and about twelve
thousand cavalry. After crossing the Iber, he set about subduing the tribes of
the Ilurgetes and Bargusii, as well as the Aerenosii and Andosini, as far as
the Pyrenees. When he had reduced all this country under his power, and
taken certain towns by storm, which he did with unexpected rapidity,
though not without severe fighting and serious loss; he left Hanno in chief
command of all the district north of the Iber, and with absolute authority
over the Burgusii, who were the people that gave him most uneasiness on
account of their friendly feeling towards Rome. He then detached from his
army ten thousand foot and a thousand horse for the service of Hanno,—to
whom also he entrusted the heavy baggage of the troops that were to

Page 229

accompany himself,—and the same number to go to their own land. The
object of this last measure was twofold: he thereby left a certain number of
well-affected persons behind him; and also held out to the others a hope of
returning home, both to those Iberians who were to accompany him on his
march, and to those also who for the present were to remain at home, so that
there might be a general alacrity to join him if he were ever in want of a
reinforcement. He then set his remaining troops in motion unencumbered
by heavy baggage, fifty thousand infantry and nine thousand cavalry, and
led them through the Pyrenees to the passage of the river Rhone. The army
was not so much numerous, as highly efficient, and in an extraordinary state
of physical training from their continuous battles with the Iberians.
36. But as a knowledge of topography is necessary for the right
Geography of Hannibal’s understanding of my narrative, I must state the places
march. from which Hannibal started, through which he
marched, and into which he descended when he arrived in Italy. Nor must I,
like some historians, content myself with mentioning the mere names of
places and rivers, under the idea that that is quite sufficient to give a clear
knowledge. My opinion is that, in the case of well-known places, the
mention of names is of great assistance, but that, in the case of unknown
countries, names are no better than unintelligible and unmeaning sounds:
for the understanding having nothing to go upon, and being unable by
referring to something known to translate the words into thought, the
narrative becomes confused and vague, and conveys no clear idea. A plan
therefore must be discovered, whereby it shall be possible, while speaking
of unknown countries, to convey real and intelligible notions.
The first, most important, and most general conception is that of the
division of the heaven into four quarters, which all of us that are capable of
a general idea at all know as east, west, south, and north. The next is to
arrange the several parts of the globe according to these points, and always
to refer in thought any place mentioned to one or other of them. We shall
thus get an intelligible and familiar conception of places which we do not
know or have never seen.
37. This principle established as universally applicable to the world, the
General view of the next point will be to make the geography of our own
geography of the world. part of it intelligible by a corresponding division.

Page 230

It falls, then, into three divisions, each distinguished by a particular name,
—Asia, Libya, Europe.173 The boundaries are respectively the Don, the
Nile, and the Straits of the Pillars of Hercules. Asia lies between the Don
and the Nile, and lies under that portion of the heaven which is between the
north-east and the south. Libya lies between the Nile and the Pillars of
Hercules, and falls beneath the south portion of the heaven, extending to the
south-west without a break, till it reaches the point of the equinoctial sunset,
which corresponds with the Pillars of Hercules. These two divisions of the
earth, therefore, regarded in a general point of view, occupy all that part
which is south of the Mediterranean from east to west. Europe with respect
to both of these lies to the north facing them, and extending continuously
from east to west. Its most important and extensive part lies under the
northern sky between the river Don and the Narbo, which is only a short
distance west of Marseilles and the mouths by which the Rhone discharges
itself into the Sardinian Sea. From Narbo is the district occupied by the
Celts as far as the Pyrenees, stretching continuously from the Mediterranean
to the Mare Externum. The rest of Europe south of the Pyrenees, to the
point where it approaches the Pillars of Hercules, is bounded on one side by
the Mediterranean, on the other by the Mare Externum; and that part of it
which is washed by the Mediterranean as far as the Pillars of Hercules is
called Iberia, while the part which lies along the Outer or Great Sea has no
general name, because it has but recently been discovered, and is inhabited
entirely by barbarous tribes, who are very numerous, and of whom I will
speak in more detail hereafter.
38. But as no one up to our time has been able to settle in regard to those
parts of Asia and Libya, where they approach each other in the
neighbourhood of Ethiopia, whether the continent is continuous to the
The extreme north and south, or is surrounded by the sea, so it is in regard to
south unknown. the part between Narbo and the Don: none of us as yet
knows anything of the northern extent of this district, and anything we can
ever know must be the result of future exploration; and those who rashly
venture by word of mouth or written statements to describe this district
must be looked upon as ignorant or romancing.
My object in these observations was to prevent my narrative being entirely
vague to those who were unacquainted with the localities. I hoped that, by
keeping these broad distinctions in mind, they would have some definite

Page 231

standard to which to refer every mention of a place, starting from the
primary one of the division of the sky into four quarters. For, as in the case
of physical sight, we instinctively turn our faces to any object pointed at; so
in the case of the mind, our thoughts ought to turn naturally to localities as
they are mentioned from time to time.
It is time now to return to the story we have in hand.
39. At this period the Carthaginians were masters of the whole
Mediterranean coast of Libya from the Altars of Philaenus,174 opposite the
Great Syrtis, to the Pillars of Hercules, a seaboard of over sixteen thousand
stades. They had also crossed the strait of the Pillars of Hercules, and got
possession of the whole seaboard of Iberia on the Mediterranean as far as
the Pyrenees, which separate the Iberes from the Celts—that is, for a
distance of about eight thousand stades: for it is three thousand from the
Pillars to New Carthage, from which Hannibal started for Italy; two
thousand six hundred from thence to the Iber; and from that river to
The length of the march Emporium again sixteen hundred; from which town, I
from Carthagena to the may add, to the passage of the Rhone is a distance of
Po, 1125 Roman miles.
about sixteen hundred stades; for all these distances
have now been carefully measured by the Romans and marked with
milestones at every eighth stade.175 After crossing the river there was a
march up stream along its bank of fourteen hundred stades, before reaching
the foot of the pass over the Alps into Italy. The pass itself was about twelve
hundred stades, which being crossed would bring him into the plains of the
Padus in Italy. So that the whole length of his march from New Carthage
was about nine thousand stades, or 1125 Roman miles. Of the country he
had thus to traverse he had already passed almost half in mere distance, but
in the difficulties the greater part of his task was still before him.
40. While Hannibal was thus engaged in effecting a passage over the
Coss. P. Cornelius Scipio Pyrenees, where he was greatly alarmed at the
and Tib. Sempronius extraordinary strength of the positions occupied by the
Longus. b.c. 218. The
Consuls are sent, one to
Celts; the Romans, having heard the result of the
Spain, and the other to embassy to Carthage, and that Hannibal had crossed the
Africa. Iber earlier than they expected, at the head of an army,
voted to send Publius Cornelius Scipio with his legions into Iberia, and
Tiberius Sempronius Longus into Libya. And while the Consuls were

Page 232

engaged in hastening on the enrolment of their legions and other military
preparations, the people were active in bringing to completion the colonies
which they had already voted to send into Gaul. They accordingly caused
the fortification of these towns to be energetically pushed on, and ordered
the colonists to be in residence within thirty days: six thousand having been
assigned to each colony. One of these colonies was on the south bank of the
Placentia and Cremona. Padus, and was called Placentia; the other on the north
bank, called Cremona. But no sooner had these colonies
been formed, than the Boian Gauls, who had long been lying in wait to
throw off their loyalty to Rome, but had up to that time lacked an
opportunity, encouraged by the news that reached them of Hannibal’s
approach, revolted; thus abandoning the hostages which they had given at
the end of the war described in my last book. The ill-feeling still remaining
towards Rome enabled them to induce the Insubres to join in the revolt; and
the united tribes swept over the territory recently allotted by the Romans,
and following close upon the track of the flying colonists, laid siege to the
Roman colony of Mutina, in which the fugitives had taken refuge. Among
them were the triumviri or three commissioners who had been sent out to
allot the lands, of whom one—Gaius Lutatius—was an ex-consul, the other
Outrage by Boii and two ex-praetors. These men having demanded a parley
Insubres. with the enemy, the Boii consented: but treacherously
seized them upon their leaving the town, hoping by their means to recover
their own hostages. The praetor Lucius Manlius was on guard in the district
with an army, and as soon as he heard what had happened, he advanced
with all speed to the relief of Mutina. But the Boii, having got intelligence
of his approach, prepared an ambuscade; and as soon as his army had
entered a certain wood, they rushed out upon it from every side and killed a
large number of his men. The survivors at first fled with precipitation: but
having gained some higher ground, they rallied sufficiently to enable them
with much difficulty to effect an honourable retreat. Even so, the Boii
followed close upon their heels, and besieged them in a place called the
village of Tannes.176 When the news arrived at Rome, that the fourth legion
was surrounded and closely besieged by the Boii, the people in all haste
despatched the legions which had been voted to the Consul Publius, to their
relief, under the command of a Praetor, and ordered the Consul to enrol two
more legions for himself from the allies.

Page 233

41. Such was the state of Celtic affairs from the beginning to the arrival of
Hannibal; thus completing the course of events which I have already had
occasion to describe.
Meanwhile the Consuls, having completed the necessary preparations for
Tiberius Sempronius their respective missions, set sail at the beginning of
prepares to attack summer—Publius to Iberia, with sixty ships, and
Carthage.
Tiberius Sempronius to Libya, with a hundred and sixty
quinqueremes. The latter thought by means of this great fleet to strike terror
into the enemy; and made vast preparations at Lilybaeum, collecting fresh
troops wherever he could get them, as though with the view of at once
blockading Carthage itself.
Publius Cornelius coasted along Liguria, and crossing in five days from
Publius Scipio lands near Pisae to Marseilles, dropped anchor at the most eastern
Marseilles. mouth of the Rhone, called the Mouth of Marseilles,177
and began disembarking his troops. For though he heard that Hannibal was
already crossing the Pyrenees, he felt sure that he was still a long way off,
owing to the difficulty of his line of country, and the number of the
intervening Celtic tribes. But long before he was expected, Hannibal had
arrived at the crossing of the Rhone, keeping the Sardinian Sea on his right
as he marched, and having made his way through the Celts partly by bribes
and partly by force. Being informed that the enemy were at hand, Publius
was at first incredulous of the fact, because of the rapidity of the advance;
but wishing to know the exact state of the case,—while staying behind
himself to refresh his troops after their voyage, and to consult with the
Tribunes as to the best ground on which to give the enemy battle,—he sent
out a reconnoitring party, consisting of three hundred of his bravest horse;
joining with them as guides and supports some Celts, who chanced to be
serving as mercenaries at the time in Marseilles.
42. Meanwhile Hannibal had reached the river and was trying to get across
Hannibal reaches the it where the stream was single, at a distance of four
Rhone. days’ march from the sea. He did all he could to make
the natives living by the river friendly to him, and purchased from them all
their canoes of hollow trunks, and wherries, of which there were a large
number, owing to the extensive sea traffic of the inhabitants of the Rhone
valley. He got from them also the timber suited to the construction of these

Page 234

canoes; and so in two days had an innumerable supply of transports, every
soldier seeking to be independent of his neighbour, and to have the means
of crossing in his own hands. But now a large multitude of barbarians
collected on the other side of the stream to hinder the passage of the
Carthaginians. When Hannibal saw them, he came to the conclusion that it
would be impossible either to force a passage in the face of so large a body
of the enemy, or to remain where he was, for fear of being attacked on all
sides at once: and he accordingly, on the third night, sent forward a
detachment of his army with native guides, under the command of Hanno,
178
A detachment crosses the son of the Suffete Bomilcar. This force marched
higher up the river. up stream along the bank for two hundred stades, until
they arrived at a certain spot where the stream is divided by an eyot, and
there halted. They found enough wood close at hand to enable them, by
nailing or tying it together, to construct within a short time a large number
of rafts good enough for temporary use; and on these they crossed in safety,
without any one trying to stop them. Then, seizing upon a strong position,
they kept quiet for the rest of the day: partly to refresh themselves after
their fatigues, and at the same time to complete their preparations for the
service awaiting them, as they had been ordered to do. Hannibal was
preparing to proceed much in the same way with the forces left behind with
himself; but his chief difficulty was in getting the elephants across, of
which he had thirty-seven.
43. When the fifth night came, however, the division which had crossed
The crossing begun. first started before daybreak to march down the
opposite bank of the river and attack the barbarians;
while Hannibal, having his men in readiness, began to attempt the passage
of the river. He had filled the wherries with the heavy-armed cavalry, and
the canoes with the most active of his foot; and he now arranged that the
wherries should cross higher up the stream, and the canoes below them, that
the violence of the current might be broken by the former, and the canoes
cross more safely. The plan for the horses was that they should swim at the
stern of the wherries, one man on each side of the stern guiding three or
four with leading reins: so that a considerable number of horses were
brought over at once with the first detachment. When they saw what the
enemy meant to do, the barbarians, without forming their ranks, poured out
of their entrenchments in scattered groups, feeling no doubt of being able to

Page 235

stop the crossing of the Carthaginians with ease. As soon as Hannibal saw
by the smoke, which was the signal agreed upon, that the advanced
detachment on the other side was approaching, he ordered all to go on
board, and the men in charge of the transports to push out against the
stream. This was promptly done: and then began a most anxious and
exciting scene. Cheer after cheer rose from the men who were working the
boats, as they struggled to outstrip each other, and exerted themselves to the
utmost to overcome the force of the current. On the edge of either bank
stood the two armies: the one sharing in the struggles of their comrades by
sympathy, and shouting encouragement to them as they went; while the
barbarians in front of them yelled their war-cries and challenged them to
battle. While this was going on the barbarians had abandoned their tents,
which the Carthaginians on that side of the river suddenly and unexpectedly
seized. Some of them proceeded to set fire to the camp, while the greater
number went to attack the men who were standing ready to resist the
passage. Surprised by this unlooked-for event, some of the barbarians
rushed off to save their tents, while others prepared to resist the attack of
the enemy, and were now actually engaged. Seeing that everything was
going as he had intended, Hannibal at once formed the first division as it
disembarked: and after addressing some encouraging words to it, closed
with the barbarians, who, having no time to form their ranks, and being
taken by surprise, were quickly repulsed and put to flight.
44. Being thus master of the passage of the river, and victorious over those
Completed who opposed him, the first care of the Carthaginian
leader was to bring his whole army across. This being
expeditiously accomplished, he pitched his camp for that night by the river-
side, and on the morrow, when he was told that the Roman fleet was
anchored off the mouths of the river, he detached five hundred Numidian
horsemen to reconnoitre the enemy and find out their position, their
numbers, and what they were going to do; and at the same time selected
suitable men to manage the passage of the elephants. These arrangements
made, he summoned a meeting of his army and introduced Magilus and the
other chiefs who had come to him from the valley of the Padus, and caused
Message from friendly them to declare to the whole army, by means of an
Gauls. interpreter, the resolutions passed by their tribes. The
points which were the strongest encouragement to the army were, first, the

Page 236

actual appearance of envoys inviting them to come, and promising to take
part in the war with Rome; secondly, the confidence inspired by their
promise of guiding them by a route where they would be abundantly
supplied with necessaries, and which would lead them with speed and
safety into Italy; and, lastly, the fertility and vast extent of the country to
which they were going, and the friendly feelings of the men with whose
assistance they were about to fight the armies of Rome.
Such was the substance of the speeches of the Celts. When they had
withdrawn, Hannibal himself rose, and after reminding the soldiers of what
they had already achieved, and pointing out that, though they had under his
counsel and advice engaged in many perilous and dangerous enterprises,
they had never failed in one, he bade them “not lose courage now that the
most serious part of their undertaking was accomplished. The Rhone was
crossed: they had seen with their own eyes the display of goodwill and zeal
of their allies. Let this convince them that they should leave the rest to him
with confidence; and while obeying his orders show themselves men of
courage and worthy of their former deeds.” These words being received
with shouts of approval, and other manifestations of great enthusiasm, on
the part of the soldiers, Hannibal dismissed the assembly with words of
praise to the men and a prayer to the gods on their behalf; after giving out
an order that they should refresh themselves, and make all their
preparations with despatch, as the advance must begin on the morrow.
45. When the assembly had been dismissed, the reconnoitring party of
Skirmish between Numidians returned in headlong flight, after losing
reconnoitring parties. more than half their numbers. Not far from the camp
they had fallen in with a party of Roman horse, who had been sent out by
Publius on the same errand; and an engagement took place with such fury
on either side, that the Romans and Celts lost a hundred and forty men, and
the Numidians more than two hundred. After this skirmish, the Romans
pursued them up to the Carthaginian entrenchments: and having surveyed it,
they hastened back to announce to the Consul the presence of the enemy. As
soon as they arrived at the Roman camp with this intelligence, Publius put
his baggage on board ship, and marched his men up the bank of the river,
with the earnest desire of forcing the enemy to give him battle.

Page 237

But at sunrise on the day after the assembly, Hannibal having stationed his
whole cavalry on the rear, in the direction of the sea, so as to cover the
advance, ordered his infantry to leave the entrenchment and begin their
march; while he himself waited behind for the elephants, and the men who
had not yet crossed the river.
46. The mode of getting the elephants across was as follows. They made a
The passage of the number of rafts strongly compacted, which they lashed
elephants. firmly two and two together, so as to form combined a
breadth of about fifty feet, and brought them close under the bank at the
place of crossing. To the outer edge of these they lashed some others and
made them join exactly; so that the whole raft thus constructed stretched out
some way into the channel, while the edges towards the stream were made
fast to the land with ropes tied to trees which grew along the brink, to
secure the raft keeping its place and not drifting down the river. These
combined rafts stretching about two hundred feet across the stream, they
joined two other very large ones to the outer edges, fastened very firmly
together, but connected with the others by ropes which admitted of being
easily cut. To these they fastened several towing lines, that the wherries
might prevent the rafts drifting down stream, and might drag them forcibly
against the current and so get the elephants across on them. Then they threw
a great deal of earth upon all the rafts, until they had raised the surface to
the level of the bank, and made it look like the path on the land leading
down to the passage. The elephants were accustomed to obey their Indian
riders until they came to water, but could never be induced to step into
water: they therefore led them upon this earth, putting two females in front
whom the others obediently followed. When they had set foot on the rafts
that were farthest out in the stream, the ropes were cut which fastened these
to the other rafts, the towing lines were pulled taut by the wherries, and the
elephants, with the rafts on which they stood, were quickly towed away
from the mound of earth. When this happened, the animals were terror-
stricken; and at first turned round and round, and rushed first to one part of
the raft and then to another, but finding themselves completely surrounded
by the water, they were too frightened to do anything, and were obliged to
stay where they were. And it was by repeating this contrivance of joining a
pair of rafts to the others, that eventually the greater part of the elephants
were got across. Some of them, however, in the middle of the crossing,

Page 238

threw themselves in their terror into the river: but though their Indian riders
were drowned, the animals themselves got safe to land, saved by the
strength and great length of their probosces; for by raising these above the
water, they were enabled to breathe through them, and blow out any water
that got into them, while for the most part they got through the river on their
feet.
47. The elephants having been thus got across, Hannibal formed them and
the cavalry into a rear-guard, and marched up the river bank away from the
sea in an easterly direction, as though making for the central district of
Europe.
The Rhone rises to the north-west of the Adriatic Gulf on the northern
slopes of the Alps,179 and flowing westward, eventually discharges itself
into the Sardinian Sea. It flows for the most part through a deep valley, to
the north of which lives the Celtic tribe of the Ardyes; while its southern
side is entirely walled in by the northern slopes of the Alps, the ridges of
which, beginning at Marseilles and extending to the head of the Adriatic,
separate it from the valley of the Padus, of which I have already had
occasion to speak at length. It was these mountains that Hannibal now
crossed from the Rhone valley into Italy.
Some historians of this passage of the Alps, in their desire to produce a
striking effect by their descriptions of the wonders of this country, have
fallen into two errors which are more alien than anything else to the spirit of
history,—perversion of fact and inconsistency. Introducing Hannibal as a
prodigy of strategic skill and boldness, they yet represent him as acting with
the most conspicuous indiscretion; and then, finding themselves involved in
an inextricable maze of falsehood, they try to cut the knot by the
introduction of gods and heroes into what is meant to be genuine history.
They begin by saying that the Alps are so precipitous and inaccessible that,
so far from horses and troops, accompanied too by elephants, being able to
cross them, it would be very difficult for even active men on foot to do so:
and similarly they tell us that the desolation of this district is so complete,
that, had not some god or hero met Hannibal’s forces and showed them the
way, they would have been hopelessly lost and perished to a man.

Page 239

Such stories involve both the errors I have mentioned,—they are both false
and inconsistent.
48. For could a more irrational proceeding on the part of a general be
imagined than that of Hannibal, if, when in command of so numerous an
army, on whom the success of his expedition entirely depended, he allowed
himself to remain in ignorance of the roads, the lie of the country, the route
to be taken, and the people to which it led, and above all as to the
practicability of what he was undertaking to do? They, in fact, represent
Hannibal, when at the height of his expectation of success, doing what
those would hardly do who have utterly failed and have been reduced to
despair,—that is, to entrust themselves and their forces to an unknown
country. And so, too, what they say about the desolation of the district, and
its precipitous and inaccessible character, only serves to bring their
untrustworthiness into clearer light. For first, they pass over the fact that the
Celts of the Rhone valley had on several occasions before Hannibal came,
and that in very recent times, crossed the Alps with large forces, and fought
battles with the Romans in alliance with the Celts of the valley of the Padus,
as I have already stated. And secondly, they are unaware of the fact that a
very numerous tribe of people inhabit the Alps. Accordingly in their
ignorance of these facts they take refuge in the assertion that a hero showed
Hannibal the way. They are, in fact, in the same case as tragedians, who,
beginning with an improbable and impossible plot, are obliged to bring in a
deus ex machina to solve the difficulty and end the play. The absurd
premises of these historians naturally require some such supernatural
agency to help them out of the difficulty: an absurd beginning could only
have an absurd ending. For of course Hannibal did not act as these writers
say he did; but, on the contrary, conducted his plans with the utmost
prudence. He had thoroughly informed himself of the fertility of the country
into which he designed to descend, and of the hostile feelings of its
inhabitants towards Rome, and for his journey through the difficult district
which intervened he employed native guides and pioneers, whose interests
were bound up with his own. I speak with confidence on these points,
because I have questioned persons actually engaged on the facts, and have
inspected the country, and gone over the Alpine pass myself, in order to
inform myself of the truth and see with my own eyes.

Page 240

49. Three days after Hannibal had resumed his march, the Consul Publius
Scipio finds that arrived at the passage of the river. He was in the highest
Hannibal has escaped degree astonished to find the enemy gone: for he had
him.
persuaded himself that they would never venture to take
this route into Italy, on account of the numbers and fickleness of the
barbarians who inhabited the country. But seeing that they had done so, he
hurried back to his ships and at once embarked his forces. He then
despatched his brother Gnaeus to conduct the campaign in Iberia, while he
himself turned back again to Italy by sea, being anxious to anticipate the
enemy by marching through Etruria to the foot of the pass of the Alps.
Meanwhile, after four days’ march from the passage of the Rhone, Hannibal
Hannibal’s march to the arrived at the place called the Island, a district thickly
foot of the Alps. inhabited and exceedingly productive of corn. Its name
is derived from its natural features: for the Rhone and Isara flowing on
either side of it make the apex of a triangle where they meet, very nearly of
the same size and shape as the delta of the Nile, except that the base of the
latter is formed by the sea into which its various streams are discharged,
while in the case of the former this base is formed by mountains difficult to
approach or climb, and, so to speak, almost inaccessible. When Hannibal
arrived in this district he found two brothers engaged in a dispute for the
royal power, and confronting each other with their armies. The elder sought
his alliance and invited his assistance in gaining the crown: and the
advantage which such a circumstance might prove to him at that juncture of
his affairs being manifest, he consented; and having joined him in his attack
upon his brother, and aided in expelling him, he obtained valuable support
from the victorious chieftain. For this prince not only liberally supplied his
army with provisions, but exchanged all their old and damaged weapons for
new ones, and thus at a very opportune time thoroughly restored the
efficiency of the troops: he also gave most of the men new clothes and
boots, which proved of great advantage during their passage of the
mountains. But his most essential service was that, the Carthaginians being
greatly alarmed at the prospect of marching through the territory of the
Allobroges, he acted with his army as their rear-guard, and secured them a
safe passage as far as the foot of the pass.
50. Having in ten days’ march accomplished a distance of eight hundred
The ascent. stades along the river bank, Hannibal began the ascent

Page 241

of the Alps,180 and immediately found himself involved in the most serious
dangers. For as long as the Carthaginians were on the plains, the various
chiefs of the Allobroges refrained from attacking them from fear of their
cavalry, as well as of the Gauls who were escorting them. But when these
last departed back again to their own lands, and Hannibal began to enter the
mountainous region, the chiefs of the Allobroges collected large numbers of
their tribe and occupied the points of vantage in advance, on the route by
which Hannibal’s troops were constrained to make their ascent. If they had
only kept their design secret, the Carthaginian army would have been
entirely destroyed: as it was, their plans became known, and though they
did much damage to Hannibal’s army, they suffered as much themselves.
For when that general learnt that the natives were occupying the points of
vantage, he halted and pitched his camp at the foot of the pass, and sent
forward some of his Gallic guides to reconnoitre the enemy and discover
their plan of operations. The order was obeyed: and he ascertained that it
was the enemy’s practice to keep under arms, and guard these posts
carefully, during the day, but at night to retire to some town in the
neighbourhood. Hannibal accordingly adapted his measures to this strategy
of the enemy. He marched forward in broad daylight, and as soon as he
came to the mountainous part of the road, pitched his camp only a little way
from the enemy. At nightfall he gave orders for the watch-fires to be lit; and
leaving the main body of his troops in the camp, and selecting the most
suitable of his men, he had them armed lightly, and led them through the
narrow parts of the road during the night, and seized on the spots which had
been previously occupied by the enemy: they having, according to their
regular custom, abandoned them for the nearest town.
51. When day broke the natives saw what had taken place, and at first
The Gauls harass the desisted from their attempts; but presently the sight of
army. the immense string of beasts of burden, and of the
cavalry, slowly and painfully making the ascent, tempted them to attack the
advancing line. Accordingly they fell upon it at many points at once; and
the Carthaginians sustained severe losses, not so much at the hands of the
enemy, as from the dangerous nature of the ground, which proved
especially fatal to the horses and beasts of burden. For as the ascent was not
only narrow and rough, but flanked also with precipices, at every movement
which tended to throw the line into disorder, large numbers of the beasts of

Page 242

burden were hurled down the precipices with their loads on their backs. And
what added more than anything else to this sort of confusion were the
wounded horses; for, maddened by their wounds, they either turned round
and ran into the advancing beasts of burden, or, rushing furiously forward,
dashed aside everything that came in their way on the narrow path, and so
threw the whole line into disorder. Hannibal saw what was taking place, and
knowing that, even if they escaped this attack, they could never survive the
loss of all their baggage, he took with him the men who had seized the
strongholds during the night and went to the relief of the advancing line.
Having the advantage of charging the enemy from the higher ground he
inflicted a severe loss upon them, but suffered also as severe a one in his
own army; for the commotion in the line now grew worse, and in both
directions at once—thanks to the shouting and struggling of these
combatants: and it was not until he had killed the greater number of the
Allobroges, and forced the rest to fly to their own land, that the remainder
of the beasts of burden and the horses got slowly, and with difficulty, over
the dangerous ground. Hannibal himself rallied as many as he could after
the fight, and assaulted the town from which the enemy had sallied; and
finding it almost deserted, because its inhabitants had been all tempted out
by the hope of booty, he got possession of it: from which he obtained many
advantages for the future as well as for the present. The immediate gain
consisted of a large number of horses and beasts of burden, and men taken
with them; and for future use he got a supply of corn and cattle sufficient
for two or three days: but the most important result of all was the terror
inspired in the next tribes, which prevented any one of those who lived near
the ascent from lightly venturing to meddle with him again.
52. Here he pitched a camp and remained a day, and started again. For the
Treachery of the Gauls. next three days he accomplished a certain amount of his
journey without accident. But on the fourth he again
found himself in serious danger. For the dwellers along his route, having
concerted a plan of treachery, met him with branches and garlands, which
among nearly all the natives are signs of friendship, as the herald’s staff is
among the Greeks. Hannibal was cautious about accepting such assurances,
and took great pains to discover what their real intention and purpose were.
The Gauls however professed to be fully aware of the capture of the town,
and the destruction of those who had attempted to do him wrong; and

Page 243

explained that those events had induced them to come, because they wished
neither to inflict nor receive any damage; and finally promised to give him
hostages. For a long while Hannibal hesitated and refused to trust their
speeches. But at length coming to the conclusion that, if he accepted what
was offered, he would perhaps render the men before him less mischievous
and implacable; but that, if he rejected them, he must expect undisguised
hostility from them, he acceded to their request, and feigned to accept their
offer of friendship. The barbarians handed over the hostages, supplied him
liberally with cattle, and in fact put themselves unreservedly into his hands;
so that for a time Hannibal’s suspicions were allayed, and he employed
them as guides for the next difficulty that had to be passed. They guided the
army for two days: and then these tribes collected their numbers, and
keeping close up with the Carthaginians, attacked them just as they were
passing through a certain difficult and precipitous gorge.
53. Hannibal’s army would now have certainly been utterly destroyed, had
Severe losses. it not been for the fact that his fears were still on the
alert, and that, having a prescience of what was to
come, he had placed his baggage and cavalry in the van and his hoplites in
the rear. These latter covered his line, and were able to stem the attack of
the enemy, and accordingly the disaster was less than it would otherwise
have been. As it was, however, a large number of beasts of burden and
horses perished; for the advantage of the higher ground being with the
enemy, the Gauls moved along the slopes parallel with the army below, and
by rolling down boulders, or throwing stones, reduced the troops to a state
of the utmost confusion and danger; so that Hannibal with half his force
was obliged to pass the night near a certain white rock,181 which afforded
them protection, separated from his horses and baggage which he was
covering; until after a whole night’s struggle they slowly and with difficulty
emerged from the gorge.
Next morning the enemy had disappeared: and Hannibal, having effected a
junction with his cavalry and baggage, led his men towards the head of the
pass, without falling in again with any important muster of the natives,
Arrives at the summit. though he was harassed by some of them from time to
time; who seized favourable opportunities, now on his
van and now on his rear, of carrying off some of his baggage. His best
protection was his elephants; on whatever parts of the line they were placed

Page 244

the enemy never ventured to approach, being terrified at the unwonted
appearance of the animals. The ninth day’s march brought him to the head
of the pass: and there he encamped for two days, partly to rest his men and
partly to allow stragglers to come up. Whilst they were there, many of the
horses who had taken fright and run away, and many of the beasts of burden
that had got rid of their loads, unexpectedly appeared: they had followed the
tracks of the army and now joined the camp.
54. But by this time, it being nearly the period of the setting of the Pleiads,
9th November. the snow was beginning to be thick on the heights; and
seeing his men in low spirits, owing both to the fatigue
they had gone through, and that which still lay before them, Hannibal called
them together and tried to cheer them by dwelling on the one possible topic
of consolation in his power, namely the view of Italy: which lay stretched
out in both directions below those mountains, giving the Alps the
appearance of a citadel to the whole of Italy. By pointing therefore to the
plains of the Padus, and reminding them of the friendly welcome which
awaited them from the Gauls who lived there, and at the same time
indicating the direction of Rome itself, he did somewhat to raise the
drooping spirits of his men.
Next day he began the descent, in which he no longer met with any
The descent. enemies, except some few secret pillagers; but from the
dangerous ground and the snow he lost almost as many
men as on the ascent. For the path down was narrow and precipitous, and
the snow made it impossible for the men to see where they were treading,
while to step aside from the path, or to stumble, meant being hurled down
the precipices. The troops however bore up against the fatigue, having now
grown accustomed to such hardships; but when they came to a place where
the path was too narrow for the elephants or beasts of burden to pass,—and
which, narrowed before by landslips extending about a stade and a half, had
recently been made more so by another landslip,—then once more
despondency and consternation fell upon the troops. Hannibal’s first idea
was to avoid this mauvais pas by a detour, but this route too being made
impossible by a snow-storm, he abandoned the idea.
55. The effect of the storm was peculiar and extraordinary. For the present
A break in the road. fall of snow coming upon the top of that which was

Page 245

there before, and had remained from the last winter, it was found that the
former, being fresh, was soft and offered no resistance to the foot; but when
the feet reached the lower frozen snow, they could no longer make any
impression upon it, but the men found both their feet slipping from under
them, as though they were on hard ground with a layer of mud on the top.
And a still more serious difficulty followed: for not being able to get a
foothold on the lower snow, when they fell and tried to get themselves up
by their hands and knees, the men found themselves plunging downwards
quicker and quicker, along with everything they laid hold of, the ground
being a very steep decline. The beasts, however, when they fell did break
through this lower snow as they struggled to rise, and having done so were
obliged to remain there with their loads, as though they were frozen to it,
both from the weight of these loads and the hardness of the old snow.
Giving up, therefore, all hope of making this detour, he encamped upon the
ridge after clearing away the snow upon it. He then set large parties of his
men to work, and, with infinite toil, began constructing a road on the face of
the precipice. One day’s work sufficed to make a path practicable for beasts
of burden and horses; and he accordingly took them across at once, and
having pitched his camp at a spot below the snow line, he let them go in
search of pasture; while he told off the Numidians in detachments to
proceed with the making of the road; and after three days’ difficult and
painful labour he got his elephants across, though in a miserable condition
from hunger. For the tops of the Alps, and the parts immediately below
them, are completely treeless and bare of vegetation, because the snow lies
there summer and winter; but about half-way down the slopes on both sides
they produce trees and shrubs, and are, in fact, fit for human habitation.
56. So Hannibal mustered his forces and continued the descent; and on the
He reaches the plains. third day after passing the precipitous path just
described he reached the plains. From the beginning of
his march he had lost many men by the hands of the enemy, and in crossing
rivers, and many more on the precipices and dangerous passes of the Alps;
and not only men in this last way, but horses and beasts of burden in still
greater numbers. The whole march from New Carthage had occupied five
months, the actual passage of the Alps fifteen days; and he now boldly
entered the valley of the Padus, and the territory of the Insubres, with such
of his army as survived, consisting of twelve thousand Libyans and eight

Page 246

thousand Iberians, and not more than six thousand cavalry in all, as he
himself distinctly states on the column erected on the promontory of
Lacinium to record the numbers.
At the same time, as I have before stated, Publius having left his legions
under the command of his brother Gnaeus, with orders to prosecute the
Iberian campaign and offer an energetic resistance to Hasdrubal, landed at
Pisae with a small body of men. Thence he marched through Etruria, and
taking over the army of the Praetors which was guarding the country
against the Boii, he arrived in the valley of the Padus; and, pitching his
camp there, waited for the enemy with an eager desire to give him battle.
57. Having thus brought the generals of the two nations and the war itself
Digression on the limits into Italy, before beginning the campaign, I wish to say
of history. a few words about what I conceive to be germane or not
to my history.
I can conceive some readers complaining that, while devoting a great deal
of space to Libya and Iberia, I have said little or nothing about the strait of
the Pillars of Hercules, the Mare Externum, or the British Isles, and the
manufacture of tin in them, or even of the silver and gold mines in Iberia
itself, of which historians give long and contradictory accounts. It was not,
let me say, because I thought these subjects out of place in history that I
passed them over; but because, in the first place, I did not wish to be
diffuse, or distract the attention of students from the main current of my
narrative; and, in the next place, because I was determined not to treat of
them in scattered notices or casual allusions, but to assign them a distinct
time and place, and at these, to the best of my ability, to give a trustworthy
account of them. On the same principle I must deprecate any feeling of
surprise if, in the succeeding portions of my history, I pass over other
similar topics, which might seem naturally in place, for the same reasons.
Those who ask for dissertations in history on every possible subject, are
somewhat like greedy guests at a banquet, who, by tasting every dish on the
table, fail to really enjoy any one of them at the time, or to digest and feel
any benefit from them afterwards. Such omnivorous readers get no real
pleasure in the present, and no adequate instruction for the future.

Page 247

58. There can be no clearer proof, than is afforded by these particular
instances, that this department of historical writing stands above all others
in need of study and correction. For as all, or at least the greater number of
writers, have endeavoured to describe the peculiar features and positions of
the countries on the confines of the known world, and in doing so have, in
most cases, made egregious mistakes, it is impossible to pass over their
errors without some attempt at refutation; and that not in scattered
observations or casual remarks, but deliberately and formally. But such
confutation should not take the form of accusation or invective. While
correcting their mistakes we should praise the writers, feeling sure that, had
they lived to the present age, they would have altered and corrected many
of their statements. The fact is that, in past ages, we know of very few
Greeks who undertook to investigate these remote regions, owing to the
insuperable difficulties of the attempt. The dangers at sea were then more
than can easily be calculated, and those on land more numerous still. And
even if one did reach these countries on the confines of the world, whether
compulsorily or voluntarily, the difficulties in the way of a personal
inspection were only begun: for some of the regions were utterly barbarous,
others uninhabited; and a still greater obstacle in way of gaining
information as to what he saw was his ignorance of the language of the
country. And even if he learnt this, a still greater difficulty was to preserve a
strict moderation in his account of what he had seen, and despising all
attempts to glorify himself by traveller’s tales of wonder, to report for our
benefit the truth and nothing but the truth.
59. All these impediments made a true account of these regions in past
times difficult, if not impossible. Nor ought we to criticise severely the
omissions or mistakes of these writers: rather they deserve our praise and
admiration for having in such an age gained information as to these places,
which distinctly advanced knowledge. In our own age, however, the Asiatic
districts have been opened up both by sea and land owing to the empire of
Alexander, and the other places owing to the supremacy of Rome. Men too
of practical experience in affairs, being released from the cares of martial or
political ambition, have thereby had excellent opportunities for research and
inquiry into these localities; and therefore it will be but right for us to have
a better and truer knowledge of what was formerly unknown. And this I
shall endeavour to establish, when I find a fitting opportunity in the course

Page 248

of my history. I shall be especially anxious to give the curious a full
knowledge on these points, because it was with that express object that I
confronted the dangers and fatigues of my travels in Libya, Iberia, and
Gaul, as well as of the sea which washes the western coasts of these
countries; that I might correct the imperfect knowledge of former writers,
and make the Greeks acquainted with these parts of the known world.
After this digression, I must go back to the pitched battles between the
Romans and Carthaginians in Italy.
60. After arriving in Italy with the number of troops which I have already
Rest and recovery. stated, Hannibal pitched his camp at the very foot of the
Alps, and was occupied, to begin with, in refreshing his
men. For not only had his whole army suffered terribly from the difficulties
of transit in the ascent, and still more in the descent of the Alps, but it was
also in evil case from the shortness of provisions, and the inevitable neglect
of all proper attention to physical necessities. Many had quite abandoned all
care for their health under the influence of starvation and continuous
fatigue; for it had proved impossible to carry a full supply of food for so
many thousands over such mountains, and what they did bring was in great
part lost along with the beasts that carried it. So that whereas, when
Hannibal crossed the Rhone, he had thirty-eight thousand infantry, and
more than eight thousand cavalry, he lost nearly half in the pass, as I have
shown above; while the survivors had by these long continued sufferings
become almost savage in look and general appearance. Hannibal therefore
bent his whole energies to the restoration of the spirits and bodies of his
men, and of their horses also. When his army had thus sufficiently
Taking of Turin. recovered, finding the Taurini, who live immediately
under the Alps, at war with the Insubres and inclined to
be suspicious of the Carthaginians, Hannibal first invited them to terms of
friendship and alliance; and, on their refusal, invested their chief city and
carried it after a three day’s siege. Having put to the sword all who had
opposed him, he struck such terror into the minds of the neighbouring
tribes, that they all gave in their submission out of hand. The other Celts
inhabiting these plains were also eager to join the Carthaginians, according
to their original purpose; but the Roman legions had by this time advanced
too far, and had intercepted the greater part of them: they were therefore
unable to stir, and in some cases were even obliged to serve in the Roman

Page 249

ranks. This determined Hannibal not to delay his advance any longer, but to
strike some blow which might encourage those natives who were desirous
of sharing his enterprise.
61. When he heard, while engaged on this design, that Publius had already
Approach of Scipio. crossed the Padus with his army, and was at no great
distance, he was at first inclined to disbelieve the fact,
reflecting that it was not many days since he had left him near the passage
of the Rhone, and that the voyage from Marseilles to Etruria was a long and
difficult one. He was told, moreover, that from the Tyrrhenian Sea to the
Alps through Italian soil was a long march, without good military roads.
But when messenger after messenger confirmed the intelligence with
increased positiveness, he was filled with amazement and admiration at the
Consul’s plan of campaign, and promptness in carrying it out. The feelings
of Publius were much the same: for he had not expected that Hannibal
would even attempt the passage of the Alps with forces of different races,
or, if he did attempt it, that he could escape utter destruction. Entertaining
such ideas he was immensely astonished at his courage and adventurous
daring, when he heard that he had not only got safe across, but was actually
besieging certain towns in Italy. Similar feelings were entertained at Rome
when the news arrived there. For scarcely had the last rumour about the
taking of Saguntum by the Carthaginians ceased to attract attention, and
scarcely had the measures adopted in view of that event been taken,—
namely the despatch of one Consul to Libya to besiege Carthage, and of the
other to Iberia to meet Hannibal there,—than news came that Hannibal had
arrived in Italy with his army, and was already besieging certain towns in it.
Thrown into great alarm by this unexpected turn of affairs, the Roman
government sent at once to Tiberius at Lilybaeum, telling him of the
Tiberius Sempronius presence of the enemy in Italy, and ordering him to
recalled. abandon the original design of his expedition, and to
make all haste home to reinforce the defences of the country. Tiberius at
once collected the men of the fleet and sent them off, with orders to go
home by sea; while he caused the Tribunes to administer an oath to the men
of the legions that they would all appear at a fixed day at Ariminum by
bedtime. Ariminum is a town on the Adriatic, situated at the southern
boundary of the valley of the Padus. In every direction there was stir and

Page 250

excitement: and the news being a complete surprise to everybody, there was
everywhere a great and irrepressible anxiety as to the future.
62. The two armies being now within a short distance of each other,
Gallic prisoners. Hannibal and Publius both thought it necessary to
address their men in terms suitable to the occasion.
The manner in which Hannibal tried to encourage his army was this. He
mustered the men, and caused some youthful prisoners whom he had caught
when they were attempting to hinder his march on the Alpine passes, to be
brought forward. They had been subjected to great severities with this very
object, loaded with heavy chains, half-starved, and their bodies a mass of
bruises from scourging. Hannibal caused these men to be placed in the
middle of the army, and some suits of Gallic armour, such as are worn by
their kings when they fight in single combat, to be exhibited; in addition to
these he placed there some horses, and brought in some valuable military
cloaks. He then asked these young prisoners, which of them were willing to
fight with each other on condition of the conqueror taking these prizes, and
the vanquished escaping all his present miseries by death. Upon their all
answering with a loud shout that they were desirous of fighting in these
single combats, he bade them draw lots; and the pair, on whom the first lot
fell, to put on the armour and fight with each other. As soon as the young
men heard these orders, they lifted up their hands, and each prayed the gods
that he might be one of those to draw the lot. And when the lots were
drawn, those on whom they fell were overjoyed, and the others in despair.
When the fight was finished, too, the surviving captives congratulated the
one who had fallen no less than the victor, as having been freed from many
terrible sufferings, while they themselves still remained to endure them.
And in this feeling the Carthaginian soldiers were much disposed to join, all
pitying the survivors and congratulating the fallen champion.
63. Having by this example made the impression he desired upon the minds
Hannibal’s speech. of his troops, Hannibal then came forward himself and
said, “that he had exhibited these captives in order that
they might see in the person of others a vivid representation of what they
had to expect themselves, and might so lay their plans all the better in view
of the actual state of affairs. Fortune had summoned them to a life and death
contest very like that of the two captives, and in which the prize of victory

Page 251

was the same. For they must either conquer, or die, or fall alive into the
hands of their enemies; and the prize of victory would not be mere horses
and military cloaks, but the most enviable position in the world if they
became masters of the wealth of Rome: or if they fell in battle their reward
would be to end their life fighting to their last breath for the noblest object,
in the heat of the struggle, and with no sense of pain; while if they were
beaten, or from desire of life were base enough to fly, or tried to prolong
that life by any means except victory, every sort of misery and misfortune
would be their lot: for it was impossible that any one of them could be so
irrational or senseless, when he remembered the length of the journey he
had performed from his native land, and the number of enemies that lay
between him and it, and the size of the rivers he had crossed, as to cherish
the hope of being able to reach his home by flight. They should therefore
cast away such vain hopes, and regard their position as being exactly that of
the combatants whom they had but now been watching. For, as in their case,
all congratulated the dead as much as the victor, and commiserated the
survivors; so they should think of the alternatives before themselves, and
should, one and all, come upon the field of battle resolved, if possible, to
conquer, and, if not, to die. Life with defeat was a hope that must by no
means whatever be entertained. If they reasoned and resolved thus, victory
and safety would certainly attend them: for it never happened that men who
came to such a resolution, whether of deliberate purpose or from being
driven to bay, were disappointed in their hope of beating their opponents in
the field. And when it chanced, as was the case with the Romans, that the
enemy had in most cases a hope of quite an opposite character, from the
near neighbourhood of their native country making flight an obvious means
of safety, then it was clear that the courage which came of despair would
carry the day.”
When he saw that the example and the words he had spoken had gone home
to the minds of the rank and file, and that the spirit and enthusiasm which
he aimed at inspiring were created, he dismissed them for the present with
commendations, and gave orders for an advance at daybreak on the next
morning.
64. About the same day Publius Scipio, having now crossed the Padus, and
Scipio crosses the being resolved to make a farther advance across the
Ticinus. Ticinus, ordered those who were skilled in such works

Page 252

to construct a bridge across this latter river; and then summoned a meeting
of the remainder of his army and addressed them: dwelling principally on
the reputation of their country and of the ancestors’ achievements. But he
referred particularly to their present position, saying, “that they ought to
entertain no doubt of victory, though they had never as yet had any
experience of the enemy; and should regard it as a piece of extravagant
presumption of the Carthaginians to venture to face Romans, by whom they
had been so often beaten, and to whom they had for so many years paid
tribute and been all but slaves. And when in addition to this they at present
knew thus much of their mettle,—that they dared not face them, what was
the fair inference to be drawn for the future? Their cavalry, in a chance
encounter on the Rhone with those of Rome, had, so far from coming off
well, lost a large number of men, and had fled with disgrace to their own
camp; and the general and his army, as soon as they knew of the approach
of his legions, had beat a retreat, which was exceedingly like a flight, and,
contrary to their original purpose, had in their terror taken the road over the
Alps. And it was evident that Hannibal had destroyed the greater part of his
army; and that what he had left was feeble and unfit for service, from the
hardships they had undergone: in the same way he had lost the majority of
his horses, and made the rest useless from the length and difficult nature of
the journey. They had, therefore, only to show themselves to the enemy.”
But, above all, he pointed out that “his own presence at their head ought to
be special encouragement to them: for that he would not have left his fleet
and Spanish campaign, on which he had been sent, and have come to them
in such haste, if he had not seen on consideration that his doing so was
necessary for his country’s safety, and that a certain victory was secured to
him by it.”
The weight and influence of the speaker, as well as their belief in his words,
roused great enthusiasm among the men; which Scipio acknowledged, and
then dismissed them with the additional injunction that they should hold
themselves in readiness to obey any order sent round to them.
65. Next day both generals led their troops along the river Padus, on the
Skirmish of cavalry near bank nearest the Alps, the Romans having the stream on
the Ticinus, Nov. their left, the Carthaginians on their right; and having
b.c. 219.
ascertained on the second day, by means of scouts, that
they were near each other, they both halted and remained encamped for that

Page 253

day: but on the next, both taking their cavalry, and Publius his sharp-
shooters also, they hurried across the plain to reconnoitre each other’s
forces. As soon as they came within distance, and saw the dust rising from
the side of their opponents, they drew up their lines for battle at once.
Publius put his sharp-shooters and Gallic horsemen in front, and bringing
the others into line, advanced at a slow pace. Hannibal placed his cavalry
that rode with bridles, and was most to be depended on, in his front, and led
them straight against the enemy; having put the Numidian cavalry on either
wing to take the enemy on the flanks. The two generals and the cavalry
were in such hot haste to engage, that they closed with each other before the
sharp-shooters had an opportunity of discharging their javelines at all.
Before they could do so, they left their ground, and retreated to the rear of
their own cavalry, making their way between the squadrons, terrified at the
approaching charge, and afraid of being trampled to death by the horses
which were galloping down upon them. The cavalry charged each other
front to front, and for a long time maintained an equal contest; and a great
many men dismounting on the actual field, there was a mixed fight of horse
and foot. The Numidian horse, however, having outflanked the Romans,
charged them on the rear: and so the sharp-shooters, who had fled from the
cavalry charge at the beginning, were now trampled to death by the
numbers and furious onslaught of the Numidians; while the front ranks
originally engaged with the Carthaginians, after losing many of their men
and inflicting a still greater loss on the enemy, finding themselves charged
on the rear by the Numidians, broke into flight: most of them scattering in
every direction, while some of them kept closely massed round the Consul.
66. Publius then broke up his camp, and marched through the plains to the
Scipio retires to bridge over the Padus, in haste to get his legions across
Placentia on the right before the enemy came up. He saw that the level
bank of the Po.
country where he was then was favourable to the enemy
with his superiority in cavalry. He was himself disabled by a wound;182 and
he decided that it was necessary to shift his quarters to a place of safety. For
a time Hannibal imagined that Scipio would give him battle with his
infantry also: but when he saw that he had abandoned his camp, he went in
pursuit of him as far as the bridge over the Ticinus; but finding that the
Hannibal crosses the Po greater part of the timbers of this bridge had been torn
higher up and follows away, while the men who guarded the bridge were left
Scipio to Placentia.

Page 254

still on his side of the river, he took them prisoners to the number of about
six hundred, and being informed that the main army was far on its way, he
wheeled round and again ascended the Padus in search of a spot in it which
admitted of being easily bridged. After two days’ march he halted and
constructed a bridge over the river by means of boats. He committed the
task of bringing over the army to Hasdrubal;183 while he himself crossed at
once, and busied himself in receiving the ambassadors who arrived from the
neighbouring districts. For no sooner had he gained the advantage in the
cavalry engagement, than all the Celts in the vicinity hastened to fulfil their
original engagement by avowing themselves his friends, supplying him
with provisions, and joining the Carthaginian forces. After giving these men
a cordial reception, and getting his own army across the Padus, he began to
march back again down stream, with an earnest desire of giving the enemy
battle. Publius, too, had crossed the river and was now encamped under the
walls of the Roman colony Placentia. There he made no sign of any
intention to move; for he was engaged in trying to heal his own wound and
those of his men, and considered that he had a secure base of operations
where he was. A two days’ march from the place where he had crossed the
Padus brought Hannibal to the neighbourhood of the enemy; and on the
third day he drew out his army for battle in full view of his opponents: but
as no one came out to attack, he pitched his camp about fifty stades from
them.

Page 255

67. But the Celtic contingent of the Roman army, seeing that Hannibal’s
Treachery of the Gauls prospects looked the brighter of the two, concerted their
serving in the army of plans for a fixed time, and waited in their several tents
Scipio.
for the moment of carrying them out. When the men
within the rampart of the camp had taken their supper and were gone to bed,
the Celts let more than half the night pass, and just about the time of the
morning watch armed themselves and fell upon the Romans who were
quartered nearest to them; killed a considerable number, and wounded not a
few; and, finally, cutting off the heads of the slain, departed with them to
join the Carthaginians, to the number of two thousand infantry and nearly
two hundred cavalry. They were received with great satisfaction by
Hannibal; who, after addressing them encouragingly, and promising them
all suitable rewards, sent them to their several cities, to declare to their
compatriots what they had done, and to urge them to make alliance with
him: for he knew that they would now all feel compelled to take part with
him, when they learnt the treachery of which their fellow-countrymen had
been guilty to the Romans. Just at the same time the Boii came in, and
handed over to him the three Agrarian Commissioners, sent from Rome to
divide the lands; whom, as I have already related, they had seized by a
sudden act of treachery at the beginning of the war. Hannibal gratefully
acknowledged their good intention, and made a formal alliance with those
who came: but he handed them back their prisoners, bidding them keep
them safe, in order to get back their own hostages from Rome, as they
intended at first.
Publius regarded this treachery as of most serious importance; and feeling
Scipio changes his sure that the Celts in the neighbourhood had long been
position at Placentia to ill-disposed, and would, after this event, all incline to
one on the Trebia.
the Carthaginians, he made up his mind that some
precaution for the future was necessary. The next night, therefore, just
before the morning watch, he broke up his camp and marched for the river
Trebia, and the high ground near it, feeling confidence in the protection
which the strength of the position and the neighbourhood of his allies would
give him.
68. When Hannibal was informed of Scipio’s change of quarters, he sent the
Hannibal follows him. Numidian horse in pursuit at once, and the rest soon

Page 256

afterwards, following close behind with his main army. The Numidians,
finding the Roman camp empty, stopped to set fire to it: which proved of
great service to the Romans; for if they had pushed on and caught up the
Roman baggage, a large number of the rear-guard would have certainly
been killed by the cavalry in the open plains. But as it was, the greater part
of them got across the River Trebia in time; while those who were after all
too far in the rear to escape, were either killed or made prisoners by the
Carthaginians.
Scipio, however, having crossed the Trebia occupied the first high ground;
Scipio’s position on the and having strengthened his camp with trench and
slopes of Apennines, palisade, waited the arrival of his colleague, Tiberius
near the source of the
Trebia.
Sempronius, and his army; and was taking the greatest
pains to cure his wound, because he was exceedingly
anxious to take part in the coming engagement. Hannibal pitched his camp
about forty stades from him. While the numerous Celts inhabiting the
plains, excited by the good prospects of the Carthaginians, supplied his
army with provisions in great abundance, and were eager to take their share
with Hannibal in every military operation or battle.
When news of the cavalry engagement reached Rome, the disappointment
of their confident expectations caused a feeling of consternation in the
minds of the people. Not but that plenty of pretexts were found to prove to
their own satisfaction that the affair was not a defeat. Some laid the blame
on the Consul’s rashness, and others on the treacherous lukewarmness of
the Celts, which they concluded from their recent revolt must have been
shown by them on the field. But, after all, as the infantry was still
unimpaired, they made up their minds that the general result was still as
hopeful as ever. Accordingly, when Tiberius and his legions arrived at
Rome, and marched through the city, they believed that his mere
appearance at the seat of war would settle the matter.
His men met Tiberius at Ariminum, according to their oath, and he at once
Tiberius Sempronius led them forward in all haste to join Publius Scipio. The
joins Scipio. junction effected, and a camp pitched by the side of his
colleague, he was naturally obliged to refresh his men after their forty days’
continuous march between Ariminum and Lilybaeum: but he went on with
all preparations for a battle; and was continually in conference with Scipio,

Page 257

asking questions as to what had happened in the past, and discussing with
him the measures to be taken in the present.
69. Meanwhile Hannibal got possession of Clastidium, by the treachery of a
Fall of Clastidium. certain Brundisian, to whom it had been entrusted by
Hannibal’s policy the Romans. Having become master of the garrison and
towards the Italians.
the stores of corn he used the latter for his present
needs; but took the men whom he had captured with him, without doing
them any harm, being desirous of showing by an example the policy he
meant to pursue; that those whose present position towards Rome was
merely the result of circumstances should not be terrified, and give up hope
of being spared by him. The man who betrayed Clastidium to him he treated
with extraordinary honour, by way of tempting all men in similar situations
of authority to share the prospects of the Carthaginians. But afterwards,
finding that certain Celts who lived in the fork of the Padus and the Trebia,
while pretending to have made terms with him, were sending messages to
the Romans at the same time, believing that they would thus secure
themselves from being harmed by either side, he sent two thousand infantry
with some Celtic and Numidian cavalry with orders to devastate their
territory. This order being executed, and a great booty obtained, the Celts
appeared at the Roman camp beseeching their aid. Tiberius had been all
A skirmish favourable to along looking out for an opportunity of striking a blow:
the Romans. and once seized on this pretext for sending out a party,
consisting of the greater part of his cavalry; and a thousand sharp-shooters
of his infantry along with them; who having speedily come up with the
enemy on the other side of the Trebia, and engaged them in a sharp struggle
for the possession of the booty, forced the Celts and Numidians to beat a
retreat to their own camp. Those who were on duty in front of the
Carthaginian camp quickly perceived what was going on, and brought some
reserves to support the retreating cavalry; then the Romans in their turn
were routed, and had to retreat to their camp. At this Tiberius sent out all his
cavalry and sharp-shooters; whereupon the Celts again gave way, and
sought the protection of their own camp. The Carthaginian general being
unprepared for a general engagement, and thinking it a sound rule not to
enter upon one on every casual opportunity, or except in accordance with a
settled design, acted, it must be confessed, on this occasion with admirable
generalship. He checked their flight when his men were near the camp, and

Page 258

forced them to halt and face about; but he sent out his aides and buglers to
recall the rest, and prevented them from pursuing and engaging the enemy
any more. So the Romans after a short halt went back, having killed a large
number of the enemy, and lost very few themselves.
70. Excited and overjoyed at this success Tiberius was all eagerness for a
general engagement. Now, it was in his power to administer the war for the
Sempronius resolves to present as he chose, owing to the ill-health of Publius
give battle. Scipio; yet wishing to have his colleague’s opinion in
support of his own, he consulted him on this subject. Publius however took
quite an opposite view of the situation. He thought his legions would be all
the better for a winter under arms; and that the fidelity of the fickle Celts
would never stand the test of want of success and enforced inactivity on the
part of the Carthaginians: they would be certain, he thought, to turn against
them once more. Besides, when he had recovered from his wound, he hoped
to be able to do good service to his country himself. With these arguments
he tried to dissuade Tiberius from his design. The latter felt that every one
of these arguments were true and sound; but, urged on by ambition and a
blind confidence in his fortune, he was eager to have the credit of the
decisive action to himself, before Scipio should be able to be present at the
battle, or the next Consuls arrive to take over the command; for the time for
that to take place was now approaching. As therefore he selected the time
for the engagement from personal considerations, rather than with a view to
the actual circumstances of the case, he was bound to make a signal failure.
Hannibal took much the same view of the case as Scipio, and was therefore,
unlike him, eager for a battle; because, in the first place, he wished to avail
himself of the enthusiasm of the Celts before it had at all gone off: in the
second place, he wished to engage the Roman legions while the soldiers in
them were raw recruits without practice in war: and, in the third place,
because he wished to fight the battle while Scipio was still unfit for service:
but most of all because he wanted to be doing something and not to let the
time slip by fruitlessly; for when a general leads his troops into a foreign
country, and attempts what looks like a desperate undertaking, the one
chance for him is to keep the hopes of his allies alive by continually striking
some fresh blow.

Page 259

Such were Hannibal’s feelings when he knew of the intended attack of
Tiberius.
71. Now he had some time before remarked a certain piece of ground which
Hannibal prepares an was flat and treeless, and yet well suited for an ambush,
ambuscade. because there was a stream in it with a high
overhanging bank thickly covered with thorns and brambles. Here he
determined to entrap the enemy. The place was admirably adapted for
putting them off their guard; because the Romans were always suspicious of
woods, from the fact of the Celts invariably choosing such places for their
ambuscades, but felt no fear at all of places that were level and without
trees: not knowing that for the concealment and safety of an ambush such
places are much better than woods; because the men can command from
them a distant view of all that is going on: while nearly all places have
sufficient cover to make concealment possible,—a stream with an
overhanging bank, reeds, or ferns, or some sort of bramble-bushes,—which
are good enough to hide not infantry only, but sometimes even cavalry, if
the simple precaution is taken of laying conspicuous arms flat upon the
ground and hiding helmets under shields. Hannibal had confided his idea to
his brother Mago and to his council, who had all approved of the plan.
Accordingly, when the army had supped, he summoned this young man to
his tent, who was full of youthful enthusiasm, and had been trained from
boyhood in the art of war, and put under his command a hundred cavalry
and the same number of infantry. These men he had himself earlier in the
day selected as the most powerful of the whole army, and had ordered to
come to his tent after supper. Having addressed and inspired them with the
spirit suitable to the occasion, he bade each of them select ten of the bravest
men of their own company, and to come with them to a particular spot in
the camp. The order having been obeyed, he despatched the whole party,
numbering a thousand cavalry and as many infantry, with guides, to the
place selected for the ambuscade; and gave his brother directions as to the
time at which he was to make the attempt. At daybreak he himself mustered
the Numidian cavalry, who were conspicuous for their powers of
endurance; and after addressing them, and promising them rewards if they
behaved with gallantry, he ordered them to ride up to the enemy’s lines, and
then quickly cross the river, and by throwing showers of darts at them tempt
them to come out: his object being to get at the enemy before they had had

Page 260

their breakfast, or made any preparations for the day. The other officers of
the army also he summoned, and gave them similar instructions for the
battle, ordering all their men to get breakfast and to see to their arms and
horses.
72. As soon as Tiberius saw the Numidian horse approaching, he
Battle of the Trebia, immediately sent out his cavalry by itself with orders to
December b.c. 218. engage the enemy, and keep them in play, while he
despatched after them six thousand foot armed with javelins, and got the
rest of the army in motion, with the idea that their appearance would decide
the affair: for his superiority in numbers, and his success in the cavalry
skirmish of the day before, had filled him with confidence. But it was now
mid-winter and the day was snowy and excessively cold, and men and
horses were marching out almost entirely without having tasted food; and
accordingly, though the troops were at first in high spirits, yet when they
had crossed the Trebia, swollen by the floods which the rain of the previous
night had brought down from the high ground above the camp, wading
breast deep through the stream, they were in a wretched state from the cold
and want of food as the day wore on. While the Carthaginians on the
Hannibal’s forces. contrary had eaten and drunk in their tents, and got their
horses ready, and were all anointing and arming
themselves round the fires. Hannibal waited for the right moment to strike,
and as soon as he saw that the Romans had crossed the Trebia, throwing out
eight thousand spearmen and slingers to cover his advance, he led out his
whole army. When he had advanced about eight stades from the camp, he
drew up his infantry, consisting of about twenty thousand Iberians, Celts,
and Libyans, in one long line, while he divided his cavalry and placed half
on each wing, amounting in all to more than ten thousand, counting the
Celtic allies; his elephants also he divided between the two wings, where
The Roman forces. they occupied the front rank. Meanwhile Tiberius had
recalled his cavalry because he saw that they could do
nothing with the enemy. For the Numidians when attacked retreated without
difficulty, scattering in every direction, and then faced about again and
charged, which is the peculiar feature of their mode of warfare. But he drew
up his infantry in the regular Roman order, consisting of sixteen thousand
citizens and twenty thousand allies; for that is the complete number of a
Roman army in an important campaign, when the two Consuls are

Page 261

compelled by circumstances to combine forces.184 He then placed the
cavalry on either wing, numbering four thousand, and advanced against the
enemy in gallant style, in regular order, and at a deliberate pace.
73. When the two forces came within distance, the light-armed troops in
The Roman cavalry front of the two armies closed with each other. In this
retreat. part of the battle the Romans were in many respects at a
disadvantage, while the Carthaginians had everything in their favour. For
the Roman spearmen had been on hard service ever since daybreak, and had
expended most of their weapons in the engagement with the Numidians,
while those weapons which were left had become useless from being long
wet. Nor were the cavalry, or indeed the whole army, any better off in these
respects. The case of the Carthaginians was exactly the reverse: they had
come on the field perfectly sound and fresh, and were ready and eager for
every service required of them. As soon, therefore, as their advanced guard
had retired again within their lines, and the heavy-armed soldiers were
engaged, the cavalry on the two wings of the Carthaginian army at once
charged the enemy with all the effect of superiority in numbers, and in the
condition both of men and horses secured by their freshness when they
started. The Roman cavalry on the contrary retreated: and the flanks of the
line being thus left unprotected, the Carthaginian spearmen and the main
body of the Numidians, passing their own advanced guard, charged the
Roman flanks: and, by the damage which they did them, prevented them
from keeping up the fight with the troops on their front. The heavy-armed
soldiers, however, who were in the front rank of both armies, and in the
centre of that, maintained an obstinate and equal fight for a considerable
time.
74. Just then the Numidians, who had been lying in ambush, left their
Both Roman wings hiding-place, and by a sudden charge on the centre of
defeated. the Roman rear produced great confusion and alarm
throughout the army. Finally both the Roman wings, being hard pressed in
front by the elephants, and on both flanks by the light-armed troops of the
enemy, gave way, and in their flight were forced upon the river behind
them. After this, while the centre of the Roman rear was losing heavily, and
suffering severely from the attack of the Numidian ambuscade, their front,
thus driven to bay, defeated the Celts and a division of Africans, and, after
killing a large number of them, succeeded in cutting their way through the

Page 262

Carthaginian line. Then seeing that their wings had been forced off their
ground, they gave up all hope of relieving them or getting back to their
camp, partly because of the number of the enemy’s cavalry, and partly
because they were hindered by the river and the pelting storm of rain which
was pouring down upon their heads. They therefore closed their ranks, and
The Roman centre fights made their way safely to Placentia, to the number of ten
its way to Placentia. thousand. Of the rest of the army the greater number
were killed by the elephants and cavalry on the bank of the Trebia; while
those of the infantry who escaped, and the greater part of the cavalry,
managed to rejoin the ten thousand mentioned above, and arrived with them
at Placentia. Meanwhile the Carthaginian army pursued the enemy as far as
the Trebia; but being prevented by the storm from going farther, returned to
their camp. They regarded the result of the battle with great exultation, as a
complete success; for the loss of the Iberians and Africans had been light,
the heaviest having fallen on the Celts. But from the rain and the snow
which followed it, they suffered so severely, that all the elephants except
one died, and a large number of men and horses perished from the cold.
75. Fully aware of the nature of his disaster, but wishing to conceal its
extent as well as he could from the people at home, Tiberius sent
messengers to announce that a battle had taken place, but that the storm had
deprived them of the victory. For the moment this news was believed at
Rome; but when soon afterwards it became known that the Carthaginians
were in possession of the Roman camp, and that all the Celts had joined
them: while their own troops had abandoned their camp, and, after retiring
from the field of battle, were all collected in the neighbouring cities; and
were besides being supplied with necessary provisions by sea up the Padus,
the Roman people became only too certain of what had really happened in
Winter of b.c. 118-117. the battle. It was a most unexpected reverse, and it
Great exertions at Rome forced them at once to urge on with energy the
to meet the danger.
remaining preparations for the war. They reinforced
those positions which lay in the way of the enemy’s advance; sent legions to
Sardinia and Sicily, as well as garrisons to Tarentum, and other places of
strategical importance; and, moreover, fitted out a fleet of sixty
quinqueremes. The Consuls designate, Gnaeus Servilius and Gaius
Flaminius, were collecting the allies and enrolling the citizen legions, and
sending supplies to Ariminum and Etruria, with a view of going to the seat

Page 263

of war by those two routes. They sent also to king Hiero asking for
reinforcements, who sent them five hundred Cretan archers and a thousand
peltasts. In fact they pushed on their preparations in every direction with
energy. For the Roman people are most formidable, collectively and
individually, when they have real reason for alarm.
76. While these events were happening in Italy, Gnaeus Cornelius Scipio,
Gnaeus Scipio in Spain. who had been left by his brother Publius in command of
the fleet, setting sail from the mouth of the Rhone,
came to land with his whole squadron at a place in Iberia called Emporium.
Starting from this town, he made descents upon the coast, landing and
besieging those who refused to submit to him along the seaboard as far as
the Iber; and treating with every mark of kindness those who acceded to his
demands, and taking all the precautions he could for their safety. When he
had garrisoned those towns on the coast that submitted, he led his whole
army inland, having by this time a not inconsiderable contingent of Iberian
allies; and took possession of the towns on his line of march, some by
negotiation and some by force of arms. The Carthaginian troops which
Hannibal had left in that district under the command of Hanno, lay
entrenched to resist him under the walls of a town called Cissa.
Defeating this army in a pitched battle, Gnaeus not only got possession of a
rich booty, for the whole baggage of the army invading Italy had been left
under its charge, but secured the friendly alliance of all the Iberian tribes
north of the Iber, and took both Hanno, the general of the Carthaginians,
and Andobales, the general of the Iberians, prisoners. The latter was despot
of central Iberia, and had always been especially inclined to the side of
Carthage.
Immediately he learnt what had happened, Hasdrubal crossed the Iber to
bring aid. There he ascertained that the Roman troops left in charge of the
fleet had abandoned all precautions, and were trading on the success of the
land forces to pass their time in ease. He therefore took with him eight
thousand infantry and one thousand cavalry of his own army, and finding
the men of the fleet scattered about the country, he killed a great many of
them and forced the rest to fly for refuge to their ships. He then retired
across the Iber again, and employed himself in fortifying and garrisoning
the posts south of the river, taking up his winter quarters at New Carthage.

Page 264

When Gnaeus rejoined his fleet, he punished the authors of the disaster
according to the Roman custom; and then collected his land and sea forces
together in Tarraco, and there took up his winter quarters; and by dividing
the booty equally between his soldiers, inspired them at once with affection
towards himself and eagerness for future service. Such was the course of
the Iberian campaign.
77. At the beginning of the following spring, Gaius Flaminius marched his
b.c. 217. army through Etruria, and pitched his camp at Arretium;
while his colleague Gnaeus Servilius on the other hand
went to Ariminum, to await the advance of the enemy in that direction.
Passing the winter in the Celtic territory, Hannibal kept his Roman
Hannibal conciliates the prisoners in close confinement, supplying them very
Italians. sparingly with food; while he treated their allies with
great kindness from the first, and finally called them together and addressed
them, alleging, “that he had not come to fight against them, but against
Rome in their behalf; and that, therefore, if they were wise, they would
attach themselves to him: because he had come to restore freedom to the
Italians, and to assist them to recover their cities and territory which they
had severally lost to Rome.” With these words he dismissed them without
ransom to their own homes: wishing by this policy to attract the inhabitants
of Italy to his cause, and to alienate their affections from Rome, and to
awaken the resentment of all those who considered themselves to have
suffered by the loss of harbours or cities under the Roman rule.
78. While he was in these winter quarters also he practised a ruse truly
Punic. Being apprehensive that from the fickleness of their character, and
the newness of the tie between himself and them, the Celts might lay plots
against his life, he caused a number of wigs to be made for him, suited in
appearance to men of various ages; and these he constantly varied,
changing at the same time his clothes also to harmonise with the particular
wig which he wore. He thus made it hard to recognise him, not only for
those who met him suddenly, but even for his intimates. But seeing that the
Celts were discontented at the lengthened continuance of the war within
their borders, and were in a state of restless hurry to invade the enemy’s
territory,—on the pretence of hatred for Rome, but in reality from love of
booty,—he determined to break up his camp as soon as possible, and satisfy

Page 265

the desires of his army. Accordingly as soon as the change of season set in,
by questioning those who were reputed to know the country best, he
ascertained that the other roads leading into Etruria were long and well
known to the enemy, but that the one which led through the marshes was
short, and would bring them upon Flaminius as a surprise.185 This was what
suited his peculiar genius, and he therefore decided to take this route. But
when the report was spread in his army that the general was going to lead
them through some marshes, every soldier felt alarmed at the idea of the
quagmires and deep sloughs which they would find on this march.
79. But after a careful inquiry as to what part of the road was firm or boggy,
Hannibal starts for Hannibal broke up his camp and marched out. He
Etruria. Spring of b.c. placed the Libyans and Iberians and all his best soldiers
217.
in the van, and the baggage within their lines, that there
might be plenty of provisions for their immediate needs. Provisions for the
future he entirely neglected. Because he calculated that on reaching the
enemy’s territory, if he were beaten he should not require them, and if he
were victorious he would find abundance in the open country. Behind this
vanguard he placed the Celts, and in the rear of all the cavalry. He entrusted
the command of the rear-guard to his brother Mago, that he might see to the
security of all, and especially to guard against the cowardice and impatience
of hard labour which characterised the Celts; in order that, if the difficulty
of the route should induce them to turn back, he might intercept them by
means of the cavalry and force them to proceed. In point of fact, the
Iberians and Libyans, having great powers of endurance and being
habituated to such fatigues, and also because when they marched through
them the marshes186 were fresh and untrodden, accomplished their march
with a moderate amount of distress: but the Celts advanced with great
difficulty, because the marshes were now disturbed and trodden into a deep
morass: and being quite unaccustomed to such painful labours, they bore
the fatigue with anger and impatience; but were hindered from turning back
by the cavalry in their rear. All however suffered grievously, especially
from the impossibility of getting sleep on a continuous march of four days
and three nights through a route which was under water: but none suffered
so much, or lost so many men, as the Celts. Most of his beasts of burden
also slipping in the mud fell and perished, and could then only do the men
one service: they sat upon their dead bodies, and piling up baggage upon

Page 266

them so as to stand out above the water, they managed to get a snatch of
sleep187 for a short portion of the night. Another misfortune was that a
considerable number of the horses lost their hoofs by the prolonged march
through bog. Hannibal himself was with difficulty and much suffering got
across riding on the only elephant left alive, enduring great agony from a
severe attack of ophthalmia, by which he eventually lost the sight of one
eye, because the time and the difficulties of the situation did not admit of
his waiting or applying any treatment to it.
80. Having crossed the marshes in this unexpected manner, Hannibal found
Flaminius in Etruria encamped under the walls of Arretium. For the present
Hannibal in the valley of he pitched his camp close to the marshes, to refresh his
the Arno. army, and to investigate the plans of his enemies and
the lie of the country in his front. And being informed that the country
before him abounded in wealth, and that Flaminius was a mere mob-orator
and demagogue, with no ability for the actual conduct of military affairs,
and was moreover unreasonably confident in his resources; he calculated
that, if he passed his camp and made a descent into the district beyond,
partly for fear of popular reproach and partly from a personal feeling of
irritation, Flaminius would be unable to endure to watch passively the
devastation of the country, and would spontaneously follow him wherever
he went; and being eager to secure the credit of a victory for himself,
without waiting for the arrival of his colleague, would give him many
opportunities for an attack.
81. And in making these calculations Hannibal showed his consummate
Hannibal correctly prudence and strategical ability. For it is mere blind
judges the character of ignorance to believe that there can be anything of more
Flaminius.
vital importance to a general than the knowledge of his
opponent’s character and disposition. As in combats between individuals or
ranks, he who would conquer must observe carefully how it is possible to
attain his object, and what part of his enemy appears unguarded or
insufficiently armed,—so must a commander of an army look out for the
weak place, not in the body, but in the mind of the leader of the hostile
force. For it has often happened before now that from mere idleness and
lack of energy, men have let not only the welfare of the state, but even their
private fortunes fall to ruin: some are so addicted to wine that they cannot
sleep without bemusing their intellects with drink; and others so infatuated

Page 267

in their pursuit of sensual pleasures, that they have not only been the ruin of
their cities and fortunes, but have forfeited life itself with disgrace. In the
case of individuals, however, cowardice and sloth bring shame only on
themselves; but when it is a commander-in-chief that is concerned, the
disaster affects all alike and is of the most fatal consequence. It not only
infects the men under him with an inactivity like his own; but it often brings
absolute dangers of the most serious description upon those who trust such
a general. For rashness, temerity, and uncalculating impetuosity, as well as
foolish ambition and vanity, give an easy victory to the enemy. And are the
source of numerous dangers to one’s friends: for a man who is the prey of
such weaknesses falls the easiest victim to every stratagem, ambush or ruse.
The general then who can gain a clear idea of his opponent’s weaknesses,
and direct his attack on the point where he is most open to it, will very soon
be the victor in the campaign. For as a ship, if you deprive it of its steerer,
falls with all its crew into the hands of the enemy; so, in the case of an army
in war, if you outwit or out-manœuvre its general, the whole will often fall
into your hands.
82. Nor was Hannibal mistaken in his calculations in regard to Flaminius.
Flaminius is drawn out For no sooner had he left the neighbourhood of
of camp. Faesulae, and, advancing a short way beyond the
Roman camp, made a raid upon the neighbouring country, than Flaminius
became excited, and enraged at the idea that he was despised by the enemy:
and as the devastation of the country went on, and he saw from the smoke
that rose in every direction that the work of destruction was proceeding, he
could not patiently endure the sight. Some of his officers advised that they
should not follow the enemy at once nor engage him, but should act on the
defensive, in view of his great superiority in cavalry; and especially that
they should wait for the other Consul, and not give battle until the two
armies were combined. But Flaminius, far from listening to their advice,
was indignant at those who offered it; and bade them consider what the
people at home would say at the country being laid waste almost up to the
walls of Rome itself, while they remained encamped in Etruria on the
enemy’s rear. Finally, with these words, he set his army in motion, without
any settled plan of time or place; but bent only on falling in with the enemy,
as though certain victory awaited him. For he had managed to inspire the
people with such confident expectations, that the unarmed citizens who

Page 268

followed his camp in hope of booty, bringing chains and fetters and all such
gear, were more numerous than the soldiers themselves.
Meanwhile Hannibal was advancing on his way to Rome through Etruria,
keeping the city of Cortona and its hills on his left, and the Thrasymene
lake on his right; and as he marched, he burned and wasted the country with
a view of rousing the wrath of the enemy and tempting him to come out.
And when he saw Flaminius get well within distance, and observed that the
ground he then occupied was suited to his purpose, he bent his whole
energies on preparing for a general engagement.
83. The route which he was following led through a low valley enclosed on
The ambuscade at Lake both sides by long lines of lofty hills. Of its two ends,
Thrasymene. that in front was blocked by an abrupt and inaccessible
hill, and that on the rear by the lake, between which and the foot of the cliff
there is only a very narrow defile leading into this valley. Making his way
to the end of the valley along the bank of the lake, Hannibal posted himself
with the Spanish and Libyan troops on the hill immediately in front of him
as he marched, and pitched a camp on it; but sent his Balearic slingers and
light-armed troops by a détour, and stationed them in extended order under
the cover of the hills to the right of the valley; and by a similar détour
placed the Gauls and cavalry under the cover of hills to the left, causing
them also to extend their line so far as to cover the entrance of the defile
running between the cliff and lake into the valley.188
Having made these preparations during the night, and having thus enclosed
the valley with ambuscades, Hannibal remained quiet. In pursuit of him
came Flaminius, in hot haste to close with the enemy. It was late in the
evening before he pitched his camp on the border of the lake; and at
daybreak next morning, just before the morning watch, he led his front
maniples forward along the borders of the lake into the valley with a view
of engaging the enemy.
84. The day was exceedingly misty: and as soon as the greater part of the
The battle, 22d June. Roman line was in the valley, and the leading maniples
were getting close to him, Hannibal gave the signal for
attack; and at the same time sent orders to the troops lying in ambush on the
hills to do the same, and thus delivered an assault upon the enemy at every

Page 269

point at once. Flaminius was taken completely by surprise: the mist was so
thick, and the enemy were charging down from the upper ground at so
many points at once, that not only were the Centurions and Tribunes unable
to relieve any part of the line that was in difficulties, but were not even able
to get any clear idea of what was going on: for they were attacked
simultaneously on front, rear, and both flanks. The result was that most of
them were cut down in the order of march, without being able to defend
themselves: exactly as though they had been actually given up to slaughter
by the folly of their leader. Flaminius himself, in a state of the utmost
distress and despair, was attacked and killed by a company of Celts. As
many as fifteen thousand Romans fell in the valley, who could neither yield
nor defend themselves, being habituated to regard it as their supreme duty
not to fly or quit their ranks. But those who were caught in the defile
between the lake and the cliff perished in a shameful, or rather a most
miserable, manner: for being thrust into the lake, some in their frantic terror
endeavoured to swim with their armour on, and presently sank and were
drowned; while the greater number, wading as far as they could into the
lake, remained there with their heads above water; and when the cavalry
rode in after them, and certain death stared them in the face, they raised
their hands and begged for quarter, offering to surrender, and using every
imaginary appeal for mercy; but were finally despatched by the enemy, or,
in some cases, begged the favour of the fatal blow from their friends, or
inflicted it on themselves. A number of men, however, amounting perhaps
to six thousand, who were in the valley, defeated the enemy immediately in
front of them; but though they might have done much to retrieve the fortune
of the day, they were unable to go to the relief of their comrades, or get to
the rear of their opponents, because they could not see what was going on.
They accordingly pushed on continually to the front, always expecting to
find themselves engaged with some of the enemy: until they discovered
that, without noticing it, they were issuing upon the higher ground. But
when they were on the crest of the hills, the mist broke and they saw clearly
the disaster which had befallen them; and being no longer able to do any
good, since the enemy was victorious all along the line, and in complete
possession of the ground, they closed their ranks and made for a certain
Etrurian village. After the battle Maharbal was sent by Hannibal with the
Iberians and light-armed troops to besiege the village; and seeing
themselves surrounded by a complication of dangers, they laid down their

Page 270

arms and surrendered on condition of their lives being spared. Such was the
end of the final engagement between the Romans and Carthaginians in
Etruria.
85. When the prisoners who had surrendered on terms were with the other
Hannibal’s treatment of prisoners brought to Hannibal, he had them all collected
prisoners. together to the number of more than fifteen thousand,
and began by saying that Maharbal had no authority to grant them their
lives without consulting him. He then launched out into an invective against
Rome: and when he had finished that, he distributed all the prisoners who
were Romans among the companies of his army to be held in safe keeping;
but allowed all the allies to depart without ransom to their own country,
with the same remark as he had made before, that “he was not come to fight
against Italians, but in behalf of Italians against Rome.” He then gave his
army time to refresh themselves after their fatigue, and buried those of
highest rank who had fallen in his army, amounting to about thirty; the total
number of his loss being fifteen hundred, most of whom were Celts. He
then began considering, in conjunction with his brother and friends, where
and how he should continue his attack, for he now felt confident of ultimate
success.
When the news of this disaster reached Rome, the chief men of the state
Dismay at Rome. could not, in view of the gravity of the blow, conceal its
extent or soften it down, but were forced to assemble
the people and tell them the truth. When the Praetor, therefore, from the
Rostra said, “We have been beaten in a great battle,” there was such a
consternation, that those who had been present at the battle as well as at this
meeting, felt the disaster to be graver than when they were on the field of
battle itself. And this feeling of the people was not to be wondered at. For
many years they had been unaccustomed to the word or the fact of defeat,
and they could not now endure reverse with patience or dignity. The Senate,
however, rose to the occasion, and held protracted debates and consultations
as to the future, anxiously considering what it was the duty of all classes to
do, and how they were to do it.
86. About the same time as the battle of Thrasymene, the Consul Gnaeus
Servilius’s advanced Servilius, who had been stationed on duty at Ariminum,
guard cut to pieces. —which is on the coast of the Adriatic, where the plains

Page 271

of Cis-Alpine Gaul join the rest of Italy, not far from the mouths of the
Padus,—having heard that Hannibal had entered Etruria and was encamped
near Flaminius, designed to join the latter with his whole army. But finding
himself hampered by the difficulty of transporting so heavy a force, he sent
Gaius Centenius forward in haste with four thousand horse, intending that
he should be there before himself in case of need. But Hannibal, getting
early intelligence after the battle of Thrasymene of this reinforcement of the
enemy, sent Maharbal with his light-armed troops, and a detachment of
cavalry, who falling in with Gaius, killed nearly half his men at the first
encounter; and having pursued the remainder to a certain hill, on the very
next day took them all prisoners. The news of the battle of Thrasymene was
three days’ old at Rome, and the sorrow caused by it was, so to speak, at its
hottest, when this further disaster was announced. The consternation caused
by it was no longer confined to the people. The Senate now fully shared in
it; and it was resolved that the usual annual arrangements for the election of
magistrates should be suspended, and a more radical remedy be sought for
the present dangers; for they came to the conclusion that their affairs were
in such a state, as to require a commander with absolute powers.
Feeling now entirely confident of success, Hannibal rejected the idea of
approaching Rome for the present; but traversed the country plundering it
Hannibal’s advance after without resistance, and directing his march towards the
the battle. coast of the Adriatic. Having passed through Umbria
and Picenum, he came upon the coast after a ten days’ march with such
enormous booty, that the army could neither drive nor carry all the wealth
which they had taken, and after killing a large number of people on his
road. For the order was given, usual in the storming of cities, to kill all
adults who came in their way: an order which Hannibal was prompted to
give now by his deep-seated hatred of Rome.189
87. Pitching his camp on the shore of the Adriatic, in a district
extraordinarily rich in every kind of produce, he took great pains to refresh
his men and restore their health, and no less so that of the horses. For the
cold and squalor of a winter spent in Gallia Cis-Alpina without the
protection of a roof, and then the painful march through the marshes, had
brought upon most of the horses, and the men as well, an attack of scurvy
and all its consequences. Having therefore now got possession of a rich
country, he got his horses into condition again, and restored the bodies and

Page 272

spirits of his soldiers; and made the Libyans change their own for Roman
arms selected for the purpose, which he could easily do from being
possessed of so many sets stripped from the bodies of the enemy. He now
sent messengers, too, to Carthage by sea, to report what had taken place, for
this was the first time he had reached the sea since he entered Italy. The
Carthaginians were greatly rejoiced at the news: and took measures with
enthusiasm for forwarding supplies to their armies, both in Iberia and Italy.

Meanwhile the Romans had appointed Quintus Fabius Dictator,190 a man
distinguished no less for his wisdom than his high birth; as is still
commemorated by the fact that the members of his family are even now
Q. Fabius Maximus called Maximi, that is “Greatest,” in honour of his
Dictator. successful achievements. A Dictator differs from the
Consuls in this, that each Consul is followed by twelve lictors, the Dictator
by twenty-four. Again, the Consuls have frequently to refer to the Senate to
enable them to carry out their proposed plans, but the Dictator is absolute,
and when he is appointed all other magistrates in Rome are at once deprived
of power, except the Tribunes of the People.191 I shall, however, take
another opportunity of speaking in more detail about these officers. With
the Dictator they appointed Marcus Minucius master of the horse; this is an
officer under the Dictator, and takes his place when engaged elsewhere.
88. Though Hannibal shifted his quarters from time to time for short
distances in one direction or another, he remained in the neighbourhood of
the Adriatic; and by bathing his horses with old wine, of which he had a
great store, cured them of the scab and got them into condition again. By a
similar treatment he cured his men of their wounds, and got the others into a
sound state of health and spirits for the service before them. After traversing
with fire and sword the territories of Praetutia,192 Hadriana, Marrucina, and
Frentana, he started on his road to Iapygia. This district is divided among
three peoples, each with a district name, Daunii, Peucetii, and Messapii.
Hannibal first invaded the territory of the Daunii, beginning from Luceria, a
Roman colony, and laid the country waste. He next encamped near Vibo,
and overran the territory of Arpi, and plundered all Daunia without
resistance.
Meanwhile Fabius, after offering the usual sacrifice to the gods upon his
appointment, started with his master of the horse and four legions which

Page 273

Fabius takes the had been enrolled for the purpose; and having effected a
command. junction near Daunia with the troops that had come to
the rescue from Ariminum, he relieved Gnaeus of his command on shore
and sent him with an escort to Rome, with orders to be ready with help for
any emergency, in case the Carthaginians made any movement by sea.
Fabius himself, with his master of the horse, took over the command of the
whole army and pitched his camp opposite the Carthaginians, near a place
called Aecae,193 about six miles from the enemy.
89. When Hannibal learnt that Fabius had arrived, he determined to terrify
Cunctator. the enemy by promptly attacking. He therefore led out
his army, approached the Roman camp, and there drew
up his men in order of battle; but when he had waited some time, and
nobody came out to attack him, he drew off and retired to his own camp.
For Fabius, having made up his mind to incur no danger and not to risk a
battle, but to make the safety of his men his first and greatest object, kept
resolutely to this purpose. At first he was despised for it, and gave rise to
scandalous insinuations that he was an utter coward and dared not face an
engagement: but in course of time he compelled everybody to confess and
allow that it was impossible for any one to have acted, in the existing
circumstances, with greater discretion and prudence. And it was not long
before facts testified to the wisdom of his policy. Nor was it wonderful that
it was so. For the forces of his opponents had been trained from their
earliest youth without intermission in war; had a general who had grown up
with them and from childhood had been instructed in the arts of the camp;
had won many battles in Iberia, and twice running had beaten the Romans
and their allies: and, what was more than all, had thoroughly made up their
minds that their one hope of safety was in victory. In every respect the
circumstances of the Roman army were the exact opposite of these; and
therefore, their manifest inferiority making it impossible for Fabius to offer
the enemy battle, he fell back upon those resources in which the Romans
had the advantage of the enemy; clung to them; and conducted the war by
their means: and they were—an inexhaustible supply of provisions and of
men.
90. He, then, during the following months, kept his army continually
hovering in the neighbourhood of the enemy, his superior knowledge of the
country enabling him to occupy beforehand all the posts of vantage; and

Page 274

having supplies in abundance on his rear, he never allowed his soldiers to
go on foraging expeditions, or get separated, on any pretence, from the
camp; but keeping them continually massed together and in close union, he
watched for favourable opportunities of time and place; and by this method
of proceeding captured and killed a large number of the enemy, who in their
contempt of him straggled from their camp in search of plunder. His object
in these manœuvres was twofold,—to gradually diminish the limited
numbers of the enemy: and to strengthen and renew by such successes in
detail the spirits of his own men, which had been depressed, to begin with,
by the general defeat of their armies. But nothing would induce him to
Minucius discontented. agree to give his enemy a set battle. This policy
however was by no means approved of by his master of
the horse, Marcus. He joined in the general verdict, and decried Fabius in
every one’s hearing, as conducting his command in a cowardly and
unenterprising spirit; and was himself eager to venture upon a decisive
engagement.
Meanwhile the Carthaginians, after wasting these districts, crossed the
Hannibal in Samnium Apennines; and descending upon Samnium, which was
and Apulia. rich and had been free from war for many years past,
found themselves in possession of such an abundance of provisions, that
they could get rid of them neither by use nor waste. They overran also the
territory of Beneventum, which was a Roman colony; and took the town of
Venusia, which was unwalled and richly furnished with every kind of
property. All this time the Romans were following on his rear, keeping one
or two days’ march behind him, but never venturing to approach or engage
the enemy. Accordingly, when Hannibal saw that Fabius plainly meant to
decline a battle, but yet would not abandon the country altogether, he
formed the bold resolution of penetrating to the plains round Capua; and
actually did so as far as Falernum, convinced that thereby he should do one
of two things,—force the enemy to give him battle, or make it evident to all
that the victory was his, and that the Romans had abandoned the country to
him. This he hoped would strike terror into the various cities, and cause
them to be eager to revolt from Rome. For up to that time, though the
Romans had been beaten in two battles, not a single city in Italy had
revolted to the Carthaginians; but all maintained their fidelity, although

Page 275

some of them were suffering severely;—a fact which may show us the awe
and respect which the Republic had inspired in its allies.
91. Hannibal, however, had not adopted this plan without good reason. For
the plains about Capua are the best in Italy for fertility and beauty and
proximity to the sea, and for the commercial harbours, into which
merchants run who are sailing to Italy from nearly all parts of the world.
They contain, moreover, the most famous and beautiful cities of Italy. On its
seaboard are Sinuessa, Cumae, Puteoli, Naples, and Nuceria; and inland to
the north there are Cales and Teanum, to the east and south [Caudium194]
and Nola. In the centre of these plains lies the richest of all the cities, that of
Capua. No tale in all mythology wears a greater appearance of probability
than that which is told of these, which, like others remarkable for their
beauty, are called the Phlegraean plains; for surely none are more likely for
beauty and fertility to have been contended for by gods. In addition to these
advantages, they are strongly protected by nature and difficult of approach;
for one side is protected by the sea, and the rest by a long and high chain of
mountains, through which there are but three passes from the interior,
narrow and difficult, one from Samnium [a second from Latium195] and a
third from Hirpini. So that if the Carthaginians succeeded in fixing their
quarters in these plains, they would have the advantage of a kind of theatre,
in which to display the terrors of their power before the gaze of all Italy;
and would make a spectacle also of the cowardice of their enemies in
shrinking from giving them battle, while they themselves would be proved
beyond dispute to be masters of the country.
92. With this view Hannibal crossed from Samnium by the pass of the hill
called Eribianus,196 and encamped on the bank of the river Vulturnus,
Hannibal descends into which almost divides these plains in half. His camp was
the Falernian plain. on the side of the river towards Rome, but he overran
the whole plain with foraging parties. Though utterly aghast at the audacity
of the enemy’s proceedings, Fabius stuck all the more firmly to the policy
upon which he had determined. But his colleague Minucius, and all the
centurions and tribunes of the army, thinking that they had caught the
enemy in an excellent trap, were of opinion that they should make all haste
into the plains, and not allow the most splendid part of the country to be
devastated. Until they reached the spot, Fabius hurried on, and feigned to

Page 276

share their eager and adventurous spirit; and, when he was near the ager
Falernus, he showed himself on the mountain skirts and kept in a line with
the enemy, that he might not be thought by the allies to abandon the
country: but he would not let his army descend into the plain, being still
unwilling to risk a general engagement, partly for the same reasons as
before, and partly because the enemy were conspicuously superior in
cavalry.
After trying to provoke his enemies, and collecting an unlimited amount of
Fabius lies in wait. booty by laying waste the whole plain, Hannibal began
taking measures for removing: wishing not to waste his
booty, but to stow it in some safe place, which he might also make his
winter quarters; that the army might not only be well off for the present, but
might have abundant supplies all through the winter. Fabius, learning that
he meditated returning the same way as he came, and seeing that the pass
was a narrow one, and extremely well suited for an attack by ambush,
placed about four thousand men at the exact spot that he would have to
pass; while he, with the main body of his troops, encamped on a hill which
commanded the entrance of the pass.
93. Fabius hoped when the Carthaginians came thither, and encamped on
the plain immediately under the foot of the hill, that he would be able to
snatch away their plunder without any risk to himself; and, most of all,
Hannibal eludes him. might even put an end to the whole war by means of the
excellent situation for an attack in which he now was.
He was accordingly wholly intent on forming plans for this purpose,
anxiously considering in what direction and in what manner he should avail
himself of the advantages of the ground, and which of his men were to be
the first to attack the enemy. Whilst his enemies were making these
preparations for the next day, Hannibal, guessing the truth, took care to give
them no time or leisure for executing their design; but summoning
Hasdrubal, the captain of his pioneers, ordered him, with all speed, to make
as many fagots of dry wood of all sorts as possible, and selecting two
thousand of the strongest of the working oxen from the booty, to collect
them outside the camp. When this was done, he summoned the pioneers,
and pointed out to them a certain ridge lying between the camp and the
gorge by which he meant to march. To this ridge they were to drive the
oxen, when the order was given, as actively and energetically as they could,

Page 277

until they came to the top. Having given these instructions, he bade them
take their supper and go to rest betimes. Towards the end of the third watch
of the night he led the pioneers out of the camp, and ordered them to tie the
fagots to the horns of the oxen. The men being numerous, this did not take
long to do; and he then ordered them to set the fagots all alight, and to drive
the oxen off and force them to mount the ridge; and placing his light-armed
troops behind them he ordered them to assist the drivers up to a certain
distance: but, as soon as the beasts had got well started, to take open order
and pass them at the double, and, with as much noise as possible, make for
the top of the ridge; that, if they found any of the enemy there, they might
close with and attack them at once. At the same time he himself led the
main army towards the narrow gorge of the pass,—his heavy-armed men in
front, next to them the cavalry, then the booty, and the Iberians and Celts
bringing up the rear.
94. The Romans who were guarding the gorge, no sooner saw these fiery
fagots advancing to the heights, than, quitting the narrow part of the pass,
they made for the ridge to meet the enemy. But when they got near the
oxen, they were puzzled by the lights, imagining them to be something
more dangerous than they really were; and when the Carthaginian light-
armed troops came on to the ground, after some slight skirmishing between
the two parties, upon the oxen rushing in among them, they separated and
took up their positions on different heights and waited for daybreak, not
being able to comprehend what was taking place.
Partly because he was at a loss to understand what was happening, and, in
Hannibal gets through the words of the poet, “some deep design
the pass. Autumn, suspecting;”197 and partly that, in accordance with his
b.c. 217.
original plan, he was determined not to risk a general
engagement, Fabius remained quietly within his camp: while Hannibal,
finding everything going as he designed, led his army and booty in safety
through the gorge, the men who had been set to guard the narrow road
having abandoned their post. At daybreak, seeing the two troops fronting
each other on the heights, he sent some Iberian companies to the light-
armed troops, who engaged the Romans, and, killing a thousand of them,
easily relieved his own light-armed troops and brought them down to the
main body.

Page 278

Having thus effected his departure from the Falernian plain, Hannibal
thenceforth busied himself in looking out for a place in which to winter, and
in making the necessary preparations, after having inspired the utmost
alarm and uncertainty in the cities and inhabitants of Italy. Though Fabius
Fabius goes to Rome, meanwhile was in great disrepute among the common
leaving the command to people, for having let his enemy escape from such a
M. Minucius.
trap, he nevertheless refused to abandon his policy; and
being shortly afterwards obliged to go to Rome to perform certain
sacrifices, he handed over the command of his legions to his master of the
horse, with many parting injunctions, not to be so anxious to inflict a blow
upon the enemy, as to avoid receiving one himself. Marcus, however, paid
no heed to the advice, and, even while Fabius was speaking, had wholly
resolved to risk a general engagement.
95. While these things were going on in Italy, Hasdrubal, who was in
command in Iberia, having during the winter repaired the thirty ships left
Spain, b.c. 217. him by his brother, and manned ten additional ones, got
a fleet of forty decked vessels to sea, at the beginning of
the summer, from New Carthage, under the command of Hamilcar; and at
the same time collected his land forces, and led them out of their winter
quarters. The fleet coasted up the country, and the troops marched along the
shore towards the Iber. Suspecting their design, Gnaeus Scipio was for
issuing from his winter quarters and meeting them both by land and sea.
But hearing of the number of their troops, and the great scale on which their
preparations had been made, he gave up the idea of meeting them by land;
and manning thirty-five ships, and taking on board the best men he could
get from his land forces to serve as marines, he put to sea, and arrived on
the second day near the mouth of the Iber. Here he came to anchor, at a
distance of about ten miles from the enemy, and sent two swift-sailing
Massilian vessels to reconnoitre. For the sailors of Marseilles were the first
in every service of difficulty and danger, and ready at the shortest notice to
do whatever was required of them; and, in fact, Marseilles has distinguished
itself above all other places, before and since, in fidelity to Rome, and never
more so than in the Hannibalian war. The ships sent to reconnoitre having
reported that the enemy’s fleet was lying off the mouth of the Iber, Scipio
put to sea with all speed, wishing to surprise them.

Page 279

96. But being informed in good time by his look-out men that the enemy
Roman success at sea. were bearing down upon him, Hasdrubal drew up his
troops on the beach, and ordered his crews to go on
board; and, when the Romans hove in sight, gave the signal for the attack,
determined to fight the enemy at sea. But, after engaging, the Carthaginians
made but a short struggle for victory, and very soon gave way. For the
support of the troops on the beach did less service in encouraging them to
attack, than harm in offering them a safe place of retreat. Accordingly, after
losing two ships with their crews, and the oars and marines of four others,
they gave way and made for the land; and when the Romans pressed on
with spirit in pursuit, they ran their ships ashore, and leaping from the
vessels fled for refuge to the troops. The Romans came boldly close to land,
towed off such of the vessels as could be got afloat, and sailed away in great
exultation at having beaten the enemy at the first blow, secured the mastery
of the sea, and taken twenty-five of the enemy’s ships.
In Iberia therefore, after this victory, the Roman prospects had begun to
brighten. But when news of this reverse arrived at Carthage, the
Carthaginians at once despatched a fleet of seventy ships, judging it to be
essential to their whole design that they should command the sea. These
ships touched first at Sardinia and then at Pisae in Italy, the commanders
believing that they should find Hannibal there. But the Romans at once put
to sea to attack them from Rome itself, with a fleet of a hundred and twenty
quinqueremes; and hearing of this expedition against them, the
Carthaginians sailed back to Sardinia, and thence returned to Carthage.
Gnaeus Servilius, who was in command of this Roman fleet, followed the
Carthaginians for a certain distance, believing that he should fall in with
them; but, finding that he was far behind, he gave up the attempt. He first
put in at Lilybaeum, and afterwards sailed to the Libyan island of Cercina;
and after receiving a sum of money from the inhabitants on condition of not
laying waste the country, he departed. On his return voyage he took the
island of Cossyrus, and having put a garrison into its small capital, returned
to Lilybaeum. There he placed the fleet, and shortly afterwards went off
himself to join the land army.
97. When the Senate heard of Gnaeus Scipio’s naval success, believing it to
be advantageous or rather essential not to relax their hold on Iberia, but to
press on the war there against Carthage with redoubled vigour, they

Page 280

Publius Scipio, whose prepared a fleet of twenty ships, and put them under the
imperium is prolonged command of Publius Scipio; and in accordance with
after his Consulship of
the previous year, with
arrangements already made, despatched him with all
Spain assigned as his speed to join his brother Gnaeus, and carry on the
province, is sent to join Iberian campaign in conjunction with him. Their great
his brother there with 20
ships: early in b.c. 217. anxiety was lest the Carthaginians should get the upper
hand in Iberia, and thus possessing themselves of
abundant supplies and recruits, should get a more complete mastery of the
sea, and assist the invasion of Italy, by sending troops and money to
Hannibal. Regarding therefore the Iberian war as of the utmost importance,
they sent these ships and Publius Scipio to that country; who, when he
arrived in Iberia, effected a junction with his brother and did most
substantial service to the State. For up to that time the Romans had not
ventured to cross the Iber; but had thought themselves fortunate if they
could secure the friendship and allies of the tribes up to that river. They now
however did cross it, and for the first time had the courage to attempt a
movement on the other side: their designs being greatly favoured also by an
accidental circumstance.
When the two brothers, after overawing the Iberian tribes that lived near the
passage of the Iber, had arrived before the city of Saguntum, they pitched
their camp about forty stades from it, near the temple of Aphrodite,
selecting the position as offering at once security from the attacks of the
enemy, and a means of getting supplies by sea: for their fleet was coasting
down parallel with them.
98. Here an event occurred which produced a decisive change in their
Treason of Abilyx. favour. When Hannibal was about to start for Italy, from
the Iberian towns whose loyalty he suspected he took
the sons of their leading men as hostages, and placed them all in Saguntum,
because of the strength of that town and his confidence in the fidelity of
those who were left in charge of it. Now there was a certain Iberian there
named Abilyx, who enjoyed the highest character and reputation with his
countrymen, and was believed to be especially well disposed and loyal to
the Carthaginians. Seeing how affairs were going, and believing that the
fortune of the Romans was in the ascendant, he formed in his own mind a
scheme, worthy of an Iberian and barbarian, for giving up the hostages.
Convinced that he might obtain a high place in the favour of Rome, if he

Page 281

gave a proof of his fidelity at a critical moment, he made up his mind to
turn traitor to Carthage and put the hostages in the hands of the Romans. He
began his machinations by addressing himself to Bostar, the Carthaginian
general who had been despatched by Hasdrubal to prevent the Romans from
crossing the river, but, not venturing to do this, had retreated, and was now
encamped in the region of Saguntum next the sea. To this man, who was of
a guileless and gentle character, and quite disposed to trust him, Abilyx now
introduced the subject of the hostages. He argued that “the Romans having
now crossed the Iber, the Carthaginians could no longer hold Iberia by
terror, but stood now in need of the good feeling of their subjects: seeing
then that the Romans had actually approached Saguntum and were
besieging it, and that the city was in danger,—if he were to take the
hostages and restore them to their parents and cities, he would not only
frustrate the ambitious scheme of the Romans, who wished above all things
by getting possession of the hostages to have the credit of doing this; but
would also rouse a feeling of goodwill towards Carthage in all the cities, for
having taken thought for the future and provided for the safety of the
hostages. He would, too, much enhance the favour by personally managing
this business: for if he restored these boys to their homes, he would provoke
the gratitude, not only of their parents, but of the people at large also, by
giving a striking instance of the magnanimous policy of Carthage towards
her allies. He might even expect large rewards for himself from the families
that recovered their children; for all those, who thus unexpectedly got into
their hands the dearest objects of their affection, would vie with each other
in heaping favours on the author of such a service.” By these and similar
arguments he persuaded Bostar to fall in with his proposals.
99. Abilyx then went away, after arranging a fixed day on which he would
appear with everything necessary for conveying the boys. At night he made
his way to the Roman lines, and, having fallen in with some Iberians
serving in the Roman army, was by them conducted to the generals; to
whom he discoursed at great length on the revulsion of feeling of the
Iberians in their favour, which would be caused if they got possession of the
hostages: and finally offered to put the boys in their hands. Publius Scipio
received the proposal with extreme eagerness: and, promising him large
rewards, he agreed with him on a day, hour, and place at which a party were
to be waiting to receive him. After returning home, Abilyx next went with a

Page 282

band of chosen friends to Bostar; and, after receiving the boys, left the
camp at night, as though he wished not to be seen by the Roman camp as he
passed it, and came at the appointed time to the place arranged, and there
handed over all the boys to the Roman officers. Publius treated Abilyx with
special honour, and employed him in restoring the boys to their native
cities, along with certain of his own friends. He accordingly went from city
to city, giving them a visible proof by the restoration of the boys of the
Roman mildness and magnanimity, in contrast to the Carthaginian
suspiciousness and harshness; and bidding them also observe that he had
found it necessary to change sides, he induced many Iberians to join the
Roman alliance. Bostar was thought, in thus surrendering the hostages to
the enemy, to have behaved more like a child than became a man of his age,
and was in serious danger of his life. For the present, however, as it was
getting late in the season, both sides began dispersing into winter quarters;
the Romans having made an important step towards success in the matter of
the boys.
100. Such was the position of affairs in Iberia. To return to Hannibal, whom
we left having just effected the passage from the Falernian plain. Hearing
Hannibal takes from his scouts that there was abundance of corn in the
Geronium. district round Luceria and Geronium, and that
Geronium was an excellent place to store it in, he determined to make his
winter quarters there; and accordingly marched thither by way of Mount
Liburnum. And having come to Geronium, which is about two hundred
stades from Luceria, he first endeavoured to win over the inhabitants by
promises, offering them pledges of his good faith; but when no one would
listen to him, he determined to lay siege to the town. Having taken it
without much delay, he put the inhabitants to the sword; but preserved most
of the houses and walls, because he wished to use them as granaries for his
winter camp: and having encamped his army in front of it, he fortified his
position with trench and palisade. Having finished these labours, he sent out
two-thirds of the army to collect corn, with orders to bring home every day,
each division for the use of its own men, as much as the regular heads of
this department would usually supply: while with the remaining third of his
army he kept watch over his camp, and occupied certain places with a view
of protecting the foraging parties in case they were attacked. The district
being mostly very accessible and flat, and the harvesting party being almost

Page 283

innumerable, and the season moreover being at the very best stage for such
operations, the amount of corn collected every day was very great.
101. When Minucius took over the command from Fabius, he at first kept
Minucius obtains a slight along the line of hills, feeling certain that he would
success. Autumn sooner or later fall in with the Carthaginians; but when
b.c. 217.
he heard that Hannibal had already taken Geronium,
and was collecting the corn of the country, and had pitched his camp in
front of the town, he changed the direction of his march, and descended
from the top of the hills by way of a ridge leading down into the plains.
Arriving at the height which lies in the territory of Larinum, and is called
Calena, he encamped round its foot, being eager on any terms whatever to
engage the enemy. When Hannibal saw the enemy approaching, he sent a
third of his army foraging for corn, but took the other two-thirds with him,
and, advancing sixteen stades from Geronium towards the enemy, pitched a
camp upon a piece of rising ground, with a view at once of overawing his
opponents, and affording safety to his foraging parties: and there being
another elevation between him and the two armies, which was near, and
conveniently placed for an attack upon the enemy’s lines, he sent out about
two thousand light-armed troops in the night and seized it. At daybreak
when Minucius saw these men, he took his own light-armed troops and
assaulted the hill. After a gallant skirmish the Romans prevailed; and
subsequently their whole camp was transferred to this place. For a certain
time Hannibal kept his men for the most part within their lines, because the
camps were so close to each other; but, after the lapse of some days, he was
obliged to divide them into two parties, one for pasturing the animals, and
one for gathering corn: being very anxious to carry out his design of
avoiding the destruction of his booty, and of collecting as much corn as
possible, that his men might have abundant food during the winter, and his
horses and beasts of burden as much so; for the chief hope of his army
rested on his cavalry.
102. It was then that Minucius, seeing the great part of the enemy scattered
Carthaginian foragers cut about the country on these services, selected the exact
off. hour of the day when they would be away to lead out
his army. Having come close to the Carthaginian lines he drew out his
heavy-armed troops there; and then, dividing his cavalry and light-armed
into detachments, sent them in search of the foragers, ordering them to give

Page 284

no quarter. This put Hannibal into a great difficulty: for he was not strong
enough to accept battle with the enemy drawn up outside his lines, or to
relieve those of his men who were scattered about the country. The Romans
meanwhile who had been sent to take the foragers found a great number of
them scattered about, and killed them; while the troops drawn up in front of
the camp grew so contemptuous of the enemy, that they even began to pull
down their palisade, and all but assaulted the Carthaginians. Hannibal was
in a very dangerous position: but in spite of the storm that had suddenly
fallen on him, he held his ground, repulsing the enemy when they
approached and defending, though with difficulty, the rampart; until
Hasdrubal came to his relief with about four thousand of the foraging
parties, who had fled for refuge from the country and collected within the
lines near Geronium. This encouraged Hannibal to make a sally: and having
got into order of battle a short distance from the camp, he just managed
with difficulty to avert the threatened danger. After killing large numbers of
the enemy in the struggle at the camp, and still more in the open country,
Minucius for the present retired, but with great hopes for the future; and on
the morrow, the Carthaginians having abandoned their lines on the hill, he
went up and occupied their position. For Hannibal being alarmed lest the
Romans should go by night and find the camp at Geronium undefended,
and become masters of his baggage and stores, determined to retire thither
himself and again fix his quarters there. After this the Carthaginians were
more timid and cautious in their manner of foraging; while the Romans on
the other hand acted with greater boldness and recklessness.
103. An exaggerated account of this success reached Rome, and caused
Minucius invested with excessive exultation: first, because in their gloomy
co-equal powers with prospects some sort of change for the better had at last
Fabius.
shown itself; and, secondly, because the people could
now believe that the ill success and want of nerve, which had hitherto
attended the legions, had not arisen from the cowardice of the men, but the
timidity of their leader. Wherefore everybody began finding fault with and
depreciating Fabius, as failing to seize his opportunities with spirit; while
they extolled Minucius to such a degree for what had happened, that a thing
was done for which there was no precedent. They gave him absolute power
as well as Fabius, believing that he would quickly put an end to the
campaign; and so there were two Dictators made for carrying on the same

Page 285

war, which had never happened at Rome before. When Minucius was
informed of his popularity with the people, and of the office bestowed upon
him by the citizens, he felt doubly incited to run all risks and act with
daring boldness against the enemy. Fabius rejoined the army with
sentiments not in the least changed by what had happened, but rather fixed
still more immovably on his original policy. Seeing, however, that Minucius
was puffed up with pride, and inclined to offer him a jealous opposition at
every turn, and was wholly bent on risking an engagement, he offered him
the choice of two alternatives: either to command the whole army on
alternate days with him; or that they should separate their two armies, and
each command their respective part in their own way. Minucius joyfully
accepting the second alternative, they divided the men and encamped
separately about twelve stades apart.
104. Partly from observing what was taking place, and partly from the
Hannibal draws on information of prisoners, Hannibal knew of the mutual
Minucius. jealousy of the two generals, and the impetuosity and
ambition of Minucius. Looking upon what was happening in the enemy’s
camp as rather in his favour than otherwise, he set himself to deal with
Minucius; being anxious to put an end to his bold methods and check in
time his adventurous spirit. There being then an elevation between his camp
and that of Minucius, which might prove dangerous to either, he resolved to
occupy it; and, knowing full well that, elated by his previous success,
Minucius would be certain to move out at once to oppose his design, he
concerted the following plan. The country round the hill being bare of trees,
but having much broken ground and hollows of every description, he
despatched some men during the night, in bodies of two and three hundred,
to occupy the most favourable positions, numbering in all five hundred
horse and five thousand light-armed and other infantry: and in order that
they might not be observed in the morning by the enemy’s foraging parties,
he seized the hill at daybreak with his light-armed troops. When Marcus
saw what was taking place, he looked upon it as an excellent opportunity;
and immediately despatched his light-armed troops, with orders to engage
the enemy and contest the possession of the position; after these he sent his
cavalry, and close behind them he led his heavy-armed troops in person, as
on the former occasion, intending to repeat exactly the same manœuvres.

Page 286

105. As the day broke, and the thoughts and eyes of all were engrossed in
observing the combatants on the hill, the Romans had no suspicion of the
troops lying in ambush. But as Hannibal kept pouring in reinforcements for
his men on the hill, and followed close behind them himself with his
cavalry and main body, it was not long before the cavalry also of both sides
were engaged. The result was that the Roman light-armed troops, finding
themselves hard pressed by the numbers of the cavalry, caused great
confusion among the heavy-armed troops by retreating into their lines; and
the signal being given at the same time to those who were in ambush, these
latter suddenly showed themselves and charged: whereby not only the
Roman light-armed troops, but their whole army, were in the greatest
danger. At that moment Fabius, seeing what was taking place, and being
Fabius comes to the alarmed lest they should sustain a complete defeat, led
rescue. out his forces with all speed and came to the relief of
his imperilled comrades. At his approach the Romans quickly recovered
their courage; and though their lines were entirely broken up, they rallied
again round their standards, and retired under cover of the army of Fabius,
with a severe loss in the light-armed division, and a still heavier one in the
ranks of the legions, and that too of the bravest men. Alarmed at the
freshness and perfect order of the relieving army, Hannibal retired from the
pursuit and ceased fighting. To those who were actually engaged it was
quite clear that an utter defeat had been brought about by the rashness of
Minucius, and that their safety on this and previous occasions had been
secured by the caution of Fabius; while those at home had a clear and
indisputable demonstration of the difference between the rashness and
bravado of a soldier, and the far-seeing prudence and cool calculation of a
general. Taught by experience the Romans joined camps once more, and for
the future listened to Fabius and obeyed his orders: while the Carthaginians
dug a trench across the space between the knoll and their own lines, and
threw up a palisade round the crest of the captured hill; and, having placed a
guard upon it, proceeded thenceforth with their preparations for the winter
unmolested.
106. The Consular elections being now come, the Romans elected Lucius
b.c. 216. Coss. G. Aemilius and Gaius Terentius. On their appointment the
Terentius Varro and L. Dictators laid down their offices, and the Consuls of the
Aemilius Paulus.
previous year, Gnaeus Servilius and Marcus Regulus—

Page 287

who had been appointed after the death of Flaminius,—were invested with
proconsular authority by Aemilius; and, taking the command at the seat of
war, administered the affairs of the army independently. Meanwhile
Aemilius, in consultation with the Senate, set at once to work to levy new
soldiers, to fill up the numbers of the legions required for the campaign, and
despatched them to headquarters; enjoining at the same time upon Servilius
that he should by no means hazard a general engagement, but contrive
detailed skirmishes, as sharp and as frequent as he could, for the sake of
practising the raw recruits, and giving them courage for a pitched battle: for
they held the opinion that their former defeats were owing, as much as
anything else, to the fact that they were employing troops newly levied and
entirely untrained. The Senate also sent the Praetor Lucius Postumius into
Gaul, to affect a diversion there, and induce the Celts who were with
Hannibal to return home. They also took measures for recalling the fleet
that had wintered at Lilybaeum, and for sending to the commanders in
Iberia such supplies as were necessary for the service. Thus the Consul and
Senate were busied with these and other preparations for the campaign; and
Servilius, having received his instructions from the Consuls, carried them
out in every particular. The details of this part of the campaign, therefore, I
shall omit to record; for nothing of importance or worth remembering
occurred, partly in consequence of these instructions, and partly from
circumstances; but there were a considerable number of skirmishes and
petty engagements, in which the Roman commanders gained a high
reputation for courage and prudence.
107. Thus through all that winter and spring the two armies remained
Autumn, b.c. 216. encamped facing each other. But when the season for
the new harvest was come, Hannibal began to move
from the camp at Geronium; and making up his mind that it would be to his
advantage to force the enemy by any possible means to give him battle, he
occupied the citadel of a town called Cannae, into which the corn and other
supplies from the district round Canusium were collected by the Romans,
and conveyed thence to the camp as occasion required. The town itself,
indeed, had been reduced to ruins the year before: but the capture of its
citadel and the material of war contained in it, caused great commotion in
the Roman army; for it was not only the loss of the place and the stores in it
that distressed them, but the fact also that it commanded the surrounding

Page 288

district. They therefore sent frequent messages to Rome asking for
instructions: for if they approached the enemy they would not be able to
avoid an engagement, in view of the fact that the country was being
The Senate order a plundered, and the allies all in a state of excitement.
battle. The Senate passed a resolution that they should give the
enemy battle: they, however, bade Gnaeus Servilius wait, and despatched
the Consuls to the seat of war. It was to Aemilius that all eyes turned, and
on him the most confident hopes were fixed; for his life had been a noble
one, and he was thought to have managed the recent Illyrian war with
advantage to the State. The Senate determined to bring eight legions into
the field, which had never been done at Rome before, each legion
consisting of five thousand men besides allies. For the Romans, as I have
stated before,198 habitually enrol four legions each year, each consisting of
about four thousand foot and two hundred horse; and when any unusual
necessity arises, they raise the number of foot to five thousand and of the
horse to three hundred. Of allies, the number in each legion is the same as
that of the citizens, but of the horse three times as great. Of the four legions
thus composed, they assign two to each of the Consuls for whatever service
is going on. Most of their wars are decided by one Consul and two legions,
with their quota of allies; and they rarely employ all four at one time and on
one service. But on this occasion, so great was the alarm and terror of what
would happen, they resolved to bring not only four but eight legions into
the field.
108. With earnest words of exhortation, therefore, to Aemilius, putting
before him the gravity in every point of view of the result of the battle, they
The Consuls Aemilius despatched him with instructions to seek a favourable
Paulus, and Terentius opportunity to fight a decisive battle with a courage
Varro go to the seat of
war. worthy of Rome. Having arrived at the camp and united
their forces, they made known the will of the Senate to
the soldiers, and Aemilius exhorted them to do their duty in terms which
evidently came from his heart. He addressed himself especially to explain
and excuse the reverses which they had lately experienced; for it was on
this point particularly that the soldiers were depressed and stood in need of
Speech of Aemilius. encouragement. “The causes,” he argued, “of their
defeats in former battles were many, and could not be
reduced to one or two. But those causes were at an end; and no excuse

Page 289

existed now, if they only showed themselves to be men of courage, for not
conquering their enemies. Up to that time both Consuls had never been
engaged together, or employed thoroughly trained soldiers: the combatants
on the contrary had been raw levies, entirely unexperienced in danger; and
what was most important of all, they had been so entirely ignorant of their
opponents, that they had been brought into the field, and engaged in a
pitched battle with an enemy that they had never once set eyes on. Those
who had been defeated on the Trebia were drawn up on the field at
daybreak, on the very next morning after their arrival from Sicily; while
those who had fought in Etruria, not only had never seen the enemy before,
but did not do so even during the very battle itself, owing to the unfortunate
state of the atmosphere.
109. But now the conditions were quite different. For in the first place both
Consuls were with the army: and were not only prepared to share the danger
themselves, but had also induced the Consuls of the previous year to remain
and take part in the struggle. While the men had not only seen the arms,
order, and numbers of the enemy, but had been engaged in almost daily
fights with them for the last two years. The conditions therefore under
which the two former battles were fought being quite different, it was but
natural that the result of the coming struggle should be different too. For it
would be strange or rather impossible that those who in various skirmishes,
where the numbers of either side were equal, had for the most part come off
victorious, should, when drawn up all together, and nearly double of the
enemy in number, be defeated.”
“Wherefore, men of the army,” he continued, “seeing that we have every
advantage on our side for securing a victory, there is only one thing
necessary—your determination, your zeal! And I do not think I need say
more to you on that point. To men serving others for pay, or to those who
fight as allies on behalf of others, who have no greater danger to expect
than meets them on the field, and for whom the issues at stake are of little
importance,—such men may need words of exhortation. But men who, like
you, are fighting not for others, but themselves,—for country, wives, and
children; and for whom the issue is of far more momentous consequence
than the mere danger of the hour, need only to be reminded: require no
exhortation. For who is there among you who would not wish if possible to
be victorious; and next, if that may not be, to die with arms in his hands,

Page 290

rather than to live and see the outrage and death of those dear objects which
I have named? Wherefore, men of the army, apart from any words of mine,
place before your eyes the momentous difference to you between victory
and defeat, and all their consequences. Enter upon this battle with the full
conviction, that in it your country is not risking a certain number of legions,
but her bare existence. For she has nothing to add to such an army as this, to
give her victory, if the day now goes against us. All she has of confidence
and strength rests on you; all her hopes of safety are in your hands. Do not
frustrate those hopes: but pay back to your country the gratitude you owe
her; and make it clear to all the world that the former reverses occurred, not
because the Romans are worse men than the Carthaginians, but from the
lack of experience on the part of those who were then fighting, and through
a combination of adverse circumstances.” With such words Aemilius
dismissed the troops.
110. Next morning the two Consuls broke up their camp, and advanced to
The Roman army where they heard that the enemy were entrenched. On
approaches Cannae. the second day they arrived within sight of them, and
pitched their camp at about fifty stades’ distance. But when Aemilius
observed that the ground was flat and bare for some distance round, he said
that they must not engage there with an enemy superior to them in cavalry;
but that they must rather try to draw him off, and lead him to ground on
which the battle would be more in the hands of the infantry. But Gaius
Terentius being, from inexperience, of a contrary opinion, there was a
dispute and misunderstanding between the leaders, which of all things is the
most dangerous. It is the custom, when the two Consuls are present, that
Terentius Varro orders an they should take the chief command on alternate days;
advance. and the next day happening to be the turn of Terentius,
he ordered an advance with a view of approaching the enemy, in spite of the
protests and active opposition of his colleague. Hannibal set his light-armed
troops and cavalry in motion to meet him, and charging the Romans while
The Romans are they were still marching, took them by surprise and
successful. caused a great confusion in their ranks. The Romans
repulsed the first charge by putting some of their heavy-armed in front; and
then sending forward their light-armed and cavalry, began to get the best of
the fight all along the line: the Carthaginians having no reserves of any
importance, while certain companies of the legionaries were mixed with the

Page 291

Roman light-armed, and helped to sustain the battle. Nightfall for the
present put an end to a struggle which had not at all answered to the hopes
of the Carthaginians. But next day Aemilius, not thinking it right to engage,
and yet being unable any longer to lead off his army, encamped with two-
thirds of it on the banks of the Aufidus, the only river which flows right
through the Apennines,—that chain of mountains which forms the
watershed of all the Italian rivers, which flow either west to the Tuscan sea,
or east to the Hadriatic. This chain is, I say, pierced by the Aufidus, which
rises on the side of Italy nearest the Tuscan Sea, and is discharged into the
Hadriatic. For the other third of his army he caused a camp to be made
across the river, to the east of the ford, about ten stades from his own lines,
and a little more from those of the enemy; that these men, being on the
other side of the river, might protect his own foraging parties, and threaten
those of the enemy.
111. Then Hannibal, seeing that his circumstances called for a battle with
Hannibal harangues his the enemy, being anxious lest his troops should be
troops. depressed by their previous reverse, and believing that
it was an occasion which required some encouraging words, summoned a
general meeting of his soldiers. When they were assembled, he bid them all
look round upon the country, and asked them, “What better fortune they
could have asked from the gods, if they had had the choice, than to fight in
such ground as they saw there, with the vast superiority of cavalry on their
side?” And when all signified their acquiescence in such an evident truth, he
added: “First, then, give thanks to the gods: for they have brought the
enemy into this country, because they designed the victory for us. And, next
to me, for having compelled the enemy to fight,—for they cannot avoid it
any longer,—and to fight in a place so full of advantages for us. But I do
not think it becoming in me now to use many words in exhorting you to be
brave and forward in this battle. When you had had no experience of
fighting the Romans this was necessary, and I did then suggest many
arguments and examples to you. But now seeing that you have undeniably
beaten the Romans in three successive battles of such magnitude, what
arguments could have greater influence with you in confirming your
courage than the actual facts? Now, by your previous battles you have got
possession of the country and all its wealth; in accordance with my
promises: for I have been absolutely true in everything I have ever said to

Page 292

you. But the present contest is for the cities and the wealth in them: and if
you win it, all Italy will at once be in your power; and freed from your
present hard toils, and masters of the wealth of Rome, you will by this
battle become the leaders and lords of the world. This, then, is a time for
deeds, not words: for by God’s blessing I am persuaded that I shall carry out
my promises to you forthwith.” His words were received with approving
shouts, which he acknowledged with gratitude for their zeal; and having
dismissed the assembly, he at once formed a camp on the same bank of the
river as that on which was the larger camp of the Romans.
112. Next day he gave orders that all should employ themselves in making
preparations and getting themselves into a fit state of body. On the day after
Hannibal irritates the that he drew out his men along the bank of the river,
enemy. and showed that he was eager to give the enemy battle.
But Aemilius, dissatisfied with his position, and seeing that the
Carthaginians would soon be obliged to shift their quarters for the sake of
supplies, kept quiet in his camps, strengthening both with extra guards.
After waiting a considerable time, when no one came out to attack him,
Hannibal put the rest of the army into camp again, but sent out his
Numidian horse to attack the enemy’s water parties from the lesser camp.
These horsemen riding right up to the lines and preventing the watering,
Gaius Terentius became more than ever inflamed with the desire of fighting,
and the soldiers were eager for a battle, and chafed at the delay. For there is
nothing more intolerable to mankind than suspense; when a thing is once
decided, men can but endure whatever out of the catalogue of evils it is
their misfortune to undergo.
But when the news arrived at Rome that the two armies were face to face,
Anxiety at Rome. and that skirmishes between advanced parties of both
sides were daily taking place, the city was in a state of
high excitement and uneasiness; the people dreading the result owing to the
disasters which had now befallen them on more than one occasion; and
foreseeing and anticipating in their imaginations what would happen if they
were utterly defeated. All the oracles preserved at Rome were in
everybody’s mouth; and every temple and house was full of prodigies and
miracles: in consequence of which the city was one scene of vows,
sacrifices, supplicatory processions, and prayers. For the Romans in times
of danger take extraordinary pains to appease gods and men, and look upon

Page 293

no ceremony of that kind in such times as unbecoming or beneath their
dignity.
113. When he took over the command on the following day, as soon as the
Dispositions for the sun was above the horizon, Gaius Terentius got the
battle of Cannae. army in motion from both the camps. Those from the
larger camp he drew up in order of battle, as soon as he had got them across
the river, and bringing up those of the smaller camp he placed them all in
the same line, selecting the south as the aspect of the whole. The Roman
horse he stationed on the right wing along the river, and their foot next them
in the same line, placing the maniples, however, closer together than usual,
and making the depth of each maniple several times greater than its front.
The cavalry of the allies he stationed on the left wing, and the light-armed
troops he placed slightly in advance of the whole army, which amounted
with its allies to eighty thousand infantry and a little more than six thousand
horse. At the same time Hannibal brought his Balearic slingers and
spearmen across the river, and stationed them in advance of his main body;
which he led out of their camp, and, getting them across the river at two
spots, drew them up opposite the enemy. On his left wing, close to the river,
he stationed the Iberian and Celtic horse opposite the Roman cavalry; and
next to them half the Libyan heavy-armed foot; and next to them the Iberian
and Celtic foot; next, the other half of the Libyans, and, on the right wing,
the Numidian horse. Having now got them all into line he advanced with
the central companies of the Iberians and Celts; and so arranged the other
companies next these in regular gradations, that the whole line became
crescent-shaped, diminishing in depth towards its extremities: his object
being to have his Libyans as a reserve in the battle, and to commence the
action with his Iberians and Celts.
114. The armour of the Libyans was Roman, for Hannibal had armed them
with a selection of the spoils taken in previous battles. The shield of the
Iberians and Celts was about the same size, but their swords were quite
different. For that of the Roman can thrust with as deadly effects as it can
cut, while the Gallic sword can only cut, and that requires some room. And
the companies coming alternately,—the naked Celts, and the Iberians with
their short linen tunics bordered with purple stripes, the whole appearance
of the line was strange and terrifying. The whole strength of the
Carthaginian cavalry was ten thousand, but that of their foot was not more

Page 294

than forty thousand, including the Celts. Aemilius commanded on the
Roman right, Gaius Terentius on the left, Marcus Atilius and Gnaeus
Servilius, the Consuls of the previous year, on the centre. The left of the
Carthaginians was commanded by Hasdrubal, the right by Hanno, the
centre by Hannibal in person, attended by his brother Mago. And as the
Roman line faced the south, as I said before, and the Carthaginian the north,
the rays of the rising sun did not inconvenience either of them.
115. The battle was begun by an engagement between the advanced guard
The Battle, 2d August, of the two armies; and at first the affair between these
b.c. 216. light-armed troops was indecisive. But as soon as the
Iberian and Celtic cavalry got at the Romans, the battle began in earnest,
and in the true barbaric fashion: for there was none of the usual formal
advance and retreat; but when they once got to close quarters, they grappled
man to man, and, dismounting from their horses, fought on foot. But when
the Carthaginians had got the upper hand in this encounter and killed most
of their opponents on the ground,— because the Romans all maintained the
fight with spirit and determination,—and began chasing the remainder
The Romans outflanked along the river, slaying as they went and giving no
by the cavalry. quarter; then the legionaries took the place of the light-
armed and closed with the enemy. For a short time the Iberian and Celtic
lines stood their ground and fought gallantly; but, presently overpowered by
the weight of the heavy-armed lines, they gave way and retired to the rear,
thus breaking up the crescent. The Roman maniples followed with spirit,
and easily cut their way through the enemy’s line; since the Celts had been
drawn up in a thin line, while the Romans had closed up from the wings
towards the centre and the point of danger. For the two wings did not come
into action at the same time as the centre: but the centre was first engaged,
because the Gauls, having been stationed on the arc of the crescent, had
come into contact with the enemy long before the wings, the convex of the
crescent being towards the enemy. The Romans, however, going in pursuit
of these troops, and hastily closing in towards the centre and the part of the
enemy which was giving ground, advanced so far, that the Libyan heavy-
armed troops on either wing got on their flanks. Those on the right, facing
to the left, charged from the right upon the Roman flank; while those who
were on the left wing faced to the right, and, dressing by the left, charged
their right flank,199 the exigency of the moment suggesting to them what

Page 295

they ought to do. Thus it came about, as Hannibal had planned, that the
Romans were caught between two hostile lines of Libyans—thanks to their
impetuous pursuit of the Celts. Still they fought, though no longer in line,
yet singly, or in maniples, which faced about to meet those who charged
them on the flanks.
116. Though he had been from the first on the right wing, and had taken
part in the cavalry engagement, Lucius Aemilius still survived. Determined
to act up to his own exhortatory speech, and seeing that the decision of the
battle rested mainly on the legionaries, riding up to the centre of the line he
led the charge himself, and personally grappled with the enemy, at the same
time cheering on and exhorting his soldiers to the charge. Hannibal, on the
other side, did the same, for he too had taken his place on the centre from
the commencement. The Numidian horse on the Carthaginian right were
meanwhile charging the cavalry on the Roman left; and though, from the
peculiar nature of their mode of fighting, they neither inflicted nor received
much harm, they yet rendered the enemy’s horse useless by keeping them
occupied, and charging them first on one side and then on another. But
when Hasdrubal, after all but annihilating the cavalry by the river, came
from the left to the support of the Numidians, the Roman allied cavalry,
seeing his charge approaching, broke and fled. At that point Hasdrubal
appears to have acted with great skill and discretion. Seeing the Numidians
to be strong in numbers, and more effective and formidable to troops that
had once been forced from their ground, he left the pursuit to them; while
he himself hastened to the part of the field where the infantry were engaged,
and brought his men up to support the Libyans. Then, by charging the
Roman legions on the rear, and harassing them by hurling squadron after
squadron upon them at many points at once, he raised the spirits of the
Libyans, and dismayed and depressed those of the Romans. It was at this
Fall of Aemilius Paulus. point that Lucius Aemilius fell, in the thick of the fight,
covered with wounds: a man who did his duty to his
country at that last hour of his life, as he had throughout its previous years,
if any man ever did.200 As long as the Romans could keep an unbroken
front, to turn first in one direction and then in another to meet the assaults
of the enemy, they held out; but the outer files of the circle continually
falling, and the circle becoming more and more contracted, they at last were
all killed on the field, and among them Marcus Atilius and Gnaeus

Page 296

Servilius, the Consuls of the previous year, who had shown themselves
brave men and worthy of Rome in the battle. While this struggle and
carnage were going on, the Numidian horse were pursuing the fugitives,
most of whom they cut down or hurled from their horses; but some few
escaped into Venusia, among whom was Gaius Terentius, the Consul, who
thus sought a flight, as disgraceful to himself, as his conduct in office had
been disastrous to his country.
117. Such was the end of the battle of Cannae, in which both sides fought
with the most conspicuous gallantry, the conquered no less than the
conquerors. This is proved by the fact that, out of six thousand horse, only
seventy escaped with Gaius Terentius to Venusia, and about three hundred
of the allied cavalry to various towns in the neighbourhood. Of the infantry
ten thousand were taken prisoners in fair fight, but were not actually
engaged in the battle: of those who were actually engaged only about three
thousand perhaps escaped to the towns of the surrounding district, all the
rest died nobly, to the number of seventy thousand, the Carthaginians being
on this occasion, as on previous ones, mainly indebted for their victory to
their superiority in cavalry: a lesson to posterity that in actual war it is
better to have half the number of infantry, and the superiority in cavalry,
than to engage your enemy with an equality in both. On the side of
Hannibal there fell four thousand Celts, fifteen hundred Iberians and
Libyans, and about two hundred horse.
The ten thousand Romans who were captured had not, as I said, been
Losses of the Romans. engaged in the actual battle; and the reason was this.
Lucius Aemilius left ten thousand infantry in his camp
that, in case Hannibal should disregard the safety of his own camp, and take
his whole army on to the field, they might seize the opportunity, while the
battle was going on, of forcing their way in and capturing the enemy’s
baggage; or if, on the other hand, Hannibal should, in view of this
contingency, leave a guard in his camp, the number of the enemy in the
field might thereby be diminished. These men were captured in the
following circumstances. Hannibal, as a matter of fact, did leave a sufficient
guard in his camp; and as soon as the battle began, the Romans, according
to their instructions, assaulted and tried to take those thus left by Hannibal.
At first they held their own: but just as they were beginning to waver,
Hannibal, who was by this time gaining a victory all along the line, came to

Page 297

their relief, and routing the Romans, shut them up in their own camp; killed
two thousand of them; and took all the rest prisoners. In like manner the
Numidian horse brought in all those who had taken refuge in the various
strongholds about the district, amounting to two thousand of the routed
cavalry.
118. The result of this battle, such as I have described it, had the
The results of the battle. consequences which both sides expected. For the
Defection of the allies. Carthaginians by their victory were thenceforth masters
of nearly the whole of the Italian coast which is called Magna Graecia.
Thus the Tarentines immediately submitted; and the Arpani and some of the
Campanian states invited Hannibal to come to them; and the rest were with
one consent turning their eyes to the Carthaginians: who, accordingly,
began now to have high hopes of being able to carry even Rome itself by
assault.
On their side the Romans, after this disaster, despaired of retaining their
supremacy over the Italians, and were in the greatest alarm, believing their
own lives and the existence of their city to be in danger, and every moment
Fall of Lucius Postumius expecting that Hannibal would be upon them. For, as
in Gaul. See supra, ch. though Fortune were in league with the disasters that
106.
had already befallen them to fill up the measure of their
ruin, it happened that only a few days afterwards, while the city was still in
this panic, the Praetor who had been sent to Gaul fell unexpectedly into an
ambush and perished, and his army was utterly annihilated by the Celts. In
spite of all, however, the Senate left no means untried to save the State. It
exhorted the people to fresh exertions, strengthened the city with guards,
and deliberated on the crisis in a brave and manly spirit. And subsequent
events made this manifest. For though the Romans were on that occasion
indisputably beaten in the field, and had lost reputation for military
prowess; by the peculiar excellence of their political constitution, and the
prudence of their counsels, they not only recovered their supremacy over
Italy, by eventually conquering the Carthaginians, but before very long
became masters of the whole world.
I shall, therefore, end this book at this point, having now recounted the
b.c. 216. events in Iberia and Italy, embraced by the 140th
Olympiad. When I have arrived at the same period in

Page 298

my history of Greece during this Olympiad, I shall then fulfil my promise
of devoting a book to a formal account of the Roman constitution itself; for
I think that a description of it will not only be germane to the matter of my
history, but will also be of great help to practical statesmen, as well as
students, either in reforming or establishing other constitutions.

Page 299

BOOK IV

1. In my former book I explained the causes of the second war between
Rome and Carthage; and described Hannibal’s invasion of Italy, and the
b.c. 220-216. engagements which took place between them up to the
battle of Cannae, on the banks of the Aufidus. I shall
now take up the history of Greece during the same period, ending at the
same date, and commencing from the 140th Olympiad. But I shall first
recall to the recollection of my readers what I stated in my second book on
the subject of the Greeks, and especially of the Achaeans; for the league of
the latter has made extraordinary progress up to our own age and the
generation immediately preceding.
I started, then, from Tisamenus, one of the sons of Orestes, and stated that
Recapitulation of the dynasty existed from his time to that of Ogygus:
Achaean history, before that then there was an excellent form of democratical
b.c. 220, contained in
Book II., cc. 41-71.
federal government established: and that then the league
was broken up by the kings of Sparta into separate
towns and villages. Then I tried to describe how these towns began to form
a league once more: which were the first to join; and the policy
subsequently pursued, which led to their inducing all the Peloponnesians to
adopt the general title of Achaeans, and to be united under one federal
Ending with the deaths government. Descending to particulars, I brought my
of Antigonus Doson, story up to the flight of Cleomenes, King of Sparta:
Seleucus Ceraunus, and
Ptolemy Euergetes,
then briefly summarising the events included in my
before the 140th prefatory sketch up to the deaths of Antigonus Doson,
Olympiad, b.c. 220-216. Seleucus Ceraunus, and Ptolemy Euergetes, who all
three died at about the same time, I announced that my main history was to
begin from that point.
2. I thought this was the best point; first, because it is there that Aratus
Reasons for starting leaves off, and I meant my work, as far as it was Greek
from this point. (1.) The history, to be a continuation of his; and, secondly,
fact that the history of
Aratus ends at that point.
because the period thus embraced in my history would
(2.) The possibility of fall partly in the life of my father, and partly in my own;
getting good evidence.

Page 300

(3.) The changes in the
and thus I should be able to speak as eye-witness of
various governments in
the 139th Olympiad. some of the events, and from the information of eye-
b.c. 224-220. witnesses of others. To go further back and write the
report of a report, traditions at second or third hand, seemed to me
unsatisfactory either with a view to giving clear impressions or making
sound statements. But, above all, I began at this period because it was then
that the history of the whole world entered on a new phase. Philip, son of
Demetrius, had just become the boy king of Macedonia; Achaeus, prince of
Asia on this side of Taurus, had converted his show of power into a reality;
Antiochus the Great had, a short time before, by the death of his brother
Seleucus, succeeded while quite a young man to the throne of Syria;
Ariarathes to that of Cappadocia; and Ptolemy Philopator to that of Egypt.
Not long afterwards Lycurgus became King of Sparta, and the
Carthaginians had recently elected Hannibal general to carry on the war
lately described. Every government therefore being changed about this
time, there seemed every likelihood of a new departure in policy: which is
but natural and usual, and in fact did at this time occur. For the Romans and
Carthaginians entered upon the war I have described; Antiochus and
Ptolemy on one for the possession of Coele-Syria; and the Achaeans and
Philip one against the Aetolians and Lacedaemonians. The causes of this
last war must now be stated.
3. The Aetolians had long been discontented with a state of peace and tired
The Aetolians. at living at their own charges; for they were accustomed
to live on their neighbours, and their natural ostentation
required abundant means to support it. Enslaved by this passion they live a
life as predatory as that of wild beasts, respecting no tie of friendship and
regarding every one as an enemy to be plundered.
Hitherto, however, as long as Antigonus Doson was alive, their fear of the
b.c. 222. Macedonians had kept them quiet. But when he was
succeeded at his death by the boy Philip, they
conceived a contempt for the royal power, and at once began to look out for
a pretext and opportunity for interfering in the Peloponnese: induced partly
by an old habit of getting plunder from that country, and partly by the belief
that, now the Achaeans were unsupported by Macedonia, they would be a
match for them. While their thoughts were fixed on this, chance to a certain
extent contributed to give them the opportunity which they desired.

Page 301

There was a certain man of Trichonium201 named Dorimachus, son of that
The raids of Dorimachus Nicostratus who made the treacherous attack on the
in Messenia. Pan-Boeotian congress.202 This Dorimachus, being
young and inspired with the true spirit of Aetolian violence and
aggressiveness, was sent by the state to Phigalea in the Peloponnese, which,
being on the borders of Arcadia and Messenia, happened at that time to be
in political union with the Aetolian league. His mission was nominally to
guard the city and territory of Phigalea, but in fact to act as a spy on the
politics of the Peloponnese. A crowd of pirates flocked to him at Phigalea;
and being unable to get them any booty by fair means, because the peace
between all Greeks which Antigonus had concluded was still in force, he
was finally reduced to allowing the pirates to drive off the cattle of the
Messenians, though they were friends and allies of the Aetolians. These
injurious acts were at first confined to the sheep on the border lands; but
becoming more and more reckless and audacious, they even ventured to
break into the farm-houses by sudden attacks at night. The Messenians were
naturally indignant, and sent embassies to Dorimachus; which he at first
disregarded, because he wanted not only to benefit the men under him, but
himself also, by getting a share in their spoils. But when the arrival of such
embassies became more and more frequent, owing to the perpetual
recurrence of these acts of depredation, he said at last that he would come in
person to Messene, and decide on the claims they had to make against the
Aetolians. When he came, however, and the sufferers appeared, he laughed
at some, threatened to strike others, and drove others away with abusive
language.
4. Even while he was actually in Messene, the pirates came close to the city
walls in the night, and by means of scaling-ladders broke into a country-
house called Chiron’s villa; killed all the slaves who resisted them; and
Dorimachus leaves having bound the others, took them and the cattle away
Messene. with them. The Messenian Ephors had long been much
annoyed by what was going on, and by the presence of Dorimachus in their
town; but this they thought was too insolent: and they accordingly
summoned him to appear before the assembled magistrates. There Sciron,
who happened to be an Ephor at the time, and enjoyed a high reputation for
integrity among his fellow-citizens, advised that they should not allow
Dorimachus to leave the city, until he had made good all the losses

Page 302

sustained by the Messenians, and had given up the guilty persons to be
punished for the murders committed. This suggestion being received with
unanimous approval, as but just, Dorimachus passionately exclaimed that
“they were fools if they imagined that they were now insulting only
Dorimachus, and not the Aetolian league.” In fact he expressed the greatest
indignation at the whole affair, and said that “they would meet with a public
punishment, which would serve them well right.” Now there was at that
time in Messene a man of disgraceful and effeminate character named
Babyrtas, who was so exactly like Dorimachus in voice and person, that,
when he was dressed in Dorimachus’s sun-hat and cloak, it was impossible
to tell them apart; and of this Dorimachus was perfectly aware. When
therefore he was speaking in these threatening and insolent tones to the
Messenian magistrates, Sciron lost his temper and said “Do you think we
care for you or your threats, Babyrtas?” After this Dorimachus was
compelled for the present to yield to circumstances, and to give satisfaction
for the injuries inflicted upon the Messenians: but when he returned to
Aetolia, he nursed such a bitter and furious feeling of anger at this taunt,
that, without any other reasonable pretext, but for this cause and this alone,
he got up a war against the Messenians.
5. The Strategus of the Aetolians at that time was Ariston; but being from
Dorimachus becomes physical infirmities unable to serve in the field, and
practically Strategus of being a kinsman of Dorimachus and Scopas, he had
Aetolia, b.c. 221.
somehow or another surrendered his whole authority to
the former. In his public capacity Dorimachus could not venture to urge the
Aetolians to undertake the Messenian war, because he had no reasonable
pretext for so doing: the origin of his wish being, as everybody well knew,
the wrongs committed by himself and the bitter gibe which they had
brought upon him. He therefore gave up the idea of publicly advocating the
He induces Scopas to go war, but tried privately to induce Scopas to join in the
to war with Messenia, intrigue against the Messenians: He pointed out that
Epirus, Achaia,
Acarnania, and
there was now no danger from the side of Macedonia
Macedonia. owing to the youth of the king (Philip being then only
seventeen years old); that the Lacedaemonians were
alienated from the Messenians; and that they possessed the affection and
alliance of the Eleans; and these circumstances taken together would make
an invasion of Messenia perfectly safe. But the argument most truly

Page 303

Aetolian which he used was to put before him that a great booty was to be
got from Messenia, because it was entirely unguarded, and had alone, of all
the Peloponnesian districts, remained unravaged throughout the Cleomenic
war. And, to sum up all, he argued that such a move would secure them
great popularity with the Aetolians generally. And if the Achaeans were to
try to hinder their march through the country, they would not be able to
complain if they retaliated: and if, on the other hand, they did not stir,
would be no hindrance to their enterprise. Besides, he affirmed that they
would have plenty of pretext against the Messenians; for they had long been
in the position of aggressors by promising the Achaeans and Macedonians
to join their alliance.
By these, and similar arguments to the same effect, he roused such a strong
feeling in the minds of Scopas and his friends, that, without waiting for a
meeting of the Aetolian federal assembly, and without communicating with
the Apocleti or taking any of the proper constitutional steps, of their own
mere impulse and opinion they committed acts of hostility simultaneously
against Messenia, Epirus, Achaia, Acarnania, and Macedonia.
6. By sea they immediately sent out privateers, who, falling in with a royal
Acts of hostility against vessel of Macedonia near Cythera, brought it with all its
Macedonia, crew to Aetolia, and sold ship-owners, sailors, and
marines, and finally the ship itself. Then they began sacking the seaboard of
Epirus, employing the aid of some Cephallenian ships for carrying out this
Epirus, and Acarnania. act of violence. They tried also to capture Thyrium in
Acarnania. At the same time they secretly sent some
men to seize a strong place called Clarium, in the centre of the territory of
Megalopolis; which they used thenceforth as a place of sale for their spoils,
and a starting place for their marauding expeditions. However Timoxenus,
the Achaean Strategus, with the assistance of Taurion, who had been left by
Antigonus in charge of the Macedonian interests in the Peloponnese, took
the place after a siege of a very few days. For Antigonus retained Corinth,
in accordance with his convention with the Achaeans, made at the time of
the Cleomenic war;203 and had never restored Orchomenus to the Achaeans
after he had taken it by force, but claimed and retained it in his own hands;
with the view, as I suppose, not only of commanding the entrance of the
Peloponnese, but of guarding also its interior by means of his garrison and
warlike apparatus in Orchomenus.

Page 304

Dorimachus and Scopas waited until Timoxenus had a very short time of
office left, and when Aratus, though elected by the Achaeans for the coming
year, would not yet be in office;204 and then collecting a general levy of
Aetolians at Rhium, and preparing means of transport, with some
Before midsummer Cephallenian ships ready to convoy them, they got their
b.c. 220. Invasion of men across to the Peloponnese, and led them against
Messenia by Dorimachus
and Scopas. Messenia. While marching through the territories of
Patrae, Pharae, and Tritaea they pretended that they did
not wish to do any injury to the Achaeans; but their forces, from their
inveterate passion for plunder, could not be restrained from robbing the
country; and consequently they committed outrages and acts of violence all
along their line of march, till they arrived at Phigalea. Thence, by a bold
and sudden movement, they entered Messenia; and without any regard for
their ancient friendship and alliance with the Messenians, or for the
principles of international justice common to all mankind, subordinating
every consideration to their selfish greed, they set about plundering the
country without resistance, the Messenians being absolutely afraid to come
out to attack them.
7. This being the time, according to their laws, for the meeting of the
The Achaean league Achaean federal assembly, the members arrived at
decide to assist the Aegium. When the assembly met, the deputies from
Messenians.
Patrae and Pharae made a formal statement of the
injuries inflicted upon their territories during the passage of the Aetolians:
an embassy from Messenia also appeared, begging for their assistance on
the ground that the treatment from which they were suffering was unjust
and in defiance of treaty. When these statements were heard, great
indignation was felt at the wrongs of Patrae and Pharae, and great sympathy
for the misfortunes of the Messenians. But it was regarded as especially
outrageous that the Aetolians should have ventured to enter Achaia with an
army, contrary to treaty, without obtaining or even asking for permission
from any one to pass through the country. Roused to indignation by all
these considerations, the assembly voted to give assistance to the
Messenians: that the Strategus should summon a general levy of the
Achaean arms: and that whatever was decided by this levy, when it met,
should be done. Now Timoxenus, the existing Strategus, was just on the
point of quitting office, and felt besides small confidence in the Achaeans,

Page 305

because martial exercise had been allowed to fall into neglect among them;
he therefore shrank from undertaking the expedition, or from even
summoning the popular levy. The fact was that, after the expulsion of
b.c. 222-221. Cleomenes, King of Sparta, the Peloponnesians, weary
of the wars that had taken place, and trusting to the
peaceful arrangement that had been come to, neglected all warlike
preparations. Aratus, however, indignant and incensed at the audacity of the
Aetolians, was not inclined to take things so calmly, for he had in fact a
grudge of long standing against these people. Wherefore he was for
instantly summoning the Achaeans to an armed levy, and was all eagerness
Aratus becomes to attack the Aetolians. Eventually he took over from
Strategus of the Achaean Timoxenus the seal of the league, five days before the
league, b.c. 220 (May-
June).
proper time, and wrote to the various cities summoning
a meeting in arms of all those who were of the military
age, at Megalopolis. But the peculiar character of this man, I think, makes it
proper for me to give a brief preliminary sketch of him.
8. Aratus had many of the qualities of a great ruler. He could speak, and
Character of Aratus. contrive, and conceal his purpose: no one surpassed him
in the moderation which he showed in political contests,
or in his power of attaching friends and gaining allies: in intrigue,
stratagem, and laying plots against a foe, and in bringing them to a
successful termination by personal endurance and courage, he was pre-
eminent. Many clear instances of these qualities may be found; but none
more convincing than the episodes of the capture of Sicyon and Mantinea,
of the expulsion of the Aetolians from Pellene, and especially of the
surprise of the Acrocorinthus.205 On the other hand whenever he attempted
a campaign in the field, he was slow in conception and timid in execution,
and without personal gallantry in the presence of danger. The result was that
the Peloponnese was full of trophies which marked reverses sustained by
him; and that in this particular department he was always easily defeated.
So true is it that men’s minds, no less than their bodies, have many aspects.
Not only is it the case that the same man has an aptitude for one class of
activities and not for another; it often happens that in things closely
analogous, the same man will be exceedingly acute and exceedingly dull,
exceedingly courageous and exceedingly timid. Nor is this a paradox: it is a
very ordinary fact, well known to all attentive observers. For instance you

Page 306

may find men who in hunting show the greatest daring in grappling with
wild beasts, and yet are utter cowards in the presence of an armed enemy.
Or again, in actual war some are active and skilful in single combats, who
are yet quite ineffective in the ranks. For example, the Thessalian cavalry in
squadron and column are irresistible, but when their order is once broken
up, they have not the skill in skirmishing by which each man does whatever
the time and place suggests: while, on the other hand, exactly the reverse of
this is the case with the Aetolians. The Cretans, again, either by land or sea,
in ambushes and piratical excursions, in deceiving the enemy, in making
night attacks, and in fact in every service which involves craft and separate
action, are irresistible; but for a regular front to front charge in line they
have neither the courage nor firmness; and the reverse again is the case with
the Achaeans and Macedonians.
I have said thus much, that my readers may not refuse me credit if I have at
times to make contradictory statements about the same men and in regard to
analogous employments. To return to my narrative.
9. The men of military age having assembled in arms at Megalopolis, in
The armed levy of accordance with the decree of the federal assembly, the
Achaeans summoned. Messenian envoys once more came forward, and
entreated the people not to disregard the flagrant breach of treaty from
which they were suffering; and expressed their willingness to become allies
of the league, and their anxiety to be enrolled among its members. The
Achaean magistrates declined the offered alliance, on the ground that it was
impossible to admit a new member without the concurrence of Philip and
the other allies,—for the sworn alliance negotiated by Antigonus during the
Cleomenic war was still in force, and included Achaia, Epirus, Phocis,
Macedonia, Boeotia, Acarnania, and Thessaly;—but they said that they
would march out to their relief, if the envoys there present would place their
sons in Sparta, as hostages for their promise not to make terms with the
Aetolians without the consent of the Achaeans. The Spartans among the rest
were encamped on the frontier of Megalopolis, having marched out in
accordance with the terms of their alliance; but they were acting rather as
Dorimachus ordered to reserves and spectators than as active allies. Having
quit Messenia without thus settled the terms of the arrangement with the
passing through Achaia.
Messenians, Aratus sent a messenger to the Aetolians to
inform them of the decree of the Achaean federation, and to order them to

Page 307

quit the territory of Messenia without entering that of Achaia, on pain of
being treated as enemies if they set foot in it. When they heard the message
and knew that the Achaeans were mustered in force, Scopas and
Scopas and Dorimachus Dorimachus thought it best for the present to obey.
prepare to obey. They therefore at once sent despatches to Cyllene and
to the Aetolian Strategus, Ariston, begging that the transports should be sent
to a place on the coast of Elis called the island of Pheia;206 and they
themselves two days later struck camp, and laden with booty marched
towards Elis. For the Aetolians always maintained a friendship with the
Eleans that they might have through them an entrance for their plundering
and piratical expeditions into the Peloponnese.
10. Aratus waited two days: and then, foolishly believing that the Aetolians
Aratus dismisses the would return by the route they had indicated, he
Achaean levy, with the dismissed all the Achaeans and Lacedaemonians to their
exception of 3000 foot
and 300 horse. homes, except three thousand foot and three hundred
horse and the division under Taurion, which he led to
Patrae, with the view of keeping on the flank of the Aetolians. But when
Dorimachus learnt that Aratus was thus watching his march, and was still
Dorimachus turns upon under arms; partly from fear of being attacked when his
Aratus. forces were engaged on the embarkation, and partly
with a view to confuse the enemy, he sent his booty on to the transports
with a sufficient number of men to secure their passage, under orders to
meet him at Rhium where he intended to embark; while he himself, after
remaining for a time to superintend and protect the shipment of the booty,
changed the direction of his march and advanced towards Olympia. But
hearing that Taurion, with the rest of the army, was near Cleitoria; and
feeling sure that in these circumstances he would not be able to effect the
crossing from Rhium without danger and a struggle with the enemy; he
made up his mind that it would be best for his interests to bring on an
engagement with the army of Aratus as soon as possible, since it was weak
in numbers and wholly unprepared for the attack. He calculated that if he
could defeat this force, he could then plunder the country, and effect his
crossing from Rhium in safety, while Aratus was waiting and deliberating
about again convoking the Achaean levy; but if on the other hand Aratus
were terrified and declined the engagement, he would then effect his
departure unmolested, whenever he thought it advisable. With these views,

Page 308

therefore, he advanced, and pitched his camp at Methydrium in the territory
of Megalopolis.
11. But the leaders of the Achaeans, on learning the arrival of the Aetolians,
adopted a course of proceeding quite unsurpassable for folly. They left the
The Battle of Caphyae, territory of Cleitor and encamped at Caphyae; but the
b.c. 220. Aetolians marching from Methydrium past the city of
Orchomenus, they led the Achaean troops into the plain of Caphyae, and
there drew them up for battle, with the river which flows through that plain
protecting their front. The difficulty of the ground between them and their
enemy, for there were besides the river a number of ditches not easily
crossed,207 and the show of readiness on the part of the Achaeans for the
engagement, caused the Aetolians to shrink from attacking according to
their original purpose; but they retreated in good order to the high ground of
Oligyrtus, content if only they were not attacked and forced to give battle.
But Aratus, when the van of the Aetolians was already making the ascent,
while the cavalry were bringing up the rear along the plain, and were
approaching a place called Propus at the foot of the hills, sent out his
cavalry and light-armed troops, under the command of Epistratus of
Acarnania, with orders to attack and harass the enemy’s rear. Now if an
engagement was necessary at all, they ought not to have attempted it with
the enemy’s rear, when they had already accomplished the march through
the plain, but with his van directly it had debouched upon the plain: for in
this way the battle would have been wholly confined to the plain and level
ground, where the peculiar nature of the Aetolian arms and general tactics
would have been least effective; while the Achaeans, from precisely
opposite reasons, would have been most effective and able to act. As it was,
they surrendered the advantages of time and place which were in their
favour, and deliberately accepted the conditions which were in favour of the
enemy.
12. Naturally the result of the engagement was in harmony with such a
beginning. For when the light-armed troops approached, the Aetolian
The Achaeans defeated. cavalry retired in good order up the hill, being anxious
to effect a junction with their own infantry. But Aratus,
having an imperfect view of what was going on, and making a bad
conjecture of what would happen next, no sooner saw the cavalry retiring,
than, hoping that they were in absolute flight, he sent forward the heavy-

Page 309

armed troops of his two wings, with orders to join and support the advanced
guard of their light-armed troops; while he himself, with his remaining
forces, executed a flank movement, and led his men on at the double. But
the Aetolian cavalry had now cleared the plain, and, having effected the
junction with their infantry, drew up under cover of the hill; massed the
infantry on their flanks; and called to them to stand by them: the infantry
themselves showing great promptness in answering to their shouts, and in
coming to their relief, as the several companies arrived. Thinking
themselves now sufficiently strong in numbers, they closed their ranks, and
charged the advanced guard of Achaean cavalry and light armed troops; and
being superior in number, and having the advantage of charging from
higher ground, after a long struggle, they finally turned their opponents to
flight: whose flight involved that of the heavy-armed troops also which
were coming to their relief. For the latter were advancing in separate
detachments in loose order, and, either in dismay at what was happening, or
upon meeting their flying comrades on their retreat, were compelled to
follow their example: the result being that, whereas the number of those
actually defeated on the field was less than five hundred, the number that
fled was more than two thousand. Taught by experience what to do, the
Aetolians followed behind them with round after round of loud and
boisterous shouts. The Achaeans at first retreated in good order and without
danger, because they were retiring upon their heavy-armed troops, whom
they imagined to be in a place of safety on their original ground; but when
they saw that these too had abandoned their position of safety, and were
marching in a long straggling line, some of them immediately broke off
from the main body and sought refuge in various towns in the
neighbourhood; while others, meeting the phalanx as it was coming up to
their relief, proved to be quite sufficient, without the presence of an enemy,
to strike fear into it and force it into headlong flight. They directed their
flight, as I said, to the towns of the neighbourhood. Orchomenus and
Caphyae, which were close by, saved large numbers of them: and if this had
not been the case, they would in all probability have been annihilated by
this unlooked-for catastrophe. Such was the result of the engagement at
Caphyae.
13. When the people of Megalopolis learnt that the Aetolians were at
The Aetolians retire at Methydrium, they came to the rescue en masse, at the
their leisure.

Page 310

summons of a trumpet, on the very day after the battle of Caphyae; and
were compelled to bury the very men with whose assistance they had
expected to fight the Aetolians. Having therefore dug a trench in the
territory of Caphyae, and collected the corpses, they performed the funeral
rites of these unhappy men with all imaginable honour. But the Aetolians,
after this unlooked-for success gained by the cavalry and light-armed
troops, traversed the Peloponnese from that time in complete security. In the
course of their march they made an attack upon the town of Pellene, and,
after ravaging the territory of Sicyon, finally quitted the Peloponnese by
way of the Isthmus.
This then, was the cause and occasion of the Social war: its formal
beginning was the decree passed by all the allies after these events, which
was confirmed by a general meeting held at Corinth, on the proposal of
King Philip, who presided at the assembly.
14. A few days after the events just narrated the ordinary meeting of the
Midsummer, b.c. 220. Achaean federal assembly took place, and Aratus was
bitterly denounced, publicly as well as privately, as
indisputably responsible for this disaster; and the anger of the general
public was still further roused and embittered by the invectives of his
political opponents. It was shown to every one’s satisfaction that Aratus had
been guilty of four flagrant errors. His first was that, having taken office
before his predecessor’s time was legally at an end, he had availed himself
of a time properly belonging to another to engage in the sort of enterprise in
Attacked at the Achaean which he was conscious of having often failed. His
Congress, Aratus second and graver error was the disbanding the
successfully defends
himself.
Achaeans, while the Aetolians were still in the middle
of the Peloponnese; especially as he had been well
aware beforehand that Scopas and Dorimachus were anxious to disturb the
existing settlement, and to stir up war. His third error was to engage the
enemy, as he did, with such a small force, without any strong necessity;
when he might have retired to the neighbouring towns and have summoned
a levy of the Achaeans, and then have engaged, if he had thought that
measure absolutely necessary. But his last and gravest error was that,
having determined to fight, he did so in such an ill-considered manner, and
managed the business with so little circumspection, as to deprive himself of
the advantages of the plain and the support of his heavy-armed troops, and

Page 311

allow the battle to be settled by light-armed troops, and to take place on the
slopes, than which nothing could have been more advantageous or
convenient to the Aetolians. Such were the allegations against Aratus. He,
however, came forward and reminded the assembly of his former political
services and achievements; and urged in his defence that, in the matters
alleged, his was not the blame for what had occurred. He begged their
indulgence if he had been guilty of any oversight in the battle, and claimed
that they should at any rate look at the facts without prejudice or passion.
These words created such a rapid and generous change in the popular
feeling, that great indignation was roused against the political opponents
who attacked him; and the resolutions as to the measures to be taken in the
future were passed wholly in accordance with the views of Aratus.

15. These events occurred in the previous Olympiad,208 what I am now
139th Olympiad, going to relate belong to the 140th. The resolutions
b.c. 224-220; 140th passed by the Achaean federal assembly were these.
Olympiad, b.c. 220-216.
That embassies should be sent to Epirus, Boeotia,
Phocis, Acarnania, and Philip, to declare how the Aetolians, in defiance of
The Achaean league treaty, had twice entered Achaia with arms, and to call
determine upon war with upon them for assistance in virtue of their agreement,
the Aetolians, and send
round to their allies for and for their consent to the admission of the Messenians
assistance. into the alliance. Next, that the Strategus of the
Achaeans should enrol five thousand foot and five
hundred horse, and support the Messenians in case the Aetolians were to
invade their territory; and to arrange with the Lacedaemonians and
Messenians how many horse and foot were to be supplied by them severally
for the service of the league. These decrees showed a noble spirit on the
part of the Achaeans in the presence of defeat, which prevented them from
abandoning either the cause of the Messenians or their own purpose. Those
who were appointed to serve on these embassies to the allies proceeded to
carry them out; while the Strategus at once, in accordance with the decree,
set about enrolling the troops from Achaia, and arranged with the
Lacedaemonians and Messenians to supply each two thousand five hundred
infantry and two hundred and fifty cavalry, so that the whole army for the
coming campaign should amount to ten thousand foot and a thousand horse.
On the day of their regular assembly the Aetolians also met and decided to
maintain peace with the Spartans and Messenians; hoping by that crafty

Page 312

measure to tamper with the loyalty of the Achaean allies and sow disunion
among them. With the Achaeans themselves they voted to maintain peace,
on condition that they withdrew from alliance with Messenia, and to
proclaim war if they refused,—than which nothing could have been more
unreasonable. For being themselves in alliance, both with Achaeans and
Messenians, they proclaimed war against the former, unless the two ceased
to be in alliance and friendly relationship with each other; while if the
Achaeans chose to be at enmity with the Messenians, they offered them a
separate peace. Their proposition was too iniquitous and unreasonable to
admit of being even considered.
16. The Epirotes and King Philip on hearing the ambassadors consented to
admit the Messenians to alliance; but though the conduct of the Aetolians
caused them momentary indignation, they were not excessively moved by
it, because it was no more than what the Aetolians habitually did. Their
anger, therefore, was short-lived, and they presently voted against going to
war with them. So true is it that an habitual course of wrong-doing finds
readier pardon than when it is spasmodic or isolated. The former, at any
rate, was the case with the Aetolians: they perpetually plundered Greece,
and levied unprovoked war upon many of its people: they did not deign
either to make any defence to those who complained, but answered only by
additional insults if any one challenged them to arbitration for injuries
which they had inflicted, or indeed which they meditated inflicting. And yet
Treachery of the the Lacedaemonians, who had but recently been
Spartans. liberated by means of Antigonus and the generous zeal
of the Achaeans, and though they were bound not to commit any act of
hostility towards the Macedonians and Philip, sent clandestine messages to
the Aetolians, and arranged a secret treaty of alliance and friendship with
them.
The army had already been enrolled from the Achaeans of military age, and
had been assigned to the duty of assisting the Lacedaemonians and
Invasion of Achaia by Messenians, when Scerdilaidas and Demetrius of
the Aetolians and Pharos sailed with ninety galleys beyond Lissus,
Illyrians.
contrary to the terms of their treaty with Rome. These
men first touched at Pylos, and failing in an attack upon it, they separated:
Demetrius making for the Cyclades, from some of which he exacted money
and plundered others; while Scerdilaidas, directing his course homewards,

Page 313

put in at Naupactus with forty galleys at the instigation of Amynas, king of
the Athamanes, who happened to be his brother-in-law; and after making an
agreement with the Aetolians, by the agency of Agelaus, for a division of
spoils, he promised to join them in their invasion of Achaia. With this
agreement made with Scerdilaidas, and with the co-operation of the city of
Cynaetha, Agelaus, Dorimachus, and Scopas, collected a general levy of the
Aetolians, and invaded Achaia in conjunction with the Illyrians.
17. But the Aetolian Strategus Ariston, ignoring everything that was going
on, remained quietly at home, asserting that he was not at war with the
Achaeans, but was maintaining peace: a foolish and childish mode of
acting,—for what better epithets could be applied to a man who supposed
that he could cloak notorious facts by mere words? Meanwhile Dorimachus
and his colleague had marched through the Achaean territory and suddenly
appeared at Cynaetha.

Cynaetha was an Arcadian city209 which, for many years past, had been
The previous history of afflicted with implacable and violent political factions.
Cynaetha. The two parties had frequently retaliated on each other
with massacres, banishments, confiscations, and redivisions of lands; but
finally the party which affected the Achaean connexion prevailed and got
possession of the city, securing themselves by a city-guard and commandant
from Achaia. This was the state of affairs when, shortly before the Aetolian
invasion, the exiled party sent to the party in possession intreating that they
would be reconciled and allow them to return to their own city; whereupon
the latter were persuaded, and sent an embassy to the Achaeans with the
view of obtaining their consent to the pacification. The Achaeans readily
consented, in the belief that both parties would regard them with goodwill:
since the party in possession had all their hopes centred in the Achaeans,
while those who were about to be restored would owe that restoration to the
consent of the same people. Accordingly the Cynaethans dismissed the city
guard and commandant, and restored the exiles, to the number of nearly
three hundred, after taking such pledges from them as are reckoned the
most inviolable among all mankind. But no sooner had they secured their
return, than, without any cause or pretext arising which might give a colour
to the renewal of the quarrel, but on the contrary, at the very first moment of
their restoration, they began plotting against their country, and against those
who had been their preservers. I even believe that at the very sacrifices,

Page 314

which consecrated the oaths and pledges which they gave each other, they
were already, even at such a solemn moment, revolving in their minds this
offence against religion and those who had trusted them. For, as soon as
they were restored to their civil rights they called in the Aetolians, and
betrayed the city into their hands, eager to effect the utter ruin both of the
people who had preserved, and the city which had nourished, them.
18. The bold stroke by which they actually consummated this treason was
as follows. Of the restored exiles certain officers had been appointed called
Polemarchs, whose duty it was to lock the city-gates, and keep the keys
while they remained closed, and also to be on guard during the day at the
gate-houses. The Aetolians accordingly waited for this period of closing the
gates, ready to make the attempt, and provided with ladders; while the
Polemarchs of the exiles, having assassinated their colleagues on guard at
the gate-house, opened the gate. Some of the Aetolians, therefore, got into
the town by it, while others applied their ladders to the walls, and mounting
by their means, took forcible possession of them. The inhabitants of the
town, panic-stricken at the occurrence, could not tell which way to turn.
They could not give their undivided energies to opposing the party which
was forcing its way through the gate, because of those who were attacking
them at the walls; nor could they defend the walls owing to the enemies that
were pouring through the gate. The Aetolians having thus become rapidly
masters of the town, in spite of the injustice of the whole proceeding, did
one act of supreme justice. For the very men who had invited them, and
betrayed the town to them, they massacred before any one else, and
plundered their property. They then treated all the others of the party in the
same way; and, finally, taking up their quarters in the houses, they
systematically robbed them of all valuables, and in many cases put
Cynaethans to the rack, if they suspected them of having anything
concealed, whether money, or furniture, or anything else of unusual value.
After inflicting this ruin on the Cynaethans they departed, leaving a
garrison to guard the walls, and marched towards Lusi. Arrived at the
temple of Artemis, which lies between Cleitor and Cynaetha, and is
regarded as inviolable by the Greeks, they threatened to plunder the cattle
of the goddess and the other property round the temple. But the people of
Lusi acted with great prudence: they gave the Aetolians some of the sacred
furniture, and appealed to them not to commit the impiety of inflicting any

Page 315

outrage. The gift was accepted, and the Aetolians at once removed to
Cleitor and pitched their camp under its walls.
19. Meanwhile Aratus, the Achaean Strategus, had despatched an appeal for
Measures taken by help to Philip; was collecting the men selected for
Aratus. service; and was sending for the troops, arranged for by
virtue of the treaty, from Sparta and Messenia.
The Aetolians at first urged the people of Cleitor to abandon their alliance
The Aetolians at the with the Achaeans and adopt one with themselves; and
temple of Artemis. They upon the Cleitorians absolutely refusing, they began an
fail at Cleitor.
assault upon the town, and endeavoured to take it by an
escalade. But meeting with a bold and determined resistance from the
inhabitants, they desisted from the attempt; and breaking up their camp
marched back to Cynaetha, driving off with them on their route the cattle of
the goddess. They at first offered the city to the Eleans, but upon their
refusing to accept it, they determined to keep the town in their own hands,
They burn Cynaetha and and appointed Euripides to command it: but
return home. subsequently, on the alarm of an army of relief coming
from Macedonia, they set fire to the town and abandoned it, directing their
march to Rhium with the purpose of there taking ship and crossing home.
Demetrius of Pharos. But when Taurion heard of the Aetolian invasion, and
what had taken place at Cynaetha, and saw that
Demetrius of Pharos had sailed into Cenchreae from his island expedition,
he urged the latter to assist the Achaeans, and dragging his galleys across
the Isthmus to attack the Aetolians as they crossed the gulf. Now though
Demetrius had enriched himself by his island expedition, he had had to beat
an ignominious retreat, owing to the Rhodians putting out to sea to attack
him: he was therefore glad to accede to the request of Taurion, as the latter
undertook the expense of having his galleys dragged across the Isthmus.210
He accordingly got them across, and arriving two days after the passage of
the Aetolians, plundered some places on the seaboard of Aetolia and then
returned to Corinth.
The Lacedaemonians had dishonourably failed to send the full complement
Treason of the Spartans. of men to which they were bound by their engagement,
but had despatched a small contingent only of horse and
foot, to save appearances.

Page 316

Aratus however, having his Achaean troops, behaved in this instance also
Inactivity of Aratus. with the caution of a statesman, rather than the
promptness of a general: for remembering his previous
failure he remained inactively watching events, until Scopas and
Dorimachus had accomplished all they wanted and were safe home again;
although they had marched through a line of country which was quite open
to attack, full of defiles, and wanting only a trumpeter211 to sound a call to
arms. But the great disaster and misfortunes endured by the Cynaethans at
the hands of the Aetolians were looked upon as most richly deserved by
them.
20. Now, seeing that the Arcadians as a whole have a reputation for virtue
The reasons of the throughout Greece, not only in respect of their
barbarity of the hospitality and humanity, but especially for their
Cynaethans. Their
neglect of the refining scrupulous piety, it seems worth while to investigate
influences of music, briefly the barbarous character of the Cynaethans: and
which is carefully inquire how it came about that, though indisputably
encouraged in the rest of
Arcadia. Arcadians in race, they at that time so far surpassed the
rest of Greece in cruelty and contempt of law.
They seem then to me to be the first, and indeed the only, Arcadians who
have abandoned institutions nobly conceived by their ancestors and
admirably adapted to the character of all the inhabitants of Arcadia. For
music, and I mean by that true music, which it is advantageous to every one
to practise, is obligatory with the Arcadians. For we must not think, as
Ephorus in a hasty sentence of his preface, wholly unworthy of him, says,
that music was introduced among mankind for the purpose of deception and
jugglery; nor must the ancients Cretans and Spartans be supposed to have
introduced the pipe and rhythmic movement in war, instead of the trumpet,
without some reason; nor the early Arcadians to have given music such a
high place in their constitution, that not only boys, but young men up to the
age of thirty, are compelled to practise it, though in other respects most
simple and primitive in their manner of life. Every one is familiarly
acquainted with the fact that the Arcadians are the only people among
whom boys are by the laws trained from infancy to sing hymns and paeans,
in which they celebrate in the traditional fashion the heroes and gods of
their particular towns. They next learn the airs of Philoxenus and
Timotheus, and dance with great spirit to the pipers at the yearly Dionysia

Page 317

in the theatres, the boys at the boys’ festival, and the young men at what is
called the men’s festival. Similarly it is their universal custom, at all festal
gatherings and banquets, not to have strangers to make the music, but to
produce it themselves, calling on each other in turn for a song. They do not
look upon it as a disgrace to disclaim the possession of any other
accomplishment: but no one can disclaim the knowledge of how to sing,
because all are forced to learn, nor can they confess the knowledge, and yet
excuse themselves from practising it, because that too among them is
looked upon as disgraceful. Their young men again practise a military step
to the music of the pipe and in regular order of battle, producing elaborate
dances, which they display to their fellow-citizens every year in the
theatres, at the public charge and expense.
21. Now the object of the ancient Arcadians in introducing these customs
was not, as I think, the gratification of luxury and extravagance. They saw
The object of the musical that Arcadia was a nation of workers; that the life of the
training of the Arcadians. people was laborious and hard; and that, as a natural
consequence of the coldness and gloom which were the prevailing features
of a great part of the country, the general character of the people was
austere. For we mortals have an irresistible tendency to yield to climatic
influences: and to this cause, and no other, may be traced the great
distinctions which prevail amongst us in character, physical formation, and
complexion, as well as in most of our habits, varying with nationality or
wide local separation. And it was with a view of softening and tempering
this natural ruggedness and rusticity, that they not only introduced the
things which I have mentioned, but also the custom of holding assemblies
and frequently offering sacrifices, in both of which women took part
equally with men; and having mixed dances of girls and boys and in fact
did everything they could to humanise their souls by the civilising and
softening influence of such culture. The people of Cynaetha entirely
neglected these things, although they needed them more than any one else,
because their climate and country is by far the most unfavourable in all
Arcadia; and on the contrary gave their whole minds to mutual animosities
and contentions. They in consequence became finally so brutalised, that no
Greek city has ever witnessed a longer series of the most atrocious crimes. I
will give one instance of the ill fortune of Cynaetha in this respect, and of
the disapproval of such proceedings on the part of the Arcadians at large.

Page 318

When the Cynaethans, after their great massacre, sent an embassy to Sparta,
every city which the ambassadors entered on their road at once ordered
them by a herald to depart; while the Mantineans not only did that, but after
their departure regularly purified their city and territory from the taint of
blood, by carrying victims round them both.
I have had three objects in saying thus much on this subject. First, that the
character of the Arcadians should not suffer from the crimes of one city:
secondly, that other nations should not neglect music, from an idea that
certain Arcadians give an excessive and extravagant attention to it: and,
lastly, I speak for the sake of the Cynaethans themselves, that, if ever God
gives them better fortune, they may humanise themselves by turning their
attention to education, and especially to music.
22. To return from this digression. When the Aetolians had reached their
Philip V. comes to homes in safety after this raid upon the Peloponnese,
Corinth. b.c. 220. Philip, coming to the aid of the Achaeans with an army,
arrived at Corinth. Finding that he was too late, he sent despatches to all the
allies urging them to send deputies at once to Corinth, to consult on the
measures required for the common safety. Meanwhile he himself marched
towards Tegea, being informed that the Lacedaemonians were in a state of
Advances toward Sparta. revolution, and were fallen to mutual slaughter. For
being accustomed to have a king over them, and to be
entirely submissive to their rulers, their sudden enfranchisement by means
of Antigonus, and the absence of a king, produced a state of civil war;
because they all imagined themselves to be on a footing of complete
political equality. At first two of the five Ephors kept their views to
themselves; while the other three threw in their lot with the Aetolians,
because they were convinced that the youth of Philip would prevent him as
yet from having a decisive influence in the Peloponnese. But when,
contrary to their expectations, the Aetolians retired quickly from the
Peloponnese, and Philip arrived still more quickly from Macedonia, the
three Ephors became distrustful of Adeimantus, one of the other two,
because he was privy to and disapproved of their plans; and were in a great
state of anxiety lest he should tell Philip everything as soon as that monarch
approached. After some consultation therefore with certain young men, they
Adeimantus published a proclamation ordering all citizens of
assassinated. military age to assemble in arms in the sacred enclosure

Page 319

of Athene of the Brazen-house, on the pretext that the Macedonians were
advancing against the town. This startling announcement caused a rapid
muster: when Adeimantus, who disapproved of the measure, came forward
and endeavoured to show that “the proclamation and summons to assemble
in arms should have been made some time before, when they were told that
their enemies the Aetolians were approaching the frontier: not then, when
they learnt that their benefactors and preservers the Macedonians were
coming with their king.” In the middle of this dissuasive speech the young
men whose co-operation had been secured struck him dead, and with him
Sthenelaus, Alcamenes, Thyestes, Bionidas, and several other citizens;
whereupon Polyphontes and certain of his party, seeing clearly what was
going to happen, went off to join Philip.
23. Immediately after the commission of this crime, the Ephors who were
Philip summons Spartan then in power sent men to Philip, to accuse the victims
deputies to Tegea. of this massacre; and to beg him to delay his approach,
until the affairs of the city had returned to their normal state after this
commotion; and to be assured meanwhile that it was their purpose to be
loyal and friendly to the Macedonians in every respect. These ambassadors
found Philip near Mount Parthenius,212 and communicated to him their
commission. Having listened, he bade the ambassadors make all haste
home, and inform the Ephors that he was going to continue his march to
Tegea, and expected that they would as quickly as possible send him men of
credit to consult with him on the present position of affairs. After hearing
this message from the king, the Lacedaemonian officers despatched ten
commissioners headed by Omias to meet Philip; who, on arriving at Tegea,
and entering the king’s council chamber, accused Adeimantus of being the
cause of the late commotion; and promised that they would perform all their
obligations as allies to Philip, and show that they were second to none of
those whom he looked upon as his most loyal friends, in their affection for
his person. With these and similar asseverations the Lacedaemonian
commissioners left the council chamber. The members of the council were
divided in opinion: one party knowing the secret treachery of the Spartan
magistrates, and feeling certain that Adeimantus had lost his life from his
loyalty to Macedonia, while the Lacedaemonians had really determined
upon an alliance with the Aetolians, advised Philip to make an example of
the Lacedaemonians, by treating them precisely as Alexander had treated

Page 320

the Thebans, immediately after his assumption of his sovereignty. But
another party, consisting of the older counsellors, sought to show that such
severity was too great for the occasion, and that all that ought to be done
was to rebuke the offenders, depose them, and put the management of the
state and the chief offices in the hands of his own friends.
24. The king gave the final decision, if that decision may be called the
The king decides not to king’s: for it is not reasonable to suppose that a mere
chastise Sparta. boy should be able to come to a decision on matters of
such moment. Historians, however, must attribute to the highest official
present the final decisions arrived at: it being thoroughly understood among
their readers that propositions and opinions, such as these, in all probability
proceed from the members of the council, and particularly from those
highest in his confidence. In this case the decision of the king ought most
probably to be attributed to Aratus. It was to this effect: the king said that
“in the case of injuries inflicted by the allies upon each other separately, his
intervention ought to be confined to a remonstrance by word of mouth or
letter; but that it was only injuries affecting the whole body of the allies
which demanded joint intervention and redress: and seeing that the
Lacedaemonians had plainly committed no such injury against the whole
body of allies, but professed their readiness to satisfy every claim that could
with justice be made upon them, he held that he ought not to decree any
measure of excessive severity against them. For it would be very
inconsistent for him to take severe measures against them for so
insignificant a cause; while his father inflicted no punishment at all upon
them, though when he conquered them they were not allies but professed
enemies.” It having, therefore, been formally decided to overlook the
incident, the king immediately sent Petraeus, one of his most trusted
friends, with Omias, to exhort the people to remain faithful to their
friendship with him and Macedonia, and to interchange oaths of alliance;
while he himself started once more with his army and returned towards
Corinth, having in his conduct to the Lacedaemonians given an excellent
specimen of his policy towards the allies.
25. When he arrived at Corinth he found the envoys from the allied cities
The congress of allies at already there; and in consultation with them he
Corinth declare war discussed the measures to be taken in regard to the
against the Aetolians.
Aetolians. The complaints against them were stated by

Page 321

the various envoys. The Boeotians accused them of plundering the temple
of Athene at Itone213 in time of peace: the Phocians of having attacked and
attempted to seize the cities of Ambrysus and Daulium: the Epirotes of
having committed depredations in their territory. The Acarnanians showed
how they had contrived a plot for the betrayal of Thyrium into their hands,
and had gone so far as to actually assault it under cover of night. The
Achaeans made a statement showing that they had seized Clarium in the
territory of Megalopolis; traversed the territories of Patrae and Pharae,
pillaging the country as they went; completely sacked Cynaetha; plundered
the temple of Artemis in Lusi; laid siege to Cleitor; attempted Pylus by sea,
and Megalopolis by land, doing all they could by aid of the Illyrians to lay
waste the latter after its recent restoration. After listening to these
depositions, the congress of allies unanimously decided to go to war with
the Aetolians. A decree was, therefore, formulated in which the aforesaid
causes for war were stated as a preamble, and a declaration sub-joined of
their intention of restoring to the several allies any portion of their territory
seized by the Aetolians since the death of Demetrius, father of Philip; and
similarly of restoring to their ancestral forms of government all states that
had been compelled against their will to join the Aetolian league; with full
possession of their own territory and cities; subject to no foreign garrison or
tribute; in complete independence; and in enjoyment of their own
constitutions and laws. Finally a clause in the decree declared their
intention of assisting the Amphictyonic council to restore the laws, and to
recover its control of the Delphic temple, wrested from it by the Aetolians,
who were determined to keep in their own hands all that belonged to that
temple.
26. This decree was made in the first year of the 140th Olympiad, and with
b.c. 220. it began the so-called Social war, the commencement of
which was thoroughly justifiable and a natural
consequence of the injurious acts of the Aetolians. The first step of the
congress was to send commissioners at once to the several allies, that the
decree having been confirmed by as many as possible, all might join in this
national war. Philip also sent a declaratory letter to the Aetolians, in order
that, if they had any justification to put forward on the points alleged
against them, they might even at that late hour meet and settle the
controversy by conference: “but if they supposed that they were, with no

Page 322

public declaration of war, to sack and plunder, without the injured parties
retaliating, on pain of being considered, if they did so, to have commenced
hostilities, they were the most simple people in the world.” On the receipt
of this letter the Aetolian magistrates, thinking that Philip would never
come, named a day on which they would meet him at Rhium. When they
were informed, however, that he had actually arrived there, they sent a
despatch informing him that they were not competent, before the meeting of
the Aetolian assembly, to settle any public matter on their own authority.
But when the Achaeans met at the usual federal assembly, they ratified the
decree, and published a proclamation authorising reprisals upon the
Aetolians. And when King Philip appeared before the council at Aegium,
and informed them at length of all that had taken place, they received his
Autumn, b.c. 220. speech with warmth, and formally renewed with him
personally the friendship which had existed between his
ancestors and themselves.
27. Meanwhile, the time of the annual election having come round, the
Scopas elected Aetolian Aetolians elected Scopas as their Strategus, the man
Strategus. who had been the moving spirit in all these acts of
violence. I am at a loss for fitting terms to describe such a public policy. To
pass a decree against going to war,214 and yet to go on an actual expedition
in force and pillage their neighbours’ territories: not to punish one of those
responsible for this: but on the contrary to elect as Strategi and bestow
honours on the leaders in these transactions,—this seems to me to involve
the grossest disingenuousness. I can find no word which better describes
such a treacherous policy; and I will quote two instances to show what I
mean by it. When Phoebidas treacherously seized the Cadmeia, the
b.c. 382. Lacedaemonians fined the guilty general but declined to
withdraw the garrison, on the ground that the wrong
was fully atoned for by the punishment of the perpetrator of it: though their
plain duty was to have done the reverse, for it was the latter which was of
importance to the Thebans. Again this same people published a
proclamation giving the various cities freedom and autonomy in accordance
b.c. 387. with the terms of the peace of Antalcidas, and yet did
not withdraw their Harmosts from the cities. Again,
b.c. 385. having driven the Mantineans from their home, who
were at the time their friends and allies, they denied that

Page 323

they were doing any wrong, inasmuch as they removed them from one city
and settled them in several. But indeed a man is a fool, as much as a knave,
if he imagines that, because he shuts his own eyes, his neighbours cannot
see. Their fondness for such tortuous policy proved however, both to the
Lacedaemonians and Aetolians, the source of the greatest disasters; and it is
not one which should commend itself to the imitation either of individuals
or states, if they are well advised.
King Philip, then, after his interview with the Achaean assembly, started
with his army on the way to Macedonia, in all haste to make preparations
for war; leaving a pleasant impression in the minds of all the Greeks: for the
nature of the decree, which I have mentioned as having been passed by
him,215 gave them good hopes of finding him a man of moderate temper
and royal magnanimity.
28. These transactions were contemporaneous with Hannibal’s expedition
against Saguntum, after his conquest of all Iberia south of the Iber. Now,
had the first attempts of Hannibal been from the beginning involved with
the transactions in Greece, it would have been plainly my proper course to
have narrated the latter side by side with those in Iberia in my previous
book, with an eye solely to dates. But seeing that the wars in Italy, Greece,
and Asia were at their commencements entirely distinct, and yet became
finally involved with each other, I decided that my history of them must
also be distinct, until I came to the point at which they became inseparably
interlaced, and began to tend towards a common conclusion. Thus both will
be made clear,—the account of their several commencements: and the time,
manner, and causes which led to the complication and amalgamation, of
which I spoke in my introduction. This point having been reached, I must
thenceforth embrace them all in one uninterrupted narrative. This
amalgamation began towards the end of the war, in the third year of the
b.c. 118. 140th Olympiad. From that year, therefore, my history
will, with a due regard to dates, become a general one.
Before that year it must be divided into distinct narratives, with a mere
recapitulation in each case of the events detailed in the preceding book,
introduced for the sake of facilitating the comprehension, and rousing the
admiration, of my readers.

Page 324

29. Philip then passed the winter in Macedonia, in an energetic enlistment
Philip secures the of troops for the coming campaign, and in securing his
support of Scerdilaidas. frontier on the side of the Barbarians. And having
accomplished these objects, he met Scerdilaidas and put himself fearlessly
in his power, and discussed with him the terms of friendship and alliance;
and partly by promising to help him in securing his power in Illyria, and
partly by bringing against the Aetolians the charges to which they were only
too open, persuaded him without difficulty to assent to his proposals. The
fact is that public crimes do not differ from private, except in quantity and
extent; and just as in the case of petty thieves, what brings them to ruin
more than anything else is that they cheat and are unfaithful to each other,
so was it in the case of the Aetolians. They had agreed with Scerdilaidas to
give him half the booty, if he would join them in their attack upon Achaea;
but when, on his consenting to do so, and actually carrying out his
engagement, they had sacked Cynaetha and carried off a large booty in
slaves and cattle, they gave him no share in the spoil at all. He was
therefore already enraged with them; and required very little persuasion on
Philip’s part to induce him to accept the proposal, and agree to join the
alliance, on condition of receiving a yearly subsidy of twenty talents; and,
in return, putting to sea with thirty galleys and carrying on a naval war with
the Aetolians.
30. While Philip was thus engaged, the commissioners sent out to the allies
The Acarnanians, were performing their mission. The first place they
b.c. 220. came to was Acarnania; and the Acarnanians, with a
noble promptitude, confirmed the decree and undertook to join the war
against the Aetolians with their full forces. And yet they, if any one, might
have been excused if they had put the matter off, and hesitated, and shown
fear of entering upon a war with their neighbours; both because they lived
upon the frontiers of Aetolia, and still more because they were peculiarly
open to attack, and, most of all, because they had a short time before
experienced the most dreadful disasters from the enmity of the Aetolians.
But I imagine that men of noble nature, whether in private or public affairs,
look upon duty as the highest consideration; and in adherence to this
principle no people in Greece have been more frequently conspicuous than
the Acarnanians, although the forces at their command were but slender.
With them, above all others in Greece, an alliance should be sought at a

Page 325

crisis, without any misgiving; for they have, individually and collectively,
an element of stability and a spirit of liberality. The conduct of the Epirotes
Duplicity of the Epirotes. was in strong contrast. When they heard what the
commissioners had to say, indeed, they, like the
Acarnanians, joined in confirming the decree, and voted to go to war with
the Aetolians at such time as Philip also did the same; but with ignoble
duplicity they told the Aetolian envoys that they had determined to maintain
peace with them.
Ambassadors were despatched also to King Ptolemy, to urge him not to
Ptolemy Philopator. send money to the Aetolians, nor to supply them with
any aid against Philip and the allies.
31. The Messenians again, on whose account the war began, answered the
Timidity of the commissioners sent to them that, seeing Phigalia was on
Messenians. their frontier and was in the power of the Aetolians,
they would not undertake the war until that city was wrested from them.
This decision was forcibly carried, much against the will of the people at
large, by the Ephors Oenis and Nicippus, and some others of the
oligarchical party: wherein they showed, to my thinking, great ignorance of
their true interests. I admit, indeed, that war is a terrible thing; but it is less
terrible than to submit to anything whatever in order to avoid it. For what is
the meaning of our fine talk about equality of rights, freedom of speech, and
liberty, if the one important thing is peace? We have no good word for the
b.c. 480-479. Pindar fr. Thebans, because they shrunk from fighting for Greece
and chose from fear to side with the Persians,—nor
indeed for Pindar who supported their inaction in the verses—216

Page 326

A quiet haven for the ship of state
Should be the patriot’s aim,
And smiling peace, to small and great
That brings no shame.

For though his advice was for the moment acceptable, it was not long
before it became manifest that his opinion was as mischievous as it was
dishonourable. For peace, with justice and honour, is the noblest and most
advantageous thing in the world; when joined with disgrace and
contemptible cowardice, it is the basest and most disastrous.217
32. The Messenian leaders, then, being of oligarchical tendencies, and
aiming at their own immediate advantage, were always too much inclined
to peace. On many critical occasions indeed they managed to elude fear and
danger: but all the while this policy of theirs was accumulating a heavy
retribution for themselves; and they finally involved their country in the
gravest misfortunes. And the reason in my opinion was this, that being
neighbours to two of the most powerful nations in the Peloponnese, or I
might almost say in Greece, I mean the Arcadians and Lacedaemonians,—
one of which had been irreconcilably hostile to them from the moment they
occupied the country, and the other disposed to be friendly and protect
them,—they never frankly accepted hostility to the Spartans, or friendship
with the Arcadians. Accordingly when the attention of the former was
distracted by domestic or foreign war, the Messenians were secure; for they
always enjoyed peace and tranquillity from the fact of their country lying
out of the road: but when the Lacedaemonians, having nothing else on hand
to distract their attention, took to inflicting injuries on them, they were
unable to withstand the superior strength of the Lacedaemonians by their
own power; and, having failed to secure the support of their true friends,
who were ready to do anything for their protection, they were reduced to
the alternatives of becoming the slaves of Sparta and enduring her heavy
exactions; or of leaving their homes to escape from this servitude,
abandoning their country with wives and children. And this has repeatedly
happened to them within comparatively recent times.
That the present settlement of the Peloponnese may prove a lasting one, so
that no measure such as I am about to describe may be ever necessary, is
indeed my earnest wish: but if anything does happen to disturb it, and
threaten revolutionary changes, the only hope for the Messenians and

Page 327

Megalopolitans of continuing to occupy their present territory, that I can
see, is a recurrence to the policy of Epaminondas. They must resolve, that is
to say, upon a cordial and sincere partnership with each other in every
danger and labour.
33. And perhaps my observation may receive some support from ancient
history. For, among many other indications, it is a fact that the Messenians
did set up a pillar close to the altar of Zeus Lycaeus in the time of
Aristomenes,218 according to the evidence of Callisthenes, in which they
inscribed the following verses:
A faithless king will perish soon or late!
Messene tracked him down right easily,
The traitor:—perjury must meet its fate;
Glory to Zeus, and life to Arcady!

The point of this is, that, having lost their own country, they pray the gods
to save Arcadia as their second country.219 And it was very natural that they
should do so; for not only did the Arcadians receive them when driven from
their own land, at the time of the Aristomenic war, and make them welcome
to their homes and free of their civic rights; but they also passed a vote
bestowing their daughters in marriage upon those of the Messenians who
were of proper age; and besides all this, investigated the treason of their
king Aristocrates in the battle of the Trench; and, finding him guilty, put
him to death and utterly destroyed his whole family. But setting aside these
ancient events, what has happened recently after the restoration of
Megalopolis and Messene will be sufficient to support what I have said. For
b.c. 362. when, upon the death of Epaminondas leaving the result
of the battle of Mantinea doubtful, the Lacedaemonians
endeavoured to prevent the Messenians from being included in the truce,
hoping even then to get Messenia into their own hands, the Megalopolitans,
and all the other Arcadians who were allied with the Messenians, made such
a point of their being admitted to the benefits of the new confederacy, that
they were accepted by the allies and allowed to take the oaths and share in
the provisions of the peace; while the Lacedaemonians were the only
Greeks excluded from the treaty. With such facts before him, could any one
doubt the soundness of the suggestion I lately made?

Page 328

I have said thus much for the sake of the Arcadians and Messenians
themselves; that, remembering all the misfortunes which have befallen their
countries at the hands of the Lacedaemonians, they may cling close to the
policy of mutual affection and fidelity; and let no fear of war, or desire of
peace, induce them to abandon each other in what affects the highest
interests of both.
34. In the matter of the commissioners from the allies, to go back to my
story, the behaviour of the Lacedaemonians was very characteristic. For
Division of opinion in their own ill-considered and tortuous policy had placed
Sparta, b.c. 220. them in such a difficulty, that they finally dismissed
them without an answer: thus illustrating, as it seems to me, the truth of the
saying, that, “boldness pushed to extremes amounts to want of sense, and
comes to nothing.” Subsequently, however, on the appointment of new
Ephors, the party who had originally promoted the outbreak, and had been
the causes of the massacre, sent to the Aetolians to induce them to despatch
an ambassador to Sparta. The Aetolians gladly consented, and in a short
time Machatas arrived there in that capacity. Pressure was at once put upon
the Ephors to allow Machatas to address the people,220 and to re-establish
royalty in accordance with the ancient constitution, and not to allow the
Heraclid dynasty to be any longer suppressed, contrary to the laws. The
Ephors were annoyed at the proposal, but were unable to withstand the
pressure, and afraid of a rising of the younger men: they therefore answered
that the question of restoring the kings must be reserved for future
consideration; but they consented to grant Machatas an opportunity of
addressing a public assembly. When the people accordingly were met,
Machatas came forward, and in a long speech urged them to embrace the
alliance with Aetolia; inveighing in reckless and audacious terms against
the Macedonians, while he went beyond all reason and truth in his
commendations of the Aetolians. Upon his retirement, there was a long and
animated debate between those who supported the Aetolians and advised
the adoption of their alliance, and those who took the opposite side. When,
however, some of the elders reminded the people of the good services
rendered them by Antigonus and the Macedonians, and the injuries inflicted
on them by Charixenus and Timaeus,—when the Aetolians invaded them
with their full force and ravaged their territory, enslaved the neighbouring
villages, and laid a plot for attacking Sparta itself by a fraudulent and

Page 329

forcible restoration of exiles,—these words produced a great revulsion of
feeling, and the people finally decided to maintain the alliance with Philip
and the Macedonians. Machatas accordingly had to go home without
attaining the object of his mission.
35. The party, however, at Sparta who were the original of the instigators of
Murder of the Ephors, the outbreak could not make up their minds to give way.
b.c. 220. They once more therefore determined to commit a
crime of the most impious description, having first corrupted some of the
younger men. It was an ancestral custom that, at a certain sacrifice, all
citizens of military age should join fully armed in a procession to the temple
of Athene of the Brazen-house, while the Ephors remained in the sacred
precinct and completed the sacrifice. As the young men therefore were
conducting the procession, some of them suddenly fell upon the Ephors,
while they were engaged with the sacrifice, and slew them. The enormity of
this crime will be made apparent by remembering that the sanctity of this
temple was such, that it gave a safe asylum even to criminals condemned to
death; whereas its privileges were now by the cruelty of these audacious
men treated with such contempt, that the whole of the Ephors were
butchered round the altar and the table of the goddess. In pursuance of their
purpose they next killed one of the elders, Gyridas, and drove into exile
those who had spoken against the Aetolians. They then chose some of their
own body as Ephors, and made an alliance with the Aetolians. Their
motives for doing all this, for incurring the enmity of the Achaeans, for their
ingratitude to the Macedonians, and generally for their unjustifiable conduct
towards all, was before everything else their devotion to Cleomenes, and
the hopes and expectations they continued to cherish that he would return to
Sparta in safety. So true it is that men who have the tact to ingratiate
themselves with those who surround them can, even when far removed,
leave in their hearts very effective materials for kindling the flame of a
renewed popularity. This people for instance, to say nothing of other
examples, after nearly three years of constitutional government, following
the banishment of Cleomenes, without once thinking of appointing kings at
Sparta, no sooner heard of the death of Cleomenes than they were eager—
Agesipolis appointed populace and Ephors alike—to restore kingly rule.
king, Accordingly the Ephors who were in sympathy with the
conspirators, and who had made the alliance with Aetolia which I just now

Page 330

mentioned, did so. One of these kings so restored they appointed in
accordance with the regular and legal succession, namely Agesipolis. He
was a child at the time, a son of Agesipolis, and grandson of that
b.c. 242. Cleombrotus who had become king, as the next of kin
to this family, when Leonidas was driven from office.
As guardian of the young king they elected Cleomenes, son of Cleombrotus
and brother of Agesipolis.
Of the other royal house there were surviving two sons of Archidamus, son
and Lycurgas. of Eudamidas, by the daughter of Hippodemon; as well
as Hippodemon himself, the son of Agesilaus, and
several other members of the same branch, though somewhat less closely
connected than those I have mentioned. But these were all passed over, and
Lycurgus was appointed king, none of whose ancestors had ever enjoyed
that title. A present of a talent to each of the Ephors made him “descendant
of Hercules” and king of Sparta. So true is it all the world over that such
nobility221 is a mere question of a little money.
The result was that the penalty for their folly had to be paid, not by the third
generation, but by the very authors of this royalist restoration.
36. When Machatas heard what had happened at Sparta, he returned thither
and urged the Ephors and kings to go to war with the Achaeans; arguing
Spartans attack Argos, that that was the only way of stopping the ambition of
and proclaim war with the party in Sparta who were doing all they could to
the Achaeans.
break up the alliance with the Aetolians, or of the party
in Aetolia who were co-operating with them. Having obtained the consent
of the Ephors and kings, Machatas returned home with a success secured
him by the blindness of his partisans in Sparta; while Lycurgus with the
army and certain others of the citizens invaded the Argive territory, the
inhabitants being quite unprepared for an attack, owing to the existing
settlement. By a sudden assault he seized Polichna, Prasiae, Leucae, and
Cyphanta, but was repulsed at Glympes and Zarax. After these
achievements of their king, the Lacedaemonians proclaimed a licence of
reprisal against the Achaeans. With the Eleans also Machatas was
successful in persuading them, by the same arguments as he had used at
Sparta, to go to war with the Achaeans.

Page 331

The unexpected success of these intrigues caused the Aetolians to enter
upon the war with high spirits. But it was quite the contrary with the
Achaeans: for Philip, on whom their hopes rested, was still busy with his
preparations; the Epirotes were hesitating about going to war, and the
Messenians were entirely passive; and meantime the Aetolians, aided by the
blind policy of the Eleans and Lacedaemonians, were threatening them with
actual war on every side.
37. The year of Aratus’s office was just expiring, and his son Aratus the
Aratus succeeded by his younger had been elected to succeed him as Strategus,
son as Strategus of the and was on the point of taking over the office. Scopas
Achaeans, May b.c. 219.
was still Strategus of the Aetolians, and in fact it was
just about the middle of his year. For the Aetolians hold their elections
immediately after the autumn equinox, while the Achaeans hold theirs about
the time of the rising of the Pleiads. As soon therefore as summer had well
set in, and Aratus the younger had taken over his office, all these wars at
once began simultaneously. Hannibal began besieging Saguntum; the
June-September. Romans sent Lucius Aemilius with an army to Illyria
b.c. 219. against Demetrius of Pharos,—of both which I spoke in
the last book; Antiochus, having had Ptolemais and Tyre betrayed to him by
Theodotus, meditated attacking Coele-Syria; and Ptolemy was engaged in
preparing for the war with Antiochus. While Lycurgus, wishing to make a
beginning after the pattern of Cleomenes, pitched his camp near the
Athenaeum of Megalopolis and was laying siege to it: the Achaeans were
collecting mercenary horse and foot for the war which was upon them: and
Philip, finally, was starting from Macedonia with an army consisting of ten
thousand heavy-armed soldiers of the phalanx, five thousand light-armed,
and eight hundred cavalry. Such was the universal state of war or
preparation for war.
38. At the same time the Rhodians went to war with the Byzantines, for
Rhodian and Byzantium reasons which I must now describe.
war, 220-219 b.c.
As far as the sea is concerned, Byzantium occupies a
Advantages of the position the most secure and in every way the most
situation of Byzantium. advantageous of any town in our quarter of the world:
while in regard to the land, its situation is in both respects the most
unfavourable. By sea it so completely commands the entrance to the Pontus,

Page 332

that no merchant can sail in or out against its will. The Pontus therefore
being rich in what the rest of the world requires for the support of life, the
Byzantines are absolute masters of all such things. For those commodities
which are the first necessaries of existence, cattle and slaves, are
confessedly supplied by the districts round the Pontus in greater profusion,
and of better quality, than by any others: and for luxuries, they supply us
with honey, wax, and salt-fish in great abundance; while they take our
superfluous stock of olive oil and every kind of wine. In the matter of corn
there is a mutual interchange, they supplying or taking it as it happens to be
convenient. Now the Greeks would necessarily have been excluded entirely
from traffic in these articles, or at least would have had to carry it on at a
loss, if the Byzantines had adopted a hostile attitude, and made common
cause formerly with the Gauls, or still more at this time with the Thracians,
or had abandoned the place altogether: for owing to the narrowness of the
strait, and the number of the barbarians along its shores, it would have
become entirely impassable to our ships. The Byzantines themselves
probably feel the advantages of the situation, in the supplies of the
necessaries of life, more than any one else; for their superfluity finds a
ready means of export, and what they lack is readily imported, with profit to
themselves, and without difficulty or danger: but other people too, as I have
said, get a great many commodities by their means. As common benefactors
therefore of all Greece they might justly expect, not only gratitude, but the
united assistance of Greeks, when threatened by the barbarians.
But since the peculiar natural advantages of this site are generally unknown,
because it lies somewhat outside the parts of the world ordinarily visited;
and since it is an universal wish to be acquainted with things of this sort, by
ocular inspection, if possible, of such places as have any unusual or
remarkable features; or, if that is impossible, by having in our minds some
ideas or images of them as like the truth as may be, I must now state the
facts of the case, and what it is that makes this city so eminently rich and
prosperous.
39. The sea called “The Pontus” has a circumference of twenty-two
The Pontus. thousand stades, and two mouths diametrically opposite
to each other, the one opening into the Propontis and
the other into the Maeotic Lake; which latter also has itself a circumference
of eight thousand stades. Into these two basins many great rivers discharge

Page 333

themselves on the Asiatic side, and still larger and more numerous on the
European; and so the Maeotic lake, as it gets filled up, flows into the
Pontus, and the Pontus into the Propontis. The mouth of the Maeotic lake is
called the Cimmerian Bosporus, about thirty stades broad and sixty long,
and shallow all over; that of the Pontus is called the Thracian Bosporus, and
is a hundred and twenty stades long, and of a varying breadth. Between
Calchedon and Byzantium the channel is fourteen stades broad, and this is
the entrance at the end nearest the Propontis. Coming from the Pontus, it
begins at a place called Hieron, at which they say that Jason on his return
voyage from Colchis first sacrificed to the twelve gods. This place is on the
Asiatic side, and its distance from the European coast is twelve stades,
measuring to Sarapieium, which lies exactly opposite in Thrace. There are
two causes which account for the fact that the waters, both of the Maeotic
lake and the Pontus, continually flow outwards. One is patent at once to
every observer, namely, that by the continual discharge of many streams
into basins which are of definite circumference and content, the water
necessarily is continually increasing in bulk, and, had there been no outlet,
would inevitably have encroached more and more, and occupied an ever
enlarging area in the depression: but as outlets do exist, the surplus water is
carried off by a natural process, and runs perpetually through the channels
that are there to receive it. The second cause is the alluvial soil brought
down, in immense quantities of every description, by the rivers swollen
from heavy rains, which forms shelving banks and continually forces the
water to take a higher level, which is thus also carried through these outlets.
Now as this process of alluvial deposit and influx of water is unceasing and
continuous, so also the discharge through the channels is necessarily
unceasing and continuous.
These are the true causes of the outflow of the Pontus, which do not depend
for their credit on the stories of merchants, but upon the actual observation
of nature, which is the most accurate method discoverable.
40. As I have started this topic I must not, as most historians do, leave any
point undiscussed, or only barely stated. My object is rather to give
information, and to clear up doubtful points for my readers. This is the
peculiarity of the present day, in which every sea and land has been thrown
open to travellers; and in which, therefore, one can no longer employ the
evidence of poets and fabulists, as my predecessors have done on very

Page 334

many points, “offering,” as Heraclitus says, “tainted witnesses to disputed
facts,”—but I must try to make my narrative in itself carry conviction to my
readers.
I say then the Pontus has long been in process of being filled up with mud,
and that this process is actually going on now: and further, that in process of
time both it and the Propontis, assuming the same local conditions to be
maintained, and the causes of the alluvial deposit to continue active, will be
entirely filled up. For time being infinite, and the depressions most
undoubtedly finite, it is plain that, even though the amount of deposit be
small, they must in course of time be filled. For a finite process, whether of
accretion or decrease, must, if we presuppose infinite time, be eventually
completed, however infinitesimal its progressive stages may be. In the
present instance the amount of soil deposited being not small, but
exceedingly large, it is plain that the result I mentioned will not be remote
but rapid. And, in fact, it is evident that it is already taking place. The
Maeotic lake is already so much choked up, that the greater part of it is only
from seven to five fathoms deep, and accordingly cannot any longer be
passed by large ships without a pilot. And having moreover been originally
a sea precisely on a level with the Pontus, it is now a freshwater lake: the
sea-water has been expelled by the silting up of the bottom, and the
discharge of the rivers has entirely overpowered it. The same will happen to
the Pontus, and indeed is taking place at this moment; and though it is not
evident to ordinary observers, owing to the vastness of its basin, yet a
moderately attentive study will discover even now what is going on.
41. For the Danube discharging itself into the Pontus by several mouths, we
find opposite it a bank formed by the mud discharged from these mouths
extending for nearly a thousand stades, at a distance of a day’s sail from the
shore as it now exists; upon which ships sailing to the Pontus run, while
apparently still in deep water, and find themselves unexpectedly stranded on
the sandbanks which the sailors call the Breasts. That this deposit is not
close to the shore, but projected to some distance, must be accounted for
thus: exactly as far as the currents of the rivers retain their force from the
strength of the descending stream, and overpower that of the sea, it must of
course follow that to that distance the earth, and whatever else is carried
down by the rivers, would be projected, and neither settle nor become fixed
until it is reached. But when the force of the currents has become quite

Page 335

spent by the depth and bulk of the sea, it is but natural that the soil held in
solution should settle down and assume a fixed position. This is the
explanation of the fact, that, in the case of large and rapid rivers, such
embankments are at considerable distances, and the sea close in shore deep;
while in the case of smaller and more sluggish streams, these sandbanks are
at their mouths. The strongest proof of this is furnished by the case of heavy
rains; for when they occur, rivers of inferior size, overpowering the waves
at their mouths, project the alluvial deposit out to sea, to a distance exactly
in proportion to the force of the streams thus discharging themselves. It
would be mere foolish scepticism to disbelieve in the enormous size of this
sandbank, and in the mass of stones, timber, and earth carried down by the
rivers; when we often see with our own eyes an insignificant stream
suddenly swell into a torrent, and force its way over lofty rocks, sweeping
along with it every kind of timber, soil, and stones, and making such huge
moraines, that at times the appearance of a locality becomes in a brief
period difficult to recognise.222
42. This should prevent any surprise that rivers of such magnitude and
rapidity, flowing perpetually instead of intermittently, should produce these
effects and end by filling up the Pontus. For it is not a mere probability, but
a logical certainty, that this must happen. And a proof of what is going to
take place is this, that in the same proportion as the Maeotic lake is less salt
than the Pontus, the Pontus is less so than the Mediterranean. From which it
is manifest that, when the time which it has taken for the Maeotic lake to
fill up shall have been extended in proportion to the excess of the Pontic
over the Maeotic basin, then the Pontus will also become like a marsh and
lake, and filled with fresh water like the Maeotic lake: nay, we must
suppose that the process will be somewhat more rapid, insomuch as the
rivers falling into it are more numerous and more rapid. I have said thus
much in answer to the incredulity of those who cannot believe that the
Pontus is actually being silted up, and will some day be filled; and that so
vast a sea will ever become a lake or marsh. But I have another and higher
object also in thus speaking: which is to prevent our ignorance from forcing
us to give a childish credence to every traveller’s tale and marvel related by
voyagers; and that, by possessing certain indications of the truth, we may be
enabled by them to test the truth or falsehood of anything alleged by this or
that person.

Page 336

43. I must now return to the discussion of the excellence of the site of
Site of Byzantium. Byzantium. The length of the channel connecting the
Pontus and Propontis being, as I have said, a hundred
and twenty stades, and Hieron marking its termination towards the Pontus,
and the Strait of Byzantium that towards the Propontis,—half-way between
these, on the European side, stands Hermaeum, on a headland jutting out
into the channel, about five stades from the Asiatic coast, just at the
b.c. 512. narrowest point of the whole channel; where Darius is
said to have made his bridge of ships across the strait,
when he crossed to invade Scythia. In the rest of the channel the running of
the current from the Pontus is much the same, owing to the similarity of the
coast formation on either side of it; but when it reaches Hermaeum on the
European side, which I said was the narrowest point, the stream flowing
from the Pontus, and being thus confined, strikes the European coast with
great violence, and then, as though by a rebound from a blow, dashes
against the opposite Asiatic coast, and thence again sweeps back and strikes
the European shore near some headlands called the Hearths: thence it runs
rapidly once more to the spot on the Asiatic side called the Cow, the place
on which the myth declares Io to have first stood after swimming the
channel. Finally the current runs from the Cow right up to Byzantium, and
dividing into two streams on either side of the city, the lesser part of it
forms the gulf called the Horn, while the greater part swerves once more
across. But it has no longer sufficient way on it to reach the opposite shore
on which Calchedon stands: for after its several counter-blows the current,
finding at this point a wider channel, slackens; and no longer makes short
rebounds at right angles from one shore to the other, but more and more at
an obtuse angle, and accordingly, falling short of Calchedon, runs down the
middle of the channel.
44. What then makes Byzantium a most excellent site, and Calchedon the
reverse, is just this: and although at first sight both positions seem equally
convenient, the practical fact is that it is difficult to sail up to the latter, even
if you wish to do so; while the current carries you to the former, whether
you will or no, as I have just now shown. And a proof of my assertion is
this: those who want to cross from Calchedon to Byzantium cannot sail
straight across the channel, but coast up to the Cow and Chrysopolis,—
which the Athenians formerly seized, by the advice of Alcibiades, when

Page 337

b.c. 410. they for the first time levied customs on ships sailing
into the Pontus,223—and then drift down the current,
which carries them as a matter of course to Byzantium. And the same is the
case with a voyage on either side of Byzantium. For if a man is running
before a south wind from the Hellespont, or to the Hellespont from the
Pontus before the Etesian winds, if he keeps to the European shore, he has a
direct and easy course to the narrow part of the Hellespont between Abydos
and Sestos, and thence also back again to Byzantium: but if he goes from
Calchedon along the Asiatic coast, the case is exactly the reverse, from the
fact that the coast is broken up by deep bays, and that the territory of
Cyzicus projects to a considerable distance. Nor can a man coming from the
Hellespont to Calchedon obviate this by keeping to the European coast as
far as Byzantium, and then striking across to Calchedon; for the current and
other circumstances which I have mentioned make it difficult. Similarly, for
one sailing out from Calchedon it is absolutely impossible to make straight
for Thrace, owing to the intervening current, and to the fact that both winds
are unfavourable to both voyages; for as the south wind blows into the
Pontus, and the north wind from it, the one or the other of these must be
encountered in both these voyages. These, then, are the advantages enjoyed
by Byzantium in regard to the sea: I must now describe its disadvantages on
shore.
45. They consist in the fact that its territory is so completely hemmed in by
Thrace from shore to shore, that the Byzantines have a perpetual and
Disadvantages of dangerous war continually on hand with the Thracians.
Byzantium. For they are unable once for all to arm and repel them
by a single decisive battle, owing to the number of their people and chiefs.
For if they conquer one chief, three others still more formidable invade their
territory. Nor again do they gain anything by consenting to pay tribute and
make terms; for a concession of any sort to one brings at once five times as
many enemies upon them. Therefore, as I say, they are burdened by a
perpetual and dangerous war: for what can be more hazardous or more
formidable than a war with barbarians living on your borders? Nay, it is not
only this perpetual struggle with danger on land, but, apart from the evils
that always accompany war, they have to endure a misery like that ascribed
by the poets to Tantalus: for being in possession of an extremely fertile
district, no sooner have they expended their labour upon it and been

Page 338

rewarded by crops of the finest quality, than the barbarians sweep down,
and either destroy them, or collect and carry them off; and then, to say
nothing of the loss of their labour and expense, the very excellence of the
crops enhances the misery and distress of seeing them destroyed before
their eyes. Still, habit making them able to endure the war with the
Thracians, they maintained their original connexions with the other Greeks;
but when to their other misfortunes was added the attack of the Gauls under
Comontorius, they were reduced to a sad state of distress indeed.
46. These Gauls had left their country with Brennus, and having survived
the battle at Delphi and made their way to the Hellespont, instead of
The Gauls, b.c. 279. crossing to Asia, were captivated by the beauty of the
district round Byzantium, and settled there. Then,
having conquered the Thracians and erected Tyle224 into a capital, they
placed the Byzantines in extreme danger. In their earlier attacks, made
under the command of Comontorius their first king, the Byzantines always
bought them off by presents amounting to three, or five, or sometimes even
ten thousand gold pieces, on condition of their not devastating their
territory: and at last were compelled to agree to pay them a yearly tribute of
eighty talents, until the time of Cavarus, in whose reign their kingdom came
to an end; and their whole tribe, being in their turn conquered by the
Thracians, were entirely annihilated. It was in these times, then, that being
hard pressed by the payment of these exactions, the Byzantines first sent
embassies to the Greek states with a prayer for aid and support in their
dangerous situation: but being disregarded by the greater number, they,
under pressure of necessity, attempted to levy dues upon ships sailing into
the Pontus.
47. Now this exaction by the Byzantines of a duty upon goods brought from
The Byzantines levy a the Pontus, being a heavy loss and burden to everybody,
toll. was universally regarded as a grievance; and
accordingly an appeal from all those engaged in the trade was made to the
Rhodians, as acknowledged masters of the sea: and it was from this
circumstance that the war originated of which I am about to speak.
For the Rhodians, roused to action by the loss incurred by themselves, as
The Rhodians declare well as that of their neighbours, at first joined their
war, b.c. 220. allies in an embassy to Byzantium, and demanded the

Page 339

abolition of the impost. The Byzantines refused compliance, being
persuaded that they were in the right by the arguments advanced by their
chief magistrates, Hecatorus and Olympidorus, in their interview with the
ambassadors. The Rhodian envoys accordingly departed without effecting
their object. But upon their return home, war was at once voted against
Byzantium on these grounds; and messengers were immediately despatched
to Prusias inviting his co-operation in the war: for they knew that Prusias
was from various causes incensed with the Byzantines.
48. The Byzantines took steps of a similar nature, by sending to Attalus and
Achaeus begging for their assistance. For his part Attalus was ready enough
to give it: but his importance was small, because he had been reduced
within the limits of his ancestral dominions by Achaeus. But Achaeus who
exercised dominion throughout Asia on this side Taurus, and had recently
established his regal power, promised assistance; and his attitude roused
high hopes in the minds of the Byzantines, and corresponding depression in
Achaeus. those of the Rhodians and Prusias. Achaeus was a
relation of the Antiochus who had just succeeded to the
kingdom of Syria; and he became possessed of the dominion I have
mentioned through the following circumstances. After the death of
Seleucus, father of the above-named Antiochus, and the succession of his
b.c. 226. eldest son Seleucus to the throne, Achaeus
accompanied the latter in an expedition over Mount
Taurus, about two years before the period of which we are speaking.225 For
as soon as Seleucus the younger had succeeded to the kingdom he learnt
that Attalus had already reduced all Asia on this side of Taurus under his
power; and being accordingly eager to support his own rights, he crossed
Taurus with a large army. There he was treacherously assassinated by
Apaturius the Gaul, and Nicanor. Achaeus, in right of his relationship,
promptly revenged his murder by killing Nicanor and Apaturius; and taking
supreme command of the army and administration, conducted it with
wisdom and integrity. For the opportunity was a convenient one, and the
feeling of the common soldiers was all in favour of his assuming the crown;
yet he refused to do so, and preserving the royal title for Antiochus the
younger, son of Seleucus, went on energetically with the expedition, and the
recovery of the whole of the territory this side Taurus. Meeting however
with unexpected success,—for he shut up Attalus within the walls of

Page 340

Pergamus and became master of all the rest of the country,—he was puffed
up by his good fortune, and at once swerved from his straightforward
course of policy. He assumed the diadem, adopted the title of king, and was
at this time the most powerful and formidable of all the kings and princes
this side Taurus. This was the man on whose help the Byzantines relied
when they undertook the war against the Rhodians and Prusias.
49. As to the provocations given before this to Prusias by the Byzantines
Prusias. they were various. In the first place he complained that,
having voted to put up certain statues of him, they had
not done so, but had delayed or forgotten it. In the second place he was
annoyed with them for taking great pains to compose the hostility, and put
an end to the war, between Achaeus and Attalus; because he looked upon a
friendship between these two as in many ways detrimental to his own
interests. He was provoked also because it appeared that when Attalus was
keeping the festival of Athene, the Byzantines had sent a mission to join in
the celebration; but had sent no one to him when he was celebrating the
Soteria. Nursing therefore a secret resentment for these various offences, he
gladly snatched at the pretext offered him by the Rhodians; and arranged
with their ambassadors that they were to carry on the war by sea, while he
would undertake to inflict no less damage on the enemy by land.
Such were the causes and origin of the war between Rhodes and
Byzantium.
50. At first the Byzantines entered upon the war with energy, in full
Hostilities commence, confidence of receiving the assistance of Achaeus; and
b.c. 220. of being able to cause Prusias as much alarm and
danger by fetching Tiboetes from Macedonia as he had done to them. For
Prusias, entering upon the war with all the animosity which I have
described, had seized the place called Hieron at the entrance of the channel,
which the Byzantines not long before had purchased for a considerable sum
of money, because of its convenient situation; and because they did not
wish to leave in any one else’s hands a point of vantage to be used against
merchants sailing into the Pontus, or one which commanded the slave trade,
or the fishing. Besides this, Prusias had seized in Asia a district of Mysia,
which had been in the possession of Byzantium for many years past.

Page 341

Meanwhile the Rhodians manned six ships and received four from their
allies; and, having elected Xenophantus to command them, they sailed with
this squadron of ten ships to the Hellespont. Nine of them dropped anchor
near Sestos, and stopped ships sailing into the Pontus; with the tenth the
admiral sailed to Byzantium, to test the spirit of the people, and see whether
they were already sufficiently alarmed to change their minds about the war.
Finding them resolved not to listen he sailed away, and, taking up his other
nine ships, returned to Rhodes with the whole squadron.
Meanwhile the Byzantines sent a message to Achaeus asking for aid, and an
escort to conduct Tiboetes from Macedonia. For it was believed that
Tiboetes had as good a claim to the kingdom of Bithynia as Prusias, who
was his nephew.
51. But seeing the confident spirit of the Byzantines, the Rhodians adopted
The Rhodians secure the an exceedingly able plan to obtain their object. They
friendship of Achaeus. perceived that the resolution of the Byzantines in
venturing on the war rested mainly on their hopes of the support of
Achaeus. Now they knew that the father of Achaeus was detained at
Alexandria, and that Achaeus was exceedingly anxious for his father’s
safety: they therefore hit upon the idea of sending an embassy to Ptolemy,
and asking him to deliver this Andromachus to them. This request, indeed,
they had before made, but without laying any great stress upon it: now,
however, they were genuinely anxious for it; that, by doing this favour to
Achaeus, they might lay him under such an obligation to them, that he
would be unable to refuse any request they might make to him. When the
ambassadors arrived, Ptolemy at first deliberated as to detaining
Andromachus; because there still remained some points of dispute between
himself and Antiochus unsettled; and Achaeus, who had recently declared
himself king, could exercise a decisive influence in several important
particulars. For Andromachus was not only father of Achaeus, but brother
also of Laodice, the wife of Seleucus.226 However, on a review of the whole
situation, Ptolemy inclined to the Rhodians; and being anxious to show
them every favour, he yielded to their request, and handed over
Andromachus to them to conduct to his son. Having accordingly done this,
and having conferred some additional marks of honour on Achaeus, they
deprived the Byzantines of their most important hope. And this was not the
only disappointment which the Byzantines had to encounter; for as Tiboetes

Page 342

was being escorted from Macedonia, he entirely defeated their plans by
dying. This misfortune damped the ardour of the Byzantines, while it
encouraged Prusias to push on the war. On the Asiatic side he carried it on
in person, and with great energy; while on the European side he hired
Thracians who prevented the Byzantines from leaving their gates. For their
party being thus baulked of their hopes, and surrounded on every side by
enemies, the Byzantines began to look about then for some decent pretext
for withdrawing from the war.
52. So when the Gallic king, Cavarus, came to Byzantium, and showed
The Gallic king, himself eager to put an end to the war, and earnestly
Cavarus, negotiates a offered his friendly intervention, both Prusias and the
peace, b.c. 220.
Byzantines consented to his proposals. And when the
Rhodians were informed of the interference of Cavarus and the consent of
Prusias, being very anxious to secure their own object also, they elected
Aridices as ambassador to Byzantium, and sent Polemocles with him in
command of three triremes, wishing, as the saying is, to send the
Byzantines “spear and herald’s staff at once.” Upon their appearance a
pacification was arranged, in the year of Cothon, son of Callisthenes,
Hieromnemon in Byzantium.227 The treaty with the Rhodians was simple:
“The Byzantines will not collect toll from any ship sailing into the Pontus;
and in that case the Rhodians and their allies are at peace with the
Byzantines.” But that with Prusias contained the following provisions:
“There shall be peace and amity for ever between Prusias and the
Byzantines; the Byzantines shall in no way attack Prusias, nor Prusias the
Byzantines. Prusias shall restore to Byzantines all lands, forts, populations,
and prisoners of war, without ransom; and besides these things, the ships
taken at the beginning of the war, and the arms seized in the fortresses; and
also the timbers, stone-work, and roofing belonging to the fort called
Hieron” (for Prusias, in his terror of the approach of Tiboetes, had pulled
down every fort which seemed to lie conveniently for him): “finally, Prusias
shall compel such of the Bithynians as have any property taken from the
Byzantine district of Mysia to restore it to the farmers.”
Such were the beginning and end of the war of Rhodes and Prusias with
Byzantium.

Page 343

53. At the same time the Cnossians sent an embassy to the Rhodians, and
War between Rhodes and persuaded them to send them the ships that were under
Crete. the command of Polemocles, and to launch three
undecked vessels besides and send them also to Crete. The Rhodians having
complied, and the vessels having arrived at Crete, the people of Eleutherna
suspecting that one of their citizens named Timarchus had been put to death
by Polemocles to please the Cnossians, first proclaimed a right of reprisal
against the Rhodians, and then went to open war with them.

54. The people of Lyttos,228 too, a short time before this, met with an
The destruction of irretrievable disaster. At that time the political state of
Lyttos. Crete as a whole was this. The Cnossians, in league
with the people of Gortyn, had a short time previously reduced the whole
island under their power, with the exception of the city of Lyttos; and this
being the only city which refused obedience, they resolved to go to war
with it, being bent upon removing its inhabitants from their homes, as an
example and terror to the rest of Crete. Accordingly at first the whole of the
other Cretan cities were united in war against Lyttos: but presently when
some jealousy arose from certain trifling causes, as is the way with the
Cretans, they separated into hostile parties, the peoples of Polyrrhen, Cere,
and Lappa, along with the Horii and Arcades,229 forming one party and
separating themselves from connexion with the Cnossians, resolved to
make common cause with the Lyttians. Among the people of Gortyn, again,
the elder men espoused the side of Cnossus, the younger that of Lyttos, and
so were in opposition to each other. Taken by surprise by this disintegration
of their allies, the Cnossians fetched over a thousand men from Aetolia in
virtue of their alliance: upon which the party of the elders in Gortyn
immediately seized the citadel; introduced the Cnossians and Aetolians; and
either expelled or put to death the young men, and delivered the city into
the hands of the Cnossians. And at the same time, the Lyttians having gone
out with their full forces on an expedition into the enemy’s territory, the
Cnossians got information of the fact, and seized Lyttos while thus denuded
of its defenders. The children and women they sent to Cnossus; and having
set fire to the town, thrown down its buildings, and damaged it in every
possible way, returned. When the Lyttians reached home from their
expedition, and saw what had happened, they were struck with such violent
grief that not a man of the whole host had the heart to enter his native city;

Page 344

but one and all having marched round its walls, with frequent cries and
lamentations over their misfortune and that of their country, turned back
again towards the city of Lappa. The people of Lappa gave them a kind and
entirely cordial reception; and having thus in one day become cityless and
aliens, they joined these allies in their war against the Cnossians. Thus at
one fell swoop was Lyttos, a colony of Sparta and allied with the
Lacedaemonians in blood, the most ancient of the cities in Crete, and by
common consent the mother of the bravest men in the island, utterly cut off.
55. But the peoples of Polyrrhen and Lappa and all their allies, seeing that
Appeal to the Achaeans the Cnossians clung to the alliance of the Aetolians, and
and Philip. that the Aetolians were at war with King Philip and the
Achaeans, sent ambassadors to the two latter asking for their help and to be
admitted to alliance with them. Both requests were granted: they were
admitted into the roll of allies, and assistance was sent to them, consisting
of four hundred Illyrians under Plator, two hundred Achaeans, and a
hundred Phocians; whose arrival was of the utmost advantage to the interest
of Polyrrhenia and her allies: for in a brief space of time they shut the
Eleuthernaeans and Cydonians within their walls, and compelled the people
of Aptera to forsake the alliance of the Cnossians and share their fortunes.
When these results had been obtained, the Polyrrhenians and their allies
joined in sending to the aid of Philip and the Achaeans five hundred
Cretans, the Cnossians having sent a thousand to the Aetolians a short time
before; both of which contingents took part in the existing war on their
respective sides. Nay more, the exiled party of Gortyn seized the harbour of
Phaestus,230 and also by a sudden and bold attack occupied the port of
Gortyn itself; and from these two places as bases of operation they carried
on the war with the party in the town. Such was the state of Crete.
56. About the same time Mithridates also declared war against the people of
Mithridates IV., king of Sinope; which proved to be the beginning and occasion
Pontus, declares war of the disaster which ultimately befell the Sinopeans.
against Sinope.
Upon their sending an embassy with a view to this war
to beg for assistance from the Rhodians, the latter decided to elect three
men, and to grant them a hundred and forty thousand drachmae with which
to procure supplies needed by the Sinopeans. The men so appointed got
ready ten thousand jars of wine, three hundred talents231 of prepared hair, a
hundred talents of made-up bowstring, a thousand suits of armour, three

Page 345

thousand gold pieces, and four catapults with engineers to work them. The
Sinopean envoys took these presents and departed; for the people of Sinope,
being in great anxiety lest Mithridates should attempt to besiege them both
by land and sea, were making all manner of preparations with this view.
Sinope lies on the right-hand shore of the Pontus as one sails to Phasis, and
is built upon a peninsula jutting out into the sea: it is on the neck of this
peninsula, connecting it with Asia, which is not more than two stades wide,
that the city is so placed as to entirely close it up from sea to sea; the rest of
the peninsula stretches out into the open sea,—a piece of flat land from
which the town is easily accessible, but surrounded by a steep coast offering
very bad harbourage, and having exceedingly few spots admitting of
disembarkation. The Sinopeans then were dreadfully alarmed lest
Mithridates should blockade them, by throwing up works against their town
on the side towards Asia, and by making a descent on the opposite side
upon the low ground in front of the town: and they accordingly determined
to strengthen the line of the peninsula, where it was washed by the sea, by
putting up wooden defences and erecting palisades round the places
accessible from the sea; and at the same time by storing weapons and
stationing guards at all points open to attack: for the whole area is not large,
but is capable of being easily defended and by a moderate force.
Such was the situation at Sinope at the time of the commencement of the
Social war,—to which I must now return.
57. King Philip started from Macedonia with his army for Thessaly and
Epirus, being bent on taking that route in his invasion of Aetolia. And at the
The History of the Social same time Alexander and Dorimachus, having
war resumed from ch. succeeded in establishing an intrigue for the betrayal of
37. Philip starts for
Aetolia, b.c. 219. Night
Aegira, had collected about twelve hundred Aetolians
surprise of Aegira. into Oeanthe, which is in Aetolia, exactly opposite the
above-named town; and, having prepared vessels to
convey them across the gulf, were waiting for favourable weather for
making the voyage in fulfilment of their design. For a deserter from Aetolia,
who had spent a long time at Aegira, and had had full opportunity of
observing that the guards of the gate towards Aegium were in the habit of
getting drunk, and keeping their watch with great slackness, had again and
again crossed over to Dorimachus; and, laying this fact before him, had
invited him to make the attempt, well knowing that he was thoroughly

Page 346

accustomed to such practices. The city of Aegira lies on the Peloponnesian
coast of the Corinthian gulf, between the cities of Aegium and Sicyon, upon
some strong and inaccessible heights, facing towards Parnassus and that
district of the opposite coast, and standing about seven stades back from the
sea. At the mouth of the river which flows past this town Dorimachus
dropped anchor under cover of night, having at length obtained favourable
weather for crossing. He and Alexander, accompanied by Archidamus the
son of Pantaleon and the main body of the Aetolians, then advanced
towards the city along the road leading from Aegium. But the deserter, with
twenty of the most active men, having made his way by a shorter cut than
the others over the cliffs where there was no road, owing to his knowledge
of the locality, got into the city through a certain water-course and found the
guards of the gate still asleep. Having killed them while actually in their
beds, and cut the bolts of the gates with their axes, they opened them to the
Aetolians. Having thus surprised the town, they behaved with a
conspicuous want of caution, which eventually saved the people of Aegira,
and proved the destruction of the Aetolians themselves. They seemed to
imagine that to get within the gates was all there was to do in occupying an
enemy’s town; and accordingly acted as I shall now describe.
58. They kept together for a very brief space of time near the market-place,
Alexander killed. and then scattering in every direction, in their passion
for plunder, rushed into the houses and began carrying
off the wealth they contained. But it was now broad daylight: and the attack
being wholly unexpected and sudden, those of the Aegiratans whose houses
were actually entered by the enemy, in the utmost terror and alarm, all took
to flight and made their way out of the town, believing it to be completely
in the power of the enemy; but those of them whose houses were
untouched, and who, hearing the shouting, sallied out to the rescue, all
rushed with one accord to the citadel. These last continually increased in
number and confidence; while the Aetolians on the contrary kept
continually becoming less closely united, and less subject to discipline,
from the causes above mentioned. But Dorimachus, becoming conscious of
his danger, rallied his men and charged the citizens who were occupying the
citadel: imagining that, by acting with decision and boldness, he would
terrify and turn to flight those who had rallied to defend the town. But the
Aegiratans, cheering each other on, offered a strenuous resistance, and

Page 347

grappled gallantly with the Aetolians. The citadel being unwalled, and the
struggle being at close quarters and man to man, the battle was at first as
desperate as might be expected between two sides, of which one was
fighting for country and children, the other for bare life. Finally the
invading Aetolians were repulsed: and the Aegiratans, taking advantage of
their higher position, made a fierce and vigorous charge down the slope
upon the enemy; which struck such terror in them, that in the confusion that
followed the fugitives trampled each other to death at the gates. Alexander
himself fell fighting in the actual battle; but Archidamus was killed in the
struggle and crush at the gates. Of the main body of Aetolians, some were
trampled to death; others flying over the pathless hills fell over precipices
and broke their necks; while such as escaped in safety to the ships managed,
after shamefully throwing away their arms, to sail away and escape from
what seemed a desperate danger. Thus it came about that the Aegiratans
having lost their city by their carelessness, unexpectedly regained it by their
valour and gallantry.
59. About the same time Euripidas, who had been sent out to act as general
Euripidas. to the Eleans, after overrunning the districts of Dyme,
Pharae, and Tritaea, and collecting a considerable
amount of booty, was marching back to Elis. But Miccus of Dyme, who
happened at the time to be Sub-strategus of the Achaean league, went out to
the rescue with a body of Dymaeans, Pharaeans, and Tritaeans, and attacked
him as he was returning. But proceeding too precipitately, he fell into an
ambush and lost a large number of his men: for forty of his infantry were
killed and about two hundred taken prisoners. Elated by this success,
Euripidas a few days afterwards made another expedition, and seized a fort
belonging to the Dymaeans on the river Araxus, standing in an excellent
situation, and called the Wall, which the myths affirm to have been
anciently built by Hercules, when at war with the Eleans, as a base of
operations against them.
60. The peoples of Dyme, Pharae, and Tritaea having been worsted in their
attempt to relieve the country, and afraid of what would happen from this
capture of the fort, first sent messengers to the Strategus, Aratus, to inform
Inactivity of Aratus. him of what had happened and to ask for aid, and
Dyme, Pharae, and afterwards a formal embassy with the same request. But
Aratus was unable to get the mercenaries together,

Page 348

Tritaea separate from the because in the Cleomenic war the Achaeans had failed
league.
to pay some of the wages of the hired troops: and his
entire policy and management of the whole war was in a word without spirit
or nerve. Accordingly Lycurgus seized the Athenaeum of Megalopolis, and
Euripidas followed up his former successes by taking Gortyna232 in the
territory of Telphusa. But the people of Dyme, Pharae, and Tritaea,
despairing of assistance from the Strategus, came to a mutual agreement to
cease paying the common contribution to the Achaean league, and to collect
a mercenary army on their own account, three hundred infantry and fifty
horse; and to secure the country by their means. In this action they were
considered to have shown a prudent regard for their own interests, but not
for those of the community at large; for they were thought to have set an
evil example, and supplied a precedent to those whose wish it was to break
up the league. But in fact the chief blame for their proceeding must
rightfully be assigned to the Strategus, who pursued such a dilatory policy,
and slighted or wholly rejected the prayers for help which reached him from
time to time. For as long as he has any hope, from relations and allies, any
man who is in danger will cling to them; but when in his distress he has to
give up that hope, he is forced to help himself the best way he can.
Wherefore we must not find fault with the people of Tritaea, Pharae, and
Dyme for having mercenaries on their own account, when the chief
magistrate of the league hesitated to act: but some blame does attach to
them for renouncing the joint contribution. They certainly were not bound
to neglect to secure their own safety by every opportunity and means in
their power; but they were bound at the same time to keep up their just dues
to the league: especially as the recovery of such payment was perfectly
secured to them by the common laws; and most of all because they had
been the originators of the Achaean confederacy.233
61. Such was the state of things in the Peloponnese when King Philip, after
Philip V. at Ambracia, crossing Thessaly, arrived in Epirus. Reinforcing his
b.c. 219. Macedonians by a full levy of Epirotes, and being
joined by three hundred slingers from Achaia, and the five hundred Cretans
sent him by the Polyrrhenians, he continued his march through Epirus and
arrived in the territory of the Ambracians. Now, if he had continued his
march without interruption, and thrown himself into the interior of Aetolia,
by the sudden and unlooked-for attack of so formidable an army he would

Page 349

have put an end to the whole campaign: but as it was, he was over-
persuaded by the Epirotes to take Ambracus first; and so gave the Aetolians
an interval in which to make a stand, to take precautionary measures, and to
prepare for the future. For the Epirotes, thinking more of their own
advantage than of that of the confederacy, and being very anxious to get
Ambracus234 into their power, begged Philip to invest the town and take it
before doing anything else: the fact being that they regarded it as a matter
of the utmost importance to recover Ambracia from the Aetolians; and
thought that the only way of doing this was to become masters of this place,
Ambracus, and besiege the town of Ambracia from it. For Ambracus is a
place strongly fortified by walls and out-works, standing in the midst of
marshes, and approached from the land by only one narrow raised
causeway; and commanding by its situation both the district and town of
Ambracia.
62. While Philip, then, by the persuasion of the Epirotes, pitching his camp
near Ambracus, was engaged in making his preparations for the siege,
Scopas raised a general levy of Aetolians, and marching through Thessaly
crossed the frontiers of Macedonia; traversed the plain of Plena, and laid it
Scopas tries to effect a waste; and after securing considerable booty, returned
diversion by invading by the road leading to Dium. The inhabitants of that
Macedonia. On his
return he destroys Dium. town abandoning the place, he entered it and threw
down its walls, houses, and gymnasium; set fire to the
covered walks round the sacred enclosure, and destroyed all the other
offerings which had been placed in it, either for ornament, or for the use of
visitors to the public assemblies, and threw down all the statues of the
kings. And this man, who, at the very beginning and first action of the war,
had thus turned his arms against the gods as well as men, was not treated on
his return to Aetolia as guilty of impiety, but was honoured and looked up
to. For he had indeed filled the Aetolians with empty hopes and irrational
conceit. From this time they indulged the idea that no one would venture to
set foot in Aetolia, while they would be able without resistance not only to
plunder the Peloponnese, which they were quite accustomed to do, but
Thessaly and Macedonia also.
63. When he heard what had happened in Macedonia, and had thus paid on
Ambracus taken. the spot for the selfishness and folly of the Epirotes,
Philip proceeded to besiege Ambracus. By an energetic

Page 350

use of earthworks, and other siege operations, he quickly terrified the
people into submission, and the place surrendered after a delay of forty days
in all. He let the garrison, consisting of five hundred Aetolians, depart on
fixed conditions, and gratified the cupidity of the Epirotes by handing over
Ambracus to them, while he himself set his army in motion, and marched
by way of Charadra, being anxious to cross the Ambracian gulf where it is
narrowest, that is to say, near the Acarnanian temple called Actium. For this
gulf is a branch of the Sicilian sea between Epirus and Acarnania, with a
very narrow opening of less than five stades, but expanding as it extends
inland to a breadth of a hundred stades; while the length of the whole arm
from the open sea is about three hundred stades. It forms the boundary
between Epirus on the north and Acarnania on the south. Philip, therefore,
having got his army across this entrance of the gulf, and advanced through
Acarnania, came to the city of Phoeteiae, which belonged to the
235
Philip enters Aetolia; Aetolians; having, during his march, been joined by
takes Phoeteiae. an Acarnanian force of two thousand foot and two
hundred horse. Encamping under the walls of this town, and making
energetic and formidable assaults upon it during two days, it was
surrendered to him on terms, and the Aetolian garrison were dismissed on
parole. Next night, however, five hundred other Aetolians, believing the
town still untaken, came to its relief; whose arrival being ascertained
beforehand by the king, he stationed some men in ambush at certain
convenient spots, and slew most of the new-comers and captured all but a
very few of the rest. After these events, he distributed a month’s rations of
corn among his men from what had been captured, for a large store was
found collected at Phoeteiae, and then continued his advance into the
territory of Stratus. At about ten stades from that town he pitched his camp
on the banks of the river Achelous; and from that began laying waste the
country without resistance, none of the enemy venturing out to attack him.
64. Meanwhile the Achaeans, being hard pressed by the war, and
Metropolis and Conope. ascertaining that the king was not far off, sent
ambassadors to him begging for help. They found
Philip still in his camp near Stratus, and there delivered their commission:
and besides the message with which they were charged, they pointed out to
him the richness of the booty which his army would get from the enemy’s
country, and tried to persuade him to cross to Rhium and invade Elis. The

Page 351

king listened to what they had to say, and kept the ambassadors with him,
alleging that he must consider of their request; and meanwhile broke up his
camp, and marched in the direction of Metropolis and Conope. The
Aetolians kept possession of the citadel of Metropolis but abandoned the
town: whereupon Philip set fire to Metropolis, and continued his advance
against Conope. But when the Aetolian horse rallied and ventured to meet
him at the ford of the Achelous, which is about twenty stades before you
reach the town, believing that they would either stop his advance altogether,
or inflict much damage on the Macedonians while crossing the river; the
Skirmish on the king, fully understanding their tactics, ordered his light-
Achelous. armed troops to enter the river first and to cross it in
close order, keeping to their regular companies, and with shields
interlocked. His orders were obeyed: and as soon as the first company had
effected the crossing, the Aetolian cavalry attacked it; but they could make
no impression upon it, standing as it did in close order, and being joined in
similar close order, shield to shield, by a second and a third company as
they crossed. Therefore they wheeled off discomfited and retired to the city.
Ithoria. From this time forth the proud gallantry of the Aetolians
was fain to confine itself to the protection of the towns,
and keep quiet; while Philip crossed with his army, and after wasting this
district also without resistance, arrived at Ithoria. This is a position
completely commanding the road, and of extraordinary strength, natural as
well as artificial. On his approach, however, the garrison occupying the
place abandoned it in a panic; and the king, taking possession, levelled it to
the ground: and gave orders to his skirmishing parties to treat all forts in the
district in the same way.
65. Having thus passed the narrow part of the road, he proceeded at a slow
and deliberate pace, giving his army time to collect booty from the country;
and by the time he reached Oeniadae his army was richly provided with
every kind of goods. But he resolved first to take Paeanium: and having
Paeanium. pitched his camp under its walls, by a series of assaults
carried the place by force,—a town not large in
circumference, for that was less than seven stades, but second to none in the
construction of its houses, walls, and towers. The wall of this town he
levelled with its foundation, and, breaking down its houses, he packed their
timbers and tiles with great care upon rafts, and sent them down the river to

Page 352

Oeniadae. At first the Aetolians resolved to hold the citadel in Oeniadae,
which they had strengthened with walls and other fortifications; but upon
Philip’s approach they evacuated it in a panic. The king therefore having
taken this city also, advanced from it and encamped on a certain secure
position in Calydonia, called Elaeus, which had been rendered
extraordinarily strong with walls and other fortifications by Attalus, who
undertook the work for the Aetolians. Having carried this also by assault,
and plundered the whole of Calydonia, the Macedonians returned to
Fortifies Oeniadae. Oeniadae. And observing the convenient position of
this place for all purposes, and especially as providing a
place of embarkation for the Peloponnese, Philip resolved to build a wall
round the town. For Oeniadae lies on the sea-coast, at the juncture of the
Acarnanian and Aetolian frontiers, just at the entrance of the Corinthian
gulf; and the town faces the sea-coast of Dyme in the Peloponnesus, and is
the nearest point to the promontory of Araxus in it; for the intervening sea is
not more than a hundred stades across. Looking to these facts he fortified
the citadel by itself; and, building a wall round the harbour and dockyards,
was intending to connect them with the citadel, employing for the
construction the materials brought from Paeanium.
66. But whilst he was still engaged on this work, news was brought to the
Philip recalled to king that the Dardani, suspecting his intention of
Macedonia by a invading the Peloponnese, were collecting forces and
threatened invasion of
Dardani.
making great preparations with the determination of
invading Macedonia. When he heard this, Philip made
up his mind that he was bound to go with all speed to the protection of
Macedonia: and accordingly he dismissed the Achaean envoys with the
answer, which he now gave them, that when he had taken effectual
measures with regard to the circumstances that had just been announced to
him, he would look upon it as his first business to bring them aid to the best
of his ability. Thereupon he broke up his camp, and began his return march
with all speed, by the same route as that by which he had come. When he
was on the point of recrossing the Ambracian gulf from Acarnania into
Epirus, Demetrius of Pharos presented himself, sailing with a single galley,
having just been banished from Illyria by the Romans,—as I have stated in
the previous book.236 Philip received him with kindness and bade him sail
to Corinth, and go thence through Thessaly to Macedonia; while he himself

Page 353

crossed into Epirus and pushed on without a halt. When he had reached
Pella in Macedonia, the Dardani learnt from some Thracian deserters that he
was in the country, and they at once in a panic broke up their army, though
they were close to the Macedonian frontier. And Philip, being informed of
their change of purpose, dismissed his Macedonian soldiers to gather in
Late summer of b.c. 219. their harvest: while he himself went to Thessaly, and
spent the rest of the summer at Larisa.
It was at this season that Aemilius celebrated a splendid triumph at Rome
Contemporary events in for his Illyrian victories; and Hannibal after the capture
Spain and Italy. of Saguntum dismissed his troops into winter quarters;
while the Romans, on hearing of the capture of Saguntum, were sending
ambassadors to Carthage to demand the surrender of Hannibal, and at the
same time were making preparations for the war after electing Publius
Cornelius Scipio and Tiberius Sempronius Longus Consuls for the
following year, as I have stated in detail in the previous book. My object in
recalling the facts here is to carry out my original plan of showing what
events in various parts of the world were contemporaneous.
67. And so the first year of this Olympiad was drawing to a close. In
Midsummer b.c. 217. Aetolia, the time of the elections having come round,
Dorimachus Aetolian Dorimachus was elected Strategus. He was no sooner
Strategus, Sept. b.c. 119.
invested with his office, than, summoning the Aetolian
forces, he made an armed foray upon the highlands of Epirus, and began
wasting the country with an even stronger passion for destruction than
usual; for his object in everything he did was not so much to secure booty
Destroys Dodona. for himself, as to damage the Epirotes. And having
come to Dodona237 he burnt the colonnades, destroyed
the sacred offerings, and even demolished the sacred building; so that we
may say that the Aetolians had no regard for the laws of peace or war, but in
the one as well as in the other, acted in defiance of the customs and
principles of mankind. After those, and other similar achievements,
Dorimachus returned home.
But the winter being now considerably advanced, and all idea of the king
Philip starts again. coming being given up owing to the time of the year,
Philip suddenly started from Larisa with an army of
three thousand hoplites armed with brass shields, two thousand light-armed,

Page 354

three hundred Cretans, and four hundred horse of the royal guard; and
having transported them into Euboea and thence to Cynos he came through
Dec. b.c. 219. Boeotia and the Megarid to Corinth, about the time of
the winter solstice; having conducted his arrival with
such promptitude and secrecy, that not a single Peloponnesian suspected it.
He at once closed the gates of Corinth and secured the roads by guards; and
on the very next day sent for Aratus the elder to come to him from Sicyon,
and issued despatches to the Strategus of the Achaean league and the cities,
in which he named a time and place for them all to meet him in arms.
Having made these arrangements, he again started, and pitched his camp
near the temple of the Dioscuri in Phliasia.
68. Meanwhile Euripidas, with two companies of Eleans,—who combined
b.c. 218, Jan.-Feb. with the pirates and mercenaries made up an army of
Destruction of a two thousand two hundred men, besides a hundred
marauding army of
Eleans under Euripidas.
horse,—started from Psophis and began marching by
way of Pheneus and Stymphalus, knowing nothing
about Philip’s arrival, with the purpose of wasting the territory of Sicyon.
The very night in which it chanced that Philip had pitched his camp near the
temple of the Dioscuri, he passed the royal quarters, and succeeded in
entering the territory of Sicyon, about the time of the morning watch. But
some Cretans of Philip’s army who had left their ranks, and were prowling
about on the track of prey, fell into the hands of Euripidas, and being
questioned by him informed him of the arrival of the Macedonians. Without
saying a word of his discovery to any one, he at once caused his army to
face about, and marched back by the same road as that by which he had
come; with the intention and hope of getting through Stymphalia, and
reaching the difficult ground beyond it, before the Macedonians could catch
him. But the king knowing nothing at all about the proceedings of the
enemy, at daybreak broke up his camp and began his advance in pursuance
of his original plan, determining to march by way of Stymphalus itself to
Caphyae: for it was at that town that he had written to the Achaeans to meet
him.
69. Now it happened that, just as the Macedonian advanced guard came to
The Eleans come across the top of the hill, near a place called Apelaurus, about
the Macedonians at the ten stades before you come to Stymphalus, the
advanced guard of the Eleans converged upon it also.

Page 355

junction of the two roads Understanding from his previous information what had
above Stymphalus.
happened, Euripidas took some horsemen with him and
avoided the danger by flight, making his way across country to Psophis.
The rest of the Eleans being thus deserted by their leader, and panic-struck
at what had happened, remained stationary on the road, not knowing what
to do, or which way to turn. For at first their officers imagined that the
troops they saw were some Achaeans come out to resist them. What
favoured this mistake more than anything else were the brass shields of the
hoplites: for they imagined that they were Megalopolitans, because the
soldiers of that town had borne shields of that sort at the battle of Sellasia
against Cleomenes, King Antigonus having furnished them for the occasion.
Under this idea, they retired in good order to some rising ground, by no
means despairing of getting off safely: but as soon as the Macedonians had
advanced close up to them, grasping the true state of the case, they threw
down their shields and fled. About twelve hundred of them were taken
prisoners; but the rest perished utterly, some at the hands of the
Macedonians, and others by falling down precipices: and finally not more
than a hundred altogether escaped. Having despatched the spoils and the
prisoners to Corinth, Philip continued his expedition. But a great impression
was made upon the Peloponnesians: for they had not heard of the king’s
arrival until they heard of his victory.
70. Continuing his march through Arcadia, and encountering heavy snow
storms and much fatigue in the pass over Mount Oligyrtus, he arrived on
Philip advances to the third day at Caphyae. There he rested his army for
Psophis. two days, and was joined by Aratus the younger, and
the Achaean soldiers whom he had collected; so that, with an army now
amounting to ten thousand men, he advanced by way of Clitoria towards
Psophis, collecting missiles and scaling ladders from the towns through
which he passed. Psophis is a place of acknowledged antiquity, and a
A description of Psophis. colony of the Arcadian town of Azanis. Taking the
Peloponnesus as a whole, it occupies a central position
in the country; but in regard to Arcadia it is on its western frontier, and is
close also to the western borderland of Achaia: its position also commands
the territory of the Eleans, with whom at that time it was politically united.
Philip reached this town on the third day after leaving Caphyae, and pitched
his camp on some rising ground overhanging the city, from which he could

Page 356

in perfect security command a view both of the whole town and the country
round it. But when the king saw the great strength of the place, he was at a
loss what to do. Along the left side of it rushes a violent winter torrent,
which for the greater part of the winter is impassable, and in any case
renders the city secure and difficult of approach, owing to the size of the
bed which its waters have worn out for themselves by slow degrees, in the
course of ages, as it comes rushing down from the higher ground. On the
east again there is a broad and rapid river, the Erymanthus, about which so
many tales are told. This river is joined by the winter torrent at a point south
of the town, which is thus defended on three sides by these streams; while
the fourth, or northern, side is commanded by a hill, which has been
fortified, and serves as a convenient and efficient citadel. The town has
walls also of unusual size and construction; and besides all this, a
reinforcement of Eleans happened to have just come in, and Euripidas
himself was in the town after his escape from Stymphalus.
71. The sight of these things caused Philip much anxious thought.
Sometimes he was for giving up his plan of attacking and besieging the
place: at others the excellence of its situation made him eager to accomplish
this. For just as it was then a source of danger to the Achaeans and
Capture of Psophis. Arcadians, and a safe place of arms for the Eleans; so
would it on the other hand, if captured, become a source
of safety to the Arcadians, and a most convenient base of operations for the
allies against the Eleans. These considerations finally decided him to make
the attempt: and he therefore issued orders to the Macedonians to get their
breakfasts at daybreak, and be ready for service with all preparations
completed. Everything being done as he ordered, the king led his army over
the bridge across the Erymanthus; and no one having offered him
resistance, owing to the unexpectedness of the movement, he arrived under
the walls of the town in gallant style and with formidable show. Euripidas
and the garrison were overpowered with astonishment; because they had
felt certain that the enemy would not venture on an assault, or try to carry a
town of such strength; and that a siege could not last long either, owing to
the severity of the season. This calculation of chances made them begin to
entertain suspicions of each other, from a misgiving that Philip must have
established a secret intrigue with some persons in the town against it. But
finding that nothing of the sort existed among themselves, the greater

Page 357

number hurried to the walls to defend them, while the mercenary Elean
soldiers sallied out of a gate in the upper part of the town to attack the
enemy. The king stationed his men who had ladders at three different spots,
and divided the other Macedonians among these three parties; this being
arranged, he gave the signal by the sound of trumpet, and began the assault
on the walls at once. At first the garrison offered a spirited resistance and
hurled many of the enemy from their ladders; but when the supply of
weapons inside the town, as well as other necessary materials, began to run
short,—as was to be expected from the hasty nature of the preparations for
defence,—and the Macedonians showed no sign of terror, the next man
filling up the place of each who was hurled from the scaling-ladder, the
garrison at length turned to flight, and made their escape one and all into the
citadel. In the king’s army the Macedonians then made good their footing
on the wall, while the Cretans went against the party of mercenaries who
had sallied from the upper gate, and forced them to throw away their shields
and fly in disorder. Following the fugitives with slaughter, they forced their
way along with them through the gate: so that the town was captured at all
points at once. The Psophidians with their wives and children retreated into
the citadel, and Euripidas with them, as well as all the soldiers who had
escaped destruction.
72. Having thus carried the place, the Macedonians at once plundered all
the furniture of the houses; and then, setting up their quarters in the houses,
took regular possession of the town. But the people who had taken refuge in
Surrender of the citadel a body in the citadel, having no provisions with them,
of Psophis. and well foreseeing what must happen, made up their
minds to give themselves up to Philip. They accordingly sent a herald to the
king; and having received a safe-conduct for an embassy, they despatched
their magistrates and Euripidas with them on this mission, who made terms
with the king by which the lives and liberties of all who were on the citadel,
whether citizens or foreigners, were secured. The ambassadors then
returned whence they came, carrying an order to the people to remain where
they were until the army had marched out, for fear any of the soldiers
should disobey orders and plunder them. A fall of snow however compelled
the king to remain where he was for some days; in the course of which he
summoned a meeting of such Achaeans as were in the army, and after
pointing out to them the strength and excellent position of the town for the

Page 358

purposes of the present war, he spoke also of his own friendly disposition
towards their nation: and ended by saying, “We hereby yield up and present
this town to the Achaeans; for it is our purpose to show them all the favour
in our power, and to omit nothing that may testify to our zeal.” After
receiving the thanks of Aratus and the meeting, Philip dismissed the
assembly, and getting his army in motion, marched towards Lasion. The
Psophidians descending from the citadel received back the possession of the
town, each man recovering his own house; while Euripidas departed to
Corinth, and thence to Aetolia. Those of the Achaean magistrates who were
present put Prolaus of Sicyon in command of the citadel, with an adequate
garrison; and Pythias of Pallene in command of the town. Such was the end
of the incident of Psophis.
73. But when the Elean garrison of Lasion heard of the coming of the
Lasion and Stratus. Macedonians, and were informed of what had taken
place at Psophis, they at once abandoned the town; so
that upon his arrival the king took it immediately, and by way of enhancing
his favours to the Achaeans handed Lasion also over to them; and in a
similar spirit restored Stratus to the Telphusians, which was also evacuated
by the Eleans. On the fifth day after settling these matters he arrived at
Philip at Olympia. Olympia. There he offered a sacrifice to Zeus and
entertained his officers at a banquet; and, having given
his army three days’ rest, commenced his return march. After advancing
some way into Elis, he allowed foraging parties to scour the country while
he himself lay encamped near Artemisium, as it is called; and after
receiving the booty there, he removed to the Dioscurium.238 In the course of
this devastation of the country the number of the captives was indeed great,
but a still greater number made their escape to the neighbouring villages
Prosperity of Elis. and strongholds. For Elis is more populous, as well as
more richly furnished with slaves and other property,
than the rest of the Peloponnese: and some of the Eleans are so enamoured
of a country life, that there are cases of families who, being in enjoyment of
considerable wealth, have for two or three generations never entered a
public law-court at all.239 And this result is brought about by the great care
and attention bestowed upon the agricultural class by the government, to
see that their law-suits should be settled on the spot, and every necessary of
life abundantly supplied them. To me it seems that they owed these laws

Page 359

and customs originally to the wide extent of their arable land, and still more
to the fact that their lives were under the protection of religion; for, owing
to the Olympic assembly, their territory was especially exempted by the
Greeks from pillage; and they had accordingly been free from all injury and
hostile invasion.
74. But in the course of time, when the Arcadians advanced a claim for
The ancient privileges of Lasion and the whole district of Pisa, being forced to
Elis lost. defend their territory and change their habits of life,
they no longer troubled themselves in the least about recovering from the
Greeks their ancient and ancestral immunity from pillage, but were content
to remain exactly as they were. This in my opinion was a short-sighted
policy. For peace is a thing we all desire, and are willing to submit to
anything to obtain: it is the only one of our so-called blessings that no one
questions. If then there are people who, having the opportunity of obtaining
it, with justice and honour, from the Greeks, without question and for
perpetuity, neglect to do so, or regard other objects as of superior
importance to it, must we not look upon them as undoubtedly blind to their
true interests? But if it be objected that, by adopting such a mode of life,
they would become easily open to attack and exposed to treachery: I answer
that such an event would be rare, and if it did happen, would be a claim on
the aid of united Greece; but that for minor injuries, having all the wealth
which unbroken peace would be sure to bring them, they would never have
been at a loss for foreign soldiers or mercenaries to protect them at certain
places and times. As it is, from dread of what is occasional and unlikely,
they involve their country and property in perpetual wars and losses.
My object in thus speaking is to admonish the Eleans: for they have never
had a more favourable time than the present to get back their ancient
privilege of exemption from pillage, which is universally acknowledged to
belong to them. Even now, some sparks, so to speak, of their old habit
remaining, Elis is more thickly populated than other districts.
75. And therefore during Philip’s occupation of the country the number of
Capture of Thalamae. prisoners taken was immense; and the number of those
who escaped by flight still greater. An enormous
amount of movable property, and an enormous crowd of slaves and cattle,
were collected at a place called Thalamae; which was selected for the

Page 360

purpose, because the approach to it was narrow and difficult, and the place
itself was retired and not easy to enter. But when the king was informed of
the number of those who had taken refuge in this place, resolved to leave
nothing unattempted or incomplete, he occupied certain spots which
commanded the approach to it, with his mercenaries: while leaving his
baggage and main army in his entrenched camp, he himself led his peltasts
and light-armed troops through the gorge, and, without meeting with any
resistance, came directly under the fortress. The fugitives were panic-
stricken at his approach: for they were utterly inexperienced in war and
unprovided with means of defence,—a mere rabble hurriedly collected
together; they therefore at once surrendered, and among them two hundred
mercenary soldiers, of various nationalities, who had been brought there by
Amphidamus the Elean Strategus. Having thus become master of an
immense booty in goods, and of more than five thousand slaves, and having
in addition to these driven off an incalculable number of cattle, Philip now
returned to his camp; but finding his army overburdened with spoils of
every description, and rendered by that means cumbrous and useless for
service, he retraced his steps, and once more marched to Olympia.
76. But now a difficulty arose which was created by Apelles. Apelles was
Oppressive conduct of one of those who had been left by Antigonus as
Apelles to the Achaeans. guardians of his son, and had, as it happened, more
influence than any one else with the king. He conceived the wish to bring
the Achaeans into the same position as the Thessalians; and adopted for that
purpose a very offensive line of conduct. The Thessalians were supposed to
enjoy their own constitution, and to have quite a different status to the
Macedonians; but in fact they had exactly the same, and obeyed every order
of the royal ministers. It was with the purpose of bringing about the same
state of things, that this officer now set himself to test the subservience of
the Achaean contingent. At first he confined himself to giving the
Macedonian soldiers leave to eject Achaeans from their quarters, who on
any occasion had taken possession of them first, as well as to wrest from
them any booty they might have taken; but he afterwards treated them with
actual violence, through the agency of his subordinates, on any trifling
pretext; while such as complained of this treatment, or took the part of those
who were being beaten, he personally arrested and put into confinement:
being convinced that by this method he would gradually and imperceptibly

Page 361

bring them into the habit of submitting, without remonstrance, to any thing
which the king might choose to inflict. And this opinion he deduced from
his previous experience in the army of Antigonus, when he had seen the
Achaeans willing to endure any hardship, on the one condition of escaping
from the yoke of Cleomenes. However, certain young Achaeans held a
meeting, and going to Aratus explained to him the policy which was being
pursued by Apelles: whereupon Aratus at once went to Philip, feeling that a
stand must be made on this point at once and without delay. He made his
statement to the king; who, being informed of the facts, first of all
encouraged the young men by a promise that nothing of the sort should
happen to them again; and then commanded Apelles not to impose any
orders upon the Achaeans without consulting their own Strategus.
77. Philip, then, was acquiring a great reputation, not only among those
Character of Philip V. actually in his army, but among the other
Peloponnesians also, for his behaviour to the allies
serving with him, as well as for his ability and courage in the field. Indeed it
would not be easy to find a king endowed with more natural qualities
requisite for the acquisition of power. He had in an eminent degree a quick
understanding, a retentive memory, and a winning grace of manner, joined
to a look of royal dignity and authority; and most important of all, ability
and courage as a general. What neutralised all these excellent qualities, and
made a cruel tyrant of a naturally well-disposed king, it is not easy to say in
a few words: and therefore that inquiry must be reserved for a more suitable
time than the present.
Starting from Olympia by the road leading to Pharae, Philip came first to
Philip continues his Telphusa, and thence to Heraea. There he had the booty
campaign. sold by auction, and repaired the bridge over the
Alpheus, with the view of passing over it to the invasion of Triphylia.
Just at that time the Aetolian Strategus, Dorimachus, in answer to a request
of the Eleans for protection against the devastation they were enduring,
Arrival of Aetolian despatched six hundred Aetolians, under the command
troops under Phillidas, of Phillidas, to their aid. Having arrived in Elis, and
b.c. 218.
taken over the Elean mercenaries, who were five
hundred in number, as well as a thousand citizen soldiers and the Tarentine
Triphylia. cavalry,240 he marched to the relief of Triphylia. This

Page 362

district is so called from Triphylus, one of the sons of Arcas, and lies on the
coast of the Peloponnese between Elis and Messenia, facing the Libyan Sea,
and touching the south-west frontier of Arcadia. It contains the following
towns, Samicum, Lepreum, Hypana, Typaneae, Pyrgos, Aepium, Bolax,
Stylangium, Phrixa; all of which, shortly before this, the Eleans had
conquered and annexed, as well as the city of Alipheira, which had
originally been subject to Arcadia and Megalopolis, but had been
exchanged with the Eleans, for some private object of his own, by Lydiadas
when tyrant of Megalopolis.
78. Phillidas, then, sent his Elean troops to Lepreum, and his mercenaries to
Aliphera; while he himself went with the Aetolian troops to Typaneae, and
waited to see what would happen. Meanwhile the king, having got rid of his
heavy baggage, and crossed the bridge over the river Alpheus, which flows
right under Heraea, came to Alipheira, which lies on a hill precipitous on
every side, and the ascent of which is more than ten stades. The citadel is on
the very summit of this hill, adorned with a colossal statue of Athene, of
extraordinary size and beauty. The origin and purpose of this statue, and at
whose expense it was set up, are doubtful questions even among the
natives; for it has never been clearly discovered why or by whom it was
dedicated: yet it is universally allowed that its skilful workmanship classes
it among the most splendid and artistic productions of Hecatodorus241 and
Sostratus.
The next morning being fine and bright, the king made his dispositions at
Capture of Alipheira. daybreak. He placed parties of men with scaling ladders
at several points, and supported each of them with
bodies of mercenaries, and detachments of Macedonian hoplites, on the rear
of these several parties. His orders being fulfilled with enthusiasm and a
formidable display of power, the garrison of Alipheira were kept continually
rushing and rallying to the particular spots to which they saw the
Macedonians approaching: and while this was going on, the king himself
took some picked men, and mounted unobserved over some steep hills up to
the suburb of the citadel; and then, at a given signal, all at once put the
scaling ladders to the walls and began attempting the town. The king was
the first to take the suburb of the acropolis, which had been abandoned by
the garrison; and when this was set on fire, those who were defending the
town walls, foreseeing what must happen, and afraid that by the fall of the

Page 363

citadel they would be deprived of their last hope, abandoned the town walls,
and fled into it: whereupon the Macedonians at once took the walls and the
town. Subsequently the garrison on the citadel sent an embassy to Philip,
who granted them their lives, and received possession of it also by formal
surrender.
79. These achievements of the king alarmed the whole people of Triphylia,
Typanae and Phigalia and made them take counsel severally for the safety of
surrender to Philip. themselves and their respective cities: while Phillidas
left Typaneae, after plundering some of the houses there, and retired to
Lepreum. This was the reward which the allies of the Aetolians at that time
usually got: not only to be deserted at the hour of utmost need in the most
barefaced way, but, by being plundered as well as betrayed, to suffer at the
hands of their allies exactly what they had a right to expect from a
victorious enemy. But the people of Typaneae surrendered their city to
Philip; as also did the inhabitants of Hypana. And the people of Phigalia,
hearing of what had taken place in Triphylia, and disliking the alliance with
the Aetolians, rose in arms and seized the space round the Polemarchium.242
The Aetolian pirates who were residing in this city, for the purpose of
plundering Messene, were able at first to keep down and overawe the
people; but when they saw that the whole town was mustering to the rescue,
they desisted from the attempt. Having made terms with them, they took
their baggage and evacuated the town; whereupon the inhabitants sent an
embassy to Philip, and delivered themselves and their town into his hands.
80. While these things were going on, the people of Lepreum, having seized
Lepreum. a certain quarter of their town, demanded that the Elean,
Aetolian, and Lacedaemonian garrisons (for a
reinforcement had come from Sparta also) should all alike evacuate the
citadel and city. At first Phillidas refused, and stayed on, hoping to overawe
the citizens; but when the king, despatching Taurion with a guard of
soldiers to Phigalia, advanced in person towards Lepreum, and was now
close to the town, Phillidas lowered his tone, and the Lepreates were
encouraged in their determination. It was indeed a glorious act of gallantry
on their part. Though there was a garrison within their walls of a thousand
Eleans, a thousand Aetolians with the pirates, five hundred mercenaries, and
two hundred Lacedaemonians, and though too their citadel was in the
occupation of these troops, yet they ventured to make a stand for the

Page 364

freedom of their native city, and would not give up hope of deliverance.
Phillidas therefore, seeing that the Lepreates were prepared to offer a stout
resistance, and that the Macedonians were approaching, evacuated the town
with the Eleans and Lacedaemonians. The Cretans, who had been sent by
the Spartans, made their way home through Messenia; but Phillidas
departed for Samicum. The people of Lepreum, having thus got control of
their own town, sent ambassadors to place it in the power of Philip. Hearing
the news, Philip sent all his army, except the peltasts and light-armed
troops, to Lepreum; and taking the latter with him, he made all the haste he
could to catch Phillidas. He succeeded so far as to capture all his baggage;
but Phillidas himself managed to outstrip him and throw himself into
Samicum, Samicum. The king therefore sat down before this
place: and having sent for the rest of his army from
Lepreum, made the garrison believe that he meant to besiege the town. But
the Aetolians and Eleans within it, having nothing ready for sustaining a
siege beyond their bare hands, alarmed at their situation, held a parley with
Philip to secure their lives; and having obtained leave from him to march
out with their arms, they departed into Elis. Thus the king became master of
Samicum on the spot: and this was followed by deputations from other
towns to him, with entreaties for protection; in virtue of which he took over
and other towns. Phrixa, Stylangium, Aepium, Bolax, Pyrgos, and
Epitalium. Having settled these things, and reduced all
Triphylia into his power in six days, he returned to Lepreum; and having
addressed the necessary warnings to the Lepreates, and put a garrison into
the citadel, he departed with his army towards Heraea, leaving Ladicus of
Acarnania in command of Triphylia. When he arrived at Heraea, he made a
distribution of all the booty; and taking up again his baggage from Heraea,
arrived about the middle of the winter at Megalopolis.
81. While Philip was thus engaged in Triphylia, Chilon the Lacedaemonian,
holding that the kingship belonged to him in virtue of birth, and annoyed at
Chilon tries to seize the the neglect of his claims by the Ephors in selecting
crown of Sparta, Lycurgus, determined to stir up a revolution: and
b.c. 218.
believing that if he took the same course as Cleomenes
had done, and gave the common people hopes of land allotments and
redivision of property, the masses would quickly follow him, he addressed
himself to carrying out this policy. Having therefore agreed with his friends

Page 365

on this subject, and got as many as two hundred people to join his
conspiracy, he entered upon the execution of his project. But perceiving that
the chief obstacles in the way of the accomplishment of his design were
Lycurgus, and those Ephors who had invested him with the crown, he
directed his first efforts against them. The Ephors he seized while at dinner,
and put them all to death on the spot,—chance thus inflicting upon them the
punishment they deserved: for whether we regard the person at whose
hands, or the person for whose sake they were thus destroyed, we cannot
but say that they richly merited their fate.
After the successful accomplishment of this deed, Chilon went to the house
of Lycurgus, whom he found at home, but failed to seize. Assisted by slaves
and neighbours Lycurgus was smuggled out of the house, and effected a
secret escape; and thence got away by a cross-country route to the town of
Pellene in Tripolis. Thus baffled in the most important point of his
enterprise, Chilon was greatly discouraged; but was forced all the same to
go on with what he had begun. Accordingly he made a descent upon the
market-place, and laid violent hands upon those opposed to him; tried to
rouse his relations and friends; and declared to the rest of the people there
what hopes of success he had. But when nobody seemed inclined to join
him, but on the contrary a mob began to collect with threatening looks, he
saw how it was, and found a secret way of leaving the town; and, making
his way across Laconia, arrived in Achaia alone and an exile. But the
Lacedaemonians who were in the territory of Megalopolis, terrified by the
arrival of Philip, stowed away all the goods they had got from the country,
and first demolished and then abandoned the Athenaeum.
The fact is that the Lacedaemonians enjoyed a most excellent constitution,
Decline of Sparta. and had a most extensive power, from the time of the
legislation of Lycurgus to that of the battle of Leuctra.
But after that event their fortune took an unfavourable turn; and their
b.c. 800(?)-b.c. 371. political state continued ever growing worse and worse,
until they finally suffered from a long succession of
internal struggles and partisan warfare; were repeatedly agitated by schemes
for the redivision of lands and the banishment of one party or another; and
were subjected to the severest possible slavery, culminating in the
tyrannical government of Nabis: though the word “tyrant” was one which
they had in old times scarcely endured to hear mentioned. However, the

Page 366

ancient history of Sparta as well as the great part of it since, has been
recorded by many in terms of eulogy or the reverse; but the part of that
b.c. 236-222. history which admits of the least controversy is that
which followed the entire destruction of the ancient
constitution by Cleomenes;243 and that shall be narrated by me in the order
of events as they occur.
82. Meanwhile Philip left Megalopolis, and marching by way of Tegea
Apelles opposes Aratus, arrived at Argos, and there spent the rest of the winter,
Jan.-May, b.c. 218. having gained in this campaign an admiration beyond
his years for his general conduct and his brilliant achievements. But, in
spite of all that had happened, Apelles was by no means inclined to desist
from the policy on which he had entered; but was resolved little by little to
bring the Achaeans under the yoke. He saw that the most determined
opponents of his scheme were the elder and younger Aratus; and that Philip
was inclined to listen to them, and especially to the elder, both on account
of his former intimacy with Antigonus, and his pre-eminent influence in
Achaia, and, most of all, because of his readiness of resource and practical
ability: he therefore determined to devote his attention to them, and enter
upon the intrigue against them which I shall proceed to describe. He sought
out in the several cities all such as were opposed to Aratus, and invited them
to visit him: and having got them into his hands he tried all he could to win
their affections, encouraged them to look upon him as a friend, and
introduced them to Philip. To the king he was always pointing out that, if he
listened to Aratus, he would have to treat the Achaeans according to the
letter of the treaty of alliance; but that, if he would listen to him, and take
men like those which he had introduced to him into favour, he would have
the whole of the Peloponnese at his own unfettered disposal. But what he
was most anxious about was the election; being desirous to secure the office
of Strategus for one of this party, and to oust Aratus in accordance with his
May, b.c. 218. settled plan. With this purpose, he persuaded Philip to
be at Aegium at the time of the Achaean election, on the
pretext of being on his way to Elis. The king’s consent to this enabled
Election of Eperatus as Apelles himself to be there at the right time; and though
Achaean Strategus. he found great difficulty, in spite of entreaties and
threats, in carrying his point; yet he did eventually succeed in getting

Page 367

Eperatus of Pharae elected Strategus, and Timoxenus, the candidate
proposed by Aratus, rejected.
83. This over, the king departed by way of Patrae and Dyme, and arrived
Capture of the Wall, and with his army before the fortress called the Wall, which
expedition into Elis. is situated on the frontier of the territory of Dyme, and
had a short time before, as I mentioned above,244 been occupied by
Euripidas. The king, being anxious at all hazards to recover this place for
the Dymaeans, encamped under its walls with his full force: and thereupon
the Elean garrison in alarm surrendered the place to Philip, which, though
not large, had been fortified with extraordinary care. For though the
circumference of its walls was not more than a stade and a half, its height
was nowhere less than thirty cubits. Having handed the place over to the
Dymaeans, Philip continued his advance, plundering the territory of Elis:
and when he had thoroughly devastated it, and acquired a large booty, he
returned with his army to Dyme.
84. Meanwhile Apelles, thinking that, by the election of the Achaean
The intrigue of Apelles. Strategus through his influence, he had partly
succeeded in his policy, began once more attacking
Aratus, with the view of entirely detaching Philip from his friendship: and
he accordingly determined to make up an accusation against him grounded
on the following circumstance: When Amphidamus, the Elean Strategus,
had been, with the other refugees, made prisoner at Thalamae, and had been
brought among other captives to Olympia, he made earnest efforts by the
agency of certain individuals to be allowed an interview with the king. This
favour having been accorded him, he made a statement to the effect that it
was in his power to bring over the Eleans to the king’s side, and induce
them to enter into alliance with him. Philip believed him; and accordingly
dismissed Amphidamus without ransom, with instructions to promise the
Eleans, that, if they would join the king, he would restore their captive
citizens without ransom, and would himself secure their territory safely
from all outside attacks: and besides this would maintain them in freedom,
without impost or foreign garrison, and in enjoyment of their several
constitutions.
But the Eleans refused to listen to the proposal, although the offer was
thought attractive and substantial. Apelles therefore used this circumstance

Page 368

to found the false accusation which he now brought before Philip, alleging
that Aratus was not a loyal friend to the Macedonians, nor sincere in his
feelings towards them: “He was responsible for this alienation of the
Eleans; for when the king despatched Amphidamus from Olympia into Elis,
Aratus took him aside and talked to him, asserting that it was by no means
to the interest of the Peloponnesians that Philip should become supreme in
Elis: and this was the reason of the Eleans despising the king’s offers, and
clinging to the friendship of the Aetolians, and persisting in war against the
Macedonians.”
85. Regarding the matter as important, the first step the king took was to
The king investigates the summon the elder and younger Aratus, and order
charge against Aratus. Apelles to repeat these assertions in their presence:
which he thereupon did in a bold and threatening tone. And upon the king
still not saying a word, he added: “Since his Majesty finds you, Aratus, so
ungrateful and so exceedingly adverse to his interests, he is determined to
summon a meeting of the Achaeans, and, after making a statement of his
reasons, forthwith to return to Macedonia.” Aratus the elder answered him
with a general exhortation to Philip, never to give a hasty or inconsiderate
credit to any thing which might be alleged before him against his friends
and allies: but when any such allegation were made, to test its truth before
accepting it; for that was the conduct which became a king, and was in
every way to his interest. Wherefore he said, “I claim that you should, in the
present instance of these accusations of Apelles, summon those who heard
my words; and openly produce the man that informed Apelles of them, and
omit no means of ascertaining the real truth, before making any statement in
regard to these matters to the Achaeans.”
86. The king approved of this speech, and said that he would not neglect the
matter, but would thoroughly investigate it. And so for the present the
audience was dissolved. But during the following days, while Apelles failed
Aratus is cleared. to bring any proof of his allegations, Aratus was
favoured by the following combination of
circumstances. While Philip was laying waste their territory, the Eleans,
suspecting Amphidamus of treachery, determined to arrest him and send
him in chains to Aetolia. But getting intelligence of their purpose, he
escaped first to Olympia; and there, hearing that Philip was at Dyme
engaged in the division of his spoils, he followed him to that town in great

Page 369

haste. When Aratus heard that Amphidamus had been driven from Elis and
was come to Dyme, he was delighted, because his conscience was quite
clear in the matter; and going to the king demanded that he should summon
Amphidamus to his presence; on the ground that the man to whom the
words were alleged to have been spoken would best know about the
accusations, and would declare the truth; for he had become an exile from
his home from Philip’s sake, and had now no hope of safety except in him.
These arguments satisfied the king, who thereupon sent for Amphidamus
and ascertained that the accusation was false. The result was that from that
day forward his liking and respect for Aratus continually increased, while
he began to regard Apelles with suspicion; though being still under the
influence of his old ascendency, he was compelled to connive at many of
his actions.
87. Apelles however by no means abandoned his policy. He began
undermining the position of Taurion also, who had been placed in command
of the Peloponnese by Antigonus, not indeed openly attacking him, but
rather praising his character, and asserting that he was a proper person to be
with the king on a campaign; his object being to get some one else
appointed to conduct the government of the Peloponnese. This was indeed a
novel method of defamation,—to damage one’s neighbours, not by
attacking, but by praising their characters; and this method of wreaking
one’s malice, envy, and treachery may be regarded as primarily and
specially the invention of the jealousy and selfish ambition of courtiers. In
the same spirit he began making covert attacks upon Alexander, the captain
of the bodyguard, whenever he got an opportunity; being bent on
reconstituting by his own authority even the personal attendants of the king,
and on making a clean sweep of all arrangements left existing by
Antigonus. For as in his life Antigonus had managed his kingdom and his
son with wisdom, so at his death he made wise provisions for every
department of the State. For in his will he explained to the Macedonians the
nature of these arrangements; and also gave definite instructions for the
future, how and by whom each of these arrangements was to be carried out:
being desirous of leaving no vantage-ground to the courtiers for mutual
rivalry and strife. Among these arrangements was one selecting Apelles
from among his companions in arms to be one of the guardians of his son;
Leontius to command the peltasts; Megaleas to be chief secretary; Taurion

Page 370

to be governor of the Peloponnese; and Alexander to be captain of the
bodyguard. Apelles had already got Leontius and Megaleas completely
under his influence: and he was now desirous to remove Alexander and
Taurion from their offices, and so to control these, as well as all other
departments of the government, by the agency of his own friends. And he
would have easily succeeded in doing so, had he not raised up an opponent
in the person of Aratus. As it was, he quickly reaped the fruits of his own
blind selfishness and ambition; for that which he purposed inflicting on his
neighbours he had to endure himself, and that within a very brief space.
How and by what means this was brought about, I must forbear to tell for
the present, and must bring this book to an end: but in subsequent parts of
my work I will endeavour to make every detail of these transactions clear.
For the present, after concluding the business which I have described, Philip
returned to Argos, and there spent the rest of the winter season with his
friends, while he sent back his forces to Macedonia.

Page 371

BOOK V

1. The year of office as Strategus of the younger Aratus had now come to an
May, b.c. 218. end with the rising of the Pleiades; for that was the
arrangement of time then observed by the Achaeans.245
Accordingly he laid down his office and was succeeded in the command of
the Achaeans by Eperatus; Dorimachus being still Strategus of the
Aetolians.
It was at the beginning of this summer that Hannibal entered upon open war
with Rome; started from New Carthage; and crossing the Iber, definitely
began his expedition and march into Italy; while the Romans despatched
Tiberius Sempronius to Libya with an army, and Publius Cornelius to
Iberia.
This year, too, Antiochus and Ptolemy, abandoning diplomacy, and the
support of their mutual claims upon Coele-Syria by negotiation, began
actual war with each other.
As for Philip, being in need of corn and money for his army, he summoned
the Achaeans to a general assembly by means of their magistrates. When
Recognition of Philip’s the assembly had met, according to the federal law, at
services by the assembly Aegium,246 the king saw that Aratus and his son were
of the Achaean league.
indisposed to act for him, because of the intrigues
against them in the matter of the election, which had been carried on by
Apelles; and that Eperatus was naturally inefficient, and an object of
general contempt. These facts convinced the king of the folly of Apelles and
Leontius, and he once more decided to stand by Aratus. He therefore
persuaded the magistrates to transfer the assembly to Sicyon; and there
inviting both the elder and younger Aratus to an interview, he laid the blame
of all that had happened upon Apelles, and urged them to maintain their
original policy. Receiving a ready consent from them, he then entered the
Achaean assembly, and being energetically supported by these two
statesmen, earned all the measures that he desired. For the Achaeans passed
a vote decreeing “that five hundred talents should be paid to the king at

Page 372

once for his last campaign, that three months’ pay should be given to his
army, and ten thousand medimni of corn; and that, for the future, so long as
the king should remain in the Peloponnese as their ally in the war, he should
receive seventeen talents a month from the Achaeans.
2. Having passed this decree, the Achaeans dispersed to their various cities.
And now the king’s forces mustered again from their winter quarters; and
The king prepares to after deliberations with his friends, Philip decided to
carry on the war by sea. transfer the war to the sea. For he had become
convinced that it was only by so doing that he would himself be able to
surprise the enemy at all points at once, and would best deprive them of the
opportunity of coming to each others’ relief; as they were widely scattered,
and each would be in alarm for their own safety, because the approach of an
enemy by sea is so silent and rapid. For he was at war with three separate
nations,—Aetolians, Lacedaemonians, and Eleans.
Having arrived at this decision, he ordered the ships of the Achaeans as well
as his own to muster at Lechaeum; and there he made continual
experiments in practising the soldiers of the phalanx to the use of the oar.
The Macedonians answered to his instructions with ready enthusiasm: for
they are in fact the most gallant soldiers on the field of battle, the promptest
to undertake service at sea if need be, and the most laborious workers at
digging trenches, making palisades, and all such engineering work, in the
world: just such as Hesiod describes the Aeacidae to be
“Joying in war as in a feast.”

The king, then, and the main body of the Macedonian army, remained in
Corinth, busied with these practisings and preparations for taking the sea.
Fresh intrigue of Apelles. But Apelles, being neither able to retain an ascendency
over Philip, nor to submit to the loss of influence which
resulted from this disregard, entered into a conspiracy with Leontius and
Megaleas, by which it was agreed that these two men should stay on the
spot and damage the king’s service by deliberate neglect; while he went to
Chalcis, and contrived that no supplies should be brought the king from
thence for the promotion of his designs. Having made this arrangement and
mischievous stipulation with these two men, Apelles set out for Chalcis,
having found some false pretexts to satisfy the king as to his departure. And

Page 373

while protracting his stay there, he carried out his sworn agreement with
such determination, that, as all men obeyed him because of this former
credit, the king was at last reduced by want of money to pawn some of the
Philip starts on his naval silver-plate used at his own table, to carry on his affairs.
expedition, b.c. 218. However, when the ships were all collected, and the
Macedonian soldiers already well trained to the oar; the king, giving out
rations of corn and pay to the army, put to sea, and arrived at Patrae on the
second day, with six thousand Macedonians and twelve hundred
mercenaries.
3. Just at that time the Aetolian Strategus Dorimachus sent Agelaus and
Scopas with five hundred Neo-Cretans247 into Elis; while the Eleans, in fear
of Philip’s attempting the siege of Cyllene, were collecting mercenaries,
preparing their own citizens, and carefully strengthening the defences of
Cyllene. When Philip saw what was going on, he stationed a force at Dyme,
consisting of the Achaean mercenaries, some of the Cretans serving with
him, and some of the Gallic horse, together with two thousand picked
Achaean infantry. These he left there as a reserve, as well as an advance
guard to prevent the danger of an attack from Elis; while he himself, having
first written to the Acarnanians and Scerdilaidas, that each of their towns
should man such vessels as they had and meet him at Cephallenia, put to
sea from Patrae at the time arranged, and arrived off Pronni in Cephallenia.
But when he saw that this fortress was difficult to besiege, and its position a
contracted one, he coasted past it with his fleet and came to anchor at Palus.
The siege of Palus. Finding that the country there was full of corn and
capable of supporting an army, he disembarked his
troops and encamped close to the city: and having beached his ships close
together, secured them with a trench and palisade, and sent out his
Macedonian soldiers to forage. He himself made a personal inspection of
the town, to see how he could bring his siege-works and artillery to bear
upon the wall. He wished to be able to use the place as a rendezvous for his
allies; but he was also desirous of taking it: first, because he would thereby
deprive the Aetolians of their most useful support,—for it was by means of
Cephallenian ships that they made their descents upon the Peloponnese, and
ravaged the sea-boards of Epirus and Acarnania,—and, secondly, that he
might secure for himself and his allies a convenient base of operations
against the enemy’s territory. For Cephallenia lies exactly opposite the

Page 374

Corinthian Gulf, in the direction of the Sicilian Sea, and commands the
north-western district of the Peloponnese, and especially Elis; as well as the
south-western parts of Epirus, Aetolia, and Acarnania.
4. The excellent position, therefore, of the island, both as a rendezvous for
the allies and as a base of attack against the hostile, or of defence for the
friendly, territory, made the king very anxious to get it into his power. His
survey of the town showed him that it was entirely defended by the sea and
steep hills, except for a short distance in the direction of Zacynthus, where
the ground was flat; and he accordingly resolved to erect his works and
concentrate his attack at that spot.
While the king was engaged in these operations fifty galleys arrived from
Arrival of the allies at Scerdilaidas, who had been prevented from sending
Palus. more by the plots and civil broils throughout Illyria,
caused by the despots of the various cities. There arrived also the appointed
contingents of allies from Epirus, Acarnania, and even Messenia; for the
Messenians had ceased to excuse themselves from taking part in the war
ever since the capture of Phigalia. Having now made his arrangements for
the siege, and having got his catapults and ballistae in position to annoy the
The walls are defenders on the walls, the king harangued his
undermined and a breach Macedonian troops, and, bringing his siege-machines
made. Leontius plays the
traitor.
up to the walls, began under their protection to sink
mines. The Macedonians worked with such enthusiastic
eagerness that in a short time two hundred feet of the wall were undermined
and underpinned: and the king then approached the walls and invited the
citizens to come to terms. Upon their refusal, he set fire to the props, and
thus brought down the whole part of the wall that rested upon them
simultaneously. Into this breach he first sent his peltasts under the command
of Leontius, divided into cohorts, and with orders to force their way over
the ruin. But Leontius, in fulfilment of his compact with Apelles, three
times running prevented the soldiers, even after they had carried the breach,
from effecting the capture of the town. He had corrupted beforehand the
most important officers of the several cohorts; and he himself deliberately
affected fear, and shrunk from every service of danger; and finally they
were ejected from the town with considerable loss, although they could
have mastered the enemy with ease. When the king saw that the officers
were behaving with cowardice, and that a considerable number of the

Page 375

Macedonian soldiers were wounded, he abandoned the siege, and
deliberated with his friends on the next step to be taken.
5. Meanwhile Lycurgus had invaded Messenia; and Dorimachus had started
Ambassadors from for Thessaly with half the Aetolian army,—both with
Acarnania urge Philip to the idea that they would thus draw off Philip from the
invade Aetolia; others
from Messenia beg him
siege of Palus. Presently ambassadors arrived at the
to come there. court to make representations on these subjects from
Acarnania and Messenia: the former urging Philip to
prevent Dorimachus’s invasion of Macedonia by himself invading Aetolia,
and traversing and plundering the whole country while there was no one to
resist him; the latter begged him to come to their assistance, representing
that in the existing state of the Etesian winds the passage from Cephallenia
to Messenia could be effected in a single day, whereby, so Gorgus of
Messenia and his colleagues argued, a sudden and effective attack would be
made upon Lycurgus. In pursuance of his policy Leontius eagerly supported
Gorgus, seeing that by this means Philip would absolutely waste the
summer. For it was easy enough to sail to Messenia; but to sail back again,
while the Etesian winds prevailed, was impossible. It was plain therefore
that Philip would get shut up in Messenia with his army, and remain
inactive for what remained of the summer; while the Aetolians would
traverse Thessaly and Epirus and plunder them at their pleasure. Such was
the insidious nature of the advice given by Gorgus and Leontius. But
Aratus, who was present, advocated an exactly opposite policy, urging the
king to sail to Aetolia and devote himself to that part of the campaign: for as
the Aetolians had gone on an expedition across the frontier under
Dorimachus, it was a most excellent opportunity for invading and
Philip decides on the plundering Aetolia. The king had begun to entertain
invasion of Aetolia. distrust of Leontius since his exhibition of cowardice in
the siege; and had detected his dishonesty in the course of the discussions
held about Palus: he therefore decided to act in the present instance in
accordance with the opinion of Aratus. Accordingly he wrote to the
Achaean Strategus Eperatus, bidding him take the Achaean levies, and go to
the aid of the Messenians; while he himself put to sea from Cephallenia,
and arrived at night after a two days’ voyage at Leucas: and having
managed by proper contrivances to get his ships through the channel of
Dioryctus,248 he sailed up the Ambracian Gulf, which, as I have already

Page 376

stated,249 stretches from the Sicilian Sea a long distance into the interior of
Aetolia. Having made the whole length of this gulf, and anchored a short
time before daybreak at Limnaea, he ordered his men to get their breakfast,
and leaving the greater part of their baggage behind them, to make
themselves ready in light equipment for a march; while he himself collected
the guides, and made careful inquiries of them about the country and
neighbouring towns.
6. Before they started, Aristophanes the Acarnanian Strategus arrived with
Philip is joined by the the full levy of his people. For having in former times
Acarnanians, and suffered many severe injuries at the hands of the
marches to the Achelous.
Aetolians, they were now inspired with a fierce
determination to be revenged upon them and damage them in every possible
way: they gladly therefore seized this opportunity of getting the help of the
Macedonians; and the men who now appeared in arms were not confined to
those forced by law to serve, but were in some cases past the military age.
The Epirotes were quite as eager to join, and for the same motives; but
owing to the wide extent of their country, and the suddenness of the
Macedonian arrival, they had not been able to muster their forces in time.
As to the Aetolians, Dorimachus had taken half their army with him, as I
have said, while the the other half he had left at home, thinking that it
would be an adequate reserve to defend the towns and district against
unforeseen contingencies. The king, leaving a sufficient guard for his
baggage, started from Limnaea in the evening, and after a march of sixty
stades pitched his camp: but, having dined and given his men a short rest,
he started again; and marching right through the night, arrived just as the
day was breaking at the river Achelous, between the towns of Stratus and
Conope, being anxious that his entrance into the district of Thermus should
be sudden and unexpected.
7. Leontius saw that it was likely that the king would attain his object, and
Leontius tries to hinder the Aetolians be unable to resist him, for the double
the march. reason of the speed and unexpectedness of the
Macedonian attack, and of his having gone to Thermus; for the Aetolians
would never suppose him likely to venture to expose himself so rashly,
seeing the strongly fortified nature of the country, and would therefore be
sure to be caught off their guard and wholly unprepared for the danger.
Clinging still to his purpose, therefore, he advised the king to encamp on

Page 377

the Achelous, and rest his army after their night’s march; being anxious to
give the Aetolians a short respite to make preparations for their defence. But
Aratus, seeing clearly that the opportunity for action was fleeting, and that
Leontius was plainly trying to hinder their success, conjured Philip not to
let slip the opportunity by delaying.
The king was now thoroughly annoyed with Leontius: and accepting the
advice of Aratus, continued his march without interruption; and, after
The king crosses the crossing the Achelous, advanced rapidly upon Thermus,
Achelous and advances plundering and devastating the country as he went, and
against Thermus.
marching so as to keep Stratus, Agrinium, and Thestia
on his left, Conope, Lysimachia, Trichonium, and Phytaeum on his right.
Arrived at the town of Metapa, which is on the borders of the Trichonian
Lake, and close to the narrow pass along it, about sixty stades from
Thermus, he found it abandoned by the Aetolians, and occupied it with a
detachment of five hundred men, with a view of its serving as a fortress to
secure both ends of the pass: for the whole shore of the lake is mountainous
and rugged, closely fringed with forest, and therefore affording but a
narrow and difficult path. He now arranged his order of march, putting the
mercenaries in the van, next them the Illyrians, and then the peltasts and the
men of the phalanx, and thus advanced through the pass; his rear protected
by the Cretans: while the Thracians and light-armed troops took a different
line of country, parallel to his own, and kept up with him on his right: his
left being secured by the lake for nearly thirty stades.
8. At the end of this distance he arrived at the village of Pamphia; and
having, as in the case of Panapa, secured it by a guard, he continued his
advance towards Thermus: the road now being not only steep and
exceedingly rough, but with deep precipices also on either side, so as to
make the path in places very dangerous and narrow; and the whole ascent
being nearly thirty stades. But having accomplished this also in a short
time, thanks to the energy with which the Macedonians conducted the
march, he arrived late in the day at Thermus. There he pitched a camp, and
The plundering of allowed his men to go off plundering the neighbouring
Thermus. villages and scouring the plain of Thermus, as well as to
sack the dwelling-houses in Thermus itself, which were full, not only of
corn and such like provisions, but of all the most valuable property which
the Aetolians possessed. For as the annual fair and most famous games, as

Page 378

well as the elections, were held there, everybody kept their most costly
possessions in store at Thermus, to enable them to entertain their friends,
and to celebrate the festivals with proper magnificence. But besides this
occasion for the employment of their property, they expected to find the
most complete security for it there, because no enemy had ever yet ventured
to penetrate to that place; while its natural strength was so great as to serve
as an acropolis to the whole of Aetolia. The place therefore having been in
the enjoyment of peace from time immemorial, not only were the buildings
immediately round the temple filled with a great variety of property, but the
homesteads on the outskirts also. For that night the army bivouacked on the
spot laden with booty of every description; but the next morning they
selected the most valuable and portable part of it, and making the rest into a
heap in front of their tents, set fire to it. So also in regard to the dedicated
arms which were hanging up in the porticoes,—those of them which were
valuable they took down and carried off, some they exchanged for their
own, while the rest they collected together and burnt. The number of these
was more than fifteen thousand.
9. Up to this point everything was right and fair by the laws of war; but I do
Sacrilege committed at not know how to characterise their next proceedings.
Thermus. Was it For remembering what the Aetolians had done at
justifiable?
Dium250 and Dodona,251 they burnt the colonnades, and
destroyed what were left of the dedicated offerings, some of which were of
costly material, and had been elaborated with great skill and expense. And
they were not content with destroying the roofs of these buildings with fire,
they levelled them to their foundations; and threw down all the statues,
which numbered no less than two thousand; and many of them they broke
to pieces, sparing only those that were inscribed with the names or figures
of gods. Such they did abstain from injuring. On the walls also they wrote
the celebrated line composed by Samus, the son of Chrysogonus, a foster-
brother of the king, whose genius was then beginning to manifest itself. The
line was this—

Page 379

“Seest thou the path the bolt divine has sped?“

And in fact the king and his staff were fully convinced that, in thus acting,
they were obeying the dictates of right and justice, by retaliating upon the
Aetolians with the same impious outrages as they had themselves
committed at Dium.252 But I am clearly of an opposite opinion. And the
readiest argument, to prove the correctness of my view, may be drawn from
the history of this same royal family of Macedonia.
For when Antigonus, by his victory in a pitched battle over Cleomenes the
King of the Lacedaemonians, had become master of Sparta, and had it
absolutely in his own power to treat the town and its citizens as he chose, he
was so far from doing any injury to those who had thus fallen into his
hands, that he did not return to his own country until he had bestowed upon
the Lacedaemonians, collectively and individually, some benefits of the
utmost importance. The consequence was that he was honoured at the time
with the title of “Benefactor,” and after his death with that of “Preserver”;
and not only among the Lacedaemonians, but among the Greeks generally,
has obtained undying honour and glory.253
10. Take again the case of Philip, the founder of the family splendour, and
the first of the race to establish the greatness of the kingdom. The success
which he obtained, after his victory over the Athenians at Chaeronea, was
b.c. 338. not due so much to his superiority in arms, as to his
justice and humanity. His victory in the field gave him
the mastery only over those immediately engaged against him; while his
equity and moderation secured his hold upon the entire Athenian people and
their city. For he did not allow his measures to be dictated by vindictive
passion; but laid aside his arms and warlike measures, as soon as he found
himself in a position to display the mildness of his temper and the
uprightness of his motives. With this view he dismissed his Athenian
prisoners without ransom, and took measures for the burial of those who
had fallen, and, by the agency of Antipater, caused their bones to be
conveyed home; and presented most of those whom he released with suits
of clothes. And thus, at small expense, his prudence gained him a most
important advantage. The pride of the Athenians was not proof against such
magnanimity; and they became his zealous supporters, instead of
antagonists, in all his schemes.

Page 380

Again in the case of Alexander the Great. He was so enraged with the
b.c. 335. Thebans that he sold all the inhabitants of the town into
slavery, and levelled the city itself with the ground; yet
in making its capture he was careful not to outrage religion, and took the
utmost precautions against even involuntary damage being done to the
temples, or any part of their sacred enclosures. Once more, when he crossed
into Asia, to avenge on the Persians the impious outrages which they had
inflicted on the Greeks, he did his best to exact the full penalty from men,
but refrained from injuring places dedicated to the gods; though it was in
precisely such that the injuries of the Persians in Greece had been most
conspicuous. These were the precedents which Philip should have called to
mind on this occasion; and so have shown himself the successor and heir of
these men,—not so much of their power, as of their principles and
magnanimity. But throughout his life he was exceedingly anxious to
The subsequent decline establish his relationship to Alexander and Philip, and
in Philip’s character. yet took not the least pains to imitate them. The result
was that, as he advanced in years, as his conduct differed from theirs, so his
general reputation came to be different also.
11. The present affair was an instance of this. He imagined that he was
doing nothing wrong in giving the rein to his anger, and retaliating upon the
impious acts of the Aetolians by similar impieties, and “curing ill by ill”;
and while he was always reproaching Scopas and Dorimachus with
depravity and abandoned wickedness, on the grounds of their acts of
impiety at Dodona and Dium, he imagined that, while emulating their
crimes, he would leave quite a different impression of his character in the
minds of those to whom he spoke. But the fact is, that whereas the taking
and demolishing an enemy’s forts, harbours, cities, men, ships and crops,
and other such things, by which our enemy is weakened, and our own
interests and tactics supported, are necessary acts according to the laws and
rights of war; to deface temples, statues, and such like erections in pure
wantonness, and without any prospect of strengthening oneself or
weakening the enemy, must be regarded as an act of blind passion and
insanity. For the purpose with which good men wage war is not the
destruction and annihilation of the wrongdoers, but the reformation and
alteration of the wrongful acts. Nor is it their object to involve the innocent
in the destruction of the guilty, but rather to see that those who are held to

Page 381

be guilty should share in the preservation and elevation of the guiltless. It is
the act of a tyrant to inflict injury, and so to maintain his power over
unwilling subjects by terror,—hated, and hating those under him: but it is
the glory of a king to secure, by doing good to all, that he should rule over
willing subjects, whose love he has earned by humanity and beneficence.
But the best way of appreciating the gravity of Philip’s mistake is to put
The error of such before our eyes the idea which the Aetolians would
sacrilege as a matter of probably have conceived of him, had he acted in an
policy.
opposite way, and destroyed neither colonnades nor
statutes, nor done injury to any of the sacred offerings. For my part I think it
would have been one of the greatest goodness and humanity. For they
would have had on their consciences their own acts at Dium and Dodona;
and would have seen unmistakably that, whereas Philip was absolutely
master of the situation, and could do what he chose, and would have been
held fully justified as far as their deserts went in taking the severest
measures, yet deliberately, from mere gentleness and magnanimity, he
refused to copy their conduct in any respect.
12. Clearly these considerations would most probably have led them to
condemn themselves, and to view Philip with respect and admiration for his
kingly and high minded qualities, shown by his respect for religion and by
the moderation of his anger against themselves. For in truth to conquer
one’s enemies in integrity and equity is not of less, but of greater, practical
advantage than victories in the field. In the one case the defeated party
yields under compulsion; in the other with cheerful assent. In the one case
the victor effects his reformation at the cost of great losses; in the other he
recalls the erring to better courses without any damage to himself. But
above all, in the one case the chief credit of the victory belongs to the
soldiers, in the other it falls wholly and solely to the part of the leaders.
Perhaps, however, one ought not to lay all the blame for what was done on
The blame chiefly that occasion on Philip, taking his age into
belongs to Demetrius of consideration; but chiefly on his friends, who were in
Pharos.
attendance upon him and co-operating with him, among
whom were Aratus and Demetrius of Pharos. In regard to them it would not
be difficult to assert, even without being there, from which of the two a
counsel of this sort proceeded. For apart from the general principles

Page 382

animating the whole course of his life, in which nothing savouring of
rashness and want of judgment can be alleged of Aratus, while the exact
contrary may be said of Demetrius, we have an undisputed instance of the
principles actuating both the one and the other in analogous circumstances,
on which I shall speak in its proper place.
13. To return then to Philip. Taking with him as much booty living and dead
The return of Philip from as he could, he started from Thermus, returning by the
Thermus. same road as that by which he had come; putting the
booty and heavy-armed infantry in the van, and reserving the Acarnanians
and mercenaries to bring up the rear. He was in great haste to get through
the difficult passes, because he expected that the Aetolians, relying on the
security of their strongholds, would harass his rear. And this in fact
promptly took place: for a body of Aetolians, that had collected to the
number of nearly three thousand for the defence of the country, under the
command of Alexander of Trichonium, hovered about, concealing
themselves in certain secret hiding-places, and not venturing to approach as
long as Philip was on the high ground; but as soon as he got his rear-guard
in motion they promptly threw themselves into Thermus and began
harassing the hindermost of the enemy’s column. The rear being thus
thrown into confusion, the attacks and charges of the Aetolians became
more and more furious, encouraged by the nature of the ground. But Philip
had foreseen this danger, and had provided for it, by stationing his Illyrians
and his best peltasts under cover of a certain hill on the descent. These men
suddenly fell upon the advanced bodies of the enemy as they were charging;
whereupon the rest of the Aetolian army fled in headlong haste over a wild
and trackless country, with a loss of a hundred and thirty killed, and about
the same number taken prisoners. This success relieved his rear; which,
after burning Pamphium, accomplished the passage of the narrow gorge
with rapidity and safety, and effected a junction with the Macedonians near
Matape. Matape, at which place Philip had pitched a camp and
was waiting for his rear-guard to come up. Next day,
Acrae. after levelling Metape to the ground, he advanced to the
city called Acrae; next day to Conope, ravaging the
Stratus. country as he passed, and there encamped for the night.
On the next he marched along the Achelous as far as
Stratus; there he crossed the river, and, having halted his men out of range,

Page 383

endeavoured to tempt the garrison outside the walls; for he had been
informed that two thousand Aetolian infantry and about four hundred horse,
with five hundred Cretans, had collected into Stratus. But when no one
ventured out, he renewed his march, and ordered his van to advance
towards Limnaea and the ships.
14. But no sooner had his rear passed the town than, first, a small body of
Aetolian cavalry sallied out and began harassing the hindmost men; and
Philip victorious in a then, the whole of the Cretans and some Aetolian troops
skirmish with the having joined their cavalry, the conflict became more
garrison of Stratus.
severe, and the rear of Philip’s army were forced to face
about and engage the enemy. At first the conflict was undecided; but on
Philip’s mercenaries being supported by the arrival of the Illyrians, the
Aetolian cavalry and mercenaries gave way and fled in disorder. The royal
troops pursued most of them to the entrance of the gates, or up to the walls,
Arrival at Limnaea. and killed about a hundred of them. After this skirmish
the garrison remained inactive, and the rear of the royal
army reached the camp and the ships in safety.
Philip pitched his camp early in the day, and proceeded to make a thank
offering to the gods for the successful issue of his undertaking; and to invite
the officers to a banquet, at which it was his intention to entertain them all.
His view was that he had ventured upon a dangerous country, and such as
no one had ever ventured to enter with an army before; while he had not
only entered it with an army, but had returned in safety, after accomplishing
all that he had intended. But while he was thus intent on entertaining his
officers in great elation of mind, Megaleas and Leontius were nursing
feelings of great annoyance at the success of the king. They had arranged
with Apelles to hamper all his plans, but had been unable to do so; and now
saw everything turning out exactly contrary to their views.
15. Still they came to the banquet, where they from the first excited the
Megaleas and Leontius suspicions of the king and the rest of the company, by
betray their chagrin at showing less joy at the events than the others present.
the king’s success.
But as the drinking went on, and grew less and less
moderate, being forced to do just as the others did, they soon showed
themselves in their true colours. For as soon as the company broke up,
losing control over themselves under the influence of wine, they roamed

Page 384

They assault Aratus. about looking for Aratus; and having fallen in with him
on his way home, they first attacked him with abusive
language, and then threw stones at him; and a number of people coming to
the assistance of both parties, there was a noise and disturbance in the
camp. But the king hearing the noise sent some officers to ascertain the
cause, and to put an end to the disturbance. On their coming upon the scene,
Aratus stated what had occurred, called those present to witness the truth of
his words, and retired to his own tent; but Leontius by some unexplained
means slipped away in the crowd. When informed of what had taken place,
Megaleas and Crinon the king sent for Megaleas and Crinon and rebuked
held to bail. them sharply: and when they not only expressed no
submission, but actually retorted with a declaration that they would never
desist until they had paid Aratus out, the king, enraged at their words, at
once required them to give security for the payment of a fine of twenty
talents, and ordered them to be placed under arrest.
16. Next morning, too, he sent for Aratus and bade him have no fears, for
that he would see that the business was properly settled. When Leontius
learned what had happened to Megaleas, he came to the king’s tent with
some peltasts, believing that, owing to his youth, he should overawe the
king, and quickly induce him to repent of his purpose. Coming into the
royal presence he demanded who had ventured to lay hands on Megaleas,
and lead him to confinement? But when the king answered with firmness
that he had given the order, Leontius was dismayed; and, with an
exclamation of indignant sorrow, departed in high wrath. Immediately after
Arrival at Leucas. getting the fleet across the gulf, and anchoring at
Megaleas fined twenty Leucas, the king first gave orders to the officers
talents.
appointed to distribute the spoils to carry out that
business with all despatch; and then summoned his friends to council, and
tried the case of Megaleas. In his speech as accuser Aratus went over the
crimes of Leontius and his party from beginning to end; detailed the
massacre in Argos perpetrated by them after the departure of Antigonus;
their arrangement made with Apelles; and finally their contrivance to
prevent success at Palus. Of all these accusations he gave distinct proof, and
brought forward witnesses: and Megaleas and Crinon being entirely unable
to refute any of them, were unanimously condemned by the king’s friends.
Crinon remained under arrest, but Leontius went bail for the payment of the

Page 385

Megaleas’s fine. Thus the intrigue of Apelles and Leontius turned out quite
contrary to their original hopes: for they had expected, by terrifying Aratus
and isolating Philip, to do whatever seemed to suit their interests; whereas
the result had been exactly the reverse.
17. About the same time Lycurgus returned from Messenia without having
Lycurgus of Sparta accomplished anything of importance. Afterwards he
attacks Tegea. started again and seized Tegea. The inhabitants having
retreated into the citadel, he determined to besiege it; but finding himself
unable to make any impression upon it he returned once more to Sparta.
The Eleans after overrunning Dymaea, gained an easy victory over some
Elis. cavalry that had come out to resist them, by decoying
them into an ambush. They killed a considerable
number of the Gallic mercenaries, and among the natives whom they took
prisoners were Polymedes of Aegium, and Agesipolis, and Diocles of
Dyme.
Dorimachus had made his expedition originally, as I have already
Dorimachus recalled mentioned, under the conviction that he would be able
from Thessaly by to devastate Thessaly without danger to himself, and
Philip’s invasion of
Aetolia.
would force Philip to raise the siege of Palus. But when
he found Chrysogonus and Petraeus ready in Thessaly
to engage him, he did not venture to descend into the plain, but kept close
upon the skirts of the mountains; and when news reached him of the
Macedonian invasion of Aetolia, he abandoned his attempt upon Thessaly,
and hurried home to resist the invaders, whom he found however already
departed from Aetolia: and so was too late for the campaign at all points.
Meanwhile the king set sail from Leucas; and after ravaging the territory of
Philip arrives at Corinth. Oeanthe as he coasted along, arrived with his whole
fleet at Corinth, and dropping anchor in the harbour of
Lechaeum, disembarked his troops, and sent his letter-bearers to the allied
cities in the Peloponnese, naming a day on which he wished all to be at
Tegea by bedtime.
18. Then, without making any stay in Corinth, he gave the Macedonians
Tegea. marching orders; and came at the end of a two days’
march by way of Argos to Tegea. There he took on the

Page 386

Achaean troops that had assembled, and advanced by the mountain road,
being very desirous to effect an entrance into the territory of the
Lacedaemonians before they became aware of it. Thus after a circuitous
Amyclae and Sparta. route through an uninhabited district he came out upon
the hills facing the town, and continued his advance
right upon Amyclae, keeping the Menelaïum on his right. The
Lacedaemonians were dismayed and terrified at seeing from the town the
army passing along the hills, and wondered what was happening. For they
were still in a state of excitement at the news of Philip which had arrived,—
Dismay at Sparta. his destruction of Thermus, and his whole campaign in
Aetolia; and there was even some talk among them of
sending Lycurgus to the assistance of the Aetolians. But no one had so
much as thought of danger coming so quickly to their own gates from such
a distance, especially as the youth of the king still gave room for a certain
feeling of contempt. The event therefore being totally contrary to their
expectations, they were naturally in a state of great dismay. For the courage
and energy beyond his years, with which Philip acted, reduced all his
enemies to a state of the utmost difficulty and terror. For setting out, as I
have shown, from the centre of Aetolia, and crossing the Ambracian gulf by
night, he passed over to Leucas; and after a two days’ halt there, on the third
he renewed his voyage before daybreak, and after a two days’ sail, during
which he ravaged the seaboard of the Aetolians, he dropped anchor in
Lechaeum; thence, after seven days’ continuous march, he arrived on the
heights above Sparta in the neighbourhood of the Menelaïum,—a feat
which most of those even who saw it done could scarcely believe.
19. While the Lacedaemonians were thus thoroughly terrified at the
unexpected danger, and at a loss what to do to meet it, Philip encamped on
the first day at Amyclae: a place in Laconia about twenty stades from
Lacedaemon, exceedingly rich in forest and corn, and containing a temple
of Apollo, which is about the most splendid of all the temples in Laconia,
situated in that quarter of the city which slopes down towards the sea. Next
day the king descended to a place called the Camp of Pyrrhus,254 wasting
the country as he went. After devastating the neighbouring districts for the
Carnium. two following days, he encamped near Carnium; thence
he started for Asine, and after some fruitless assaults
upon it, he started again, and thenceforth devoted himself to plundering all

Page 387

the country bordering on the Cretan Sea as far as Taenarum. Then, once
Gythium. more changing the direction of his march, he advanced
to Gythium, the naval arsenal of Sparta, which
possesses a safe harbour, and is about thirty stades from the city. Then
Helos. leaving this on the right, he pitched his camp in the
territory of Helos, which of all the districts of Laconia
is the most extensive and most beautiful. Thence he sent out foraging
parties and wasted the country with fire and sword, and destroyed the crops
in it: pushing his devastation as far as Acriae and Leucae, and even to the
district of Boeae.
20. On the receipt of the despatch from Philip commanding the levy, the
Abortive attempt of the Messenians were no less forward than the other allies to
Messenians to join undertake it. They showed indeed great zeal in making
Philip.
the expedition, sending out the flower of their troops,
two thousand infantry and two hundred cavalry. Owing, however, to their
distance from the seat of war, they arrived at Tegea after Philip had left, and
at first were at a loss what to do; but being very anxious not to appear
lukewarm in the campaign, because of the suspicions which had attached to
them before, they pressed forward through Argolis into Laconia, with a
view of effecting a junction with Philip; and having reached a fort called
Glympes, which is situated on the frontiers of Argolis and Laconia, they
encamped there in an unskilful and careless manner: for they neither
entrenched themselves with ditch nor rampart, nor selected an advantageous
spot; but trusting to the friendly disposition of the natives, bivouacked there
unsuspiciously outside the walls of the fortress. But on news being brought
to Lycurgus of the arrival of the Messenians, he took his mercenaries and
some Lacedaemonians with him, and reaching the place before daybreak,
boldly attacked the camp. Ill advised as the proceedings of the Messenians
had been, and especially in advancing from Tegea with inadequate numbers
and without the direction of experts, in the actual hour of danger, when the
enemy was upon them, they did all that circumstances admitted of to secure
their safety. For as soon as they saw the enemy appearing they abandoned
everything and took refuge within the fort. Accordingly, though Lycurgus
captured most of the horses and the baggage, he did not take a single
prisoner, and only succeeded in killing eight of the cavalry. After this
reverse, the Messenians returned home through Argolis: but elated with

Page 388

success Lycurgus went to Sparta, and set about
Lycurgus resolves to
preparations for war; and took secret counsel with his
intercept Philip on his
return at the pass
friends to prevent Philip from getting safe out of the
opposite Sparta.
country without an engagement. Meanwhile the king
had started from the district of Helos, and was on his return march, wasting
the country as he came; and on the fourth day, about noon, arrived once
more with his whole army at Amyclae.
21. Leaving directions with his officers and friends as to the coming
engagement, Lycurgus himself left Sparta and occupied the ground near the
Menelaïum, with as many as two thousand men. He agreed with the officers
in the town that they should watch carefully, in order that, whenever he
raised the signal, they might lead out their troops from the town at several
points at once, and draw them up facing the Eurotas, at the spot where it is
nearest the town. Such were the measures and designs of Lycurgus and the
Lacedaemonians.
But lest ignorance of the locality should render my story unintelligible and
vague, I must describe its natural features and general position: following
Value of local my practice throughout this work of drawing out the
knowledge. analogies and likenesses between places which are
unknown and those already known and described. For seeing that in war,
whether by sea or land, it is the difference of position which generally is the
cause of failure; and since I wish all to know, not so much what happened,
as how it happened, I must not pass over local description in detailing
events of any sort, least of all in such as relate to war: and I must not shrink
from using as landmarks, at one time harbours and seas and islands, at
another temples, mountains, or local names; or, finally, variations in the
aspect of the heaven, these being of the most universal application
throughout the world. For it is thus, and thus only, that it is possible, as I
have said, to bring my readers to a conception of an unknown scene.
22. These then are the features of the country in question. Sparta, as a
The position of Sparta whole, is in the shape of a circle; and is situated on
and the neighbouring level ground, broken at certain points by irregularities
heights.
and hills. The river Eurotas flows past it on the east, and
for the greater part of the year is too large to be forded; and the hills on
which the Menelaïum stands are on the other side of the river, to the south-

Page 389

east of the town, rugged and difficult of access and exceedingly lofty; they
exactly command the space between the town and the Eurotas, which flows
at the very foot of the hill, the whole valley being at this point no more than
The dispositions of a stade and a half wide. Through this Philip was obliged
Lycurgus. to pass on his return march, with the city, and the
Lacedaemonians ready and drawn up for battle, on his left hand, and on his
right the river, and the division of Lycurgus posted upon the hills. In
addition to these arrangements the Lacedaemonians had had recourse to the
following device: They had dammed up the river above the town, and
turned the stream upon the space between the town and the hills; with the
result that the ground became so wet that men could not keep their feet, to
say nothing of horses. The only course, therefore, left to the king was to
lead his men close under the skirts of the hills, thus presenting to the attack
of the enemy a long line of march, in which it was difficult for one part to
relieve another.
Philip perceived these difficulties, and after consultation with his friends
Philip succeeds in decided that the matter of most urgent necessity was to
baffling Lycurgus. dislodge the division of Lycurgus, first of all, from the
position near the Menelaïum. He took therefore his mercenaries, peltasts,
and Illyrians, and advanced across the river in the direction of the hills.
Perceiving Philip’s design, Lycurgus began getting his men ready, and
exhorted them to face the battle, and at the same time displayed the signal
to the forces in the town: whereupon those whose duty it was immediately
led out the troops from the town, as had been arranged, and drew them up
outside the wall, with the cavalry on their right wing.
23. When he had got within distance of Lycurgus, Philip at first ordered the
mercenaries to charge alone: and, accordingly, their superiority in arms and
position contributed not a little to give the Lacedaemonians the upper hand
at the beginning of the engagement. But when Philip supported his men by
sending his reserve of peltasts on to the field, and caused the Illyrians to
charge the enemy on the flanks, the king’s mercenaries were encouraged by
the appearance of these reserves to renew the battle with much more vigour
than ever; while Lycurgus’s men, terrified at the approach of the heavy-
armed soldiers, gave way and fled, leaving a hundred killed and rather more
prisoners, while the rest escaped into the town. Lycurgus himself, with a
few followers going by a deserted and pathless route, made his way into the

Page 390

town under cover of night. Philip secured the hills by means of the Illyrians;
and, accompanied by his light-armed troops and peltasts, rejoined his main
forces. Just at the same time Aratus, leading the phalanx from Amyclae, had
come close to the town. So the king, after recrossing the Eurotas, halted
with his light-armed peltasts and cavalry until the heavy-armed got safely
through the narrow part of the road at the foot of the hills. Then the troops
in the city ventured to attack the covering force of cavalry. There was a
serious engagement, in which the peltasts fought with conspicuous valour;
and the success of Philip being now beyond dispute, he chased the
Lacedaemonians to their very gates, and then, having got his army safely
across the Eurotas he brought up the rear of his phalanx.
24. But it was now getting late: and being obliged to encamp, he availed
himself for that purpose of a place at the very mouth of the pass, his officers
Philip’s strong position. having chanced already to have selected that very place;
than which it would be impossible to find one more
advantageous for making an invasion of Laconia by way of Sparta itself.
For it is at the very commencement of this pass, just where a man coming
from Tegea, or, indeed, from any point in the interior, approaches Sparta;
being about two stades from the town and right upon the river. The side of it
which looks towards the town and river is entirely covered by a steep, lofty,
and entirely inaccessible rock; while the top of this rock is a table-land of
good soil and well supplied with water, and very conveniently situated for
the exit and entrance of troops. A general, therefore, who was encamped
there, and who had command of the height overhanging it, would evidently
be in a place of safety as regards the neighbouring town, and in a most
advantageous situation as commanding the entrance and exit of the narrow
pass. Having accordingly encamped himself on this spot in safety, next day
Philip sent forward his baggage; but drew out his army on the table-land in
full view of the citizens, and remained thus for a short time. Then he
Sellasia, b.c. 222. wheeled to the left and marched in the direction of
Tegea; and when he reached the site of the battle of
Antigonus and Cleomenes, he encamped there. Next day, having made an
inspection of the ground and sacrificed to the gods on both the eminences,
Olympus and Evas, he advanced with his rear-guard strengthened. On
Philip proceeds to Tegea, arriving at Tegea he caused all the booty to be sold; and
where he is visited by then, marching through Argos, arrived with his whole
ambassadors from

Page 391

Rhodes and Chios force at Corinth. There ambassadors appeared from
seeking to end the
Aetolian war. Rhodes and Chios to negotiate a suspension of
hostilities; to whom the king gave audience, and
feigning that he was, and always had been, quite ready to come to terms
with the Aetolians, sent them away to negotiate with the latter also; while
he himself went down to Lechaeum, and made preparations for an
embarkation, as he had an important undertaking to complete in Phocis.
25. Leontius, Megaleas, and Ptolemy, being still persuaded that they could
frighten Philip, and thus neutralise their former failures, took this
opportunity of tampering with the peltasts, and what the Macedonians call
the Agema,255 by suggesting to them that they were risking their all, and
getting none of their just rights, nor receiving the booty which, according to
Treason of Megaleas and custom, properly fell to their share. By these words they
Ptolemy. incited the young men to collect together, and attempt
to plunder the tents of the most prominent of the king’s friends, and to pull
down the doors, and break through the roof of the royal headquarters.
The whole city being thereby in a state of confusion and uproar, the king
heard of it and immediately came hastily running to the town from
Lechaeum; and having summoned the Macedonians to the theatre he
addressed them in terms of mingled exhortation and rebuke for what had
happened. A scene of great uproar and confusion followed: and while some
advised him to arrest and call to account the guilty, others to come to terms
and declare an indemnity, for the moment the king dissembled his feelings,
and pretended to be satisfied; and so with some words of exhortation
addressed to all, retired: and though he knew quite well who were the
ringleaders in the disturbance, he made a politic pretence of not doing so.
26. After this outbreak the king’s schemes in Phocis met with certain
Apelles sent for by impediments which prevented their present execution.
Leontius. Meanwhile Leontius, despairing of success by his own
efforts, had recourse to Apelles, urging him by frequent messages to come
from Chalcis, and setting forth his own difficulties and the awkwardness of
his position owing to his quarrel with the king. Now Apelles had been
acting in Chalcis with an unwarrantable assumption of authority. He gave
out that the king was still a mere boy, and for the most part under his
control, and without independent power over anything; the management of

Page 392

affairs and the supreme authority in the kingdom he asserted to belong to
himself. Accordingly, the magistrates and commissioners of Macedonia and
Thessaly reported to him; and the cities in Greece in their decrees and votes
of honours and rewards made brief reference to the king, while Apelles was
all in all to them. Philip had been kept informed of this, and had for some
time past been feeling annoyed and offended at it,—Aratus being at his
side, and using skilful means to further his own views; still he kept his own
counsel, and did not let any one see what he intended to do, or what he had
in his mind. In ignorance, therefore, of his own position, and persuaded
that, if he could only come into Philip’s presence, he would manage
everything as he chose, Apelles set out from Chalcis to the assistance of
Apelles rebuffed by the Leontius. On his arrival at Corinth, Leontius, Ptolemy
king. and Megaleas, being commanders of the peltasts and
the other chief divisions of the army, took great pains to incite the young
men to go to meet him. He entered the town, therefore, with great pomp,
owing to the number of officers and soldiers who went to meet him, and
proceeded straight to the royal quarters. But when he would have entered,
according to his former custom, one of the ushers prevented him, saying
that the king was engaged. Troubled at this unusual repulse, and hesitating
for a long while what to do, Apelles at last turned round and retired.
Thereupon all those who were escorting him began at once openly to fall
off from him and disperse, so that at last he entered his own lodging, with
his children, absolutely alone. So true it is all the world over that a moment
Courtiers. exalts and abases us; but most especially is this true of
courtiers. They indeed are exactly like counters on a
board, which, according to the pleasure of the calculator, are one moment
worth a farthing, the next a talent. Even so courtiers at the king’s nod are
one moment at the summit of prosperity, at another the objects of pity.
When Megaleas saw that the help he had looked for from Apelles was
failing him, he was exceedingly frightened, and made preparations for
flight. Apelles meanwhile was admitted to the king’s banquets and honours
of that sort, but had no share in his council or daily social employments;
and when, some days afterwards, the king resumed his voyage from
Lechaeum, to complete his designs in Phocis, he took Apelles with him.
27. The expedition to Phocis proving a failure, the king was retiring from
Elatea; and while this was going on, Megaleas removed to Athens, leaving

Page 393

Leontius behind him as his security for his twenty talents fine. The
Flight of Megaleas. Athenian Strategi however refused to admit him, and he
therefore resumed his journey and went to Thebes.
Meanwhile the king put to sea from the coast of Cirrha and sailed with his
guards256 to the harbour of Sicyon, whence he went up to the city and,
excusing himself to the magistrates, took up his quarters with Aratus, and
spent the whole of his time with him, ordering Apelles to sail back to
Corinth. But upon news being brought him of the proceedings of Megaleas,
Leontius put to death. he despatched the peltasts, whose regular commander
was Leontius, in the charge of Taurion to Triphylia, on
the pretext of some service of pressing need; and, when they had departed,
he gave orders to arrest Leontius to answer his bail. When the peltasts heard
what had happened from a messenger sent to them by Leontius, they
despatched ambassadors to the king, begging him that, “if he had arrested
Leontius on any other score, not to have him tried on the charges alleged
against him without their presence: for otherwise they should consider
themselves treated with signal contempt, and to be one and all involved in
the condemnation.” Such was the freedom of speech towards their king
which the Macedonians always enjoyed. They added, that “if the arrest was
on account of his bail for Megaleas, they would themselves pay the money
by a common subscription.” The king however was so enraged, that he put
Leontius to death sooner than he had intended, owing to the zeal displayed
by the peltasts.
28. Presently the ambassadors of Rhodes and Chios returned from Aetolia.
A thirty days’ truce They had agreed to a truce of thirty days, and asserted
offered by the Aetolians that the Aetolians were ready to make peace: they had
through the Rhodian and
Chian ambassadors. also arranged for a stated day on which they claimed
that Philip should meet them at Rhium; undertaking that
the Aetolians would be ready to do anything on condition of making peace.
Philip accepted the truce and wrote letters to the allies, bidding them send
assessors and commissioners to discuss the terms with the Aetolians; while
Treason of Megaleas he himself sailed from Lechaeum and arrived on the
detected. His arrest and second day at Patrae. Just then certain letters were sent
suicide.
to him from Phocis, which Megaleas had written to the
Aetolians, exhorting them not to be frightened, but to persist in the war,
because Philip was in extremities through a lack of provisions. Besides this

Page 394

the letters contained some offensive and bitter abuse of the king. As soon as
he had read these, the king feeling no doubt that Apelles was the ringleader
of the mischief, placed him under a guard and despatched him in all haste to
Corinth, with his son and favourite boy; while he sent Alexander to Thebes
to arrest Megaleas, with orders to bring him before the magistrates to
answer to his bail. When Alexander had fulfilled his commission, Megaleas,
Death of Appelles. not daring to await the issue, committed suicide: and
about the same time Apelles, his son and favourite boy,
ended their lives also. Such was the end of these men, thoroughly deserved
in every way, and especially for their outrageous conduct to Aratus.
29. Now the Aetolians were at first very anxious for the ratification of a
Failure of the peace, because they found the war burdensome, and
negotiations with the because things had not gone as they expected. For,
Aetolians.
looking to his tender years and lack of experience, they
had expected to have a mere child to deal with in Philip; but had found him
a full-grown man both in his designs and his manner of executing them:
while they had themselves made a display of imbecility and childishness
alike in the general conduct, and the particular actions, of the campaign. But
as soon as they heard of the outbreak of the disturbance among the peltasts,
and of the deaths of Apelles and Leontius, hoping that there was a serious
and formidable disaffection at the court, they procrastinated until they had
outstayed the day appointed for the meeting at Rhium. But Philip was
delighted to seize the pretext: for he felt confident of success in the war, and
had already resolved to avoid coming to terms. He therefore at once
exhorted such of the allies as had come to meet him to make preparations,
not for the peace, but for war; and putting to sea again sailed back to
Corinth. He then dismissed his Macedonian soldiers to go home through
Thessaly for the winter: while he himself putting to sea from Cenchreae,
and coasting along Attica, sailed through the Euripus to Demetrias, and
there before a jury of Macedonians had Ptolemy tried and put to death, who
was the last survivor of the conspiracy of Leontius.
It was in this season that Hannibal, having succeeded in entering Italy, was
lying encamped in presence of the Roman army in the valley of the Padus.
b.c. 218. Review of the Antiochus, after subduing the greater part of Coele-
events of the year in Syria, had once more dismissed his army into winter
Italy, Asia, Sparta.
quarters. The Spartan king Lycurgus fled to Aetolia in

Page 395

fear of the Ephors: for acting on a false charge that he was meditating a
coup d’état, they had collected the young men and come to his house at
night. But getting previous intimation of what was impending, he had
quitted the town accompanied by the members of his household.
30. When the next winter came, Philip having departed to Macedonia, and
Winter of b.c. 218-217. the Achaean Strategus Eperatus having incurred the
contempt of the Achaean soldiers and the complete
disregard of the mercenaries, no one would obey his orders, and no
preparation was made for the defence of the country. This was observed by
Disorder in Achaia Pyrrhias, who had been sent by the Aetolians to
owing to the command the Eleans. He had under him a force of
incompetence of the
Strategus Eperatus.
thirteen hundred Aetolians, and the mercenaries hired
by the Eleans, as well as a thousand Elean infantry and
two hundred Elean cavalry, amounting in all to three thousand: and he now
began committing frequent raids, not only upon the territories of Dyme and
Pharae, but upon that of Patrae also. Finally he pitched his camp on what is
called the Panachaean Mountain, which commands the town of Patrae, and
began wasting the whole district towards Rhium and Aegium. The result
was that the cities, being exposed to much suffering, and unable to obtain
any assistance, began to make difficulties about paying their contribution to
the league; and the soldiers finding their pay always in arrear and never
paid at the right time acted in the same way about going to the relief of the
towns. Both parties thus mutually retaliating on each other, affairs went
from bad to worse, and at last the foreign contingent broke up altogether.
And all this was the result of the incompetence of the chief magistrate. The
May, b.c. 217. Aratus the time for the next election finding Achaean affairs in this
elder elected Strategus. state, Eperatus laid down his office, and just at the
beginning of summer Aratus the elder was elected Strategus.257
Such was the position of affairs in Europe. We have now arrived at a proper
140th Olympiad, Asia. juncture, both of events and of time, to transfer our
narrative to the history of Asia. I will therefore resume
my story of the transactions which occurred there during the same
Olympiad.
31. I will first endeavour, in accordance with my original plan, to give an
account of the war between Antiochus and Ptolemy for the possession of

Page 396

Coele-Syria. Though I am fully aware that at the period, at which I have
stopped in my Greek history, this war was all but decided and concluded, I
have yet deliberately chosen this particular break and division in my
narrative; believing that I shall effectually provide against the possibility of
mistakes on the part of my readers in regard to dates, if I indicate in the
course of my narrative the years in this Olympiad in which the events in the
several parts of the world, as well as in Greece, began and ended. For I
think nothing more essential to the clearness of my history of this Olympiad
than to avoid confusing the several narratives. Our object should be to
distinguish and keep them separate as much as possible, until we come to
the next Olympiad, and begin setting down the contemporary events in the
several countries under each year. For since I have undertaken to write, not
a particular, but a universal history, and have ventured upon a plan on a
greater scale, as I have already shown, than any of my predecessors, it will
be necessary also for me to take greater care than they, as to my method of
treatment and arrangement; so as to secure clearness, both in the details,
and in the general view adopted in my history. I will accordingly go back a
short way in the history of the kingdoms of Antiochus and Ptolemy, and try
to fix upon a starting-point for my narrative which shall be accepted and
recognised by all: for this is a matter of the first importance.
32. For the old saying, “Well begun is half done,” was meant by its
inventors to urge the importance of taking the greater pains to make a good
beginning than anything else. And though some may consider this an
exaggeration, in my opinion it comes short of the truth; for one might say
with confidence, not that “the beginning was half the business,” but rather
that it was near being the whole. For how can one make a good beginning
without having first grasped in thought the complete plan, or without
knowing where, with what object, and with what purpose he is undertaking
the business? Or how can a man sum up a series of events satisfactorily
without a reference to their origin, and without showing his point of
departure, or why and how he has arrived at the particular crisis at which he
finds himself? Therefore both historian and reader alike should be
exceedingly careful to mark the beginnings of events, with a conviction that
their influence does not stop half-way, but is paramount to the end. And this
is what I shall endeavour to do.

Page 397

33. I am aware, however, that a similar profession has been made by many
other historians of an intention to write a universal history, and of
undertaking a work on a larger scale than their predecessors. About these
writers, putting out of the question Ephorus, the first and only man who has
really attempted a universal history, I will not mention any name or say
more about them than this,—that several of my contemporaries, while
professing to write a universal history have imagined that they could tell the
story of the war of Rome and Carthage in three or four pages. Yet every one
knows that events more numerous or important were never accomplished in
Iberia, Libya, Sicily, and Italy than in that war; and that the Hannibalian
war was the most famous and lasting of any that has taken place except the
Sicilian. So momentous was it, that all the rest of the world were compelled
to watch it in terrified expectation of what would follow from its final
catastrophe. Yet some of these writers, without even giving as many details
of it as those who, after the manner of the vulgar, inscribe rude records of
events on house walls, pretend to have embraced the whole of Greek and
foreign history. The truth of the matter is, that it is a very easy matter to
profess to undertake works of the greatest importance; but by no means so
simple a matter in practice to attain to any excellence. The former is open to
every one with the requisite audacity: the latter is rare, and is given to few.
So much for those who use pompous language about themselves and their
historical works. I will now return to my narrative.
34. Immediately after his father’s death, Ptolemy Philopator put his brother
Death of Ptolemy Magas and his partisans to death, and took possession
Euergetes, b.c. 222. of the throne of Egypt. He thought that he had now
freed himself by this act from domestic danger; and that by the deaths of
Antigonus and Seleucus, and their being respectively succeeded by mere
children like Antiochus and Philip, fortune had released him from danger
abroad. He therefore felt secure of his position and began conducting his
reign as though it were a perpetual festival. He would attend to no business,
and would hardly grant an interview to the officials about the court, or at
the head of the administrative departments in Egypt. Even his agents abroad
found him entirely careless and indifferent; though his predecessors, far
from taking less interest in foreign affairs, had generally given them
precedence over those of Egypt itself. For being masters of Coele-Syria and
Cyprus, they maintained a threatening attitude towards the kings of Syria,

Page 398

both by land and sea; and were also in a commanding position in regard to
the princes of Asia, as well as the islands, through their possession of the
most splendid cities, strongholds, and harbours all along the sea-coast from
Pamphylia to the Hellespont and the district round Lysimachia. Moreover
they were favourably placed for an attack upon Thrace and Macedonia from
their possession of Aenus, Maroneia, and more distant cities still. And
having thus stretched forth their hands to remote regions, and long ago
strengthened their position by a ring of princedoms, these kings had never
been anxious about their rule in Egypt; and had naturally, therefore, given
great attention to foreign politics. But when Philopator, absorbed in
unworthy intrigues, and senseless and continuous drunkenness, treated
these several branches of government with equal indifference, it was
naturally not long before more than one was found to lay plots against his
life as well as his power: of whom the first was Cleomenes, the Spartan.258
35. As long as Euergetes was alive, with whom he had agreed to make an
Cleomenes endeavours alliance and confederacy, Cleomenes took no steps. But
to get assistance from the upon that monarch’s death, seeing that the time was
Egyptian court.
slipping away, and that the peculiar position of affairs in
Greece seemed almost to cry aloud for Cleomenes,—for Antigonus was
dead, the Achaeans involved in war, and the Lacedaemonians were at one
with the Aetolians in hostility to the Achaeans and Macedonians, which was
the policy originally adopted by Cleomenes,—then, indeed, he was actually
compelled to use some expedition, and to bestir himself to secure his
departure from Alexandria. First therefore, in interviews with the king, he
urged him to send him out with the needful amount of supplies and troops;
but not being listened to in this request, he next begged him earnestly to let
him go alone with his own servants; for he affirmed that the state of affairs
was such as to show him sufficient opportunities for recovering his
ancestral throne. The king, however, for the reasons I have mentioned,
taking absolutely no interest in such matters, nor exercising any foresight
whatever, continued with extraordinary folly and blindness to neglect the
petitions of Cleomenes. But the party of Sosibius, the leading statesman at
the time, took counsel together, and agreed on the following course of
action in regard to him. They decided not to send him out with a fleet and
supplies; for, owing to the death of Antigonus, they took little account of
foreign affairs, and thought money spent on such things would be thrown

Page 399

away. Besides, they were afraid that since Antigonus was dead, and no one
was left who could balance him, Cleomenes might, if he got Greece into his
power quickly and without trouble, prove a serious and formidable rival to
themselves; especially as he had had a clear view of Egyptian affairs, had
learnt to despise the king; and had discovered that the kingdom had many
parts loosely attached, and widely removed from the centre, and presenting
many facilities for revolutionary movements: for not a few of their ships
were at Samos, and a considerable force of soldiers at Ephesus. These
considerations induced them to reject the idea of sending Cleomenes out
with supplies; for they thought it by no means conducive to their interests to
carelessly let a man go, who was certain to be their opponent and enemy.
The other proposal was to keep him there against his will; but this they all
rejected at once without discussion, on the principle that the lion and the
flock could not safely share the same stall. Sosibius himself took the lead in
regarding this idea with aversion, and his reason was this.
36. While engaged in effecting the destruction of Magas and Berenice, his
The reason of the anxiety at the possible failure of his attempt, especially
opposition of Sosibius. through the courageous character of Berenice, had
forced him to flatter the courtiers, and give them all hopes of advantage in
case his intrigue succeeded. It was at this juncture that, observing
Cleomenes to stand in need of the king’s help, and to be possessed of a
clear understanding and a genuine grasp of the situation, he admitted him to
a knowledge of his design, holding out to him hopes of great advantage.
And when Cleomenes saw that Sosibius was in a state of great anxiety, and
above all afraid of the foreign soldiers and mercenaries, he bade him not be
alarmed; and undertook that the foreign soldiers should do him no harm, but
should rather be of assistance to him. And on Sosibius expressing surprise
rather than conviction at this promise, he said, “Don’t you see that there are
three thousand foreign soldiers here from the Peloponnese, and a thousand
from Crete? I have only to nod to these men, and every man of them will at
once do what I want. With these all ready to hand, whom do you fear?
Surely not mere Syrians and Carians.” Sosibius was much pleased at the
remark at the time, and doubly encouraged in his intrigue against Berenice;
but ever afterwards, when observing the indifference of the king, he
repeated it to himself, and put before his eyes the boldness of Cleomenes,
and the goodwill of the foreign contingent towards him.

Page 400

37. These feelings now moved him to advise the king and his friends above
The intrigue of Sosibius all things to arrest and incarcerate Cleomenes: and to
against Cleomenes. carry out this policy he availed himself of the following
circumstance, which happened conveniently for him. There was a certain
Messenian called Nicagoras, an ancestral guest-friend of the
Lacedaemonian king Archidamus. They had not previously had much
intercourse; but when Archidamus fled from Sparta, for fear of Cleomenes,
and came to Messenia, not only did Nicagoras show great kindness in
receiving him under his roof and furnishing him with other necessaries, but
from the close association that followed a very warm friendship and
intimacy sprang up between them: and accordingly when Cleomenes
subsequently gave Archidamus some expectation of being restored to his
city, and composing their quarrels, Nicagoras devoted himself to conducting
the negotiation and settling the terms of their compact. These being ratified,
Archidamus returned to Sparta relying on the treaty made by the agency of
Nicagoras. But as soon as he met him, Cleomenes assassinated
Archidamus,259 sparing however Nicagoras and his companions. To the
outside world Nicagoras pretended to be under an obligation to Cleomenes
for saving his life; but in heart he was exceedingly incensed at what had
happened, because he had the discredit of having been the cause of the
king’s death. Now it happened that this same Nicagoras had, a short time
before the events of which we are speaking, come to Alexandria with a
cargo of horses. Just as he was disembarking he came upon Cleomenes,
Panterus, and Hippitas walking together along the quay. When Cleomenes
saw him, he came up and welcomed him warmly, and asked him on what
business he was come. Upon his replying that he had brought a cargo of
horses, “You had better,” said he, “have brought a cargo of catamites and
sakbut girls; for that is what the present king is fond of.” Nicagoras
laughed, and said nothing at the time: but some days afterwards, when he
had, in the course of his horse-sales, become more intimate with Sosibius,
he did Cleomenes the ill turn of repeating his recent sarcasm; and seeing
that Sosibius heard it with satisfaction, he related to him the whole story of
his grievance against Cleomenes.
38. Finding then that he was hostile in feeling to Cleomenes, Sosibius
persuaded Nicagoras, partly by presents given on the spot and partly by
promises for the future, to write a letter accusing Cleomenes, and leave it

Page 401

sealed; that as soon as he had sailed, as he would do in a few days, his
servant might bring it to him as though sent by Nicagoras. Nicagoras
performed his part in the plot; and after he had sailed, the letter was brought
by the servant to Sosibius, who at once took the servant and the letter to the
king. The servant stated that Nicagoras had left the letter with orders to
deliver it to Sosibius; and the letter declared that it was the intention of
Cleomenes, if he failed to secure his despatch from the country with
suitable escort and provisions, to stir up a rebellion against the king.
Sosibius at once seized the opportunity of urging on the king and his friends
to take prompt precautions against Cleomenes and to put him in ward. This
Cleomenes put under was at once done, and a very large house was assigned
arrest. to him in which he lived under guard, differing from
other prisoners only in the superior size of his prison. Finding himself in
this distressing plight, and with fear of worse for the future, Cleomenes
determined to make the most desperate attempts for freedom: not so much
because he felt confident of success,—for he had none of the elements of
success in such an enterprise on his side,—but rather because he was eager
to die nobly, and endure nothing unworthy of the gallantry which he had
previously displayed. He must, I think, as is usually the case with men of
high courage, have recalled and reflected upon as his model those words of
the hero:260—
“Yea, let me die,—but not a coward’s death,
Nor all inglorious: let me do one deed,
That children yet unborn may hear and mark!”

39. He therefore waited for the time at which the king left Alexandria for
Canopus, and then spread a report among his guards that he was going to be
Bold attempt of released by the king; and on this pretext entertained his
Cleomenes to recover his own attendants at a banquet, and sent out some flesh of
liberty. His failure and
death, b.c. 220. the sacrificial victims, some garlands, and some wine to
his guards. The latter indulged in these good things
unsuspiciously, and became completely drunk; whereupon Cleomenes
walked out about noon, accompanied by his friends and servants armed
with daggers, without being noticed by his guard. As the party advanced
they met Ptolemy in the street, who had been left by the king in charge of
the city; and overawing his attendants by the audacity of his proceeding,
dragged Ptolemy himself from his chariot and put him in a place of security,

Page 402

while they loudly called upon the crowds of citizens to assert their freedom.
But every one was unprepared for the movement, and therefore no one
obeyed their summons or joined them; and they accordingly turned their
steps to the citadel, with the intention of bursting open the doors and
obtaining the help of the prisoners confined there. But the commanders of
the citadel were on the alert, and learning what was going to take place had
secured the entrance gate: having therefore failed in this design they killed
themselves like brave men and Spartans.
Such was the end of Cleomenes: a man of brilliant social qualities, with a
natural aptitude for affairs, and, in a word, endued with all the qualifications
of a general and a king.
40. Shortly after the catastrophe of Cleomenes, the governor of Coele-Syria,
who was an Aetolian by birth, resolved to hold treasonable parley with
Antiochus and put the cities of that province into his hands. He was induced
to take this step partly by the contempt with which Ptolemy’s shameful
b.c. 220-219. The origin debauchery and general conduct had inspired him; and
of the war in Coele- partly by distrust of the king’s ministers, which he had
Syria.
learned to entertain in the course of the recent attempt
of Antiochus upon Coele-Syria: for in that campaign he had rendered signal
service to Ptolemy, and yet, far from receiving any thanks for it, he had
been summoned to Alexandria and barely escaped losing his life. The
advances which he now made to Antiochus were gladly received, and the
affair was soon in the course of being rapidly completed.
But I must make my readers acquainted with the position of the royal
family of Syria as I have already done with that of Egypt; and in order to do
so, I will go back to the succession of Antiochus to the throne, and give a
summary of events from that point to the beginning of the war of which I
am to speak.
Antiochus was the younger son of Seleucus Callinicus; and on the death of
b.c. 226. his father, and the succession in right of seniority of his
brother Seleucus to the throne, he at first removed to
upper Asia and lived there. But Seleucus having been treacherously
assassinated after crossing Mount Taurus with his army, as I have already
b.c. 223. See 4, 48. related, he succeeded to the throne himself; and made

Page 403

Achaeus governor of Asia on this side Taurus, Molon and his brother
Alexander guardians of his dominions in upper Asia,—Molon acting as
Satrap of Media, his brother of Persia.
41. These two brothers despising the king for his youth, and hoping that
Revolt of Molon. Achaeus would join in their treason, but most of all
because they dreaded the cruel character and malign
influence of Hermeias, who was at that time the chief minister of the entire
kingdom, formed the design of revolting themselves and causing the upper
Satrapies to revolt also.
This Hermeias was a Carian and had obtained his power by the appointment
of the king’s brother Seleucus, who had entrusted it to him when he was
setting out on his expedition to the Taurus. Invested with this authority he at
once began to display jealousy of all those about the court who were in any
Intrigues of Hermeias. way prominent; and being cruel by nature he inflicted
punishment on some for acts of ignorance, on which he
always managed to place the worst interpretation; while against others he
brought trumped-up and lying charges, and then acted towards them the part
of an inflexible and harsh judge. But his chief end and object was to secure
the destruction of Epigenes who had brought home the forces which had
accompanied Seleucus; because he saw that he was a man of eloquence and
practical ability, and highly acceptable to the army. With this design he was
ever on the watch to lay hold of some handle or pretext against him.
Accordingly when a council was summoned on the subject of Molon’s
revolt, and when the king bade each councillor deliver his opinion on the
measures to be taken against the rebels, Epigenes spoke first and urged that
“there ought to be no delay, but the matter should be taken in hand at once;
and that, first and foremost, the king should go in person to the district, and
be ready to seize the right moments for action. For the actual presence of
the king, and his appearance at the head of an army before the eyes of the
common people, would prevent the party of Molon from venturing upon
revolutionary measures at all; or if they had the audacity to do so, and
persisted in their design, they would be quickly arrested by the populace
and handed over into the king’s power.”
42. While Epigenes was still speaking in this strain, Hermeias, in a burst of
rage, exclaimed, “That Epigenes had long been secretly plotting treason

Page 404

against the king; but that now he had happily shown his real sentiments by
the advice which he had given, proving how eager he was to expose the
king’s person to the rebels with an insignificant guard.” For the present he
was content with making this insinuation as fuel for a future outburst of
slander, and without further reference to Epigenes, after what was rather an
ill-timed ebullition of temper than serious hostility, he delivered his own
opinion; which, from his fear of the danger and his inexperience in war, was
against undertaking the expedition against Molon personally, but was
warmly in favour of an attack upon Ptolemy, because he was of opinion that
this latter war would involve no danger, owing to that monarch’s cowardly
character. For the present he overawed the rest of the council into
agreement with him and he thereupon sent Xenon and Theodotus Hemiolius
with an army against Molon; while he employed himself in continually
inciting Antiochus to undertake the expedition into Coele-Syria: thinking
that it was only by involving the young king in war on every side that he
could escape punishment for his past misdeeds, and avoid being deprived of
his position of authority, for the king would have need of his services when
he found himself surrounded by struggles and dangers. With this object in
view, he finally hit on the device of forging a letter, which he presented to
the king as having been sent by Achaeus. In it Achaeus was made to state
that “Ptolemy had urged him to assert his right to the government and
promised to supply him with ships and money for all his attempts, if he
would only take the crown, and come forward in the sight of all the world
as a claimant of the sovereign power; which he already possessed, in fact,
though he grudged himself the title, and rejected the crown which fortune
gave him.”
This letter successfully imposed on the king, who became ready and eager
to go on the expedition against Coele-Syria.
43. While this was going on, Antiochus happened to be at Seleucia, on the
Zeugma, when the Navarchus Diognetus arrived from Cappadocia, on the
Marriage of Antiochus Euxine, bringing Laodice, the daughter of king
III. Mithridates, an unmarried girl, destined to be the king’s
wife. This Mithridates boasted of being a descendant of one of the seven
Persians who killed the Magus,261 and he had maintained the sovereignty
handed down from his ancestors, as it had been originally given to them by
Darius along the shore of the Euxine. Having gone to meet the princess

Page 405

with all due pomp and splendour, Antiochus immediately celebrated his
nuptials with royal magnificence. The marriage having been completed, he
went to Antioch, and after proclaiming Laodice queen, devoted himself
thenceforth to making preparation for the war.
Meanwhile Molon had prepared the people of his own Satrapy to go all
lengths, partly by holding out to them hopes of advantages to be gained, and
Molon. partly by working on the fears of their chief men, by
means of forged letters purporting to be from the king,
and couched in threatening terms. He had also a ready coadjutor in his
brother Alexander; and had secured the co-operation of the neighbouring
Satrapies, by winning the goodwill of their leading men with bribes. It was,
therefore, at the head of a large force that he took the field against the royal
generals. Terrified at his approach Xenon and Theodotus retired into the
cities; and Molon, having secured the territory of Apollonia, had now a
superabundance of supplies.
44. But, indeed, even before that he was a formidable enemy owing to the
Description of Media. importance of his province. For the whole of the royal
horses out at grass are entrusted to the Medes;262 and
they have an incalculable quantity of corn and cattle. Of the natural strength
and extent of the district it would be impossible to speak highly enough. For
Media lies nearly in the centre of Asia and in its size, and in the height of its
steppes compares favourably with every other district of Asia. And again it
overlooks some of the most warlike and powerful tribes. On the east lie the
plains of the desert which intervenes between Persia and Parthia; and,
moreover, it borders on and commands the “Caspian Gates,” and touches
the mountains of the Tapyri, which are not far from the Hyrcanian Sea. On
the south it slopes down to Mesopotamia and the territory of Apollonia. It is
protected from Persia by the barrier of Mount Zagrus, which has an ascent
of a hundred stades, and containing in its range many separate peaks and
defiles is subdivided by deep valleys, and at certain points by cañons,
inhabited by Cosseans, Corbrenians, Carchi, and several other barbarous
tribes who have the reputation of being excellent warriors. Again on the
west it is coterminous with the tribe called Satrapeii, who are not far from
the tribes which extend as far as the Euxine. Its northern frontier is fringed
by Elymaeans, Aniaracae, Cadusii, and Matiani, and overlooks that part of
the Pontus which adjoins the Maeotis. Media itself is subdivided by several

Page 406

mountain chains running from east to west, between which are plains
thickly studded with cities and villages.
45. Being masters, then, of a territory of proportions worthy of a kingdom,
his great power had made Molon from the first a formidable enemy: but
Molon takes up arms. when the royal generals appeared to have abandoned
the country to him, and his own forces were elated at
the successful issue of their first hopes, the terror which he inspired became
absolute, and he was believed by the Asiatics to be irresistible. Taking
advantage of this, he first of all resolved to cross the Tigris and lay siege to
Seleucia; but when his passage across the river was stopped by Zeuxis
seizing the river boats, he retired to the camp at Ctesiphon, and set about
preparing winter quarters for his army.
When King Antiochus heard of Molon’s advance and the retreat of his own
generals, he was once more for giving up the expedition against Ptolemy,
Xenoetas sent against and going in person on the campaign against Molon,
Molon, b.c. 221. and not letting slip the proper time for action. But
Hermeias persisted in his original plan, and despatched the Achaean
Xenoetas against Molon, in command of an army, with full powers;
asserting that against rebels it was fitting that generals should have the
command; but that the king ought to confine himself to directing plans and
conducting national wars against monarchs. Having therefore the young
king entirely in his power, owing to his age, he set out; and having mustered
the army at Apameia he started thence and arrived at Laodiceia. Advancing
King Antiochus in from that time with his whole army, the king crossed
Coele-Syria. the desert and entered the cañon called Marsyas, which
lies between the skirts of Libanus and Anti-Libanus, and is contracted into a
narrow gorge by those two mountains. Just where the valley is narrowest it
is divided by marshes and lakes, from which the scented reed is cut.
46. On one side of the entrance to this pass lies a place called Brochi, on the
other Gerrha, which leave but a narrow space between them. After a march
of several days through this cañon, and subduing the towns that lay along it,
Antiochus arrived at Gerrha. Finding that Theodotus the Aetolian had
already occupied Gerrha and Brochi, and had secured the narrow road by
the lakes with ditches and palisades and a proper disposition of guards, the
king at first tried to carry the pass by force; but after sustaining more loss

Page 407

than he inflicted, and finding that Theodotus remained still stanch, he gave
up the attempt. In the midst of these difficulties news was brought that
Xenoetas had suffered a total defeat and that Molon was in possession of all
the upper country: he therefore abandoned his foreign expedition and
started to relieve his own dominions.
The fact was that when the general Xenoetas had been despatched with
Xenoetas at first absolute powers, as I have before stated, his unexpected
successful. elevation caused him to treat his friends with
haughtiness and his enemies with overweening temerity. His first move
however was sufficiently prudent. He marched to Seleucia, and after
sending for Diogenes the governor of Susiana, and Pythiades the
commander in the Persian Gulf, he led out his forces and encamped with
the river Tigris protecting his front. But there he was visited by many men
from Molon’s camp, who swam across the river and assured him that, if he
would only cross the Tigris, the whole of Molon’s army would declare for
him; for the common soldiers were jealous of Molon and warmly disposed
towards the king. Xenoetas was encouraged by these statements to attempt
the passage of the Tigris. He made a feint of bridging the river at a spot
where it is divided by an island; but as he was getting nothing ready for
such an operation, Molon took no notice of his pretended move; while he
was really occupied in collecting boats and getting them ready with every
possible care. Then having selected the most courageous men, horse and
foot, from his entire army, he left Zeuxis and Pythiades in charge of his
camp, and marched up stream at night about eighty stades above Molon’s
camp; and having got his force safely over in boats, encamped them before
daybreak in an excellent position, nearly surrounded by the river, and
covered where there was no river by marshes and swamps.
47. When Molon learnt what had taken place, he sent his cavalry, under the
idea that they would easily stop those who were actually crossing, and ride
down those who had already crossed. But as soon as they got near
Xenoetas’s force, their ignorance of the ground proved fatal to them without
any enemy to attack them; for they got immersed by their own weight, and
sinking in the lakes were all rendered useless, while many of them actually
lost their lives. Xenoetas, however, feeling sure that if he only approached,
Molon’s forces would all desert to him, advanced along the bank of the
river and pitched a camp close to the enemy. Thereupon Molon, either as a

Page 408

stratagem, or because he really felt some doubt of the fidelity of his men,
and was afraid that some of Xenoetas’s expectations might be fulfilled, left
his baggage in his camp and started under cover of night in the direction of
Media. Xenoetas, imagining that Molon had fled in terror at his approach,
and because he distrusted the fidelity of his own troops, first attacked and
took the enemy’s camp, and then sent for his own cavalry and their baggage
from the camp of Zeuxis. He next summoned the soldiers to a meeting, and
told them that they should feel encouraged and hopeful now that Molon had
fled. With this preface, he ordered them all to attend to their bodily wants
and refresh themselves; as he intended without delay to go in pursuit of the
enemy early next morning.
48. But the soldiers, filled with confidence, and enriched with every kind of
Molon returns to his provisions, eagerly turned to feasting and wine and the
camp. demoralisation which always accompanies such
excesses. But Molon, after marching a considerable distance, caused his
army to get their dinner, and then wheeling round reappeared at the camp.
He found all the enemy scattered about and drunk, and attacked their
palisade just before daybreak. Dismayed by this unexpected danger, and
unable to awake his men from their drunken slumber, Xenoetas and his staff
rushed furiously upon the enemy and were killed. Of the sleeping soldiers
most were killed in their beds, while the rest threw themselves into the river
and endeavoured to cross to the opposite camp. The greater part however
even of these perished; for in the blind hurry and confusion which
prevailed, and in the universal panic and dismay, seeing the camp on the
other side divided by so narrow a space, they all forgot the violence of the
stream, and the difficulty of crossing it, in their eagerness to reach a place
of safety. In wild excitement therefore, and with a blind instinct of self-
preservation, they not only hurled themselves into the river, but threw their
beasts of burden in also, with their packs, as though they thought that the
river by some providential instinct would take their part and convey them
safely to the opposite camp. The result was that the stream presented a truly
pitiable and extraordinary spectacle,—horses, beasts of burden, arms,
corpses, and every kind of baggage being carried down the current along
with the swimmers.
Having secured the camp of Xenoetas, Molon crossed the river in perfect
safety and without any resistance, as Zeuxis also now fled at his approach;

Page 409

Molon’s successfultook possession of the latter’s camp, and then advanced
with his whole army to Seleucia; carried it at the first
campaign. b.c. 221.
assault, Zeuxis and Diomedon the governor of the place both abandoning it
and flying; and advancing from this place reduced the upper Satrapies to
submission without a blow. That of Babylon fell next, and then the Satrapy
which lay along the Persian Gulf. This brought him to Susa, which he also
carried without a blow; though his assaults upon the citadel proved
unavailing, because Diogenes the general had thrown himself into it before
he could get there. He therefore abandoned the idea of carrying it by storm,
and leaving a detachment to lay siege to it, hurried back with his main army
to Seleucia on the Tigris. There he took great pains to refresh his army, and
after addressing his men in encouraging terms he started once more to
complete his designs, and occupied Parapotamia as far as the city Europus,
and Mesopotamia as far as Dura.
49. When news of these events was brought to Antiochus, as I have said
before, he gave up all idea of the Coele-Syrian campaign, and turned all his
attention to this war. Another meeting of his council was thereupon
summoned: and on the king ordering the members of it to deliver their
opinions as to the tactics to be employed against Molon, the first to speak
Epigenes put to death by on the business was again Epigenes: who said that “his
the intrigues of advice should have been followed all along, and
Hermeias.
measures have been promptly taken before the enemy
had obtained such important successes: still even at this late hour they
ought to take it in hand resolutely.” Thereupon Hermeias broke out again
into an unreasonable and violent fit of anger and began to heap abuse upon
Epigenes; and while belauding himself in a fulsome manner, brought
accusations against Epigenes that were absurd as well as false. He ended by
adjuring the king not to be diverted from his purpose without better reason,
nor to abandon his hopes in Coele-Syria. This advice was ill-received by the
majority of the council, and displeasing to Antiochus himself; and,
accordingly, as the king showed great anxiety to reconcile the two men,
Hermeias was at length induced to put an end to his invectives. The council
decided by a majority that the course recommended by Epigenes was the
most practical and advantageous, and a resolution was come to that the king
should go on the campaign against Molon, and devote his attention to that.
Thereupon Hermeias promptly made a hypocritical pretence of having

Page 410

changed his mind and remarking that it was the duty of all to acquiesce
loyally in the decision, made a great show of readiness and activity in
pushing on the preparations.
50. The forces, however, having been mustered at Apameia, upon a kind of
mutiny arising among the common soldiers, on account of some arrears of
pay, Hermeias, observing the king to be in a state of anxiety, and to be
alarmed at the disturbance at so critical a moment, offered to discharge all
arrears, if the king would only consent to Epigenes not accompanying the
expedition; on the ground that nothing could be properly managed in the
army when such angry feelings, and such party spirit, had been excited. The
proposal was very displeasing to the king, who was exceedingly anxious
that Epigenes should accompany him on the campaign, owing to his
experience in the field; but he was bound so completely hand and foot, and
entangled by the craft of Hermeias, his skilful finance, constant
watchfulness, and designing flattery, that he was not his own master; and
accordingly he yielded to the necessity of the moment and consented to his
demand. When Epigenes thereupon retired, as he was bidden, the members
of the council were too much afraid of incurring displeasure to remonstrate;
while the army generally, by a revulsion of feeling, turned with gratitude to
the man to whom they owed the settlement of their claims for pay. The
Cyrrhestae were the only ones that stood out: and they broke out into open
mutiny, and for some time occasioned much trouble; but, being at last
conquered by one of the king’s generals, most of them were killed, and the
rest submitted to the king’s mercy. Hermeias having thus secured the
allegiance of his friends by fear, and of the troops by being of service to
them, started on the expedition in company with the king; while in regard to
Epigenes he elaborated the following plot, with the assistance of Alexis, the
commander of the citadel of Apameia. He wrote a letter purporting to have
been sent from Molon to Epigenes, and persuaded one of the latter’s
servants, by holding out the hope of great rewards, to take it to the house of
Epigenes, and mix it with his other papers. Immediately after this had been
done, Alexis came to the house and asked Epigenes whether he had not
received certain letters from Molon; and, upon his denial, demanded in
menacing terms to be allowed to search. Having entered, he quickly
discovered the letter, which he availed himself of as a pretext for putting
Epigenes to death on the spot. By this means the king was persuaded to

Page 411

believe that Epigenes had justly forfeited his life; and though the courtiers
had their suspicions, they were afraid to say anything.
51. When Antiochus had reached the Euphrates, and had taken over the
b.c. 221-220. Antiochus force stationed there, he once more started on his march
advances through and got as far as Antioch, in Mygdonia, about mid-
Mesopotamia.
winter, and there remained until the worst of the winter
should be over. Thence after a stay of forty days he advanced to Libba.
Molon was now in the neighbourhood of Babylon: and Antiochus consulted
his council as to the route to be pursued, the tactics to be adopted, and the
source from which provisions could best be obtained for his army on the
march in their expedition against Molon. The proposal of Hermeias was to
march along the Tigris, with this river, and the Lycus and Caprus, on their
flank. Zeuxis, having the fate of Epigenes before his eyes, was in a state of
painful doubt whether to speak his real opinion or no; but as the mistake
involved in the advice of Hermeias was flagrant, he at last mustered
courage to advise that the Tigris should be crossed; alleging as a reason the
general difficulty of the road along the river: especially from the fact that,
after a considerable march, the last six days of which would be through a
desert, they would reach what was called the “King’s Dyke,” which it
would be impossible to cross if they found it invested by the enemy; while a
retirement by a second march through the wilderness would be manifestly
dangerous, especially as their provisions would be sure to be running short.
On the other hand he showed that if they crossed the Tigris it was evident
the Apolloniates would repent of their treason and join the king; for even as
it was they had submitted to Molon, not from choice, but under compulsion
and terror; and the fertility of their soil promised abundance of provisions
for the troops. But his most weighty argument was that by their thus acting
Molon would be cut off from a return to Media, and from drawing supplies
from that country, and would thereby be compelled to risk a general action:
or, if he refused to do so, his troops would promptly fix their hopes upon
the king.
52. The suggestion of Zeuxis being approved, the army was immediately
Antiochus crosses the arranged in three divisions, and got across with the
Tigris. baggage at three points in the river. Thence they
marched in the direction of Dura, where they quickly caused the siege of
the citadel to be raised, which was being invested at the time by some of

Page 412

Molon’s officers; and thence, after a march of eight successive days, they
crossed the mountain called Oreicum and arrived at Apollonia.
Meanwhile Molon had heard of the king’s arrival, and not feeling
confidence in the inhabitants of Susiana and Babylonia, because he had
conquered them so recently and by surprise, fearing also to be cut off from
a retreat to Media, he determined to throw a bridge over the Tigris and get
his army across; being eager if it were possible to secure the mountain
district of Apollonia, because he had great confidence in his corps of
Molon also crosses the slingers called Cyrtii. He carried out his resolution, and
Tigris. was pushing forward in an unbroken series of forced
marches. Thus it came about that, just as he was entering the district of
Apollonia, the king at the head of his whole army was marching out. The
advanced guard of skirmishers of the two armies fell in with each other on
some high ground, and at first engaged and made trial of each other’s
strength; but upon the main armies on either side coming on to the ground,
they separated. For the present both retired to their respective
entrenchments, and encamped at a distance of forty stades from each other.
Abortive attempt of When night had fallen, Molon reflected that there was
Molon to make a night some risk and disadvantage in a battle by broad daylight
attack on the king.
and in the open field between rebels and their
sovereign, and he determined therefore to attack Antiochus by night.
Selecting the best and most vigorous of his soldiers, he made a considerable
detour, with the object of making his attack from higher ground. But having
learnt during his march that ten young men had deserted in a body to the
king, he gave up his design, and facing right about returned in haste to his
own entrenchment where he arrived about daybreak. His arrival caused a
panic in the army; for the troops in the camp, startled out of their sleep by
the arrival of the returning men, were very near rushing out of the lines.
53. But while Molon was doing his best to calm the panic, the king, fully
Disposition of the king’s prepared for the engagement, was marching his whole
army. army out of their lines at daybreak. On his right wing he
stationed his lancers under the command of Ardys, a man of proved ability
in the field; next to them the Cretan allies, and next the Gallic Rhigosages.
Next these he placed the foreign contingent and mercenary soldiers from
Greece, and next to them he stationed his phalanx: the left wing he assigned
to the cavalry called the “Companions.”263 His elephants, which were ten in

Page 413

number, he placed at intervals in front of the line. His reserves of infantry
and cavalry he divided between the two wings, with orders to outflank the
enemy as soon as the battle had begun. He then went along the line and
addressed a few words of exhortation to the men suitable to the occasion;
and put Hermeias and Zeuxis in command of the left wing, taking that of
the right himself.
On the other side, owing to the panic caused by his rash movement of the
previous night, Molon was unable to get his men out of camp, or into
Molon’s disposition. position without difficulty and confusion. He did
however divide his cavalry between his two wings,
guessing what the disposition of the enemy would be; and stationed the
scutati and Gauls, and in short all his heavy-armed men in the space
between the two bodies of cavalry. His archers, slingers, and all such kind
of troops he placed on the outer flank of the cavalry on either wing; while
his scythed chariots he placed at intervals in front of his line. He gave his
brother Neolaus command of the left wing, taking that of the right himself.
54. When the two armies advanced to the battle, Molon’s right wing
remained faithful to him, and vigorously engaged the division of Zeuxis;
Death of Molon and his but the left wing no sooner came within sight of the
fellow-conspirators. king than it deserted to the enemy: the result of which
was that Molon’s army was thrown into consternation, while the king’s
troops were inspired with redoubled confidence. When Molon
comprehended what had taken place, and found himself surrounded on
every side, reflecting on the tortures which would be inflicted upon him if
he were taken alive, he put an end to his own life. So too all who had taken
part in the plot fled severally to their own homes, and terminated their lives
in the same way. Neolaus escaped from the field and found his way into
Persis, to the house of Molon’s brother Alexander; and there first killed his
mother and Molon’s children and afterwards himself, having previously
persuaded Alexander to do the same to himself. After plundering the
enemy’s camp, the king ordered the body of Molon to be impaled on the
most conspicuous spot in Media: which the men appointed to the work
immediately did; for they took it to Callonitis and impaled it close to the
pass over Mount Zagrus. The king, after plundering the enemy’s camp,
rebuked the rebel army in a long speech; and finally receiving them back
into favour by holding out his right hand to them, appointed certain officers

Page 414

to lead them back to Media and settle the affairs of that district; while he
himself went down to Seleucia and made arrangements for the government
of the Satrapies round it, treating all with equal clemency and prudence. But
Hermeias acted with his usual harshness: he got up charges against the
people of Seleucia, and imposed a fine of a thousand talents upon the city;
drove their magistrates, called Adeiganes, into exile; and put many
Seleucians to death with various tortures, by mutilation, the sword and the
rack. With great difficulty, sometimes by dissuading Hermeias, and
sometimes by interposing his own authority, the king did at length put an
end to these severities; and, exacting only a fine of a hundred and fifty
talents from the citizens for the error they had committed, restored the city
to a state of order. This being done, he left Diogenes in command of Media,
and Apollodorus of Susiana; and sent Tychon, his chief military secretary, to
command the district along the Persian Gulf.
Thus was the rebellion of Molon and the rising in the upper Satrapies
suppressed and quieted.
55. Elated by his success, and wishing to strike awe and terror into the
Extension of the minds of the princes of the barbarians who were near,
expedition. The or conterminous with his own Satrapies, that they might
treasonable designs of
Hermeias.
never venture to aid by supplies or arms those who
revolted from him, he determined to march against
them. And first of all against Artabazanes, who appeared to be the most
formidable and able of all the princes, and who ruled over a tribe called the
Satrapeii, and others on their borders. But Hermeias was at that time afraid
of an expedition further up country, owing to its danger; and was always
yearning for the expedition against Ptolemy in accordance with his original
plan. When news, however, came that a son had been born to the king,
thinking that Antiochus might possibly fall by the hands of the barbarians in
upper Asia, or give him opportunities of putting him out of the way, he
consented to the expedition; believing that, if he could only effect the death
of Antiochus, he would be guardian to his son and so sole master of the
Artabazanes. whole kingdom. This having been decided, the army
crossed Mount Zagrus and entered the territory of
Artabazanes, which borders on Media, and is separated from it by an
intervening chain of mountains. Part of it overlooks the Pontus, near the
valley of the Phasis; and it extends to the Hyrcanian Sea. Its inhabitants are

Page 415

numerous and warlike and especially strong in horsemen; while the district
produces within itself all other things necessary for war. The dynasty has
lasted from the time of the Persians, having been overlooked at the period
of Alexander’s conquests. But now in great alarm at the king’s approach,
and at his own infirmities, for he was an extremely old man, Artabazanes
yielded to the force of circumstances, and made a treaty with Antiochus on
his own terms.
56. It was after the settlement of this treaty that Apollophanes, the
physician, who was regarded with great affection by the king, observing
Fall and death of that Hermeias was getting beyond all bounds in his high
Hermeias, b.c. 220. place, began to be anxious for the king’s safety, and still
more suspicious and uneasy for his own. He took an opportunity, therefore,
of conveying a suggestion to the king, that he had better not be too careless
or unsuspicious of the audacious character of Hermeias; nor let things go on
until he found himself involved in a disaster like that of his brother. “The
danger,” he said, “is not at all remote.” And he begged him to be on his
guard, and take prompt measures for the safety of himself and his friends.
Antiochus owned to him that he disliked and feared Hermeias; and thanked
him for the care of his person, which had emboldened him to speak to him
on the subject. This conversation encouraged Apollophanes by convincing
him that he had not been mistaken about the feelings and opinions of the
king; and Antiochus begged him not to confine his assistance to words, but
to take some practical steps to secure the safety of himself and his friends.
Upon Apollophanes replying that he was ready to do anything in the world,
they concerted the following plan. On the pretext of the king being afflicted
with an attack of vertigo, it was given out that the daily attendance of
courtiers and officials was to be discontinued for a few days: the king and
his physician thus getting the opportunity of conferring with such of his
friends as he chose, who came on the pretext of visiting him. In the course
of these visits suitable persons for carrying out the design were prepared
and instructed; and every one readily responding to the proposal, from
hatred of Hermeias, they proceeded to complete it. The physicians having
prescribed walks at daybreak for Antiochus on account of the coolness,
Hermeias came to the place assigned for the walk, and with him those of the
king’s friends who were privy to the design; while the rest were much too
late on account of the time of the king’s coming out being very different

Page 416

from what it had usually been. Thus they got Hermeias gradually a
considerable distance from the camp, until they came to a certain lonely
spot, and then, on the king’s going a little off the road, on the pretence of a
necessary purpose, they stabbed him to death. Such was the end of
Hermeias, whose punishment was by no means equal to his crimes. Thus
freed from much fear and embarrassment, the king set out on his march
home amidst universal manifestations from the people of the country in
favour of his measures and policy; but nothing was more emphatically
applauded in the course of his progress than the removal of Hermeias. In
Apameia, at the same time, the women stoned the wife of Hermeias to
death, and the boys his sons.
57. When he had reached home and had dismissed his troops into winter
quarters, Antiochus sent a message to Achaeus, protesting against his
assumption of the diadem and royal title, and warning him that he was
aware of his dealings with Ptolemy, and of his restless intrigues generally.
Attempted treason of For while the king was engaged on his expedition
Achaeus. against Artabazanes, Achaeus, being persuaded that
Antiochus would fall, or that, if he did not fall, would be so far off, that it
would be possible for him to invade Syria before his return, and with the
assistance of the Cyrrhestae, who were in revolt against the king, seize the
kingdom, started from Lydia with his whole army; and on arriving at
Laodiceia, in Phrygia, assumed the diadem, and had the audacity for the
first time to adopt the title of king, and to send royal despatches to the
cities, the exile Garsyeris being his chief adviser in this measure. But as he
advanced farther and farther, and was now almost at Lycaonia, a mutiny
broke out among his forces, arising from the dissatisfaction of the men at
the idea of being led against their natural king. When Achaeus found that
this disturbed state of feeling existed among them, he desisted from his
enterprise; and wishing to make his men believe that he had never had any
intention of invading Syria, he directed his march into Pisidia, and
plundered the country. By thus securing large booty for his army he
conciliated its affection and confidence, and then returned to his own
Satrapy.
58. Every detail of these transactions was known to the king: who, while
sending frequent threatening messages to Achaeus, was now concentrating
all his efforts on the preparations for the war against Ptolemy. Having

Page 417

War with Ptolemy, accordingly mustered his forces at Apameia just before
b.c. 219. spring, he summoned his friends to advise with him as
to the invasion of Coele-Syria. After many suggestions had been made in
respect to this undertaking, touching the nature of the country, the military
preparation required, and the assistance to be rendered by the fleet,—
Apollophanes advises Apollophanes of Seleucia, whom I mentioned before,
that they begin by taking put an abrupt end to all these suggestions by remarking
Seleucia.
that “it was folly to desire Coele-Syria and to march
against that, while they allowed Seleucia to be held by Ptolemy, which was
the capital, and so to speak, the very inner shrine of the king’s realm.
Besides the disgrace to the kingdom which its occupation by the Egyptian
monarchs involved, it was a position of the greatest practical importance, as
a most admirable base of operations. Occupied by the enemy it was of the
utmost hindrance to all the king’s designs; for in whatever direction he
might have it in his mind to move his forces, his own country, owing to the
fear of danger from this place, would need as much care and precaution as
the preparations against his foreign enemies. Once taken, on the other hand,
not only would it perfectly secure the safety of the home district, but was
also capable of rendering effective aid to the king’s other designs and
undertakings, whether by land or sea, owing to its commanding situation.”
His words carried conviction to the minds of all, and it was resolved that the
capture of the town should be their first step. For Seleucia was still held by
a garrison for the Egyptian kings; and had been so since the time of
Ptolemy Euergetes, who took it when he invaded Syria to revenge the
murder of Berenice.
59. In consequence of this decision, orders were sent to Diognetus the
commander of the fleet to sail towards Seleucia: while Antiochus himself
started from Apameia with his army, and encamped near the Hippodrome,
about five stades from the town. He also despatched Theodotus Hemiolius
with an adequate force against Coele-Syria, with orders to occupy the
passes and to keep the road open for him.
The situation of Seleucia and the natural features of the surrounding country
Description of Seleucia. are of this kind. The city stands on the sea coast
between Cilicia and Phoenicia; and has close to it a
very great mountain called Coryphaeus, which on the west is washed by the
last waves of the sea which lies between Cyprus and Phoenicia; while its

Page 418

eastern slopes overlook the territories of Antioch and Seleucia. It is on the
southern skirt of this mountain that the town of Seleucia lies, separated
from it by a deep and difficult ravine. The town extends down to the sea in
a straggling line broken by irregularities of the soil, and is surrounded on
most parts by cliffs and precipitous rocks. On the side facing the sea, where
the ground is level, stand the market-places, and the lower town strongly
walled. Similarly the whole of the main town has been fortified by walls of
a costly construction, and splendidly decorated with temples and other
elaborate buildings. There is only one approach to it on the seaward side,
which is an artificial ascent cut in the form of a stair, interrupted by
frequently occurring drops and awkward places. Not far from the town is
the mouth of the river Orontes, which rises in the district of Libanus and
Anti-Libanus, and after traversing the plain of Amyca reaches Antioch;
through which it flows, and carrying off by the force of its current all the
sewage of that town, finally discharges itself into this sea not far from
Seleucia.
60. Antiochus first tried sending messages to the magistrates of Seleucia,
offering money and other rewards on condition of having the city
Capture of Seleucia. surrendered without fighting. And though he failed to
persuade the chief authorities, he corrupted some of the
subordinate commanders; and relying on them, he made preparations to
assault the town on the seaward side with the men of his fleet, and on the
land side with his soldiers. He divided his forces therefore into three parts,
and addressed suitable words of exhortation to them, causing a herald to
proclaim a promise to men and officers alike of great gifts and crowns that
should be bestowed for gallantry in action. To the division under Zeuxis he
entrusted the attack upon the gate leading to Antioch; to Hermogenes that
upon the walls near the temple of Castor and Pollux; and to Ardys and
Diognetus the assault upon the docks and the lower town: in accordance
with his understanding with his partisans in the town, whereby it had been
agreed that, if he could carry the lower town by assault, the city also should
then be put into his hands. When the signal was given, a vigorous and
determined assault was begun simultaneously at all these points: though
that made by Ardys and Diognetus was by far the most daring; for the other
points did not admit of any assault at all by means of scaling ladders, nor
could be carried except by the men climbing up on their hands and knees;

Page 419

while at the docks and lower town it was possible to apply scaling ladders
and fix them firmly and safely against the walls. The naval contingent
therefore having fixed their ladders on the docks, and the division of Ardys
theirs upon the lower town, a violent effort was made to carry the walls: and
the garrison of the upper town being prevented from coming to the
assistance of these places, because the city was being assaulted at every
other point at the same time, Ardys was not long before he captured the
lower town. No sooner had this fallen, than the subordinate officers who
had been corrupted hurried to the commander-in-chief Leontius, and urged
that he ought to send ambassadors to Antiochus, and make terms with him,
before the city was taken by storm. Knowing nothing about the treason of
these officers, but alarmed by their consternation, Leontius sent
commissioners to the king to make terms for the safety of all within the city.
61. The king accepted the proposal and agreed to grant safety to all in the
town who were free, amounting to six thousand souls. And when he took
over the town, he not only spared the free, but also recalled those of the
inhabitants who had been exiled, and restored to them their citizenship and
property; while he secured the harbour and citadel with garrisons.
While still engaged in this business, he received a letter from Theodotus
Theodotus turns against offering to put Coele-Syria into his hands, and inviting
Ptolemy. See ch. 46. him to come thither with all speed. This letter caused
him great embarrassment and doubt as to what he ought to do, and how best
to take advantage of the offer. This Theodotus was an Aetolian who, as I
have already narrated, had rendered important services to Ptolemy’s
kingdom: for which, far from being reckoned deserving of gratitude, he had
been in imminent danger of his life, just about the time of the expedition of
Antiochus against Molon. Thereupon conceiving a contempt for Ptolemy,
and a distrust of his courtiers, he seized upon Ptolemais with his own hands,
and upon Tyre by the agency of Panaetolus, and made haste to invite
Antiochus. Postponing therefore his expedition against Achaeus, and
regarding everything else as of secondary importance, Antiochus started
with his army by the same route as he had come. After passing the cañon
called Marsyas, he encamped near Gerrha, close to the lake which lies
between the two mountains. Hearing there that Ptolemy’s general Nicolaus
was besieging Theodotus in Ptolemais, he left his heavy-armed troops
behind with orders to their leaders to besiege Brochi,—the stronghold

Page 420

which commands the road along the lake,—and led his light-armed troops
forward himself, with the intention of raising the siege of Ptolemais. But
Nicolaus had already got intelligence of the king’s approach; and had
accordingly retired from Ptolemais himself, and sent forward Diogoras the
Cretan and Dorymenes the Aetolian to occupy the passes at Berytus. The
king therefore attacked these men, and having easily routed them took up a
position near the pass.
62. There he awaited the coming up of the remainder of his forces, and,
Antiochus invades after addressing them in words befitting the occasion,
Coele-Syria. continued his advance with his entire army, full of
courage and with high hopes of success. When Theodotus and Panaetolus
met him with their partisans he received them graciously, and took over
from them Tyre and Ptolemais, and the war material which those cities
contained. Part of this consisted of forty vessels, of which twenty were
decked and splendidly equipped, and none with less than four banks of oars;
the other twenty were made up of triremes, biremes, and cutters. These he
handed over to the care of the Navarch Diognetus; and being informed that
Ptolemy had come out against him, and had reached Memphis, and that all
his forces were collected at Pelusium, and were opening the sluices, and
filling up the wells of drinking water, he abandoned the idea of attacking
Pelusium; but making a progress through the several cities, endeavoured to
win them over by force or persuasion to his authority. Some of the less-
fortified cities were overawed at his approach and made no difficulty about
submitting, but others trusting to their fortifications or the strength of their
situations held out; and to these he was forced to lay regular siege and so
wasted a considerable time.
Though treated with such flagrant perfidy, the character of Ptolemy was so
feeble, and his neglect of all military preparations had been so great, that
the idea of protecting his rights with the sword, which was his most obvious
duty, never occurred to him.
63. Agathocles and Sosibius, however, the leading ministers in the kingdom
at that time, took counsel together and did the best they could with the
Active measures of means at their disposal, in view of the existing crisis.
Agathocles and Sosibius. They resolved to devote themselves to the preparations
for war; and, meanwhile, by embassies to try to retard the advance of

Page 421

Antiochus: pretending to confirm him in the opinion he originally
entertained about Ptolemy, namely, that he would not venture to fight, but
would trust to negotiations, and the interposition of common friends, to
induce him to evacuate Coele-Syria. Having determined upon this policy,
Agathocles and Sosibius, to whom the whole business was entrusted, lost
no time in sending their ambassadors to Antiochus: and at the same time
they sent messages to Rhodes, Byzantium, and Cyzicus, not omitting the
Aetolians, inviting them to send commissioners to discuss the terms of a
treaty. The commissioners duly arrived, and by occupying the time with
going backwards and forwards between the two kings, abundantly secured
to these statesmen the two things which they wanted,—delay, and time to
make their preparations for war. They fixed their residence at Memphis and
there carried on these negotiations continuously. Nor were they less
attentive to the ambassadors from Antiochus, whom they received with
every mark of courtesy and kindness. But meanwhile they were calling up
and collecting at Alexandria the mercenaries whom they had on service in
towns outside Egypt; were despatching men to recruit foreign soldiers; and
were collecting provisions both for the troops they already possessed, and
for those that were coming in. No less active were they in every other
department of the military preparations. They took turns in going on rapid
and frequent visits to Alexandria, to see that the supplies should in no point
be inadequate to the undertaking before them. The manufacture of arms, the
selection of men, and their division into companies, they committed to the
care of Echecrates of Thessaly and Phoxidas of Melita. With these they
associated Eurylochus of Magnesia, and Socrates of Boeotia, who were also
joined by Cnopias of Allaria. By the greatest good fortune they had got hold
of these officers, who, while serving with Demetrius and Antigonus,264 had
acquired some experience of real war and actual service in the field.
Accordingly they took command of the assembled troops, and made the
best of them by giving them the training of soldiers.
64. Their first measure was to divide them according to their country and
age, and to assign to each division its appropriate arms, taking no account
of what they had borne before. Next they broke up their battalions and
muster-rolls, which had been formed on the basis of their old system of pay,
Reorganisation of the and formed them into companies adapted to the
army. immediate purpose. Having effected this they began to

Page 422

drill the men; habituating them severally not only to obey the words of
command, but also to the proper management of their weapons.265 They
also frequently summoned general meetings at headquarters, and delivered
speeches to the men. The most useful in this respect were Andromachus of
Aspendus and Polycrates of Argos; because they had recently crossed from
Greece, and were still thoroughly imbued with the Greek spirit, and the
military ideas prevalent in the several states. Moreover, they were
illustrious on the score of their private wealth, as well as on that of their
respective countries; to which advantages Polycrates added those of an
ancient family, and of the reputation obtained by his father Mnasiades as an
athlete. By private and public exhortations these officers inspired their men
with a zeal and enthusiasm for the struggle which awaited them.
65. All these officers, too, had commands in the army suited to their
particular accomplishments. Eurylochus of Magnesia commanded about
three thousand men of what were called in the royal armies the Agema, or
Guard; Socrates of Boeotia had two thousand light-armed troops under him;
while the Achaean Phoxidas, and Ptolemy the son of Thraseas, and
Andromachus of Aspendus were associated in the duty of drilling the
phalanx and the mercenary Greek soldiers on the same ground,—
Andromachus and Ptolemy commanding the phalanx, Phoxidas the
mercenaries; of which the numbers were respectively twenty-five thousand
and eight thousand. The cavalry, again, attached to the court, amounting to
seven hundred, as well as that which was obtained from Lybia or enlisted in
the country, were being trained by Polycrates, and were under his personal
command: amounting in all to about three thousand men. In the actual
campaign the most effective service was performed by Echecrates of
Thessaly, by whom the Greek cavalry, which, with the whole body of
mercenary cavalry, amounted to two thousand men, was splendidly trained.
No one took more pains with the men under his command than Cnopias of
Allaria. He commanded all the Cretans, who numbered three thousand, and
among them a thousand Neo-Cretans,266 over whom he had set Philo of
Cnossus. They also armed three thousand Libyans in the Macedonian
fashion, who were commanded by Ammonius of Barce. The Egyptians
themselves supplied twenty thousand soldiers to the phalanx, and were
under the command of Sosibius. A body of Thracians and Gauls was also
enrolled, four thousand being taken from settlers in the country and their

Page 423

descendants, while two thousand had been recently enlisted and brought
over: and these were under the command of Dionysius of Thrace. Such in
its numbers, and in the variety of the elements of which it was composed,
was the force which was being got ready for Ptolemy.

66. Meanwhile Antiochus had been engaged in the siege of Dura:267 but the
strength of the place and the support given it by Nicolaus prevented him
Negotiations at from effecting anything; and as the winter was closing
Memphis, b.c. 219-218. in, he agreed with the ambassadors of Ptolemy to a
suspension of hostilities for four months, and promised that he would
discuss the whole question at issue in a friendly spirit. But he was as far as
possible from being sincere in this negotiation: his real object was to avoid
being detained any length of time from his own country, and to be able to
place his troops in winter quarters in Seleucia; because Achaeus was now
notoriously plotting against him, and without disguise co-operating with
Ptolemy. So having come to this agreement, Antiochus dismissed the
ambassadors with injunctions to acquaint him as soon as possible with the
decision of Ptolemy, and to meet him at Seleucia. He then placed the
necessary guards in the various strongholds, committed to Theodotus the
command-in-chief over them all, and returned home. On his arrival at
Seleucia he distributed his forces into their winter quarters; and from that
time forth took no pains to keep the mass of his army under discipline,
being persuaded that the business would not call for any more fighting;
because he was already master of some portions of Coele-Syria and
Phoenicia, and expected to secure the rest by voluntary submission or by
diplomacy: for Ptolemy, he believed, would not venture upon a general
engagement. This opinion was shared also by the ambassadors: because
Sosibius fixing his residence at Memphis conducted his negotiations with
them in a friendly manner; while he prevented those who went backwards
and forwards to Antiochus from ever becoming eye-witnesses of the
preparations that were being carried on at Alexandria. Nay, even by the time
that the ambassadors arrived, Sosibius was already prepared for every
eventuality.
67. Meanwhile Antiochus was extremely anxious to have as much the
Antiochus’s case. advantage over the government of Alexandria in
diplomatic argument as he had in arms. Accordingly
when the ambassadors arrived at Seleucia, and both parties began, in

Page 424

accordance with the instructions of Sosibius, to discuss the clauses of the
proposed arrangement in detail, the king made very light of the loss recently
sustained by Ptolemy, and the injury which had been manifestly inflicted
upon him by the existing occupation of Coele-Syria; and in the pleadings on
this subject he refused to look upon this transaction in the light of an injury
at all, alleging that the places belonged to him of right. He asserted that the
original occupation of the country by Antigonus the One-eyed, and the
royal authority exercised over it by Seleucus,268 constituted an absolutely
Ptolemy, son of Lagus, decisive and equitable claim, in virtue of which Coele-
b.c. 323-285. Syria belonged of right to himself and not to Ptolemy;
for Ptolemy I. went to war with Antigonus with the view of annexing this
country, not to his own government, but to that of Seleucus. But, above all,
he pressed the convention entered into by the three kings, Cassander,
Lysimachus, and Seleucus, when, after having conquered Antigonus,269
they deliberated in common upon the arrangements to be made, and decided
that the whole of Syria should belong to Seleucus. The commissioners of
Ptolemy endeavoured to establish the opposite case. They magnified the
Ptolemy’s case. existing injury, and dilated on its hardship; asserting
that the treason of Theodotus and the invasion of
Antiochus amounted to a breach of treaty-rights. They alleged the
possession of these places in the reign of Ptolemy, son of Lagus; and tried
to show that Ptolemy had joined Seleucus in the war on the understanding
that he was to invest Seleucus with the government of the whole of Asia,
but was to take Coele-Syria and Phoenicia for himself.
Such were the arguments brought forward by the two contracting parties in
the course of the embassies and counter-embassies and conferences. There
was no prospect, however, of arriving at any result, because the controversy
was conducted, not by the principals, but by the common friends of both;
and there was no one to intervene authoritatively to check and control the
caprice of the party which they might decide to be in the wrong. But what
caused the most insuperable difficulty was the matter of Achaeus. For
Ptolemy was eager that the terms of the treaty should include him: while
Antiochus would not allow the subject to be so much as mentioned; and
was indignant that Ptolemy should venture to protect rebels, or bring such a
point into the discussion at all.

Page 425

68. The approach of spring found both sides weary of negotiations, and with
Renewal of hostilities, no prospect of coming to a conclusion. Antiochus
b.c. 218. therefore began collecting his forces, with a view of
making an invasion by land and sea, and completing his conquest of Coele-
Syria. On his part Ptolemy gave the supreme management of the war to
Nicolaus, sent abundant provisions to Gaza, and despatched land and sea
forces. The arrival of these reinforcements gave Nicolaus courage to enter
upon the war: the commander of the navy promptly co-operating with him
in carrying out all his orders. This admiral was Perigenes, whom Ptolemy
sent out in command of the fleet, consisting of thirty fully decked ships and
more than four thousand ships of burden. Nicolaus was by birth an
Aetolian, and was the boldest and most experienced officer in the service of
Ptolemy. With one division of his army he hastened to seize the pass at
Platanus; with the rest, which he personally commanded, he occupied the
environs of Porphyrion; and there prepared to resist the invasion of the
king: the fleet being also anchored close to him.
Meanwhile Antiochus had advanced as far as Marathus. On his way he had
Antiochus marches to received a deputation of Aradians, asking for an
Beirût. alliance; and had not only granted their request, but had
put an end to a quarrel which they had amongst themselves, by reconciling
those of them who lived on the island with those who lived on the
mainland. Starting from Marathus he entered the enemy’s country near the
promontory called Theoprosopon, and advanced to Berytus, having seized
Botrys on his way, and burnt Trieres and Calamus. From Berytus he sent
forward Nicarchus and Theodotus with orders to secure the difficult passes
near the river Lyons; while he himself set his army in motion and encamped
near the river Damuras: Diognetus, the commander of his navy, coasting
along parallel with him all the while. Thence once more, taking with him
the divisions commanded by Theodotus and Nicarchus, which were the
light troops of the army, he set out to reconnoitre the pass occupied already
by Nicolaus. After thoroughly surveying the nature of the ground, he retired
to his camp for that day. But on the next, leaving his heavy-armed troops in
the charge of Nicarchus, he set out with the rest of his forces to execute his
design.
69. At this point there is but a small and narrow space between the foot of
The pass at Porphyrion. Libanus and the sea; and even that is intersected by a

Page 426

steep and rugged spur, leaving only a narrow and difficult passage along the
very water’s edge. On this pass Nicolaus had taken up his position; and
having occupied some of the points by means of his large numbers, and
secured others by artificial works, he felt certain that he would be able to
prevent Antiochus from effecting an entrance. But the king divided his army
into three parts, of which he entrusted one to Theodotus with orders to close
with the enemy and force their way along the skirts of Libanus; the second
to Menedemus with urgent orders to attempt the centre of the spur; while
the third he put under the command of Diocles, the military governor of
Parapotamia, and ordered them to keep close to the sea. He himself with his
guard occupied a central position, intending to superintend the whole action
and give help where it was wanted. At the same time Diognetus and
Perigenes made preparations for a sea-fight, coming as close as possible to
the shore, and endeavouring to make the battles at sea and on land present
carried by Antiochus. the appearance of a single contest. A general advance
having begun by sea and land, at the same signal and
word of command, the battle on the sea was undecided, because the number
of vessels on either side and their equipment were about equal: but on land
the troops of Nicolaus got the best of it at first, from the advantage of their
position. But when Theodotus routed the men on the mountain skirts, and
then charged from the higher ground, Nicolaus’s men all turned and fled
precipitately. In this flight two thousand of them fell, and as many were
taken prisoners: the rest retreated towards Sidon. Though he now had the
better prospect of the two in the sea-fight; yet, when he saw the defeat of
the army on land, Perigenes turned his prows and made good his retreat to
the same place.
70. Thereupon Antiochus got his army on the march, and, arriving at Sidon,
The advance of encamped under its wall. He did not however venture to
Antiochus continued. attempt the town, because of the vast stores it contained
and the number of its ordinary inhabitants, as well as of the refugees who
had collected there. He therefore broke up his camp again, and continued
Philoteria. his march towards Philoteria: ordering Diognetus his
navarch to sail back with his ships to Tyre. Now
Philoteria is situated right upon the shores of the lake into which the river
Jordan discharges itself, and from which it issues out again into the plains
surrounding Scythopolis. The surrender of these two cities to him

Page 427

encouraged him to prosecute his further designs; because the country
Scythopolis. subject to them was easily able to supply his whole
army with provisions, and everything necessary for the
campaign in abundance. Having therefore secured them by garrisons, he
Atabyrium. crossed the mountain chain and arrived at Atabyrium,
which is situated upon a rounded hill, the ascent of
which is more than fifteen stades long. But on this occasion he managed to
take it by an ambuscade and stratagem. He induced the men of the town to
come out to a skirmish, and enticed their leading columns to a considerable
distance; then his troops suddenly turned from their pretended flight, and
those who were concealed rising from their ambush, he attacked and killed
a large number of the enemy; and finally, by pursuing close upon their
heels, and thus creating a panic in the town before he reached it, he carried
Defections from it as he had done others by assault. At this juncture
Ptolemy. Ceraeas, one of Ptolemy’s officers, deserted to
Antiochus, whose distinguished reception caused great excitement in the
minds of many other of the enemy’s officers. At any rate, not long
afterwards, Hippolochus of Thessaly joined Antiochus with four hundred
cavalry of Ptolemy’s army. Having therefore secured Atabyrium also with a
Pella, Camus, Gephrus. garrison, Antiochus started once more and took over
Pella, Camus, and Gephrus.
71. This unbroken stream of success caused the inhabitants of the
neighbouring Arabia to rouse each other up to take action; and they
unanimously joined Antiochus. With the additional encouragement and
supplies which they afforded he continued his advance; and, arriving in the
Abila. district of Galatis, made himself master of Abila, and
the relieving force which had thrown itself into that
town, under the command of Nicias, a friend and kinsman of Menneas.
Gadara. Gadara was the only town now left, which is thought to
be the strongest of any in those parts. He therefore
encamped under its walls and, bringing siege-works to bear upon it, quickly
Rabbatamana. terrified it into submission. Then hearing that a strong
force of the enemy were concentrated at Rabbatamana
in Arabia, and were pillaging and overrunning the territory of those
Arabians who had joined him, he threw everything else aside and started
thither; and pitched his camp at the foot of the high ground on which that

Page 428

city stands. After going round and reconnoitring the hill, and finding that it
admitted of being ascended only at two points, he led his army to them and
set up his siege artillery at these points. He put one set of siege-works under
the care of Nicarchus, the other under that of Theodotus: while he
superintended both equally, and observed the zeal shown by the two
respectively. Great exertions were accordingly made by each, and a
continual rivalry kept up as to which should be the first to make a breach in
the wall opposite their works: and the result was that both breaches were
made with unexpected rapidity; whereupon they kept making assaults night
and day, and trying every means to force an entrance, without an hour’s
Fall of Rabbatamana. intermission. But though they kept up these attempts
continuously, they failed to make any impression; until
a prisoner showed them the underground passage through which the
besieged were accustomed to descend to fetch water. They broke into this
and stopped it up with timber and stones and everything of that sort; and
when this was done, the garrison surrendered for want of water. Having
Samaria. thus got possession of Rabbatamana, Antiochus left
Nicarchus with an adequate garrison in command of it;
Antiochus goes into and sent the two deserters from Ptolemy, Hippolochus
winter quarters, and Ceraeas, with five thousand infantry, to Samaria:
b.c. 218-217.
with orders to take the government of the district and
protect all who submitted to him. He then started with his army for
Ptolemais, where he was resolved to winter.
72. In the course of this same summer, the Pednelissians, being besieged
Asia Minor, b.c. 218. and reduced to great straits by the Selgians, sent
Relief of Pednelissus. messages to Achaeus asking270 for help: and upon
receiving a ready assent, continued to sustain the siege with great spirit in
reliance upon this hope of relief. Achaeus selected Garsyeris to conduct the
expedition; and sent him out in all haste, with six thousand infantry and five
hundred horse, to relieve the Pednelissians. But when they heard of the
approach of the army of relief, the Selgians occupied the pass called the
Stair with the main body of their own army; and put a garrison at the
entrance into Saperda: breaking up and spoiling all the paths and tracks
leading to it. After entering Milyades and encamping under the walls of
Cretopolis, perceiving that a farther advance was made impossible by the
occupation of these positions by the enemy, Garsyeris hit upon the

Page 429

following ruse. He broke up his camp, and began his return march, as
though he had abandoned all thoughts of relieving Pednelissus, owing to the
enemy’s occupation of these positions. The Selgians were readily persuaded
that he had really abandoned the relief of Pednelissus, and departed, some
to the besieging camp and others home to Selge, as it was now close upon
harvest-time. Thereupon Garsyeris faced about, and, marching with great
speed, arrived at the pass over the mountain; and finding it unguarded,
secured it by a garrison, under the command of Phayllus; while he himself
with his main army went to Perga: and thence sent embassies to the other
states in Pisidia and Pamphylia, pointing out that the power of the Selgians
was a standing menace, and urging all to ally themselves with Achaeus and
join in relieving Pednelissus.
73. Meanwhile the Selgians had sent out a general in command of a force
which they hoped would terrify Phallyus by their superior knowledge of the
country, and expel him from his strong position. But when, far from
attaining their object, they lost large numbers of men in their attacks upon
him; though they abandoned the hope of accomplishing this, they yet
persisted with increased ardour in the siege of Pednelissus. Garsyeris was
now reinforced by eight thousand hoplites from the Etennes, who inhabit
the highlands of Pisidia above Side, and half that number from Aspendus.
The people of Side itself, partly from a wish to curry favour with Antiochus,
but chiefly from hatred to the Aspendians, refused to take part in the relief
of Pednelissus. With these reinforcements, as well as his own army,
Garsyeris advanced towards Pednelissus, feeling certain that he would be
able to raise the siege at the first attack: but when the Selgians showed no
sign of alarm, he entrenched himself at a moderate distance from them. The
Pednelissians were now becoming hard pressed from want of provisions;
and Garsyeris, being anxious to do all he could, got ready two thousand
men, giving each a medimnus of wheat, and despatched them under cover
of night into Pednelissus. But the Selgians getting intelligence of what was
going on, and, coming out to intercept them, most of those who were
carrying in the corn were killed, and the Selgians got possession of the
wheat. Elated with this success, they now essayed to storm the camp of
Garsyeris as well as the city. An adventurous daring in the presence of the
enemy is indeed characteristic of the Selgians: and on this occasion they left
a barely sufficient number to guard their camp; and, surrounding the

Page 430

enemy’s entrenchment with the rest, assaulted it at several points at once.
Finding himself unexpectedly attacked on every side, and portions of his
palisade being already torn down, Garsyeris, appreciating the gravity of the
danger, and feeling that there was but little chance of averting total
destruction, sent out some cavalry at a point which the enemy had left
unguarded. These the Selgians imagined to be flying in a panic and for fear
of what was coming: and therefore, instead of attending to them, they
treated them with utter contempt. When these horsemen, however, had
ridden round, so as to get on the rear of the enemy, they charged and fought
with great fierceness. This raised the spirits of Garsyeris’s infantry, though
they had already given way: and they therefore faced round, and once more
offered resistance to the troops that were storming their camp. The Selgians,
accordingly, being now attacked on front and rear at once, broke and fled.
At the same time the Pednelissians sallied out and attacked the troops left in
charge of the Selgian camp, and drove them out. The pursuit lasted to so
great a distance that no less than ten thousand of the Selgian army fell: of
the survivors all who were allies fled to their own cities; while the Selgians
themselves escaped over the highlands into their native land.
74. Garsyeris immediately started in pursuit of the fugitives, being in haste
to get over the narrow pass, and approach Selge, before they could make a
Panic at Selge. stand, and form any plan for meeting his approach.
Thus he came to Selge with his army. But the
inhabitants, having no longer any hopes in their allies, after the disaster
which had affected them all alike, and themselves dispirited at the
misfortune which had befallen them, became exceedingly anxious for the
safety of themselves and their country. They accordingly determined in
public assembly to send one of their citizens on an embassy to Garsyeris,
and selected for the purpose Logbasis, who had been for a long time on
terms of intimacy and friendship with the Antiochus that lost his life in
Thrace.271 Laodice,272 also, who became afterwards the wife of Achaeus,
having been committed to his care, he had brought this young lady up as his
daughter, and had treated her with conspicuous kindness. The Selgians
Logbasis turns traitor. therefore thought that his character made him eminently
fitted for an ambassador in the circumstances, and
accordingly sent him on the mission. He, however, obtained a private
interview with Garsyeris, and was so far from carrying out the purpose for

Page 431

which he came, by properly supporting the interests of his country, that on
the contrary he strongly urged Garsyeris to send with all speed for Achaeus,
and undertook to put the city into their hands. Garsyeris, of course, grasped
eagerly at the chance offered to him and sent messengers to induce Achaeus
to come, and to inform him of the position of affairs. Meanwhile he
concluded an armistice with the Selgians, and protracted the negotiations
for a treaty by continually bringing forward objections and scruples on
points of detail, in order to give time for the arrival of Achaeus, and for
Logbasis to conduct his negotiations and mature his plot.
75. While this was going on frequent meetings for discussion took place
between the camp and the town, and it became quite an ordinary thing for
the soldiers to go into the town to purchase corn. This is a state of things
which has on many occasions proved fatal. And it appears to me that of all
animals the most easily deceived is man, though he has the credit of being
the most cunning. For consider how many entrenched camps and fortresses,
how many and what great cities have been betrayed by this kind of trick!
And yet in spite of such frequent and conspicuous examples of the many
people to whom it has happened, somehow or another we are always new to
such deceit, and fall into the trap with the inexperience of youth. The reason
is that we do not keep ready for reference in our minds the disasters of those
who have made mistakes before us in this or that particular. But while
preparing with great labour and cost stores of corn and money, and a
provision of walls and weapons to meet unforeseen eventualities, that which
is the easiest of all and the most serviceable in the hour of danger—that we
all neglect; although we might obtain this experience from history and
research, which in themselves add a dignity to leisure and a charm to
existence.
Achaeus then duly arrived at the time expected: and after conference with
Failure of the treason of him, the Selgians had great hopes of experiencing some
Logbasis. signal kindness at his hands. But in the interval
Logbasis had little by little collected in his house some of the soldiers who
came into the town from the camp; and now advised the citizens not to let
slip the opportunity, but to act with the display of Achaeus’s kindly
disposition towards them before their eyes; and to put the finishing stroke to
the treaty, after holding a general assembly of the whole community to
discuss the situation. An assembly was at once convened, to which even

Page 432

those on guard were all summoned to assist in bringing the treaty to
completion; and the citizens began deliberating on the state of affairs.
76. Meanwhile Logbasis, who had agreed with the enemy to take that
opportunity, began getting ready those who had congregated at his house,
and prepared and armed himself and his sons also for the fight. And now
Achaeus with half the hostile force was advancing towards the city itself;
while Garsyeris with the remainder was marching towards the Cesbedium
as it is called, or temple of Zeus, which stands in a position commanding
the city and presenting very much the appearance of a citadel. But a
goatherd, having by chance observed what was going on, brought the news
to the assembly; thereupon some of the citizens made a hurried rush to the
Cesbedium, others to their posts on the wall, and the majority in great anger
to the house of Logbasis. His treasonable practice being thus detected, some
of them climbed upon the roof, others forced their way in by the front door,
and murdered Logbasis and his sons and all the other men which they found
there at the same time. Then they caused a proclamation to be made
promising freedom to all slaves who would join them: and dividing
themselves into three companies, they hastened to defend all the points of
vantage. When he saw that the Cesbedium was already occupied, Garsyeris
abandoned his enterprise; but Achaeus held on his way until he came right
up to the gates: whereupon the Selgians sallied out, killed seven hundred,
and forced the rest to give up the attempt. Upon this conclusion of their
enterprise, Achaeus and Garsyeris retired to the camp. But the Selgians
fearing treason among themselves, and alarmed at the presence of a hostile
camp, sent out some of their elders in the guise of suppliants, and concluded
a peace, on condition of paying four hundred talents on the spot and
restoring the Pednelissians whom they had taken prisoners, and paying a
further sum of three hundred talents at a fixed date. Thus did the Selgians
by their own valour save their country, which they had been in danger of
losing through the infamous treason of Logbasis; and thus neither disgraced
their freedom, nor their relationship to the Lacedaemonians.273
77. But after reducing Milyas, and the greater part of Pamphylia, Achaeus
took his departure, and arriving at Sardis kept up a continuous warfare with
Attalus, and began threatening Prusias, and making himself an object of
terror and alarm to all the inhabitants on this side Taurus.

Page 433

But while Achaeus was engaged on his expedition against Selge, Attalus
with the Aegosagae from Gaul was going through all the cities in Aeolis,
The expedition of and the neighbourhood, which had before this been
Attalus to recover cities terrified into joining Achaeus; but most of which now
which had joined
Achaeus.
voluntarily and even gratefully gave in their adherence
to him, though there were some few which waited to be
forced. Now the cities which transferred their allegiance to him in the first
instance were Cyme, Smyrna, and Phocaea; after them Aegae and Temnus
submitted, in terror at his approach; and thereupon he was waited upon by
ambassadors from Teos and Colophon with offers to surrender themselves
and their cities. He received them also upon the same terms as they had
enjoyed before, taking hostages; but he treated the ambassadors from
Smyrna with special kindness, because they had been the most constant in
their loyalty of all. Continuing his march without interruption, he crossed
the Lycus and arrived at the hamlets of Mysia, and thence came to Carseae.
Overawing the inhabitants of this town, as well as the garrison of the Two
Walls, he got them surrendered to him by Themistocles, who had been, as it
happened, left by Achaeus in command of this district. Starting thence, and
wasting the plain of Apia, he crossed Mount Pelecas and encamped near the
river Megistus.
78. While he was here an eclipse of the moon occurred: and the Gauls who
Mutiny of the Gauls. had all along been much discontented at the hardships
of the march,—which was rendered the more painful
for them by the fact of their being accompanied by their wives and children,
who followed the host in waggons,—now regarded the eclipse as an evil
augury, and refused to go on. But King Attalus, who got no effective service
out of them, and saw that they straggled during the march and encamped by
themselves, and wholly declined to obey orders and despised all authority,
was in great doubt as to what to do. He was anxious less they should desert
to Achaeus, and join in an attack upon himself: and was at the same time
uneasy at the scandal to which he would give rise, if he caused his soldiers
to surround and kill all these men, who were believed to have crossed into
Asia in reliance on his honour. He therefore seized the occasion of their
refusal to proceed, to promise them that he would see that they were taken
back to the place where they had crossed into Asia; would assign them

Page 434

suitable lands for a settlement; and would afterwards do them any service
they asked for, if it was within his power and consistent with justice.
Accordingly Attalus led the Aegosagae back to the Hellespont; and after
negotiations with the people of Lampsacus, Ilium, and Alexandria,
conducted in a friendly spirit because they had preserved their loyalty to
him, he returned with his army to Pergamum.
79. At the beginning of the following spring, having all preparations for war
b.c. 217. Antiochus and completed, Antiochus and Ptolemy determined to bring
Ptolemy recommence their claims to Coele-Syria to the decision of a battle.
hostilities in the spring.
Ptolemy’s army: 70,000
Ptolemy accordingly set out from Alexandria with
infantry, 5000 cavalry, seventy thousand infantry, five thousand cavalry, and
73 elephants. seventy three elephants. Being informed of his
approach, Antiochus drew his forces together. These consisted of Daae,
Carmani, and Cilicians, equipped as light armed troops to the number of
about five thousand, under the charge and command of Byttacus the
Macedonian. Under Theodotus, the Aetolian, who had deserted from
Ptolemy, were ten thousand picked men from the whole kingdom, armed in
the Macedonian fashion, most of whom had silver shields. The number of
The army of Antiochus: the phalanx was twenty thousand, and they were led by
62,000 infantry, 6000 Nicarchus and Theodotus Hemiolius. In addition to
cavalry, 102 elephants.
these there were Agrianes and Persians, who were either
bowmen or slingers, to the number of two thousand. With them were a
thousand Thracians, under the command of Menedemus of Alabanda. There
was also a mixed force of Medes, Cissians, Cadusians, and Carmanians,
amounting to five thousand men, who were assigned to the chief command
of Aspasianus the Mede. Certain Arabians also and men of neighbouring
tribes, to the number of ten thousand, were commanded by Zabdibelus. The
mercenaries from Greece amounting to five thousand were led by
Hippolochus of Thessaly. Antiochus had also fifteen hundred Cretans who
came with Eurylochus, and a thousand Neo-Cretans commanded by Zelys
of Gortyna; with whom were five hundred javelin men of Lydia, and a
thousand Cardaces who came with Lysimachus the Gaul. The entire number
of his horse was six thousand; four thousand were commanded by the
king’s nephew Antipater, the rest by Themison; so that the whole number of
Antiochus’s force was sixty-two thousand infantry, six thousand cavalry,
and one hundred and two elephants.

Page 435

80. Having marched to Pelusium Ptolemy made his first halt in that town:
Ptolemy enters Palestine. and having been there joined by the stragglers, and
having given out their rations of corn to his men, he got
the army in motion, and led them by a line of march which goes through the
waterless region skirting Mount Casius and the Marshes.274 On the fifth
day’s march he reached his destination, and pitched his camp a distance of
fifty stades from Rhaphia, which is the first city of Coele-Syria towards
Egypt.
While Ptolemy was effecting this movement Antiochus arrived with his
army at Gaza, where he was joined by some reinforcements, and once more
Antiochus goes to meet commenced his advance, proceeding at a leisurely pace.
him. He passed Rhaphia and encamped about ten stades from
the enemy. For a while the two armies preserved this distance, and
remained encamped opposite each other. But after some few days, wishing
to remove to more advantageous ground and to inspire confidence in his
troops, Antiochus pushed forward his camp so much nearer Ptolemy, that
the palisades of the two camps were not more than five stades from each
other; and while in this position, there were frequent struggles at the
watering-places and on forays, as well as infantry and cavalry skirmishes in
the space between the camps.
81. In the course of these proceedings Theodotus conceived and put into
execution an enterprise, very characteristic of an Aetolian, but undoubtedly
Daring attempt of requiring great personal courage. Having formerly lived
Theodotus to assassinate at Ptolemy’s court he knew the king’s tastes and habits.
Ptolemy.
Accordingly, accompanied by two others, he entered the
enemy’s camp just before daybreak; where, owing to the dim light, he could
not be recognised by his face, while his dress and other accoutrements did
not render him noticeable, owing to the variety of costume prevailing
among themselves. He had marked the position of the king’s tent during the
preceding days, for the skirmishes took place quite close; and he now
walked boldly up to it, and passed through all the outer ring of attendants
without being observed: but when he came to the tent in which the king was
accustomed to transact business and dine, though he searched it in every
conceivable way, he failed to find the king; for Ptolemy slept in another
tent, separate from the public and official tent. He however wounded two
men who were sleeping there, and killed Andreas, the king’s physician; and

Page 436

then returned safely to his own camp, without meeting with any
molestation, except just as he was passing over the vallum of the enemy’s
camp. As far as daring went, he had fulfilled his purpose: but he had failed
in prudence by not taking the precaution to ascertain where Ptolemy was
accustomed to sleep.
82. After being encamped opposite each other for five days, the two kings
Disposition of the two resolved to bring matters to the decision of battle. And
armies for the battle of upon Ptolemy beginning to move his army outside its
Rhaphia.
camp, Antiochus hastened to do the same. Both formed
their front of their phalanx and men armed in the Macedonian manner. But
Ptolemy’s two wings were formed as follows:—Polycrates, with the cavalry
under his command, occupied the left, and between him and the phalanx
were Cretans standing close by the horsemen; next them came the royal
guard;275 then the peltasts under Socrates, adjoining the Libyans armed in
Macedonian fashion. On the right wing was Echecrates of Thessaly, with
his division of cavalry; on his left were stationed Gauls and Thracians; next
them Phoxidas and the Greek mercenaries, extending to the Egyptian
phalanx. Of the elephants forty were on the left wing, where Ptolemy was to
be in person during the battle; the other thirty-three had been stationed in
front of the right wing opposite the mercenary cavalry.
Antiochus also placed sixty of his elephants commanded by his foster-
brother Philip in front of his right wing, on which he was to be present
personally, to fight opposite Ptolemy. Behind these he stationed the two
thousand cavalry commanded by Antipater, and two thousand more at right
angles to them.
In line with the cavalry he placed the Cretans, and next them the Greek
mercenaries; with the latter he mixed two thousand of these armed in the
Macedonian fashion under the command of the Macedonian Byttacus. At
the extreme point of the left wing he placed two thousand cavalry under the
command of Themison; by their side Cardacian and Lydian javelin-men;
next them the light-armed division of three thousand, commanded by
Menedemus; then the Cissians, Medes, and Carmanians; and by their side
the Arabians and neighbouring peoples who continued the line up to the
phalanx. The remainder of the elephants he placed in front of his left wing
under the command of Myiscus, one of the boys about the court.

Page 437

83. The two armies having been drawn up in the order I have described; the
Addresses to the two kings went along their respective lines, and addressed
armies before the battle words of encouragement and exhortation to their
of Rhaphia.
officers and friends. But as they both rested their
strongest hopes on their phalanx, they showed their greatest earnestness and
addressed their strongest exhortations to them; which were re-echoed in
Ptolemy’s case by Andromachus and Sosibius and the king’s sister Arsinoe;
in the case of Antiochus by Theodotus and Nicarchus: these officers being
the commanders of the phalanx in the two armies respectively. The
substance of what was said on both sides was the same: for neither monarch
had any glorious or famous achievement of his own to quote to those whom
he was addressing, seeing that they had but recently succeeded to their
crowns; but they endeavoured to inspire the men of the phalanx with spirit
and boldness, by reminding them of the glory of their ancestors, and the
great deeds performed by them. But they chiefly dwelt upon the hopes of
advancement which the men might expect at their hands in the future; and
they called upon and exhorted the leaders and the whole body of men, who
were about to be engaged, to maintain the fight with a manly and
courageous spirit. So with these or similar words, delivered by their own
lips or by interpreters, they rode along their lines.
84. Ptolemy, accompanied by his sister, having arrived at the left wing of
his army, and Antiochus with the royal guard at the right: they gave the
The battle of Rhaphia. signal for the battle, and opened the fight by a charge of
elephants. Only some few of Ptolemy’s elephants came
to close quarters with the foe: seated on these the soldiers in the howdahs
maintained a brilliant fight, lunging at and striking each other with crossed
pikes.276 But the elephants themselves fought still more brilliantly, using all
their strength in the encounter, and pushing against each other, forehead to
forehead.
The way in which elephants fight is this: they get their tusks entangled and
Fighting elephants. jammed, and then push against one another with all
their might, trying to make each other yield ground
until one of them proving superior in strength has pushed aside the other’s
trunk; and when once he can get a side blow at his enemy, he pierces him
with his tusks as a bull would with his horns. Now, most of Ptolemy’s
animals, as is the way with Libyan elephants, were afraid to face the fight:

Page 438

for they cannot stand the smell or the trumpeting of the Indian elephants,
but are frightened at their size and strength, I suppose, and run away from
Antiochus’s right wing them at once without waiting to come near them. This is
successful. exactly what happened on this occasion: and upon their
being thrown into confusion and being driven back upon their own lines,
Ptolemy’s guard gave way before the rush of the animals; while Antiochus,
wheeling his men so as to avoid the elephants, charged the division of
cavalry under Polycrates. At the same time the Greek mercenaries stationed
near the phalanx, and behind the elephants, charged Ptolemy’s peltasts and
made them give ground, the elephants having already thrown their ranks
also into confusion. Thus Ptolemy’s whole left wing began to give way
before the enemy.
85. Echecrates the commander of the right wing waited at first to see the
Ptolemy’s right wing result of the struggle between the other wings of the
also successful. two armies: but when he saw the dust coming his way,
and that the elephants opposite his division were afraid even to approach
the hostile elephants at all, he ordered Phoxidas to charge the part of the
enemy opposite him with his Greek mercenaries; while he made a flank
movement with the cavalry and the division behind the elephants; and so
getting out of the line of the hostile elephants’ attack, charged the enemy’s
cavalry on the rear or the flank and quickly drove them from their ground.
Phoxidas and his men were similarly successful: for they charged the
Arabians and Medes and forced them into precipitate flight. Thus
Antiochus’s right wing gained a victory, while his left was defeated. The
The centre coming into phalanxes, left without the support of either wing,
action. Ptolemy is remained intact in the centre of the plain, in a state of
victorious.
alternate hope and fear for the result. Meanwhile
Antiochus was assisting in gaining the victory on his right wing; while
Ptolemy, who had retired behind his phalanx, now came forward in the
centre, and showing himself in the view of both armies struck terror in the
hearts of the enemy, but inspired great spirit and enthusiasm in his own
men; and Andromachus and Sosibius at once ordered them to lower their
sarissae and charge. The picked Syrian troops stood their ground only for a
short time, and the division of Nicarchus quickly broke and fled. Antiochus
presuming, in his youthful inexperience, from the success of his own
division, that he would be equally victorious all along the line, was pressing

Page 439

on the pursuit; but upon one of the older officers at length giving him
warning, and pointing out that the cloud of dust raised by the phalanx was
moving towards their own camp, he understood too late what was
happening; and endeavoured to gallop back with the squadron of royal
Final retreat of cavalry on to the field. But finding his whole line in full
Antiochus. retreat he was forced to retire to Rhaphia: comforting
himself with the belief that, as far as he was personally concerned, he had
won a victory, but had been defeated in the whole battle by the want of
spirit and courage shown by the rest.
86. Having secured the final victory by his phalanx, and killed large
numbers of the enemy in the pursuit by means of his cavalry and
mercenaries on his right wing, Ptolemy retired to his own camp and there
spent the night. But next day, after picking up and burying his own dead,
and stripping the bodies of the enemy, he advanced towards Rhaphia.
Antiochus had wished, immediately after the retreat of his army, to make a
camp outside the city; and there rally such of his men as had fled in
compact bodies: but finding that the greater number had retreated into the
town, he was compelled to enter it himself also. Next morning, however,
before daybreak, he led out the relics of his army and made the best of his
way to Gaza. There he pitched a camp: and having sent an embassy to
obtain leave to pick up his dead, he obtained a truce for performing their
The losses on either side. obsequies. His loss amounted to nearly ten thousand
infantry and three hundred cavalry killed, and four
thousand taken prisoners. Three elephants were killed on the field, and two
died afterwards of their wounds. On Ptolemy’s side the losses were fifteen
hundred infantry killed and seven hundred cavalry: sixteen of his elephants
were killed, and most of the others captured.
Such was the result of the battle of Rhaphia between kings Ptolemy and
Antiochus for the possession of Coele-Syria.
After picking up his dead Antiochus retired with his army to his own
country: while Ptolemy took over Rhaphia and the other towns without
The effect of the battle of difficulty, all the states vying with each other as to
Rhaphia. which should be first to renew their allegiance and
come over to him. And perhaps it is the way of the world everywhere to
accommodate one’s self to circumstances at such times; but it is eminently

Page 440

true of the race inhabiting that country, that they have a natural turn and
inclination to worship success. Moreover it was all the more natural in this
case, owing to the existing disposition of the people in favour of the
Alexandrian kings; for the inhabitants of Coele-Syria are somehow always
more loyally disposed to this family than to any other. Accordingly they
now stopped short of no extravagance of adulation, honouring Ptolemy with
crowns, sacrifices, and every possible compliment of the kind.
87. Meanwhile Antiochus, on arriving at the city which bears his own name,
immediately despatched an embassy to Ptolemy, consisting of Antipater, his
nephew, and Theodotus Hemiolius, to treat of a peace, in great alarm lest
the enemy should advance upon him. For his defeat had inspired him with
Peace between Ptolemy distrust of his own forces, and he was afraid that
and Antiochus for a year, Achaeus would seize the opportunity to attack him. It
b.c. 217.
did not occur to Ptolemy to take any of these
circumstances into account: but being thoroughly satisfied with his
unexpected success, and generally at his unlooked for acquisition of Coele-
Syria, he was by no means indisposed to peace; but even more inclined to it
than he ought to have been: influenced in that direction by the habitual
effeminacy and corruption of his manner of life. Accordingly, when
Antipater and his colleague arrived, after some little bluster and
vituperation of Antiochus for what had taken place, he agreed to a truce for
a year. He sent Sosibius back with the ambassadors to ratify the treaty:
while he himself, after remaining three months in Syria and Phoenicia, and
settling the towns, left Andromachus of Aspendus as governor of this
district, and started with his sister and friends for Alexandria: having
brought the war to a conclusion in a way that surprised his subjects, when
they contrasted it with the principles on which he spent the rest of his life.
Antiochus after exchanging ratifications of the treaty with Sosibius,
employed himself in making preparations for attacking Achaeus, as he had
originally begun doing. Such was the political situation in Asia.
88. About the same period the earthquake occurred at Rhodes, which
overthrew the great Colossus and the larger part of the walls and dockyards.
Earthquake at Rhodes. But the adroit policy of the Rhodians converted this
Royal liberality, b.c. 224. misfortune into an opportunity; and under their skilful
management, instead of adding to their embarrassments, it became the
means of restoring their prosperity. So decisive in human affairs, public or

Page 441

private, is the difference between incapacity and good sense, between idle
indifference and a close attention to business. Good fortune only damages
the one, while disaster is but a means of recovery to the other. This was
illustrated by the manner in which the Rhodians turned the misfortune that
befel them to account. They enhanced its magnitude and importance by the
prominence which they gave it, and the serious tone in which they spoke of
it, as well by the mouth of their ambassadors as in the intercourse of private
life; and they created thus such an effect upon other states, and especially
upon the feelings of the kings, that they were not only overwhelmed with
presents, but made the donors feel actually obliged for their acceptance of
Hiero and Gelo. them. Hiero and Gelo, for instance, presented them with
seventy-five talents of silver, part at once, and the rest
at a very short interval, as a contribution towards the expenses of the
gymnasium; gave them for religious purposes some silver cauldrons and
their stands, and some water vessels; and in addition to this ten talents for
their sacrifices, and ten more to attract new citizens: their intention being
that the whole present should amount to a hundred talents.277 Not only so,
but they gave immunity from customs to Rhodian merchants coming to
their ports; and presented them besides with fifty catapults of three cubits
length. In spite too of these large gifts, they regarded themselves as under
an obligation to the Rhodians; and accordingly erected statues in the
Deigma or Mart of Rhodes, representing the community of Rhodes crowned
by that of Syracuse.
89. Then too Ptolemy offered them three hundred talents of silver; a million
Ptolemy. medimni278 of corn; ship timber for ten quinqueremes
and ten triremes, consisting of forty thousand cubits of squared pine
planking; a thousand talents of bronze coinage; three thousand talents279 of
tow; three thousand pieces of sail cloth; three thousand talents for the repair
of the Colossus; a hundred master builders with three hundred and fifty
workmen, and fourteen talents yearly to pay their wages. Besides this he
gave twelve thousand medimni of corn for their public games and
sacrifices, and twenty thousand medimni for victualling ten triremes. The
greater part of these goods was delivered at once, as well as a third of the
whole of the money named. In a similar spirit Antigonus offered ten
thousand timbers, varying from sixteen to eight cubits in length, to be used
Antigonus. as purlins; five thousand rafters seven cubits long; three

Page 442

thousand talents of iron; a thousand talents of pitch; a thousand amphorae
of the same unboiled; and a hundred talents of silver besides. His queen,
Chryseis, also gave a hundred thousand medimni of corn, and three
thousand talents of lead. Again Seleucus,280 father of Antiochus, besides
granting freedom from imports to Rhodians sailing to his dominions, and
besides giving ten quinqueremes fully equipped, and two hundred thousand
medimni of corn; gave also ten thousand cubits of timber, and a thousand
talents of resin and hair.
90. Nor were Prusias and Mithridates far behind these in liberality; nor the
Other princes. princes Lysanias, Olympichus, and Lymnaeas, who
were at that time in power in different parts of Asia; and
as for states that, according to their several abilities contributed to their
assistance, it would be difficult to reckon their number. In fact, though
when we regard the time which it took the city to recover its populousness,
and the state of desolation from which it started, we cannot fail to be struck
at the rapidity and the extent of its improvement in regard both to private
and public wealth; yet when we contemplate the natural advantages of its
site, and the contributions from outside which served to raise its fortunes to
their original height, this feeling must give way to a conviction that the
advance was somewhat less than might have been expected.
My object in giving these details is twofold. I wished to exhibit the brilliant
conduct of their public affairs by the Rhodians, for indeed they deserve both
to be commended and imitated: and I wished also to point out the
insignificance of the gifts bestowed by the kings of our own day, and
received by nations and states; that these monarchs may not imagine that by
the expenditure of four or five talents they are doing anything so very great,
or expect to receive at the hands of the Greeks the honour enjoyed by
former kings; and that states when they see before their eyes the magnitude
of the presents formerly bestowed, may not, nowadays, in return for
insignificant and paltry benefactions, blindly bestow their most ample and
splendid honours; but may use that discrimination in apportioning their
favours to desert, in which Greeks excel the rest of the world.
91. Just at the beginning of this summer, while Agetas was Strategus of the
Aetolians, and when Aratus had just become Strategus of the Achaean
league,—at which point we broke off in our history of the Social war,281—

Page 443

b.c. 217. Greece. Return Lycurgus of Sparta returned home from Aetolia. The
of Lycurgus to Sparta. Ephors had discovered that the charge on which he had
He projects an invasion
of Messenia.
been banished was false; and had accordingly sent for
him back, and recalled him from exile. He at once
began making an arrangement with Pyrrhias the Aetolian, who happened at
the time to be commander in Elis, for an invasion of Messenia. Now, when
The preparations of Aratus came into office, he found the mercenary army
Aratus. of the league in a state of complete demoralisation, and
the cities very slack to pay the tax for their support, owing to the bad and
spiritless manner in which his predecessor Eperatus had managed the affairs
of the league. He, however, exhorted the members of the league to reform,
and obtained a decree dealing with this matter; and then threw himself with
energy into the preparations for the war. The decree passed by the Achaeans
ordered the maintenance of eight thousand mercenary infantry and five
hundred horse, together with three thousand Achaean infantry and three
hundred horse, enrolled in the usual way; and that of these latter five
hundred foot and fifty horse were to be brazen-shield men from
Megalopolis, and the same number of Argives. It ordered also that three
ships should be manned to cruise off Acte and in the Argolic gulf, and three
off Patrae and Dyme, and in the sea there.
92. While Aratus was engaged in these transactions, and in completing
these preparations, Lycurgus and Pyrrhias, after an interchange of messages
to secure their making their expedition at the same time, marched into
Messenia. The Achaean Strategus, aware of their design, came with the
The ill-success of mercenaries and some of the picked Achaeans to
Lycurgus. Megalopolis, with the view of supporting the
Messenians. After setting out, Lycurgus got possession of Calamae, a
stronghold in Messenia, by treachery; and pressed hurriedly forward to
effect a junction with the Aetolians. But Pyrrhias had started from Elis with
a wholly inadequate force, and, having been easily stopped at the pass into
Messenia by the Cyparissians, had turned back. Lycurgus therefore being
unable to effect his junction with Pyrrhias, and not being strong enough by
himself, after assaulting Andania for a short time, returned back to Sparta
without having effected anything.
When the plot of the enemy had thus gone to pieces; Aratus, with a
provident regard for the future, arranged with Taurion to provide fifty horse

Page 444

and five hundred foot, and with the Messenians to send an equal number;
with the view of using these men to protect the territories of Messenia,
Megalopolis, Tegea, and Argos,—for these districts, being on the frontier of
Laconia, have to bear the brunt of Lacedaemonian invasion for the rest of
the Peloponnese; while with the Achaean levies and mercenaries he planned
to guard the parts of Achaia which lay towards Elis and Aetolia.
93. After adjusting these matters, he settled in accordance with the decree of
Condition of the league the intestine disputes at Megalopolis. For it
Megalopolis. happened that the people of this town having been
recently deprived of their country by Cleomenes,282 and, to use a common
expression, shaken to their foundations, were in absolute want of many
things, and ill-provided with all: for they persisted in maintaining their
usual scale of living, while their means both public and private were
entirely crippled. The consequence was that the town was filled with
disputes, jealousies, and mutual hatred; which is ever the case, both with
states and individuals, when means fall short of desires. The first
controversy was about the walling of the town,—one party maintaining that
the limits of the city should be contracted to a size admitting of being
completely walled and guarded at a time of danger; for that in the late
occasion it was its size and unguarded state which had caused their disaster.
In addition to this it was maintained by this party that the landowners
should contribute the third part of their land to provide for the enrolment of
new citizens. The other party rejected the notion of contracting the limits of
the city and would not consent to contribute a third part of their lands. But
the most serious controversy of all was in regard to the laws draughted for
them by Prytanis, an eminent Peripatetic philosopher, whom Antigonus
Doson appointed to draw them up a constitution. In this distracted state of
politics, Aratus intervened with all the earnestness he could command, and
succeeded in pacifying the heated feelings of the citizens. The terms on
which the controversies were settled were engraved on a column, and set up
near the altar of Vesta in the Homarium.283
94. After arranging this settlement, Aratus broke up his camp; and going on
Another raid of himself to the congress from of the Achaeans, handed
Aetolians from Elis. over the mercenaries to Lycus of Pharae, as the Sub-
Strategus of the league. But the Eleans, being dissatisfied with Pyrrhias,
once more induced the Aetolians to send them Euripidas; who, waiting until

Page 445

the Achaeans were engaged in their congress, took sixty horse and two
thousand foot, and started on a raid. Having passed through the territory of
Pharae, he overran the country up to the territory of Aegium; and after
securing and driving off a considerable booty, he began a retreat towards
Leontium. But Lycus, learning what had happened, went in all haste to
protect the country; and falling in with the enemy, he attacked them at once
and killed four hundred and took two hundred prisoners, among whom were
the following men of rank: Physsias, Antanor, Clearchus, Androlochus,
The Achaean fleet Euanoridas, Aristogeiton, Nicasippus, and Aspasius.
retaliates on Aetolia. The arms and baggage fell entirely into his hands.
About the same time the Navarch of the league having gone on an
expedition to Molycria, returned with nearly a hundred captives. Returning
once more to Aetolia he sailed to Chalceia and captured two war ships, with
their crews, which put out to resist him; and took also a long boat with its
men on the Aetolian Rhium. There being thus an influx of booty both by sea
and land at the same period, and a considerable amount of money and
provisions being obtained from this, the soldiers felt confident of getting
their pay, and the cities of the league were sanguine of not being likely to be
hard pressed by their contributions.
95. While these events were taking place Scerdilaidas, thinking that he was
Scerdilaidas the Illyrian not being treated fairly, because some of the payments
plunders the coast. agreed upon in his treaty with Philip were in arrear, sent
out fifteen galleys, treacherously pretending that their object was to receive
and convoy the money. These galleys sailed to Leucas, where they were
received by all as friendly, owing to their former alliance: but the only
mischief they had time to do was to make a treacherous attack on the
Corinthian Agathinus and Cassander, who had come there on board
Taurion’s ships, and were lying at anchor close to them with four vessels.
These they captured with their vessels and sent to Scerdilaidas; and then
putting out to sea from Leucas, and sailing towards Malea, they plundered
and captured the merchants whom they met.
Harvest time was now approaching: and as Taurion paid little attention to
More raids. the protection of the cities I mentioned above; Aratus in
person, at the head of some picked Achaean troops,
protected the getting in of the harvest round Argos: while Euripidas at the
head of a force of Aetolians set out on a raid, with the object of ravaging the

Page 446

territory of Tritaea. But when Lycus and Demodocus, the Hipparch of the
league, heard of the expedition of the Aetolians from Elis, they collected the
people of Dymae, Patrae and Pharae, and joining the mercenaries to these
forces made an incursion upon Elis. Arrived at a place called Phyxium, they
allowed their light-armed troops and their horse to plunder the country, but
kept their hoplites concealed near this place: and when the Eleans had
sallied out in full force to attack the foraging parties, and were pursuing
them as they retreated, the hoplites with Lycus rose from their hiding-place
and charged them as they rushed heedlessly on. The Eleans did not stand
against the attack, but fled at the mere appearance of the hoplites: who
killed two hundred of them and took eighty prisoners, and carried off with
them in safety all the booty that had been driven in from the country. At the
same time the Navarch of the league made numerous descents upon
Calydonia and the territory of Naupactus; and not only overran the country,
but twice annihilated the force sent out to resist him. Among others he took
Cleonicus of Naupactus prisoner: who owing to this being a proxenus of the
Achaeans was not sold on the spot, and after some little time was set free
without ransom.
96. About the same time Agetas, the Strategus of the Aetolian league,
Acarnania. proclaimed a general levy of Aetolians, and went on a
foraging expedition into the territory of the
Acarnanians. He marched through all Epirus, plundering as he went without
let or hindrance; after doing which he returned home, and dismissed the
Aetolian levy to their own cities. But the Acarnanians, upon making a
retaliatory invasion of the territory of Stratus, were seized with a panic: and
returned with disgrace, though without loss; because the people of Stratus
did not venture to pursue them, believing that their retreat was a ruse to
cover an ambuscade.
An instance of counter-treachery occurred also at Phanoteus. Alexander
Phanoteus in Phocis. The who had been appointed governor of Phocis by Philip,
biter bit. entered into a plot against the Aetolians, through the
agency of a certain Jason, who had been appointed by himself to command
the city of Phanoteus. This man sent a message to Agetas, the Strategus of
the Aetolian league, agreeing to hand over to him the citadel of Phanoteus;
and he confirmed his offer by a regularly sworn treaty. On the appointed
day Agetas came with his Aetolian levy to Phanoteus under cover of night;

Page 447

and concealing the rest at some little distance, he selected a hundred of the
most active men and sent them towards the citadel. Jason had Alexander all
ready with his soldiers, but duly received the Aetolians as he had sworn into
the citadel. Immediately Alexander and his men threw themselves into the
citadel also: the Aetolian hundred picked soldiers were made prisoners; and
when daylight showed Agetas what had taken place, he drew off his troops,
—baffled by a ruse very like what he had on many occasions practised
himself.
97. About this same period King Philip captured Bylazora, the largest town
of Paeonia, and very favourably situated for commanding the pass from
Philip’s campaign in Dardania to Macedonia: so that by this achievement he
Upper Macedonia and was all but entirely freed from any fear of the Dardani,
Thessaly.
it being no longer easy for them to invade Macedonia,
as long as this city gave Philip the command of the pass. Having secured
this place, he despatched Chrysogonus with all speed to summon the upper
Macedonians to arms; while he himself, taking on the men of Bottia and
Amphaxitis, arrived at Edessa. Waiting there until he was joined by the
Macedonians under Chrysogonus, he started with his whole army, and on
the sixth day’s march arrived at Larisa; and thence by a rapid night march
Meliteia. he came before daybreak to Meliteia, and placing
scaling ladders against the walls, attempted to take the
town by escalade. The suddenness and unexpectedness of the attack so
dismayed the people of Meliteia, that he would easily have taken the town;
but he was baffled by the fact of the ladders proving to be far too short.
98. This is the kind of mistake which above all others reflects discredit on
the commanders. For what can be more culpable than to arrive at a town
which they mean to carry, in an entirely unprovided state, without having
taken the precaution of measuring walls, cliffs, and the like, by which they
intend to effect their entrance? Or again, while satisfying themselves as to
these measurements, to entrust the construction of ladders and all such
machinery, which, though taking little time to make, have to stand the test
of a very critical service, without consideration, and to incompetent
persons,—is not this deserving of censure? For in such actions it is not a
question of succeeding or failing without ill consequences; but failure is
followed by positive damage in manifold respects: danger to the bravest of
the men at the actual time, and still greater danger during their retreat, when

Page 448

they have once incurred the contempt of the enemy. The examples of such
disasters are numerous; for you will find that of those who have failed in
such attempts, many more have perished, or have been reduced to the last
extremity of danger, than have come off scatheless. Moreover, no one can
deny that they arouse distrust and hatred against themselves for the future,
and give all men warning to be on their guard. For it is not only the persons
attacked, but all who know what has happened, who are thereby bidden to
look out for themselves and be on the watch. Wherefore it is never right for
men in places of trust to conduct such enterprises inconsiderately. The
method also of taking such measurements, and constructing machines of
this kind, is easy and liable to no mistakes, if they are taken in hand
scientifically.
For the present, however, I must resume the thread of my narrative, but I
shall take another fitting opportunity in the course of my work to speak of
these matters, and will endeavour to show how mistakes may best be
avoided in such undertakings.
99. Thus baffled in his attempt upon Meliteia, Philip encamped upon the
bank of the Enipeus, and collected from Larisa and the other cities the siege
train which he had caused to be constructed during the winter. For the chief
Thebae Phthiotides, object of his campaign was the capture of the city called
b.c. 217. Phthiotid Thebes. Now this city lies no long way from
the sea, about thirty stades from Larisa, and is conveniently situated in
regard both to Magnesia and Thessaly; but especially as commanding the
district of Demetrias in Magnesia, and of Pharsalus and Pherae in Thessaly.
From it, at that very time, much damage was being inflicted upon the
Demetrians, Pharsalians, and Larisaeans; as the Aetolians were in
occupation of it, and made continual predatory expeditions, often as far as
to the plain of Amyrus. Philip did not regard the matter as at all of small
importance, but was exceedingly bent on taking the town. Having therefore
got together a hundred and fifty catapults, and twenty-five stone-throwing
ballistae, he sat down before Thebes. He distributed his forces between
three points in the vicinity of the city; one was encamped near Scopium; a
second near a place called Heliotropium; and the third on the hill
overhanging the town. The spaces between these camps he fortified by a
trench and double palisade, and further secured them by towers of wood, at
intervals of a hundred feet, with an adequate guard. When these works were

Page 449

finished, he collected all his siege train together and began to move his
engines towards the citadel.
100. For the first three days the king was unable to make any progress in
Thebes is taken, its bringing his machines against the town, owing to the
inhabitants enslaved, and gallant and even desperate defence which the garrison
its name changed to
Philippopolis.
opposed to him. But when the continual skirmishing,
and the volleys of missiles, had began to tell upon the
defenders, and some of them were killed and others disabled by wounds;
the defence becoming a little slacker, the Macedonians began sinking
mines, and at last after nine days’ work reached the walls. They then carried
on the work by relays, so as never to leave it off day or night: and thus in
three days had undermined and underpinned two hundred feet of the wall.
The props, however, proved too weak to support the weight, and gave way;
so that the wall fell without the Macedonians having the trouble of setting
fire to them. When they had worked energetically at clearing the debris, and
had made every preparation for entering by the breach, and were just on the
point of carrying it, the Thebans in a panic surrendered the town. The
security which this achievement of Philip’s gave to Magnesia and Thessaly
deprived the Aetolians of a rich field for plunder; and demonstrated to his
army that he had been justified in putting Leontius to death, for his
deliberate treachery in the previous siege of Palae. Having thus become
master of Thebes he sold its existing inhabitants into slavery, and drafting in
some Macedonian settlers changed its name to Philippopolis.
Just as the king had finished the settlement of Thebes, ambassadors once
more came from Chios, Rhodes, Byzantium, and King Ptolemy to negotiate
terms of peace. He answered them in much the same terms as he had the
former,284 that he was not averse to peace; and bade them go and find out
what the feelings of the Aetolians were. Meanwhile he himself cared little
about making peace, but continued steadily to prosecute his designs.
101. Accordingly, when he heard that the galleys of Scerdilaidas were
committing acts of piracy off Malea, and treating all merchants as open
enemies, and had treacherously seized some of his own vessels which were
at anchor at Leucas, he fitted out twelve decked ships, eight open vessels,
and thirty light craft called hemioliae,285 and sailed through the Euripus in
hot haste to come up with the Illyrians; exceedingly excited about his plans

Page 450

for carrying on the war against the Aetolians, as he knew nothing as yet of
what had happened in Italy. For the defeat of the Romans by Hannibal in
Etruria took place while Philip was besieging Thebes, but the report of that
occurrence had not yet reached Greece. Philip arrived too late to capture the
galleys: and therefore, dropping anchor at Cenchreae, he sent away his
decked ships, with orders to sail round Malea in the direction of Aegium
and Patrae; but having caused the rest of his vessels to be dragged across
the Isthmus, he ordered them to anchor at Lechaeum; while he went in haste
Nemean festival. with his friends to Argos to attend the Nemean festival.
Midsummer of b.c. 217. Just as he was engaged in watching the gymnastic
contest, a courier arrived from Macedonia with news of the Romans having
been defeated in a great battle, and of Hannibal being in possession of the
open country. Philip showed the letter to no one at the moment, except to
Demetrius of Pharos, enjoining him not to say a word. The latter seized the
Philip hears of the Battle occasion to advise Philip to throw over the war against
of Thrasymene, 22d the Aetolians as soon as possible; and to concentrate his
June.
efforts upon Illyria, and an expedition into Italy. “For
Greece,” said he, “is already entirely obedient to you, and will remain so:
the Achaeans from genuine affection; the Aetolians from the terror which
their disasters in the present war have inspired them. Italy, and your
crossing into it, is the first step in the acquirement of universal empire, to
which no one has a better claim than yourself. And now is the moment to
act when the Romans have suffered a reverse.”
102. By using such arguments he found no difficulty in firing Philip’s
ambition: as was natural, I think, considering that he was but a youthful
monarch, who had as yet been successful in all his undertakings, and was in
any case of a singularly daring character; and considering too that he was
sprung from a family which above all families has somehow a tendency to
aim at universal monarchy.
At the moment then, as I said, Philip communicated the news conveyed by
the letter to Demetrius alone; and afterwards summoning a council of his
friends consulted them on the subject of making peace with the Aetolians.
And when even Aratus professed no disinclination to the measure, on the
ground that they would be making peace as conquerors, the king without
waiting for the ambassadors, who were officially engaged in negotiating its
terms, sent Cleonicus of Naupactus at once to Aetolia, whom he found still

Page 451

awaiting the meeting of the Achaean league after his captivity;286 while he
himself, taking his ships and land force from Corinth, came with it to
Aegium. Thence he advanced as far as Lasion and took the Tower in
Perippia, and pretended, in order to avoid appearing too eager for the
conclusion of the war, that he was meditating an invasion of Elis. By this
A peace congress time Cleonicus had been backwards and forwards two
summoned. or three times; and as the Aetolians begged that he
would meet them personally in conference, he assented, and abandoning all
warlike measures, he sent couriers to the allied cities, bidding their
commissioners to sit in the conference with him and take part in the
Zacynthus visited by discussion of the terms of peace: and then crossed over
Philip. with his army and encamped near Panormus, which is a
harbour of the Peloponnese, and lies exactly opposite Naupactus. There he
waited for the commissioners from the allies, and employed the time
required for their assembling in sailing to Zacynthus, and settling on his
own authority the affairs of the island; and having done so he sailed back to
Panormus.
103. The commissioners having now assembled, Philip sent Aratus and
Taurion, and some others who had come with them, to the Aetolians. They
found them in full assembly at Naupactus; and after a short conference with
them, and satisfying themselves as to their inclination for peace, they sailed
back to Philip to inform him of the state of the case. But the Aetolians,
being very eager to bring the war to a conclusion, sent ambassadors with
them to Philip urging him to visit them with his army, that by a personal
conference the business might be brought to a satisfactory conclusion.
Philip goes to Moved by these representations, the king sailed across
Naupactus. with his army to what is called the Hollows of
Naupactus, about twenty stades from the town. Having pitched a camp
there, and having caused both it and his ships to be surrounded by a
palisade, he waited for the time fixed for the interview. The Aetolians came
en masse without arms; and keeping at a distance of two stades from
Philip’s camp, interchanged messages and discussions on the subjects in
question. The negotiation was begun by the king sending all the
commissioners of the allies, with instructions to offer the Aetolians peace,
on the condition of both parties retaining what they then held. This
preliminary the Aetolians readily agreed to; and then there began a

Page 452

continuous interchange of messages between the two, most of which I shall
omit as containing no point of interest: but I shall record the speech made
by Agelaus of Naupactus in the first conference before the king and the
assembled allies. It was this.
104. “The best thing of all is that the Greeks should not go to war with each
other at all, but give the gods hearty thanks if by all speaking with one
Speech of Agelaus of voice, and joining hands like people crossing a stream,
Naupactus they may be able to repel the attacks of barbarians and
foreshadowing the
Roman conquest.
save themselves and their cities. But if this is altogether
impossible, in the present juncture at least we ought to
be unanimous and on our guard, when we see the bloated armaments and
the vast proportions assumed by the war in the west. For even now it is
evident to any one who pays even a moderate attention to public affairs, that
whether the Carthaginians conquer the Romans, or the Romans the
Carthaginians, it is in every way improbable that the victors will remain
contented with the empire of Sicily and Italy. They will move forward: and
will extend their forces and their designs farther than we could wish.
Wherefore, I beseech you all to be on your guard against the danger of the
crisis, and above all you, O King. You will do this, if you abandon the
policy of weakening the Greeks, and thus rendering them an easy prey to
the invader; and consult on the contrary for their good as you would for
your own person, and have a care for all parts of Greece alike, as part and
parcel of your own domains. If you act in this spirit, the Greeks will be your
warm friends and faithful coadjutors in all your undertakings; while
foreigners will be less ready to form designs against you, seeing with
dismay the firm loyalty of the Greeks. If you are eager for action, turn your
eyes to the west, and let your thoughts dwell upon the wars in Italy. Wait
with coolness the turn of events there, and seize the opportunity to strike for
universal dominion. Nor is the present crisis unfavourable for such a hope.
But I intreat of you to postpone your controversies and wars with the
Greeks to a time of greater tranquillity; and make it your supreme aim to
retain the power of making peace or war with them at your own will. For if
once you allow the clouds now gathering in the west to settle upon Greece,
I fear exceedingly that the power of making peace or war, and in a word all
these games which we are now playing against each other, will be so
completely knocked out of the hands of us all, that we shall be praying

Page 453

heaven to grant us only this power of making war or peace with each other
at our own will and pleasure, and of settling our own disputes.”
105. This speech of Agelaus greatly influenced the allies in favour of peace;
The peace is ratified. and Philip more than any one: as the arguments
employed chimed in with the wishes which the advice
of Demetrius had already roused in him. Both parties therefore came to
terms on the details of the treaty; and after ratifying it, separated to their
several cities, taking peace with them instead of war.
These events all fell in the third year of the 140th Olympiad. I mean the
Olympiad 140, 3. Before battle of the Romans in Etruria, that of Antiochus for
July b.c. 217. Coele-Syria, and lastly the treaty between Philip and the
Aetolians.
This then was the first point of time, and the first instance of a deliberation,
which may be said to have regarded the affairs of Greece, Italy, and Libya
The Eastern and Western as a connected whole: for neither Philip nor the leading
politics become involved statesmen of the Greek cities made war or peace any
with each other.
longer with each other with a view to Greek affairs, but
were already all fixing their eyes upon Italy. Nor was it long before the
islanders and inhabitants of Asia were affected in the same way; for those
who were displeased with Philip, or who had quarrels with Attalus, no
longer turned to Antiochus or Ptolemy, to the south or the east, but from this
time forth fixed their eyes on the west, some sending embassies to
Carthage, others to Rome. The Romans similarly began sending legates to
Greece, alarmed at the daring character of Philip, and afraid that he might
join in the attack upon them in their present critical position. Having thus
fulfilled my original promise of showing when, how, and why Greek
politics became involved in those of Italy and Libya, I shall now bring my
account of Greek affairs down to the date of the battle of Cannae, to which I
have already brought the history of Italy, and will end this book at that
point.
106. Directly the Achaeans had put an end to the war, they elected
Timoxenus Achaean Timoxenus Strategus for the next year287 and departed
Strategus, May b.c. 216. to take up once more their regular ways and habits.
Along with the Achaeans the other Peloponnesian communities also set to

Page 454

work to repair the losses they had sustained; recommenced the cultivation
of the land; and re-established their national sacrifices, games, and other
religious observances peculiar to their several states. For these things had
all but sunk into oblivion in most of the states through the persistent
continuance of the late wars. It has ever somehow been the case that the
Peloponnesians, who of all men are the most inclined to a peaceful and
civilised way of life, have hitherto enjoyed it less than any other nation in
the world; but have been rather as Euripides288 says “still worn with toil and
war’s unrest.” But to me it seems clear that they bring this upon themselves
in the natural course of events: for their universal desire of supremacy, and
their obstinate love of freedom, involve them in perpetual wars with each
other, all alike being resolutely set upon occupying the first place. The
Isolation of Athens. Athenians on the contrary had by this time freed
themselves from fear of Macedonia, and considered that
they had now permanently secured their independence. They accordingly
adopted Eurycleidas and Micion as their representatives, and took no part
whatever in the politics of the rest of Greece; but following the lead and
instigation of these statesmen, they laid themselves out to flatter all the
kings, and Ptolemy most of all; nor was there any kind of decree or
proclamation too fulsome for their digestion: any consideration of dignity
being little regarded, under the guidance of these vain and frivolous leaders.
107. Ptolemy however immediately after these events became involved in a
Revolt in Egypt. war with his Egyptian subjects. For in arming them for
his campaign against Antiochus he had taken a step
which, while it served his immediate purpose sufficiently well, proved
eventually disastrous. Elated with their victory at Rhaphia they refused any
longer to receive orders from the king; but looked out for a leader to
represent them, on the ground that they were quite able to maintain their
independence. And this they succeeded in doing before very long.
Antiochus spent the winter in extensive preparations for war; and when the
Winter of 217-216 b.c. next summer came, he crossed Mount Taurus and after
b.c.216. making a treaty of alliance with King Attalus entered
upon the war against Achaeus.
At the time the Aetolians were delighted at the settlement of peace with the
Achaean league, because the war had not answered to their wishes; and they

Page 455

accordingly elected Agelaus of Naupactus as their Strategus, because he
Discontent of the was believed to have contributed more largely than any
Aetolians with the peace. one to the success of the negotiations. But this was
scarcely arranged before they began to be discontented, and to find fault
with Agelaus for having cut off all their opportunities of plundering abroad,
and all their hopes of gain for the future, since the peace was not made with
certain definite states, but with all Greeks. But this statesman patiently
endured these unreasonable reproaches and succeeded in checking the
popular impulse. The Aetolians therefore were forced to acquiesce in an
inactivity quite alien to their nature.
108. King Philip having returned, after the completion of the treaty of
Philip’s war against peace, to Macedonia by sea, found that Scerdilaidas on
Scerdilaidas of Illyria, the same pretext of money owed to him, on which he
autumn of 217 b.c.
had treacherously seized the vessels at Leucas, had now
plundered a town in Pelagonia called Pissaeum; had won over by promises
some cities of the Dassaretae, namely, Phibotides, Antipatria, Chrysondym,
and Geston; and had overrun much of the district of Macedonia bordering
on these places. He therefore at once started with his army in great haste to
recover the revolted cities, and determined to proclaim open war with
Scerdilaidas; for he thought it a matter of the most vital importance to bring
Illyria into a state of good order, with a view to the success of all his
projects, and above all of his passage into Italy. For Demetrius was so
assiduous in keeping hot these hopes and projects in the king’s mind, that
Philip even dreamed of them in his sleep, and thought of nothing else but
this Italian expedition. The motive of Demetrius in so acting was not a
consideration for Philip, for he certainly did not rank higher than third in
the calculations of Demetrius. A stronger motive than that was his hatred of
Rome: but the strongest of all was the consideration of his own prospects.
For he had made up his mind that it was only in this way that he could ever
recover his principality in Pharos. Be that as it may, Philip went on his
expedition and recovered the cities I have named, and took besides
Creonium and Gerus in Dassaretis; Enchelanae, Cerax, Sation, Boei, round
the Lychnidian Lake; Bantia in the district of the Calicoeni; and Orgyssus in
that of the Pisantini. After completing these operations he dismissed his
troops to their winter quarters.

Page 456

b.c. 217-216. This was the winter in which Hannibal, after plundering
b.c. 216. Coss. Caius the fairest districts of Italy, intended to place his winter
Terentius Varro and
Lucius Aemilius Paulus
quarters near Geranium in Daunia. And it was then that
II. at Rome Caius Terentius and Lucius Aemilius entered
upon their Consulship.
109. In the course of the winter, Philip, taking into consideration that he
Philip’s preparation for would want ships to carry out his designs, and men for
an invasion of Italy. rowing, not for fighting,—for he could never have even
entertained a hope of fighting the Romans at sea,-—but rather for the
transport of soldiers, and to enable him to cross with greater speed to any
point to which he might desire to go, and so surprise the enemy by a sudden
appearance, and thinking that the Illyrian build was the best for the sort of
ships he wanted, determined to have a hundred galleys built; which hardly
b.c. 216. any Macedonian king had ever done before. Having had
these fitted out, he collected his forces at the beginning
of the summer; and, after a brief training of the Macedonians in rowing
them, put to sea. It was just at the time that Antiochus crossed Mount
Taurus when Philip, after sailing through the Euripus and rounding Cape
Malea, came to Cephallenia and Leucas, where he dropped anchor, and
awaited anxiously the movements of the Roman fleet. Being informed that
it was at anchor off Lilybaeum, he mustered up courage to put to sea, and
steered for Apollonia.
110. As he neared the mouth of the Aous, which flows past Apollonia, a
Panic-stricken at the panic fell upon his fleet such as happens to land forces.
reported approach of a Certain galleys on the rear of the fleet being anchored at
Roman squadron, Philip
retreats to Cephallenia.
an island called Sason, which lies at the entrance to the
Ionian Sea, came by night to Philip with a report that
some men who had lately come from the Sicilian Strait had been anchored
with them at Sason, who reported that they left some Roman quinqueremes
at Rhegium, which were bound for Apollonia to support Scerdilaidas.
Thinking this fleet must be all but upon him, Philip, in great alarm,
promptly ordered his ships to weigh anchor and sail back the way they
came. They started and got out to sea in great disorder, and reached
Cephallenia, after sailing two nights and days without intermission. Having
now partially recovered his courage, Philip remained there, covering his
flight under the pretext of having returned for some operations in the

Page 457

Peloponnese. It turned out that it was a false alarm altogether. The truth was
that Scerdilaidas, hearing in the course of the winter that Philip was having
a number of galleys built, and expecting him to come to attack him by sea,
had sent messages to Rome stating the facts and imploring help; and the
Romans had detached a squadron of ten ships from the fleet at Lilybaeum,
which were what had been seen at Rhegium. But if Philip had not fled from
them in such inconsiderate alarm, he would have had the best opportunity
possible of attaining his objects in Illyria; because the thoughts and
resources of Rome were absorbed in the war with Hannibal and the battle of
Cannae, and it may fairly be presumed that he would have captured the ten
Roman ships. As it was, he was utterly upset by the news and returned to
Macedonia, without loss indeed, but with considerable dishonour.
111. During this period Prusias also did a thing which deserves to be
Prusias and the Gauls. recorded. The Gauls, whom King Attalus had brought
See ch. 78. over from Europe to assist him against Achaeus on
account of their reputation for courage, had separated from that monarch on
account of the jealous suspicions of which I have before spoken, and were
plundering the cities on the Hellespont with gross licentiousness and
violence, and finally went so far as actually to besiege Ilium. In these
circumstances the inhabitants of the Alexandria in the Troad acted with
commendable spirit. They sent Themistes with four thousand men and
forced the Gauls to raise the siege of Ilium, and drove them entirely out of
the Troad, by cutting off their supplies and frustrating all their designs.
Thereupon the Gauls seized Arisba, in the territory of Abydos, and
thenceforth devoted themselves to forming designs and committing acts of
hostility against the cities built in that district. Against them Prusias led out
an army; and in a pitched battle put the men to the sword on the field, and
slew nearly all their women and children in the camp, leaving the baggage
to be plundered by his soldiers. This achievement of Prusias delivered the
cities on the Hellespont from great fear and danger, and was a signal
warning for future generations against barbarians from Europe being over-
ready to cross into Asia.
Such was the state of affairs in Greece and Asia. Meanwhile the greater part
of Italy had joined the Carthaginians after the battle of Cannae, as I have
shown before. I will interrupt my narrative at this point, after having
detailed the events in Asia and Greece, embraced by the 140th Olympiad. In

Page 458

b.c. 220-216.my next book after a brief recapitulation of this
narrative, I shall fulfil the promise made at the
beginning of my work by recurring to the discussion of the Roman
constitution.

Page 459

BOOK VI

PREFACE

1. I am aware that some will be at a loss to account for my interrupting the
course of my narrative for the sake of entering upon the following
disquisition on the Roman constitution. But I think that I have already in
many passages made it fully evident that this particular branch of my work
was one of the necessities imposed on me by the nature of my original
design; and I pointed this out with special clearness in the preface which
explained the scope of my history. I there stated that the feature of my work
which was at once the best in itself, and the most instructive to the students
of it, was that it would enable them to know and fully realise in what
manner, and under what kind of constitution, it came about that nearly the
whole world fell under the power of Rome in somewhat less than fifty-three
years,—an event certainly without precedent. This being my settled
purpose, I could see no more fitting period than the present for making a
pause, and examining the truth of the remarks about to be made on this
constitution. In private life if you wish to satisfy yourself as to the badness
or goodness of particular persons, you would not, if you wish to get a
genuine test, examine their conduct at a time of uneventful repose, but in
the hour of brilliant success or conspicuous reverse. For the true test of a
perfect man is the power of bearing with spirit and dignity violent changes
of fortune. An examination of a constitution should be conducted in the
same way: and therefore being unable to find in our day a more rapid or
more signal change than that which has happened to Rome, I reserved my
disquisition on its constitution for this place....
What is really educational and beneficial to students of history is the clear
view of the causes of events, and the consequent power of choosing the
better policy in a particular case. Now in every practical undertaking by a
state we must regard as the most powerful agent for success or failure the
form of its constitution; for from this as from a fountain-head all
conceptions and plans of action not only proceed, but attain their
consummation.289...

Page 460

3. Of the Greek republics, which have again and again risen to greatness
and fallen into insignificance, it is not difficult to speak, whether we recount
their past history or venture an opinion on their future. For to report what is
already known is an easy task, nor is it hard to guess what is to come from
our knowledge of what has been. But in regard to the Romans it is neither
an easy matter to describe their present state, owing to the complexity of
their constitution; nor to speak with confidence of their future, from our
inadequate acquaintance with their peculiar institutions in the past whether
affecting their public or their private life. It will require then no ordinary
attention and study to get a clear and comprehensive conception of the
distinctive features of this constitution.
Now, it is undoubtedly the case that most of those who profess to give us
Classification of polities. authoritative instruction on this subject distinguish three
kinds of constitutions, which they designate kingship,
aristocracy, democracy. But in my opinion the question might fairly be put
to them, whether they name these as being the only ones, or as the best. In
either case I think they are wrong. For it is plain that we must regard as the
best constitution that which partakes of all these three elements. And this is
no mere assertion, but has been proved by the example of Lycurgus, who
was the first to construct a constitution—that of Sparta—on this principle.
Nor can we admit that these are the only forms: for we have had before now
examples of absolute and tyrannical forms of government, which, while
differing as widely as possible from kingship, yet appear to have some
points of resemblance to it; on which account all absolute rulers falsely
assume and use, as far as they can, the title of king. Again there have been
many instances of oligarchical governments having in appearance some
analogy to aristocracies, which are, if I may say so, as different from them
as it is possible to be. The same also holds good about democracy.
4. I will illustrate the truth of what I say. We cannot hold every absolute
government to be a kingship, but only that which is accepted voluntarily,
Six forms of polity, and and is directed by an appeal to reason rather than to fear
their natural cycle. and force. Nor again is every oligarchy to be regarded
as an aristocracy; the latter exists only where the power is wielded by the
justest and wisest men selected on their merits. Similarly, it is not enough to
constitute a democracy that the whole crowd of citizens should have the
right to do whatever they wish or propose. But where reverence to the gods,

Page 461

succour of parents, respect to elders, obedience to laws, are traditional and
habitual, in such communities, if the will of the majority prevail, we may
speak of the form of government as a democracy. So then we enumerate six
forms of government,—the three commonly spoken of which I have just
mentioned, and three more allied forms, I mean despotism, oligarchy and
mob-rule. The first of these arises without artificial aid and in the natural
order of events. Next to this, and produced from it by the aid of art and
adjustment, comes kingship; which degenerating into the evil form allied to
it, by which I mean tyranny, both are once more destroyed and aristocracy
produced. Again the latter being in the course of nature perverted to
oligarchy, and the people passionately avenging the unjust acts of their
rulers, democracy comes into existence; which again by its violence and
contempt of law becomes sheer mob-rule.290 No clearer proof of the truth of
what I say could be obtained than by a careful observation of the natural
origin, genesis, and decadence of these several forms of government. For it
is only by seeing distinctly how each of them is produced that a distinct
view can also be obtained of its growth, zenith, and decadence, and the
time, circumstance, and place in which each of these may be expected to
recur. This method I have assumed to be especially applicable to the Roman
constitution, because its origin and growth have from the first followed
natural causes.
5. Now the natural laws which regulate the merging of one form of
government into another are perhaps discussed with greater accuracy by
Plato and some other philosophers. But their treatment, from its intricacy
and exhaustiveness, is only within the capacity of a few. I will therefore
endeavour to give a summary of the subject, just so far as I suppose it to fall
within the scope of a practical history and the intelligence of ordinary
people. For if my exposition appear in any way inadequate, owing to the
general terms in which it is expressed, the details contained in what is
immediately to follow will amply atone for what is left for the present
unsolved.
What is the origin then of a constitution, and whence is it produced?
The origin of the social Suppose that from floods, pestilences, failure of crops,
compact. or some such causes the race of man is reduced almost
to extinction. Such things we are told have happened, and it is reasonable to
think will happen again. Suppose accordingly all knowledge of social habits

Page 462

and arts to have been lost. Suppose that from the survivors, as from seeds,
the race of man to have again multiplied. In that case I presume they would,
like the animals, herd together; for it is but reasonable to suppose that
bodily weakness would induce them to seek those of their own kind to herd
with. And in that case too, as with the animals, he who was superior to the
rest in strength of body or courage of soul would lead and rule them. For
what we see happen in the case of animals that are without the faculty of
reason, such as bulls, goats, and cocks,—among whom there can be no
dispute that the strongest take the lead,—that we must regard as in the truest
sense the teaching of nature. Originally then it is probable that the condition
of life among men was this,—herding together like animals and following
the strongest and bravest as leaders. The limit of this authority would be
physical strength, and the name we should give it would be despotism. But
as soon as the idea of family ties and social relation has arisen amongst
such agglomerations of men, then is born also the idea of kingship, and then
for the first time mankind conceives the notion of goodness and justice and
their reverse.
6. The way in which such conceptions originate and come into existence is
this. The intercourse of the sexes is an instinct of nature, and the result is
Origin of morality, the birth of children. Now, if any one of these children
who have been brought up, when arrived at maturity, is
ungrateful and makes no return to those by whom he was nurtured, but on
the contrary presumes to injure them by word and deed, it is plain that he
will probably offend and annoy such as are present, and have seen the care
and trouble bestowed by the parents on the nurture and bringing up of their
children. For seeing that men differ from the other animals in being the only
creatures possessed of reasoning powers, it is clear that such a difference of
conduct is not likely to escape their observation; but that they will remark it
when it occurs, and express their displeasure on the spot: because they will
have an eye to the future, and will reason on the likelihood of the same
occurring to each of themselves. Again, if a man has been rescued or helped
in an hour of danger, and, instead of showing gratitude to his preserver,
seeks to do him harm, it is clearly probable that the rest will be displeased
and offended with him, when they know it: sympathising with their
neighbour and imagining themselves in his case. Hence arises a notion in
every breast of the meaning and theory of duty, which is in fact the

Page 463

beginning and end of justice. Similarly, again, when any one man stands out
as the champion of all in a time of danger, and braves with firm courage the
onslaught of the most powerful wild beasts, it is probable that such a man
would meet with marks of favour and pre-eminence from the common
people; while he who acted in a contrary way would fall under their
contempt and dislike. From this, once more, it is reasonable to suppose that
there would arise in the minds of the multitude a theory of the disgraceful
which transmutes and the honourable, and of the difference between
despotism into kingship, them; and that one should be sought and imitated for its
advantages, the other shunned. When, therefore, the leading and most
powerful man among his people ever encourages such persons in
accordance with the popular sentiment, and thereby assumes in the eyes of
his subject the appearance of being the distributor to each man according to
his deserts, they no longer obey him and support his rule from fear of
violence, but rather from conviction of its utility, however old he may be,
rallying round him with one heart and soul, and fighting against all who
form designs against his government. In this way he becomes a king instead
of a despot by imperceptible degrees, reason having ousted brute courage
and bodily strength from their supremacy.
7. This then is the natural process of formation among mankind of the
notion of goodness and justice, and their opposites; and this is the origin
and genesis of genuine kingship; for people do not only keep up the
government of such men personally, but for their descendants also for many
generations; from the conviction that those who are born from and educated
by men of this kind will have principles also like theirs. But if they
subsequently become displeased with their descendants, they do not any
longer decide their choice of rulers and kings by their physical strength or
brute courage; but by the differences of their intellectual and reasoning
faculties, from practical experience of the decisive importance of such a
which in its turn distinction. In old times, then, those who were once
degenerates into tyranny. thus selected, and obtained this office, grew old in their
royal functions, making magnificent strongholds and surrounding them with
walls and extending their frontiers, partly for the security of their subjects,
and partly to provide them with abundance of the necessaries of life; and
while engaged in these works they were exempt from all vituperation or
jealousy; because they did not make their distinctive dress, food, or drink, at

Page 464

all conspicuous, but lived very much like the rest, and joined in the
everyday employments of the common people. But when their royal power
became hereditary in their family, and they found every necessary for
security ready to their hands, as well as more than was necessary for their
personal support, then they gave the rein to their appetites; imagined that
rulers must needs wear different clothes from those of subjects; have
different and elaborate luxuries of the table; and must even seek sensual
indulgence, however unlawful the source, without fear of denial. These
things having given rise in the one case to jealousy and offence, in the other
to outburst of hatred and passionate resentment, the kingship became a
tyranny; the first step in disintegration was taken; and plots began to be
formed against the government, which did not now proceed from the worst
men but from the noblest, most high-minded, and most courageous, because
these are the men who can least submit to the tyrannical acts of their rulers.
8. But as soon as the people got leaders, they co-operated with them against
Tyranny is then the dynasty for the reasons I have mentioned; and then
displaced by aristocracy, kingship and despotism were alike entirely abolished,
and aristocracy once more began to revive and start afresh. For in their
immediate gratitude to those who had deposed the despots, the people
employed them as leaders, and entrusted their interests to them; who,
looking upon this charge at first as a great privilege, made the public
advantage their chief concern, and conducted all kinds of business, public
or private, with diligence and caution. But when the sons of these men
received the same position of authority from their fathers,—having had no
experience of misfortunes, and none at all of civil equality and freedom of
speech, but having been bred up from the first under the shadow of their
fathers’ authority and lofty position,—some of them gave themselves up
with passion to avarice and unscrupulous love of money, others to drinking
which degenerates into and the boundless debaucheries which accompanies it,
oligarchy, and others to the violation of women or the forcible
appropriation of boys; and so they turned an aristocracy into an oligarchy.
But it was not long before they roused in the minds of the people the same
feelings as before; and their fall therefore was very like the disaster which
befell the tyrants.
9. For no sooner had the knowledge of the jealousy and hatred existing in
the citizens against them emboldened some one to oppose the government

Page 465

which is replaced by by word or deed, than he was sure to find the whole
democracy, people ready and prepared to take his side. Having then
got rid of these rulers by assassination or exile, they do not venture to set up
a king again, being still in terror of the injustice to which this led before;
nor dare they intrust the common interests again to more than one,
considering the recent example of their misconduct: and therefore, as the
only sound hope left them is that which depends upon themselves, they are
driven to take refuge in that; and so changed the constitution from an
oligarchy to a democracy, and took upon themselves the superintendence
and charge of the state. And as long as any survive who have had
experience of oligarchical supremacy and domination, they regard their
present constitution as a blessing, and hold equality and freedom as of the
utmost value. But as soon as a new generation has arisen, and the
democracy has descended to their children’s children, long association
weakens their value for equality and freedom, and some seek to become
more powerful than the ordinary citizens; and the most liable to this
which degenerates into temptation are the rich. So when they begin to be fond
rule of corruption and of office, and find themselves unable to obtain it by
violence, only to be
stopped by a return to
their own unassisted efforts and their own merits, they
despotism. ruin their estates, while enticing and corrupting the
common people in every possible way. By which means
when, in their senseless mania for reputation, they have made the populace
ready and greedy to receive bribes, the virtue of democracy is destroyed,
and it is transformed into a government of violence and the strong hand. For
the mob, habituated to feed at the expense of others, and to have its hopes
of a livelihood in the property of its neighbours, as soon as it has got a
leader sufficiently ambitious and daring, being excluded by poverty from
the sweets of civil honours, produces a reign of mere violence. Then come
tumultuous assemblies, massacres, banishments, redivisions of land; until,
after losing all trace of civilisation, it has once more found a master and a
despot.
This is the regular cycle of constitutional revolutions, and the natural order
in which constitutions change, are transformed, and return again to their
original stage. If a man have a clear grasp of these principles he may
perhaps make a mistake as to the dates at which this or that will happen to a
particular constitution; but he will rarely be entirely mistaken as to the stage

Page 466

of growth or decay at which it has arrived, or as to the point at which it will
undergo some revolutionary change. However, it is in the case of the
Roman constitution that this method of inquiry will most fully teach us its
formation, its growth, and zenith, as well as the changes awaiting it in the
future; for this, if any constitution ever did, owed, as I said just now, its
original foundation and growth to natural causes, and to natural causes will
owe its decay. My subsequent narrative will be the best illustration of what
I say.
10. For the present I will make a brief reference to the legislation of
Lycurgus: for such a discussion is not at all alien to my subject. That
Lycurgus recognized statesman was fully aware that all those changes which
these truths, and I have enumerated come about by an undeviating law of
legislated accordingly.
nature; and reflected that every form of government that
was unmixed, and rested on one species of power, was unstable; because it
was swiftly perverted into that particular form of evil peculiar to it and
inherent in its nature. For just as rust is the natural dissolvent of iron, wood-
worms and grubs to timber, by which they are destroyed without any
external injury, but by that which is engendered in themselves; so in each
constitution there is naturally engendered a particular vice inseparable from
it: in kingship it is absolutism; aristocracy it is oligarchy; in democracy
lawless ferocity and violence; and to these vicious states all these forms of
government are, as I have lately shown, inevitably transformed. Lycurgus, I
say, saw all this, and accordingly combined together all the excellences and
distinctive features of the best constitutions, that no part should become
unduly predominant, and be perverted into its kindred vice; and that, each
power being checked by the others, no one part should turn the scale or
decisively out-balance the others; but that, by being accurately adjusted and
in exact equilibrium, the whole might remain long steady like a ship sailing
close to the wind. The royal power was prevented from growing insolent by
fear of the people, which had also assigned to it an adequate share in the
constitution. The people in their turn were restrained from a bold contempt
of the kings by fear of the Gerusia: the members of which, being selected
on grounds of merit, were certain to throw their influence on the side of
justice in every question that arose; and thus the party placed at a
disadvantage by its conservative tendency was always strengthened and
supported by the weight and influence of the Gerusia. The result of this

Page 467

combination has been that the Lacedaemonians retained their freedom for
the longest period of any people with which we are acquainted.
Lycurgus however established his constitution without the discipline of
adversity, because he was able to foresee by the light of reason the course
which events naturally take and the source from which they come. But
though the Romans have arrived at the same result in framing their
commonwealth, they have not done so by means of abstract reasoning, but
through many struggles and difficulties, and by continually adopting
reforms from knowledge gained in disaster. The result has been a
constitution like that of Lycurgus, and the best of any existing in my time....

11. I have given an account of the constitution of Lycurgus, I will now
endeavour to describe that of Rome at the period of their disastrous defeat
at Cannae.
I am fully conscious that to those who actually live under this constitution I
shall appear to give an inadequate account of it by the omission of certain
The Roman constitution details. Knowing accurately every portion of it from
at the epoch of Cannae, personal experience, and from having been bred up in
b.c. 216.
its customs and laws from childhood, they will not be
struck so much by the accuracy of the description, as annoyed by its
omissions; nor will they believe that the historian has purposely omitted
unimportant distinctions, but will attribute his silence upon the origin of
existing institutions or other important facts to ignorance. What is told they
depreciate as insignificant or beside the purpose; what is omitted they
desiderate as vital to the question: their object being to appear to know
more than the writers. But a good critic should not judge a writer by what
he leaves unsaid, but from what he says: if he detects misstatement in the
latter, he may then feel certain that ignorance accounts for the former; but if
what he says is accurate, his omissions ought to be attributed to deliberate
judgment and not to ignorance. So much for those whose criticisms are
prompted by personal ambition rather than by justice....
Another requisite for obtaining a judicious approval for an historical
disquisition, is that it should be germane to the matter in hand; if this is not
observed, though its style may be excellent and its matter irreproachable, it
will seem out of place, and disgust rather than please....

Page 468

As for the Roman constitution, it had three elements, each of them
Triple element in the possessing sovereign powers: and their respective share
Roman Constitution. of power in the whole state had been regulated with
such a scrupulous regard to equality and equilibrium, that no one could say
for certain, not even a native, whether the constitution as a whole were an
aristocracy or democracy or despotism. And no wonder: for if we confine
our observation to the power of the Consuls we should be inclined to regard
it as despotic; if on that of the Senate, as aristocratic; and if finally one
looks at the power possessed by the people it would seem a clear case of a
democracy. What the exact powers of these several parts were, and still,
with slight modifications, are, I will now state.
12. The Consuls, before leading out the legions, remain in Rome and are
The Consuls. supreme masters of the administration. All other
magistrates, except the Tribunes, are under them and
take their orders. They introduce foreign ambassadors to the Senate; bring
matters requiring deliberation before it; and see to the execution of its
decrees. If, again, there are any matters of state which require the
authorisation of the people, it is their business to see to them, to summon
the popular meetings, to bring the proposals before them, and to carry out
the decrees of the majority. In the preparations for war also, and in a word
in the entire administration of a campaign, they have all but absolute power.
It is competent to them to impose on the allies such levies as they think
good, to appoint the Military Tribunes, to make up the roll for soldiers and
select those that are suitable. Besides they have absolute power of inflicting
punishment on all who are under their command while on active service
and they have authority to expend as much of the public money as they
choose, being accompanied by a quaestor who is entirely at their orders. A
survey of these powers would in fact justify our describing the constitution
as despotic,—a clear case of royal government. Nor will it affect the truth
of my description, if any of the institutions I have described are changed in
our time, or in that of our posterity: and the same remarks apply to what
follows.
13. The Senate has first of all the control of the treasury, and regulates the
The Senate. receipts and disbursements alike. For the Quaestors
cannot issue any public money for the various
departments of the state without a decree of the Senate, except for the

Page 469

service of the Consuls. The Senate controls also what is by far the largest
and most important expenditure, that, namely, which is made by the censors
every lustrum for the repair or construction of public buildings; this money
cannot be obtained by the censors except by the grant of the Senate.
Similarly all crimes committed in Italy requiring a public investigation,
such as treason, conspiracy, poisoning, or wilful murder, are in the hands of
the Senate. Besides, if any individual or state among the Italian allies
requires a controversy to be settled, a penalty to be assessed, help or
protection to be afforded,—all this is the province of the Senate. Or again,
outside Italy, if it is necessary to send an embassy to reconcile warring
communities, or to remind them of their duty, or sometimes to impose
requisitions upon them, or to receive their submission, or finally to proclaim
war against them,—this too is the business of the Senate. In like manner the
reception to be given to foreign ambassadors in Rome, and the answers to
be returned to them, are decided by the Senate. With such business the
people have nothing to do. Consequently, if one were staying at Rome when
the Consuls were not in town, one would imagine the constitution to be a
complete aristocracy: and this has been the idea entertained by many
Greeks, and by many kings as well, from the fact that nearly all the business
they had with Rome was settled by the Senate.
14. After this one would naturally be inclined to ask what part is left for the
The people. people in the constitution, when the Senate has these
various functions, especially the control of the receipts
and expenditure of the exchequer; and when the Consuls, again, have
absolute power over the details of military preparation, and an absolute
authority in the field? There is, however, a part left the people, and it is a
most important one. For the people is the sole fountain of honour and of
punishment; and it is by these two things and these alone that dynasties and
constitutions and, in a word, human society are held together: for where the
distinction between them is not sharply drawn both in theory and practice,
there no undertaking can be properly administered,—as indeed we might
expect when good and bad are held in exactly the same honour. The people
then are the only court to decide matters of life and death; and even in cases
where the penalty is money, if the sum to be assessed is sufficiently serious,
and especially when the accused have held the higher magistracies. And in
regard to this arrangement there is one point deserving especial

Page 470

commendation and record. Men who are on trial for their lives at Rome,
while sentence is in process of being voted,—if even only one of the tribes
whose votes are needed to ratify the sentence has not voted,—have the
privilege at Rome of openly departing and condemning themselves to a
voluntary exile. Such men are safe at Naples or Praeneste or at Tibur, and at
other towns with which this arrangement has been duly ratified on oath.
Again, it is the people who bestow offices on the deserving, which are the
most honourable rewards of virtue. It has also the absolute power of passing
or repealing laws; and, most important of all, it is the people who deliberate
on the question of peace or war. And when provisional terms are made for
alliance, suspension of hostilities, or treaties, it is the people who ratify
them or the reverse.
These considerations again would lead one to say that the chief power in the
state was the people’s, and that the constitution was a democracy.
15. Such, then, is the distribution of power between the several parts of the
The mutual relation of state. I must now show how each of these several parts
the three. can, when they choose, oppose or support each other.
The Consul, then, when he has started on an expedition with the powers I
The Consul dependent have described, is to all appearance absolute in the
on the Senate, administration of the business in hand; still he has need
of the support both of people and Senate, and, without them, is quite unable
to bring the matter to a successful conclusion. For it is plain that he must
have supplies sent to his legions from time to time; but without a decree of
the Senate they can be supplied neither with corn, nor clothes, nor pay, so
that all the plans of a commander must be futile, if the Senate is resolved
either to shrink from danger or hamper his plans. And again, whether a
Consul shall bring any undertaking to a conclusion or no depends entirely
upon the Senate: for it has absolute authority at the end of a year to send
another Consul to supersede him, or to continue the existing one in his
command. Again, even to the successes of the generals the Senate has the
power to add distinction and glory, and on the other hand to obscure their
merits and lower their credit. For these high achievements are brought in
tangible form before the eyes of the citizens by what are called “triumphs.”

Page 471

But these triumphs the commanders cannot celebrate with proper pomp, or
in some cases celebrate at all, unless the Senate concurs and grants the
and on the people. necessary money. As for the people, the Consuls are
pre-eminently obliged to court their favour, however
distant from home may be the field of their operations; for it is the people,
as I have said before, that ratifies, or refuses to ratify, terms of peace and
treaties; but most of all because when laying down their office they have to
give an account291 of their administration before it. Therefore in no case is
it safe for the Consuls to neglect either the Senate or the goodwill of the
people.
16. As for the Senate, which possesses the immense power I have described,
in the first place it is obliged in public affairs to take the multitude into
The Senate controlled by account, and respect the wishes of the people; and it
the people. cannot put into execution the penalty for offences
against the republic, which are punishable with death, unless the people first
ratify its decrees. Similarly even in matters which directly affect the
senators,—for instance, in the case of a law diminishing the Senate’s
traditional authority, or depriving senators of certain dignities and offices,
or even actually cutting down their property,—even in such cases the
people have the sole power of passing or rejecting the law. But most
important of all is the fact that, if the Tribunes interpose their veto, the
Senate not only are unable to pass a decree, but cannot even hold a meeting
at all, whether formal or informal. Now, the Tribunes are always bound to
carry out the decree of the people, and above all things to have regard to
their wishes: therefore, for all these reasons the Senate stands in awe of the
multitude, and cannot neglect the feelings of the people.
17. In like manner the people on its part is far from being independent of
the Senate, and is bound to take its wishes into account both collectively
and individually. For contracts, too numerous to count, are given out by the
censors in all parts of Italy for the repairs or construction of public
The people dependent on buildings; there is also the collection of revenue from
the Senate. many rivers, harbours, gardens, mines, and land—
everything, in a word, that comes under the control of the Roman
government: and in all these the people at large are engaged; so that there is
scarcely a man, so to speak, who is not interested either as a contractor or as
being employed in the works. For some purchase the contracts from the

Page 472

censors for themselves; and others go partners with them; while others
again go security for these contractors, or actually pledge their property to
the treasury for them. Now over all these transactions the Senate has
absolute control. It can grant an extension of time; and in case of
unforeseen accident can relieve the contractors from a portion of their
obligation, or release them from it altogether, if they are absolutely unable
to fulfil it. And there are many details in which the Senate can inflict great
hardships, or, on the other hand, grant great indulgences to the contractors:
for in every case the appeal is to it. But the most important point of all is
that the judges are taken from its members in the majority of trials, whether
public or private, in which the charges are heavy.292 Consequently, all
citizens are much at its mercy; and being alarmed at the uncertainty as to
when they may need its aid, are cautious about resisting or actively
and Consul. opposing its will. And for a similar reason men do not
rashly resist the wishes of the Consuls, because one and
all may become subject to their absolute authority on a campaign.
18. The result of this power of the several estates for mutual help or harm is
a union sufficiently firm for all emergencies, and a constitution than which
it is impossible to find a better. For whenever any danger from without
compels them to unite and work together, the strength which is developed
by the State is so extraordinary, that everything required is unfailingly
carried out by the eager rivalry shown by all classes to devote their whole
minds to the need of the hour, and to secure that any determination come to
should not fail for want of promptitude; while each individual works,
privately and publicly alike, for the accomplishment of the business in
hand. Accordingly, the peculiar constitution of the State makes it
irresistible, and certain of obtaining whatever it determines to attempt. Nay,
even when these external alarms are past, and the people are enjoying their
good fortune and the fruits of their victories, and, as usually happens,
growing corrupted by flattery and idleness, show a tendency to violence and
arrogance,—it is in these circumstances, more than ever, that the
constitution is seen to possess within itself the power of correcting abuses.
For when any one of the three classes becomes puffed up, and manifests an
inclination to be contentious and unduly encroaching, the mutual
interdependency of all the three, and the possibility of the pretensions of
any one being checked and thwarted by the others, must plainly check this

Page 473

tendency: and so the proper equilibrium is maintained by the impulsiveness
of the one part being checked by its fear of the other....

ON THE ROMAN ARMY

19. After electing the Consuls they proceed to elect military tribunes,—
fourteen from those who had five years’, and ten from those who had ten
years’, service. All citizens must serve ten years in the cavalry or twenty
years in the infantry before the forty-sixth year of their age, except those
rated below four hundred asses. The latter are employed in the navy; but if
any great public necessity arises they are obliged to serve as infantry also
for twenty campaigns: and no one can hold an office in the state until he has
completed ten years of military service....
When the Consuls are about to enrol the army they give public notice of the
day on which all Roman citizens of military age must appear. This is done
The levy. every year. When the day has arrived, and the citizens
fit for service are come to Rome and have assembled on
the Capitoline, the fourteen junior tribunes divide themselves, in the order
in which they were appointed by the people or by the Imperators, into four
divisions, because the primary division of the forces thus raised is into four
legions. The four tribunes first appointed are assigned to the legion called
the 1st; the next three to the 2d; the next four to the 3d; and the three last to
the 4th. Of the ten senior tribunes, the two first are assigned to the 1st
legion; the next three to the 2d; the two next to the 3d; and the three last to
the 4th.
20. This division and assignment of the tribunes having been settled in such
a way that all four legions have an equal number of officers, the tribunes of
the several legions take up a separate position and draw lots for the tribes
one by one; and summon the tribe on whom it from time to time falls. From
this tribe they select four young men as nearly like each other in age and
physical strength as possible. These four are brought forward, and the
tribunes of the first legion picks out one of them, those of the second
another, those of the third another, and the fourth has to take the last. When
the next four are selected the tribunes of the second legion have the first
choice, and those of the first the last. With the next four the tribunes of the
third legion have the first choice, those of the second the last; and so on in

Page 474

regular rotation: of which the result is that each legion gets men of much
the same standard. But when they have selected the number prescribed,—
which is four thousand two hundred infantry for each legion, or at times of
special danger five thousand,—they next used to pass men for the cavalry,
in old times after the four thousand two hundred infantry; but now they do
it before them, the selection having been made by the censor on the basis of
wealth; and they enrol three hundred for each legion.293
21. The roll having been completed in this manner, the tribunes belonging
to the several legions muster their men; and selecting one of the whole body
that they think most suitable for the purpose, they cause him to take an oath
that he will obey his officers and do their orders to the best of his ability.
And all the others come up and take the oath separately, merely affirming
that they will do the same as the first man.
At the same time the Consuls send orders to the magistrates of the allied
cities in Italy, from which they determine that allied troops are to serve:
declaring the number required, and the day and place at which the men
selected must appear. The cities then enrol their troops with much the same
ceremonies as to selection and administration of the oath, and appoint a
commander and a paymaster.294
The Military Tribunes at Rome, after the administering of the oath to their
men, and giving out the day and place at which they are to appear without
Fourfold division of the arms, for the present dismiss them. When they arrive on
Legionaries. the appointed day, they first select the youngest and
poorest to form the Velites, the next to them the Hastati, while those who
are in the prime of life they select as Principes, and the oldest of all as
Triarii. For in the Roman army these divisions, distinct not only as to their
ages and nomenclature, but also as to the manner in which they are armed,
exist in each legion. The division is made in such proportions that the senior
men, called Triarii, should number six hundred, the Principes twelve
hundred, the Hastati twelve hundred, and that all the rest as the youngest
should be reckoned among the Velites. And if the whole number of the
legion is more than four thousand, they vary the numbers of these divisions
proportionally, except those of the Triarii, which is always the same.

Page 475

22. The youngest soldiers or Velites are ordered to carry a sword, spears,
1. Arms of the Velites. and target (parma). The target is strongly made, and
large enough to protect the man; being round, with a
diameter of three feet. Each man also wears a head-piece without a crest
(galea); which he sometimes covers with a piece of wolf’s skin or
something of that kind, for the sake both of protection and identification;
that the officers of his company may be able to observe whether he shows
courage or the reverse on confronting dangers. The spear of the velites has a
wooden haft of about two cubits, and about a finger’s breadth in thickness;
its head is a span long, hammered fine, and sharpened to such an extent that
it becomes bent the first time it strikes, and cannot be used by the enemy to
hurl back; otherwise the weapon would be available for both sides alike.
23.The second rank, the Hastati, are ordered to have the complete panoply.
2. Arms of the Hastati, This to a Roman means, first, a large shield (scutum),
Principes, and Triarii. the surface of which is curved outwards, its breadth two
and a half feet, its length four feet,—though there is also an extra sized
shield in which these measures are increased by a palm’s breadth. It consists
of two layers of wood fastened together with bull’s-hide glue; the outer
surface of which is first covered with canvas, then with calf’s skin, on the
upper and lower edges it is bound with iron to resist the downward strokes
of the sword, and the wear of resting upon the ground. Upon it also is fixed
an iron boss (umbo), to resist the more formidable blows of stones and
pikes, and of heavy missiles generally. With the shield they also carry a
sword (gladius) hanging down by their right thigh, which is called a
Spanish sword.295 It has an excellent point, and can deal a formidable blow
with either edge, because its blade is stout and unbending. In addition to
these they have two pila, a brass helmet, and greaves (ocreae). Some of the
pila are thick, some fine. Of the thicker, some are round with the diameter
of a palm’s length, others are a palm square. The fine pila are like moderate
sized hunting spears, and they are carried along with the former sort. The
wooden haft of them all is about three cubits long; and the iron head fixed
to each half is barbed, and of the same length as the haft. They take
extraordinary pains to attach the head to the haft firmly; they make the
fastening of the one to the other so secure for use by binding it half way up
the wood, and riveting it with a series of clasps, that the iron breaks sooner
than this fastening comes loose, although its thickness at the socket and

Page 476

where it is fastened to the wood is a finger and a half’s breadth. Besides
these each man is decorated with a plume of feathers, with three purple or
black feathers standing upright, about a cubit long. The effect of these being
placed on the helmet, combined with the rest of the armour, is to give the
man the appearance of being twice his real height, and to give him a noble
aspect calculated to strike terror into the enemy. The common soldiers also
receive a brass plate, a span square, which they put upon their breast and
call a breastpiece (pectorale), and so complete their panoply. Those who are
rated above a hundred thousand asses, instead of these breastpieces wear,
with the rest of their armour, coats of mail (loricae). The Principes and
Triarii are armed in the same way as the Hastati, except that instead of pila
they carry long spears (hastae).
24. The Principes, Hastati, and Triarii, each elect ten centurions according
Election of Centurions. to merit, and then a second ten each. All these sixty
have the title of centurion alike, of whom the first man
chosen is a member of the council of war. And they in their turn select a
rear-rank officer each who is called optio. Next, in conjunction with the
centurions, they divide the several orders (omitting the Velites) into ten
companies each, and appoint to each company two centurions and two
optiones; the Velites are divided equally among all the companies; these
companies are called orders (ordines) or maniples (manipuli), or vexilla,
and their officers are called centurions or ordinum ductores.296 Each
maniple selects two of their strongest and best born men as standard-bearers
(vexillarii). And that each maniple should have two commanding officers is
only reasonable; for it being impossible to know what a commander may be
doing or what may happen to him, and necessities of war admitting of no
parleying, they are anxious that the maniple may never be without a leader
and commander.
When the two centurions are both on the field, the first elected commands
the right of the maniple, the second the left: if both are not there, the one
who is commands the whole. And they wish the centurions not to be so
much bold and adventurous, as men with a faculty for command, steady,
and of a profound rather than a showy spirit; not prone to engage wantonly
or be unnecessarily forward in giving battle; but such as in the face of
superior numbers and overwhelming pressure will die in defence of their
post.

Page 477

25. Similarly they divide the cavalry into ten squadrons (turmae), and from
Officers and arms of the each they select three officers (decuriones), who each
equites. select a subaltern (optio). The decurio first elected
commands the squadron, the other two have the rank of decuriones: a name
indeed which applies to all alike. If the first decurio is not on the field, the
second takes command of the squadron. The armour of the cavalry is very
like that in Greece. In old times they did not wear the lorica, but fought in
their tunics (campestria); the result of which was that they were prompt and
nimble at dismounting and mounting again with despatch, but were in great
danger at close quarters from the unprotected state of their bodies. And their
lances too were useless in two ways: first because they were thin, and
prevented their taking a good aim; and before they could get the head fixed
in the enemy, the lances were so shaken by the mere motion of the horse
that they generally broke. Secondly, because, having no spike at the butt
end of their lance, they only had one stroke, namely that with the spear-
head; and if the lance broke, what was left in their hands was entirely
useless. Again they used to have shields of bull’s hide, just like those round
cakes, with a knob in the middle which are used at sacrifices, which were
useless at close quarters because they were flexible rather than firm; and,
when their leather shrunk and rotted from the rain, unserviceable as they
were before, they then became entirely so. Wherefore, as experience
showed them the uselessness of these, they lost no time in changing to the
Greek fashion of arms: the advantages of which were, first, that men were
able to deliver the first stroke of their lance-head with a good aim and
effect, because the shaft from the nature of its construction was steady and
not quivering; and, secondly, that they were able, by reversing the lance, to
use the spike at the butt-end for a steady and effective blow. And the same
may be said about the Greek shields: for, whether used to ward off a blow
or to thrust against the enemy, they neither give nor bend. When the
Romans learnt these facts about the Greek arms they were not long in
copying them; for no nation has ever surpassed them in readiness to adopt
new fashions from other people, and to imitate what they see is better in
others than themselves.
26. Having made this distribution of their men and given orders for their
Assembly of the legions. being armed, as I have described, the military tribunes
dismiss them to their homes. But when the day has

Page 478

arrived on which they were all bound by their oath to appear at the place
named by the Consuls (for each Consul generally appoints a separate place
for his own legions, each having assigned to him two legions and a moiety
of the allies), all whose names were placed on the roll appear without fail:
The Socii. no excuse being accepted in the case of those who have
taken the oath, except a prohibitory omen or absolute
impossibility. The allies muster along with the citizens, and are distributed
and managed by the officers appointed by the Consuls, who have the title of
Praefecti sociis and are twelve in number. These officers select for the
Consuls from the whole infantry and cavalry of the allies such as are most
fitted for actual service, and these are called extraordinarii (which in Greek
is ἐπίλεκτοι). The whole number of the infantry of the socii generally equals
that of the legions, but the cavalry is treble that of the citizens. Of these they
select a third of the cavalry, and a fifth of the infantry to serve as
extraordinarii. The rest they divide into two parts, one of which is called
the right, the other the left wing (alae).
These arrangements made, the military tribunes take over the citizens and
allies and proceed to form a camp. Now the principle on which they
construct their camps, no matter when or where, is the same; I think
therefore that it will be in place here to try and make my readers
understand, as far as words can do so, the Roman tactics in regard to the
march (agmen), the camp (castrorum metatio), and the line of battle (acies).
I cannot imagine any one so indifferent to things noble and great, as to
refuse to take some little extra trouble to understand things like these; for if
he has once heard them, he will be acquainted with one of those things
genuinely worth observation and knowledge.
27. Their method of laying out a camp is as follows. The place for the camp
Castrorum metatio. having been selected, the spot in it best calculated to
give a view of the whole, and most convenient for
issuing orders, is appropriated for the general’s tent (Praetorium).
Having placed a standard on the spot on which they intend to put the
Praetorium, they measure off a square round this standard, in such a way
that each of its sides is a hundred feet from the standard, and the area of the
square is four plethra.297 Along one side of this square—whichever aspect
appears most convenient for watering and foraging—the legions are

Page 479

stationed as follows. I have said that there were six Tribuni in each legion,
and that each Consul had two legions,—it follows that there are twelve
Tribuni in a Consular army. Well, they pitch the tents of these Tribuni all in
one straight line, parallel to the side of the square selected, at a distance of
fifty feet from it (there is a place too selected for the horses, beasts of
burden, and other baggage of the Tribuni); these tents face the outer side of
the camp and away from the square described above,—a direction which
will henceforth be called “the front” by me. The tents of the Tribuni stand at
equal distances from each other, so that they extend along the whole breadth
of the space occupied by the legions.
28. From the line described by the front of these tents they measure another
The principia. distance of a hundred feet towards the front. At that
distance another parallel straight line is drawn, and it is
from this last that they begin arranging the quarters of the legions, which
they do as follows:—they bisect the last mentioned straight line and from
that point draw another straight line at right angles to it; along this line, on
The quarters. either side of it facing each other, the cavalry of the two
legions are quartered with a space of fifty feet between
them, which space is exactly bisected by the line last mentioned. The
manner of encamping the infantry is similar to that of the cavalry. The
whole area of each space occupied by the maniples and squadrons is a
square, and faces the via;298 the length facing the via is one hundred feet,
and they generally try to make the depth the same, except in the case of the
socii; and when they are employing legions of an extra number, they
increase the length and depth of these squares proportionally.
29. The spaces assigned to the cavalry are opposite the space between the
two groups of tents belonging to the Tribuni of the two legions, at right
angles to the line along which they stand, like a cross-road; and indeed the
whole arrangement of the viae is like a system of cross-roads, running on
either side of the blocks of tents, those of the cavalry on one side and those
of the infantry on the other. The spaces assigned to the cavalry and the
Triarii in each legion are back to back, with no via between them, but
touching each other, looking opposite ways; and the depth of the spaces
assigned to the Triarii is only half that assigned to other maniples, because
their numbers are generally only half; but though the number of the men is
different, the length of the space is always the same owing to the lesser

Page 480

depth. Next, parallel with these spaces, at a distance of fifty feet, they place
the Principes facing the Triarii; and as they face the space between
themselves and the Triarii, we have two more roads formed at right angles
to the hundred-foot area in front of the tents of the Tribunes, and running
down from it to the outer agger of the camp on the side opposite to that of
the Principia, which we agreed to call the front of the camp. Behind the
spaces for the Triarii and looking in the opposite direction, and touching
each other, are the spaces for the Hastati. These several branches of the
service (Triarii, Principes, Hastati), being each divided into ten maniples,
the cross-roads between the blocks are all the same length and terminate in
the front agger of the camp; towards which they cause the last maniples in
the rows to face.
30. Beyond the Hastati they again leave a space of fifty feet, and there,
beginning from the same base (the Principia), and going in a parallel
direction, and to the same distance as the other blocks, they place the
cavalry of the allies facing the Hastati. Now the number of the allies, as I
have stated above, is equal to that of the legions in regard to the infantry,
though it falls below that if we omit the extraordinarii; but that of the
cavalry is double, when the third part is deducted for service among the
extraordinarii. Therefore in marking out the camp the spaces assigned to
the latter are made proportionally deeper, so that their length remains the
same as those occupied by the legions. Thus five viae are formed:299 and
back to back with these cavalry are the spaces for the infantry of the allies,
the depth being proportionally increased according to their numbers;300 and
these maniples face the outer sides of the camp and the agger. In each
maniple the first tent at either end is occupied by the centurions. Between
the fifth and sixth squadrons of cavalry, and the fifth and sixth maniple of
Via Quintana. infantry, there is a space of fifty left, so that another
road is made across the camp at right angles to the
others and parallel to the tents of the Tribuni, and this they call the Via
Quintana, as it runs along the fifth squadrons and maniples.
31. The space behind the tents of the Tribuni is thus used. On one side of
The space between the the square of the Praetorium is the market, on the other
Principia and the agger. the office of the Quaestor and the supplies which he has
charge of. Then behind the last tent of the Tribuni on either side, arranged at
right angles to those tents, are the quarters of the cavalry picked out of the

Page 481

extraordinarii, as well as of some of those who are serving as volunteers
The Staff, or Praetoria from personal friendship to Consuls. All these are
cohors. arranged parallel to the side aggers, facing on the one
side the Quaestorium, on the other the market-place. And, generally
speaking, it falls to the lot of these men not only to be near the Consul in
the camp, but to be wholly employed about the persons of the Consul and
the Quaestor on the march and all other occasions. Back to back with these
again, facing the agger, are placed the infantry who serve in the same way
as these cavalry.301
Beyond these there is another empty space or road left, one hundred feet
broad, parallel to the tents of the Tribuni, skirting the market-place,
Praetorium, and Quaestorium, from agger to agger. On the further side of
this road the rest of the equites extraordinarii are placed facing the market-
place and Quaestorium: and between the quarters of these cavalry of the
two legions a passage is left of fifty feet, exactly opposite and at right
angles to the square of the Praetorium, leading to the rearward agger.
Back to back with the equites extraordinarii are the infantry of the same,
facing the agger at the rear of the whole camp. And the space left empty on
either side of these, facing the agger on each side of the camp, is given up
to foreigners and such allies as chance to come to the camp.
The result of these arrangements is that the whole camp is a square, with
streets and other constructions regularly planned like a town. Between the
The space round the line of the tents and the agger there is an empty space of
quarters. two hundred feet on every side of the square, which is
turned to a great variety of uses. To begin with, it is exceedingly convenient
for the marching in and out of the legions. For each division descends into
this space by the via which passes its own quarters, and so avoids crowding
and hustling each other, as they would if they were all collected on one
road. Again, all cattle brought into the camp, as well as booty of all sorts
taken from the enemy, are deposited in this space and securely guarded
during the night-watches. But the most important use of this space is that, in
night assaults, it secures the tents from the danger of being set on fire, and
keeps the soldiers out of the range of the enemy’s missiles; or, if a few of
them do carry so far, they are spent and cannot penetrate the tents.

Page 482

32. The number then of foot-soldiers and cavalry being given (at the rate,
that is to say, of four thousand or of five thousand for each legion), and the
Provision for extra length, depth, and number of the maniples being
numbers, likewise known, as well as the breadth of the passages
and roads, it becomes possible to calculate the area occupied by the camp
and the length of the aggers. If on any occasion the number of allies, either
those originally enrolled or those who joined subsequently, exceeds their
due proportion, the difficulty is provided for in this way. To the overplus of
allies who joined subsequent to the enrolment of the army are assigned the
spaces on either side of the Praetorium, the market-place and Quaestorium
being proportionally contracted. For the extra numbers of allies who joined
originally an extra line of tents (forming thus another via) is put up parallel
with the other tents of the socii, facing the agger on either side of the camp.
and for two consular But if all four legions and both Consuls are in the same
armies. camp, all we have to do is to imagine a second army,
arranged back to back to the one already placed, in exactly the same spaces
as the former, but side by side with it at the part where the picked men from
the extraordinarii are stationed facing the rearward agger. In this case the
shape of the camp becomes an oblong, the area double, and the length of
the entire agger half as much again. This is the arrangement when both
Consuls are within the same agger; but if they occupy two separate camps,
the above arrangements hold good, except that the market-place is placed
half way between the two camps.
33. The camp having thus been laid out, the Tribuni next administer an oath
Guard duty. to all in it separately, whether free or slave, that they
will steal nothing within the agger, and in case they find
anything will bring it to the Tribuni. They next select for their several duties
the maniples of the Principes and Hastati in each legion. Two are told off to
guard the space in front of the quarters of the Tribuni. For in this space,
which is called the Principia, most of the Romans in the camp transact all
the business of the day; and are therefore very particular about its being
kept well watered and properly swept. Of the other eighteen maniples, three
are assigned to each of the six Tribuni, that being the respective numbers in
each legion; and of these three maniples each takes its turn of duty in
waiting upon the Tribune. The services they render him are such as these:
they pitch his tent for him when a place is selected for encampment, and

Page 483

level the ground all round it; and if any extra precaution is required for the
protection of his baggage, it is their duty to see to it. They also supply him
with two relays of guards. A guard consists of four men, two of whom act as
sentries in front of his tent, and two on the rear of it near the horses. Seeing
that each Tribune has three maniples, and each maniple has a hundred men,
without counting Triarii and Velites who are not liable for this service, the
duty is a light one, coming round to each maniple only once in three days;
while by this arrangement ample provision is made for the convenience as
well as the dignity of the Tribuni. The maniples of Triarii are exempted
from this personal service to the Tribuni, but they each supply a watch of
four men to the squadron of cavalry nearest them. These watches have to
keep a general look out; but their chief duty is to keep an eye upon the
horses, to prevent their hurting themselves by getting entangled in their
tethers, and so becoming unfit for use; or from getting loose, and making a
confusion and disturbance in the camp by running against other horses.
Finally, all the maniples take turns to mount guard for a day each at the
Consul’s tent, to protect him from plots, and maintain the dignity of his
office.

34. As to the construction of the foss and vallum,302 two sides fall to the lot
of the socii, each division taking that side along which it is quartered; the
Construction of the fossa other two are left to the Romans, one to each legion.
and agger. Each side is divided into portions according to the
number of maniples, and the centurions stand by and superintend the work
of each maniple; while two of the Tribunes superintend the construction of
the whole side and see that it is adequate. In the same way the Tribunes
superintend all other operations in the camp. They divide themselves in
twos, and each pair is on duty for two months out of six; they draw lots for
their turns, and the pair on whom the lot falls takes the superintendence of
all active operations. The prefects of the socii divide their duty in the same
Orders of the day. way. At daybreak the officers of the cavalry and the
centurions muster at the tents of the Tribunes, while the
Tribunes go to that of the Consul. He gives the necessary orders to the
Tribunes, they to the cavalry officers and centurions, and these last pass
them on to the rank and file as occasion may demand.
To secure the passing round of the watchword for the night the following
course is followed. One man is selected from the tenth maniple, which, in

Page 484

The watchword. the case both of cavalry and infantry, is quartered at the
ends of the road between the tents; this man is relieved
from guard-duty and appears each day about sunset at the tent of the
Tribune on duty, takes the tessera or wooden tablet on which the watchword
is inscribed, and returns to his own maniple and delivers the wooden tablet
and watchword in the presence of witnesses to the chief officer of the
maniple next his own; he in the same way to the officer of the next, and so
on, until it arrives at the first maniple stationed next the Tribunes. These
men are obliged to deliver the tablet (tessera) to the Tribunes before dark. If
they are all handed in, the Tribune knows that the watchword has been
delivered to all, and has passed through all the ranks back to his hands: but
if any one is missing, he at once investigates the matter; for he knows by
the marks on the tablets from which division of the army the tablet has not
appeared; and the man who is discovered to be responsible for its non-
appearance is visited with condign punishment.
35. Next as to the keeping guard at night. The Consul’s tent is guarded by
Night watches. the maniple on duty: those of the Tribuni and praefects
of the cavalry by the pickets formed as described above
from the several maniples. And in the same way each maniple and squadron
posts guards of their own men. The other pickets are posted by the Consul.
Generally speaking there are three pickets at the Quaestorium, and two at
the tent of each of the legati or members of council. The vallum is lined by
the velites, who are on guard all along it from day to day. That is their
special duty; while they also guard all the entrances to the camp, telling off
ten sentinels to take their turn at each of them. Of the men told off for duty
at the several stationes, the man who in each maniple is to take the first
watch is brought by the rear-rank man of his company to the Tribune at
eventide. The latter hands over to them severally small wooden tablets
(tesserae), one for each watch, inscribed with small marks; on receiving
which they go off to the places indicated.
36. The duty of going the rounds is intrusted to the cavalry. The first
Visiting rounds. Praefect of cavalry in each legion, early in the morning,
orders one of his rear-rank men to give notice before
breakfast to four young men of his squadron who are to go the rounds. At
evening this same man’s duty is to give notice to the Praefect of the next
squadron that it is his turn to provide for going the rounds until next

Page 485

morning. This officer thereupon takes measures similar to the preceding one
until the next day; and so on throughout the cavalry squadrons. The four
men thus selected by the rear-rank men from the first squadron, after
drawing lots for the watch they are to take, proceed to the tent of the
Tribune on duty, and receive from him a writing stating the order303 and the
number of the watches they are to visit. The four then take up their quarters
for the night alongside of the first maniple of Triarii; for it is the duty of the
centurion of this maniple to see that a bugle is blown at the beginning of
every watch. When the time has arrived, the man to whose lot the first
watch has fallen goes his rounds, taking some of his friends as witnesses.
He walks through the posts assigned, which are not only those along the
vallum and gates, but also the pickets set by the several maniples and
squadrons. If he find the men of the first watch awake he takes from them
their tessera; but if he find any one of them asleep or absent from his post,
he calls those with him to witness the fact and passes on. The same process
is repeated by those who go the rounds during the other watches. The
charge of seeing that the bugle is blown at the beginning of each watch, so
that the right man might visit the right pickets, is as I have said, laid upon
the centurions of the first maniple of Triarii, each one taking the duty for a
day.
Each of these men who have gone the rounds (tessarii) at daybreak conveys
the tesserae to the Tribune on duty. If the whole number are given in they
are dismissed without question; but if any of them brings a number less than
that of the pickets, an investigation is made by means of the mark on the
tessera, as to which picket he has omitted. Upon this being ascertained the
centurion is summoned; he brings the men who were on duty, and they are
confronted with the patrol. If the fault is with the men on guard, the patrol
clears himself by producing the witnesses whom he took with him; for he
cannot do so without. If nothing of that sort happened, the blame recoils
upon the patrol.
37. Then the Tribunes at once hold a court-martial, and the man who is
Military punishments: found guilty is punished by the fustuarium; the nature
the fustuarium. of which is this. The Tribune takes a cudgel and merely
touches the condemned man; whereupon all the soldiers fall upon him with
cudgels and stones. Generally speaking men thus punished are killed on the
spot; but if by any chance, after running the gauntlet, they manage to escape

Page 486

from the camp, they have no hope of ultimately surviving even so. They
may not return to their own country, nor would any one venture to receive
such an one into his house. Therefore those who have once fallen into this
misfortune are utterly and finally ruined. The same fate awaits the praefect
of the squadron, as well as his rear-rank man, if they fail to give the
necessary order at the proper time, the latter to the patrols, and the former to
the praefect of the next squadron. The result of the severity and
inevitableness of this punishment is that in the Roman army the night
watches are faultlessly kept. The common soldiers are amenable to the
Tribunes; the Tribunes to the Consuls. The Tribune is competent to punish a
soldier by inflicting a fine, distraining his goods, or ordering him to be
flogged; so too the praefects in the case of the socii. The punishment of the
fustuarium is assigned also to any one committing theft in the camp, or
bearing false witness: as also to any one who in full manhood is detected in
shameful immorality: or to any one who has been thrice punished for the
same offence. All these things are punished as crimes. But such as the
following are reckoned as cowardly and dishonourable in a soldier:—for a
man to make a false report to the Tribunes of his valour in order to get
reward; or for men who have been told off to an ambuscade to quit the
place assigned them from fear; and also for a man to throw away any of his
arms from fear, on the actual field of battle. Consequently it sometimes
happens that men confront certain death at their stations, because, from
their fear of the punishment awaiting them at home, they refuse to quit their
post: while others, who have lost shield or spear or any other arm on the
field, throw themselves upon the foe, in hopes of recovering what they have
lost, or of escaping by death from certain disgrace and the insults of their
relations.304
38. But if it ever happens that a number of men are involved in these same
Decimatio. acts: if, for instance, some entire maniples have quitted
their ground in the presence of the enemy, it is deemed
impossible to subject all to the fustuarium or to military execution; but a
solution of the difficulty has been found at once adequate to the
maintenance of discipline and calculated to strike terror. The Tribune
assembles the legion, calls the defaulters to the front, and, after
administering a sharp rebuke, selects five or eight or twenty out of them by
lot, so that those selected should be about a tenth of those who have been

Page 487

guilty of the act of cowardice. These selected are punished with the
fustuarium without mercy; the rest are put on rations of barley instead of
wheat, and are ordered to take up their quarters outside the vallum and the
protection of the camp. As all are equally in danger of having the lot fall on
them, and as all alike who escape that, are made a conspicuous example of
by having their rations of barley, the best possible means are thus taken to
inspire fear for the future, and to correct the mischief which has actually
occurred.
39. A very excellent plan also is adopted for inducing young soldiers to
Military decorations. brave danger. When an engagement has taken place and
any of them have showed conspicuous gallantry, the
Consul summons an assembly of the legion, puts forward those whom he
considers to have distinguished themselves in any way, and first
compliments each of them individually on his gallantry, and mentions any
other distinction he may have earned in the course of his life, and then
presents them with gifts: to the man who has wounded an enemy, a spear; to
the man who has killed one and stripped his armour, a cup, if he be in the
infantry, horse-trappings if in the cavalry: though originally the only present
made was a spear. This does not take place in the event of their having
wounded or stripped any of the enemy in a set engagement or the storming
of a town; but in skirmishes or other occasions of that sort, in which,
without there being any positive necessity for them to expose themselves
singly to danger, they have done so voluntarily and deliberately. In the
capture of a town those who are first to mount the walls are presented with
Mural crown. a gold crown. So too those who have covered and saved
any citizens or allies are distinguished by the Consul
Civic crown. with certain presents; and those whom they have
preserved present them voluntarily with a crown, or if
not, they are compelled to do so by the Tribunes. The man thus preserved,
too, reverences his preserver throughout his life as a father, and is bound to
act towards him as a father in every respect. By such incentives those who
stay at home are stirred up to a noble rivalry and emulation in confronting
danger, no less than those who actually hear and see what takes place. For
the recipients of such rewards not only enjoy great glory among their
comrades in the army, and an immediate reputation at home, but after their
return they are marked men in all solemn festivals; for they alone, who have

Page 488

been thus distinguished by the Consuls for bravery, are allowed to wear
robes of honour on those occasions: and moreover they place the spoils they
have taken in the most conspicuous places in their houses, as visible tokens
and proofs of their valour. No wonder that a people, whose rewards and
punishments are allotted with such care and received with such feelings,
should be brilliantly successful in war.
The pay of the foot soldier is 5-1/3 asses a day; of the centurion 10-2/3; of
the cavalry 16. The infantry receive a ration of wheat equal to about 2/3 of
an Attic medimnus a month, and the cavalry 7 medimni of barley, and 2 of
wheat; of the allies the infantry receive the same, the cavalry 1-1/3
medimnus of wheat, and 5 of barley. This is a free gift to the allies; but in
the cases of the Romans, the Quaestor stops out of their pay the price of
their corn and clothes, or any additional arms they may require at a fixed
rate.
40. The following is their manner of moving camp. At the first bugle the
men all strike their tents and collect their baggage; but no soldier may strike
his tent, or set it up either, till the same is done to that of the Tribuni and the
Consul. At the second bugle they load the beasts of burden with their
baggage: at the third the first maniples must advance and set the whole
camp in motion. Generally speaking, the men appointed to make this start
are the extraordinarii: next comes the right wing of the socii; and behind
them their beasts of burden. These are followed by the first legion with its
own baggage immediately on its rear; then comes the second legion,
followed by its own beasts of burden, and the baggage of those socii who
have to bring up the rear of the march, that is to say, the left wing of the
socii. The cavalry sometimes ride on the rear of their respective divisions,
sometimes on either side of the beasts of burden, to keep them together and
secure them. If an attack is expected on the rear, the extraordinarii
themselves occupy the rear instead of the van. Of the two legions and wings
each takes the lead in the march on alternate days, that by this interchange
of position all may have an equal share in the advantage of being first at the
water and forage. The order of march, however, is different at times of
unusual danger, if they have open ground enough. For in that case they
advance in three parallel columns, consisting of the Hastati, Principes, and
Triarii: the beasts of burden belonging to the maniples in the van are placed
in front of all, those belonging to the second behind the leading maniples,

Page 489

and those belonging to the third behind the second maniples, thus having
the baggage and the maniples in alternate lines. With this order of march, on
an alarm being given, the columns face to the right or left according to the
quarter on which the enemy appears, and get clear of the baggage. So that
in a short space of time, and by one movement, the whole of the hoplites are
in line of battle—except that sometimes it is necessary to half-wheel the
Hastati also-—and the baggage and the rest of the army are in their proper
place for safety, namely, in the rear of the line of combatants.
41. When the army on the march is approaching the place of encampment, a
Tribune, and those of the centurions who have been from time to time
Encampment on the selected for that duty, are sent forward to survey the
march. place of encampment. Having done this they proceed
first of all to fix upon the place for the Consul’s tent (as I have described
above), and to determine on which side of the Praetorium to quarter the
legions. Having decided these points they measure out the Praetorium, then
they draw the straight line along which the tents of the Tribunes are to be
pitched, and then the line parallel to this, beyond which the quarters of the
legions are to begin. In the same way they draw the lines on the other sides
of the Praetorium in accordance with the plan which I have already detailed
at length. This does not take long, nor is the marking out of the camp a
matter of difficulty, because the dimensions are all regularly laid down, and
are in accordance with precedent. Then they fix one flag in the ground
where the Consul’s tent is to stand, and another on the base of the square
containing it, and a third on the line of the Tribunes’ tents; the two latter are
scarlet, that which marks the Consul’s tent is white; the lines on the other
sides of the Praetorium are marked sometimes with plain spears and
sometimes by flags of other colours. After this they lay out the viae between
the quarters, fixing spears at each via. Consequently when the legions in the
course of their march have come near enough to get a clear view of the
place of encampment, they can all make out exactly the whole plan of it,
taking as their base the Consul’s flag and calculating from that. Moreover as
each soldier knows precisely on which via, and at what point of it, his
quarters are to be, because all occupy the same position in the camp
wherever it may be, it is exactly like a legion entering its own city; when
breaking off at the gates each man makes straight for his own residence

Page 490

without hesitation, because he knows the direction and the quarter of the
town in which home lies. It is precisely the same in a Roman camp.
42. It is because the first object of the Romans in the matter of encampment
is facility, that they seem to me to differ diametrically from Greek military
men in this respect. Greeks, in choosing a place for a camp, think primarily
of security from the natural strength of the position: first, because they are
averse from the toil of digging a foss, and, secondly, because they think that
no artificial defences are comparable to those afforded by the nature of the
ground. Accordingly, they not only have to vary the whole configuration of
the camp to suit the nature of the ground, but to change the arrangement of
details in all kinds of irregular ways; so that neither soldier nor company
has a fixed place in it. The Romans, on the other hand, prefer to undergo the
fatigue of digging, and of the other labours of circumvallation, for the sake
of the facility in arrangement, and to secure a plan of encampment which
shall be one and the same and familiar to all.
Such are the most important facts in regard to the legions and the method of
encamping them....

THE ROMAN REPUBLIC COMPARED WITH OTHERS

43. Nearly all historians have recorded as constitutions of eminent
excellence those of Lacedaemonia, Crete, Mantinea, and Carthage. Some
The Theban constitution have also mentioned those of Athens and Thebes. The
may be put aside, former I may allow to pass; but I am convinced that
little need be said of the Athenian and Theban constitutions: their growth
was abnormal, the period of their zenith brief, and the changes they
experienced unusually violent. Their glory was a sudden and fortuitous
flash, so to speak; and while they still thought themselves prosperous, and
likely to remain so, they found themselves involved in circumstances
completely the reverse. The Thebans got their reputation for valour among
the Greeks, by taking advantage of the senseless policy of the
Lacedaemonians, and the hatred of the allies towards them, owing to the
valour of one, or at most two, men who were wise enough to appreciate the
situation. Since fortune quickly made it evident that it was not the
peculiarity of their constitution, but the valour of their leaders, which gave
the Thebans their success. For the great power of Thebes notoriously took

Page 491

its rise, attained its zenith, and fell to the ground with the lives of
Epaminondas and Pelopidas. We must therefore conclude that it was not its
constitution, but its men, that caused the high fortune which it then enjoyed.
44. A somewhat similar remark applies to the Athenian constitution also.
For though it perhaps had more frequent interludes of excellence, yet its
as also the Athenian. highest perfection was attained during the brilliant
career of Themistocles; and having reached that point it
quickly declined, owing to its essential instability. For the Athenian demus
is always in the position of a ship without a commander. In such a ship, if
fear of the enemy, or the occurrence of a storm induce the crew to be of one
mind and to obey the helmsman, everything goes well; but if they recover
from this fear, and begin to treat their officers with contempt, and to quarrel
with each other because they are no longer all of one mind,—one party
wishing to continue the voyage, and the other urging the steersman to bring
the ship to anchor; some letting out the sheets, and others hauling them in,
and ordering the sails to be furled,-—their discord and quarrels make a
sorry show to lookers on; and the position of affairs is full of risk to those
on board engaged on the same voyage: and the result has often been that,
after escaping the dangers of the widest seas, and the most violent storms,
they wreck their ship in harbour and close to shore. And this is what has
often happened to the Athenian constitution. For, after repelling, on various
occasions, the greatest and most formidable dangers by the valour of its
people and their leaders, there have been times when, in periods of secure
tranquillity, it has gratuitously and recklessly encountered disaster.305
Therefore I need say no more about either it, or the Theban constitution: in
both of which a mob manages everything on its own unfettered impulse—a
mob in the one city distinguished for headlong outbursts of fiery temper, in
the other trained in long habits of violence and ferocity.
45. Passing to the Cretan polity there are two points which deserve our
The Spartan polity consideration. The first is how such writers as Ephorus,
unlike that of Crete. Xenophon, Callisthenes and Plato306—who are the
most learned of the ancients—could assert that it was like that of Sparta;
and secondly how they came to assert that it was at all admirable. I can
agree with neither assertion; and I will explain why I say so. And first as to
its dissimilarity with the Spartan constitution. The peculiar merit of the
latter is said to be its land laws, by which no one possesses more than

Page 492

another, but all citizens have an equal share in the public land.307 The next
distinctive feature regards the possession of money: for as it is utterly
discredited among them, the jealous competition which arises from
inequality of wealth is entirely removed from the city. A third peculiarity of
the Lacedaemonian polity is that, of the officials by whose hands and with
whose advice the whole government is conducted, the kings hold an
hereditary office, while the members of the Gerusia are elected for life.
46. Among the Cretans the exact reverse of all these arrangements obtains.
The laws allow them to possess as much land as they can get with no
limitation whatever. Money is so highly valued among them, that its
possession is not only thought to be necessary but in the highest degree
creditable. And in fact greed and avarice are so native to the soil in Crete,
that they are the only people in the world among whom no stigma attaches
to any sort of gain whatever. Again all their offices are annual and on a
democratical footing. I have therefore often felt at a loss to account for
these writers speaking of the two constitutions, which are radically
different, as though they were closely united and allied. But, besides
overlooking these important differences, these writers have gone out of
their way to comment at length on the legislation of Lycurgus: “He was the
only legislator,” they say, “who saw the important points. For there being
two things on which the safety of a commonwealth depends,—courage in
the face of the enemy and concord at home,—by abolishing covetousness,
he with it removed all motive for civil broil and contest: whence it has been
brought about that the Lacedaemonians are the best governed and most
united people in Greece.” Yet while giving utterance to these sentiments,
and though they see that, in contrast to this, the Cretans by their ingrained
avarice are engaged in countless public and private seditions, murders and
civil wars, they yet regard these facts as not affecting their contention, but
are bold enough to speak of the two constitutions as alike. Ephorus, indeed,
putting aside names, employs expressions so precisely the same, when
discoursing on the two constitutions, that, unless one noticed the proper
names, there would be no means whatever of distinguishing which of the
two he was describing.
47. In what the difference between them consists I have already stated. I
will now address myself to showing that the Cretan constitution deserves
neither praise nor imitation.

Page 493

To my mind, then, there are two things fundamental to every state, in virtue
of which its powers and constitution become desirable or objectionable.
Tests of a good polity. These are customs and laws. Of these the desirable are
those which make men’s private lives holy and pure,
and the public character of the state civilised and just. The objectionable are
those whose effect is the reverse. As, then, when we see good customs and
good laws prevailing among certain people, we confidently assume that, in
consequence of them, the men and their civil constitution will be good also,
so when we see private life full of covetousness, and public policy of
injustice, plainly we have reason for asserting their laws, particular
customs, and general constitution to be bad. Now, with few exceptions, you
could find no habits prevailing in private life more steeped in treachery than
those in Crete, and no public policy more inequitable. Holding, then, the
Cretan constitution to be neither like the Spartan, nor worthy of choice or
imitation, I reject it from the comparison which I have instituted.
Nor again would it be fair to introduce the Republic of Plato, which is also
Ideal polities may be spoken of in high terms by some Philosophers. For just
omitted. as we refuse admission to the athletic contests to those
actors or athletes who have not acquired a recognised position308 or trained
for them, so we ought not to admit this Platonic constitution to the contest
for the prize of merit unless it can first point to some genuine and practical
achievement. Up to this time the notion of bringing it into comparison with
the constitutions of Sparta, Rome, and Carthage would be like putting up a
statue to compare with living and breathing men. Even if such a statue were
faultless in point of art, the comparison of the lifeless with the living would
naturally leave an impression of imperfection and incongruity upon the
minds of the spectators.
48. I shall therefore omit these, and proceed with my description of the
The aims of Lycurgus. Laconian constitution. Now it seems to me that for
securing unity among the citizens, for safe-guarding the
Laconian territory, and preserving the liberty of Sparta inviolate, the
legislation and provisions of Lycurgus were so excellent, that I am forced to
regard his wisdom as something superhuman. For the equality of landed
possessions, the simplicity in their food, and the practice of taking it in
common, which he established, were well calculated to secure morality in
private life and to prevent civil broils in the State; as also their training in

Page 494

the endurance of labours and dangers to make men brave and noble minded:
but when both these virtues, courage and high morality, are combined in
one soul or in one state, vice will not readily spring from such a soil, nor
will such men easily be overcome by their enemies. By constructing his
constitution therefore in this spirit, and of these elements, he secured two
blessings to the Spartans,—safety for their territory, and a lasting freedom
for themselves long after he was gone. He appears however to have made
no one provision whatever, particular or general, for the acquisition of the
territory of their neighbours; or for the assertion of their supremacy; or, in a
word, for any policy of aggrandisement at all. What he had still to do was to
impose such a necessity, or create such a spirit among the citizens, that, as
he had succeeded in making their individual lives independent and simple,
the public character of the state should also become independent and moral.
Their partial failure. But the actual fact is, that, though he made them the
most disinterested and sober-minded men in the world,
as far as their own ways of life and their national institutions were
concerned, he left them in regard to the rest of Greece ambitious, eager for
supremacy, and encroaching in the highest degree.
49. For in the first place is it not notorious that they were nearly the first
Greeks to cast a covetous eye upon the territory of their neighbours, and
First and second that accordingly they waged a war of subjugation on the
Messenian wars, Messenians? In the next place is it not related in all
b.c. 745-724 (?), 685-
668.
histories that in their dogged obstinacy they bound
themselves with an oath never to desist from the siege
of Messene until they had taken it? And lastly it is known to all that in their
efforts for supremacy in Greece they submitted to do the bidding of those
whom they had once conquered in war. For when the Persians invaded
Battle of Plataea, Greece, they conquered them, as champions of the
b.c. 479. liberty of the Greeks; yet when the invaders had retired
and fled, they betrayed the cities of Greece into their hands by the peace of
Peace of Antalcidas, Antalcidas, for the sake of getting money to secure their
b.c. 387. supremacy over the Greeks. It was then that the defect
in their constitution was rendered apparent. For as long as their ambition
was confined to governing their immediate neighbours, or even the
The causes of this Peloponnesians only, they were content with the
failure. resources and supplies provided by Laconia itself,

Page 495

having all material of war ready to hand, and being able without much
expenditure of time to return home or convey provisions with them. But
directly they took in hand to despatch naval expeditions, or to go on
campaigns by land outside the Peloponnese, it was evident that neither their
iron currency, nor their use of crops for payment in kind, would be able to
supply them with what they lacked if they abided by the legislation of
Lycurgus; for such undertakings required money universally current, and
goods from foreign countries. Thus they were compelled to wait humbly at
Persian doors, impose tribute on the islanders, and exact contributions from
all the Greeks: knowing that, if they abided by the laws of Lycurgus, it was
impossible to advance any claims upon any outside power at all, much less
upon the supremacy in Greece.
50. My object, then, in this digression is to make it manifest by actual facts
that, for guarding their own country with absolute safety, and for preserving
Sparta fails where Rome their own freedom, the legislation of Lycurgus was
succeeds. entirely sufficient; and for those who are content with
these objects we must concede that there neither exists, nor ever has
existed, a constitution and civil order preferable to that of Sparta. But if any
one is seeking aggrandisement, and believes that to be a leader and ruler
and despot of numerous subjects, and to have all looking and turning to
him, is a finer thing than that,—in this point of view we must acknowledge
that the Spartan constitution is deficient, and that of Rome superior and
better constituted for obtaining power. And this has been proved by actual
facts. For when the Lacedaemonians strove to possess themselves of the
supremacy in Greece, it was not long before they brought their own
freedom itself into danger. Whereas the Romans, after obtaining supreme
power over the Italians themselves, soon brought the whole world under
their rule,—in which achievement the abundance and availability of their
supplies largely contributed to their success.
51. Now the Carthaginian constitution seems to me originally to have been
well contrived in these most distinctively important particulars. For they
Rome fresher than had kings,309 and the Gerusia had the powers of an
Carthage; aristocracy, and the multitude were supreme in such
things as affected them; and on the whole the adjustment of its several parts
was very like that of Rome and Sparta. But about the period of its entering
on the Hannibalian war the political state of Carthage was on the decline,310

Page 496

that of Rome improving. For whereas there is in every body, or polity, or
business a natural stage of growth, zenith, and decay; and whereas
everything in them is at its best at the zenith; we may thereby judge of the
difference between these two constitutions as they existed at that period.
For exactly so far as the strength and prosperity of Carthage preceded that
of Rome in point of time, by so much was Carthage then past its prime,
while Rome was exactly at its zenith, as far as its political constitution was
concerned. In Carthage therefore the influence of the people in the policy of
the state had already risen to be supreme, while at Rome the Senate was at
the height of its power: and so, as in the one measures were deliberated
upon by the many, in the other by the best men, the policy of the Romans in
all public undertakings proved the stronger; on which account, though they
met with capital disasters, by force of prudent counsels they finally
conquered the Carthaginians in the war.
52. If we look however at separate details, for instance at the provisions for
and its citizen levies carrying on a war, we shall find that whereas for a naval
superior to Carthaginian expedition the Carthaginians are the better trained and
mercenaries.
prepared,—as it is only natural with a people with
whom it has been hereditary for many generations to practise this craft, and
to follow the seaman’s trade above all nations in the world,—yet, in regard
to military service on land, the Romans train themselves to a much higher
pitch than the Carthaginians. The former bestow their whole attention upon
this department: whereas the Carthaginians wholly neglect their infantry,
though they do take some slight interest in the cavalry. The reason of this is
that they employ foreign mercenaries, the Romans native and citizen levies.
It is in this point that the latter polity is preferable to the former. They have
their hopes of freedom ever resting on the courage of mercenary troops: the
Romans on the valour of their own citizens and the aid of their allies. The
result is that even if the Romans have suffered a defeat at first, they renew
the war with undiminished forces, which the Carthaginians cannot do. For,
as the Romans are fighting for country and children, it is impossible for
them to relax the fury of their struggle; but they persist with obstinate
resolution until they have overcome their enemies. What has happened in
regard to their navy is an instance in point. In skill the Romans are much
behind the Carthaginians, as I have already said; yet the upshot of the whole
naval war has been a decided triumph for the Romans, owing to the valour

Page 497

of their men. For although nautical science contributes largely to success in
sea-fights, still it is the courage of the marines that turns the scale most
decisively in favour of victory. The fact is that Italians as a nation are by
nature superior to Phoenicians and Libyans both in physical strength and
courage; but still their habits also do much to inspire the youth with
enthusiasm for such exploits. One example will be sufficient of the pains
taken by the Roman state to turn out men ready to endure anything to win a
reputation in their country for valour.
53. Whenever one of their illustrious men dies, in the course of his funeral,
Laudations at funerals. the body with all its paraphernalia is carried into the
forum to the Rostra, as a raised platform there is called,
and sometimes is propped upright upon it so as to be conspicuous, or, more
rarely, is laid upon it. Then with all the people standing round, his son, if he
has left one of full age and he is there, or, failing him, one of his relations,
mounts the Rostra and delivers a speech concerning the virtues of the
deceased, and the successful exploits performed by him in his lifetime. By
these means the people are reminded of what has been done, and made to
see it with their own eyes,—not only such as were engaged in the actual
Imagines. transactions but those also who were not;—and their
sympathies are so deeply moved, that the loss appears
not to be confined to the actual mourners, but to be a public one affecting
the whole people. After the burial and all the usual ceremonies have been
performed, they place the likeness of the deceased in the most conspicuous
spot in his house, surmounted by a wooden canopy or shrine. This likeness
consists of a mask made to represent the deceased with extraordinary
fidelity both in shape and colour. These likenesses they display at public
sacrifices adorned with much care. And when any illustrious member of the
family dies, they carry these masks to the funeral, putting them on men
whom they thought as like the originals as possible in height and other
personal peculiarities. And these substitutes assume clothes according to the
Toga praetexta, rank of the person represented: if he was a consul or
purpurea, picta. praetor, a toga with purple stripes; if a censor, whole
purple;311 if he had also celebrated a triumph or performed any exploit of
that kind, a toga embroidered with gold. These representatives also ride
themselves in chariots, while the fasces and axes, and all the other
customary insignia of the particular offices, lead the way, according to the

Page 498

dignity of the rank in the state enjoyed by the deceased in his lifetime; and
Sellae curules. on arriving at the Rostra they all take their seats on
ivory chairs in their order.
There could not easily be a more inspiring spectacle than this for a young
man of noble ambitions and virtuous aspirations. For can we conceive any
one to be unmoved at the sight of all the likenesses collected together of the
men who have earned glory, all as it were living and breathing? Or what
could be a more glorious spectacle?
54. Besides the speaker over the body about to be buried, after having
Devotion of the citizens. finished the panegyric of this particular person, starts
upon the others whose representatives are present,
beginning with the most ancient, and recounts the successes and
achievements of each. By this means the glorious memory of brave men is
continually renewed; the fame of those who have performed any noble deed
is never allowed to die; and the renown of those who have done good
service to their country becomes a matter of common knowledge to the
multitude, and part of the heritage of posterity. But the chief benefit of the
ceremony is that it inspires young men to shrink from no exertion for the
general welfare, in the hope of obtaining the glory which awaits the brave.
And what I say is confirmed by this fact. Many Romans have volunteered
to decide a whole battle by single combat; not a few have deliberately
accepted certain death, some in time of war to secure the safety of the rest,
some in time of peace to preserve the safety of the commonwealth. There
have also been instances of men in office putting their own sons to death, in
defiance of every custom and law, because they rated the interests of their
country higher than those of natural ties even with their nearest and dearest.
There are many stories of this kind, related of many men in Roman history;
but one will be enough for our present purpose; and I will give the name as
an instance to prove the truth of my words.
55. The story goes that Horatius Cocles, while fighting with two enemies at
Horatius Cocles. the head of the bridge over the Tiber, which is the
entrance to the city on the north, seeing a large body of
men advancing to support his enemies, and fearing that they would force
their way into the city, turned round, and shouted to those behind him to
hasten back to the other side and break down the bridge. They obeyed him:

Page 499

and whilst they were breaking the bridge, he remained at his post receiving
numerous wounds, and checked the progress of the enemy: his opponents
being panic stricken, not so much by his strength as by the audacity with
which he held his ground. When the bridge had been broken down, the
attack of the enemy was stopped; and Cocles then threw himself into the
river with his armour on and deliberately sacrificed his life, because he
valued the safety of his country and his own future reputation more highly
than his present life, and the years of existence that remained to him.312
Such is the enthusiasm and emulation for noble deeds that are engendered
among the Romans by their customs.
56. Again the Roman customs and principles regarding money transactions
Purity of election. are better than those of the Carthaginians. In the view of
the latter nothing is disgraceful that makes for gain;
with the former nothing is more disgraceful than to receive bribes and to
make profit by improper means. For they regard wealth obtained from
unlawful transactions to be as much a subject of reproach, as a fair profit
from the most unquestioned source is of commendation. A proof of the fact
is this. The Carthaginians obtain office by open bribery, but among the
Cf. ch. 14. Romans the penalty for it is death. With such a radical
difference, therefore, between the rewards offered to
virtue among the two peoples, it is natural that the ways adopted for
obtaining them should be different also.
But the most important difference for the better which the Roman
commonwealth appears to me to display is in their religious beliefs. For I
Regard to religion. conceive that what in other nations is looked upon as a
reproach, I mean a scrupulous fear of the gods, is the
very thing which keeps the Roman commonwealth together. To such an
extraordinary height is this carried among them, both in private and public
business, that nothing could exceed it. Many people might think this
unaccountable; but in my opinion their object is to use it as a check upon
the common people. If it were possible to form a state wholly of
philosophers, such a custom would perhaps be unnecessary. But seeing that
every multitude is fickle, and full of lawless desires, unreasoning anger, and
violent passion, the only resource is to keep them in check by mysterious
terrors and scenic effects of this sort. Wherefore, to my mind, the ancients
were not acting without purpose or at random, when they brought in among

Page 500

the vulgar those opinions about the gods, and the belief in the punishments
in Hades: much rather do I think that men nowadays are acting rashly and
foolishly in rejecting them. This is the reason why, apart from anything else,
Greek statesmen, if entrusted with a single talent, though protected by ten
checking-clerks, as many seals, and twice as many witnesses, yet cannot be
induced to keep faith: whereas among the Romans, in their magistracies and
embassies, men have the handling of a great amount of money, and yet from
pure respect to their oath keep their faith intact. And, again, in other nations
it is a rare thing to find a man who keeps his hands out of the public purse,
and is entirely pure in such matters: but among the Romans it is a rare thing
to detect a man in the act of committing such a crime.313...

RECAPITULATION AND CONCLUSION

57. That to all things, then, which exist there is ordained decay and change I
think requires no further arguments to show: for the inexorable course of
nature is sufficient to convince us of it.
But in all polities we observe two sources of decay existing from natural
causes, the one external, the other internal and self-produced. The external
admits of no certain or fixed definition, but the internal follows a definite
order. What kind of polity, then, comes naturally first, and what second, I
have already stated in such a way, that those who are capable of taking in
the whole drift of my argument can henceforth draw their own conclusions
as to the future of the Roman polity. For it is quite clear, in my opinion.
When a commonwealth, after warding off many great dangers, has arrived
at a high pitch of prosperity and undisputed power, it is evident that, by the
lengthened continuance of great wealth within it, the manner of life of its
citizens will become more extravagant; and that the rivalry for office, and in
other spheres of activity, will become fiercer than it ought to be. And as this
state of things goes on more and more, the desire of office and the shame of
losing reputation, as well as the ostentation and extravagance of living, will
prove the beginning of a deterioration. And of this change the people will
be credited with being the authors, when they become convinced that they
are being cheated by some from avarice, and are puffed up with flattery by
others from love of office. For when that comes about, in their passionate
resentment and acting under the dictates of anger, they will refuse to obey
any longer, or to be content with having equal powers with their leaders, but

Page 501

will demand to have all or far the greatest themselves. And when that comes
to pass the constitution will receive a new name, which sounds better than
any other in the world, liberty or democracy; but, in fact, it will become that
worst of all governments, mob-rule.
With this description of the formation, growth, zenith, and present state of
the Roman polity, and having discussed also its difference, for better and
worse, from other polities, I will now at length bring my essay on it to an
end.
58. Resuming my history from the point at which I started on this
digression I will briefly refer to one transaction, that I may give a practical
illustration of the perfection and power of the Roman polity at that period,
as though I were producing one of his works as a specimen of the skill of a
good artist.
When Hannibal, after conquering the Romans in the battle at Cannae, got
possession of the eight thousand who were guarding the Roman camp, he
b.c. 216. Hannibal offers made them all prisoners of war, and granted them
to put the prisoners at permission to send messages to their relations that they
Cannae to ransom.
might be ransomed and return home. They accordingly
selected ten of their chief men, whom Hannibal allowed to depart after
binding them with an oath to return. But one of them, just as he had got
outside the palisade of the camp, saying that he had forgotten something,
went back; and, having got what he had left behind, once more set out,
under the belief that by means of this return he had kept his promise and
discharged his oath. Upon the arrival of the envoys at Rome, imploring and
beseeching the Senate not to grudge the captured troops their return home,
but to allow them to rejoin their friends by paying three minae each for
them,—for these were the terms, they said, granted by Hannibal,—and
declaring that the men deserved redemption, for they had neither played the
coward in the field, nor done anything unworthy of Rome, but had been left
behind to guard the camp; and that, when all the rest had perished, they had
yielded to absolute necessity in surrendering to Hannibal: though the
Romans had been severely defeated in the battles, and though they were at
the time deprived of, roughly speaking, all their allies, they neither yielded
so far to misfortune as to disregard what was becoming to themselves, nor
omitted to take into account any necessary consideration. They saw through

Page 502

Hannibal’s purpose in thus acting,—which was at once to get a large supply
of money, and at the same time to take away all enthusiasm from the troops
opposed to him, by showing that even the conquered had a hope of getting
safe home again. Therefore the Senate, far from acceding to the request,
refused all pity even to their own relations, and disregarded the services to
be expected from these men in the future: and thus frustrated Hannibal’s
calculations, and the hopes which he had founded on these prisoners, by
refusing to ransom them; and at the same time established the rule for their
own men, that they must either conquer or die on the field, as there was no
other hope of safety for them if they were beaten. With this answer they
dismissed the nine envoys who returned of their own accord; but the tenth
who had put the cunning trick in practice for discharging himself of his oath
they put in chains and delivered to the enemy. So that Hannibal was not so
much rejoiced at his victory in the battle, as struck with astonishment at the
unshaken firmness and lofty spirit displayed in the resolutions of these
senators.314

Page 503

BOOK VII

CAPUA AND PETELIA

1. The people of Capua, in Campania, becoming wealthy through the
Capua and Petelia, the fertility of their soil, degenerated into luxury and
contrast of their fortunes. extravagance surpassing even the common report about
Croton and Sybaris. Being then unable to support their burden of prosperity
they called in Hannibal; and were accordingly treated with great severity by
Rome. But the people of Petelia maintained their loyalty to Rome and held
out so obstinately, when besieged by Hannibal, that after having eaten all
the leather in the town, and the bark of all the trees in it, and having stood
the siege for eleven months, as no one came to their relief, they surrendered
with the entire approval of the Romans.... But Capua by its influence drew
over the other cities to the Carthaginians....

HIERONYMUS OF SYRACUSE

2. After the plot against Hieronymus, King of Syracuse, Thraso having
Hieronymus succeeded departed, Zoippus and Andranodorus persuaded
his grandfather Hiero II. Hieronymus to lose no time in sending ambassadors to
in b.c. 216. Under the
influence of his uncles,
Hannibal. He accordingly selected Polycleitus of
Zoippus and Cyrene and Philodemus of Argos for the purpose, and
Andranodorus, members sent them into Italy, with a commission to discuss the
of the Council of 15
established by Hiero, subject of an alliance with the Carthaginians; and at the
Hieronymus opens same time he sent his brothers to Alexandria. Hannibal
communications with received Polycleitus and Philodemus with warmth; held
Hannibal.
out great prospects to the young king; and sent the
ambassadors back without delay, accompanied by the commander of his
triremes, a Carthaginian also named Hannibal, and the Syracusan
Hippocrates and his younger brother Epicydes. These men had been for
some time serving in Hannibal’s army, being domiciled at Carthage, owing
to their grandfather having been banished from Syracuse because he was
believed to have assassinated Agatharchus, one of the sons of Agathocles.
On the arrival of these commissioners at Syracuse, Polycleitus and his

Page 504

colleague reported the result of their embassy, and the Carthaginian
Commissioners sent to delivered the message given by Hannibal: whereupon
Carthage to formulate a the king without hesitation expressed his willingness to
treaty of alliance.
make a treaty with the Carthaginians; and, begging the
Hannibal who had come to him to go with all speed to Carthage, promised
that he also would send commissioners from his own court, to settle matters
with the Carthaginians.
3. Meanwhile intelligence of this transaction had reached the Roman
praetor at Lilybaeum, who immediately despatched legates to Hieronymus,
The Roman praetor to renew the treaty which had been made with his
sends to remonstrate. A ancestors. Being thoroughly annoyed with this embassy,
scene with the king.
Hieronymus said that “He was sorry for the Romans
that they had come to such utter and shameful grief315 in the battles in Italy
at the hands of the Carthaginians.” The legates were overpowered by the
rudeness of the answer: still they proceeded to ask him, “Who said such
things about them?” Whereupon the king pointed to the Carthaginian
envoys who were there, and said, “You had better convict them, if they have
really been telling me lies?” The Roman legates answered that it was not
their habit to take the word of enemies: and advised him to do nothing in
violation of the existing treaty; for that would be at once equitable and the
best thing for himself. To this the king answered that he would take time to
consider of it, and tell them his decision another time; but he proceeded to
ask them, “How it came about that before his grandfather’s death a
squadron of fifty Roman ships had sailed as far as Pachynus and then gone
back again.” The fact was that a short time ago the Romans had heard that
Hiero was dead; and being much alarmed lest people in Syracuse, despising
the youth of the grandson whom he left, should stir up a revolution, they
had made this cruise with the intention of being ready there to assist his
youthful weakness, and to help in maintaining his authority; but being
informed that his grandfather was still alive, they sailed back again. When
the ambassadors had stated these facts, the young king answered again,
“Then please to allow me too now, O Romans, to maintain my authority by
’sailing back’ to see what I can get from Carthage.” The Roman legates
perceiving the warmth with which the king was engaging in his policy, said
nothing at the time; but returned and informed the praetor who had sent

Page 505

them of what had been said. From that time forward, therefore, the Romans
kept a careful watch upon him as an enemy.
4. Hieronymus on his part selected Agatharchus, Onesimus, and
The treaty with Hipposthenes to send with Hannibal to Carthage, with
Carthage. instructions to make an alliance on the following terms:
“The Carthaginians to assist him with land and sea forces, in expelling the
Romans from Sicily, and then divide the island with him; so as to have the
river Himera, which divides Sicily almost exactly in half, as the boundary
between the two provinces.” The commissioners arrived in Carthage: and
finding, on coming to a conference, that the Carthaginians were prepared to
meet them in every point, they completed the arrangement. Meanwhile
Hippocrates got the young Hieronymus entirely into his hands: and at first
fired his imagination by telling him of Hannibal’s marches and pitched
battles in Italy; and afterwards by repeating to him that no one had a better
right to the government of all Siceliots than he; in the first place as the son
of Nereis daughter of Pyrrhus, the only man whom all Siceliots alike had
accepted deliberately and with full assent as their leader and king; and in
the second place in virtue of his grandfather Hiero’s sovereign rights. At last
he and his brother so won upon the young man by their conversation, that
he would attend to no one else at all: partly from the natural feebleness of
his character, but still more from the ambitious feelings which they had
excited in him. And therefore, just when Agatharchus and his colleagues
The king’s pretensions were completing the business on which they had been
rise, and a new sent in Carthage, he sent fresh ambassadors, saying that
arrangement is made
with Carthage.
all Sicily belonged to him; and demanding that the
Carthaginians should help him to recover Sicily: while
he promised he would assist the Carthaginians in their Italian campaign.
Though the Carthaginians now saw perfectly well the whole extent of the
young man’s fickleness and infatuation: yet thinking it to be in manifold
ways to their interests not to let Sicilian affairs out of their hands, they
assented to his demands; and having already prepared ships and men, they
set about arranging for the transport of their forces into Sicily.
5. When they heard of this, the Romans sent legates to him again, protesting
against his violation of the treaty made with his forefathers. Hieronymus
The Romans again thereupon summoned a meeting of his council
remonstrate. Another consulted them as to what he was to do. The native

Page 506

scene at the Council. members of it kept silent, because they feared the folly
of their ruler. Aristomachus of Corinth, Damippus of Sparta, Autonous of
Thessaly advised that he should abide by the treaty with Rome.
Andranodorus alone urged that he should not let the opportunity slip; and
affirmed that the present was the only chance of establishing his rule over
Sicily. After the delivery of this speech, the king asked Hippocrates and his
brother what they thought, and upon their answering, “The same as
Andranodorus,” the deliberation was concluded in that sense. Thus, then,
war with Rome had been decided upon: but while the king was anxious to
be thought to have given an adroit answer to the ambassadors, he
committed himself to such an utter absurdity as to make it certain that he
would not only fail to conciliate the Romans, but would inevitably offend
them violently. For he said that he would abide by the treaty, firstly, if the
Romans would repay all the gold they had received from his grandfather
Hiero; and secondly, if they would return the corn and other presents which
they had received from him from the first day of their intercourse with him;
and thirdly, if they would acknowledge all Sicily east of the Himera to be
War with Rome decided Syracusan territory. At these propositions of course the
upon. ambassadors and council separated; and from that time
forth Hieronymus began pushing on his preparations for war with energy:
collected and armed his forces, and got ready the other necessary
provisions....
6. The city of Leontini taken as a whole faces north, and is divided in half
by a valley of level ground, in which are the state buildings, the court-
Description of Leontini, houses, and market-place. Along each side of this valley
where Hieronymus was run hills with steep banks all the way; the flat tops of
murdered. See Livy, 24,
7.
which, reached after crossing their brows, are covered
with houses and temples. The city has two gates, one on
the southern extremity of this valley leading to Syracuse, the other at the
northern leading on to the “Leontine plains,” and the arable district. Close
under the westernmost of the steep cliffs runs a river called Lissus; parallel
to which are built continuous rows of houses, in great numbers, close under
the cliff, between which and the river runs the road I have mentioned....
7. Some of the historians who have described the fall of Hieronymus have
written at great length and in terms of mysterious solemnity. They tell us of
prodigies preceding his coming to the throne, and of the misfortunes of

Page 507

Fall of Hieronymus,Syracuse. They describe in dramatic language the
b.c. 214. cruelty of his character and the impiety of his actions;
and crown all with the sudden and terrible nature of the circumstances
attending his fall. One would think from their description that neither
Phalaris, nor Apollodorus, nor any other tyrant was ever fiercer than he. Yet
he was a mere boy when he succeeded to power, and only lived thirteen
months after. In this space of time it is possible that one or two men may
have been put to the rack, or certain of his friends, or other Syracusan
citizens, put to death; but it is improbable that his tyranny could have been
extravagantly wicked, or his impiety outrageous. It must be confessed that
he was reckless and unscrupulous in disposition; still we cannot compare
him with either of the tyrants I have named. The fact is that those who write
the histories of particular episodes, having undertaken limited and narrow
themes, appear to me to be compelled from poverty of matter to exaggerate
insignificant incidents, and to speak at inordinate length on subjects that
scarcely deserve to be recorded at all. There are some, too, who fall into a
similar mistake from mere want of judgment. With how much more reason
might the space employed on these descriptions,—which they use merely to
fill up and spin out their books,—have been devoted to Hiero and Gelo,
without mentioning Hieronymus at all! It would have given greater pleasure
to readers and more instruction to students.
8. For, in the first place, Hiero gained the sovereignty of Syracuse and her
allies by his own unaided abilities without inheriting wealth, or reputation,
Character of Hiero II., or any other advantage of fortune. And, in the second
King of Syracuse, from place, was established king of Syracuse without putting
b.c. 269 to b.c. 215.
to death, banishing, or harassing any one of the citizens,
—which is the most astonishing circumstance of all. And what is quite as
surprising as the innocence of his acquisition of power is the fact that it did
not change his character. For during a reign of fifty-four years he preserved
peace for the country, maintained his own power free from all hostile plots,
and entirely escaped the envy which generally follows greatness; for though
he tried on several occasions to lay down his power, he was prevented by
the common remonstrances of the citizens. And having shown himself most
beneficent to the Greeks, and most anxious to earn their good opinion, he
left behind him not merely a great personal reputation but also a universal
feeling of goodwill towards the Syracusans. Again, though he passed his

Page 508

life in the midst of the greatest wealth, luxury, and abundance, he survived
for more than ninety years, in full possession of his senses and with all parts
of his body unimpaired; which, to my mind, is a decisive proof of a well-
spent life....

Gelo, son of Hiero II., Gelo, his son, in a life of more than fifty years regarded
associated with his father it as the most honourable object of ambition to obey his
in the kingdom, b.c. 216.
See 5, 88, Livy, 23, 30.
father, and to regard neither wealth, nor sovereign
power, nor anything else as of higher value than love
and loyalty to his parents....

TREATY BETWEEN HANNIBAL AND KING PHILIP V. OF MACEDON

9. This is a sworn treaty made between Hannibal, Mago, Barmocarus, and
Preamble of a treaty such members of the Carthaginian Gerusia as were
made between Philip and present, and all Carthaginians serving in his army, on
Hannibal, by envoys sent
after the battle of
the one part; and Xenophanes, son of Cleomachus of
Cannae. Ratified Athens, sent to us by King Philip, as his ambassador, on
subsequently to March behalf of himself, the Macedonians, and their allies, on
13, b.c. 215. See Livy,
23, 33-39. Ante 3, 2. the other part.
The oath is taken in the presence of Zeus, Hera, and Apollo: of the god of
the Carthaginians, Hercules, and Iolaus: of Ares, Triton, Poseidon: of the
gods that accompany the army, and of the sun, moon, and earth: of rivers,
Gods by whom the oath harbours, waters: of all the gods who rule Carthage: of
is taken on either side. all the gods who rule Macedonia and the rest of Greece:
of all the gods of war that are witnesses to this oath.
Hannibal, general, and all the Carthaginian senators with him, and all
Declaration on the part Carthaginians serving in his army, subject to our mutual
of Hannibal of the consent, proposes to make this sworn treaty of
objects of the treaty.
friendship and honourable goodwill. Let us be friends,
close allies, and brethren, on the conditions herein following:—
(1) Let the Carthaginians, as supreme, Hannibal their chief general and
1st article sworn to by those serving with him, all members of the Carthaginian
Philip’s representative. dominion living under the same laws, as well as the
people of Utica, and the cities and tribes subject to Carthage, and their
soldiers and allies, and all cities and tribes in Italy, Celt-land, and Liguria,

Page 509

with whom we have a compact of friendship, and with whomsoever in this
country we may hereafter form such compact, be supported by King Philip
and the Macedonians, and all other Greeks in alliance with them.
(2) On their parts also King Philip and the Macedonians, and such other
1st article sworn to by Greeks as are his allies, shall be supported and
Hannibal and the protected by the Carthaginians now in this army, and by
Carthaginians.
the people of Utica, and by all cities and tribes subject
to Carthage, both soldiers and allies, and by all allied cities and tribes in
Italy, Celt-land, and Liguria, and by all others in Italy as shall hereafter
become allies of the Carthaginians.
(3) We will not make plots against, nor lie in ambush for, each other; but in
2d article sworn to by all sincerity and goodwill, without reserve or secret
Phillip’s representative. design, will be enemies to the enemies of the
Carthaginians, saving and excepting those kings, cities, and ports with
which we have sworn agreements and friendships.
(4) And we, too, will be enemies to the enemies of King Philip, saving and
2d article sworn to by excepting those kings, cities, and tribes, with which we
Hannibal. have sworn agreements and friendships.
(5) Ye shall be friends to us in the war in which we now are engaged against
3d article sworn to by the Romans, till such time as the gods give us and you
Philip’s representative. the victory: and ye shall assist us in all ways that be
needful, and in whatsoever way we may mutually determine.
(6) And when the gods have given us victory in our war with the Romans
3d article sworn to by and their allies, if Hannibal shall deem it right to make
Hannibal. terms with the Romans, these terms shall include the
same friendship with you, made on these conditions: (1) the Romans not to
be allowed to make war on you; (2) not to have power over Corcyra,
Apollonia, Epidamnum, Pharos, Dimale, Parthini, nor Atitania; (3) to
restore to Demetrius of Pharos all those of his friends now in the dominion
of Rome.
(7) If the Romans ever make war on you or on us we will aid each other in
1st joint article. such war, according to the need of either.

Page 510

(8) So also if any other nation whatever does so, always excepting kings,
2d joint article. cities, and tribes, with whom we have sworn
agreements and friendships.

3d joint article. Mutual (9) If we decide to take away from, or add to this sworn
consent required for an treaty, we will so take away, or add thereto, only as we
alteration.
both may agree....

MESSENE AND PHILIP V. IN B.C. 215

10. Democracy being established at Messene, and the men of rank having
Political state of been banished, while those who had received allotments
Messene. on their lands obtained the chief influence in the
government, those of the old citizens who remained found it very hard to
put up with the equality which these men had obtained....
Gorgus of Messene, in wealth and extraction, was inferior to no one in the
The character of the town; and had been a famous athlete in his time, far
Messenian athlete and surpassing all rivals in that pursuit. In fact he was not
statesman Gorgus. See
ante, 5, 5.
behind any man of his day in physical beauty, or the
general dignity of his manner of life, or the number of
prizes he had won. Again, when he gave up athletics and devoted himself to
politics and the service of his country, he gained no less reputation in this
department than in his former pursuit. For he was removed from the
Philistinism that usually characterises athletes, and was looked upon as in
the highest degree an able and clear-headed politician....
11. Philip, king of the Macedonians, being desirous of seizing the acropolis
Philip V. of Macedon at of Messene, told the leaders of the city that he wished
Messene, b.c. 215. See to see it and to sacrifice to Zeus, and accordingly
Plutarch, Arat. 49-50.
walked up thither with his attendants and joined in the
sacrifice. When, according to custom, the entrails of the slaughtered victims
were brought to him, he took them in his hands, and, turning round a little
to one side, held them out to Aratus and asked him “what he thought the
sacrifices indicated? To quit the citadel or hold it?” Thereupon Demetrius
struck in on the spur of the moment by saying, “If you have the heart of an
augur,—to quit it as quick as you can: but if of a gallant and wise king, to
keep it, lest if you quit it now you may never have so good an opportunity

Page 511

again: for it is by thus holding the two horns that you can alone keep the ox
under your control.” By the “two horns” he meant Ithome and the
Acrocorinthus, and by the “ox” the Peloponnese. Thereupon Philip turned
to Aratus and said, “And do you give the same advice?” Aratus not making
any answer at once, he urged him to speak his real opinion. After some
hesitation he said, “If you can get possession of this place without treachery
to the Messenians, I advise you to do so; but if, by the act of occupying this
citadel with a guard, you shall ruin all the citadels, and the guard wherewith
the allies were protected when they came into your hands from Antigonus”
(meaning by that, confidence), “consider whether it is not better to take
your men away and leave the confidence there, and with it guard the
Messenians, and the other allies as well.” As far as his own inclination was
concerned, Philip was ready enough to commit an act of treachery, as his
own subsequent conduct proved: but having been sharply rebuked a little
while before by the younger Aratus for his destruction of human life; and
seeing that, on the present occasion, the elder spoke with boldness and
authority, and begged him not to neglect his advice, he gave in from sheer
shame, and taking the latter by his right hand, said, “Then let us go back the
same way we came.”
12. I wish here to stop in my narrative in order to speak briefly of the
Deterioration in the character of Philip, because this was the beginning of
character of Philip V. See the change and deterioration in it. For I think that no
4, 77.
more telling example can be proposed to practical
statesmen who wish to correct their ideas by a study of history. For the
splendour of his early career, and the brilliancy of his genius, have caused
the dispositions for good and evil displayed by this king to be more
conspicuous and widely known throughout Greece than is the case with any
other man; as well as the contrast between the results accompanying the
display of those opposite tendencies.
Now that, upon his accession to the throne, Thessaly, Macedonia, and in
fact all parts of his own kingdom were more thoroughly loyal and well
disposed to him, young as he was on his succeeding to the government of
Macedonia, than they had ever been to any of his predecessors, may be
without difficulty inferred from the following fact. Though he was with
extreme frequency forced to leave Macedonia by the Aetolian and
Lacedaemonian wars, not only was there no disturbance in these countries,

Page 512

but not a single one of the neighbouring barbarians ventured to touch
Macedonia. It would be impossible, again, to speak in strong enough terms
of the affection of Alexander, Chrysogonus, and his other friends towards
him; or that of the Epirotes, Acarnanians, and all those on whom he had
within a short time conferred great benefits. On the whole, if one may use a
somewhat hyperbolical phrase, I think it has been said of Philip with very
great propriety, that his beneficent policy had made him “The darling of all
Greece.” And it is a conspicuous and striking proof of the advantage of
lofty principle and strict integrity, that the Cretans, having at length come to
an understanding with each other and made a national alliance, selected
Philip to arbitrate between them; and that this settlement was completed
without an appeal to arms and without danger,—a thing for which it would
be difficult to find a precedent in similar circumstances. From the time of
his exploits at Messene all this was utterly changed. And it was natural that
it should be so. For his purposes being now entirely reversed, it inevitably
followed that men’s opinions of him should be reversed also, as well as the
success of his various undertakings. This actually was the case, as will
become evident to attentive students from what I am now about to relate....
13. Aratus seeing that Philip was now openly engaging in war with Rome,
and entirely changed in his policy toward his allies, with difficulty diverted
him from his intention by suggesting numerous difficulties and scruples.
I wish now to remind my readers of what, in my fifth Book, I put forward
merely as a promise and unsupported statement, but which has now been
confirmed by facts; in order that I may not leave any proposition of mine
unproved or open to question. In the course of my history of the Aetolian
5, 12. war, where I had to relate the violent proceedings of
Philip in destroying the colonnades and other sacred
objects at Thermus; and added that, in consideration of his youth, the blame
of these measures ought not to be referred to Philip so much as to his
advisers; I then remarked that the life of Aratus sufficiently proved that he
would not have committed such an act of wickedness, but that such
principles exactly suited Demetrius of Pharos; and I promised to make this
clear from what I was next to narrate. I thereby designedly postponed the
Recapitulation of the demonstration of the truth of my assertion, till I had
substance of book 7, viz. come to the period of which I have just been speaking;
the treacherous dealings
which with the presence of Demetrius, and in the

Page 513

of Philip with the absence of Aratus, who arrived a day too late, Philip
Messenians, b.c. 215.
made the first step in his career of crime; and, as though
from the first taste of human blood and murder and treason to his allies, was
changed not into a wolf from a man, as in the Arcadian fable mentioned by
Plato, Rep. 565 D. Plato, but from a king into a savage tyrant. But a still
more decisive proof of the sentiments of these two men
is furnished by the plot against the citadel of Messene, and may help us to
make up our minds which of the two were responsible for the proceedings
in the Aetolian war; and, when we are satisfied on that point, it will be easy
to form a judgment on the differences of their principles.
14. For as in this instance, under the influence of Aratus, Philip refrained
from actually breaking faith with the Messenians in regard to the citadel;
and thus, to use a common expression, poured a little balm into the wide
wound which his slaughters had caused: so in the Aetolian war, when under
the influence of Demetrius, he sinned against the gods by destroying the
objects consecrated to them, and against man by transgressing the laws of
war; and entirely deserted his original principles, by showing himself an
implacable and bitter foe to all who opposed him. The same remark applies
to the Cretan business.316 As long as he employed Aratus as his chief
director, not only without doing injustice to a single islander, but without
even causing them any vexation, he kept the whole Cretan people under
control; and led all the Greeks to regard him with favour, owing to the
greatness of character which he displayed. So again, when under the
guidance of Demetrius, he became the cause of the misfortunes I have
described to the Messenians, he at once lost the goodwill of the allies and
his credit with the rest of Greece. Such a decisive influence for good or evil
in the security of their government has the choice by youthful sovereigns of
the friends who are to surround them; though it is a subject on which by
some unaccountable carelessness they take not the smallest care....

THE WAR OF ANTIOCHUS WITH ACHAEUS

(See 5, 107)
15. Round Sardis ceaseless and protracted skirmishes were taking place and
Siege of Sardis from the fighting by night and day, both armies inventing every
end of b.c. 216 to possible kind of plot and counterplot against each other:

Page 514

autumn of b.c. 215.to describe which in detail would be as useless as it
would be in the last degree wearisome. At last, when the siege had already
entered upon its second year, Lagoras the Cretan came forward. He had had
a considerable experience in war, and had learnt that as a rule cities fall into
the hands of their enemies most easily from some neglect on the part of
their inhabitants, when, trusting to the natural or artificial strength of their
defences, they neglect to keep proper guard and become thoroughly
careless. He had observed too, that in such fortified cities captures were
effected at the points of greatest strength, which were believed to have been
despaired of by the enemy. So in the present instance, when he saw that the
prevailing notion of the strength of Sardis caused the whole army to despair
of taking it by storm, and to believe that the one hope of getting it was by
starving it out, he gave all the closer attention to the subject; and eagerly
scanned every possible method of making an attempt to capture the town.
Having observed therefore that a portion of the wall was unguarded, near a
place called the Saw, which unites the citadel and city, he conceived the
hope and idea of performing this exploit. He had discovered the
carelessness of the men guarding this wall from the following circumstance.
The place was extremely precipitous: and there was a deep gully below, into
which dead bodies from the city, and the offal of horses and beasts of
burden that died, were accustomed to be thrown; and in this place therefore
there was always a great number of vultures and other birds collected.
Having observed, then, that when these creatures were gorged, they always
sat undisturbed upon the cliffs and the wall, he concluded that the wall must
necessarily be left unguarded and deserted for the larger part of the day.
Accordingly, under cover of night, he went to the spot and carefully
examined the possibilities of approaching it and setting ladders; and finding
that this was possible at one particular rock, he communicated the facts to
the king.
16. Antiochus encouraged the attempt and urged Lagoras to carry it out. The
latter promised to do his best, and desired the king to join with him
Theodotus the Aetolian, and Dionysius the commander of his bodyguard,
with orders to devote them to assist him in carrying out the intended
enterprise. The king at once granted his request, and these officers agreed to
undertake it: and having held a consultation on the whole subject, they
waited for a night on which there should be no moon just before daybreak.

Page 515

Such a night having arrived, on the day on which they intended to act, an
hour before sunset, they selected from the whole army fifteen of the
strongest and most courageous men to carry the ladders, and also to mount
with them and share in the daring attempt. After these they selected thirty
others, to remain in reserve at a certain distance; that, as soon as they had
themselves climbed over the walls, and come to the nearest gate, the thirty
might come up to it from the outside and try to knock off the hinges and
fastenings, while they on the inside cut the cross bar and bolt pins.317 They
also selected two thousand men to follow behind the thirty, who were to
rush into the town with them and seize the area of the theatre, which was a
favourable position to hold against those on the citadel, as well as those in
the town. To prevent suspicion of the truth getting about, owing to the
picking out of the men, the king gave out that the Aetolians were about to
throw themselves into the town through a certain gully, and that it was
necessary, in view of that information, to take energetic measures to prevent
them.
17. When Lagoras and his party had made all their preparations, as soon as
The town of Sardis the moon set, they came stealthily to the foot of the
entered and sacked. cliffs with their scaling ladders, and ensconced
themselves under a certain overhanging rock. When day broke, and the
picket as usual broke up from that spot; and the king in the ordinary way
told off some men to take their usual posts, and led the main body on to the
hippodrome and drew them up; at first no one suspected what was going on.
But when two ladders were fixed, and Dionysius led the way up one, and
Lagoras up the other, there was excitement and a stir throughout the camp.
For while the climbing party were not visible to the people in the town, or
to Achaeus in the citadel, because of the beetling brow of the rock, their
bold and adventurous ascent was in full view of the camp; which
accordingly was divided in feeling between astonishment at the strangeness
of the spectacle, and a nervous horror of what was going to happen next, all
standing dumb with exulting wonder. Observing the excitement in the
camp, and wishing to divert the attention both of his own men and of those
in the city from what was going on, the king ordered an advance; and
delivered an attack upon the gates on the other side of the town, called the
Persian gates. Seeing from the citadel the unwonted stir in the camp,
Achaeus was for some time at a loss to know what to do, being puzzled to

Page 516

account for it, and quite unable to see what was taking place. However he
despatched a force to oppose the enemy at the gate; whose assistance was
slow in arriving, because they had to descend from the citadel by a narrow
and precipitous path. But Aribazus, the commandant of the town, went
unsuspiciously to the gates on which he saw Antiochus advancing; and
caused some of his men to mount the wall, and sent others out through the
gate, with orders to hinder the approaching enemies, and come to close
quarters with them.
18. Meanwhile Lagoras, Theodotus, Dionysius, and their men had climbed
the rocks and had arrived at the gate nearest them; and some of them were
engaged in fighting the troops sent from the citadel to oppose them, while
others were cutting through the bars; and at the same time the party outside
told off for that service were doing the same. The gates having thus been
quickly forced open, the two thousand entered and occupied the area round
the theatre. On this all the men from the walls, and from the Persian gate, to
which Aribazus had already led a relieving force, rushed in hot haste to pass
the word to attack the enemy within the gates. The result was that, the gate
having been opened as they retreated, some of the king’s army rushed in
along with the retiring garrison; and, when they had thus taken possession
of the gate, they were followed by an unbroken stream of their comrades;
some of whom poured through the gate, while others employed themselves
in bursting open other gates in the vicinity. Aribazus and all the men in the
city, after a brief struggle against the enemy who had thus got within the
walls, fled with all speed to the citadel. After that, Theodotus and Lagoras
and their party remained on the ground near the theatre, determining with
great good sense and soldier-like prudence to form a reserve until the whole
operation was completed; while the main body rushed in on every side and
occupied the town. And now by dint of some putting all they met to the
sword, others setting fire to the houses, others devoting themselves to
plunder and taking booty, the destruction and sacking of the town was
completed. Thus did Antiochus become master of Sardis....

Page 517

BOOK VIII

THE NECESSITY OF CAUTION IN DEALING WITH AN ENEMY

1. Tiberius a Roman Proconsul fell into an ambuscade, and, after offering
Fall of Tiberius with his attendants a gallant resistance to the enemy,
Sempronius Gracchus was killed.
(Cons. b.c. 215 and 213)
as he was advancing Now in regard to such catastrophes, whether it is right
from Lucania to Capua,
by the treachery of the to blame or pardon the sufferers is by no means a safe
Lucanian Flavius, matter on which to pronounce an opinion; because it
b.c. 212. Livy, 25, 16.
has happened to several men, who have been perfectly
correct in all their actions, to fall into these misfortunes, equally with those
who do not scruple to transgress principles of right confirmed by the
consent of mankind. We should not however idly refrain from pronouncing
an opinion: but should blame or condone this or that general, after a review
of the necessities of the moment and the circumstances of the case. And my
observation will be rendered evident by the following instances.
Fall of Archidamus, Archidamus, king of the Lacedaemonians, alarmed at
b.c. 226-225. the love of power which he observed in Cleomenes,
fled from Sparta; but being not long afterwards persuaded to return, put
himself in the power of the latter. The consequence was that he lost his
kingdom and his life together,318 and left a character not to be defended
before posterity on the score of prudence; for while affairs remained in the
same state, and the ambition and power of Cleomenes remained in exactly
the same position, how could he expect to meet any other fate than he did, if
he put himself in the hands of the very men from whom he had before
Fall of Pelopidas in barely escaped destruction by flight? Again Pelopidas
Thessaly, b.c. 363. of Thebes, though acquainted with the unprincipled
character of the tyrant Alexander, and though he knew thoroughly well that
every tyrant regards the leaders of liberty as his bitterest enemies, first took
upon himself to persuade Epaminondas to stand forth as the champion of
democracy, not only in Thebes, but in all Greece also; and then, being in
Thessaly in arms, for the express purpose of destroying the absolute rule of
Alexander, he yet twice ventured to undertake a mission to him. The

Page 518

consequence was that he fell into the hands of his enemies, did great
damage to Thebes, and ruined the reputation he had acquired before; and all
Gnaeus Cornelius Scipio by putting a rash and ill advised confidence in the very
Asina with his fleet last person in whom he ought to have done so. Very
surprised and captured at
Lipara, b.c. 260. See 1,
similar to these cases is that of the Roman Consul
21. Gnaeus Cornelius who fell in the Sicilian war by
imprudently putting himself in the power of the enemy.
And many parallel cases might be quoted.
2. The conclusion, then, is that those who put themselves in the power of
the enemy from want of proper precaution deserve blame; but those who
use every practicable precaution not so: for to trust absolutely no one is to
make all action impossible; but reasonable action, taken after receiving
adequate security, cannot be censured. Adequate securities are oaths,
children, wives, and, strongest of all, a blameless past. To be betrayed and
entrapped by such a security as any of these is a slur, not on the deceived,
but on the deceiver. The first object then should be to seek such securities as
it is impossible for the recipient of the confidence to evade; but since such
are rare, the next best thing will be to take every reasonable precaution
one’s self: and then, if we meet with any disaster, we shall at least be
acquitted of wrong conduct by the lookers on. And this has been the case
with many before now: of which the most conspicuous example, and the
one nearest to the times on which we are engaged, will be the fate of
Achaeus. He omitted no possible precaution for securing his safety, but
thought of everything that it was possible for human ingenuity to conceive:
Betrayal of Achaeus by and yet he fell into the power of his enemies. In this
Bolis. See infra, ch. 17- instance his misfortune procured the pity and pardon of
23.
the outside world for the victim, and nothing but
disparagement and loathing for the successful perpetrators....

3. It appears to me not to be alien to my general purpose, and the plan
which I originally laid down, to recall the attention of my readers to the
magnitude of the events, and the persistency of purpose displayed by the
Sardinia reduced by T. two States of Rome and Carthage. For who could think
Manlius Torquatus, it otherwise than remarkable that these two powers,
b.c. 215. Marcellus took
Leontini, b.c. 214
while engaged in so serious a war for the possession of
(autumn). Livy, 24, 30. Italy, and one no less serious for that of Iberia; and

Page 519

being still both of them equally balanced between uncertain hopes and fears
for the future of these wars, and confronted at the very time with battles
Marcus Valerius equally formidable to either, should yet not be content
Laevinus commands a with their existing undertakings: but should raise
fleet off Greece,
b.c. 215-214. Livy, 24,
another controversy as to the possession of Sardinia and
10. Publius Sulpicius Sicily; and not content with merely hoping for all these
Galba Cos. (b.c. 211.) things, should grasp at them with all the resources of
sent to Macedonia. Livy,
26, 22; 27, 31. Appius their wealth and warlike forces? Indeed the more we
Claudius Pulcher, examine into details the greater becomes our
Praetor, sent to Sicily, astonishment. The Romans had two complete armies
b.c. 215. Livy, 23, 31,
Propraetor, b.c. 214. under the two Consuls on active service in Italy; two in
Livy 24, 33. Iberia in which Gnaeus Cornelius commanded the land,
Publius Cornelius the naval forces; and naturally the same was the case
with the Carthaginians. But besides this, a Roman fleet was anchored off
Greece, watching it and the movements of Philip, of which first Marcus
Valerius, and afterward Publius Sulpicius was in command. Along with all
these undertakings Appius with a hundred quinqueremes, and Marcus
Marcus Claudius Claudius with an army, were threatening Sicily; while
Marcellus, Cos. III., Hamilcar was doing the same on the side of the
b.c. 214.
Carthaginians.
4. By means of these facts I presume that what I more than once asserted at
the beginning of my work is now shown by actual experience to deserve
unmixed credit. I mean my assertion, that it is impossible for historians of
particular places to get a view of universal history. For how is it possible for
a man who has only read a separate history of Sicilian or Spanish affairs to
understand and grasp the greatness of the events? Or, what is still more
important, in what manner and under what form of polity fortune brought to
pass that most surprising of all revolutions that have happened in our time, I
mean the reduction of all known parts of the world under one rule and
governance, a thing unprecedented in the history of mankind. In what
manner the Romans took Syracuse or Iberia may be possibly learned to a
certain extent by means of such particular histories; but how they arrived at
universal supremacy, and what opposition their grand designs met with in
particular places, or what on the other hand contributed to their success, and
at what epochs, this it is difficult to take in without the aid of universal
history. Nor, again, is it easy to appreciate the greatness of their

Page 520

achievements except by the latter method. For the fact of the Romans
having sought to gain Iberia, or at another time Sicily; or having gone on a
campaign with military and naval forces, told by itself, would not be
anything very wonderful. But if we learn that these were all done at once,
and that many more undertakings were in course of accomplishment at the
same time,—all at the cost of one government and commonwealth; and if
we see what dangers and wars in their own territory were, at the very time,
encumbering the men who had all these things on hand: thus, and only thus,
will the astonishing nature of the events fully dawn upon us, and obtain the
attention which they deserve. So much for those who suppose that by
studying an episode they have become acquainted with universal history....

THE SIEGE OF SYRACUSE

Hieronymus succeeded his grandfather, Hiero, in b.c. 216, and was
assassinated in Leontini thirteen months afterwards, in b.c. 215. His death,
however, did not bring more peaceful relations between Syracuse and
Rome, but only gave the Syracusans more able leaders (Livy, 24, 21). After
the slaughter of Themistius and Andranodorus, who had been elected on the
board of Generals, and the cruel murder of all the royal family, Epicydes
and Hippocrates,—Syracusans by descent, but born and brought up at
Carthage, and who had been sent to Syracuse on a special mission by
Hannibal,—were elected into the vacant places in the board of Generals.
They became the leading spirits in the Syracusan government, and for a
time kept up an appearance of wishing to come to terms with Rome; and
legates were actually sent to Marcellus, at Morgantia (near Catana). But
when the Carthaginian fleet arrived at Pachynus, Hippocrates and
Epicydes threw off their mask, and declared that the other magistrates were
betraying the town to the Romans. This accusation was rendered more
specious by the appearance of Appius with a Roman fleet at the mouth of
the harbour. A rush was made to the shore by the inhabitants to prevent the
Romans landing; and the tumult was with difficulty composed by the
wisdom of one of the magistrates, Apollonides, who persuaded the people to
vote for the peace with Rome (b.c. 215. Livy, 24, 21-28). But Hippocrates
and Epicydes determined not to acknowledge the peace: they therefore
provoked the Romans by plundering in or near the Roman pale,319 and then
took refuge in Leontini. Marcellus complained at Syracuse, but was told

Page 521

that Leontini was not within Syracusan jurisdiction. Marcellus, therefore,
took Leontini. Hippocrates and Epicydes managed to escape, and by a
mixture of force and fraud contrived soon afterwards to force their way into
Syracuse, seize and put to death most of the generals, and induce the
excited mob, whom they had inspired with the utmost dread of being
betrayed to Rome, to elect them sole generals (Livy, 24, 29-32). The
Romans at once ordered Syracuse to be besieged, giving out that they were
coming not to wage war with the inhabitants, but to deliver them.

5. When Epicydes and Hippocrates had occupied Syracuse, and had
Siege of Syracuse, alienated the rest of the citizens with themselves from
b.c. 215-214. the friendship of Rome, the Romans who had already
been informed of the murder of Hieronymus, tyrant of Syracuse, appointed
Appius Claudius as Propraetor to command a land force, while Marcus
Claudius Marcellus commanded the fleet. These officers took up a position
not far from Syracuse, and determined to assault the town from the land at
Hexapylus, and by sea at what was called Stoa Scytice in Achradina, where
the wall has its foundation close down to the sea. Having prepared their
wicker pent-houses, and darts, and other siege material, they felt confident
that, with so many hands employed, they would in five days get their works
in such an advanced state as to give them the advantage over the enemy.
Archimedes. But in this they did not take into account the abilities of
Archimedes; nor calculate on the truth that, in certain
circumstances, the genius of one man is more effective than any numbers
whatever.320 However they now learnt it by experience. The city was strong
from the fact of its encircling wall lying along a chain of hills with
overhanging brows, the ascent of which was no easy task, even with no one
to hinder it, except at certain definite points. Taking advantage of this,
Archimedes had constructed such defences both in the town, and at the
places where an attack might be made by sea, that the garrison would have
everything at hand which they might require at any moment, and be ready
to meet without delay whatever the enemy might attempt against them.
6. The attack was begun by Appius bringing his pent-houses, and scaling
ladders, and attempting to fix the latter against that part of the wall which
abuts on Hexapylus towards the east. At the same time Marcus Claudius
Marcellus with sixty quinqueremes was making a descent upon Achradina.

Page 522

Each of these vessels were full of men armed with bows and slings and
javelins, with which to dislodge those who fought on the battlements. As
well as these vessels he had eight quinqueremes in pairs. Each pair had had
their oars removed, one on the larboard and the other on the starboard side,
and then had been lashed together on the sides thus left bare. On these
double vessels, rowed by the outer oars of each of the pair, they brought up
Sambucae or Harps. under the walls some engines called “Sambucae,” the
construction of which was as follows:—A ladder was
made four feet broad, and of a height to reach the top of the wall from the
place where its foot had to rest; each side of the ladder was protected by a
railing, and a covering or pent-house was added overhead. It was then
placed so that its foot rested across the sides of the lashed-together vessels,
which touched each other with its other extremity protruding a considerable
way beyond the prows. On the tops of the masts pulleys were fixed with
ropes: and when the engines were about to be used, men standing on the
sterns of the vessels drew the ropes tied to the head of the ladder, while
others standing on the prows assisted the raising of the machine and kept it
steady with long poles. Having then brought the ships close in shore by
using the outer oars of both vessels they tried to let the machine down upon
the wall. At the head of the ladder was fixed a wooden stage secured on
three sides by wicker-shields, upon which stood four men who fought and
struggled with those who tried to prevent the Sambuca from being made to
rest on the battlements. But when they have fixed it and so got above the
level of the top of the wall, the four men unfasten the wicker-shields from
either side of the stage, and walk out upon the battlements or towers as the
case may be; they are followed by their comrades coming up by the
Sambuca, since the ladder’s foot is safely secured with ropes and stands
upon both the ships. This construction has got the name of “Sambuca,” or
“Harp,” for the natural reason, that when it is raised the combination of the
ship and ladder has very much the appearance of such an instrument.
7. With such contrivances and preparations were the Romans intending to
The engines invented by assault the towers. But Archimedes had constructed
Archimedes. Cf. Plut. catapults to suit every range; and as the ships sailing up
Marcellus, 15.
were still at a considerable distance, he so wounded the
enemy with stones and darts, from the tighter wound and longer engines, as
to harass and perplex them to the last degree; and when these began to carry

Page 523

over their heads, he used smaller engines graduated according to the range
required from time to time, and by this means caused so much confusion
among them as to altogether check their advance and attack; and finally
Marcellus was reduced in despair to bringing up his ships under cover of
night. But when they had come close to land, and so too near to be hit by
the catapults, they found that Archimedes had prepared another contrivance
against the soldiers who fought from the decks. He had pierced the wall as
high as a man’s stature with numerous loop-holes, which, on the outside,
were about as big as the palm of the hand. Inside the wall he stationed
archers and cross-bows, or scorpions,321 and by the volleys discharged
through these he made the marines useless. By these means he not only
baffled the enemy, whether at a distance or close at hand, but also killed the
greater number of them. As often, too, as they tried to work their Sambucae,
he had engines ready all along the walls, not visible at other times, but
which suddenly reared themselves above the wall from inside, when the
moment for their use had come, and stretched their beams far over the
570 lbs. av. battlements, some of them carrying stones weighing as
much as ten talents, and others great masses of lead. So
whenever the Sambucae were approaching, these beams swung round on
their pivot the required distance, and by means of a rope running through a
pulley dropped the stone upon the Sambucae, with the result that it not only
smashed the machine itself to pieces, but put the ship also and all on board
into the most serious danger.
8. Other machines which he invented were directed against storming
parties, who, advancing under the protection of pent-houses, were secured
by them from being hurt by missiles shot through the walls. Against these
he either shot stones big enough to drive the marines from the prow; or let
down an iron hand swung on a chain, by which the man who guided the
crane, having fastened on some part of the prow where he could get a hold,
pressed down the lever of the machine inside the wall; and when he had
thus lifted the prow and made the vessel rest upright on its stern, he
fastened the lever of his machine so that it could not be moved; and then
suddenly slackened the hand and chain by means of a rope and pulley. The
result was that many of the vessels heeled over and fell on their sides: some
completely capsized; while the greater number, by their prows coming
down suddenly from a height, dipped low in the sea, shipped a great

Page 524

quantity of water, and became a scene of the utmost confusion. Though
reduced almost to despair by these baffling inventions of Archimedes, and
though he saw that all his attempts were repulsed by the garrison with
mockery on their part and loss to himself, Marcellus could not yet refrain
from making a joke at his own expense, saying that “Archimedes was using
his ships to ladle out the sea-water, but that his ‘harps’ not having been
invited to the party were buffeted and turned out with disgrace.” Such was
the end of the attempt at storming Syracuse by sea.
9. Nor was Appius Claudius more successful. He, too, was compelled by
The assault by land similar difficulties to desist from the attempt; for while
repulsed. his men were still at a considerable distance from the
wall, they began falling by the stones and shots from the engines and
catapults. The volleys of missiles, indeed, were extraordinarily rapid and
sharp, for their construction had been provided for by all the liberality of a
Hiero, and had been planned and engineered by the skill of an Archimedes.
Moreover, when they did at length get near the walls, they were prevented
from making an assault by the unceasing fire through the loop-holes, which
I mentioned before; or if they tried to carry the place under cover of pent-
houses, they were killed by the stones and beams let down upon their heads.
The garrison also did them no little damage with those hands at the end of
their engines; for they used to lift the men, armour, and all, into the air, and
then throw them down. At last Appius retired into the camp, and
summoning the Tribunes to a council of war, decided to try every possible
The siege turned into a means of taking Syracuse except a storm. And this
blockade, b.c. 214. Coss. decision they carried out; for during the eight months of
Q. Fabius Maximus IV.
M. Claudius Marcellus
siege which followed, though there was no stratagem or
III. measure of daring which they did not attempt, they
never again ventured to attempt a storm. So true it is
that one man and one intellect, properly qualified for the particular
undertaking, is a host in itself and of extraordinary efficacy. In this instance,
at any rate, we find the Romans confident that their forces by land and sea
would enable them to become masters of the town, if only one old man
could be got rid of; while as long as he remained there, they did not venture
even to think of making the attempt, at least by any method which made it
possible for Archimedes to oppose them. They believed, however, that their
best chance of reducing the garrison was by a failure of provisions

Page 525

sufficient for so large a number as were within the town; they therefore
relied upon this hope, and with their ships tried to cut off their supplies by
sea, and with their army by land. But desiring that the time during which
they were blockading Syracuse should not be entirely wasted, but that some
addition should be made to their power in other parts of the country, the two
commanders separated and divided the troops between them: Appius
Claudius keeping two-thirds and continuing the blockade, while Marcus
Marcellus with the remaining third went to attack the cities that sided with
the Carthaginians....

10. Upon arriving in Messenia Philip began devastating the country, like an
Philip’s second open enemy, with more passion than reason; for while
devastation of Messene, pursuing this continuous course of injurious actions, he
b.c. 214.
expected, it appears to me, that the sufferers would feel
no anger or hatred towards him. I was induced to speak of these
proceedings in somewhat full detail in the present as well as in the last
See Plutarch, Aratus, ch. book, not alone by the same motives as those which I
51. Cp. supra, 7, 10-14. have assigned for other parts of my work, but also by
the fact that of our historians, some have entirely omitted this Messenian
episode; while others from love or fear of kings have maintained that, so far
from the outrages committed by Philip in defiance of religion and law upon
the Messenians being a subject of blame, his actions were on the contrary
matters for praise and gratulation. But it is not only in regard to the
Messenians that we may notice the historians of Philip acting thus; they
have done much the same in other cases also. And the result is that their
compositions have the appearance of a panegyric rather than of a history. I
however hold that an historian ought neither to blame or praise kings
untruly, as has often been done; but to make what we say consistent with
what has been written before, and tally with the characters of the several
persons in question. But it may be urged perhaps that this is easy to say, but
very difficult to carry out; because situations and circumstances are so
many and various, to which men have to give way in the course of their life,
and which prevent them from speaking out their real opinions. This may
excuse some, but not others.
11. I do not know any one who deserves more blame in this particular than
Theopompus. In the beginning of his history of Philip he said that what

Page 526

The extravagance of chiefly induced him to undertake it was the fact that
Theopompus’s account Europe had never produced such a man as Philip son of
of Philip II.
Amyntas; and then immediately afterwards, both in his
preface and in the whole course of his history, he represents this king as so
madly addicted to women, that he did all that in him lay to ruin his own
family by this inordinate passion; as having behaved with the grossest
unfairness and perfidy to his friends and allies, as having enslaved and
treacherously seized a vast number of towns by force or fraud; and as
having been besides so violently addicted to strong drink, that he was often
seen by his friends drunk in open day. But if any one will take the trouble to
read the opening passage of his forty-ninth book, he would be indeed
astonished at this writer’s extravagance. Besides his other strange
statements he has ventured to write as follows—for I here subjoin his actual
words:—“If there was any one in all Greece, or among the Barbarians,
whose character was lascivious and shameless, he was invariably attracted
to Philip’s court in Macedonia and got the title of ‘the king’s companion.’
For it was Philip’s constant habit to reject those who lived respectably and
were careful of their property; but to honour and promote those who were
extravagant, and passed their lives in drinking and dicing. His influence
accordingly tended not only to confirm them in these vices, but to make
them proficients in every kind of rascality and lewdness. What vice or
infamy did they not possess? What was there virtuous or of good report that
they did not lack? Some of them, men as they were, were ever clean shaven
and smooth-skinned; and even bearded men did not shrink from mutual
defilement. They took about with them two or three slaves of their lust,
while submitting to the same shameful service themselves. The men whom
they called companions deserved a grosser name, and the title of soldier
was but a cover to mercenary vice; for, though bloodthirsty by nature, they
were lascivious by habit. In a word, to make a long story short, especially as
I have such a mass of matter to deal with, I believe that the so-called
‘friends’ and ‘companions’ of Philip were more bestial in nature and
character than the Centaurs who lived on Pelion, or the Laestrygones who
inhabited the Leontine plain, or in fact any other monsters whatever.”322
12. Who would not disapprove of such bitterness and intemperance of
language in an historian? It is not only because his words contradict his
opening statement that he deserves stricture; but also because he has

Page 527

libelled the king and his friends; and still more because his falsehood is
expressed in disgusting and unbecoming words. If he had been speaking of
Sardanapalus, or one of his associates, he could hardly have ventured to use
such foul language; and what that monarch’s principles and debauchery
were in his lifetime we gather from the inscription on his tomb, which runs
thus:

Page 528

“The joys I had from love or wine
Or dainty meats-—those now are mine.”

But when speaking of Philip and his friends, a man ought to be on his
guard, not so much of accusing them of effeminacy and want of courage, or
still more of shameless immorality, but on the contrary lest he should prove
unequal to express their praises in a manner worthy of their manliness,
indefatigable energy, and the general virtue of their character. It is notorious
The vigorous characters that by their energy and boldness they raised the
of the Diadochi. Macedonian Empire from a most insignificant
monarchy to the first rank in reputation and extent. And, putting aside the
achievements of Philip, what was accomplished by them after his death,
under the rule of Alexander, has secured for them a reputation for valour
with posterity universally acknowledged. For although a large share of the
credit must perhaps be given to Alexander, as the presiding genius of the
whole, though so young a man; yet no less is due to his coadjutors and
friends, who won many wonderful victories over the enemy; endured
numerous desperate labours, dangers and sufferings; and, though put into
possession of the most ample wealth, and the most abundant means of
gratifying all their desires, never lost their bodily vigour by these means, or
contracted tastes for violence or debauchery. On the contrary, all those who
were associated with Philip, and afterwards with Alexander, became truly
royal in greatness of soul, temperance of life, and courage. Nor is it
necessary to mention any names: but after Alexander’s death, in their
mutual rivalries for the possession of various parts of nearly all the world,
they filled a very large number of histories with the record of their glorious
deeds. We may admit then that the bitter invective of the historian Timaeus
against Agathocles, despot of Sicily, though it seems unmeasured, has yet
some reason in it,-—for it is directed against a personal enemy, a bad man,
and a tyrant; but that of Theopompus is too scurrilous to be taken seriously.
13. For, after premising that he is going to write about a king most richly
endowed by nature with virtue, he has raked up against him every shameful
and atrocious charge that he could find. There are therefore but two
alternatives: either this writer in the preface to his work has shown himself
a liar and a flatterer; or in the body of that history a fool and utter
simpleton, if he imagined that by senseless and improper invective he

Page 529

would either increase his own credit, or gain great acceptance for his
laudatory expressions about Philip.
But the fact is that the general plan of this writer is one also which can meet
Thucydides breaks off in with no one’s approval. For having undertaken to write
b.c. 411. Battle of a Greek History from the point at which Thucydides left
Leuctra b.c. 371.
off, when he got near the period of the battle of Leuctra,
and the most splendid exploits of the Greeks, he threw aside Greece and its
achievements in the middle of his story, and, changing his purpose,
undertook to write the history of Philip. And yet it would have been far
more telling and fair to have included the actions of Philip in the general
history of Greece, than the history of Greece in that of Philip. For one
cannot conceive any one, who had been preoccupied by the study of a royal
government, hesitating, if he got the power and opportunity, to transfer his
attention to the great name and splendid personality of a nation like Greece;
but no one in his senses, after beginning with the latter, would have
exchanged it for the showy biography of a tyrant. Now what could it have
been that compelled Theopompus to overlook such inconsistencies?
Nothing surely but this, that whereas the aim of his original history was
honour, that of his history of Philip was expediency. As to this deviation
from the right path however, which made him change the theme of his
history, he might perhaps have had something to say, if any one had
questioned him about it; but as to his abominable language about the king’s
friends, I do not think that he could have said a word of defence, but must
have owned to a serious breach of propriety....
14. Though regarding the Messenians as open enemies, Philip was unable to
inflict serious damage upon them, in spite of his setting to work to devastate
their territory; but he was guilty of abominable conduct of the worst
description to men who had been his most intimate friends. For on the elder
Aratus showing disapproval of his proceedings at Messene, he caused him
Death of Aratus, not long afterwards to be made away with by poison,
b.c. 213. through the agency of Taurion who had charge of his
interests in the Peloponnese. The crime was not known at the time by other
people; for the drug was not one of those which kill on the spot, but was a
slow poison producing a morbid state of the body. Aratus himself however
was fully aware of the cause of his illness; and showed that he was so by
the following circumstance. Though he kept the secret from the rest of the

Page 530

world, he did not conceal it from one of his servants named Cepholon, with
whom he was on terms of great affection. This man waited on him during
his illness with great assiduity, and having one day pointed out some spittle
on the wall which was stained with blood, Aratus remarked, “That is the
reward I have got for my friendship to Philip.” Such a grand and noble
thing is disinterested virtue, that the sufferer was more ashamed, than the
inflicter of the injury, of having it known, that, after so many splendid
services performed in the interests of Philip, he had got such a return as that
for his loyalty.323
In consequence of having been so often elected Strategus of the Achaean
league, and of having performed so many splendid services for that people,
Seventeen times Aratus after his death met with the honours he
Strategus. Plutarch, deserved, both in his own native city and from the
Aratus, 53.
league as a body. They voted him sacrifices and the
honours of heroship, and in a word every thing calculated to perpetuate his
memory; so that, if the departed have any consciousness, it is but
reasonable to think that he feels pleasure at the gratitude of the Achaeans,
and at the thought of the hardships and dangers he endured in his life....

PHILIP TAKES LISSUS IN ILLYRIA, B.C. 213

15. Philip had long had his thoughts fixed upon Lissus and its citadel; and,
Lissus founded by being anxious to become master of those places, he
Dionysius of Syracuse, started with his army, and after two days’ march got
b.c. 385. See Diod. Sic.
15, 13. through the pass and pitched his camp on the bank of
the river Ardaxanus, not far from the town. He found on
surveying the place that the fortifications of Lissus, both on the side of the
sea and of the land, were exceedingly strong both by nature and art; and that
the citadel, which was near it, from its extraordinary height and its other
sources of strength, looked more than any one could hope to carry by storm.
He therefore gave up all hope of the latter, but did not entirely despair of
taking the town. He observed that there was a space between Lissus and the
foot of the Acrolissus which was fairly well suited for making an attempt
upon the town. He conceived the idea therefore of bringing on a skirmish in
this space, and then employing a stratagem suited to the circumstances of
the case. Having given his men a day for rest; and having in the course of it
addressed them in suitable words of exhortation; he hid the greater and

Page 531

most effective part of his light-armed troops during the night in some
woody gulleys, close to this space on the land side; and next morning
marched to the other side of the town next the sea, with his peltasts and the
rest of his light-armed. Having thus marched round the town, and arrived at
this spot, he made a show of intending to assault it at that point. Now as
Philip’s advent had been no secret, a large body of men from the
surrounding country of Illyria had flocked into Lissus; but feeling
confidence in the strength of the citadel, they had assigned a very moderate
number of men to garrison it.
16. As soon therefore as the Macedonians approached, they began pouring
out of the town, confident in their numbers and in the strength of the places.
The Acrolissus taken by The king stationed his peltasts on the level ground, and
a feint, and Lissus ordered the light-armed troops to advance towards the
afterwards.
hills and energetically engage the enemy. These orders
being obeyed, the fight remained doubtful for a time; but presently Philip’s
men yielded to the inequality of the ground, and the superior number of the
enemy, and gave way. Upon their retreating within the ranks of the peltasts,
the sallying party advanced with feelings of contempt, and having
descended to the same level as the peltasts joined battle with them. But the
garrison of the citadel seeing Philip moving his divisions one after the other
slowly to the rear, and believing that he was abandoning the field, allowed
themselves to be insensibly decoyed out, in their confidence in the strength
of their fortifications; and thus, leaving the citadel by degrees, kept pouring
down by bye-ways into the lower plain, under the belief that they would
have an opportunity of getting booty and completing the enemy’s
discomfiture. Meanwhile the division, which had been lying concealed on
the side of the mainland, rose without being observed, and advanced at a
rapid pace. At their approach the peltasts also wheeled round and charged
the enemy. On this the troops from Lissus were thrown into confusion, and,
after a straggling retreat, got safely back into the town; while the garrison
which had abandoned the citadel got cut off from it by the rising of the
troops which had been lying in ambush. The result accordingly was that
what seemed hopeless, namely the capture of the citadel, was effected at
once and without any fighting; while Lissus did not fall until next day, and
then only after desperate struggles, the Macedonians assaulting with vigour
and even terrific fury. Thus Philip having, beyond all expectation, made

Page 532

himself master of these places, reduced by this exploit all the neighbouring
populations to obedience; so much so that the greater number of the
Illyrians voluntarily surrendered their cities to his protection; for it had
come to be believed that, after the storming of such strongholds as these, no
fortification and no provision for security could be of any avail against the
might of Philip.

THE CAPTURE OF ACHAEUS AT SARDIS

(See 7, 15-18)
17. Bolis was by birth a Cretan, who had long enjoyed the honours of high
military rank at King Ptolemy’s court, and the reputation of being second to
b.c. 214. Sosibius none in natural ability, adventurous daring, and
secures the help of Bolis experience in war. By repeated arguments Sosibius
to rescue Achaeus.
secured this man’s fidelity; and when he felt sure of his
zeal and affection he communicated the business in hand to him. He told
him that he could not do the king a more acceptable service at the present
crisis than by contriving some way of saving Achaeus. At the moment Bolis
listened, and retired without saying more than that he would consider the
suggestion. But after two or three days’ reflection, he came to Sosibius and
said that he would undertake the business; remarking that, having spent
some considerable time at Sardis, he knew its topography, and that
Cambylus, the commander of the Cretan contingent of the army of
Antiochus, was not only a fellow citizen of his but a kinsmen and friend. It
chanced moreover that Cambylus and his men had in charge one of the
outposts on the rear of the acropolis, where the nature of the ground did not
admit of siege-works, but was guarded by the permanent cantonment of
troops under Cambylus. Sosibius caught at the suggestion, convinced that,
if Achaeus could be saved at all from his dangerous situation, it could be
better accomplished by the agency of Bolis than of any one else; and, this
conviction being backed by great zeal on the part of Bolis, the undertaking
was pushed on with despatch. Sosibius at once supplied the money
necessary for the attempt, and promised a large sum besides in case of its
success; at the same time raising the hopes of Bolis to the utmost by
dilating upon the favours he might look for from the king, as well as from
the rescued prince himself.

Page 533

Full of eagerness therefore for success, Bolis set sail without delay, taking
with him a letter in cipher and other credentials addressed to Nicomachus at
Rhodes, who was believed to entertain a fatherly affection and devotion for
Achaeus, and also to Melancomas at Ephesus; for these were the men
formerly employed by Achaeus in his negotiations with Ptolemy, and in all
other foreign affairs.
18. Bolis went to Rhodes, and thence to Ephesus; communicated his
purpose to Nicomachus and Melancomas; and found them ready to do what
they were asked. He then despatched one of his staff, named Arianus, to
Cambylus, with a message to the effect that he had been sent from
Alexandria on a recruiting tour, and that he wished for an interview with
Cambylus on some matters of importance; he thought it therefore necessary
to have a time and place arranged for them to meet without the privity of a
third person. Arianus quickly obtained an interview with Cambylus and
delivered his message; nor was the latter at all unwilling to listen to the
proposal. Having appointed a day, and a place known to both himself and
Bolis, at which he would be after nightfall, he dismissed Arianus. Now
Bolis had all the subtlety of a Cretan, and he accordingly weighed carefully
in his own mind every possible line of action, and patiently examined every
Bolis turns traitor. idea which presented itself to him. Finally he met
Cambylus according to the arrangement made with
Arianus, and delivered his letter. This was now made the subject of
discussion between them in a truly Cretan spirit. They never took into
consideration the means of saving the person in danger, or their obligations
of honour to those who had entrusted them with the undertaking, but
confined their discussions entirely to the question of their own safety and
their own advantage. As they were both Cretans they were not long in
coming to an unanimous agreement: which was, first of all, to divide the ten
talents supplied by Sosibius between themselves in equal shares; and,
secondly, to discover the whole affair to Antiochus, and to offer with his
support to put Achaeus into his hands, on condition of receiving a sum of
money and promises for the future, on a scale commensurate with the
greatness of the undertaking. Having settled upon this plan of action:
Cambylus undertook the negotiation with Antiochus, while to Bolis was
assigned the duty of sending Arianus within the next few days to Achaeus,
bearing letters in cipher from Nicomachus and Melancomas: he bade

Page 534

Cambylus however take upon himself to consider how Arianus was to make
his way into the acropolis and return with safety. “If,” said Bolis, “Achaeus
consents to make the attempt, and sends an answer to Nicomachus and
Melancomas, I will be ready to act and will communicate with you.”
Having thus arranged the parts which each was to take in the plot, they
separated and set about their several tasks.
19. At the first opportunity Cambylus laid the proposal before the king. It
The intended treason was as acceptable to Antiochus as it was unexpected: in
against Achaeus the first flush of his exultation he promised everything
communicated to
Antiochus.
they asked; but presently feeling some distrust, he
questioned Cambylus on every detail of their plan, and
their means of carrying it out. Being eventually satisfied on these points,
and believing that the undertaking was under the special favour of
Providence, he repeatedly begged and prayed Cambylus to bring it to a
conclusion. Bolis was equally successful with Nicomachus and
Melancomas. They entertained no doubt of his sincerity, and joined him in
the composition of letters to Achaeus,—composed in a cipher which they
had been accustomed to use,—to prevent any one who got hold of the letter
from making out its contents, exhorting him to trust Bolis and Cambylus.
So Arianus, having by the aid of Cambylus made his way into the acropolis,
delivered the letters to Achaeus; and having had personal acquaintance with
the whole business from its commencement, he was able to give an account
of every detail when questioned and cross-questioned again and again by
Achaeus about Sosibius and Bolis, about Nicomachus and Melancomas,
and most particularly about the part which Cambylus was taking in the
affair. He could of course stand this cross-examination with some air of
sincerity and candour, because, in point of fact, he was not acquainted with
the most important part of the plan which Cambylus and Bolis had adopted.
Achaeus is deceived. Achaeus was convinced by the answers returned by
Arianus, and still more by the cipher of Nicomachus
and Melancomas; gave his answer; and sent Arianus back with it without
delay. This kind of communication was repeated more than once: and at last
Achaeus entrusted himself without reserve to Nicomachus, there being
absolutely no other hope of saving himself left remaining, and bade him
send Bolis with Arianus on a certain moonless night, promising to place
himself in their hands. The idea of Achaeus was, first of all, to escape his

Page 535

immediate danger; and then by a circuitous route to make his way into
Syria. For he entertained very great hopes that, if he appeared suddenly and
unexpectedly to the Syrians, while Antiochus was still lingering about
Sardis, he would be able to stir up a great movement, and meet with a
cordial reception from the people of Antioch, Coele-Syria, and Phoenicia.
With such expectations and calculations Achaeus was waiting for the
appearance of Bolis.
20. Meanwhile Arianus had reached Melancomas, who, on reading the letter
which he brought, immediately despatched Bolis with many words of
exhortation and great promises of profit if he succeeded in his enterprise.
Bolis sent Arianus in advance to signify his arrival to Cambylus, and went
after nightfall to their usual place of meeting. There they spent a whole day
together settling every detail of their plan of operations; and having done
this they went into the camp under cover of night. The arrangement made
between them was this. If it turned out that Achaeus came from the
acropolis alone with Bolis and Arianus, or with only one attendant, he
would give them no cause for anxiety at all, but would be easily captured by
the ambuscade set for him. If, on the other hand, he should be accompanied
by a considerable number, the business would be one of some difficulty to
those on whose good faith he relied; especially as they were anxious to
capture him alive, that being what would most gratify Antiochus. In that
case, therefore, Arianus, while conducting Achaeus, was to go in front,
because he knew the path by which he had on several occasions effected his
entrance and return; Bolis was to bring up the rear, in order that, when they
arrived at the spot where Cambylus was to have his ambuscade ready, he
might lay hold on Achaeus, and prevent his getting away through wooded
ground, in the confusion and darkness of the night, or throwing himself in
his terror from some precipice; thus they would secure that he fell, as they
intended, into his enemies’ hands alive.
These arrangements having been agreed upon, Bolis was taken by
Cambylus on the very night of his arrival, without any one else, and
introduced to Antiochus. The king was alone and received them graciously;
he pledged himself to the performance of his promises, and urged them both
again and again not to postpone any longer the performance of their
purpose. Thereupon they returned for the present to their own camp; but

Page 536

towards morning Bolis, accompanied by Arianus, ascended to the acropolis,
and entered it before daybreak.
21. Achaeus received them with warmth and cordiality, and questioned
Achaeus takes vain Bolis at great length on every detail. From the
precautions. expression of his face, and his conversation, he judged
Bolis to be a man of a character weighty enough for so serious an
undertaking; but while at one time he exulted in the prospect of his release,
at another, he grew painfully excited, and was torn with an agony of anxiety
at the gravity of the issues at stake. But no one had a clearer head or greater
experience in affairs than he; and in spite of the good opinion he had
formed of him, he still determined that his safety should not depend entirely
on the good faith of Bolis. He accordingly told him that it was impossible
for him to leave the acropolis at the moment: but that he would send some
two or three of his friends with him, and by the time that they had joined
Melancomas he would be prepared to depart. So Achaeus did all he could
for his security; but he did not know that he was trying to do what the
proverb declares to be impossible—out-cretan a Cretan. For there was no
trick likely to be tried that Bolis had not anticipated. However when the
night came, in which Achaeus said that he would send his friends with
them, he sent on Arianus and Bolis to the entrance of the acropolis, with
instructions to wait there until those who were to go with them arrived.
They did as he bade them. Achaeus then, at the very moment of his
departure, communicated his plan to his wife Laodice; and she was so
terrified at his sudden resolve, that he had to spend some time in entreating
her to be calm, in soothing her feelings, and encouraging her by pointing
out the hopes which he entertained. This done he started with four
companions, whom he dressed in ordinary clothes, while he himself put on
a mean and common dress and disguised his rank as much as possible. He
selected one of his four companions to be always prepared to answer
anything said by Arianus, and to ask any necessary question of him, and
bade him say that the other four did not speak Greek.
22. The five then joined Arianus, and they all started together on their
Achaeus made prisoner. journey. Arianus went in front, as being acquainted with
the way; while Bolis took up his position behind in
accordance with the original plan, puzzled and annoyed at the way things
were turning out. For, Cretan as he was, and ready to suspect every one he

Page 537

came near, he yet could not make out which of the five was Achaeus, or
whether he was there at all. But the path was for the most part precipitous
and difficult, and in some places there were abrupt descents which were
slippery and dangerous; and whenever they came to one of these, some of
the four gave Achaeus a hand down, and the others caught him at the
bottom, for they could not entirely conceal their habitual respect for him;
and Bolis was quick to detect, by observing this, which of them was
Achaeus. When therefore they arrived at the spot at which it had been
arranged that Cambylus was to be, Bolis gave the signal by a whistle, and
the men sprang from their places of concealment and seized the other four,
while Bolis himself caught hold of Achaeus, at the same time grasping his
mantle, as his hands were inside it; for he was afraid that having a sword
concealed about his person he would attempt to kill himself when he
understood what was happening. Being thus quickly surrounded on every
side, Achaeus fell into the hands of his enemies, and along with his four
friends was taken straight off to Antiochus.
The king was in his tent in a state of extreme anxiety awaiting the result. He
Achaeus brought to had dismissed his usual court, and, with the exception
Antiochus, sentenced of two or three of the bodyguard, was alone and
and executed.
sleepless. But when Cambylus and his men entered, and
placed Achaeus in chains on the ground, he fell into a state of speechless
astonishment: and for a considerable time could not utter a word, and
finally overcome by a feeling of pity burst into tears; caused, I have no
doubt, by this exhibition of the capriciousness of Fortune, which defies
precaution and calculation alike. For here was Achaeus, a son of
Andromachus, the brother of Seleucus’s queen Laodice, and married to
Laodice, a daughter of King Mithridates, and who had made himself master
of all Asia this side of Taurus, and who at that very moment was believed
by his own army, as well as by that of his enemy, to be safely ensconced in
the strongest position in the world,—sitting chained upon the ground, in the
hands of his enemies, before a single person knew of it except those who
had effected the capture.
23. And, indeed, when at daybreak the king’s friends assembled as usual at
his tent, and saw this strange spectacle, they too felt emotions very like
those of the king; while extreme astonishment made them almost disbelieve
the evidence of their senses. However the council met, and a long debate

Page 538

ensued as to what punishment they were to inflict upon Achaeus. Finally, it
was resolved that his extremities should be cut off, his head severed from
his body and sewn up in the skin of an ass, and his body impaled. When this
sentence had been carried out, and the army learnt what had happened,
there was such excitement in the ranks and such a rush of the soldiers to the
spectacle, that Laodice on the acropolis, who alone knew that her husband
had left it, guessed what had happened from the commotion and stir in the
camp. And before long a herald arrived, told Laodice what had happened to
Achaeus, and ordered her to resign the command and quit the acropolis. At
The citadel of Sardis first any answer was prevented by an outburst of sorrow
surrendered. and overpowering lamentation on the part of the
occupants of the acropolis; not so much from affection towards Achaeus, as
from the suddenness and utter unexpectedness of the catastrophe. But this
was succeeded by a feeling of hesitation and dismay; and Antiochus, having
got rid of Achaeus, never ceased putting pressure on the garrison of the
acropolis, feeling confident that a means of taking it would be put into his
hands by those who occupied it, and most probably by the rank and file of
the garrison. And this is just what did finally happen: for the soldiers split
up into factions, one joining Ariobazus, the other Laodice. This produced
mutual distrust, and before long both parties surrendered themselves and the
acropolis. Thus Achaeus, in spite of having taken every reasonable
precaution, lost his life by the perfidy of those in whom he trusted. His fate
may teach posterity two useful lessons,—not to put faith in any one lightly;
and not to be over-confident in the hour of prosperity, knowing that, in
human affairs, there is no accident which we may not expect....

THE GALLIC KING, CAUARUS

24. Cauarus, king of the Gauls in Thrace, was of a truly royal and high-
Cauarus, king of the minded disposition, and gave the merchants sailing into
Gauls, settled on the the Pontus great protection, and rendered the
Hellespont. See 4, 46
and 52.
Byzantines important services in their wars with the
Thracians and Bithynians....
This king, so excellent in other respects, was corrupted by a flatterer named
Sostratus, who was a Chalchedonian by birth....

ANTIOCHUS THE GREAT AT ARMOSATA

Page 539

25. In the reign of Xerxes, prince of the city of Armosata, situated on the
In the course of his “Fair Plain,” between the Tigris and Euphrates, King
campaigns for the Antiochus encamped under its walls and prepared to
recovering of the eastern
provinces (b.c. 212-205),
attack it. When he saw the king’s forces, Xerxes at first
Antiochus makes a conveyed himself away; but feeling afterwards that, if
demonstration before the his palace were seized by his enemies, his whole
city of Armosata, in
Armenia, to recover the kingdom would be overthrown, he changed his mind,
arrears of tribute owed and sent a message to Antiochus declaring his wish for
by the late king, b.c. 212. a conference. The most loyal of the friends of
Antiochus were against letting the young prince go when they once got him
into their hands, and advised Antiochus to take possession of the town, and
hand over the principality to Mithridates, his own sister’s son. The king,
however, would not listen to any of these suggestions; but sent for the
young prince and accommodated their differences, forgiving him the larger
part of the money which he allowed to be owing from his father under the
head of tribute, and accepting a present payment from him of three hundred
talents, a thousand horses, and a thousand mules with their trappings. He
then settled the government of the city, and gave the prince his sister
Antiochis as a wife. By these proceedings, in which he was thought to have
acted with true royal magnanimity, he won the affection and support of all
the inhabitants of that part of the country.

THE HANNIBALIAN WAR—TARENTUM

26. It was in the wantonness of excessive prosperity that the Tarentines
invited Pyrrhus of Epirus; for democratic liberty that has enjoyed a long and
unchecked career comes naturally to experience a satiety of its blessings,
and then it looks out for a master; and when it has got one, it is not long
before it hates him, because it is seen that the change is for the worse. This
is just what happened to the Tarentines on that occasion....
On this news being brought to Tarentum and Thurii there was great popular
indignation....
The conspirators left the town at first under the pretext of a foray, and got
Hannibal marched south near Hannibal’s camp before daybreak. Then, while the
early in b.c. 212 to rest crouched down on a certain wooded spot by the
renew his attempt upon
Tarentum, on which he
side of the road, Philemenus and Nicon went up to the

Page 540

had wasted much of the camp. They were seized by the sentries and taken off to
previous summer (Livy,
25, 1). The severity of Hannibal, without saying a word as to where they came
the punishment of the from or who they were, but simply stating that they
Tarentine hostages who wished for an interview with the general. Being taken
tried to escape from
Rome caused a without delay to Hannibal they said that they wished to
conspiracy of Tarentines speak with him privately. He assented with the utmost
to betray the town to readiness; whereupon they explained to him their own
Hannibal. Livy, 25, 7-8.
position and that of their native city, charging the
Romans with many various acts of oppression, that they might not seem to
be entering on their present undertaking without good reason. For the
present Hannibal dismissed them with thanks and a cordial acceptance of
their proposed movement, and charging them to come back very soon and
have another interview with him. “This time,” he added, “when you get at a
sufficient distance from the camp, take possession of the first cattle you find
being driven out to pasture in the early morning, and go off boldly with
them and their herdsmen; for I will take care that you are unmolested.” His
object in doing this was to give himself time to inquire into the tale of the
young men; and also to confirm their credit with their fellow-citizens, by
making it appear that their expedition had really been for the purpose of
foraging. Nicon and his companions did as they were bidden, and left
Hannibal in great exultation at having at last got an opportunity of
completing his enterprise: while they themselves were made all the more
eager to carry out their plot by having been able to accomplish their
interview with Hannibal without danger, and by having found him warmly
disposed to their undertaking, and by having besides gained the confidence
of their own people by the considerable amount of booty which they had
brought home. This they partly sold and partly used in splendid
entertainments, and thus not only were believed in by the Tarentines, but
excited a considerable number to emulate their exploit.
27. On their next expedition, which they conducted in the same way as the
first, they interchanged pledges of fidelity with Hannibal on the following
Bargain made with conditions: “He was to set the Tarentines free; and the
Hannibal. Carthaginians were neither to exact tribute of any sort
from them, nor impose any burden upon them; but the houses and lodgings
occupied by Romans should, on their taking possession of the town, be
given up to the Carthaginians to plunder.” They also arranged on a

Page 541

watchword at which the sentries were to admit them without delay into the
camp whenever they came. After making these arrangements, they got the
opportunity of often having interviews with Hannibal: sometimes
pretending to be going out of the town on a foray, and sometimes on a
hunting expedition. Everything having thus been put in train, the greater
part of the conspirators waited for the proper occasions for acting, while
they assigned to Philemenus the part of leader of their hunting excursions;
for, owing to his excessive taste for that amusement, he had the reputation
of thinking hunting the most important thing in life. Accordingly they left it
to him, first to win the favour of Gaius Livius the commander of the town
by presents of game, and then that of the guards of the gate-tower which
protected what were called the Temenid gates. Philemenus undertook the
task: and partly by what he caught himself, and partly with what Hannibal
supplied, always managed to bring in some game; which he divided
between Livius and the guards of the gate, to induce them to be always
ready to open the wicket to him. For he generally went and returned from
his expeditions after nightfall, under the pretext of being afraid of the
enemy, but really with a view of preparing for the plot. When Philemenus
then had managed to make it a regular arranged thing with the picket at the
gate, that the guards should have no hesitation; but that, whenever he came
under the wall and whistled, they should open the wicket to him; he waited
for a day on which the Roman commander of the town was engaged to be
present at a large party, meeting early in the Musaeum, which is near the
agora, and agreed with Hannibal to carry out their plot on that day.
28. For some time before this, Hannibal had given out that he was ill, to
Hannibal prepares to act. prevent the Romans wondering when they were told of
his staying so long on the same ground; and he now
made a greater pretence than ever of ill-health, and remained encamped
three days’ march from Tarentum. But when the time was come, he got
ready the most conspicuous for their speed and daring in his cavalry and
infantry, to the number of about ten thousand, and gave orders that they
should take provisions for four days. He started just before daybreak, and
marched at full speed; having told off eighty Numidian horsemen to keep
thirty stades ahead, and to scour the country on both sides of the road; so
that no one might get a sight of the main body, but might either be taken
prisoners by this advanced guard, or, if he escaped, might carry a report of it

Page 542

into the city as if it were merely a raid of Numidian horsemen. When the
Numidians were about a hundred and twenty stades from the town,
Hannibal halted his men for supper by the side of a river flowing through a
deep gully, and offering excellent cover; and having summoned his officers,
did not indeed tell them outright what the service was on which they were
going, but simply exhorted them, first to show themselves brave men, as the
prize awaiting them was the greatest they had ever had; and, secondly, that
each should keep the men of his own company well together, and rebuke
sharply all who left their own division on any pretext whatever; and, thirdly,
to attend strictly to orders, and not attempt anything on their own account
outside them. Dismissing the officers with these words, he got his troops on
the march just after dark, being very anxious to reach the wall about
midnight; having Philemenus to act as guide, and having got ready for him
a wild-boar to enable him to sustain the part which he was to perform.
29. About sunset news was brought to Gaius Livius, who had been with his
Gaius Livius thrown off friends in the Musaeum since early in the day, just when
the scent. the drinking was at its height, that the Numidians were
scouring the country. He therefore took measures for that and nothing more,
calling some of his officers and bidding them take half the cavalry, and sally
out to stop the progress of the enemy, who were devastating the country:
but this only made him still more unsuspicious of the whole extent of the
movement. Nicon, Tragiscus, and their confederates collected together at
nightfall in the town and waited for the return of Livius and his friends. As
these last rose from table somewhat early, because the banquet had begun
before the usual time, the greater number of the conspirators retired to a
certain spot and there remained; but some of the younger men went to meet
Gaius, imitating by their disorderly procession and mutual jests a company
returning from a carouse. As Livius and his company were even more
flustered with drink, as soon as they met laughter and joking were readily
excited on both sides. Finally, they turned and conducted Gaius to his
house; where he went to bed full of wine, as might be expected after a party
beginning so early in the day, without any anxiety or trouble in his thoughts,
but full of cheerfulness and idle content. Then Nicon and Tragiscus rejoined
their companions, and, dividing themselves into three companies, took up
their positions at the most favourable points in the market-place, to keep
themselves fully acquainted with everything reported from outside the

Page 543

walls, or that happened within the city itself. They posted some also close to
the house of Livius: being well aware that, if any suspicion of what was
coming arose, it would be to him that the news would be first brought, and
that from him every measure taken would originate. So when the noise of
the returning guests, and every disturbance of the sort, had subsided, and
the great bulk of the citizens was asleep; and now the night was advancing,
and nothing had happened to dash their hopes, they collected together and
proceeded to perform their part of the undertaking.
30. The arrangements between these young men and Hannibal were these.
Hannibal was to arrive at the town by the inland road and on the eastern
side near the Temenid gates; and when there, was to light a fire on the tomb,
which some called the tomb of Hyacinthus, and others of Apollo: Tragiscus
and his confederates, when they saw this, were to light an answering fire
from within the walls. This done, Hannibal was to put out his fire and
advance slowly towards the gate. In pursuance of these arrangements, the
Why the Tarentines bury young men marched through the inhabited part of the
within the walls. town and came to the tombs. For the eastern quarter of
Tarentum is full of monuments, because those who die there are to this day
all buried within the walls, in obedience to an ancient oracle. For it is said
that the god delivered this answer to the Tarentines, “That it were better and
more profitable for them if they made their dwelling with the majority”; and
they thought therefore that they would be living in accordance with the
oracle if they kept the departed within the walls. That is why to this day
they bury inside the gates.
The young men, then, having gone as far as the tomb of Pythionicus, waited
Hannibal arrives and to see what would happen. Presently Hannibal arrived
gets into the town. and did as arranged: whereupon Nicon and Tragiscus
with renewed courage displayed their beacon also; and, as soon as they saw
the fire of the Carthaginians being put out, they ran to the gates as fast as
they could go, wishing to get the picket at the gate tower killed before the
Carthaginians arrived; as it had been agreed that they should advance
leisurely and at a foot’s pace. Everything went smoothly: the guards were
overpowered; and while some of the young men were engaged in killing
them, others were cutting the bolts. The gates having been quickly thrown
open, Hannibal arrived at the right moment, having so timed his march that
he never had to stop on the way to the town at all.

Page 544

31. Having thus effected their intended entrance, without danger or any
disturbance whatever, and thinking that the most important part of their
undertaking was accomplished, the Carthaginians now began advancing
boldly along the street leading up from what is called the Batheia or Deep
Road. They left the cavalry however outside the walls, numbering as many
as two thousand, intending them to act as a reserve both in case of any
appearance of the enemy from without, and of any of those unforeseen
casualties which do occur in such operations. But when they had come to
the immediate neighbourhood of the market-place, they halted, and waited
to see how the attempt of Philemenus would turn out: being anxious as to
the success of this part of their plan as well as the other. For at the same
moment that he lighted his fire, and was on the point of starting for the
Philemenus also gets in. gates, Hannibal had despatched Philemenus also, with
his boar on a litter, and a thousand Libyans, to the next
gate; wishing, in accordance with his original design, not to depend solely
on one chance, but to have several. When Philemenus, then, arrived at the
wall and gave his customary signal by whistling, the sentry immediately
appeared coming down to open the wicket; and when Philemenus told him
from outside to open quickly because they had a great weight to carry, as
they were bringing a wild boar, he made haste to open the wicket, expecting
that some of the game which Philemenus was conveying would come his
way, as he had always had a share of what was brought in.
Thereupon Philemenus himself, being at the head of the litter, entered first;
and with him another dressed like a shepherd, as though he were one of the
country folk of those parts; and after him two others besides who were
carrying the dead beast behind. But when the four had got inside the wicket,
they struck and killed the man who opened it, as he was unsuspiciously
examining and feeling the boar, and then let the men who were just behind
them, and were in advance of the main body of Libyan horsemen, to the
number of thirty, leisurely and quietly through. This having been
accomplished without a hitch, some set about cutting the bolts, others were
engaged in killing the picket on duty at the gate, and others in giving the
signal to the Libyans still outside to come in. These having also effected
their entrance in safety, they began making their way towards the market-
place according to the arrangement. As soon as he was joined by this

Page 545

division also, in great delight at the successful progress of the operation,
Hannibal proceeded to carry out the next step.
32. He told off two thousand of his Celts: and, having divided them into
three companies, he assigned two of the young men who had managed the
plot to each company; and sent with them also certain of his own officers,
with orders to close up the several most convenient streets that led to the
market-place. And when he had done this, he bade the young men of the
town pick out and save those of their fellow-citizens whom they might
chance to meet, by shouting out before they came up with them, “That
Tarentines should remain where they were, as they were in no danger”; but
he ordered both Carthaginian and Celtic officers to kill all the Romans they
met.
So these companies separated and proceeded to carry out their orders. But
Escape of Livius into the when the entrance of the enemy became known to the
Citadel. Tarentines, the city began to be full of shouting and
extraordinary confusion. As for Gaius, when the enemy’s entrance was
announced to him, being fully aware that his drunkenness had incapacitated
him, he rushed straight out of the house with his servants, and having come
to the gate leading to the harbour, and the sentinel having opened the wicket
for him, he got through that way; and having seized one of the boats lying
at anchor there, went on board it with his servants and arrived safely at the
citadel. Meanwhile Philemenus had provided himself with some Roman
Massacre of Roman bugles, and some men who were able to blow them,
soldiers. from being used to do so; and they stood in the theatre
and sounded a call to arms. The Romans promptly rallying in arms, as was
their custom at this sound, and directing their steps towards the citadel,
everything happened exactly as the Carthaginians intended; for as the
Roman soldiers came into the streets, without any order and in scattered
groups, some of them came upon the Carthaginians and others upon the
Celts; and by their being in this way put to the sword in detail, a very
considerable number of them perished.
But when day began to break, the Tarentines kept quietly in their houses,
not yet being able to comprehend what was happening. For thanks to the
bugle, and the absence of all outrage or plundering in the town, they
thought that the movement arose from the Romans themselves. But the

Page 546

sight of many of the latter lying killed in the streets, and the spectacle of
some Gauls openly stripping the Roman corpses, suggested a suspicion of
the presence of the Carthaginians.
33. Presently when Hannibal had marched his forces into the market-place,
Roman houses sacked, and the Romans had retired into the citadel, as having
Tarentines spared. been previously secured by them with a garrison, and it
had become broad daylight, the Carthaginian general caused a proclamation
to be made to the Tarentines to assemble in full number in the market-place;
while the young conspirators went meanwhile round the town talking
loudly about liberty, and bidding everybody not to be afraid, for the
Carthaginians had come to save them. Such of the Tarentines as held to
their loyalty to Rome, upon learning the state of the case, went off to the
citadel; but the rest came to the meeting, in obedience to the proclamation,
without their arms: and to them Hannibal addressed a cordial speech. The
Tarentines heartily cheered everything he said from joy at their unexpected
safety; and he dismissed the crowd with an injunction to each man, to go
with all speed to his own house, and write over the door, “A Tarentine’s”;
but if any one wrote the same word on a house where a Roman was living,
he declared the penalty to be death. He then personally told off the best men
he had for the service, and sent them to plunder the houses of the Romans;
giving them as their instructions to consider all houses which had no
inscription as belonging to the enemy: the rest of his men he kept drawn up
as a reserve.
34. A vast quantity of miscellaneous property having been got together by
this plundering, and a booty fully answering the expectations of the
Fortifications raised to Carthaginians, they bivouacked for that night under
preserve the town from arms. But the next day, after consulting with the
attack from the citadel.
Tarentines, Hannibal decided to cut off the city from the
citadel by a wall, that the Tarentines might not any longer be under
continual alarm from the Romans in possession of the citadel. His first
measure was to throw up a palisade, parallel to the wall of the citadel and to
the trench in front of it. But as he very well knew that the enemy would not
allow this tamely, but would make a demonstration of their power in that
direction, he got ready for the work a number of his best hands, thinking
that the first thing necessary was to overawe the Romans and give
confidence to the Tarentines. But as soon as the first palisade was begun,

Page 547

the Romans began a bold and determined attack; whereupon Hannibal,
offering just enough resistance to induce the rest to come out, as soon as the
greater part of them had crossed the trench, gave the word of command to
his men and charged the enemy. A desperate struggle ensued; for the fight
took place in a narrow space surrounded by walls; but at last the Romans
were forced to turn and fly. Many of them fell in the actual fighting, but the
larger number were forced over the edge of the trench and were killed by
the fall over its steep bank.
35. For the present Hannibal, after completing the palisade unmolested, was
content to remain quiet, as his plan had succeeded to his wish; for he had
Further works of shut in the enemy and compelled them to remain inside
security. their wall, in terror for the safety of the citadel as well
as for their own; while he had raised the courage of the citizens of Tarentum
to such an extent, that they now imagined themselves to be a match for the
Romans, even without the Carthaginians. A little later he made at a short
distance from the palisade, in the direction of the town, a trench parallel to
the palisade and the wall of the citadel; and the earth dug out from it having
been piled up on the other side along the edge nearest the town, he erected
another palisade on the top, thus making a fortification no less secure than
the wall itself. Once more, at a moderate distance, nearer the city, he
commenced building a wall, starting from the street called Soteira up to that
called Batheia; so that, even without a garrison, the Tarentines were
adequately protected by the mere constructions themselves. Then leaving a
sufficient garrison, and enough cavalry to serve on outpost duty for the
protection of the wall, he encamped along the bank of the river which is
called by some the Galaesus, but by most people the Eurotas, after the river
which flows past Sparta. The Tarentines have many such derived names,
both in town and country, from the acknowledged fact of their being a
colony from Sparta and connected by blood with the Lacedaemonians. As
the wall quickly approached completion, owing to the activity and zeal of
the Tarentines, and the vigorous co-operation of the Carthaginians,
Hannibal next conceived the idea of taking the citadel also.
36. But when he had already completed the preparation of the necessary
Hannibal’s arrangements engines for the assault, the Romans received some
for storming the citadel slight encouragement on a reinforcement throwing itself
frustrated.
into the citadel by sea from Metapontium; and

Page 548

consequently they sallied out by night and attacked the works, and
destroyed all Hannibal’s apparatus and engines. After this Hannibal
abandoned the idea of a storm: but as the new wall was now completed, he
summoned a meeting of the Tarentines and pointed out to them that the
Romans reinforced. most imperative necessity, in view of the present state
of things, was to get command of the sea. For as the
citadel commanded the entrance to the harbour, the Tarentines could not use
their ships nor sail out of it; while the Romans could get supplies conveyed
to them by sea without danger: and as long as that was the case, it was
impossible that the city should have any security for its freedom. Hannibal
New plans for cutting off saw this clearly, and explained to the Tarentines that, if
the Roman supplies by the enemy on the citadel were deprived of hope of
sea.
succour by sea, they would at once give way, and
abandon it of their own accord, without attempting to defend the place. The
Tarentines were fully convinced by his words: but how it was to be brought
about in the present state of affairs they could form no idea, unless a fleet
should appear from Carthage; which at that time of the year was impossible.
They therefore said that they could not understand what Hannibal was
aiming at in these remarks to them. When he replied that it was plain that,
even without the Carthaginians, they were all but in command of the sea,
they were still more puzzled, and could not guess his meaning. The truth
was that Hannibal had noticed that the broad street, which was at once
within the wall separating the town from the citadel, and led from the
harbour into the open sea, was well suited for the purpose; and he had
conceived the idea of dragging the ships out of the harbour to the sea on the
southern side of the town. Upon his disclosing his idea to the Tarentines,
they not only expressed their agreement with the proposal, but the greatest
admiration for himself; and made up their minds that there was nothing
which his acuteness and daring could not accomplish. Trucks on wheels
were quickly constructed: and it was scarcely sooner said than done, owing
to the zeal of the people and the numbers who helped to work at it. In this
way the Tarentines dragged their ships across into the open sea, and were
enabled without danger to themselves to blockade the Romans on the
citadel, having deprived them of their supplies from without. But Hannibal
b.c. 212-211. himself, leaving a garrison for the city, started with his
army, and returned in a three days’ march to his original

Page 549

camp; and there remained without further movements for the rest of the
winter....

FALL OF SYRACUSE, B.C. 212

The method taken by a 37. He counted the layers; for as the tower had been
Roman to estimate the built of regular layers of stone, it was very easy to
height of the wall of
Syracuse. Livy, 25, 23.
reckon the height of the battlements from the ground....
Some days afterwards on information being given by a deserter that the
Syracusans had been engaged in a public sacrifice to Artemis for the last
Fall of Syracuse by an three days; and that they were using very scanty food in
escalade, autumn the festival though plenty of wine, both Epicydes and
b.c. 212. Livy, 24, 23-31.
certain Syracusans having given a large supply; Marcus
Marcellus selected a part of the wall somewhat lower than the rest, and
thinking it probable that the men were drunk, owing to the license of the
hour, and the short supply of food with their wine, he determined to attempt
an escalade. Two ladders of the proper height for the wall having been
quickly made, he pressed on the undertaking. He spoke openly to those who
were fit to make the ascent and to face the first and most conspicuous risk,
holding out to them brilliant prospects of reward. He also picked out some
men to give them necessary help and bring ladders, without telling them
anything except to bid them be ready to obey orders. His directions having
been accurately obeyed, at the proper time in the night he put the first men
in motion, sending with them the men with the ladders together with a
maniple and a tribune, and having first reminded them of the rewards
awaiting them if they behaved with gallantry. After this he got his whole
force ready to start; and despatching the vanguard by maniples at intervals,
when a thousand had been massed in this way, after a short pause, he
marched himself with the main body. The men carrying the ladders having
succeeded in safely placing them against the wall, those who had been told
off to make the ascent mounted at once without hesitation. Having
accomplished this without being observed, and having got a firm footing on
the top of the wall, the rest began to mount by the ladders also, not in any
fixed order, but as best they could. At first as they made their way upon the
wall they found no one to oppose them, for the guards of the several towers,
owing to it being a time of public sacrifice, were either still drinking or
were gone to sleep again in a state of drunkenness. Consequently of the first

Page 550

and second companies of guards, which they came upon, they killed the
greater number before they knew that they were being attacked. And when
they came near Hexapyli, they descended from the wall, and forced open
the first postern they came to which was let into the wall, through which
they admitted the general and the rest of the army. This is the way in which
the Romans took Syracuse....

Livy, 25, 24. None of the citizens knew what was happening because
of the distance; for the town is a very large one....

The first quarter But the Romans were rendered very confident by their
occupied. Livy, 25, 24. conquest of Epipolae....

38. He gave orders that the infantry should take the beasts of burden along
with the baggage tied upon them from the rear and range them in front of
themselves. This produced a defence of greater security than any
palisade.324...

So entirely unable are the majority of mankind to submit to that lightest of
all burdens—silence....

Anything in the future seems preferable to what exists in the present....

Page 551

BOOK IX

EXTRACT FROM THE PREFACE

1. Such are the most conspicuous transactions of this Olympiad, that is, of
142d Olympiad, the four years which an Olympiad must be reckoned to
b.c. 212-208. contain; and I shall endeavour to include the history of
them in two books.
I am quite aware that my history has an element of austerity in it, and is
adapted to, and will be approved by only one class of readers, owing to the
uniformity of its plan. Nearly all other historians, or at any rate most, attract
a variety of readers by entering upon all the various branches of history. The
curious reader is attracted by the genealogical style; the antiquarian by the
discussion of colonisations, origins of cities, and ties of blood, such as is
found in Ephorus; the student of polities by the story of tribes, cities, and
dynasties. It is to this last branch of the subject that I have had a single eye,
and have devoted my whole work; and accordingly have, as I said before,
accommodated all my plans to one particular class of narrative. The result is
that I have made my work by no means attractive reading to the majority.
Why I thus neglected other departments of history, and deliberately
resolved to confine myself to chronicling actions, I have already stated at
length; however, there is no reason why I should not briefly remind my
readers of it again in this place, for the sake of impressing it upon them.
2. Seeing that many writers have discussed in many varieties of style the
question of genealogies, myths, and colonisations, as well as of the
foundations of cities and the consanguinity of peoples, there was nothing
left for a writer at this date but to copy the words of others and claim them
as his own,—than which nothing could be more dishonourable; or, if he did
not choose to do that, to absolutely waste his labour, being obliged to
acknowledge that he is composing a history and bestowing thought on what
has already been sufficiently set forth and transmitted to posterity by his
predecessors. For these and sundry other reasons I abandoned such themes
as these, and determined on writing a history of actions: first, because they

Page 552

are continually new and require a new narrative,—as of course one
generation cannot give us the history of the next; and secondly, because
such a narrative is of all others the most instructive. This it has always been:
but it is eminently so now, because the arts and sciences have made such an
advance in our day, that students are able to arrange every event as it
happens according to fixed rules, as it were, of scientific classification.
Therefore, as I did not aim so much at giving pleasure to my readers, as at
profiting those who apply to such studies, I omitted all other themes and
devoted myself wholly to this. But on these points, those who give a careful
attention to my narrative will be the best witnesses to the truth of what I
say....

THE HANNIBALIAN WAR

In the previous year (212 b.c.) Syracuse had fallen: the two Scipios had
been conquered and killed in Spain: the siege-works had been constructed
round Capua, at the very time of the fall of Syracuse, i.e. in the autumn,
Hannibal being engaged in fruitless attempts upon the citadel of Tarentum.
See Livy, 25, 22.

3. Entirely surrounding the position of Appius Claudius, Hannibal at first
skirmished, and tried all he could to tempt him to come out and give him
b.c. 211. Coss. Gnaeus battle. But as no one attended to him, his attack became
Fulvius Centumalus, P. very like an attempt to storm the camp; for his cavalry
Sulpicius Galba. The
Romans were still
charged in their squadrons, and with loud cries hurled
engaged in the siege of their javelins inside the entrenchments, and the infantry
Capua. attacked in their regular companies, and tried to pull
Q. Fulvius and Appius
Claudius, the Consuls of down the palisading round the camp. But not even so
the previous year, were could he move the Romans from their purpose: they
continued in command employed their light-armed troops to repulse those who
there, with orders not to
leave the place till it fell. were actually attacking the palisade, but protecting
Livy, 26, 1. Hannibal themselves with their heavy shields against the javelins
tries to raise the siege. of the enemy, they remained drawn up near their
standards without moving. Discomfited at being neither able to throw
himself into Capua, nor induce the Romans to leave their camp, Hannibal
retired to consult as to what was best to be done.

Page 553

It is no wonder, in my opinion, that the Carthaginians were puzzled. I think
The determination and any one who heard the facts would be the same. For
cautious tactics of the who would not have received with incredulity the
Romans.
statement that the Romans, after losing so many battles
to the Carthaginians, and though they did not venture to meet them on the
field, could not nevertheless be induced to give up the contest or abandon
the command of the country? Up to this time, moreover, they had contented
themselves with hovering in his neighbourhood, keeping along the skirts of
the mountains; but now they had taken up a position on the plains, and
those the fairest in all Italy, and were besieging the strongest city in it; and
that with an enemy attacking them, whom they could not endure even the
thought of meeting face to face: while the Carthaginians, who beyond all
dispute had won the battles, were sometimes in as great difficulties as the
losers. I think the reason of the strategy adopted by the two sides
respectively was, that they both had seen that Hannibal’s cavalry was the
main cause of the Carthaginian victory and Roman defeat. Accordingly the
plan of the losers after the battles, of following their enemies at a distance,
was the natural one to adopt; for the country through which they went was
such that the enemy’s cavalry would be unable to do them any damage.
Similarly what now happened at Capua to either side was natural and
inevitable.
4. For the Roman army did not venture to come out and give battle, from
Carthaginian difficulties. fear of the enemy’s horse, but remained resolutely
within their entrenchment; well knowing that the
cavalry, by which they had been worsted in the battles, could not hurt them
there. While the Carthaginians, again, naturally could not remain any longer
encamped with their cavalry, because all the pastures in the surrounding
country had been utterly destroyed by the Romans with that very view; and
it was impossible for animals to come from such a distance, carrying on
their backs hay and barley for so large a body of cavalry, and so many
beasts of burden; nor again did they venture, when encamped without their
cavalry, to attack an enemy protected by a palisade and fosse, with whom a
contest, even without these advantages in their favour, was likely to be a
doubtful one if they had not got their cavalry. Besides this they were much
alarmed about the new Consuls, lest they should come and encamp against

Page 554

them, and reduce them to serious straits by cutting off their supplies of
provisions.
These considerations convinced Hannibal that it was impossible to raise the
siege by an open attack, and he therefore changed his tactics. He imagined
Hannibal determines on that if by a secret march he could suddenly appear in
creating a diversion by the neighbourhood of Rome, he might by the alarm
threatening Rome.
which he would inspire in the inhabitants by his
unexpected movement, perhaps do something worth while against the city
itself; or, if he could not do that, would at least force Appius either to raise
the siege of Capua, in order to hasten to the relief of his native town, or to
divide the Roman forces; which would then be easier for him to conquer in
detail.
5. With this purpose in his mind he sent a letter-carrier into Capua. This he
did by persuading one of his Libyans to desert to the Roman camp, and
Hannibal informs the thence to Capua. He took this trouble to secure the safe
Capuans of his purpose. delivery of his letter, because he was very much afraid
that the Capuans, if they saw him departing, would consider that he
despaired of them, and would therefore give up hope and surrender to the
Romans. He wrote therefore an explanation of his design, and sent the
Libyan the day after, in order that the Capuans, being acquainted with the
purpose of his departure, might go on courageously sustaining the siege.
When the news had arrived at Rome that Hannibal had encamped over
Excitement and activity against their lines, and was actually besieging their
at Rome. forces, there was universal excitement and terror, from
a feeling that the result of the impending battle would decide the whole war.
Consequently, with one heart and soul, the citizens had all devoted
themselves to sending out reinforcements and making preparations for this
struggle. On their part, the Capuans were encouraged by the receipt of
Hannibal’s letter, and by thus learning the object of the Carthaginian
movement, to stand by their determination, and to await the issue of this
new hope. At the end of the fifth day, therefore, after his arrival on the
Hannibal starts. ground, Hannibal ordered his men to take their supper
as usual, and leave their watch-fires burning; and
started with such secrecy, that none of the enemy knew what was
happening. He took the road through Samnium, and marched at a great pace

Page 555

and without stopping, his skirmishers always keeping before him to
reconnoitre and occupy all the posts along the route: and while those in
Rome had their thoughts still wholly occupied with Capua and the
campaign there, he crossed the Anio without being observed; and having
arrived at a distance of not more than forty stades from Rome, there pitched
his camp.
6. On this being known at Rome, the utmost confusion and terror prevailed
among the inhabitants,—this movement of Hannibal’s being as unexpected
Terror at Rome. as it was sudden; for he had never been so close to the
city before. At the same time their alarm was increased
by the idea at once occurring to them, that he would not have ventured so
near, if it were not that the armies at Capua were destroyed. Accordingly,
the men at once went to line the walls, and the points of vantage in the
defences of the town; while the women went round to the temples of the
gods and implored their protection, sweeping the pavements of the temples
with their hair: for this is their customary way of behaving when any
serious danger comes upon their country. But just as Hannibal had
encamped, and was intending to attempt the city itself next day, an
extraordinary coincidence occurred which proved fortunate for the
preservation of Rome.
For Gnaeus Fulvius and Publius Sulpicius, having already enrolled one
The Consular levies consular army, had bound the men with the usual oath
fortunately being at to appear at Rome armed on that very day; and were
Rome enable the
Romans to make a
also engaged on that day in drawing out the lists and
counter-demonstration. testing the men for the other army:325 whereby it so
happened that a large number of men had been collected in Rome
spontaneously in the very nick of time. These troops the Consuls boldly led
outside the walls, and, entrenching themselves there, checked Hannibal’s
intended movement. For the Carthaginians were at first eager to advance,
and were not altogether without hope that they would be able to take Rome
itself by assault. But when they saw the enemy drawn up in order, and
Hannibal devastates the learnt before long from a prisoner what had happened,
Campagna. they abandoned the idea of attacking the city, and began
devastating the country-side instead, and setting fire to the houses. In these
first raids they collected an innumerable amount of booty, for the field of

Page 556

plunder upon which they were entered was one into which no one had ever
expected an enemy to set foot.
7. But presently, when the Consuls ventured to encamp within ten stades of
Hannibal starts on his him, Hannibal broke up his quarters before daylight. He
return. did so for three reasons:—first, because he had
collected an enormous booty; secondly, because he had given up all hope of
taking Rome; and lastly, because he reckoned that the time had now come
at which he expected, according to his original idea, that Appius would
have learnt the danger threatening Rome, and would have raised the siege
of Capua and come with his whole force to the relief of the city; or at any
rate would hurry up with the greater part, leaving a detachment to carry on
the siege. Publius had caused the bridges over the Anio to be broken down,
and thus compelled Hannibal to get his army across by a ford; and he now
The passage of the Anio. attacked the Carthaginians as they were engaged in
making the passage of the stream and caused them great
distress. They were not able however to strike an important blow, owing to
the number of Hannibal’s cavalry, and the activity of the Numidians in
every part of the field. But before retiring to their camp they wrested the
greater part of the booty from them, and killed about three hundred men;
and then, being convinced that the Carthaginians were beating a hasty
retreat in a panic, they followed in their rear, keeping along the line of hills.
At first Hannibal continued to march at a rapid pace, being anxious to meet
the force which he expected; but at the end of the fifth day, being informed
Hannibal turns upon his that Appius had not left the siege of Capua, he halted;
pursuers. and waiting for the enemy to come up, made an attack
upon his camp before daylight, killed a large number of them, and drove the
rest out of their camp. But when day broke, and he saw the Romans in a
strong position upon a steep hill, to which they had retired, he decided not
to continue his attack upon them; but marching through Daunia and
Bruttium he appeared at Rhegium, so unexpectedly, that he was within an
ace of capturing the city, and did cut off all who were out in the country;
and during this excursion captured a very large number of the Rhegini.
8. It seems to me that the courage and determination both of the
Carthaginians and Romans at this crisis were truly remarkable; and merit
quite as much admiration as the conduct of Epaminondas, which I will
describe here for the sake of pointing the comparison.

Page 557

He reached Tegea with the allies, and when he saw that the
The rapid march of Lacedaemonians with their own forces in full were
Epaminondas to Sparta, come to Mantinea, and that their allies had mustered
and back again to
Mantinea. See
together in the same city, with the intention of offering
Xenophon, Hell. 7, 5, 8 Xenophon, Hell. 7, 5, 8 the Thebans battle; having given
sq. b.c. 362. sq. b.c. 362. orders to his men to get their supper
early, he led his army out immediately after nightfall, on the pretext of
being anxious to seize certain posts with a view to the coming battle. But
having impressed this idea upon the common soldiers, he led them along
the road to Lacedaemon itself; and having arrived at the city about the third
hour of his march, contrary to all expectation, and finding Sparta destitute
of defenders, he forced his way right up to the market-place, and occupied
A Cretan warns the quarters of the town which slope down to the river.
Agesilaus. Then however a contretemps occurred: a deserter made
his way into Mantinea and told Agesilaus what was going on. Assistance
accordingly arrived just as the city was on the point of being taken; and
Epaminondas was disappointed of his hope. But having caused his men to
get their breakfast along the bank of the Eurotas, and recovered them from
their fatigue, he started to march back again by the same road, calculating
that, as the Lacedaemonians and their allies had come to the relief of Sparta,
Mantinea would in its turn be left undefended: which turned out to be the
case. So he exhorted the Thebans to exert themselves; and, after a rapid
night march, arrived at Mantinea about midday, finding it entirely destitute
of defenders.
But the Athenians, who were at that time zealously supporting the
Lacedaemonians in their contest with the Thebans, had arrived in virtue of
their treaty of alliance; and just as the Theban vanguard reached the temple
of Poseidon, seven stades from the town, it happened that the Athenians
showed themselves, by design, as if on the brow of the hill overhanging
Mantinea. And when they saw them, the Mantineans who had been left
behind at last ventured to man the wall and resist the attack of the Thebans.
Therefore historians are justified in speaking with some dissatisfaction of
these events,326 when they say that the leader did everything which a good
general could, but that, while conquering his enemies, Epaminondas was
conquered by Fortune.

Page 558

9. Much the same remark applies to Hannibal. For who can refrain from
regarding with respect and admiration a general capable of doing what he
did? First he attempted by harassing the enemy with skirmishing attacks to
raise the siege: having failed in this he made direct for Rome itself: baffled
once more by a turn of fortune entirely independent of human calculation,
he kept his pursuers in play,327 and waited till the moment was ripe to see
whether the besiegers of Capua stirred: and finally, without relaxing in his
determination, swept down upon his enemies to their destruction, and all
but depopulated Rhegium. One would be inclined however to judge the
Romans to be superior to the Lacedaemonians at this crisis. For the
Lacedaemonians rushed off en masse at the first message and relieved
Sparta, but, as far as they were concerned, lost Mantinea. The Romans
guarded their own city without breaking up the siege of Capua: on the
contrary, they remained unshaken and firm in their purpose, and in fact
from that time pressed the Capuans with renewed spirit.
I have not said this for the sake of making a panegyric on either the Romans
or Carthaginians, whose great qualities I have already remarked upon more
than once: but for the sake of those who are in office among the one or the
other people, or who are in future times to direct the affairs of any state
whatever; that by the memory, or actual contemplation, of exploits such as
these they may be inspired with emulation. For in an adventurous and
hazardous policy it often turns out that audacity was the truest safety and
the finest sagacity;328 and success or failure does not affect the credit and
excellence of the original design, so long as the measures taken are the
result of deliberate thought....

TARENTUM

When the Romans were besieging Tarentum, Bomilcar the admiral of the
The Carthaginian fleet Carthaginian fleet came to its relief with a very large
invited from Sicily to force; and being unable to afford efficient aid to those
relieve Tarentum does
more harm than good,
in the town, owing to the strict blockade maintained by
and departs to the joy of the Romans, without meaning to do so he used up more
the people, b.c. 211. than he brought; and so after having been constrained
Livy, 26, 20.
by entreaties and large promises to come, he was
afterwards forced at the earnest supplication of the people to depart....

Page 559

THE SPOILS OF SYRACUSE

10. A city is not really adorned by what is brought from without, but by the
virtue of its own inhabitants....
The Romans, then, decided to transfer these things to their own city and to
Syracuse was taken in leave nothing behind. Whether they were right in doing
the autumn, b.c. 212. so, and consulted their true interests or the reverse, is a
“The ornaments of the
city, statues and pictures
matter admitting of much discussion; but I think the
were taken to Rome.” balance of argument is in favour of believing it to have
Livy, 25, 40, cp. 26, 21. been wrong then, and wrong now. If such had been the
works by which they had exalted their country, it is clear that there would
have been some reason in transferring thither the things by which they had
become great. But the fact was that, while leading lives of the greatest
simplicity themselves, as far as possible removed from the luxury and
extravagance which these things imply, they yet conquered the men who
had always possessed them in the greatest abundance and of the finest
quality. Could there have been a greater mistake than theirs? Surely it
would be an incontestable error for a people to abandon the habits of the
conquerors and adopt those of the conquered; and at the same time involve
itself in that jealousy which is the most dangerous concomitant of excessive
prosperity. For the looker-on never congratulates those who take what
belongs to others, without a feeling of jealousy mingling with his pity for
the losers. But suppose such prosperity to go on increasing, and a people to
accumulate into its own hands all the possessions of the rest of the world,
and moreover to invite in a way the plundered to share in the spectacle they
present, in that case surely the mischief is doubled. For it is no longer a case
of the spectators pitying their neighbours, but themselves, as they recall the
ruin of their own country. Such a sight produces an outburst, not of jealousy
merely, but of rage against the victors. For the reminder of their own
disaster serves to enhance their hatred of the authors of it. To sweep the
gold and silver, however, into their own coffers was perhaps reasonable; for
it was impossible for them to aim at universal empire without crippling the
means of the rest of the world, and securing the same kind of resources for
themselves. But they might have left in their original sites things that had
nothing to do with material wealth; and thus at the same time have avoided
exciting jealousy, and raised the reputation of their country: adorning it, not
with pictures and statues, but with dignity of character and greatness of

Page 560

soul. I have spoken thus much as a warning to those who take upon
themselves to rule over others, that they may not imagine that, when they
pillage cities, the misfortunes of others are an honour to their own country.
The Romans, however, when they transferred these things to Rome, used
such of them as belonged to individuals to increase the splendour of private
establishments, and such as belonged to the state to adorn the city....

SPAIN

11. The leaders of the Carthaginians, though they had conquered their
The two Scipios fall in enemies, could not control themselves: and having
b.c. 212. made up their minds that they had put an end to the
Roman war, they began quarrelling with each other, finding continual
subjects of dispute through the innate covetousness and ambition of the
Hasdrubal Gisconis Phoenician character; among whom Hasdrubal, son of
tertius Carthaginiensium Gesco, pushed his authority to such a pitch of iniquity
dux. Livy 24, 41, cp. 25,
37.
as to demand a large sum of money from Andobales,
the most faithful of all their Iberian friends, who had
some time before lost his chieftainship for the sake of the Carthaginians,
and had but recently recovered it through his loyalty to them. When
Andobales, trusting to his long fidelity to Carthage, refused this demand,
Hasdrubal got up a false charge against him and compelled him to give up
his daughters as hostages....

ON THE ART OF COMMANDING ARMIES

12. The chances and accidents that attend military expeditions require great
circumspection; and it is possible to provide for all of them with precision,
provided that a man gives his mind to the conduct of his plan of campaign.
Now that fewer operations in war are carried out openly and by mere force,
than by stratagem and the skillful use of opportunity, any one that chooses
may readily learn from the history of the past. And again that operations
depending on the choice of opportunity oftener fail than succeed is easily
proved from experience. Nor can there be any doubt that the greater part of
such failures are due to the folly or carelessness of the leaders. It is time
therefore to inquire into the rules of this art of strategy.

Page 561

Such things as occur in campaigns without having been calculated upon in
any way we must not speak of as operations, but as accidents or casualties.
It is the conduct of a campaign in accordance with an exact plan that I am to
set forth: omitting all such things as do not fall under a scientific rule, and
have no fixed design.
13. Every operation requires a time fixed for its commencement, a period
The points of inherent and place for its execution, secrecy, definite signals,
importance in the persons by whom and with whom it is to be executed,
conduct of a campaign,
—time, place, secrecy,
and a settled plan for conducting it. It is evident that the
code of signals, agents, man who has rightly provided for each of these details
and method. will not fail in the ultimate result, while he who has
neglected any single one of them will fail in the whole. Such is the order of
nature, that one insignificant circumstance will suffice for failure, while for
success rigid perfection of every detail is barely enough.
Leaders then should neglect no single point in conducting such expeditions.
Now the head and front of such precautions is silence; and not to allow
either joy at the appearance of an unexpected hope, or fear, or familiarity, or
Things necessary. 1. natural affection, to induce a man to communicate his
Silence. plans to any one unconcerned, but to impart it to those
and those alone without whom it is impossible to complete his plan, and not
even to them a moment sooner than necessary, but only when the exigencies
of the particular service make it inevitable. It is necessary, moreover, not
only to be silent with the tongue, but much more so in the mind. For it has
happened to many generals before now, while preserving an inviolable
silence, to betray their thoughts either by the expression of their
countenances or by their actions.
The second requisite is to know accurately the conditions under which
2. Knowledge of the marches by day or night may be performed, and the
capabilities of the force distances to which they can extend, and not only
in moving.
marches on land, but also voyages by sea.
The third and most important is to have some knowledge of the seasons,
and to be able to adapt the design to them.

Page 562

Nor again is the selection of the ground for the operation to be regarded as
unimportant, since it often happens that it is this which makes what seems
impossible possible, and what seemed possible impossible.

3. Care in concerting Finally there must be no neglect of the subject of
signals. signals and counter signals; and the choice of persons
4. Care in selecting men.
by whom and with whom the operation is to be carried
out.
14. Of these points some are learnt by experience, some from history, and
5. Knowledge of others by the study of scientific strategy. It is a most
localities. excellent thing too that the general should have a
personal knowledge both of the roads, and the locality which he has to
reach, and its natural features, as well as of the persons by whom and with
whom he is to act. If that is not possible, the next best thing is that he
should make careful inquiries and not trust just any one: and men who
undertake to act as guides to such places should always deposit security
with those whom they are conducting.
These, and other points like them, it is perhaps possible that leaders may
6. Accurate knowledge learn sufficiently from the mere study of strategy,
of natural phenomena whether practical or in books. But scientific
enabling a general to
make accurate
investigation requires scientific processes and
calculation of time. demonstrations, especially in astronomy and geometry;
the working out of which is not much to our present
point, though their results are important, and may contribute largely to the
success of such undertakings.
The most important operation in astronomy is the calculation of the lengths
of the days and nights. If these had been uniform it would not have been a
matter requiring any study, but the knowledge would have been common to
all the world: since however they not only differ with each other but also
with themselves, it is plainly necessary to be acquainted with the increase
and diminution of both the one and the other. How can a man calculate a
march, and the distance practicable in a day or in a night, if he is
unacquainted with the variation of these periods of time? In fact nothing
can be done up to time without this knowledge,—it is inevitable otherwise
that a man should be sometimes too late and sometimes too soon. And these

Page 563

operations are the only ones in which being too soon is a worse fault than
being too late. For the general who overstays the proper hour of action only
misses his chance, since he can find out that he has done so before he
arrives, and so get off safely: but he that anticipates the hour is detected
when he comes up; and so not only misses his immediate aim, but runs a
risk of ruining himself altogether.
15. In all human undertakings opportuneness is the most important thing,
but especially in operations of war. Therefore a general must have at his
fingers’ ends the season of the summer and winter solstice, the equinoxes,
and the periods between them in which the days and nights increase and
diminish. For it is by this knowledge alone that he can compute the distance
that can be done whether by sea or land. Again, he must necessarily
The divisions of the day; understand the subdivisions both of the day and the
night, in order to know at what hour to order the
reveillé, or the march out; for the end cannot be attained unless the
beginning be rightly taken. As for the periods of the day, they may be
observed by the shadows or by the sun’s course, and the quarter of the
heaven in which it has arrived, but it is difficult to do the same for the night,
unless a man is familiar with the phenomenon of the twelve signs of the
of the night. Zodiac, and their law and order: and this is easy to
those who have studied astronomy. For since, though
the nights are unequal in length, at least six of the signs of the Zodiac are
nevertheless above the horizon every night, it is plain that in the same
portions of every night equal portions of the twelve signs of the Zodiac rise.
Now as it is known what portion of the sphere is occupied by the sun during
the day, it is evident that when he has set the arc subtended by the diameter
of his arc must rise. Therefore the length of the night is exactly
commensurate with the portion of the Zodiac which appears above the
horizon after sunset. And, given that we know the number and size of the
signs of the Zodiac, the corresponding divisions of the night are also
known. If however the nights be cloudy, the moon must be watched, since
owing to its size its light as a general rule is always visible, at whatsoever
point in the heaven it may be. The hour may be guessed sometimes by
observing the time and place of its rising, or again of its setting, if you only
have sufficient acquaintance with this phenomenon to be familiar with the
daily variation of its rising. And the law which it too follows admits of

Page 564

being easily observed; for its revolution is limited by the period of one
month, which serves as a model to which all subsequent revolutions
conform.
16. And here one may mention with admiration that Homer represents
The example of Ulysses. Ulysses, that truest type of a leader of men, taking
See Odyss. 5, 270 sq. observations of the stars, not only to direct his voyages,
but his operations on land also. For such accidents as baffle expectation,
and are incapable of being accurately reckoned upon, are quite sufficient to
bring us to great and frequent distress, for instance, downpours of rain and
rise of torrents, excessive frosts and snows, misty and cloudy weather, and
other things like these;—but if we also neglect to provide for those which
can be foreseen, is it not likely that we shall have ourselves to thank for
frequent failures? None of these means then must be neglected, if we wish
to avoid those errors into which many others are said to have fallen, as well
as the particular generals whom I am about to mention by way of examples.
17. When Aratus, the Strategus of the Achaean league, attempted to take
Aratus fails at Cynaetha. Cynaetha by treachery, he arranged a day with those in
the town who were co-operating with him, on which he
was to arrive on the banks of the river which flows past Cynaetha, and to
remain there quietly with his forces: while the party inside the town about
midday, when they got an opportunity, were to send out one of their men
quietly, wrapped in a cloak, and order him to take his stand upon a tomb
agreed upon in front of the city; the rest were to attack the officers who
were accustomed to guard the gate while taking their siesta. This being
done, the Achaeans were to rise from their ambush and to make all haste to
occupy the gate. These arrangements made, and the time having come,
Aratus arrived; and having concealed himself down by the river, waited
there for the signal. But about an hour before noon, a man, whose
profession it was to keep a fine kind of sheep near the town, wishing to ask
some business question of the shepherd, came out of the gate with his cloak
on, and standing upon the same tomb looked round to find the shepherd.
Whereupon Aratus, thinking that the signal had been given, hurried with all
his men as fast as he could towards the gate. But the gate being hurriedly
closed by the guard, owing to no preparations having yet been made by the
party in the town, the result was that Aratus not only failed in his attempt
but was the cause of the worst misfortunes to his partisans. For being thus

Page 565

detected they were dragged forward and put to death. What is one to say
was the cause of this catastrophe? Surely that the general arranged only for
a single signal, and being then quite young had no experience of the
accuracy secured by double signals and counter-signals. On so small a point
in war does the success or failure of an operation turn.
18. Again the Spartan Cleomenes, when proposing to take Megalopolis by a
Cleomenes. See 2, 55. stratagem, arranged with the guards of that part of the
wall near what is called the Cavern to come out with all
their men in the third watch, the hour at which his partisans were on duty on
the wall; but not having taken into consideration the fact that at the time of
May 12. the rising of the Pleiads the nights are very short, he
started his army from Sparta about sunset. The result
was that he was not able to get there in time, but being overtaken by
daybreak, made a rash and ill-considered attempt to carry the town, and was
repulsed with considerable loss and the danger of a complete overthrow.
Now if he had, in accordance with his arrangement, hit the proper time, and
led in his men while his partisans were in command of the entrance, he
would not have failed in his attempt.
Similarly, once more, King Philip, as I have already stated, when carrying
Philip’s attack on on an intrigue in the city of Meliteia, made a mistake in
Meliteia. See 5, 97. two ways. The ladders which he brought were too short
for their purpose, and he mistook the time. For having arranged to arrive
about midnight, when every one was fast asleep, he started from Larissa
and arrived in the territory of Meliteia too early, and was neither able to
halt, for fear of his arrival being announced in the city, nor to get back again
without being discovered. Being compelled therefore to continue his
advance, he arrived at the city while the inhabitants were still awake.
Consequently he could neither carry the wall by an escalade, because of the
insufficient length of the ladders; nor enter by the gate, because it was too
early for his partisans inside to help him. Finally, he did nothing but irritate
the people of the town, and, after losing a considerable number of his own
men, retired unsuccessful and covered with disgrace; having only given a
warning to the rest of the world to distrust him and be on their guard against
him.

Page 566

19. Again Nicias, the general of the Athenians, had it in his power to have
Nicias, b.c. 413. Thucyd. saved the army besieging Syracuse, and had selected
7, 50. the proper time of the night for escaping the observation
of the enemy, and retiring to a place of safety. And then because the moon
was eclipsed, regarding it superstitiously as of evil portent, he stopped the
army from starting. Thanks to this it came about that, when he started the
next day, the enemy had obtained information of his intention, and army
and generals alike fell into the hands of the Syracusans. Yet if he had asked
about this from men acquainted with such phenomena, he might not only
have avoided missing his opportunity for such an absurd reason, but have
also used the occurrence for his own benefit owing to the ignorance of the
enemy. For the ignorance of their neighbours contributes more than
anything else to the success of the instructed.
Such then are examples of the necessity of studying celestial phenomena.
The method of judging But as for securing the proper length of scaling ladders,
of the length necessary the following is the method of making the calculation.
for scaling ladders.
Suppose the height of the wall to be given by one of the
conspirators within, the measurement required for the ladders is evident; for
example, if the height of the wall is ten feet or any other unit, the ladders
must be full twelve; and the interval between the wall and the foot of the
ladder must be half the length of the ladder, that the ladders may not break
under the weight of those mounting if they are set farther away, nor be too
steep to be safe if set nearer the perpendicular. But supposing it not to be
possible to measure or get near the wall: the height of any object which
rises perpendicularly on its base can be taken by those who choose to study
mathematics.
20. Once more, therefore, those who wish to succeed in military projects
and operations must have studied geometry, not with professional
completeness, but far enough to have a comprehension of proportion and
equations. For it is not only in such cases that these are necessary, but also
for raising the scale of the divisions of a camp. For sometimes the problem
is to change the entire form of the camp, and yet to keep the same
proportion between all the parts included: at other times to keep the same
shape in the parts, and to increase or diminish the whole area on which the
camp stands, adding or subtracting from all proportionally. On which point
I have already spoken in more elaborate detail in my Notes on Military

Page 567

Tactics. For I do not think that any one will reasonably object to me that I
add a great burden to strategy, in urging on those who endeavour to acquire
it the study of astronomy and geometry: for, while rather rejecting all that is
superfluous in these studies, and brought in for show and talk, as well as all
idea of enjoining their prosecution beyond the point of practical utility, I am
most earnest and eager for so much as is barely necessary. For it would be
strange if those who aim at the sciences of dancing and flute-playing should
study the preparatory sciences of rhythms and music, (and the like might be
said of the pursuits of the palaestra), from the belief that the final attainment
of each of these sciences requires the assistance of the latter; while the
students of strategy are to feel aggrieved if they find that they require
subsidiary sciences up to a certain point. That would mean that men
practising common and inferior arts are more diligent and energetic than
those who resolve to excel in the best and most dignified subject, which no
man of sense would admit....

THE COMPUTATION OF THE SIZE OF CITIES

21. Most people calculate the area merely from the length of the
Sparta and Megalopolis. circumference [of towns or camps]. Accordingly, when
one says that the city of Megalopolis has a circuit of
fifty stades, and that of Sparta forty-eight, but that Sparta is twice the size
of Megalopolis, they look upon the assertion as incredible. And if one, by
way of increasing the difficulty, were to say that a city or camp may have a
circuit of forty stades and yet be double the size of one having a perimeter
of a hundred, the statement would utterly puzzle them. The reason of this is
that we do not remember the lessons in geometry taught us at school. I was
led to make these remarks because it is not only common people, but
actually some statesmen and military commanders, who have puzzled
themselves sometimes by wondering whether it were possible that Sparta
should be bigger, and that too by a great deal, than Megalopolis, while
having a shorter circuit; and at other times by trying to conjecture the
number of men by considering the mere length of a camp’s circuit. A
similar mistake is also made in pronouncing as to the number of the
inhabitants of cities. For most people imagine that cities in which the
ground is broken and hilly contain more houses than a flat site. But the fact
is not so; because houses are built at right angles not to sloping foundations

Page 568

but to the plains below, upon which the hills themselves are excrescences.
And this admits of a proof within the intelligence of a child. For if one
would imagine houses on slopes to be raised until they were of the same
height; it is evident that the plane of the roofs of the houses thus united will
be equal and parallel to the plane underlying the hills and foundations.
So much for those who aspire to be leaders and statesmen and are yet
ignorant and puzzled about such facts as these....
Those who do not enter upon undertakings with good will and zeal cannot
be expected to give real help when the time comes to act....

THE HANNIBALIAN WAR, B.C. 211

Such being the position of the Romans and Carthaginians, Fortune
continually oscillating between the two, we may say with the poet
“Pain hard by joy possessed the souls of each.”329...

There is profound truth in the observation which I have often made, that it
is impossible to grasp or get a complete view of the fairest of all subjects of
contemplation, the tendency of history as a whole, from writers of partial
histories....

THE CHARACTER OF HANNIBAL

22. Of all that befell the Romans and Carthaginians, good or bad, the cause
was one man and one mind,—Hannibal.
For it is notorious that he managed the Italian campaigns in person, and the
Spanish by the agency of the elder of his brothers, Hasdrubal, and
subsequently by that of Mago, the leaders who killed the two Roman
generals in Spain about the same time. Again, he conducted the Sicilian
campaign at first through Hippocrates and afterwards through Myttonus330
the Libyan. So also in Greece and Illyria: and, by brandishing before their
faces the dangers arising from these latter places, he was enabled to distract
the attention of the Romans, thanks to his understanding with Philip. So
great and wonderful is the influence of a Man, and a mind duly fitted by
original constitution for any undertaking within the reach of human powers.

Page 569

But since the position of affairs has brought us to an inquiry into the genius
of Hannibal, the occasion seems to me to demand that I should explain in
regard to him the peculiarities of his character which have been especially
the subject of controversy. Some regard him as having been extraordinarily
cruel, some exceedingly grasping of money. But to speak the truth of him,
or of any person engaged in public affairs, is not easy. Some maintain that
men’s real natures are brought out by their circumstances, and that they are
ἀρχὴ ἄνδρα δείξει. Bias, detected when in office, or as some say when in
in Aristot. Eth. 5, 1. misfortunes, though they have up to that time
completely maintained their secrecy. I, on the contrary, do not regard this as
a sound dictum. For I think that men in these circumstances are compelled,
not only occasionally but frequently, either by the suggestions of friends or
the complexity of affairs, to speak and act contrary to their real principles.
23. And there are many proofs of this to be found in past history if any one
Examples to the will give the necessary attention. Is it not universally
contrary. 1. Agathocles. stated by the historians that Agathocles, tyrant of Sicily,
after having the reputation of extreme cruelty in his original measures for
the establishment of his dynasty, when he had once become convinced that
his power over the Siceliots was firmly established, is considered to have
2. Cleomenes. become the most humane and mild of rulers? Again,
was not Cleomenes of Sparta a most excellent king, a
most cruel tyrant, and then again as a private individual most obliging and
benevolent? And yet it is not reasonable to suppose the most opposite
dispositions to exist in the same nature. They are compelled to change with
the changes of circumstances: and so some rulers often display to the world
a disposition as opposite as possible to their true nature. Therefore the
natures of men not only are not brought out by such things, but on the
contrary are rather obscured. The same effect is produced also not only in
commanders, despots, and kings, but in states also, by the suggestions of
3. Athens. friends. For instance, you will find the Athenians
responsible for very few tyrannical acts, and of many
kindly and noble ones, while Aristeides and Pericles were at the head of the
state: but quite the reverse when Cleon and Chares were so. And when the
4. Sparta. Lacedaemonians were supreme in Greece, all the
measures taken by King Cleombrotus were conceived
in the interests of their allies, but those by Agesilaus not so. The characters

Page 570

5. Philip V. of states therefore vary with the variations of their
leaders. King Philip again, when Taurion and Demetrius
were acting with him, was most impious in his conduct, but when Aratus or
Chrysogonus, most humane.
24. The case of Hannibal seems to me to be on a par with these. His
Hannibal mastered by circumstances were so extraordinary and shifting, his
circumstances. closest friends so widely different, that it is exceedingly
difficult to estimate his character from his proceedings in Italy. What those
circumstances suggested to him may easily be understood from what I have
already said, and what is immediately to follow; but it is not right to omit
the suggestions made by his friends either, especially as this matter may be
rendered sufficiently clear by one instance of the advice offered him. At the
time that Hannibal was meditating the march from Iberia to Italy with his
army, he was confronted with the extreme difficulty of providing food and
securing provisions, both because the journey was thought to be of
insuperable length, and because the barbarians that lived in the intervening
His cruelty. country were so numerous and savage. It appears that at
that time this difficulty frequently came on for
discussion at the council; and that one of his friends, called Hannibal
Monomachus, gave it as his opinion that there was one and only one way by
which it was possible to get as far as Italy. Upon Hannibal bidding him
speak out, he said that they must teach the army to eat human flesh, and
make them accustomed to it. Hannibal could say nothing against the
boldness and effectiveness of the idea, but was unable to persuade himself
or his friends to entertain it. It is this man’s acts in Italy that they say were
attributed to Hannibal, to maintain the accusation of cruelty, as well as such
as were the result of circumstances.
25. Fond of money indeed he does seem to have been to a conspicuous
degree, and to have had a friend of the same character—Mago, who
His avarice. commanded in Bruttium. That account I got from the
Carthaginians themselves; for natives know best not
only which way the wind lies, as the proverb has it, but the characters also
of their fellow-countrymen. But I heard a still more detailed story from
Massanissa, who maintained the charge of money-loving against all
Carthaginians generally, but especially against Hannibal and Mago called
the Samnite. Among other stories, he told me that these two men had

Page 571

arranged a most generous subdivision of operations between each other
from their earliest youth; and though they had each taken a very large
number of cities in Iberia and Italy by force or fraud, they had never taken
part in the same operation together; but had always schemed against each
other, more than against the enemy, in order to prevent the one being with
the other at the taking of a city: that they might neither quarrel in
consequence of things of this sort, nor have to divide the profit on the
ground of their equality of rank.
26. The influence of friends then, and still more that of circumstances, in
doing violence to and changing the natural character of Hannibal, is shown
by what I have narrated and will be shown by what I have to narrate. For as
soon as Capua fell into the hands of the Romans the other cities naturally
Effect of the fall of became restless, and began to look round for
Capua, b.c. 211. opportunities and pretexts for revolting back again to
Rome. It was then that Hannibal seems to have been at his lowest point of
distress and despair. For neither was he able to keep a watch upon all the
cities so widely removed from each other,—while he remained entrenched
at one spot, and the enemy were manœuvering against him with several
armies,—nor could he divide his force into many parts; for he would have
put an easy victory into the hands of the enemy by becoming inferior to
them in numbers, and finding it impossible to be personally present at all
points. Wherefore he was obliged to completely abandon some of the cities,
and withdraw his garrisons from others: being afraid lest, in the course of
the revolutions which might occur, he should lose his own soldiers as well.
Some cities again he made up his mind to treat with treacherous violence,
removing their inhabitants to other cities, and giving their property up to
plunder; in consequence of which many were enraged with him, and
accused him of impiety or cruelty. For the fact was that these movements
were accompanied by robberies of money, murders, and violence, on
various pretexts at the hands of the outgoing or incoming soldiers in the
cities, because they always supposed that the inhabitants that were left
behind were on the verge of turning over to the enemy. It is, therefore, very
difficult to express an opinion on the natural character of Hannibal, owing
to the influence exercised on it by the counsel of friends and the force of
circumstances. The prevailing notion about him, however, at Carthage was
that he was greedy of money, at Rome that he was cruel.331...

Page 572

AGRIGENTUM

27. The city of Agrigentum is not only superior to most cities in the
Agrigentum taken by particulars I have mentioned, but above all in beauty
Marcus Valerius and elaborate ornamentation. It stands within eighteen
Laevinus, late in the year
b.c. 210, jam magna
stades of the sea, so that it participates in every
parte anni circumacta. advantage from that quarter; while its circuit of
Livy, 26, 40. fortification is particularly strong both by nature and
art. For its wall is placed on a rock, steep and precipitous, on one side
naturally, on the other made so artificially. And it is enclosed by rivers: for
along the south side runs the river of the same name as the town, and along
the west and south-west side the river called Hypsas. The citadel overlooks
the city exactly at the south-east, girt on the outside by an impassable
ravine, and on the inside with only one approach from the town. On the top
of it is a temple of Athene and of Zeus Atabyrius as at Rhodes: for as
Agrigentum was founded by the Rhodians, it is natural that this deity should
have the same appellation as at Rhodes. The city is sumptuously adorned in
other respects also with temples and colonnades. The temple of Zeus
Olympius is still unfinished, but in its plan and dimensions it seems to be
inferior to no temple whatever in all Greece....

The treatment of the Marcus Valerius persuaded these refugees, on giving
refugees and them a pledge for the security of their lives, to leave
desperadoes who had
collected at Agathyrna in
Sicily and go to Italy, on condition that they should
Sicily. See Livy, 26, 40 receive pay from the people of Rhegium for plundering
fin. Bruttium, and retain all booty obtained from hostile
territory....

GREECE

28. Speech of Chlaeneas, the Aetolian, at Sparta. In the autumn of b.c. 211
the Consul-designate, M. Valerius Laevinus, induced the Aetolians, Scopas
being their Strategus, to form an alliance with them against Philip. The
treaty, as finally concluded, embraced also the Eleans, Lacedaemonians,
King Attalus of Pergamum, the Thracian King Pleuratus, and the Illyrian
Scerdilaidas. A mission was sent from Aetolia to persuade the
Lacedaemonians to join. See Livy, 26, 24.

Page 573

“That the Macedonian supremacy, men of Sparta, was the beginning of
slavery to the Greeks, I am persuaded that no one will venture to deny; and
you may satisfy yourselves by looking at it thus. There was a league of
Greeks living in the parts towards Thrace who were colonists from Athens
and Chalcis, of which the most conspicuous and powerful was the city of
b.c. 347. Olynthus. Having enslaved and made an example of
this town, Philip not only became master of the
Thraceward cities, but reduced Thessaly also to his authority by the terror
Battle of Chaeronea, which he had thus set up. Not long after this he
b.c. 338. conquered the Athenians in a pitched battle, and used
his success with magnanimity, not from any wish to benefit the Athenians—
far from it, but in order that his favourable treatment of them might induce
the other states to submit to him voluntarily. The reputation of your city was
still such that it seemed likely, that, if a proper opportunity arose, it would
recover its supremacy in Greece. Accordingly, without waiting for any but
the slightest pretext, Philip came with his army and cut down everything
standing in your fields, and destroyed the houses with fire. And at last, after
Succession of Alexander destroying towns and open country alike, he assigned
the Great, b.c. 336. part of your territory to the Argives, part to Tegea and
Megalopolis, and part to the Messenians: determined to benefit every
people in spite of all justice, on the sole condition of their injuring you.
Destruction of Thebes, Alexander succeeded Philip on the throne, and how he
b.c. 335. destroyed Thebes, because he thought that it contained
a spark of Hellenic life, however small, you all I think know well.
29. “And why need I speak in detail of how the successors of this king have
treated the Greeks? For surely there is no man living, so uninterested in
public affairs, as not to have heard how Antipater in his victory at Lamia
treated the unhappy Athenians, as well as the other Greeks; and how he
Battle of Crannon, went so far in violence and brutality as to institute man-
ending the Lamian war, hunters, and send them to the various cities to catch all
7th Aug., b.c. 322.
who had ever spoken against, or in any way annoyed,
the royal family of Macedonia: of whom some were dragged by force from
the temples, and others from the very altars, and put to death with torture,
and others who escaped were forced to leave Greece entirely; nor had they
any refuge save the Aetolian nation alone. For the Aetolians were the only
people in Greece who withstood Antipater in behalf of those unjustly

Page 574

defrauded of safety to their lives: they alone faced the invasion of Brennus
Defeat of Brennus at and his barbarian army: and they alone came to your aid
Delphi, b.c. 279. Pausan. when called upon, with a determination to assist you in
10, 15; 20-23.
regaining your ancestral supremacy in Greece.332 Who
again is ignorant of the deeds of Cassander, Demetrius, and Antigonus
Gonatas? For owing to their recency the knowledge of them still remains
distinct. Some of them by introducing garrisons, and others by implanting
despots in the cities, effectually secured that every state should share the
infamous brand of slavery. But passing by all these I will now come to the
last Antigonus,333 lest any of you, viewing his policy unsuspiciously, should
consider that you are under an obligation to the Macedonians. For it was
with no purpose of saving the Achaeans that he undertook the war against
you, nor from any dislike of the tyranny of Cleomenes inducing him to free
the Lacedaemonians. If any man among you holds this opinion, he must be
simple indeed. No! It was because he saw that his own power would not be
secure if you got the rule of the Peloponnese; and because he saw that
Cleomenes was of a nature well calculated to secure this object, and that
fortune was splendidly seconding your efforts, that he came in a tumult of
fear and jealousy, not to help Peloponnesians, but to destroy your hopes and
abase your power. Therefore you do not owe the Macedonians so much
gratitude for not destroying your city when they had taken it, as hostility
and hatred, for having more than once already stood in your way, when you
were strong enough to grasp the supremacy of Greece.
30. “Again, what need to speak more on the wickedness of Philip? For of
Philip V. his impiety towards the gods his outrages on the
temples at Thermus are a sufficient proof; and of his
cruelty towards man, his perfidy and treachery to the Messenians.
“So much for the past. But as to the present resolution before you, it is in a
way necessary to draft it, and vote on it, as though you were deciding on
war, and yet in real truth not to regard it as a war. For it is impossible for the
Achaeans, beaten as they are, to damage your territory: but I imagine that
they will be only too thankful to heaven if they can but protect their own,
when they find themselves surrounded by war with Eleans and Messenians
as allied to us, and with ourselves at the same time. And Philip, I am
persuaded, will soon desist from his attack, when involved in a war by land
with Aetolians, and by sea with Rome and King Attalus. The future may be

Page 575

easily conjectured from the past. For if he always failed to subdue Aetolians
when they were his only enemies, can we conceive that he will be able to
support the war if all these combine?
31. “I have said thus much with the deliberate purpose of showing you that
you are not hampered by previous engagements, but are entirely free in
your deliberations as to which you ought to join—Aetolians or
Macedonians. If you are under an earlier engagement, and have already
made up your minds on these points, what room is there for further
argument? For if you had made the alliance now existing between
yourselves and us, previous to the good services done you by Antigonus,
there might perhaps have been some reason for questioning whether it were
right to neglect an old treaty in gratitude for recent favours. But since it was
subsequent to this much vaunted freedom and security given you by
Antigonus, and with which they are perpetually taunting you, that, after
deliberation and frequent consideration as to which of the two you ought to
join, you decided to combine with us Aetolians; and have actually
exchanged pledges of fidelity with us, and have fought by our side in the
late war against Macedonia, how can any one entertain a doubt on the
subject any longer? For the obligations of kindness between you and
Antigonus and Philip were cancelled then. It now remains for you to point
out some subsequent wrong done you by Aetolians, or subsequent favour by
Macedonians: or if neither of these exist, on what grounds are you now, at
the instance of the very men to whom you justly refused to listen formerly,
when no obligation existed, about to undo treaties and oaths—the strongest
bonds of fidelity existing among mankind.”
Such was the conclusion of what was considered a very cogent speech by
Chlaeneas.
32. After him the ambassador of the Acarnanians, Lyciscus, came forward:
and at first he paused, seeing the multitude talking to each other about the
last speech; but when at last silence was obtained, he began his speech as
follows:—
“I and my colleagues, men of Sparta, have been sent to you by the common
Speech of Lyciscus, league of the Acarnanians; and as we have always
envoy from Acarnania, shared in the same prospects as the Macedonians, we
which country was to fall

Page 576

to the Aetolians by the consider that this mission also is common to us and
proposed new treaty. See
Livy, 26, 24. them. For just as on the field of war, owing to the
superiority and magnitude of the Macedonian force, our
safety is involved in their valour; so, in the controversies of diplomacy, our
interests are inseparable from the rights of the Macedonians. Now
Chlaeneas in the peroration of his address gave a summary of the
obligations existing between the Aetolians and yourselves. For he said, ‘If
subsequent to your making the alliance with them any fresh injury or
offence had been committed by Aetolians, or any kindness done by
Macedonians, the present proposal ought properly to be discussed as a fresh
start; but that if, nothing of the sort having taken place, we believe that by
quoting the services of Antigonus, and your former decrees, we shall be
able to annul existing oaths and treaties, we are the greatest simpletons in
the world.’ To this I reply by acknowledging that I must indeed be the most
foolish of men, and that the arguments I am about to put forward are indeed
futile, if, as he maintains, nothing fresh has happened, and Greek affairs are
in precisely the same position as before. But if exactly the reverse be the
case, as I shall clearly prove in the course of my speech,—then I imagine
that I shall be shown to give you some salutary advice, and Chlaeneas to be
quite in the wrong. We are come, then, expressly because we are convinced
that it is needful for us to speak on this very point: namely, to point out to
you that it is at once your duty and your interest, after hearing of the evils
threatening Greece, to adopt if possible a policy excellent and worthy of
yourselves by uniting your prospects with ours; or if that cannot be, at least
to abstain from this movement for the present.
33. “But since the last speaker has ventured to go back to ancient times for
his denunciations of the Macedonian royal family, I feel it incumbent on me
also to say a few words first on these points, to remove the misconception
of those who have been carried away by his words.
“Chlaenaes said, then, that Philip son of Amyntas became master of
Thessaly by the ruin of Olynthus. But I conceive that not only the
Thessalians, but the other Greeks also, were preserved by Philip’s means.
Sacred war, b.c. 357- For at the time when Onomarchus and Philomelus, in
346. Onomarchus killed defiance of religion and law seized Delphi and made
near the gulf of Pagasae,
b.c. 352. See Diodor. 16,
themselves masters of the treasury of the god, who is
32-35. there among you who does not know that they collected

Page 577

such a mighty force as no Greek dared any longer face? Nay, along with
this violation of religion, they were within an ace of becoming lords of all
Greece also. At that crisis Philip volunteered his assistance; destroyed the
tyrants, secured the temple, and became the author of freedom to the
Philip elected Greeks, as is testified even to posterity by the facts. For
generalissimo against Philip was unanimously elected general-in-chief by
Persia in the congress of
allies at Corinth,
land and sea, not, as my opponent ventured to assert, as
b.c. 338. one who had wronged Thessaly; but on the ground of
his being a benefactor of Greece: an honour which no
one had previously obtained. ‘Ay, but,’ he says, ‘Philip came with an armed
force into Laconia.’ Yes, but it was not of his own choice, as you know: he
reluctantly consented to do so, after repeated invitations and appeals by the
Peloponnesians, under the name of their friend and ally. And when he did
come, pray observe, Chlaeneas, how he behaved. Though he could have
availed himself of the wishes of the neighbouring states for the destruction
of these men’s territory and the humiliation of their city, and have won
much gratitude too by his act, he by no means lent himself to such a policy;
but, by striking terror into the one and the other alike, he compelled both
parties to accommodate their differences in a congress, to the common
benefit of all: not putting himself forward as arbitrator of the points in
dispute, but appointing a joint board of arbitration selected from all Greece.
Is that a proceeding which deserves to be held up to reproach and
execration?
34. “Again, you bitterly denounced Alexander, because, when he believed
Alexander’s services to himself to be wronged, he punished Thebes: but of his
Greece. having exacted vengeance of the Persians for their
outrages on all the Greeks you made no mention at all, nor of his having
released us all in common from heavy miseries, by enslaving the
barbarians, and depriving them of the supplies which they used for the ruin
of the Greeks,—sometimes pitting the Athenians against the ancestors of
these gentlemen here, at another the Thebans; nor finally of his having
subjected Asia to the Greeks.
“As for Alexander’s successors how had you the audacity to mention them?
They were indeed, according to the circumstances of the time, on many
The Diadochi. occasions the authors of good to some and of harm to
others: for which perhaps others might be allowed to

Page 578

bear them a grudge. But to you Aetolians it is in no circumstance open to do
so,—you who have never been the authors of anything good to any one, but
The Aetolian policy. of mischief to many and on many occasions! Who was
it that called in Antigonus son of Demetrius to the
partition of the Achaean league? Who was it that made a sworn treaty with
Alexander of Epirus for the enslaving and dismembering of Acarnania? Was
it not you? What nation ever sent out military commanders duly accredited
of the sort that you have? Men that ventured to do violence to the sanctity
of asylum itself! Timaeus violated the sanctuary of Poseidon on Taenarum,
and of Artemis at Lusi. Pharylus and Polycritus plundered, the former the
sacred enclosure of Here in Argos, the latter that of Poseidon at Mantinea.
What again about Lattabus and Nicostratus? Did not they make a
treacherous attack on the assembly of the Pan-Boeotians in time of peace,
committing outrages worthy of Scythians and Gauls? You will find no such
crimes as these committed by the Diadochi.
35. “Not being able to say anything in defence of any of these acts, you talk
b.c. 279. pompously about your having resisted the invasion of
Delphi by the barbarians, and allege that for this Greece
ought to be grateful to you. But if for this one service some gratitude is
owing to the Aetolians; what high honour do the Macedonians deserve, who
throughout nearly their whole lives are ceaselessly engaged in a struggle
with the barbarians for the safety of the Greeks? For that Greece would
have been continually involved in great dangers, if we had not had the
Macedonians and the ambition of their kings as a barrier, who is ignorant?
Defeat and death of And there is a very striking proof of this. For no sooner
Ptolemy Ceraunus in the had the Gauls conceived a contempt for the
battle with the Gauls,
b.c. 280. See Pausan. 10,
Macedonians, by their victory over Ptolemy Ceraunus,
19, 7. than, thinking the rest of no account, Brennus promptly
marched into the middle of Greece. And this would
often have happened if the Macedonians had not been on our frontiers.
“However, though I have much that I could say on the past, I think this is
enough. Of all the actions of Philip, they have selected his destruction of the
temple, to fasten the charge of impiety upon him. They did not add a word
about their own outrage and crime, which they perpetrated in regard to the
temples in Dium, and Dodona, and the sacred enclosures of the gods. The
speaker should have mentioned this first. But anything you Aetolians have

Page 579

suffered you recount to these gentlemen with exaggeration: but the things
you have inflicted unprovoked, though many times as numerous as the
others, you pass over in silence; because you know full well that everybody
lays the blame of acts of injustice and mischief on those who give the
provocation by unjust actions themselves.
36. “Of Antigonus I will only make mention so far, as to avoid appearing to
despise what was done, or to treat as unimportant so great an undertaking.
For my part I think that history does not contain the record of a more
admirable service than that which Antigonus performed for you: indeed it
appears to me to be unsurpassable. And the following facts will show this.
Antigonus went to war with you and conquered you in a pitched battle. By
force of arms he became master of your territory and city at once. He might
have exercised all the rights of war upon you: but he was so far from
inflicting any hardships upon you, that, besides other benefits, he expelled
your tyrant and restored your laws and ancestral constitution. In return for
which, in the national assemblies, calling the Greeks to witness your words,
you proclaimed Antigonus your benefactor and preserver.
“What then ought to have been your policy? I will speak what I really think,
gentlemen of Sparta: and you will I am sure bear with me. For I shall do
this now from no wish to go out of my way to bring railing accusations
against you, but under the pressure of circumstances, and for the common
good. What then am I to say? This: that both in the late war you ought to
have allied yourselves not with Aetolians but with Macedonians; and now
again, in answer to these invitations, you ought to join Philip rather than the
former people. But, it may be objected, you will be breaking a treaty. Which
will be the graver breach of right on your part,—to neglect a private
arrangement made with Aetolians, or one that has been inscribed on a
column and solemnly consecrated in the sight of all Greece? On what
ground are you so careful of breaking faith with this people, from whom
you have never received any favour, while you pay no heed to Philip and
the Macedonians, to whom you owe even the very power of deliberating to-
day? Do you regard it as a duty to keep faith with friends? Yet it is not so
much a point of conscience to confirm written pledges of faith, as it is a
violation of conscience to go to war with those who preserved you: and this
is what, in the present instance, the Aetolians are come to demand of you.

Page 580

37. “Let it, however, be granted that what I have now said may in the eyes
of severe critics be regarded as beside the subject. I will now return to the
main point at issue, as they state it. It was this: ‘If the circumstances are the
same now as at the time when you made alliance with the Aetolians, then
your policy ought to remain on the same lines.’ That was their first
proposition. ‘But if they have been entirely changed, then it is fair that you
should now deliberate on the demands made to you as on a matter entirely
new and unprejudiced.’ I ask you therefore, Cleonicus and Chlaeneas, who
were your allies on the former occasion when you invited this people to join
you? Were they not all the Greeks? But with whom are you now united, or
to what kind of federation are you now inviting this people? Is it not to one
with the foreigner? A mighty similarity exists, no doubt, in your minds, and
no diversity at all! Then you were contending for glory and supremacy with
Achaeans and Macedonians, men of kindred blood with yourselves, and
with Philip their leader; now a war of slavery is threatening Greece against
men of another race, whom you think to bring against Philip, but have
really unconsciously brought against yourselves and all Greece. For just as
men in the stress of war, by introducing into their cities garrisons superior
in strength to their own forces, while successfully repelling all danger from
the enemy, put themselves at the mercy of their friends,—just so are the
Aetolians acting in the present case. For in their desire to conquer Philip
and humble Macedonia, they have unconsciously brought such a mighty
cloud from the west, as for the present perhaps will overshadow Macedonia
first, but which in the sequel will be the origin of heavy evils to all Greece.
38. “All Greeks indeed have need to be on the alert for the crisis which is
b.c. 492. Herod. 6, 48; 7, coming on: but Lacedaemonians above all. For why
133. was it, do you suppose, men of Sparta, that your
ancestors, when Xerxes sent an ambassador to your town demanding earth
and water, thrust the man into a well, and, throwing earth upon him, bade
him take back word to Xerxes that he had got from the Lacedaemonians
what he had demanded from them,—earth and water? Why was it again, do
b.c. 480. you suppose, that Leonidas and his men started forth to
a voluntary and certain death? Was it not that they
might have the glory of being the forlorn hope, not only of their own
freedom, but of that of all Greece also? And it would indeed be a worthy
action for descendants of such heroes as these to make a league with the

Page 581

barbarians now, and to serve with them; and to war against Epirotes,
Achaeans, Acarnanians, Boeotians, Thessalians, and in fact against nearly
every Greek state except Aetolians! To these last it is habitual to act thus:
and to regard nothing as disgraceful, so long only as it is accompanied by
an opportunity of plunder. It is not so, however, with you. And what must
we expect these people to do, now that they have obtained the support of
the Roman alliance? For when they obtained an accession of strength and
support from the Illyrians, they at once set about acts of piracy at sea, and
treacherously seized Pylus; while by land they stormed the city of Cleitor,
and sold the Cynaethans into slavery. Once before they made a treaty with
Antigonus, as I said just now, for the destruction of the Achaean and
Acarnanian races; and now they have done the same with Rome for the
destruction of all Greece.
39. “With a knowledge of such transactions before his eyes who could help
suspecting an attack from Rome, and feeling abhorrence at the abandoned
conduct of the Aetolians in daring to make such a treaty? They have already
wrested Oeniadae and Nesus from the Acarnanians, and recently seized the
city of the unfortunate Anticyreans, whom, in conjunction with the Romans,
they have sold into slavery.334 Their children and women are led off by the
Romans to suffer all the miseries which those must expect who fall into the
hands of aliens; while the houses of the unhappy inhabitants are allotted
among the Aetolians. Surely a noble alliance this to join deliberately!
Herod. 7, 132. Especially for Lacedaemonians: who, after conquering
the barbarians, decreed that the Thebans, for being the
only Greeks that resolved to remain neutral during the Persian invasion,
should pay a tenth of their goods to the gods.
“The honourable course then, men of Sparta, and the one becoming your
character, is to remember from what ancestors you are sprung; to be on your
guard against an attack from Rome; to suspect the treachery of the
Aetolians. Above all to recall the services of Antigonus: and so once more
show your loathing for dishonest men; and, rejecting the friendship of the
Aetolians, unite your hopes for the future with those of Achaia and
Macedonia. If, however, any of your own influential citizens are intriguing
against this policy, then at least remain neutral, and do not take part in the
iniquities of these Aetolians....”

Page 582

In the autumn of b.c. 211, Philip being in Thrace, Scopas made a levy of
Aetolians to invade Acarnania. The Acarnanians sent their wives, children,
and old men to Epirus, while the rest of them bound themselves by a solemn
execration never to rejoin their friends except as conquerors of the invading
Aetolians. Livy, 26, 25.

40. When the Acarnanians heard of the intended invasion of the Aetolians,
in a tumult of despair and fury they adopted a measure of almost frantic
violence....
If any one of them survived the battle and fled from the danger, they begged
that no one should receive him in any city or give him a light for a fire. And
this they enjoined on all with a solemn execration, and especially on the
Epirotes, to the end that they should offer none of those who fled an asylum
in their territory....

When Philip was informed of the invasion he advanced promptly to the
relief of Acarnania; hearing of which the Aetolians returned home. Livy, l.
c.

Zeal on the part of friends, if shown in time, is of great service; but if it is
dilatory and late, it renders the assistance nugatory,—supposing, of course,
that they wish to keep the terms of their alliance, not merely on paper, but
by actual deeds.335...

INVESTMENT OF ECHINUS BY PHILIP

41. Having determined to make his approach upon the town at the two
towers, he erected opposite to them diggers’ sheds and rams; and opposite
In the campaigns of the space between the towers he erected a covered way
Philip, during the time between the rams, parallel to the wall. And when the
that Publius Sulpicius
Galba as Proconsul plan was complete, the appearance of the works was
commanded a Roman very like the style of the wall. For the super-structures
fleet in Greek waters, i.e. on the pent-houses had the appearance and style of
from b.c. 209 to b.c.
206. See Livy, 26, 22, towers, owing to the placing of the wattles side by side;
28; 28, 5-7; 29, 12. and the space between looked like a wall, because the
row of wattles at the top of the covered way were divided into battlements

Page 583

by the fashion in which they were woven. In the lowest division of these
besieging towers the diggers employed in levelling inequalities, to allow the
stands of the battering-rams to be brought up, kept throwing on earth, and
the ram was propelled forward: in the second story were water vessels and
other appliances for quenching fires, and along with them the catapults: and
on the third a considerable body of men were placed to fight with all who
tried to damage the rams; and they were on a level with the city towers.
From the covered way between the besieging towers a double trench was to
be dug towards the wall, between the city towers. There were also three
batteries for stone-throwing machines, one of which carried stones of a
talent weight, and the other two half that weight. From the camp to the
pent-houses and diggers’ sheds underground tunnels had been constructed,
to prevent men, going to the works from the camp or returning from the
works, being wounded in any way by missiles from the town. These works
were completed in a very few days, because the district round produced
what was wanted for this service in abundance. For Echinus is situated on
the Melian Gulf, facing south, exactly opposite the territory of Thronium,
and enjoys a soil rich in every kind of produce; thanks to which
circumstance Philip had no scarcity of anything he required for his purpose.
Accordingly, as I said, as soon as the works were completed, they begun at
once pushing the trenches and the siege machinery towards the walls....
42. While Philip was investing Echinus, and had secured his position
excellently on the side of the town, and had strengthened the outer line of
his camp with a trench and wall, Publius Sulpicius, the Roman proconsul,
Spring of b.c. 209. and Dorimachus,336 tegus of the Aetolians, arrived in
person,—Publius with a fleet, and Dorimachus with an army of infantry and
cavalry,—and assaulted Philip’s entrenchment. Their repulse led to greater
exertions on Philip’s part in his attack upon the Echinaeans, who in despair
surrendered to him. For Dorimachus was not able to reduce Philip by
cutting off his supplies, as he got them by sea....

When Aegina was taken by the Romans, such of the inhabitants as had not
Aegina taken before the escaped crowded together at the ships, and begged the
end of 208 b.c., for proconsul to allow them to send ambassadors to cities
Sulpicius wintered there
between 208-207 of their kinsmen to obtain ransom. Publius at first
b.c. See Livy, 27, 32. returned a harsh answer, saying, that “When they were

Page 584

their own masters was the time that they ought to have sent ambassadors to
their betters to ask for mercy, not now when they were slaves. A little while
ago they had not thought an ambassador from him worthy of even a word;
now that they were captives they expected to be allowed to send
ambassadors to their kinsfolk: was that not sheer folly?” So at the time he
dismissed those who came to him with these words. But next morning he
called all the captives together and said that, as to the Aeginetans, he owed
them no favour; but for the sake of the rest of the Greeks he would allow
them to send ambassadors to get ransom, since that was the custom of their
country....

ASIA

43. The Euphrates rises in Armenia and flows through Syria and the country
beyond to Babylonia. It seems to discharge itself into the Red Sea; but in
point of fact it does not do so: for its waters are dissipated among the
ditches dug across the fields before it reaches the sea. Accordingly the
nature of this river is the reverse of that of others. For in other rivers the
volume of water is increased in proportion to the greater distance traversed,
and they are at their highest in winter and lowest in midsummer; but this
July 26. river is fullest of water at the rising of the dog-star, and
has the largest volume of water in Syria, which
continually decreases as it advances. The reason of this is that the increase
is not caused by the collection of winter rains, but by the melting of the
snows; and its decrease by the diversion of its stream into the land, and its
The transport of the subdivision for the purposes of irrigation. It was this
army of Antiochus in his which on this occasion made the transport of the army
eastern campaigns. See
supra, 8, 25.
slow, because as the boats were heavily laden, and the
stream very low, the forces of the current did
exceedingly little to help them down.

EMBASSY FROM ROME TO PTOLEMY

44. The Romans sent ambassadors to Ptolemy, wishing to be supplied with
M. Atilius and Manius corn, as they were suffering from a great scarcity of it at
Glabrio sent to home; and, moreover, when all Italy had been laid
Alexandria with presents
to Ptolemy Philopator
waste by the enemy’s troops up to the gates of Rome,
and when all supplies from abroad were stopped by the

Page 585

and Queen Cleopatra. fact that war was raging, and armies encamped, in all
Livy, 27, 4, b.c. 210.
parts of the world except in Egypt. In fact the scarcity at
Rome had come to such a pitch, that a Sicilian medimnus was sold for
fifteen drachmae.337 But in spite of this distress the Romans did not relax in
their attention to the war.
END OF VOL. I

Page 586

FOOTNOTES:

Page 587

1 Vita Nicolai V. a Dominico Georgio, Rome, 1742, p. 206.
2 Casaubon mentions in his preface several partial editions and translations
which had appeared by Greeks, Spaniards, Italians, and Belgians. But he says all
such translations were founded on the faulty Latin translation of Perotti; and
none were of any value. The only fairly good one was a German translation.
3 Unless the avoidance of the hiatus be counted one, which has been pointed out
by Hultsch. I cannot forbear from quoting here the admirable words of Casaubon
on the style of Polybius:—Non deest sed non eminet in Polybio facundia. Nihil
vero est iniquius illis, qui nullam putant esse eloquentiam, nisi uti nihil est
praeter eloquentiam. Semper mihi apprime placuit Diodori Siculi sententia,
vehementius in historico eloquentiae studium improbantis. Verborum enim
curam nimiam veri fere par sequitur incuria. Oratio vultus animi est: ut hic
fuerit gravis aut solutus, ita etiam illa vel severa erit vel mollis. The nearest
Greek to that of Polybius is II. Maccabees.
4 Livy, 38, 30-34.
5 Polyb. 22, 3, 10, 12.
6 Polyb. 24, 6.
7 Polyb. 29, 24.
8 Plutarch, Timol. ch. 39; Plato, Laws, 947.
9 Cicero, Ep. ad Fam. 5, 12
10 Lucian, Macrobii, § 22.
11 Livy, 36, 31.
12 Pausan. 7, 9, 4.
13 As Callicrates in b.c. 179; Polyb. 36, 2.
14 25, 9.
15 26, 3. Callicrates at the same time secured a party in his favour, during his
year of office b.c. 179, by restoring the Spartan and Messenian exiles; in return
for which the former set up his statue at Olympia, the base of which is preserved.
Hicks’s Greek Inscriptions, p. 330.
16 28, 3.
17 28, 6.
18 See 11, 8.
19 28, 12.
20 The decree was brought into the Peloponnese by C. Popilius and Cn. Octavius
in b.c. 171. See Livy, 43, 17, ne quis ullam rem in bellum magistratibus Romanis
conferret præter quam quod Senatus censuisset. Cp. Polyb. 28, 3.

Page 588

21 28, 13-14.
22 28, 7.
23 29, 23.
24 29, 25, 26.
25 Thus Appius Claudius Cento would be hostile from the rejection of his illegal
demand for 5000 men. One of the common grounds of offence had long been the
refusal of Philopoemen and other Strategi to summon an assembly to meet a
Roman officer unless he came duly authorised with a definite communication
from the Senate. On this ground Quintus Caecilius was refused in b.c. 185
(Polyb. 23, 19) and also Titus Flamininus in b.c. 183 (Polyb. 24, 5). See
Freeman’s Federal Government, pp. 652-655. And no doubt other cases of a
similar nature would occur, generally leading to an unfavourable report at Rome.
26 Polyb. 30, 13. Thirlwall, vol. viii. p. 419.
27 Pausanias, 7, 10, 7-12.
28 Some few, it appears, had managed to escape, though at the risk of certain
execution if caught.
29 Polyb. 29, 21. Plutarch, Aemilius, ch. 28.
30 Diodorus Sic. fr. lib. 31; Plutarch, Apophth. Scip. min. 2.
31 32, 8-16.
32 Thus he seems to have searched the Archives of the Pontifices. Dionys.
Halicarn. 1, 73. And he observed and criticised all Roman customs, as, for
instance, the provision for boys’ education at Rome. Cic. de Rep. 4, 3.
33 31, 19-21.
34 35, 6.
35 Livy, Ep. 49; Appian, Pun. 74-77.
36 I infer this, not very confidently, from 9, 25.
37 37, 3.
38 Scipio was born b.c. 185.
39 9, 25.
40 39, 3.
41 Pliny, N. H. 5, § 9.
42 Pausanias, 7, 11-12.
43 Ib. 13.
44 Ib. 14; Polyb. 38, 7-8.

Page 589

45 38, 7-10.
46 Thucyd. 3. 92.
47 Livy says the battle was at Thermopylae. This was near enough for a general
statement, but Scarpheia is some miles to the south. Livy, Ep. 52, Pausan. 7. 15.
48 39, 8 sq. Pausan. 7, 12 sq.
49 This has been much disputed. See Thirlwall’s note, vol. viii. p. 455. If the
fragment, 29, 13 (40, 7) is given correctly by Strabo, it seems certain that he
must have arrived either before or immediately after the fall of Corinth.
50 39, 13-14.
51 39, 15.
52 Livy, Ep. 52.
53 Pausan. 7, 16, 9. Polyb. 39, 16.
54 Thus in b.c. 44 Brutus going out as propraetor to take the province of
Macedonia, goes first to Athens, and there, as well as in the rest of Greece,
collects troops and money. See the note in Mommsen’s History of Rome, vol. III.
p. 50 (book IV. c. 1.)
55 Pausan. 8, 9, 1.
56 Id. 8, 30, 8.
57 Id. 8, 37, 2.
58 Id. 8, 44, 5.
59 Id. 8, 48, 8.
60 The base of this has been discovered with its inscription—
Ἡ πόλις τῶν Ἡλείων Πολύβιον
Λυκόρτα Μεγαλοπολείτην.
61 Cicero, Ep. ad Fam. 5, 12. For the Numantine war (b.c. 134-132) the
authorities are Appian, Hisp. 48-98; Eutrop. 4, 17; Cicero de Off. 1, 11, Strabo, 3,
p. 162.
62 34, 14. Strabo, p. 677.
63 1, 1.
64 3 4. It is clear that such passages, as for instance the beginning of 2, 42, must
have been written before b.c. 146, and perhaps published, and therefore not
altered. Cp. the answer of Zeno of Rhodes to corrections sent by Polybius, that
he could not make alterations, as his work was already published (16, 20).
65 3, 57, cp. 34, 5**.
66 21, 38.

Page 590

67 Lucian, Macrobii, §22.
68 9, 20.
69 10, 21.
70 Cicero, Epist. ad Fam. 5, 12.
71 29, 10.
72 22, 14.
73 Off. 3, 32.
74 Republ. 2, 14, § 27.
75 3, 48.
76 3, 33.
77 3, 59.
78 9, 25.
79 10, 11.
80 16, 15.
81 Dionys. Halic. 1, 17.
82 3, 22 sqq.
83 31, 38.
84 34, 14.
85 12, 5.
86 The elder Africanus died in b.c. 183.
87 I append a list of all writers referred to by Polybius, the index will show the
places where they are mentioned. Aeneas Tacticus, Alcaeus a grammarian,
Antiphanes of Berga, Antisthenes of Rhodes, Aratus of Sicyon, Archedicus,
Aristotle, Callisthenes, Demetrius of Phalerum, Demosthenes, Dicaearchus,
Echecrates, Ephorus of Cumae, Epicharmus of Cos, Eratosthenes, Eudoxus,
Euemerus, Euripides, Fabius Pictor, Hesiod, Homer, Philinus, Phylarchus,
Pindar, Plato, Pytheas, Simonides of Ceos, Stasinus, Strabo, Theophrastus of
Lesbos, Theopompus of Chios, Thucydides, Timaeus, Xenophon, Zaleucus, Zeno
of Rhodes.
88 1, 14, 15.
89 See bk. 1.
90 12, 15.
91 Athenaeus, vi. 272 b.
92 Plutarch, Nicias, 1, Arat. 38.

Page 591

93 In the reference to the Seven Magi (5, 43), and to the story of Cleobis and
Bito (22, 20).
94 Cornelius Nepos, Alcib. 11. Plutarch, Lys. 30. Lucian, Quomodo hist. conscr.
§ 59.
95 The History of the Achaean league is given with unrivalled learning,
clearness, and impartiality by Bishop Thirlwall in the eighth volume of his
History of Greece. Its constitution has been discussed with great fulness by
Professor E. A. Freeman in his History of Federal Government. Recently Mr.
Capes has published an edition of the parts of Polybius referring to it which will
be found useful; and Mr. Strachan-Davidson has an able essay upon it in his
edition of Extracts from Polybius. Still some brief statement of the main features
of this remarkable attempt to construct a durable Hellenic Federation could not
be altogether omitted here.
96 Take for instance the oath of the Pylagorae (Aeschin. de Fal. L. 121): “We
will destroy no city of the Amphictyony, nor cut off its streams in peace or war;
if any shall do so, we will march against him and destroy his cities; should any
pillage the property of the god, or be privy to or plan anything against what is in
his temple, we will take vengeance on him with hand and foot and voice and all
our might.” This is indeed the language rather of a Militant Church than a state;
but it is easily conceivable that, had these principles been carried out (which they
were not), something nearer a central and sovereign parliament might have
arisen.
97 Herodotus, vi. 7, 11-12.
98 See Herod. 9, 15; Thucyd. 2, 2; 4, 91; 5, 37; Xenophon Hellen. 3, 4, 4,
Boeckh, C. I. G. vol. i. p. 726.
99 Herod. 7, 145-169.
100 Id. 7, 172-174.
101 Herod. 9, 88; Polyb. 9, 39. Equally abortive proved another attempt at
combination in b.c. 377, when the ξύνεδροι from the islands met for a time at
Athens. Grote, vol. ix. p. 319.
102 Herod. 6, 49.
103 Polybius (12, 26 c.) says that in his time the schools were generally in
disrepute. But is not this generally the verdict of “practical” men on universities?
The excitement at Rome at the visit of the philosophers (b.c. 155) seems to show
that they still enjoyed a world-wide reputation.
104 Herod. 8, 73.
105 Thucy. 1, 103.
106 Id. 3, 94-98.
107 Xen. Hellen. 4, 6, 13, 14.
108 Pausan. 10, 38, 10.

Page 592

109 Demosth. 3 Phil. 120.
110 Pausan. 1, 4, 4.
111 18, 4 and 5.
112 Herod. 1, 145. Instead of Rhypes and Aegae, the first of which seems to
have been burnt, and the other to have for some reason been deserted, Polybius
(2, 41) mentions Leontium and Caryneia.
113 Thucyd. 1, 111, 115.
114 Thucyd. 4, 21.
115 2, 38, 39.
116 2, 39, 40.
117 Plutarch, Arat. ch. 9.
118 Plutarch, Arat. ch. 22.
119 Though this law was several times broken, certainly in the case of
Philopoemen, and probably in that of Aratus also. It is very difficult to arrive at a
satisfactory arrangement of Aratus’s seventeen generalships if the strict
alternation is preserved. See Freeman’s Federal Government, p. 601.
120 2, 46.
121 Plutarch, Cleomenes, 3-16.
122 Plutarch, Cleom. 3. Messenia had been free from the Spartans since the
battle of Leuctra (b.c. 371). Epaminondas had meant by the foundation of
Megalopolis and Messene (b.c. 371-370) to form a united Messenian and
Arcadian state as a counterpoise to Sparta. The Messenians had drifted away
from this arrangement, but were now members of the Achaean league. Polyb. 4,
32.
123 2, 46.
124 Plutarch, Cleom. 15.
125 See the remarks of Plutarch, Arat. 38.
126 He was believed to have been long in secret communication with Antigonus.
Plutarch, l.c.
127 Polyb. 8, 14; Plutarch, Arat. 52.
128 10, 22, 24.
129 11, 9-10.
130 Plutarch, Philop. 12, 13.
131 Plutarch, Philop. 16; Livy, 38, 32-34.
132 2, 38.

Page 593

133 26, 3 sq.
134 The title of Achaean Strategus seems to have been revived under the Empire.
C. I. G. 1124. The principal authorities for the history of the last hundred years
of Greek Independence, including that of the Achaean league, are Polybius,
beginning with book 2, and in its turn going on throughout the rest of his work
which remains; scattered notices in Livy from 27, 29 to the end of his extant
work, and the epitomes of the last books, mostly translated directly from
Polybius; Plutarch’s Lives of Agis, Cleomenes, Aratus, Philopoemen,
Flamininus, Aemilius; Pausanias, 7, 6-16; parts of Diodorus; Justinus (epitome
of Trogus); and some fragments of Greek historians collected by Müller.
135 I speak of course of the restored league after the election of one Strategus
began, b.c. 255.
136 For the change of time of the election see note on 5, 1.
137 We hear nothing of a secretary under the new league after the abolition of
the dual presidency. But he probably still existed (2, 43).
138 10, 22.
139 See ch. 46.
140 This is certainly the meaning of the words of Polybius. But he has confused
matters. The two new Consuls designated at the comitia of 249 were C. Aurelius
Cotta II and P. Servilius Geminus II, whereas Lucius Junius Pullus was the
existing Consul with the disgraced P. Claudius Pulcher. What really happened is
made clear by Livy, Ep. 19. The Senate sent Junius with these supplies, recalled
Claudius, and forced him to name a Dictator. Claudius retaliated by naming an
obscure person, who was compelled to abdicate, and then Atilius Calatinus was
nominated.
141 The dangerous nature of the S. Coast of Sicily was well known to the pilots.
See above, ch. 37.
142 About £500,000. For the value of the talent, taking the Euboic and Attic
talent as the same, see note on Book 34, 8.
143 ἱστορήσαντας. There seems no need to give this word the unusual sense of
narratum legere here, as some do.
144 Sicca Venerea, so called from a temple of Venus, was notorious for its
licentiousness. Valer. Max. 2, 6, 15.
145 A line of the text appears to have been lost, probably containing an allusion
to Hiero.
146 The southernmost point of Italy is Leucopetra (Capo dell’ Armi). Cocinthus
(Punta di Stilo) is much too far to the north; yet it may have been regarded as the
conventional point of separation between the two seas, Sicilian and Ionian,
which have no natural line of demarcation.
147 Really 3/16; for 16 ases = 6 obols (one drachma or denarius) see 34, 8. The
Sicilian medimnus is about a bushel and a half; the metretes 8-1/2 gallons.

Page 594

148 Livy, 5, 17, 33-49; Plutarch, Camillus, 16; Mommsen, History of Rome, vol.
i. p. 338 (Eng. tr.)
149 Compare the description of the Gauls given by Caesar, b.g. 6, 11-20. They
had apparently made considerable progress in civilisation by that time,
principally perhaps from the influence of Druidism. But the last characteristic
mentioned by Polybius is also observed by Caesar (15), omnes in bello versantur
atque eorum ut quisque est genere copiisque amplissimus, ita plurimos circum se
ambactos clienteeque habet. Hanc unam gratiam potentiamque habent. Even in
the time of Cato they were at least beginning to add something to their warlike
propensities. Or, 2, 2 (Jordan) Pleraque Gallia duas res industrissime
persequitur, rem militare et argute loqui. Cf. Diod. 5, 27 sq.
150 Lucius Caecilius, Livy, Ep. 12.
151 For a more complete list of Gallic invasions in this period, see Mommsen,
H.R. i. p. 344. The scantiness of continuous Roman history from b.c. 390, and its
total loss from 293 to the first Punic war renders it difficult to determine exactly
which of the many movements Polybius has selected.
152 Ch. 13.
153 This clause is bracketed by Hultsch, Mommsen, and Strachan-Davidson. See
the essay of the last named in his Polybius, p. 22. Livy, Ep. 20, gives the number
of Romans and Latins as 300,000.
154 Others read Ananes and Marseilles [Ἀνάνων ... Μασσαλίας]; but it seems
impossible that the Roman march should have extended so far.
155 That is, each city struck its own coin, but on a common standard of weight
and value. See P. Gardner’s Introduction to Catalogue of Greek Coins
(Peloponnesus) in the British Museum, p. xxiv.
156 The Pythagorean clubs, beginning in combinations for the cultivation of
mystic philosophy and ascetic life, had grown to be political,— a combination of
the upper or cultivated classes to secure political power. Thus Archytas was for
many years ruler in Tarentum (Strabo, 1, 3, 4). The earliest was at Croton, but
they were also established in many cities of Magna Graecia. Sometime in the
fourth century b.c. a general democratic rising took place against them, and their
members were driven into exile. Strabo, 8, 7, 1; Justin, 20, 4; Iamblichus vit.
Pythag., 240-262.
157 The MS. vary between ὁμάριος and ὁμόριος. The latter form seems to mean
“god of a common frontier.” But an inscription found at Orchomenus gives the
form ἀμάριος, which has been connected with ἡμάρα “day.”
158 There was still an under-strategus (ὑποστρατηγὸς), see 5, 94; 23, 16; 30, 11.
But he was entirely subordinate, and did not even succeed to power on the death
of a strategus during the year of office, as the vice-president in America does.
159 Alexander II. of Epirus, son of Pyrrhus, whom he succeeded b.c. 272. The
partition of Acarnania took place in b.c. 266.

Page 595

160 Near Bellina, a town on the north-west frontier of Laconia, which had long
been a subject of dispute between Sparta and the Achaeans. Plutarch Arat. 4;
Pausan. 8, 35, 4.
161 Ptolemy Euergetes (b.c. 247-222).
162 The treaty, besides securing the surrender of the Acrocorinthus, provided
that no embassy should be sent to any other king without the consent of
Antigonus, and that the Achaeans should supply food and pay for the
Macedonian army of relief. Solemn sacrifices and games were also established in
his honour, and kept up long after his death at Sicyon, see 28, 19; 30, 23.
Plutarch, Arat. 45. The conduct of Aratus in thus bringing the Macedonians into
the Peloponnese has been always attacked (see Plut. Cleom. 16). It is enough
here to say that our judgment as to it must depend greatly on our view of the
designs and character of Cleomenes.
163 Phylarchus, said by some to be a native of Athens, by others of Naucratis,
and by others again of Sicyon, wrote, among other things, a history in twenty-
eight books from the expedition of Pyrrhus into the Peloponnese (b.c. 272) to the
death of Cleomenes. He was a fervent admirer of Cleomenes, and therefore
probably wrote in a partisan spirit; yet in the matter of the outrage upon
Mantinea, Polybius himself is not free from the same charge. See Mueller’s
Histor. Graec. fr. lxxvii.-lxxxi. Plutarch, though admitting Phylarchus’s tendency
to exaggeration (Arat. 38), yet uses his authority both in his life of Aratus and of
Cleomenes; and in the case of Aristomachus says that he was both racked and
drowned (Arat. 44).
164 ἡγεμόνα καὶ στρατηγὸν. It is not quite clear whether this is merely a
description of the ordinary office of Strategus, or whether any special office is
meant, such as that conferred on Antigonus. In 4, 11 ἡγεμόνες includes the
Strategus and other officers. See Freeman, Federal Government, p. 299.
165 Of Chaereas nothing seems known; a few fragments of an historian of his
name are given in Müller, vol. iii. Of Sosilus, Diodorus (26, fr. 6) says that he
was of Ilium and wrote a history of Hannibal in seven books. Nepos (Hann. 13)
calls him a Lacedaemonian, and says that he lived in Hannibal’s camp and taught
him Greek.
166 i.e. in Latium.
167 ἐπιλάβηται injecerit manum, the legal form of claiming a slave.
168 1, 83.
169 Saguntum of course is south of the Iber, but the attack on it by Hannibal was
a breach of the former of the two treaties. Livy (21, 2) seems to assert that it was
specially exempted from attack in the treaty with Hasdrubal.
170 From ch. 21.
171 βασιλεύς. The two Suffetes represented the original Kings of Carthage (6,
51). The title apparently remained for sacrificial purposes, like the ἄρχων
βασιλεύς, and the rex sacrificulus. Polybius, like other Greek writers, calls them
βασιλεῖς. Infra, 42. Herod. 7, 165. Aristot. Pol. 2, 8.

Page 596

172 A promontory in Bruttium, Capo del Colonne.
173 This division of the world into three parts was an advance upon the ancient
geographers, who divided it into two, combining Egypt with Asia, and Africa
with Europe. See Sall. Jug. 17; Lucan, Phars. 9, 411; Varro de L. L. 5, § 31. And
note on 12, 25.
174 The arae Philaenorum were apparently set up as boundary stones to mark
the territory of the Pentapolis or Cyrene from Egypt: and the place retained the
name long after the disappearance of the altars (Strabo, 3, 5, 5-6).
175 For Polybius’s calculation as to the length of the stade, see note on 34, 12.
176 Livy, 21, 25, calls it Tannetum, and describes it only as vicus Pado
propinquus. It was a few miles from Parma.
177 Pluribus enim divisus amnis in mare decurrit (Livy, 21, 26).
178 See on ch. 33, note 2.
179 This statement has done much to ruin Polybius’s credit as a geographer. It
indicates indeed a strangely defective conception of distance; as his idea, of the
Rhone flowing always west, does of the general lie of the country.
180 I have no intention of rediscussing the famous question of the pass by which
Hannibal crossed the Alps. The reader will find an admirably clear statement of
the various views entertained, and the latest arguments advanced in favour of
each, in the notes to Mr. W. T. Arnold’s edition of Dr. Arnold’s History of the
Second Punic War, pp. 362-373.
181 περί τι λευκόπετρον, which, however, perhaps only means “bare rock,” cf.
10, 30. But see Law’s Alps of Hannibal, vol. i. p. 201 sq.
182 His life according to one story, was saved by his son, the famous Scipio
Africanus (10, 3); according to another, by a Ligurian slave (Livy, 21, 46).
183 Livy says “to Mago,” Hannibal’s younger brother (21, 47). This Hasdrubal is
called in ch. 93 “captain of pioneers.”
184 That is, four legions and their regular contingent of socii. See 6, 19 sqq.
185 “He crossed the Apennines, not by the ordinary road to Lucca, descending
the valley of the Macra, but, as it appears, by a straighter line down the valley of
the Auser or Serchio.”—Arnold.
186 The marshes between the Arno and the Apennines south of Florence.
187 ἀπεκοιμῶντο Schw. translates simply dormiebant. But the compound means
more than that; it conveys the idea of an interval of sleep snatched from other
employments. See Herod. 8, 76; Aristoph. Vesp. 211.
188 Livy, 22, 4-6. For a discussion of the modern views as to the scene of the
battle, see W. T. Arnold’s edition of Dr. Arnold’s History of the Second Punic
War, pp. 384-393. The radical difference between the account of Livy and that of
Polybius seems to be that the former conceives the fighting to have been on the
north shore of the lake between Tucro and Passignano; Polybius conceives the

Page 597

rear to have been caught in the defile of Passignano, the main fighting to have
been more to the east, where the road turns up at right angles to the lake by La
Torricella. Mr. Capes, however in his note on the passage of Livy, seems to think
that both accounts agree in representing the fighting on the vanguard as being
opposite Tucro.
189 This treatment of non-combatants was contrary to the usages of civilised
warfare even in those days, and seems to have been the true ground for the
charge of crudelitas always attributed to Hannibal by Roman writers, as opposed
to the behaviour of such an enemy as Pyrrhus (Cic. de Am. 28). It may be
compared to the order of the Convention to give no quarter to English soldiers,
which the French officers nobly refused to execute.
190 Polybius expresses the fact accurately, for, in the absence of a Consul to
nominate a Dictator, Fabius was created by a plebiscitum; but the scruples of the
lawyers were quieted by his having the title of prodictator only (Livy, 22, 8).
191 Ramsay (Roman Antiquities, p. 148) denies this exception, quoting Livy, 6,
16. But Polybius could hardly have been mistaken on such a point; and there are
indications (Plutarch, Anton. 9) that the Tribunes did not occupy the same
position as the other magistrates towards the Dictator.
192 The ager Praetutianus was the southern district of Picenum (Livy, 22, 9; 27,
43). The chief town was Interamna.
193 On the Appian Way between Equus Tuticus and Herdonia, mod. Troja.
194 Holsten for the Δαύνιοι of the old text; others suggest Calatia.
195 Added by conjecture of Schw. One MS. has δευτέρα ἡ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἐριβανοῦ.
196 Near Cales.
197 Homer, Odyss. 10, 230.
198 See i. 16.
199 ἐξ ἀσπίδος ἐπιπαρενέβαλλον. The ordinary word for “forming line” or
“taking dressing” is παρεμβάλλειν. In the other two passages where
ἐπιπαρεμβάλλειν is used, ἐπί has a distinct (though different) force. I think here
it must mean “against,” “so as to attack.” And this seems to be Casaubon’s
interpretation.
200 There is nothing here absolutely to contradict the picturesque story of the
death of Paulus given by Livy (22, 49), but the words certainly suggest that
Polybius had never heard it.
201 A town on the lake of Trichonis, in Aetolia, but its exact situation is
uncertain. Strabo (10, 2, 3) says that it was on a fertile plain, which answers best
to a situation north of the lake.
202 Cf. 9, 34. We know nothing of this incident.
203 See 2, 53.

Page 598

204 The Achaean Strategus was elected in the middle of May, the Aetolian in the
autumn. Aratus would be elected May 12, b.c. 220, and come into office some
time before midsummer; Ariston’s Aetolian office would terminate in September
b.c. 220. See v. 1.

205 The capture of Sicyon and expulsion of the tyrant Nicocles was the earliest
exploit of Aratus, b.c. 251. Plutarch, Arat. 4-9. The taking of the Acrocorinthus
from the Macedonian garrison was in b.c. 243, ib. ch. 19-24. For the affair at
Pellene see ib. 31. The capture of Mantinea was immediately after a defeat by
Cleomenes. See Plutarch, Cleom. 5.
206 The city of Pheia was on the isthmus connecting the promontory Ichthys
(Cape Katákolo) with the mainland: opposite its harbour is a small island which
Polybius here calls Pheias, i.e. the island belonging to Pheia.
207 Caphyae was on a small plain, which was subject to inundations from the
lake of Orchomenus; the ditches here mentioned appear to be those dug to drain
this district. They were in the time of Pausanias superseded by a high dyke, from
the inner side of which ran the River Tragus (Tara). Pausan. 8, 23, 2.
208 The Olympiads being counted from the summer solstice, these events
occurring before midsummer of b.c. 220 belong to the 139th Olympiad. The
140th begins with midsummer b.c. 220.
209 But outside the natural borders of Arcadia. Mod. Kalávryta.
210 By the diolcos which had been formed for the purpose. Strabo, 8, 2. Ships
had been dragged across the Isthmus on various occasions from early times. See
Thucyd. 3, 15.
211 Reading, μόνου. See ch. 13.
212 A mountain on the frontier, on the pass over which the roads to Tegea and
Argos converge.
213 A town of Phthiotis in Thessaly. See Book 25, 3.
214 See ch. 15.
215 See ch. 24.
216 See Stobaeus Floril. 58, 9, who gives three more lines.
217 Cf. ch. 74.
218 The hero of the second Messenian war, b.c. 685-668 (Pausan. 4, 14-24). The
story told by Pausanias, who also quotes these verses, is that Aristocrates, king of
the Arcadians, twice played the traitor to Aristomenes, the Messenian champion:
once at the battle of the Great Trench, and again when Aristomenes renewed the
war after his escape from the Pits at Sparta; and that on the second occasion his
own people stoned him to death, and set up this pillar in the sacred enclosure of
Zeus on Mount Lycaeus.
219 But Pausanias represents the pillar as put up by the Arcadians, not the
Messenians (4, 22, 7).

Page 599

220 The text is uncertain here.
221 Reading with Hultsch, τὰ καλὰ.
222 However cogent may be the reasons for his prophecy adduced by Polybius,
there are no signs of its being fulfilled. Indeed, the bank at the mouth of the
Danube, which he mentions, has long disappeared. The fact seems to be that he
failed to take into calculation the constant rush of water out of the Euxine, which
is sufficient to carry off any amount of alluvial deposit.
223 Xenophon, Hellen. 1, 1, 22.
224 Or Tylis, according to Stephanos Byz., who says it was near the Haemus.
Perhaps the modern Kilios.
225 Seleucus II. (Callinicus), b.c. 246-226. Seleucus III. (Ceraunus), b.c. 226-
223. Antiochus the Great (son of Callinicus), b.c. 223-187.
226 Of Seleucus Callinicus.
227 That this was the name of a yearly officer at Byzantium appears from a
decree in Demosthenes (de Cor. § 90), and Byzantine coins, Eckhel, ii. p. 31. The
title seems to have been brought from the mother-city Megara; as at Chalcedon,
another colony of Megara, the same existed (C. I. G. 3794). It was connected
with the worship of Apollo brought from Megara, Müller’s Dorians, i. p. 250. It
seems that this use of the name (generally employed of the deputies to the
Amphictyonic council) was peculiarly Dorian. See Boeckh. C. I., vol. i. p. 610.
228 Or Lyctos (Steph. Byz.)
229 Of Arcadia, a city of Crete (Steph. Byz.)
230 Which had a harbour formed by a projecting headland called Lisses. Steph.
Byz., who quotes Homer, Odyss. 3, 293:
ἔστι δέ τις Λισσὴς αἰπεῖά τε εἰς ἅλα πέτρη.
231 As a measure of weight a talent = about 57 lbs. avoirdupois. The prepared
hair was for making ropes and bowstrings apparently.
232 Gortyna or Gortys is an emendation of Reiske for Gorgus, which is not
known. Gortys is mentioned by Pausanias, 5, 7, 1; 8, 27, 4; 8, 28, 1; it was on the
river Bouphagus, and in the time of Pausanias was a mere village.
233 See 2, 41. We have no hint, as far as I know, of the circumstances under
which such recovery would take place. We may conjecture from this passage that
it would be on showing that losses had been sustained by reason of a failure of
the league to give protection.
234 Stephanos describes Ambracus as a πολιχνίον close to Ambracia.
235 Though it was in the territory of Acarnania (Steph. Byz.)
236 3, 19.

Page 600

237 The position of Dodona, long a subject of doubt, was settled by the
discovery of the numerous inscriptions found about seven miles from Jannina,
and published by Constantine Caraponos in 1878, Dodon et ses Ruines. See also
Journal of Hellenic Studies, vol. i. p. 228.
238 See ch. 68.
239 Reading ἁλίαν. See Muller’s Dorians, vol. II, p. 88.
240 The local name of Tarentine, though doubtless originating in fact, had come
to indicate a species of mercenary cavalry armed in a particular way. Arrian,
Tact. 4, distinguishes two sorts of light cavalry for skirmishing Tarentines armed
with javelins (δορατία), and horse archers (ἱπποτοξόται). Cp, 11, 12. Livy 35, 29;
37, 40.
241 Pausanias (8, 26, 7) calls him Hypatodorus; and mentions another work of
his at Delphi (10, 10, 3). He flourished about b.c. 370. He was a native of
Thebes. Sostratos was a Chian, and father of another statuary named Pantias.
Paus. 6, 9, 3.
242 That is the office of the Polemarch, as in Athens the Strategium (στρατηγίον)
is the office of the Strategi. Plutarch, Nicias, 5.
243 Yet the avowed project of Cleomenes was the restoration of the ancient
constitution. Plutarch, Cleom. c. 10.
244 See ch. 59.
245 From 4, 6, it appears that the election took place at the rising of the Pleiades
(13th May) and that the new Strategus did not enter upon his office until some
time afterwards, towards the middle of June or even midsummer. But the custom
apparently varied, and the use of τότε seems to indicate a change.
246 Later on the assemblies were held at the different cities in turn. See 23, 17;
24, 10, etc.
247 Νεοκρῆτες, cf. cc. 65, 79. Livy (37, 40) transcribes the word Neocretes. It is
uncertain what the exact meaning of the word is. It seems most reasonable to
suppose that, like Tarentini, it had ceased to be an ethnical term, and meant
mercenary soldiers (νέοι) armed like Cretans, that is, as archers.
248 The narrow channel between Leucas and the mainland, which had been
artificially enlarged. Dionys Halic. 1, 50.
249 4, 63.
250 4, 62.
251 4, 67.
252 The pun disappears in translation. The line is
ὁρᾷς τὸ δῖον οὗ βέλος διέπτατο.
253 Games in his honour were celebrated at Sicyon. See Plutarch, Arat. 45.
Cleomenes, 16. Supra, p. 147 n. Infra, 28, 19; 30, 23.

Page 601

254 A memorial, apparently, of the fruitless expedition of Pyrrhus into Laconia
in b.c. 272.
255 The Guard. The word agema properly means the leading corps in an army;
but it obtained this technical meaning in the Macedonian army (see Arrian, 1, 1,
11), whence it was used in other armies also founded on the Macedonian model,
as for instance in Alexandria (see infra, ch. 65).
256 Hypaspists, originally a bodyguard to the king, had been extended in number
and formed one or more distinct corps of light infantry (Grote, ch. 92).
257 Here again, as in 5, 1, the outgoing Strategus appears to go out of office at
the time of the election of his successor (see note on ch. 1, and cp. 4, 6). There
seems to have been some variety of practice. Perhaps the interval was left
somewhat to mutual arrangement, the summer solstice being the outside limit.
258 See 2, 69.
259 Archidamus was the brother of Agis, the king of the other line, who had
been assassinated in b.c. 240. Plutarch, Cleom. 5, probably on the authority of
Phylarchus, represents the murder of Archidamus as not the work of Cleomenes,
but of the same party that had murdered Agis and feared the vengeance of his
brother. (See Thirlwall, 8, p. 158, who agrees with Plutarch.)
260 Homer, Il., 22, 304.
261 The false Smerdis (Herod. 3, 61-82).
262 Hence the sacred breed of Nisaean horses, used for the Persian king’s chariot
(Herod 7, 40; 9, 20). The Nisaean plain was one of those in Media containing the
best pasture, and is identified by Rawlinson with that of Khawar and Alistan near
Behistun.
263 ἕταιροι are cavalry; the πεζέταιροι of the Macedonian army are represented
in Polybius by the Hypaspists. See supra, ch. 27, cp. 16, 18.
264 That is, Demetrius II. and Antigonus Doson.
265 See Professor Mahaffy, Greek Life and Thought, p. 405, who points out that
this refers to the Egyptian troops especially, whose old military castes (see
Herod. 2, 164-6) though not extinct had forgotten their old skill. In a sense,
however, it applies to both kinds of troops; for they had to be trained to act
together, as is shown in the next chapter.
266 See above, ch. 5 note.
267 Two different towns of this name have already been mentioned (ch. 48, 52).
This Dura appears to be in Phoenicia; but nothing is known of it.
268 Seleucus I., b.c. 306-280. Antigonus, the One-eyed, in b.c. 318, occupied
Coele-Syria and Phoenicia after a victory over Perdiccas. Diodor. Sic. 18, 43.
269 Battle of Ipsus, b.c. 301.
270 See ante, ch. 40-2, 57-8.

Page 602

271 Antiochus Hierax, son of Antiochus II.
272 Laodice was the sister of the wife of Antiochus (5, 43) and a daughter of
King Mithridates (8, 22-23).
273 Selge was said to be a colony of the Lacedaemonians. Strabo 13, 7, 3.
274 Called Barathra. See Strabo, 17, 1, 21.
275 Agema. See note on 5, 25.
276 Sarissae, the long Macedonian spears.
277 Polybius therefore reckons the value of the λέβητες and ὑδρίαι as five
talents.
278 That is about 171,000 lbs., see 34, 8, note, reckoning the talent as = 57 lbs.
279 ἀρτάβη, an Egyptian measure = the Attic medimnus.
280 Callinicus, ob. b.c. 226. This must refer to another case.
281 See ante, ch. 30. Agetas had been elected Aetolian Strategus in the autumn
of 218 b.c., Aratus Achaean Strategus in the early summer of b.c. 217.
282 See 2, 61-4. b.c. 222.
283 See 2, 39.
284 See supra, ch. 24.
285 According to Suidas, these were light vessels used by pirates: but whether
the name arose from their construction, capacity, or the number of their oars,
seems uncertain. According to Hesychius they had two banks of oars
(δίκροτος ναῦς· πλοῖον μικρόν).
286 See ch. 95.
287 This language is so vague that we might suppose from it that the Achaeans
elected Timoxenus in the summer of b.c. 217 to come into office in the following
spring. But there is nowhere else any indication of such an interval at this period,
and we must suppose Polybius to be speaking in general terms of the result of
the peace during the next ten months. Agelaus was elected Aetolian Strategus in
the autumn of b.c. 217.
288 Euripides, fr. 529. Ed. Nauck.
289 Some disconnected fragments which are usually placed at the end of the first
chapter, and form the second chapter of this book, I have placed among the
minor fragments at the end of these volumes.
290 Aristotle’s classification is kingship, aristocracy, πολιτεία, democracy,
oligarchy, tyranny (Pol. 4, 2). This was derived from Plato (Pol. 302, c.) who
arranges the six (besides the ideal polity) in pairs, kingship, tyranny,—
aristocracy, oligarchy,—democracy, good and bad. Plato has no distinct name
except δημοκρατία παράνομος, for the bad democracy which Polybius calls
ὀχλοκρατία, “mob-rule.” Polybius’s arrangement is this—

Page 603

Kingship (arising from a natural despotism or
monarchy) degenerates into Tyranny.
Aristocracy ” Oligarchy.
Democracy ” Mob-rule.

291 εὐθύνας. Polybius uses a word well known at Athens and other Greek states,
but the audit of a Consul seems to have been one of money accounts only. At the
expiration, however, of his office he took an oath in public that he had obeyed
the laws, and if any prosecution were brought against him it would be tried
before the people. See the case of Publius Claudius, 1, 52.
292 This refers primarily to the consilium of the quaesitor in any special
quaestio, which up to the time of the lex judiciaria of Gracchus, b.c. 122, was
invariably composed of Senators. The same would apply to the Quaestiones
perpetuae, only one of which existed in the time of Polybius, i.e., de repetundis,
established in 149 b.c. by the lex Calpurnia. Other single judices in civil suits,
though nominated by the Praetor, were, Polybius intimates, almost necessarily
Senators in cases of importance.
293 Casaubon altered this to “two hundred.” In 3, 107, Polybius certainly states
that the ordinary number of cavalry was 200, raised in cases of emergency to
300, and Livy, 22, 36, gives an instance. But both authors in many other passages
mention 300 as the usual number, and any alteration of this passage would be
unsafe.
294 Praefectus sociis and quaestor. But this quaestor must be distinguished from
the Roman quaestors.
295 For the Spanish sword see Fr. xxii.
296 Polybius does not mention the subdivision of maniples into centuries, for
which the word ordines is sometimes used. Livy, 8, 8; 42, 34.
297 The plethrum = 10,000 square feet. The side of the square of the Praetorium,
therefore, is 200 feet.
298 That is the via separating it from the next block, or from the vallum.
299 That is, one between the two legions, and two between the blocks in each.
300 That is to say—without the extraordinarii (1/5)—there are 2400 to get into
10 spaces instead of 3000 into 30.
301 That is, who have been selected from the pedites sociorum to serve on the
praetoria cohors.
302 Polybius always calls this the χάραξ or χαράκωμα. But the Romans had two
words, agger the embankment, and vallum the palisading on the top of it. Either
word, however, is often used to represent the whole structure.
303 That is, whether in first, second, or other watch in the night.
304 See the story of Cato’s son, Plutarch, Cato Maj. 20.

Page 604

305 In seeking a constitution to compare with that of Rome, that of Athens is
rejected (1) as not being a mixed one, (2) as not having been successful:
successful, that is, in gaining or keeping an empire. He is speaking somewhat
loosely. The power of Athens, of which Themistocles laid the foundation, was
mainly consolidated by Pericles; so that Polybius includes much of the period of
her rise with that of her decline.
306 For what remains of the account of Ephorus see Strabo, 10, 4, 8-9. The
reference to Plato is to the “Laws,” especially Book I. See also Aristotle, Pol. 2,
10, who points out the likeness and unlikeness between the Cretan and
Lacedaemonian constitutions.
307 This equality of land had gradually disappeared by the time of King Agis IV.
(b.c. 243-239): so that, according to Plutarch [Agis 5], the number of landowners
was reduced to 100. This process had been accelerated by the Rhetra of
Epitadeus, allowing free bequest of land, Plutarch, ib. See Thirlwall, vol. viii. p.
132.
308 The meaning of νενεμημένους, which I here represent by “acquired a
recognised position,” is at least doubtful. Casaubon translates it qui in album non
fuerint recepti, referring to Sueton. Nero, 21. But nothing is elsewhere known of
such an album for registering the names of recognised athletes. The passage is
important as helping to explain how the number of those entering for the contests
in the greater games was practically limited, and therefore how it happened that,
for instance, the five contests of the Pentathlum did not often fall to different
athletes so as to leave the victory uncertain.
309 The Carthaginian Suffetes are always called βασιλεῖς by the Greek writers:
see 3, 33, note; Herod. 7, 165; Diod. Sic. 14, 53. Aristotle [Pol. 2, 11], in
contrasting the Spartan and Carthaginian constitutions, mentions with approval
that, unlike the Spartan kings, those at Carthage were elected, and were not
confined to a particular family.
310 See Bosworth Smith, Carthage and the Carthaginians, p. 26 ff.
311 This seems to be the only authority for assigning to the censors the toga
purpurea instead of the toga praetexta: and, indeed, Athenaeus speaks of them as
wearing the toga praetexta (περιπόρφυρος), 14, 69. In Livy, 40, 45, they occupy
sellae curules.
312 Livy (2, 10) makes Cocles succeed in reaching the bank alive.
313 But Polybius afterwards admits that a falling off in this respect had begun.
See 18, 35; 32, 11.
314 Livy, 22, 58-61.
315 κακοὶ κακῶς, a phrase at once insulting and vulgar.
316 Plutarch, Aratus, ch. 48.
317 βαλανάγρας. The βαλανάγρα was a straight piece of wood with upright pins
corresponding with those that fall into the bolt (the βάλανοι), and which are
pushed up by it. It was thus used as a key which could be taken out and kept by

Page 605

the Commandant, as in Herod. 3, 155; Thucyd. 2, 4. But Polybius here seems to
use it as equivalent to βάλανος. See Aeneas, Tact. 18-20, who recommends that
the μόχλος should be sheeted with iron to prevent this very operation. Cp. 4, 57.
What he means by ζύγωμα on the outside (here translated “fastenings”) is also
somewhat doubtful. From Hesychius, s.v. ἐπιξευκτήρ, it might be conjectured
that chains of some kind were intended. Casaubon supposed it to be a cross bar
similar to the μόχλος inside, and Schw. to represent the posts and the lintel
connecting them.
318 See 5, 37. According to Phylarchus the murder of Archidamus was against
the wish of Cleomenes. Plut. Cleom. 5.
319 To which proceedings may be referred a sentence of Polybius preserved by
Suidas, s.v. διεσκευασμένην—“They send out certain Cretans, as though on a
raid, giving them a sham despatch to carry.” See Livy, 24, 30-31.
320 Cp. 1, 35.
321 σκορπίδια, mentioned among a number of similar engines in 1 Macc. 6, 51.
Plutarch calls them σκορπίοι, and explains that they only carried a short distance,
but, being concealed, gave wounds at close quarters; hence, doubtless, their
name.
322 See also Athenaeus, 4, 166-167. Theopompus of Chius was a contemporary
of Philip II. and Alexander, having been born about b.c. 376-372.
323 The accusation of administering slow poisons is a very common one, as
readers of mediæval history know. But the ignorance of the conditions of health
was too great to allow us to accept them without question. It is doubtful whether
drugs, acting in this particular way, were known to the ancients; and certainly
spitting blood would be no conclusive evidence of the presence of poison. See
Creighton’s History of the Papacy, vol. iv. Append.
324 This fragment is supposed, by comparison with Livy, 25, 36, to belong to the
account of the fall of Gnaeus Cornelius Scipio in Spain, b.c. 212.

Page 606

325 Or “legion,” according to others. But as both Consuls are engaged in the
business, it seems reasonable to refer it to the two consular armies of two legions
each.
326 That is “blaming Fortune or Providence.” Schw. quotes Xenophon Hellen. 7,
5, 12, ἔξεστι μὲν τὸ θεῖον αἰτιᾶσθαι.
327 συμπέμψαι, a difficult word. See Strachan-Davidson’s note. It seems to me
to be opposed to φυγεῖν or some such idea. Hannibal was not in flight, but kept
the enemy with him, as it were, in a kind of procession, until the moment for
striking.
328 There is some word wanting in the text here which has been variously
supplied. I have ventured to conjecture τ ὰ γ ὰρ δο κο ῦντα
παράβολον κ . τ . λ . , and to translate accordingly: for it is the boldness and
apparent rashness of Hannibal’s movement that Polybius seems to wish to
commend.
329 Cp. Homer, Odyss. 19, 471.
330 Livy, 25, 40, calls him Mutines.
331 See 3, 86, note. Cp. Cicero de Am. § 8, cum duobus ducibus de imperio in
Italia decertatum est, Pyrrho et Annibale. Ab altero propter probitatem ejus non
nimis alien os animos habemus; alterum propter crudelitatem semper haec
civitas oderit.
332 The paragraph “For the Aetolians ... in Greece,” follows “the Messenians” in
ch. 30, in the Greek texts. But it is evidently out of place there, and falls
naturally into this position.
333 Antigonus Doson.
334 b.c. 211. See Livy, 26, 24-26.
335 On the margin of one MS. is written “For such is the characteristic always
maintained by the Athenian State.” But its relevancy is not very apparent; and at
any rate it seems more likely to be a comment of the Epitomator, than a sentence
from Polybius.
336 Scopas (b.c. 211-210) must have gone out of office, i.e. it was after autumn
of 210 b.c.
337 That is, 10s. 3-3/4d. for about a bushel and a half. See on 2, 15.

Printed by R. & R. Clark, Edinburgh

Page 607

*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HISTORIES
OF POLYBIUS, VOL. 1 (OF 2) ***

Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will
be renamed.

Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
States without permission and without paying copyright royalties.
Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license,
apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic
works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and
trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not
be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following the terms of
the trademark license, including paying royalties for use of the Project
Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
eBook, complying with the trademark license is very easy. You may
use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative
works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg eBooks
may be modified and printed and given away—you may do practically
ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by U.S.
copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license,
especially commercial redistribution.

START: FULL LICENSE

Page 608

THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG™ LICENSE
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK

To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or
any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
Gutenberg License available with this file or online at
www.gutenberg.org/license.

Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing
Project Gutenberg electronic works

1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg electronic
work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept
all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
all copies of Project Gutenberg electronic works in your possession. If
you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg
electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of this
agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom
you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.

1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people
who agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg electronic
works. See paragraph 1.E below.

1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the
Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the

Page 609

collection of Project Gutenberg electronic works. Nearly all the
individual works in the collection are in the public domain in the
United States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in
the United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
that you will support the Project Gutenberg mission of promoting free
access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg works
in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project
Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can easily comply with
the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the same format
with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you share it
without charge with others.

1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
other Project Gutenberg work. The Foundation makes no
representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
country other than the United States.

1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:

1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg work (any work on which
the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase
“Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed,
viewed, copied or distributed:

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States
and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
under the terms of the Project Gutenberg™ License included with

Page 610

this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located
in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
country where you are located before using this eBook.

1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is derived
from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a
notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright
holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United
States without paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or
providing access to a work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”
associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply either with
the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain
permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg
trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
will be linked to the Project Gutenberg License for all works posted
with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of
this work.

1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg.

1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg License.

1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide
access to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg work in a format
other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official

Page 611

version posted on the official Project Gutenberg website
(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of
obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the
full Project Gutenberg License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.

1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works provided
that:

• You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the
use of Project Gutenberg works calculated using the method you
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the
owner of the Project Gutenberg trademark, but he has agreed to donate
royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days
following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to
prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly
marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, “Information about
donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”

• You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does
not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You
must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works
possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all
access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.

• You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
receipt of the work.

Page 612

• You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ works.

1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth
in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the
Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in
Section 3 below.

1.F.

1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend
considerable effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and
proofread works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the
Project Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works, and the medium on which they may be
stored, may contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete,
inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
cannot be read by your equipment.

1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES -
Except for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in
paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party
distributing a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work under this
agreement, disclaim all liability to you for damages, costs and
expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO
REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH
OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE
FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY
DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT,
CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES

Page 613

EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.

1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you
discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it,
you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by
sending a written explanation to the person you received the work
from. If you received the work on a physical medium, you must return
the medium with your written explanation. The person or entity that
provided you with the defective work may elect to provide a
replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the work
electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose to
give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu
of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a
refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem.

1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO
OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.

1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If
any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law
of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.

1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the
Foundation, the trademark owner, any agent or employee of the
Foundation, anyone providing copies of Project Gutenberg™
electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and any
volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, harmless from all liability,
costs and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly
from any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a)

Page 614

distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg work, (b) alteration,
modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg work,
and (c) any Defect you cause.

Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project
Gutenberg

Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
from people in all walks of life.

Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg’s goals
and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely
available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and
permanent future for Project Gutenberg and future generations. To
learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and
the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.

Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation

The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state
of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue
Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is
64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S.
federal laws and your state’s laws.

The Foundation’s business office is located at 41 Watchung Plaza
#516, Montclair NJ 07042, USA, +1 (862) 621-9288. Email contact

Page 615

links and up to date contact information can be found at the
Foundation’s website and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact

Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation

Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without
widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small
donations ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax
exempt status with the IRS.

The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable
effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have
not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate.

While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.

International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.

Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate.

Page 616

Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg
electronic works

Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
Gutenberg eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.

Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
edition.

Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility:
www.gutenberg.org.

This website includes information about Project Gutenberg, including
how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.

Page 617

PDF language

简体中文 https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=3ac867d651b7211fedfd21aa52d1afce&bl=zh Translating…
Español https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=3ac867d651b7211fedfd21aa52d1afce&bl=es Translating…
Français https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=3ac867d651b7211fedfd21aa52d1afce&bl=fr Translating…
Deutsch https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=3ac867d651b7211fedfd21aa52d1afce&bl=de Translating…
日本語 https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=3ac867d651b7211fedfd21aa52d1afce&bl=ja Translating…
한국어 https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=3ac867d651b7211fedfd21aa52d1afce&bl=ko Translating…
Português https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=3ac867d651b7211fedfd21aa52d1afce&bl=pt Translating…
Русский https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=3ac867d651b7211fedfd21aa52d1afce&bl=ru Translating…
العربية https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=3ac867d651b7211fedfd21aa52d1afce&bl=ar Translating…